<TEI xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0">
   <teiHeader>
      <fileDesc>
         <titleStmt>
            <title>A literal explanation of the Acts of the holy apostles. Written in Latine by C.M. Du Veil ... Now translated into English out of a copy carefully reviewed and corrected by the author. To which is added a translation of a learned dissertation about baptism for the dead, I Cor. 15.29. Written in Latine by the famous Fridericus Spannemius Filius.</title>
            <author>Veil, Charles-Marie de, 1630-1685.</author>
         </titleStmt>
         <editionStmt>
            <edition>
               <date>1685</date>
            </edition>
         </editionStmt>
         <extent>Approx. 1777 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 406 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.</extent>
         <publicationStmt>
            <publisher>Text Creation Partnership,</publisher>
            <pubPlace>Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :</pubPlace>
            <date when="2012-10">2012-10 (EEBO-TCP Phase 2).</date>
            <idno type="DLPS">B10232</idno>
            <idno type="OCLC"> 80924998</idno>
            <idno type="STC">Wing V178A</idno>
            <idno type="STC">ESTC R185936</idno>
            <idno type="EEBO-CITATION">80924998</idno>
            <idno type="OCLC">ocm 80924998</idno>
            <idno type="VID">192139</idno>
            <availability>
               <p>To the extent possible under law, the Text Creation Partnership has waived all copyright and related or neighboring rights to this keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above, according to the terms of the CC0 1.0 Public Domain Dedication 
                <ref target="https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/">Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal</ref>. 
               This waiver does not extend to any page images or other supplementary files associated with this work, which may be protected by copyright or other license restrictions. Please go to 
                <ref target="http://www.textcreationpartnership.org/">http://www.textcreationpartnership.org/</ref> for more information.</p>
            </availability>
         </publicationStmt>
         <seriesStmt>
            <title>Early English books online.</title>
         </seriesStmt>
         <notesStmt>
            <note>(EEBO-TCP ; phase 2, no. B10232)</note>
            <note>Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 192139)</note>
            <note>Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books; 1641-1700 ; 2900:25)</note>
         </notesStmt>
         <sourceDesc>
            <biblFull>
               <titleStmt>
                  <title>A literal explanation of the Acts of the holy apostles. Written in Latine by C.M. Du Veil ... Now translated into English out of a copy carefully reviewed and corrected by the author. To which is added a translation of a learned dissertation about baptism for the dead, I Cor. 15.29. Written in Latine by the famous Fridericus Spannemius Filius.</title>
                  <author>Veil, Charles-Marie de, 1630-1685.</author>
                  <author>Spanheim, Friedrich, 1632-1701.</author>
               </titleStmt>
               <extent>408, 352, 40 p.   </extent>
               <publicationStmt>
                  <publisher>Printed for Tho. Malthus at the Sun in the Poultrey.,</publisher>
                  <pubPlace>London, :</pubPlace>
                  <date>1685.</date>
               </publicationStmt>
               <notesStmt>
                  <note>Reproduction of original in the Bodleian Library.</note>
               </notesStmt>
            </biblFull>
         </sourceDesc>
      </fileDesc>
      <encodingDesc>
         <projectDesc>
            <p>Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl,
      TEI @ Oxford.
      </p>
         </projectDesc>
         <editorialDecl>
            <p>EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.</p>
            <p>EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).</p>
            <p>The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.</p>
            <p>Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.</p>
            <p>Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.</p>
            <p>Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as &lt;gap&gt;s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.</p>
            <p>The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.</p>
            <p>Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).</p>
            <p>Keying and markup guidelines are available at the <ref target="http://www.textcreationpartnership.org/docs/.">Text Creation Partnership web site</ref>.</p>
         </editorialDecl>
         <listPrefixDef>
            <prefixDef ident="tcp"
                       matchPattern="([0-9\-]+):([0-9IVX]+)"
                       replacementPattern="http://eebo.chadwyck.com/downloadtiff?vid=$1&amp;page=$2"/>
            <prefixDef ident="char"
                       matchPattern="(.+)"
                       replacementPattern="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/textcreationpartnership/Texts/master/tcpchars.xml#$1"/>
         </listPrefixDef>
      </encodingDesc>
      <profileDesc>
         <langUsage>
            <language ident="eng">eng</language>
         </langUsage>
         <textClass>
            <keywords scheme="http://authorities.loc.gov/">
               <term>Spanheim, Friedrich, 1632-1701 --  Translations into English --  Early works to 1800.</term>
               <term>Bible. --  N.T. --  Acts --  Commentaries --  Early works to 1800.</term>
            </keywords>
         </textClass>
      </profileDesc>
      <revisionDesc>
            <change>
            <date>2020-09-21</date>
            <label>OTA</label> Content of 'availability' element changed when EEBO Phase 2 texts came into the public domain</change>
         <change>
            <date>2011-12</date>
            <label>TCP</label>Assigned for keying and markup</change>
         <change>
            <date>2012-01</date>
            <label>SPi Global</label>Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images</change>
         <change>
            <date>2012-03</date>
            <label>Lauren Proux</label>Sampled and proofread</change>
         <change>
            <date>2012-03</date>
            <label>Lauren Proux</label>Text and markup reviewed and edited</change>
         <change>
            <date>2012-05</date>
            <label>pfs</label>Batch review (QC) and XML conversion</change>
      </revisionDesc>
   </teiHeader>
   <text xml:lang="eng">
      <front>
         <div type="encomium">
            <pb facs="tcp:192139:1" rendition="simple:additions"/>
            <pb facs="tcp:192139:1" rendition="simple:additions"/>
            <pb facs="tcp:192139:2"/>
            <pb facs="tcp:192139:2"/>
            <pb facs="tcp:192139:3"/>
            <head>A Letter from the Eminent and Learned Monſieur <hi>Claude,</hi> to the Author.</head>
            <opener>
               <salute>Monſieur,</salute>
            </opener>
            <p>I Received your Commentary on the <hi>Acts of the Apoſtles,</hi> you were pleaſed to ſend me, and give you a thouſand thanks for this ſhare you are ſo kind as to afford me in your Remembrance; which I have entertain'd not only with all due acknow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledgment, but alſo with much joy, as coming from a Perſon who is and ever ſhall be very dear to me, and for whom I have a moſt peculiar Eſteem. I have per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us'd your Commentary, tho it came but very lately to my hands, and have found therein, as in all your other Works, the marks of a Copious Reading, abundance of Senſe, Right Reaſon, and juſt and exact Underſtand<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing, and I do not doubt but that this Commentary will be kindly received by the I earned, and prove very uſeful to all thoſe who apply themſelves to underſtand the <hi>Scripture.</hi> This ſhews you Monſieur, not idle, and that you manage well the Talents God has been pleaſed to beſtow upon you. The <hi>Publick</hi> will be very much obliged to you, if you continue, (as I hope you will, and which I take the freedom to exhort you to) making it ſuch like Preſents. For my own part I find therein a very great Edification, and with with all my heart it lay in my power to manifeſt it to you by ef<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fectual ſervices. I beſeech you to be perſuaded of this truth, and that you would preſerve me the honour of your friendſhip, which I ſhall ever look upon as very much to my advantage. I take my leave, praying God he would continue to pour upon you his holy Bene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dictions, and aſſuring you that I am,</p>
            <closer>
               <salute>Monſieur,</salute> 
               <dateline>
                  <hi>Paris,</hi> 
                  <date>
                     <hi>April.</hi> 15. 1684</date> 
               </dateline>
               <signed>Your moſt humble and moſt obedient Servant, <hi>CLAUDE.</hi>
               </signed>
            </closer>
            <postscript>
               <p>Theſe for Monſieur <hi>Du Veil</hi> D.D. <hi>Lo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>.</hi>
               </p>
            </postscript>
         </div>
         <div type="title_page">
            <pb facs="tcp:192139:3"/>
            <p>A Literal EXPLANATION OF THE ACTS OF THE Holy Apoſtles.</p>
            <p>Written in Latine by <hi>C. M. Du Veil,</hi> D.D.</p>
            <p>Now Tranſlated into Engliſh out of a Copy carefully reviewed and corrected by the Author.</p>
            <p>To which is added A Tranſlation of a Learned Diſſertation about <hi>Baptiſm for the Dead,</hi> 1 Cor. 15.29. Written in Latine by the Famous <hi>Fridericus Spanhemius Filius.</hi>
            </p>
            <q>
               <bibl>
                  <hi>John 5.39.</hi>
               </bibl> 
               <p>Search the Scriptures.</p>
               <bibl>
                  <hi>Theodoret on</hi> Ezekiel <hi>16.</hi>
               </bibl> 
               <p>We muſt ſearch the Scripture Idioms, elſe we cannot attain its ſcope.</p>
               <bibl>
                  <hi>Photius in Biblioth. Cod. 177.</hi>
               </bibl> 
               <p>Whatſoever it conſonant to Right Reaſon, &amp; plainly delivered in the Holy Scriptures, that alone is to be approved of.</p>
            </q>
            <p>
               <hi>LONDON,</hi> Printed for <hi>Tho. Malthus</hi> at the <hi>Sun</hi> in the <hi>Poultrey.</hi> 1685.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="preface">
            <pb facs="tcp:192139:4"/>
            <pb facs="tcp:192139:4"/>
            <head>The Authors Preface to the Reader.</head>
            <p>SAint <hi>Luke</hi> gives an Account of the moſt conſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derable Actions of the Apoſtles, eſpecially of <hi>Pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter</hi> and <hi>Paul,</hi> in that Golden Book of his, which by the Greeks is commonly called <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, <hi>the Acts of the Apoſtles,</hi> by <hi>Epipha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nius Haer. 30.</hi> 
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, <hi>the Book of the Acts of the Apoſtles, Can. 16. Conc. in Trul.</hi> 
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, <hi>the Books of the Acts of the Apoſtles,</hi> by the Latines (if ye except only <hi>Hilarius,</hi> who citing this Book in his Annotations on <hi>Matthew,</hi> retained the Greek word) it is called <hi>the Acts and Deeds of the Apoſtles.</hi> There is ſcarce any Book that treateth of the Chriſtian Religion, which ſo clearly explains the Doctrine of Truth by Examples that cannot be ſpoke againſt, and Truth of Hiſtory attending it. And truly there is no other Book ſave the Apoſtolick Epiſtles, that intermingles theſe two.</p>
            <p>Courteous Reader, I here preſent thee with a Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mentary on this moſt excellent Book of <hi>Lukes,</hi> which plainly unfolds the meaning that is wrapt up in the words, and that agreeable to the Letter. In compoſing whereof I have made uſe of both what I could find in the Sacred Fountains of the Scriptures, and what I have taken notice of in ſearching out thoſe Monuments, which the Hebrew Rabbies &amp; Fathers of the Church<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>es have left behind them, and what I have obſerved in reading over, and carefully examining many and ſeveral Writers, as well Ancient as Modern, &amp; what Talent of Prudence and Knowledge God the Donor of all good things has beſtowed upon me.</p>
            <pb facs="tcp:192139:5"/>
            <p>In this my Commentary, as in thoſe which I formerly publiſhed on <hi>Matthew, Mark, Solomons</hi> Song, <hi>Eccle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſiaſtes,</hi> &amp; the <hi>12</hi> leſſer Prophets, I for the moſt part uſe the Ancient Latin Verſion of the Scriptures, as being that which I am beſt acquainted with: But I always diligently remark what it differs from the Original Texts, the Hebrew and Greek. I vindicate thoſe places which Hereticks abuſe with ſome pretence, eſpecially Papiſts, from their abuſe and corruption. I likewiſe briefly make ſeveral profitable Obſervations out of Philology, Hiſtory, Geography &amp; Grammar, where I ſee it neceſſary either for the Confirmation or Expli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cation of this Sacred Hiſtory of the Acts of the A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſtles. Courteous Reader, if thou meeteſt with any thing in theſe my Obſervations, that is skilfully ſpo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken; aſcribe that, not to me, but to God the Fountain of all goodneſs; to me only what my hand has not well penned, and what my mind has not well conceived. Moreover, if I have erred in any place, as in ſuch ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſes may eaſily happen, I neither ſtubbornly refuſe to profeſs my Error, nor to be better inſtructed. I deſire to learn what I am ignorant of, and willingly offer my ſelf to be a Scholar to any, <hi>provided</hi> (to uſe <hi>Jeroms</hi> phraſe) <hi>that he inſtruct, and do not detract; for there is nothing ſo eaſie as for anidle and lazy per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſon to carp at other mens Labours and Watchings.</hi> In the mean while, Candid Reader, peruſe my Wri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tings, ſuch as they are, and joyn your earneſt prayers to God with mine, that he may make them profitable to his Church; which when I ſhall ſee performed, I ſhall never repent of my Labours and Studies.</p>
            <closer>
               <salute>Farewel.</salute>
            </closer>
         </div>
         <div type="epigraph">
            <pb facs="tcp:192139:5"/>
            <head>Auguſtine <hi>in his</hi> 137 <hi>Epiſtle, otherwiſe Third, to</hi> Voluſianus, <hi>Proconſul of</hi> Africa, <hi>Uncle to</hi> Melania <hi>the Younger, Numb.</hi> 3.</head>
            <p>SUch is the depth of the Chriſtian Scripture, that therein I could reap new advantage every day, if I had given my ſelf over to the ſtudy of it alone, from my very firſt Childhood even to decrepit Old Age, with the greateſt leiſure, earneſteſt ſtudy, and a more happy Genius; not that it is ſo difficult to attain to the knowledge of thoſe things that are neceſſary to Salvation; but after every man holds his Faith there, without which he cannot live godly and righ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teouſly; there are ſo many things wrapt up in ſuch multiplicity of Vails, that are to be underſtood by Proficients, and there is ſuch depth of Wiſdom couch<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed, not only in the words whereby theſe things are expreſt, but alſo in the things that are to be under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood, that it fares with the moſt Aged, the moſt Acute, and thoſe that are moſt deſirous of Learning, as the ſame Scripture has in a certain place, <hi>When a man has done, then he beginneth.</hi>
            </p>
         </div>
         <div type="epigraph">
            <head>
               <hi>The ſame</hi> Auguſtine <hi>in the ſame place, Numb.</hi> 18.</head>
            <p>THE manner of ſpeaking, whereby the Holy Scripture is connected, how acceſſible is it to all, though it be penetrable by very few? Thoſe things which it contains that are manifeſt, it ſpeaks as a fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miliar
<pb facs="tcp:192139:6"/>friend without ſophiſtication to the hearts of the Unlearned and Learned. And thoſe things that it hides in Myſteries, it does not raiſe them up beyond our Capacities by loftineſs of ſtyle, ſo as a Dull and Illiterate Mind dare not approach, as one that is poor to a Rich perſon; but it invites all by its low ſtyle, whom it may not only feed by manifeſt Truth, but al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſo exerciſe with hidden, having the ſame things in what is manifeſt as in what is hid. But that the things being plain, might not be loathed, the ſame things being again hidden, are deſired, being defired, they are in ſome manner renewed, being renewed, they are de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lightfully received. By theſe both depraved Minds are wholeſomly amended, the mean are nouriſhed, and the great delighted. He only is an Enemy to this Learn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing, who either by reaſon of his miſtakes, is igno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant of its ſoundneſs, or by reaſon of his diſtemper has an averſation to Medicine.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="poem">
            <head>The Golden Saying of St. <hi>Proſper.</hi>
            </head>
            <lg>
               <l>
                  <hi>REader, tho in the Sacred Books thou long'ſt to know,</hi>
               </l>
               <l>
                  <hi>Many things are conceal'd and hid thee fro;</hi>
               </l>
               <l>
                  <hi>Yet watch, and ſtill purſue thy good intent,</hi>
               </l>
               <l>
                  <hi>Gifts that are <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſtai'd for move thy Mind, if bent;</hi>
               </l>
               <l>
                  <hi>That Fruit's more grate which hope drawn out brings forth,</hi>
               </l>
               <l>
                  <hi>Things eaſily attain'd are nothing worth.</hi>
               </l>
               <l>
                  <hi>Even hidden Myſteries ſolace the Mind,</hi>
               </l>
               <l>
                  <hi>Who gave to ask, will further give to find.</hi>
               </l>
            </lg>
         </div>
      </front>
      <body>
         <div type="text">
            <pb n="1" facs="tcp:192139:6"/>
            <head>THE ACTS OF THE Holy Apoſtles Literally Explained.</head>
            <p>THE Authority of this Book, which is entitled the <hi>Acts of the Holy Apoſtles,</hi> has been deny'd by <hi>Cerinthus,</hi>
               <note place="margin">
                  <hi>Har.</hi> 36.</note> who liv'd in thoſe Primitive Times, as <hi>Philaſtrius</hi> records;
<note place="margin">
                  <hi>Eaſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>. Hiſt. l.</hi> 4. <hi>c.</hi> 29.</note> as alſo by <hi>Tatianus</hi> and <hi>Severus</hi> in the Reign of <hi>Marcus Aurelius.</hi> For whatever Book of the New Teſtament the Hereticks thought to be op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſite to their own mad Inventions, that they preſently condemn'd. Hence it was that the <hi>Manichaeans</hi> like<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wiſe refus'd to give credit to this Book, becauſe the Author of it writes, that the Comforter, even the Spirit of Truth promiſed by Chriſt, did deſcend upon the day of Pentecoſt, long before <hi>Manes,</hi> who pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſum'd to call himſelf the Holy Ghoſt promiſed by Chriſt, was born. But ſeeing this Book,
<note place="margin">
                  <hi>Lib. de util. cr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>. c.</hi> 3.</note> as St. <hi>Auſtin</hi> well obſerves, doth contain ſo many things like thoſe which the <hi>Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nichaeans</hi> themſelves take for granted, and believe to be parts of the Holy Scriptures, it ſeems a very great
<pb n="2" facs="tcp:192139:7"/>folly, that they do not alſo believe and allow its Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thority. St. <hi>Luke</hi> declares himſelf to be the Author of this Book in his Proem to the ſame <hi>Theophilus,</hi> to whom he makes his Addreſs at the beginning of his Goſpel, and intimates that he had before that time committed to writing the ſeveral Acts of Chriſt.
<note place="margin">Epiſt. ad Fau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>l<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>.</note> Surpaſſingly well therefore ſaith St. <hi>Hierom, The Acts of the Apoſtles ſeem to repreſent a bare Hiſtory, and to ſet forth the In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fancy of the growing Church; but if once we know St.</hi> Luke <hi>the Phyſician</hi> (whoſe praiſe is in the Goſpel) <hi>to be the Writer thereof, we ſhall alſo find all his words to be the Thyſick of a Languiſhing Soul. Philoſtratus,</hi> who flouriſh'd under <hi>Severus Auguſtus,</hi> affords us a ſingular Teſtimony of the Antiquity not only of the Evange<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lical Hiſtory in general, but in particular of the Goſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pel of St. <hi>Luke,</hi> and of the <hi>Acts of the Apoſtles</hi> by him written. For he has tranſcrib<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>d into his <hi>Apollonius</hi> many Miracles of Chriſt and his Apoſtles ſo mani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feſtly out of thoſe Books, that he has not forborn to make uſe of the very words themſelves, as the moſt famous <hi>Huetius</hi> apparently makes out.
<note place="margin">
                  <hi>Demonſtrat. E<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ing. Prop. non. c.</hi> 147. <hi>n<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>m.</hi> 4.</note> 
               <hi>Joſephus</hi> by Birth a Jew, honoured with the Dignity of an Earl, as <hi>Epiphanius</hi> witneſſeth, <hi>Haer.</hi> 30. which is of the <hi>Ebionites,</hi>
               <note place="margin">In B<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="3 letters">
                     <desc>•••</desc>
                  </gap>oth<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e. Sanct.</note> three hundred and ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venty years after Chriſts Nativity, as <hi>Sixtus Senenſis</hi> reports, found at <hi>Scythopo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lis</hi> in a private Treaſury of the Jews, this Book which records the moſt remarkable Acts of the Apoſtles, tranſlated out of Greek into Hebrew, together with the Goſpel of St. <hi>Matthew,</hi> written with his own hand in the Hebrew Language, and the Goſpel of St. <hi>John</hi> tranſlated likewiſe out of Greek into the ſame Language.</p>
            <p>This Golden Book quite through diſplays the ſin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gular Providence of God in gathering together to
<pb n="3" facs="tcp:192139:7"/>himſelf, and preſerving his Church. It opens and explains what was the Beginning and Riſe of the Chriſtian Religion, after what manner the Apoſtles began the Preaching of the Goſpel; how ſtrenuouſly and couragiouſly a few obſcure, unarmed and con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>temptible perſons oppoſed by the power of the whole World, while all the Potentates of thoſe Ages im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ploy'd their Forces to oppreſs the Goſpel, relying only upon the Aſſiſtance of the Spirit and Truth, indefatigably defended the Faith of Chriſt, refuſing no Labours, nor Dangers, but combating with an un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhaken conſtancy againſt all oppoſition, till at length they became Victors, and the Power of God magni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficently triumph'd over all the Pride of the Earth, under the Ignominy of the Croſs. The Chapters of this Book are twenty eight; the principal parts are four. The firſt of which in the firſt eight Chapters, ſets down the Original and Progreſs of the New Teſtament-Church among the Jews. The next from the ninth to the ſixteenth, declares how greatly the Church was multiplied and propagated among the Gentiles. The third part from the ſixteenth to the twentieth, relates the ſeveral Travels and Voyages of St. <hi>Paul,</hi> to his very laſt Journey to <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi> The laſt, from the twentieth to the end, gives an ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>count with what perſeverance St. <hi>Paul</hi> endured a thouſand Troubles, Hardſhips and Indignities; with what patience he ſurmounted the raging Floods of Perſecution; and laſtly, how mildly, and with what an equal temper he carry'd himſelf in the midſt of all manner of Calumnies and Reproaches, and all ſorts of Miſeries.</p>
            <div n="1" type="chapter">
               <pb n="4" facs="tcp:192139:8"/>
               <head>CHAP. I.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>THE Former.</hi> The Evangeliſt St. <hi>Luke</hi> makes this Introduction as he paſſes from the Hiſtory of the Goſpel, comprehending the Sayings and Acts of Chriſt, to the Acts of the Apoſtles. Now, where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>as the Vulgar Latine Interpreter rendring here the Poſitive <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, has us'd the Superlative <hi>Firſt,</hi> inſtead of the Comparative <hi>Former,</hi> the words having rela<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion to <hi>Lukes</hi> former Book which he had publiſhed before: he has been therein follow'd by <hi>Beza,</hi> who juſtifies himſelf by the Authority of <hi>Cicero,</hi> who in his ſecond Book of <hi>Invention,</hi> citing his former, calls it his <hi>firſt.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>c.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 15. <hi>&amp;</hi> 30 <hi>c.</hi> 15. <hi>v.</hi> 18. <hi>&amp; Epiſt.</hi> 1. <hi>c.</hi> 4. <hi>v.</hi> 19.</note> You ſhall alſo find the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſitive, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> us'd for the Comparative, <hi>former,</hi> by St. <hi>John</hi> in his Goſpel.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Diſcourſe have I made.</hi> This is a Grae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciſm; as much as to ſay, The former Book have I made. Thus in <hi>Lucian, The firſt Diſcourſe of the true Hiſtory,</hi> is the firſt Book. And <hi>Galen</hi> calls his ſeventh Book his ſeventh Diſcourſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of all.</hi> But not ſetting down <hi>all things.</hi> For though a perſon might diſcourſe of the Works and Doctrine of Chriſt to a conſiderable extent, yet to ſet down the whole ſeries of what he ſaid and did, ſo as to make a full Narration, was an undertaking of that prodigious Labour, that St. <hi>John</hi> in his Goſpel tells us,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>cap.</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 25.</note> the World would not contain the Books.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>O Theophilus.</hi> This <hi>Theophilus</hi> to whom St. <hi>Luke</hi> dedicates his Goſpel alſo, ſeems to many to have been a perſon in high Dignity.
<note place="margin">Luke 1.3.</note> For the Title attributed to him of <hi>moſt Excellent,</hi> not wont to be given but only to Princes, and Perſons in great Authority, does plainly demonſtrate, as they
<pb n="5" facs="tcp:192139:8"/>alledge, that it was the proper name of ſome Noble Perſonage. The Author of the Books of Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cognitions under the name of <hi>Clement</hi> the firſt of that name Biſhop of <hi>Rome,</hi> ſays,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>l</hi> 10 near the end.</note> that this <hi>Theophilus</hi> was one of the principal Men of <hi>Antiochia,</hi> who being converted by St. <hi>Peter</hi> to the Faith of Chriſt,
<note place="margin">Argum. in Luc.</note> ſet apart his Houſes for the publick and ſolemn Meetings of the Church. <hi>Theophylactus</hi> calls this <hi>Theophi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lus, a Conſular Perſon, and perhaps a Prince.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>In prolog. in Matt. q.</hi> 21.</note> A certain author cited by <hi>Abulenſis,</hi> con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jectures this <hi>Theophilus</hi> Prince of <hi>Antiochia,</hi> to have been, after the departure of <hi>Peter,</hi> Biſhop of that City; and that upon his perſuaſion and encourage<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment, both the Goſpel, and the Acts of the Apoſtles were written by St. <hi>Luke. Grotius</hi> believes him to have been the chief Magiſtrate of ſome City in <hi>Achaia,</hi> and baptiz'd by <hi>Luke.</hi> But though the Ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ditional <hi>moſt Excellent,</hi> which by ſeveral Writers is frequently given to perſons in high Authority; as for example,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>c.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 26. <hi>&amp;c.</hi> 26. <hi>v.</hi> 25 <hi>in fin. vit. ſu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>e</hi>
                  </note> by <hi>Paul</hi> to both the Procura<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tors or Vice-Governours of <hi>Judaea, Felix</hi> and <hi>Feſtus;</hi> and by <hi>Joſephus</hi> to <hi>Epaphrodi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus,</hi> to whom he dedicates the Hiſtory of his Life, and by <hi>Juſtin Martyr</hi> to <hi>Diognetus</hi> to whom he writes a Compendium of the Chriſtian Religion; yet it does not ſeem to be a Note of Dignity in <hi>Theophilus,</hi> in re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gard it does not appear likely that St. <hi>Luke</hi> would have omitted to have given the ſame Addition to <hi>Theophilus,</hi> while he recommends to him his <hi>Acts of the Apoſtles,</hi> had it been a Title of Dignity.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Ho<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</hi> 1. <hi>in Luc. Ia Luc.</hi> 1. <hi>Haer.</hi> 51.</note> 
                  <hi>Origen</hi> therefore, St. <hi>Ambroſe</hi> and <hi>Epipha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nius</hi> believe it more probable, that <hi>Theo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>philus</hi> was an <hi>Appellative</hi> made uſe of by St. <hi>Luke,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>In Luc.</hi> 1.</note> as belonging to all that profeſſed the Chriſtian Religion out of a ſincere love of God. <hi>Nor ought it,</hi> ſaith <hi>Camero, to be thought a
<pb n="6" facs="tcp:192139:9"/>thing out of practiſe, ſeeing that</hi> Athanaſius <hi>uſes the ſame ſort of Compellation.</hi> For in his Book of the <hi>Incarnation, he gives the Titles</hi> of Happy, and Friend of Chriſt, <hi>and ſometimes both together, without diſtinction, to every pious and true Chriſtian.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which Jeſus began to do and teach.</hi> That is, which make to the whole of our Salvation from the begin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning of the Works and Doctrine of Chriſt. Learned<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly the Greek Scholiaſt obſerves, that <hi>Luke</hi> wrote of all things from the beginning, till Jeſus was tranſlated into Heaven. Of which St. <hi>Chryſoſtom</hi> takes notice alſo, where he ſays that <hi>Luke</hi> wrote, <hi>not ſimply of all things, but of all things from the beginning to the end.</hi> And this is that which St.
<note place="margin">v. 3.</note> 
                  <hi>Luke</hi> himſelf ſays in the Preface to his Goſpel, <hi>That be had perfect underſtanding of all things from the very beginning:</hi> That is, what Chriſt, powerful both in deed and word, both taught and acted moſt remark<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>able while he convers'd upon Earth. Others will have theſe words, <hi>Which Jeſus began to do and teach,</hi> to be underſtood according to an uſual Hebrew phraſe, <hi>which Jeſus did and taught.</hi> Moſt excellently there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore <hi>Calvin, Now,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>we ſee the ſum of the Goſpel contain'd in theſe two parts, the Doctrine and deeds of Chriſt. For as much as he not only performed the duty of that Embaſſy, for which he was ſent by the Father to Men, but effectually diſcharg'd whatever could be requir'd from the Meſſiah. He laid the Foundations of his King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom, he atton'd the wrath of God by offering himſelf, he expiated the ſins of men with his own Blood, he overcame Death and the Devil; he reſtor'd us to our true Liberty and acquir'd for us Juſtice and Life Eternal. And that every thing that he ſaid or did, might be rati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fied among Mankind, he proved himſelf to be the Son of God by his Miracles.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ntil the day.</hi> That is, until the 14th day of our <hi>May,</hi> according to Biſhop <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ſher.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="7" facs="tcp:192139:9"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>In which time giving commandment.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Upon which day, after he had dictated to his Apoſtles by him elected, leſt they ſhould deliver any thing but what was truly Divine, through the Inſpi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ration of the Holy Ghoſt, what they ſhould Teach and Preach, he was taken up into Heaven. <hi>The A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſtles,</hi> ſays the Learned <hi>John Lightfoot, had caſt out De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vils, and had heal'd the Sick, by the Aſſiſtance of the Spirit, but it is to be doubted, whether they had taught any thing which they had not heard</hi> verbatim <hi>from the lips of their Maſter. He had promis'd 'em that they ſhould bind and let looſe the Law of</hi> Moſes; <hi>he had told em that there were ſeveral things to be reveal'd to 'em, which they could not bear, in which they ſhould be inſtructed by the Inſpira<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of the Holy Ghoſt. Therefore when he aroſe, and had breathed upon their faces, ſaying,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">John 20.22.</note> Receive the Holy Ghoſt, <hi>then they were inſpir'd with the Holy Spirit, like the Prophets of old, who dictated to them what they ſhould Preach, what they ſhould require, and what they ſhould enjoy<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</hi> 
                  <q>And now they wanted nothing but the gift of Tongues, that they might be able to deliver what was dictated to them in the proper Languages of thoſe to whom they ſhould ſpeak.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which he had choſen.</hi> That is, whom he created his Meſſengers, to publiſh the Doctrine of the Goſpel two years before he ſuffer'd, over all <hi>Judaea,</hi> and after his Reſurrection, over all the world.
<note place="margin">Luke 6.13.</note> Theſe Meſſengers Chriſt called his <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſtles,</hi> or <hi>Envoys.</hi> Thus formerly the Emperours of the Eaſt, and Popes, call'd their Legate; <hi>Envoys,</hi> as is fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quently apparent from <hi>Anaſtaſius</hi> the <hi>Bibliothecarian,</hi> and others.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He was taken up.</hi> That is, by the Interpoſition of a Cloud he was taken from the ſight of men, as is ſaid below, <hi>v.</hi> 9.</p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>To whom,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, And that the
<pb n="8" facs="tcp:192139:10"/>Apoſtles might be moſt credible and ſubſtantial Wit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſſes of the Reſurrection of Chriſt, upon the Truth of which is founded all the Majeſty of the Goſpel, he being reſtor'd from the Grave, by moſt ſolid and un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>controvertible Arguments prov'd himſelf to be truly riſen from the dead, as often as he ſhew'd himſelf viſible to his Apoſtles, during the forty days, between his Reſurrection and Aſcenſion; and diſcourſed with them concerning the Kingdom of God.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He ſhew'd himſelf alive.</hi> That is, ocularly prov'd himſelf to be riſen.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>After his Paſſion.</hi> That is, after he had been put to a moſt ignominious Death, for the ſake of our Sal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vation.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By many Proofs.</hi> An Hebraiſm; that is, by many evident ſigns, that had the force of a moſt powerful and irreſiſtible Proof. The Greek calls Theſes proofs, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>which word ſignifieth,</hi> ſays <hi>Beza,</hi> as <hi>Quintilian</hi> affirms out of <hi>Ariſtotle,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>l.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 9.</note> ſigns neceſſary and indubitable, as theſe actions, ſpeaking, walk<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing, eating, drinking, are</hi> undoubted ſigns of life; <hi>To appear publickly in ſight, and to be felt by the Hands,</hi> are certain ſigns of a real natural Body. <hi>Alſo the wounds of the hands, feet and ſide,</hi> were indubitable ſigns that the ſame Body roſe, that was crucified and Pierced with the Lance. <hi>The Blood and Water flowing from his wounded ſide,</hi> was for a certainty a ſign of the parts about the heart being wounded, and of Death. <hi>Theſe were therefore the ſigns by which St.</hi> Luke <hi>affirms that Chriſt confirm'd his Reſurrection; of which he treats more fully in his Goſpel.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Being ſeen.</hi> Often and long together. For it was but neceſſary that Chriſt, in regard of the infirmity of his Diſciples, ſhould converſe with them both fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quently, and for a good while together, to the end they might have a full aſſurance of his Reſurrection. For we know how difficultly they were induc'd to
<pb n="9" facs="tcp:192139:10"/>believe it; and how at firſt, when he appeared to them, they thought it only a deluſion of the ſight, and that it had been only ſome Apparition, that de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceiv'd them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſpeaking of the Kingdom of God.</hi> That is, of the Spiritual Kingdom, the poſſeſſion of which Chriſt was to take upon his aſcent into Heaven. The Apoſtles were as yet but ignorant in many points of Faith, which before the ſuffering of Chriſt, being blinded by their own prejudices, they could not ſuf<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficiently apprehend, tho they had frequently heard them from his mouth. Therefore after his Reſur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rection, he delay'd his Aſcenſion forty days, and took in that Interval as much time, as he thought to be ſufficient to inſtruct his Diſciples in what was neceſſary for them to know, to the end they might the more faithfully perform the Function which they were to undertake.</p>
               <p n="4">4. And <hi>being aſſembled together.</hi> The Greek word is, uſing one common Table, or eating the ſame Salt and Meat together. Whence the Proverb, <hi>To have eaten many Buſhels of Salt with any one,</hi> is the ſame thing as to have had long converſe with any one.
<note place="margin">In his <hi>Critica Sacra.</hi>
                  </note> Says the moſt Learned Sir <hi>Edward Leigh, There are ſome that endeavour to prove by Examples, that the Greek word ſignifies properly the rallying of Souldiers diſpers'd in pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſuit after a Battel won: Or as when a Shepherd gathers his ſcatter'd Sheep into one Fold. Which ſignifications agree very exactly to the ſenſe of this place, becauſe Chriſt doth recollect his Diſciples diſperſed like ſcatter'd Sheep, and gave them Inſtructions for the Spiritual Warfare which they were to undergo.</hi> The ſame Author in the ſame place affirms the Greek word to be a Military word, and to ſignifie the pitching of the Victor Captain in the Field of Battel. The moſt Learned <hi>Lightfoot</hi> deduces the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, not from
<pb n="10" facs="tcp:192139:11"/>
                  <hi>Hals,</hi> which ſignifies Salt, but from <hi>Halia,</hi> which ſignifies an Aſſembled Congregation. But whereas Chriſt after his Reſurrection never appear'd to his Diſciples, but of a ſuddain, and when he was leaſt expected,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Mat.</hi> 28.6.</note> but only upon the Moun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain of <hi>Galilee,</hi> where he had appointed a meeting, that moſt learned man refers this verſe to that meeting, as if this were the ſence of the words; Jeſus a little before his aſcent into Heaven be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing met in an Aſſembly of five hundred of the Brethren upon the Mountain of <hi>Galilee</hi> according to his own appointment,
<note place="margin">1. <hi>Cor.</hi> 15.6.</note> finding his Diſciples not willing to return to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> ſtill as it were reaking with his Blood, without his ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſs order, he commanded them to repair thither forthwith, and not to ſtir from thence, until they had receiv'd the Holy Ghoſt according to his promiſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They ſhould wait for the promiſe of the Father.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Eſa.</hi> 44.3. <hi>E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zek.</hi> 36.26, 27. &amp; <hi>Jod.</hi> 2.28.</note> Thus he calls both here and <hi>Luc.</hi> 24.49. the gift of the Holy Ghoſt promiſed by the Father to all Believers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which, ſaith he, ye have heard from my mouth.</hi> As if he had ſaid, The performance of which promiſe, I have told you that I will make good to you.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Luc.</hi> 24.49.</note> A paſſing like to this, from an Oblique to a Direct Speech, is frequent in Hi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtory.</p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>Becauſe John,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, Becauſe within a few days ye ſhall find by experience, how truly my Forerunner <hi>John</hi> ſaid formerly, that he Bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiz'd indeed with Water, but that I would Baptize with the Holy Ghoſt. See our Literal Explication on <hi>Mat.</hi> 3.11.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Shall be Baptiz'd.</hi> The Greek word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſays <hi>Caſaubon,</hi> is to dip or plunge, as if it were to dye
<pb n="11" facs="tcp:192139:11"/>Colour. In which Senſe the Apoſtles may be truly ſaid to have been Baptized. For the Houſe in which this was done, was filled with the Holy Ghoſt. So that the Apoſtles may ſeem to have been plung<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed into it, as into a large Fiſh-pond. Hence <hi>Oecu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>menius</hi> upon <hi>Act.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 2. <hi>A Wind fill'd the whole Houſe, that it ſeem'd like a Fiſh-pond; becauſe it was promis'd to the Apoſtles, that they ſhould be Baptiz'd with the Holy Ghoſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Not many days hence.</hi> Chriſt ſeems as it were to point out with his Finger thoſe few days between the time wherein he had charg'd his Diſciples not to ſtir out of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> and the approaching <hi>Pentecoſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>When they therefore were all met.</hi> That is, All the Apoſtles at <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They ask'd him.</hi> When he appear'd to them upon the very day of his aſcent into Heaven, as appears out of the 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 15.7. <hi>Luk.</hi> 24.50, &amp; 51. compar'd together.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Wilt thou at this time reſtore again the Kingdom of Iſrael?</hi> That is, Now thou art again riſen from the dead, wilt thou reign over the Iſraelites after the man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner of other Kings, and free them from the Yoke of the Heathens? Chriſt had really propos'd to reſtore the Kingdom of <hi>Iſrael,</hi> but not the Earthly and Worldly Kingdom, as both now and at other times the Apoſtles imagin'd, but by recalling that People from their incredulity to the knowledg of himſelf, that he might rule in the midſt of them by the pow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>er of his Goſpel;
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Rom.</hi> 11.25, &amp;c.</note> which St. <hi>Paul</hi> fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tells ſhall be; but by reaſon their minds were clouded with worldly thoughts, they could not yet underſtand this Myſtery. Chriſt therefore contenting himſelf to reſtrain their Curio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſity as to the point of time, when it ſhould come to paſs, and which it nothing concern'd them to know, adds to his anſwer, <hi>But you ſhall receive the Power of
<pb n="12" facs="tcp:192139:12"/>the Holy Ghoſt upon you.</hi> As if he had ſaid, That Heavenly Doctor, whom I ſhall ſend to you, ſhall inſtruct you as to that which now ye ſeek from me; that is to ſay, what that future Reſtitution of the Kingdom of <hi>Iſrael</hi> ſhall be, which you expect. Tho as to the time, that is a ſecret, which my Father thinks not proper as yet to reveal to you, in regard that without that Knowledge you may perform the work commit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted to your charge. Some are of opinion, that the Kingdom of Iſrael was then reſtor'd by Chriſt, when the Church of Chriſt, which is the Spiritual <hi>Iſrael,</hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gan to be govern'd by Chriſtian Kings and Princes; ſuch as were three hundred years after the Birth of Chriſt <hi>Conſtantine the Great,</hi> and ſeveral other Emperours; but the firſt Interpretation ſeems to me the beſt. For tho under thoſe Princes, the Church reſted from Perſecution, yet Ambition, Covetouſneſs, and many other evils got footing in it, ſo that the Kingdom could not be then truly ſaid reſtor'd to <hi>Iſrael.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>It is not your bu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>ſs to know <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>s, &amp;c.</hi> As if he had ſaid, it is not proper nor expedient for you, ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>c<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="3 letters">
                     <desc>•••</desc>
                  </gap>ing to the common Engliſh Verſion, <hi>It is not for you.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap> thing permitted for you to know to what poin<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> Time the ſteſtoration of the Kingdom of <hi>Iſrael</hi> is <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap> in record this is one of thoſe Myſteries which the H<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="4 letters">
                     <desc>••••</desc>
                  </gap>ly Father will have lye hid, and to be at his dipoſal to act as he pleaſes, otherwiſe than men look for, and beyond the reach of Humane Capacity.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Mat.</hi> 20. <hi>v.</hi> 23. <hi>Mark</hi> 13.32.</note> 
                  <hi>It is the cuſtom of Chriſt,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, to refer ſecret Diſpen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſations to the Father.</hi> See our Literal Expoſitions upon thoſe places.</p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>But ye ſhall receive,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, But I will ſupply that power, which I know you want at preſent from Heaven; and will fill your Breaſts with the Celeſtial Spirit; that you may learn with patience to expect the promis'd Reſtoration of
<pb n="13" facs="tcp:192139:12"/>
                  <hi>Iſraels</hi> Kingdom, not the Earthly, as you vainly now dream; but the Spiritual Dominion of the <hi>Jews;</hi> and in the mean time be zealous to publiſh to all the world the Doctrine of the Goſpel, and by your Teſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mony to confirm my Reſurrection, which not being believ'd, the whole Goſpel falls.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ye ſhall be witneſſes unto me,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Epiſt.</hi> 199. <hi>N.</hi> 49. <hi>novae edit.</hi> Pariſienſis.</note> &amp;c. St. <hi>Auſtin</hi> ſaith, <hi>it was not ſo ſaid to the Apoſtles,</hi> ye ſhall be witneſſes unto me, <hi>&amp;c. as if they alone, to whom the words were ſpoken, were to fulfil ſo great a truſt, but as he ſeems to have ſpoken to them alone that other ſaying of his,</hi> Behold I am with you to the end of the World, <hi>&amp;c. Which nevertheleſs, who does not underſtand to have been promis'd to the whole Church, which, while ſome die, others are born, ſhall remain to the end of Time;</hi> 
                  <q>As he ſpeaks again to them what does not at all concern them, and yet is ſo ſpoken to them, as if it concern'd no body elſe:</q> When ye behold all theſe things, know ye that it is at the Doors. <q>For whom does this concern unleſs our ſelves who ſhall be then in the Fleſh, when all thoſe things come to be fulfill'd? How much more that, in doing of which they were to bear a great ſhare, tho the ſame Act was alſo to be continued by their Succeſſors?</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In Jeruſalem.</hi> It behov'd the Apoſtles to begin the preaching of the Goſpel in <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> that the Propheſies might be fulfill'd.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Eſ.</hi> 2.2, 3. <hi>Mich.</hi> 4.1, 2.</note> See what we have ſaid upon the Word <hi>Jeruſalem, Mat.</hi> 2.3.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And in all Judaea.</hi> The word <hi>Judaea</hi> is here us'd in the Dilated Senſe; which, when Chriſt was up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on the Earth, was divided into ſix parts; to wit, into <hi>Galilee, Samaria,</hi> and <hi>Judaea,</hi> ſtrictly taken, which lay on this ſide <hi>Jordan,</hi> and reach'd to the <hi>Mediterranean</hi> Sea; &amp; into <hi>Trachonitis, Ituraea,</hi> or <hi>Peraea,</hi>
                  <pb n="14" facs="tcp:192139:13"/>and <hi>Idumaea,</hi> that lye beyond <hi>Jordan,</hi> and are ſeated in the Midland Country. Chriſt therefore would have the Jews enjoy their Priviledges, till they them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelves through their Impiety and Perverſeneſs forfeit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed, and loſt them. For he does not indulge the preaching of the Goſpel either to the <hi>Samaritans</hi> or <hi>Gentiles,</hi> before it was offer'd to the Nation of the Jews; for that he was ſent by the Father Miniſter of the Circumciſion, to perform thoſe promiſes which were formerly made to the Patriarchs of the Jews.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Rom.</hi> 15.8.</note> See our Literal Explication upon <hi>Mat.</hi> 10.5.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Samaria.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Out of all <hi>Judaea</hi> taken in the dilated ſignification, I do not except <hi>Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maria,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Mat.</hi> 10.5.</note> as formerly: But in expreſs words I enjoyn you to preach the Goſpel as well in <hi>Samaria,</hi> as in the other Provinces of <hi>Judaea. Philip</hi> the Deacon, in obedience to this command, was the firſt who Preach'd up <hi>Jeſus</hi> in <hi>Samaria,</hi> which was approv'd by the Apoſtles ſending to the <hi>Sama<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritans Peter</hi> and <hi>John,</hi> who by impoſition of Hands communicated the Holy Ghoſt to the believing <hi>Samaritans.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Infrà c.</hi> 8. <hi>v.</hi> 17.</note> Now <hi>Samaria</hi> is a Province of <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>aleſtine,</hi> lying between <hi>Judaea</hi> ſtrictly taken to the South, and <hi>Galilee</hi> to the North, compre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hending the Tribes of <hi>Ephraim</hi> and <hi>Manaſſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>h</hi> on this ſide <hi>Jordan,</hi> ſo called from the Metropolitan City of the whole Country, deriving its name from a Moun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain, as the Mountain took its name from one <hi>Somer</hi> or <hi>Shemer,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1 <hi>Kin.</hi> 16.24.</note> who was Lord of it. In this City of <hi>Samaria,</hi> built by <hi>Amri</hi> or <hi>Omni</hi> King of <hi>Iſrael,</hi> the Kings who ruled the ten Tribes that were rent from the Houſe of <hi>David,</hi> kept their ſeat, till <hi>Shalmaneſer</hi> King of <hi>Aſſyria</hi> carried away Captive their laſt King <hi>Hoſhea,</hi> and with him, having taken the City of <hi>Samaria</hi> it ſelf after three years Siege, all the ten Tribes, and then diſpers'd them
<pb n="15" facs="tcp:192139:13"/>over <hi>Media,</hi> to prevent their revolting. Some years af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter that, <hi>Aſarhaddon,</hi> the Nephew of <hi>Shalmaneſer,</hi> who is alſo call'd <hi>Aſnappar</hi> the great &amp; noble by <hi>Ezra,</hi> as alſo <hi>Asbazareth;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Ezra.</hi> 4.10. 3 <hi>Ez.</hi> 15.69.</note> by <hi>Ptolomy Aſſaradin,</hi> and by <hi>Joſephus Aſſeradoch,</hi> the youngeſt Son of <hi>Sennacherib,</hi> who ſucceeded his Father ſlain by his elder Sons, gather'd a confus'd multitude of Inhabitants together out of the Provinces of the <hi>Cuthaeans, Babylonians, Chamathaeans, Sepharvaimites,</hi> and <hi>Chavaeans,</hi> and ſent them to re-people the Country which his Grandfather had empty'd of the <hi>Iſraelites,</hi> to poſſeſs henceforth <hi>Samaria</hi> as their own Inheri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tance, and dwell in the Cities thereof, 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 17.24. <hi>Ezra</hi> 4.2. &amp; 10. 3 <hi>Ez.</hi> 5.69. Theſe new Inhabitants were by the Greeks call'd <hi>Samarites,</hi> not becauſe the <hi>Aſſyrians</hi> in their Language call <hi>Keepers or Guardians Samarites,</hi> as affirms <hi>Sulpitius Severus;</hi> but becauſe they inhabited <hi>Samaria;</hi> and <hi>Cuthaeans</hi> by the Hebrews, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe the chiefeſt part of them came out of <hi>Cuth,</hi> a Province of <hi>Perſia,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>An. l.</hi> 9. <hi>c.</hi> 14.</note> ſo call'd from the River <hi>Cuthah,</hi> upon which it borders, as <hi>Joſephus</hi> teſtifies. Theſe <hi>Cuthaeans,</hi> when they firſt inhabited <hi>Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maria,</hi> did not worſhip the God of <hi>Iſrael,</hi> but each of them adored the Idol of his own Country; but many of them having been therefore deſtroyed by Lions, <hi>Aſarhaddon</hi> took care to ſend to the remnant one of the Prieſts which his Grandfather <hi>Shalmaneſer</hi> had car<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry'd away captive. This Prieſt reſiding at <hi>Bethel,</hi> taught the Inhabitants the Worſhip of God after the man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner of <hi>Jeroboam.</hi> Of the <hi>Samaritans</hi> thus adoring their Antient Idols together with their New Calf, it is ſaid, 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 17.25, 33 &amp; 41. <hi>They feared the Lord,</hi> and <hi>they feared not the Lord;</hi> there being a a ſmall difference between adoring many Gods, and no God at all. They had a Temple built them at length by <hi>Saballnat</hi> upon Mount <hi>Gerizim,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Deut. 11.29.</note> where the Ble<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ſſigs were pronounc'd, in imitation of the Temple
<pb n="16" facs="tcp:192139:14"/>of <hi>Jeruſalem;</hi> which Temple <hi>Hircan</hi> the High Prieſt of the Jews afterwards deſtroyed, 200 years after it had been built,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Antiq. l.</hi> 13. <hi>c.</hi> 17.</note> as <hi>Joſephus</hi> reports. How<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever, though the Temple were deſtroyed, the <hi>Samaritans</hi> continued their Divine Worſhip upon the ſame Mountain ſtill;
<note place="margin">John 4.20.</note> having not by any Scripture Rule, as the Jews had for worſhipping upon Mount <hi>Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Gen. 12.6, 7. Gen. 33.18, 20.</note> but by the Example of the Patriarchs, deſign'd that place for the Publick Worſhip of God. Thus <hi>Abraham</hi> and <hi>Jacob</hi> are ſaid to have built an Altar near to <hi>Sichem,</hi> threeſcore fur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>longs diſtant from the City of <hi>Samaria.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Judges 9.7. <hi>Joſeph. Antiq. l.</hi> 11. <hi>c.</hi> 8.</note> But ſeeing that the Mount <hi>Gerizim</hi> over<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>look'd <hi>Sichem,</hi> and that the Patriarchs made choice of Mountains for the build<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing of Altars,
<note place="margin">Gen. 22.2. 2 Sam. 24.18. 2 Chron. 1.3.</note> it is probably conjectur'd, that the Patriarchs <hi>Abraham</hi> and <hi>Jacob</hi> did rear an Altar to God upon Mount <hi>Gerizim.</hi> Now ſays <hi>Thomas de Pinedo</hi> the <hi>Portuguez, The Samaritans only believed the Pentateuch of the Om<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niſcient</hi> Moſes, <hi>and thence aroſe the hatred between them and the</hi> Hebrews. <hi>For as ſin entred the World by the Law, ſo hatred invades particular Societies through di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verſity of Religion; with which diſtemper men of obſcure birth, and illiterate, labour; the Noble and Learned hate the vices, not the men, becauſe they follow this or that Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligion. Whence it was, that the</hi> Samaritans <hi>traduc'd the High Prieſt</hi> Eli, <hi>as a Magician, for that he tranſlated the Sacrifices, and the Worſhip of God, out of a Schiſmati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cal boldneſs, to</hi> Shilo <hi>contrary to the command of God. They alſo condemned</hi> Samuel <hi>the Prophet for a Magician, as ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pears by the</hi> Samaritan <hi>Chronic<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>es;
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>c.</hi> 41.</note> the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>pitome of which is ſet forth by</hi> Hottinger <hi>in his</hi> Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>morinian Exercitations <hi>upon the</hi> Samaritan Pentateuch. <hi>Nor were the Jews behind hand with the</hi> Samaritans. <hi>For</hi> Aben Ezra, <hi>the moſt Learned of the</hi> Hebrews <hi>upon
<pb n="17" facs="tcp:192139:14"/>the Book of</hi> Eſther; <hi>The</hi> Cuthaeans, <hi>ſaith he, inſtead of thoſe words of</hi> Geneſis, <hi>In the beginning God created, have put, In the Beginning</hi> Aſima <hi>created; which</hi> Aſima <hi>was an Idol in the ſhape of a Goat.</hi> Benjamin Tudelenſis <hi>in his Itinerary reports, that the</hi> Samaritans <hi>wanted the three Hebrew Guttural Letters,</hi> He, Cheth, <hi>and</hi> Ain; <hi>both which are falſe, for that neither are thoſe Guttural Letters wanting in any of the</hi> Samaritan <hi>Pentateuchs. Neither was</hi> Aſima,
<note place="margin">2 King. 17.30.</note> 
                  <hi>but</hi> Nergal <hi>the Idol of the</hi> Cuthaeans, <hi>of whom conſiſted the greateſt number of the</hi> Samaritans. Many other ſuch ſtories the <hi>Jews</hi> invented in hatred of the <hi>Samaritans;</hi> as how they worſhiped a <hi>Dove,</hi> and were circumciſed in ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neration of that creature; and that they worſhiped the Images that were brought by <hi>Jacob</hi> out of <hi>Aſſyria,</hi> and lay buried behind <hi>Shechem,</hi> under a Turpentine Tree. To this the Learned <hi>Pinedo, I make no doubt,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>but that they worſhiped the Image of a Dove, in regard they were ſubject to the Empire of the</hi> Aſſyrians: <hi>For that the Kings of</hi> Aſſyria <hi>always bare in their Enſigns the figure of a Dove, ever ſince the Reign of</hi> Semiramis. <hi>To which</hi> Jeremy <hi>alludes, where,
<note place="margin">c. 25. v. 38.</note> from the face of the anger of the Dove, is no more than from the face of the anger of the Kings of</hi> Aſſyria; <hi>in regard the Kings of</hi> Aſſyria <hi>carry the figure of a Dove in their Standards, as now the Kings of</hi> Spain <hi>and the Emperour bear the Lion and the Eagle.</hi> But the <hi>Sama<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rites</hi> aboliſhed all worſhip of Idols from the time that <hi>Sanballat</hi> built them a Temple upon Mount <hi>Gerizim,</hi> after leave obtain'd from <hi>Alexander</hi> the Great, and made <hi>Manaſſeh</hi> his Son-in-law, and Brother of <hi>Jaddi</hi> the firſt High-Prieſt to officiate therein. And where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>as <hi>Epiphanius</hi> affirms, that the <hi>Samarites</hi> celebrated the Feaſt of <hi>Pentecoſt,</hi> and the Paſchal Feaſt in Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tumn, ſo <hi>Scaliger</hi> aſſerts it to be untrue. But this is certain, that when the <hi>Jews</hi> liv'd in proſperity, the <hi>Samaritans</hi> affirm'd themſelves to be <hi>Jews,</hi> deſcended
<pb n="18" facs="tcp:192139:15"/>from the Grand-children of <hi>Joſeph, Ephraim</hi> and <hi>Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>naſſeh;</hi> but when the <hi>Jews</hi> were in adverſity, then they would neither acknowledg themſelves to be <hi>Jews,</hi> nor to be ally'd to them by any tye of Blood or Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lation whatſoever.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And unto the uttermoſt part of the Earth.</hi> To the intent that the Doctrine of Salvation might be pub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liſhed to all the Corners of the World. Thus was fulfilled that Prophecy of <hi>Iſaiah,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">c. 49. v. 6.</note> with others of the ſame nature, That Chriſt was given as a Light to the <hi>Gentiles,</hi> and to be the Salvation of God unto the ends of the Earth.</p>
               <p n="9">9—<hi>And when he had ſpoken theſe things.</hi> Supply out of <hi>L.</hi> 24.50 &amp; 51. He led out his Apoſtles as far as <hi>Bethany,</hi> a Village belonging to <hi>Mary</hi> and <hi>Martha,</hi> the Siſters of <hi>Lazarus,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">John 11.18.</note> about fifteen fur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>longs from <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> and ſtretching forth his ſupplicating hands, <hi>he bleſſed them.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Upon Luke 24.50.</note> The <hi>Ceremony of Benediction,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius,</hi> was wont to be ſolemniz'd with the Impoſition of hands,
<note place="margin">Gen. 27.4, 7, 12, 19, 21, 22. Gen. 48, 9, 14, 15, &amp;c.</note> as we find by the ſtory of <hi>Iſaac</hi> and <hi>Jacob.</hi> But when the Bleſſing was to be given to many, then for the more quicker diſpatch, only the ſtretching forth, or lifting up of the hands was us'd toward them that were to be bleſſed: Thus <hi>Aaron lifted up his hand towards the the people,
<note place="margin">Levit. 9.22.</note> and bleſſed them;</hi> that is, prayed for their proſperity and ſucceſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>While they beheld.</hi> He did not diſappear, nor be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>came inviſible, privately or remote from company, as <hi>Luke</hi> 24.31. but by degrees; while the Diſciples beheld the action, he was by the Divine Power rais'd, or drawn up to a Cloud, which ſoon receiv'd him, and convey'd him out of their ſight. But as Chriſt after his Reſurrection would not be promiſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cuouſly ſeen by all; ſo did he not admit every one
<pb n="19" facs="tcp:192139:15"/>to be Witneſſes of his Aſcenſion, as deſigning that Myſtery of Faith to be rather known by the Preach<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing of the Goſpel, than by ocular Teſtimony. <hi>This ſhews the vigor of great Minds,</hi> ſaith <hi>Leo, this the true Light of faithful Souls,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Serm.</hi> 2. <hi>de Aſce<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ſ.</hi>
                     </note> un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>doubtedly to believe what they do not behold with the corporeal Eye and there to ſix their deſire, where they cannot reach with their moſt piercing ſight. Which Piety, how ſhould it breed in our hearts, ſhould our Salvation conſiſt only in thoſe things which are obvious to the ſenſe?</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Tract.</hi> 68. <hi>in Johan.</hi>
                  </note> Thus St. <hi>Auſtin, The Faith of thoſe who will ſee God, while they are in their Pilgrimage, and cleaning their hearts, believes what it ſees not. The Merit accrews by Believing; the Reward is ſeeing after<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards. Let the Lord go and prepare a place; Let him go, that he may not be ſeen; let him be conceal'd that he may be believ'd: For then the place will be prepar'd, when our life is according to Faith. Let us deſire him, in whom we believe, that being deſired, he may be enjoyed. The de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſire out of love, is the preparation of the Manſion.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He was lifted up.</hi> Supply out of <hi>Luke,
<note place="margin">24.51.</note> While he bleſſed them.</hi> Thus <hi>Plautus</hi> uſes the word, <hi>Take this Stone,</hi> ſaith he,
<note place="margin">L 2. <hi>Hiſt. Sa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>and lift it up. Sulpitius Severus</hi> hath theſe words; <hi>This is wonderful,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>that the place whereon Chriſt ſet his laſt foot-ſteps, when he was taken up in a Cloud into Heaven, ſhould ſtill continue marked out, and could not be paved with the reſt of the place about it. For whatſoever elſe was apply'd, the Earth diſdaining Humane Workmanſhip refus'd, while the ſtones flew in the faces of them that attempted it. Yea it is ſuch a laſting Monument of the Duſt being trampled by Divine feet, that the impreſſion of the footſteps ſtill re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>main. And though the multitude of Believers every day carry away ſome parcels of the place where our Lord ſet his feet, yet the Sand is not diminiſhed, and the Earth
<pb n="20" facs="tcp:192139:16"/>that received the mark of the footſteps, ſtill preſerves the ſame form.</hi> That men have endeavoured in vain from time to time to cover or pave the place, ſtill preſerving the footſteps of our Lord,
<note n="(a)" place="margin">Lib. de loc. Act. Apoſt.</note> 
                  <hi>Pſeudo-Jerom,
<note n="(b)" place="margin">In Ep. ad Sever.</note> Paulinus</hi> and <hi>Beda,</hi>
                  <note n="(c)" place="margin">
                     <hi>De Loc. Sanct. c.</hi> 7.</note> have deliver'd in their Writings. But in regard there is no mention made of any ſuch Miracle either by <hi>Euſebius, Socrates, Theodoret, Sozomenus,</hi> or <hi>Nicephorus,</hi> we may thence conjecture the Liberty which former Ages took to frame little ſtories of their own, meer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly to impoſe upon the ignorant people. Neither do the Mythologiſts agree in this Fable. For <hi>Baronius</hi> following <hi>Burchardus,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>A. D.</hi> 34.11.232.</note> will have theſe footſteps imprinted in Stone, <hi>Paulinus</hi> in the green Truf, <hi>Sulpitius Severus</hi> in Duſt or Sand, <hi>Pſeudo-Jerom</hi> and <hi>Beda</hi> upon the Ground in the Earth it ſelf. Which of theſe muſt we be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieve? Certainly none of them. Nor does <hi>Pſeudo-Jerom</hi> affirm that he ever ſaw theſe imprinted foot<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſteps; but only ſays, <hi>as is reported.</hi> But one Eye<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>witneſs is better than ten hear-ſay Teſtimonies. <hi>Hor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nius</hi> believes this Fable aroſe from the words of <hi>Euſebius</hi> miſunderſtood.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>L.</hi> 3. <hi>de Vit. Conſt. c.</hi> 41.</note> For he ſpeaking of <hi>Helena</hi>'s arrival in <hi>Ju<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>daea, Then,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>ſhe gave decent Reverence to the places where the ſteps of our Saviour had trod.</hi> Which was not ſpoken particularly of Mount <hi>Olivet,</hi> but in ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neral of all <hi>Judaea, where Chriſt as man was born,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Optat. M<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>levit. l.</hi> 6. <hi>contra Parmen.</hi>
                     </note> where he ſet his ſacred footſteps, where walked his adorable feet, where ſo many and ſo great miracles were wrought by him.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A Cloud received him out of their ſight.</hi> Not that the Cloud, which having received Chriſt, took him from the ſight of the Apoſtles, was to him any aſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſiſtance in his Aſcenſion; for a Cloud is no ſolid body
<pb n="21" facs="tcp:192139:16"/>that can afford any ſuch help; beſides, that the higheſt Clouds do not ariſe above a Mile or two a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove the Earth, as being only nouriſhed by the Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>halations of the Land and Water; but it was for ſtate and grandeur. Thus it is ſaid of God himſelf,
<note place="margin">Pſal. 104.3.</note> 
                  <hi>Who maketh the Clouds his Chariot.</hi> And that other,
<note place="margin">Pſal. 18.11.</note> 
                  <hi>He maketh darkneſs his ſecret place.</hi> For obſcurity and gloomineſs gets devotion and reverence to ſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cred things.</p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>And while they looked.</hi> That is, with more eager Eyes, and diligent marking.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As he went up.</hi> That is, into Heaven, as appears by the following verſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Behold two men.</hi> That is to ſay, Angels in Hu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mane ſhape.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In white Apparel.</hi> White of all colours is the moſt pure and ſpotleſs; it admits no defilement, and bor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rows nothing from any other mixture: Therefore is it the moſt proper Emblem of candour of Mind, Juſtice and Sanctity.
<note place="margin">Matth. 28.3. Mark 16.5. John 20.12. Rev. 3.4. &amp; 5, c. 4. v. 4.6.11.7.3. &amp; 13. <hi>l.</hi> 2. <hi>de Veſt. Sac.</hi> Heb. c. 26. n. 34.</note> Thus the Angels both here and in other places, as alſo the Martyrs, and all the Saints in Heaven, where there is nothing of con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tamination to be found, are ſaid to be cloathed in white Garments. <hi>And indeed,</hi> ſaith the moſt Learned <hi>Brannius, the</hi> Hebrews <hi>themſelves confeſſed, that White was a ſymbol of Cleanneſs and Sanctity, and conſequently of Juſtice and Integrity. For whoever a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mong the Prieſts was polluted by the Law, was bound imme<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diately to put off his white Garments, as being unworthy to wear them, and after he had put on black, to depart out of the Temple. To which that of St.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Rev. 3.4.</note> John <hi>ſeems to have relation, where he ſays, They who have not defiled their Garments ſhall walk in white, becauſe they are worthy.</hi> And for that reaſon <hi>the white
<pb n="22" facs="tcp:192139:17"/>colour in the Garments of the High Prieſt ſignified the Innocency,
<note place="margin">Rev. 19.8.</note> Juſtice and Sanctity of Chriſt. Therefore white Linnen is called the Righteouſneſs of the Saints. And though the holy Garments were mixed with Scarlet and Purple, yet there was alſo a mixture of white, and ſome of the Garments were white altogether. So that although Chriſt were laden with our ſins,
<note place="margin">Iſa. 1.18.</note> which were ſignified by the Scarlet colour, and ſprinkled for our ſins with blood, which was ſignified by the Purple, yet was he moſt holy and juſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>Ye men of Galilee.</hi> The Diſciples of Chriſt are called <hi>Galilaeans,</hi> as being Natives of <hi>Galilee;</hi> though all the <hi>Chriſtians</hi> were generally ſo called by the <hi>Jews</hi> and <hi>Ethnicks,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Matth. 2.22.</note> as we have obſerv'd upon theſe words of St. <hi>Matthew, into the parts of Galilee. Julian</hi> the Apoſtate in an Epiſtle ſaith, <hi>That the Religion of the</hi> Galilaeans <hi>encreaſed by their kindneſs to ſtrangers.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Why ſtand ye gazing up into Heaven?</hi> That is, in vain do ye now expect the return of Chriſt with your Eyes fixed upon Heaven.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>L.</hi> 2. <hi>Quaeſt. Evang.</hi> 38.<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.9.</note> Saith St. <hi>Auſtin, The Angels by thoſe words,</hi> Why ſtand ye gazing up into Heaven? <hi>What did they mean elſe, but to infer, That it was impoſſible for humane Eyes to penetrate into that ſecret place whither Chriſt went, when he was carryed up to Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven in the ſight of his Diſciples.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>This ſame Jeſus,</hi> &amp;c. The Particle, <hi>This ſame,</hi> is Emphatical, and denotes, that the Angels pointed with their fingers towards the Lord Jeſus. <hi>Ceaſe therefore to doubt,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Ep. 187. alias 57. ad Dar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dan. n. 10.</note> ſaith St. Auſtin, <hi>that the man Chriſt Jeſus is now there, from whence he ſhall come; but diligently get by heart, and faithfully retain the Chriſtian Confeſſion, that Chriſt roſe from the dead, aſcended into Heaven, ſits at the right Hand of the Father, and that
<pb n="23" facs="tcp:192139:17"/>he ſhall come from thence, and from no other place, to judge the quick and the dead; And ſo ſhall he come, according to the Teſtimony of that Angelic Voice, as he was ſeen to aſcend into Heaven; that is, in the ſame form and ſub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtance of the Fleſh; to which he gave immortality, but took away nothing of its nature. Yet he is not to be thought to be every where diffus'd, according to that form. For we muſt be careful, that we do not ſo uphold the Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vinity of this man, as to take away the reality of his Body. For it is not conſequential, that what is in God, ſhould be every where as God. For the moſt true Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture ſpeaks alſo of us, that we live, move, and have our being in God, yet are we not every where as he is. But that man is after another manner in God, and that God is after another manner in man, after a manner both ſingular and proper. For God and Man is one Perſon, and one Chriſt Jeſus is both. Every where as he is God, but only in Heaven as he is Man.</hi> Again, as <hi>Leo</hi> well obſerves, <hi>The Aſcenſion of Chriſt is our Advance<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment,
<note place="margin">Serm. 1. de Aſcenſ.</note> and whither the glory of the Head is gone before, thither alſo is the hope of the body call'd.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>Then.</hi> That is to ſay, when the Majeſty of Chriſt was apparently known, the Apoſtles ador'd him as the King of Glory, and Judge of the world, and he being ador'd, as appears out of <hi>Luke</hi> 24.52. they return to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> rejoycing in their hearts, as now having attain'd to underſtand that wonderful mean, by which the Redemption of Mankind was procur'd, and full of expectation of the deſcent of the Holy Ghoſt from Heaven upon them, now ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>proaching, and at hand.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>From the Mount called</hi> Olivet. That is, from the farther ſide of Mount <hi>Olivet,</hi> to which the Village of <hi>Bethany</hi> adjoyn'd, diſtant from <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> about fifteen furlongs.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>John</hi> 11.18. <hi>Antiq. l.</hi> 20. <hi>c.</hi> 6.</note> Whereas the beginning or foot of the Mount was diſtant not above a Sabbath days Journey, or five
<pb n="24" facs="tcp:192139:18"/>furlongs, as we find in <hi>Joſephus.</hi> Moreover, leſt we ſhould extend the length or latitude of Mount <hi>Olivet</hi> too far, the moſt famous <hi>Ludovicus de Dieu,</hi> gives us this caution, that St. <hi>John</hi> may be underſtood of the <hi>Jewiſh</hi> furlongs, whereas <hi>Joſephus</hi> is to be under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood of the <hi>Grecian</hi> furlongs: <hi>And ſo,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thany ſituated in the farther ſide of this Mountain, will be no farther diſtant from the foot of the Mountain, then the foot of the ſame Mountain from</hi> Jeruſalem. <hi>For ſince five</hi> Grecian <hi>furlongs make ſeven</hi> Jewiſh <hi>furlongs and a half, that number doubled, will make fifteen</hi> Jewiſh, <hi>or ten</hi> Grecian <hi>furlongs, which make exactly two</hi> Jewiſh <hi>miles, or a double Sabbath-days Journey.</hi> In which ſenſe may be taken that of St. <hi>Jerome.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">De loc. Heb.</note> Bethany, <hi>a Town two miles from</hi> Aelia, <hi>upon the ſide of Mount</hi> Olivet. Now if <hi>Bethany</hi> did not joyn cloſe to Mount <hi>Olivet,</hi> but were ſeated beyond it, as <hi>Adricho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mius</hi> will have it; or ſome furlongs diſtant from it, as it is in the <hi>Jewiſh</hi> Map, ſet forth by the <hi>Jews</hi> at <hi>Am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſterdam,</hi> then the words were to be tranſlated, <hi>and they return'd by Mount</hi> Olivet, and <hi>from the Mount,</hi> ſeems to denote, that the Mountain <hi>Olive<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </hi> lay between the Fields of <hi>Bethany,</hi> whither Chriſt carry d his Diſciples, being to aſcend into Heaven, and the City of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> which they were of neceſſity to paſs over, before they could come to <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi> 
                  <q>As <hi>Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thany,</hi> ſaies <hi>de Dieu,</hi> is ſaid in the Greek Text to have been near to <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> from al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moſt fifteen furlongs;
<note place="margin">Jo. 11.18.</note> the <hi>from</hi> ſigni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fies the fifteen furlongs lying between, which are of neceſſity to be paſs'd over from <hi>Bethany</hi> to <hi>Jeruſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem.</hi> Thus, <hi>Rev.</hi> 14.20. And the blood came out of the Wine-Preſs unto the Horſe-bridles, from the ſpace of a thouſand ſix hundred furlongs; The vulgar Tranſlation rendring the Adverb <hi>from, per</hi> or by, a thouſand ſix hundred furlongs; and that right<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly, for, <hi>from,</hi> ſignifies the adjoyning ſpace lying be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween.
<pb n="25" facs="tcp:192139:18"/>Thus <hi>Acts</hi> 14.24. They coming from <hi>Per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ga,</hi> the vulgar verſion tranſlates, they coming by <hi>Perga.</hi> Whence it would follow that Chriſt did not aſcend into Heaven from Mount <hi>Olivet,</hi> which nevertheleſs St. <hi>Jerome</hi> frequently affirms, and which has always hitherto been believ'd, as conjectur'd from <hi>Acts</hi> 1.12.
<note place="margin">Luc. 24.50, 51.</note> where however <hi>Luke</hi> does not aver it, but from the Fields of <hi>Bethany,</hi> which the Goſpel ſuffici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ently declares; from which Fields of <hi>Bethany,</hi> the Apoſtles went to Mount <hi>Olivet,</hi> and took the ſhor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teſt way over that Hill to <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which is a Sabbath-days Journey.</hi> That is, the ſpace between the City, and the foot of the Hill, was a Sabbath-days Journey. See our literal Explication upon <hi>Mat.</hi> 24.20. Saies the lately commended <hi>de Dieu,</hi> 
                  <q>The learned eaſily reconcile this difference with <hi>Jo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſephus,</hi> aſſerting the Mountain to be five furlongs diſtant from the City. For a Sabbath-days Journey conſiſted of two thouſand Cubits, which extent of ground the Hebrews call'd a mile, as is manifeſt out of their writings. But a furlong among the <hi>Greeks</hi> contain'd a hundred paces, a pace ſix foot, or four Cubits, as appears from the words of <hi>Herodotus,</hi> a hundred juſt paces are one furlong of ſix Acres,
<note place="margin">l. 2.</note> but a Pace is the meaſure of ſix foot, or four Cubits. One Foot contains the breadth of four hands, and a Cubit ſix hands breadth.</q> Thus far <hi>Herodotus. You ſee he meaſures the Cubit to be a foot and a half. Therefore ſix hundred foot, which made a furlong, amount to four hundred Cubits; and conſequent<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly five furlongs two thouſand Cubits. But how this agrees with the</hi> Syrian <hi>Interpreter, who will have a Sabbath<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>days Journey to be about ſeven furlongs, the Learned do not ſo eaſily reſolve. For our parts we affirm, that the</hi> Syrian <hi>ſpake not of the</hi> Grecian, <hi>but the</hi> Hebrew <hi>fur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>longs, of which ſeven and a half make a mile, or Sabbath<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>days
<pb n="26" facs="tcp:192139:19"/>journey. See</hi> Baal Aruch <hi>upon the word</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Rus. <hi>See the</hi> Jewiſh <hi>Mapp ſet forth at</hi> Amſterdam; <hi>where ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven furlongs and a half make an</hi> Hebrew <hi>ſhort mile: and four ſhort miles a long one called</hi> Parſa.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>And when they were come in.</hi> That is, into the City of <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They went up into an upper Room.</hi> The Greek has it, <hi>into the upper part of the Houſe.</hi> But whoſe Houſe this was, is a thing very much controverted among the learned,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 1. <hi>Hiſt. c.</hi> 28. <hi>A. D.</hi> 34. <hi>n.</hi> 236.</note> 
                  <hi>Nicephorus,</hi> out of one <hi>Euo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dius,</hi> affirms it to have been the Houſe of St. <hi>John</hi> the <hi>Evangeliſt,</hi> the Son of <hi>Ze<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bedeus. Baro<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ius</hi> and <hi>Beda</hi> aſſert it to have been the Houſe of that <hi>Mary,</hi> who was the Mother of <hi>John,</hi> Sirnam'd <hi>Mark,</hi> of whom <hi>Luke</hi> makes mention in ſome Chapters lower. <hi>Theophylactus</hi> believes it to have been the Houſe of <hi>Simon</hi> the Leper.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>in Mat.</hi> 26.</note> Others will have it to have been the Houſe of <hi>Nicodemus,</hi> or <hi>Jo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſeph</hi> of <hi>Arimathea.</hi> For my part I am apt to believe, that this Houſe was the Temple of <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> it ſelf, according to the teſtimony of <hi>Luke</hi> himſelf in his Goſpel. <hi>And they returned to</hi> Jeruſalem <hi>with great joy;
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>c.</hi> 24. <hi>v.</hi> 52, 53.</note> and were continually in the Temple, praiſing and bleſſing God.</hi> Obſerve, that it is there ſaid, <hi>they were there continually,</hi> which is here ſaid, <hi>they were remaining together,</hi> which being the ſame in ſignification, you ſhall never reconcile the two places, if they remain'd in any other place than in the Temple. <hi>Neither is this Opinion obſtructed,</hi> ſaith the famous <hi>Lewis de Dieu,</hi> by this, <hi>that they are ſaid to have aſcended into an upper Room, or according to the</hi> Syrian <hi>Interpreter, into a Dining Room, for that the Temple had ſeveral upper Rooms built round about the out<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſide of it, is apparent from the firſt of</hi> Chron. <hi>the</hi> 28.11. <hi>and</hi> 2 Chron. 3.9. <hi>As alſo Chambers and Apartments, ſuch as was the Chamber of</hi> Gemariah, <hi>where</hi> Baruch
<pb n="27" facs="tcp:192139:19"/>
                  <hi>read the Book of</hi> Jeremiah <hi>in the Houſe of the Lord. And</hi> Baruch <hi>read in the Book,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Jer.</hi> 36.10.</note> the words of</hi> Jeremiah <hi>in the Houſe of the Lord, in the Houſe of</hi> Gemarias, <hi>according to the Sep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuagint; where we are alſo to obſerve that the Temple is not only call'd a Houſe, but alſo that the Chamber is alſo tranſlated a Houſe, both there, and</hi> v. 12. 20 &amp; 21. <hi>as likewiſe c.</hi> 35. <hi>v.</hi> 4. <hi>juſt as the upper Chamber where the Apoſtles were,</hi> Acts 1.13. <hi>is call'd a Houſe,</hi> Acts 2.2. <hi>for thoſe Chambers, and Dining Rooms, ſerv'd not only for the Keepers and Miniſters of the Temple, the Prieſts and Levites, and for the preſervation of the Holy things, but alſo for the aſſembling of Devout People to attend to Religious Exerciſes. Hence it was that</hi> Baruch <hi>read the Book of</hi> Jeremiah <hi>in the Chamber of</hi> Gemariah. <hi>In ſuch a Chamber it is probable that the devout women met, and were defil'd by the Sons of</hi> Eli,
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 2.22.</note> 
                  <hi>who are ſaid to have had their Lodgings at the door of the Tabernacle. Some ſuch place had</hi> Anna <hi>the Propheteſs to ſtay in,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Luke</hi> 2.37.</note> who depar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted not from the Temple, but ſerv'd God with Faſtings, and Prayers night and day. Nor is it to be queſtioned but that the Apoſtles choſe to themſelves ſuch a place,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Luke</hi> 24.53</note> while they are ſaid to have been continually in the Temple praiſing and bleſſing God.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Acts</hi> 1.13.</note> St.</hi> Luke <hi>de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcribes the Place, that is to ſay, that it was an upper Room where they remain'd together, and continued with one accord in Prayer and Supplication. And this adds much to the luſtre of that illuſtrious deſcent of the Holy Ghoſt upon the Apoſtles, whereof in the fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowing Chapter, if we agree it to have fallen out in the Temple, where formerly the Majeſtical ſhadow of God in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>habited, but was withdrawn ever ſince the</hi> Babyloniſh <hi>Captivity, and the loſs of the Ark: to the end that laying aſide that Allegorical Type of Gods preſence, they might aſpire to the enjoyment of that real preſence which God was
<pb n="28" facs="tcp:192139:20"/>ſhortly to impart to them, in that very place where his pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſence was only figuratively repreſented before: And as the Cloud is ſaid to have filled the Houſe,
<note place="margin">1 <hi>King.</hi> 8.10. <hi>Acts</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 2.</note> by</hi> Solomon <hi>dedicated and Conſecrated; ſo the wind of the Holy Ghoſt filled the ſame Houſe, not that from thence forward they ſhould remain fix'd to that Houſe, but that being driven by the ſame wind, they might fill the whole world with the gales of Evangelick Grace:
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Paraph. ad Act.</hi> 2.</note> And thus the Law went truly out of</hi> Sion. <hi>Wherefore</hi> Eraſmus <hi>places this upper Room in Mount</hi> Sion. <hi>For comparing this place with that where the Law was given of Old:</hi> In both, <hi>ſaith he,</hi> there is height of place; but in this there is nothing but a Mountain, which the peo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple alſo are forbid to approach, that is, the dull and Earthly, not capable of Spiritual things; here there is a Houſe upon the Mountain itſelf, to let thee un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derſtand the Concord of the Church. There was Mountain <hi>Sina</hi> proper for the promulgation of the Law, which by the multitude of its Precepts curbs a Rebellious People; for it is called <hi>Sina</hi> from <hi>Precept.</hi> Here is Mount <hi>Sion,</hi> which in the Hebrew Language ſig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nifies a Watch-Tower, from whence all Earthly things are looked on with diſdain. <hi>Neither does it make againſt where it is ſaid that the wind filled the Houſe, and not the Temple. For it is known that the Temple of</hi> Solomon <hi>was called the firſt Houſe, and the Temple of</hi> Zerobabel <hi>the ſecond Houſe. To all this we may add that noted place:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Hag.</hi> 2.7, 9.</note> And I will fill this Houſe with glory. The glory of the latter Houſe ſhall be greater then of the former. <hi>Which Prophecy was fulfilled upon the feaſt of Pentecoſt, when the Holy Spirit, with which the firſt Temple was adorn'd, but of which the ſecond Temple was depriv'd, according to the Confeſſion of the Hebrews, as alſo of the Ark, the <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>rim and Thummim, the perpetual fire, and the Typical preſence of the Divine Majeſty, filled that Temple with the ſacred
<pb n="29" facs="tcp:192139:20"/>Blaſt, and the Apoſtles with thoſe gifts, which ſtruck all Nations into Admiration. So that from that time the Holy Spirit alone ſupplied the abſence of the Ark, the <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>rim and Thummim, and the perpetual fire, and conver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ting Type into verity, granted to us the Majeſty of God every where preſent with his Church.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Abode.</hi> In the Greek, <hi>were remaining, or did remain together.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Peter,</hi> &amp;c. See our Explication upon <hi>Mat.</hi> 10.2, 3.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>James.</hi> Supply, the Son of <hi>Alpheus.</hi> This <hi>Alpheus</hi> is thought to be call'd <hi>Cleo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phas,</hi> or <hi>Cleopas.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Luke</hi> 24.18.</note> For that ſhe who is called <hi>Mary</hi> the Mother of <hi>James</hi> the <hi>leſſer,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Mark</hi> 15.40. <hi>Jo.</hi> 19.25.</note> and <hi>Joſes,</hi> is called <hi>Mary</hi> the Wife of <hi>Cleopas,</hi> or <hi>Cleophas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Judas.</hi> Supply,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>James,</hi> as he This per.</note> the Brother of calls himſelf in his own Epiſtle General. ſon, that he might be the more truly diſtinguiſhed from <hi>Judas Iſcariot,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>John</hi> 12.4. <hi>Matt.</hi> 10.3.</note> the Son of <hi>Simon,</hi> is by St. <hi>Matthew</hi> Sirnamed <hi>Thaddaeus;</hi> and from <hi>Lebba,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 19.</note> a Sea Town of <hi>Galilee,</hi> of which <hi>Pliny</hi> makes menti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on, called alſo <hi>Lebbeus,</hi> as <hi>Lightfoot</hi> con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jectures in his Hebraick Hours upon <hi>Mat.</hi> 10.3. Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>though in the <hi>Hackian</hi> Edition of <hi>Pliny,</hi> in the place cited by <hi>Lightfoot,</hi> the Town is not call'd <hi>Lebba,</hi> but <hi>Jebba.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>Theſe all continued with one accord in Prayer:</hi> This St. <hi>Luke</hi> expreſſes by other words in his Goſpel,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>c.</hi> 24.53.</note> 
                  <hi>And they were continually in the Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple, praiſing and bleſſing God.</hi> The words, <hi>with one accord,</hi> denote, that they did not only agree with hearts and minds among themſelves, and coha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bit together without ſtrife or contention, but alſo acted and deſir'd the ſame thing, chiefly in matters of Religion, and more particularly in the duty of Prayer.</p>
               <pb n="30" facs="tcp:192139:21"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>In Prayer.</hi> According to the Greek, <hi>in Prayer and Supplication.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>c.</hi> 24. <hi>v.</hi> 53. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 14.4, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                  </note> This <hi>Luke</hi> in his Goſpel expreſſes in theſe words, <hi>prai<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſing and bleſſing God.</hi> Thus St. <hi>Paul</hi> makes <hi>Prayer, bleſſing,</hi> and <hi>giving Thanks</hi> to be all one.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Philip.</hi> 1.4.</note> Thus <hi>Supplication</hi> ſeems alſo to be taken for <hi>giving Thanks.</hi> Neverthe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>leſs ſometimes <hi>Supplication</hi> is diſtinguiſh'd from <hi>Pray<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>er,</hi> and then it is taken for Deprecation, or Prayer to remove or repel ſome evil. Hence <hi>Junius</hi> upon this place: <hi>The Diſciples,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>beſought as well the ſending of the Holy Ghoſt, as to be freed from all the pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſent Evils with which they were encompaſſed.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With the Women.</hi> Meaning thoſe Women of which mention is made, <hi>Mat.</hi> 27.55. and with them the Wives of the Apoſtles. <hi>For,</hi> ſaith the famous <hi>Beza, as it is well obſerved by others, it was requiſite, that the Wives of the Apoſtles ſhould be confirm'd, whom it beho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved either to be the Companions of their Travels, or pati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ently at home to endure their abſence. An ancient Book of mine adds alſo,</hi> And with their Children.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Mary <hi>the Mother of Jeſus. Mary</hi> is exempted from the common ſort of Women, as the moſt ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cellent of Women. According to this Phraſe, <hi>David</hi> in the Title of the 18th <hi>Pſalm,</hi> is ſaid to be delivered out of the hand of his Enemies, and out of the hand of <hi>Saul,</hi> as being the moſt potent of his Adverſaries. And in the Hebrew Bibles <hi>Reches,</hi> a moſt excellent ſort of Horſes, is particularly diſtinguiſh'd from all other Horſes in general:
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Kings</hi> 4.28.</note> 
                  <hi>And they brought forth Barley and Straw for the Horſes and the</hi> Reches.</p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>In thoſe days.</hi> That is, when the Apoſtles and the reſt of the Diſciples abode together, expecting the coming of the Holy Ghoſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Peter ſtanding up.</hi> To whom the Priority of de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gree was given, in regard of his Seniority, according
<pb n="31" facs="tcp:192139:21"/>to St. <hi>Jerom, Caſſian,</hi> and ſeveral others of the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The number of Men.</hi> Some ancient Latin Exem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plars, together with the Greek, read <hi>Names,</hi> as it is in the <hi>Engliſh</hi> verſion. But by <hi>Names,</hi> is to be under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood <hi>Men.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Infrà c.</hi> 4. <hi>v.</hi> 12.</note> Thus the name of Chriſt is taken for Chriſt himſelf. The name of God is us'd for God himſelf, <hi>Pſal.</hi> 5.12. and in other places. Thus in <hi>Ciceropro Archia. Thou demandeſt of us, why we are ſo delighted with this Name, i. e.</hi> this man. <hi>Tibullus. Nor is Woman a faithful Name.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Near a hundred and twenty.</hi> So that there were pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſent at this moſt Noble and Holy Colledge, beſides the Eleven Apoſtles, and Seventy Diſciples, Thirty ſeven others, who together with them, made up the number of a hundred and twenty.</p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>The Scripture muſt needs have been fulfill'd.</hi> That is, according to the Interpretation of Chriſt, from whoſe lips all the Diſciples, who were then preſent, had a little before underſtood the myſtical ſenſe in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tended by the Holy Ghoſt from the mouth of <hi>David,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Luc.</hi> 24.44, 45.</note> when he interpreted the Scriptures after his Reſurrection.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Concerning Judas.</hi> The Rival in wickedneſs with the Impious Enemies of <hi>David.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who.</hi> In the malice of his Heart.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Was guide to them.</hi> Thoſe bloody Murderers, of whom, <hi>John</hi> 18.3.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>Who,</hi> &amp;c. In the Gr. <hi>becauſe,</hi> inſtead of the adverſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tive particle, <hi>although.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Who ſeduced by the Devil ſoar'd to that height of Impiety, that he moſt ſhamefully betrayed the Lord Chriſt, <hi>although</hi> among many other benefits, he alſo attain'd this, to be en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>roll'd into our number, and Apoſtolick Colledge.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Lott.</hi> That is, Miniſtry or Function. That <hi>Lott</hi> is taken for Office or Employment, is apparent out of
<pb n="32" facs="tcp:192139:22"/>
                  <hi>Livy,</hi> and the Lexicon Writers. <hi>Kleros</hi> in Greek, and <hi>ſors</hi> in Latin, <hi>Lott,</hi> is ſaid in the firſt place to be any thing caſt into a little Veſſel, and then drawn forth again.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>infrà v.</hi> 26. <hi>&amp; Prov.</hi> 16.33.</note> In the next place the ſame words are taken for that portion or property,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Deut.</hi> 3.6.</note> which is gain'd by the Lott caſt. Laſtly, they are taken in a diffuſive ſenſe for that proportion of any thing which falls to any man by the allottment or appoint<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment of any one, or by any other accident, <hi>and it is ſaid not only of hereditary goods, whether they be obtain'd by gift, or labour, but alſo of Offices or Functions, as here,</hi> ſays <hi>Brenius<g ref="char:punc">▪</g>
                  </hi> Moreover the word <hi>Kleros,</hi> is by long uſe made proper to thoſe who are in the Eccleſiaſtical Miniſtry. However, in Scripture the Paſtors of the Church are never, the Flocks but once character'd un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der this Title, 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 5.3. where <hi>Peter</hi> the Apoſtle joyning himſelf to the Presbyters, as a fellow Presby<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter, admoniſhes them not to domineer over the Lotts. <hi>By Lotts,</hi> ſaith the forementioned <hi>Daniel Brenius</hi> up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on this place of St. <hi>Peter, he underſtands the aſſemblies of the faithful congregated out of the Jews and Gentiles, to whom, through Chriſt, their Lott is fallen among the People of God, who being his peculiar, and not the property of the Biſhops; they are therefore to act not according to their will and pleaſure, but according as they are preſcrib'd. Alluſion being made to the allottments of the Tribes, who had their Diviſions in the Land of</hi> Canaan <hi>by Lotts: but chiefly for this reaſon, that</hi> Iſrael <hi>is ſaid to be the Por<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion and Inheritance of God.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of this Miniſtry.</hi> In the Greek, <hi>of this Deaconry. Deaconry</hi> ſignifies the exerciſe of any Office or Functi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on; but below, where the word Apoſtle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhip is added,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>v.</hi> 25.</note> there it is reſtrained only to the Apoſtolick Function.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>And this man poſſeſſed a field.</hi> Not as his own poſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſeſſion, but as an Eternal Monument of Infamy. For
<pb n="33" facs="tcp:192139:22"/>ſtill the people cryed, as they paſſed by, This is the Field bought with the thirty pieces of ſilver, which <hi>Judas</hi> took as the price and hire of his deteſtable Treaſon. And it may probably be conjectur'd, that <hi>Judas</hi> himſelf was buried in that field appointed for the Interment of ſtrangers; for ſo the ſenſe of the words, <hi>And this man poſſeſſed a field with the hire of iniquity,</hi> will be the ſame as if we ſhould ſay; And this man out of his covetouſneſs of ſhameful gain, delivered the Author of Salvation into the hands of the <hi>Jews,</hi> and ſuddenly ſnatched away by a ſevere death, got nothing by ſuch a deteſtable and inhumane Crime, but a ſmall pittance of Earth for the burial of his Body in that field, which the Prieſts joyntly bought with the reſtored hire which they had given to <hi>Judas.</hi> For <hi>Luke,</hi> as <hi>Heinſius</hi> notes, did not ſay, He <hi>poſſeſſed the little field,</hi> in reference to the whole field, but <hi>a little field,</hi> that is, he poſſeſſed a little part of the field. For when he comes to ſpeak of the whole field, or the field it ſelf, he does not only ſay, <hi>the little field,</hi> but <hi>that little field. What then,</hi> ſays <hi>Heinſius, means that word a little field? A part of the Earth, or place ſufficient to contain the body of the dead.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And being hanged.</hi> In the Greek, <hi>and being head<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>long; For the Greek word,</hi> ſaith <hi>Leigh</hi> in his Sacred Criticks, <hi>does not properly ſignifie hang'd, but prone, headlong, and with the head downward, and ſignifies the poſture of a perſon ſuffocated with a halter, with the face hanging toward the Earth,</hi> as <hi>Eraſmus</hi> obſerves. Others render the Greek, <hi>and being caſt down headlong,</hi> or as the common <hi>Engliſh</hi> Tranſlation hath, <hi>And falling headlong.</hi> But that this Verſion may be reconcil'd with that of <hi>Matthew,</hi> ſaying,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>c.</hi> 27.5.</note> 
                  <hi>And de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parting, he went and hanged himſelf,</hi> as the Antient Latine Interpreter renders the Greek words; ſome turn it thus, <hi>And departing, he was conſum'd with anguiſh of mind. For the Greek word us'd there,</hi> if we
<pb n="34" facs="tcp:192139:23"/>may credit <hi>Heinſius, Grotius,</hi> and <hi>Brenius, is to be tor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mented with grief and ſadneſs, and ſtoppage of the breath, whether the perſon die of thoſe torments or no.</hi> So that <hi>Matthew</hi> does not ſpeak of the death of <hi>Judas,</hi> which happen'd after the ſame manner here by St. <hi>Luke</hi> re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lated, but of the unſupportable torment of an exul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerated Conſcience.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Hom.</hi> 22. <hi>ad Antiochen.</hi>
                  </note> Which <hi>Chryſoſtom</hi> calls, <hi>to be ſtrangled with Conſcience,</hi> that is, to be oppreſs'd with the guilt of his Crimes. <hi>Lightfoot</hi> renders the Greek word in St. <hi>Mat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thew, he was ſtrangl'd.</hi> And ſo he believes the death of <hi>Judas</hi> happen'd. <hi>For now,</hi> ſays he, <hi>after he had thrown back the price of his Treaſon, when</hi> Judas <hi>was de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parted with an intention to return to his own Family, the Devil, who dwelt in him, ſnatching him up into the Air, ſtrangl'd him, and threw him down headlong, ſo that daſh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing againſt the Earth, he burſt in two in the middle, his guts tumbling forth, after which horrible Exit the Devil left him.</hi> But whereas the moſt Antient Author of the Epiſtle to the <hi>Philippians</hi> under the name of <hi>Ignatius</hi> the Martyr, aſcertains hanging to be the death of <hi>Judas;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">De locis Sanctis.</note> and <hi>Juvencus</hi> affirms that he hang<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed himſelf upon a Fig-tree; and <hi>Beda</hi> teſtifies that the ſame was to be ſeen in his time near <hi>Jeruſalen;</hi> The Vulgar Latine Verſion of St. <hi>Matthew</hi> ſeems to be preferred before the reſt, which though it ſeems to vary ſomething from the Relation of <hi>Peter</hi> concerning his caſting down head<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>long, yet does it carry no contradiction to it. <hi>Mat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thew</hi> gives an account of the beginning of the Action, <hi>Peter</hi> of the End, ſupplying by divine Inſpiration what was wanting in the Relation of <hi>Matthew. Judas</hi> fits the Halter to his neck, and ſprings downward with the greater violence, to the end he might the ſooner choak himſelf. But that the Vengeance of God might more eminently appear in the horrid and im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mature death of the infamous Traitor, by an un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>expected
<pb n="35" facs="tcp:192139:23"/>accident the Rope broke, ſo that <hi>Judas</hi> fell headlong upon ſome craggy ſtone, or ſharp pointed ſtump of a Tree, ſo that his burſten belly let forth all his bowels. Thus <hi>Caſaubon.</hi> Concerning the ten thouſand <hi>Idumeans</hi> thrown headlong by the <hi>Jews</hi> from a Rock, who all of them burſt their guts;
<note place="margin">2 Chron. 25.12.</note> the ſtory ſtill is exſtant. <hi>Papias,</hi> who, as <hi>Euſebius</hi> declares, was a Writer of little worth, and one that feigned trifles from falſe Inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pretation, confounding the Greek word ſignifying <hi>headlong,</hi> with another Greek word ſignifying <hi>ſwollen up,</hi> and thence erecting his own dreams, relates that the body of <hi>Judas</hi> was ſwell'd to that immenſity, that ſo much ground as was ſufficient to drive a Cart thorow, could not contain it; and that thereupon the Cart went over him and ſqueez d out his guts. In like manner the Authors of another Fable, when they read that <hi>Judas</hi> poſſeſs'd or purchas'd a field with the hire of iniquity, affirm'd, that that ſame field, in regard that <hi>Judas</hi> died in it, by reaſon of the horrid ſtench which he left behind, remain d barren and untill'd.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>And it was known to all the Dwellers at</hi> Jeruſalem. That is to ſay, that horrid ſort of death, which ended the ignominious life of the Sacrilegious betrayer of Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Inſomuch as that field is called.</hi> That is to ſay, that field which was purchas'd with the hire of Treachery, and infamous for the burial, and perhaps the death of the Traitor. For many are perſuaded that <hi>Judas</hi> de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſervedly periſhed in that field; and that by this E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vent the Prieſts were the rather inſtigated to deſire the purchaſe of that field.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In their proper Tongue.</hi> The Greek has it, <hi>in their proper Dialect,</hi> that is to ſay, which was us'd by the Inhabitants of <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi> This <hi>Peter</hi> ſpeaks as a <hi>Ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lilean,</hi> and ſpeaking to the Diſciples of Chriſt, who were for the moſt part <hi>Galileans.</hi> Now the <hi>Galileans</hi>
                  <pb n="36" facs="tcp:192139:24"/>had a diſtinct Dialect from thoſe of <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi> As appears from the Hiſtory of Chriſts Paſſion, where <hi>Peters</hi> Tongue betrayed him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Hakeldama, The field of Blood.</hi> Saith the moſt Learn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed <hi>Lightfoot,</hi> as well becauſe it was purchas'd with the price of blood, as water<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>d with the blood of the Traitor.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>For it is written.</hi> Now <hi>Peter</hi> alledges the Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture, which before <hi>v.</hi> 16. he had ſaid was to be ful<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>filled; that is to ſay, according to the Myſtical ſenſe intended by the Holy Ghoſt: as the Diſciples had learnt it from the lips of Chriſt, explaining the Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture, <hi>Luke</hi> 24.44.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the Book of Pſalms.</hi> That work which the <hi>He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brews</hi> are wont to call the Book of Hymns, becauſe the chief part of it celebrates the praiſes of God, the Greeks and Latines call it the <hi>Pſalter,</hi> from the name of the Inſtrument to which thoſe Hymns were ſung. They are in all a hundred and fifty in the Hebrew Copies. For the hundred fifty firſt which is added in the Greek is fictitious, rejected not only by the <hi>Hebrews,</hi> but by the Council of <hi>Laodicea. Theodoret</hi> and many others, as well Antient as Modern affirm <hi>David</hi> to be the only Author of all the <hi>Pſalms.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>H<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>.</hi> 126.</note> Philaſtrius</hi> alſo accompts them to be Hereticks who think otherwiſe.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 17. <hi>de Civ. Dei, c.</hi> 14.</note> But St. <hi>Auſtin</hi> wavers, ſometimes aſcri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bing the whole work to <hi>David</hi> alone, ſometimes allowing him to have compos'd no more than only nine; affirming, the reſt to have been made by the four Singers, of whom he made choice for that purpoſe.
<note place="margin">In <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> In. p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>i Pſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>i.</note> But it is apparent from the Arguments of the <hi>Pſalms,</hi> wherein their Authors are diſcover'd, or from the expreſs words and ſubjects of the <hi>Pſalms.</hi> by which the time of their compoſure may be conjectur'd, that all the <hi>Pſalms</hi> were not the work
<pb n="37" facs="tcp:192139:24"/>of <hi>David</hi> only, but of ſeveral Authors. Deſervedly therefore <hi>Hilarius</hi> in his Preface to the <hi>Pſalm<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>,</hi> con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cludes the whole compoſure to be called not the <hi>Pſalms of David,</hi> but the <hi>Book of Pſalms;</hi> as here it is called by <hi>Peter,</hi> and by Chriſt himſelf, <hi>Luke</hi> 20.42. The Author of the <hi>Synopſis</hi> attributed to <hi>Athanaſius,</hi> and <hi>Hilarius</hi> ſay, that the <hi>Pſalms</hi> were reduced into one Volume by <hi>Eſdras,</hi> and digeſted into that order as now they are extant.
<note place="margin">Pr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>. in Pſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>l. Eſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>i. ad S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap> &amp; C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>p.</note> 
                  <hi>As for that divi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſion of the</hi> Pſalms <hi>into five parts, which</hi> Hi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>larius <hi>and</hi> Jerom <hi>affirm to have been us'd by the Hebrews, and is at this day obſerv'd in their Book, I believe to be no antienter than the Times of the</hi> Maccabees, ſaith a perſon among the Eloquent, moſt highly Learned, and among the Learned ſur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>paſſingly Eloquent <hi>Peter Daniel Huetius.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="5 letters">
                           <desc>•••••</desc>
                        </gap>. E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>varg. Pr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>p.</hi> 4.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Let his habitation.</hi> What <hi>David</hi> out of his Zeal to Juſtice, and the Honour of God, imprecating upon his Enemies, had propheſied, that the Holy Ghoſt alſo, ſpeaking by the mouth of <hi>David,</hi> would have foretold concerning the perſecu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tors of Chriſt typifi'd by <hi>David.</hi> And thus <hi>Peter</hi> being taught the ſenſe of the holy Scriptures by Chriſt, de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſervedly applys to <hi>Judas,</hi> the Leader of the Perſecu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tors of Chriſt,
<note place="margin">Pſal. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>.25.</note> the miſerable deſtruction foretold of his Perſecutors in general.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And, His Biſhoprick let another take.</hi> To the end that another Teſtimony of Scripture may be the better underſtood to be cited, in imitation of <hi>Bev<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>,</hi> I put a Comma after the copulative <hi>And,</hi> ſo that the ſenſe is the ſame as if <hi>Peter</hi> had ſaid, The ſame Spirit which <hi>Pſal.</hi> 69.25. had foretold the death of <hi>Judas,</hi> and thereby the vacancy of his Function,
<note place="margin">Pſal. 109.8.</note> fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>told alſo that another was to be ſubſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuted in his place, upon whom the honour of the Biſhoprick, of which <hi>Judas</hi> was depriv<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>d, ſhould be conferr'd. <hi>Where,</hi> ſaith <hi>Bez<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>, he <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> the Biſh<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>pric<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> a
<pb n="38" facs="tcp:192139:25"/>Miniſtry or Function,
<note place="margin">Numb. 3.32.</note> as much as to ſay</hi> In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſpection. <hi>The Hebrews for the ſame rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſon called it an</hi> Overſight; <hi>which word we have retain'd willingly, for that St.</hi> Peter <hi>here diſcourſes concerning an Eccleſiaſtical, and that particularly an Apoſtolical Fun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ction; whereas</hi> David <hi>wrote this properly againſt</hi> Doeg <hi>the Overſeer of the Kings Herds. However, the Appella<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions of Paſtors of Sheep, and of the Flock, are frequently attributed to Eccleſiaſtical Adminiſtration.</hi> In the Char<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter of <hi>Ina</hi> King of the Weſt Saxons ſet forth by <hi>Spel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man</hi> among the Councils, <hi>An.</hi> 725. one <hi>Daniel</hi> ſub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcribing, calls himſelf <hi>Overſeer of the Flock of God.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>Therefore muſt one,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, See<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing God is pleaſed to make uſe of our diligence to chuſe another into the place of <hi>Judas</hi> deceas'd, and that we are aſſur'd of the pleaſure of God, it is not lawful for us to delay, but ſtrenuouſly to execute whatever the duty of our Miniſtry requires.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Went in and out among us.</hi> That is, perform'd the Office of Preaching enjoyn'd him by the Father. <hi>To go in and go out,</hi> denotes in Scripture the laborious diſcharge of a duty,
<note place="margin">Numb. 27.17, 21. Deu. 31.2. 1 Sam. 18.13, 16.29.6. 1 Sam. 18.13, 16.29.6. 2 Sam. 3.5. 1 King. 1.3, 7, 8, 9. 1 Chron. 27.1. 2 Chron. 1.10.</note> when it is ſpoken of thoſe who are entruſted with any emi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nent Charge.</p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>Beginning from the Baptiſm of</hi> John. That is, according to the Interpretation of <hi>Grotius, from the time that Chriſt was baptized by</hi> John; <hi>for that was the beginning of his taking his Function upon him.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He was taken up from us.</hi> That is, when aſcending into Heaven, he was withdrawn in a Cloud from our ſight.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To be ordained with us a Witneſs of his Reſurrection.</hi> That is to ſay, in an Apoſtolick Degree and Order. Here is required by <hi>Peter</hi> an Eye-witneſs, ſuch as <hi>John</hi> the Baptiſt beſpeaks himſelf to have been.
<pb n="39" facs="tcp:192139:25"/>Where he ſays,
<note place="margin">John 1.34.</note> 
                  <hi>And I alſo have ſeen and have given Teſtimony.</hi> For this did not meanly avail toward the ſtrengthening of Belief. In the mean while <hi>Peter</hi> ſtrictly binds himſelf and his com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>panions to the neceſſity of Preaching the Goſpel, while he ordains new Proclaimers of the Reſurrection of Chriſt, which is preferred before all other Doctrines of the Goſpel,
<note place="margin">1 Cor. 15.17.</note> as being the chief Head and Foundation of it, as St. <hi>Paul</hi> teaches.</p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>And they appointed two.</hi> That is to ſay, the Diſciples not daring to do more than what they knew to be their Office and Duty, and commanded them by the Lord, publickly, and by the ſuffrages of the whole Colledge, put up two of the moſt eminent perſons among them, that God might chuſe to himſelf which he thought fitteſt for the Exerciſe of the Apoſtolick Function,
<note place="margin">Gal. 1.1.</note> and to the end the party ſo choſen, might boaſt with <hi>Paul,</hi> that he was not made an Apoſtle neither by men, nor of men.</p>
               <p>Joſeph <hi>who was called</hi> Barſabas. This perſon ſome will have to be the ſame with him who is called <hi>Joſes,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>c.</hi> 4.36.</note> and by the Apoſtles ſir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>named <hi>Barnabas. And certainly,</hi> ſaith <hi>Glaſſius, there is but little difference in the declenſion and pronunciation of theſe names, which is a ſmall alteration of a letter in each name.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who was ſirnamed the Juſt.</hi> That is, if we may be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieve <hi>Druſius, by the Jews following the Greek Idiom, who write</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Otherwiſe in the Hebrew Lan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guage <hi>Tſaddic</hi> ſignifies <hi>Juſt,</hi> which was the ſirname of <hi>Simon</hi> the High Prieſt, who attended upon <hi>Alexan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der,</hi> whom others call <hi>Jadduas.</hi> The Author alſo of the Thalmudic Lexicon <hi>Rabbi Nathan,</hi> is ſirnamed <hi>Tſaddie,</hi> or <hi>the Juſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Matthias.
<note place="margin">Strom. 4.</note> 
                  <hi>Clemens Alexandrinus</hi> believes this perſon to have been <hi>Zacheus,</hi> of whom <hi>Luke c.</hi> 19. of his Goſpel. The name of <hi>Matthias</hi> is
<pb n="40" facs="tcp:192139:26"/>the ſame however with that other name which is written more at large <hi>Mattathias,</hi> as <hi>Druſius</hi> obſerves.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>And they prayed.</hi> Induc'd thereto by the pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miſe of Chriſt.
<note place="margin">Mark 11.24.</note> 
                  <hi>What things ſoever ye de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſire when ye pray, believe that ye ſhall re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceive them, and ye ſhall have them.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſaid.</hi> That is, they prayed about this man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner. Neither does <hi>Luke</hi> ſet down their words, contenting himſelf only to recite the ſum of their Prayer.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thou Lord.</hi> As much as to ſay: Whereas it belongs only to thee O Lord, rightly to judge of the hearts and minds of men, and for what Miniſtry or Functi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on every one is moſt fit; be pleaſed to declare which of theſe two, conſpicuous for their uncorrupted Converſation, and Integrity of life, thou art pleaſed to ſubſtitute into the place of <hi>Judas;</hi> ſince, which is moſt worthy to be preferred, cannot be diſcerned by human Judgment.</p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>To take a place.</hi> The now extant printed Greek Copies have, <hi>to take a lott,</hi> that is, to be made par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>taker.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of this Miniſtry and Apoſtleſhip.</hi> That is, of this Apoſtolick Function.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>From which</hi> Judas <hi>by tranſgreſſion fell.</hi> The Greek has it, <hi>from which</hi> Judas <hi>declin'd, or turn'd aſide. But,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, the genuine Interpretation of theſe words is to be collected from the following Coherences. For the Voca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of every man, is as it were the way and Road where every one is to Journey, if he intend to attain to the end of his Stage. From this way therefore, that is, from the Apoſtleſhip,</hi> Judas <hi>is ſaid to have deviated, or turn'd aſide, or rather leaving it altogether, to have taken a quite contra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry path.</hi> Epiphanius <hi>reads the Article from</hi> which, <hi>in the Maſculine Gender, referring it to the Maſculine Greek word ſignifying Lott, though without any alteration of the ſenſe.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="41" facs="tcp:192139:26"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>That he might go to his own place.</hi> That is, that he might go whither his deſerts call'd him, to ſhame and perdition, in ſearch of death, and an ignominious halter, as the remedy of his deſpair through the guilt of his Conſcience. The moſt learned <hi>Knatchbull</hi> would have the Greek words tranſlated, <hi>That he may enter upon his place.</hi> As if the ſenſe were, that the perſon whom thou ſhalt chuſe, may ſucceed into the place of him that has deſerted it, that is, into the Apoſtle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhip of <hi>Judas,</hi> and that <hi>his own</hi> may be taken for <hi>his,</hi> the ſame worthy Author proves out of <hi>Oecumenius;</hi> as <hi>Budaeus</hi> affirms the Pronoun <hi>Suum</hi> to be frequently us'd inſtead of <hi>Ejus</hi> by <hi>Cicero,</hi> in imitation of the Greeks. So <hi>that to go to his place</hi> is the ſame thing, as in the Engliſh Law phraſe, to enter upon, or to take upon one the Inheritance. <hi>And this Interpretation,</hi> adds the ſame Author, <hi>ſeems to me more agreeable to reaſon, than that of thoſe who underſtand the words as ſpoken of</hi> Judas; <hi>as if</hi> Luke <hi>would ſay, that</hi> Judas <hi>went into his place, that is, into Hell. Nor can I believe that ever any ſuch thing entred into the thoughts of the Evangeliſt. But I ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mire with</hi> Chryſoſtom <hi>the prudence of the Evangeliſt, who does not reproach nor inſult over any perſon. Which argues, that</hi> Chryſoſtom <hi>did not believe that St.</hi> Luke <hi>had adjudged</hi> Judas <hi>to Hell. For what more reproachful could</hi> Luke <hi>have ſaid, than that he was gone to his place, if he meant Hell? Neither was it for an Hiſtorian or an Evangeliſt to give his own Judgment ſo ſevere, but to have left</hi> Judas <hi>to the condemnation of God. It was enough for him to relate matter of fact, as he promiſed in the be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginning of his Goſpel;</hi> as they delivered them to us, who from the beginning were Eye-witneſſes. <hi>But who was an Eye-witneſs of</hi> Judas<hi>'s being in Hell?</hi> Thus far the moſt accompliſh'd, with all manner of Learn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing Sir <hi>Norton Knatchbull,</hi> Knight and Baronet.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>And they gave forth their Lots.</hi> That is, ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording to the Interpretation of <hi>Grotius, they put their
<pb n="42" facs="tcp:192139:27"/>names together into an <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>rn, and into another <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>rn, a ſmall Roll of Paper having the word</hi> Apoſtle <hi>wrote with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in it; together with another Blank; then out of both <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>rns they equally drew two Rolls, as in the Diviſion of the Land.</hi> Of this way of caſting Lots in the choice of a King, whoſe Election God would have to depend upon himſelf, there is a notable example to be found, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Joſh. 7.13, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                  </note> 10.20. Likewiſe for the diſcove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry of <hi>Achan.</hi> See our Annotations upon the 11th <hi>verſe</hi> of the Prophet <hi>Obadiah.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the Lot fell upon</hi> Matthias. That is, Divine Providence ſo diſpoſing the Lots; the name of <hi>Mat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thias</hi> with the word <hi>Apoſtle,</hi> came forth. See our Li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teral Explanation upon <hi>Jonah, c.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 7.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He was number'd.</hi> The Greek word implys, that this Event of the Lot was approv'd by the common conſent of all the reſt; as they who from thence were certainly aſſur'd, that it was the Will of God, that <hi>Matthias</hi> ſhould ſucceed in <hi>Judas</hi>'s room, and from thenceforth was to be called not by the com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon Name of Diſciple, but to be dignified with the noble Title of Apoſtle.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="2" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. <hi>II.</hi>
               </head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>AND when the day of</hi> Pentecoſt <hi>was fully come.</hi> According to the Greek, in <hi>the fulfilling the day,</hi> that is, the time of the <hi>Quinquageſima.</hi> The ſpace of fifty days from the Paſchal day, to the Feſtival day it ſelf, which the Chriſtians vulgarly call'd <hi>Pentecoſt,</hi> is by the Greek and Latine Writers generally called <hi>Pentecoſt,</hi> or the time of <hi>Pentecoſt.</hi> By <hi>Ferrand</hi> the Deacon, as alſo by <hi>Caſſian</hi> it is call'd <hi>Quinquageſim<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>c.</hi> 214. <hi>l.</hi> 2. <hi>de Caenob. Inſtit. c.</hi> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> By <hi>Rabanus</hi> &amp;
<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 1. <hi>de Inſtit<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>t. Cler. c.</hi> 41. <hi>&amp;</hi> 43. <hi>l.</hi> 3. <hi>gen. Anim. c.</hi> 148.</note> 
                  <hi>Honorius</hi>
                  <pb n="43" facs="tcp:192139:27"/>of <hi>Auguſtodunum, Quinquageſima Paſchalis,</hi> to diſtin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guiſh it from the other <hi>Quinquageſima,</hi> which is be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore the <hi>Quadrageſima, Lent.</hi> The ſenſe therefore of <hi>Luke</hi> is the ſame, as if he had ſaid, When the day came, or Preſently after it was paſt, wherein the Paſchal <hi>Quinquageſima</hi> was compleated. For the words of <hi>Luke</hi> admit either of the two Interpretations, as we have obſerv'd in our Annotations upon <hi>Matth.</hi> 21.1.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They were all.</hi> That is, thoſe hundred and twenty, of which that moſt noble and moſt holy Colledge of Diſciples of Chriſt at that time conſiſted; as is ſaid before, <hi>c.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 15.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With one accord.</hi> The Greek word by <hi>Beza</hi> is render'd with one accord, as in the Engliſh; but by the Latine Vulgar Interpreter here,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>c.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 14.</note> 
                  <hi>toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,</hi> above, <hi>unanimouſly.</hi> Nevertheleſs we muſt confeſs, that the ſelf-ſame word is often made uſe of by the Greek Interpreters of the Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture, to expreſs the ſimple meaning of the word, <hi>to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gether,</hi> even where cannot be any agreement of mind.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the ſame place.</hi> That is, in the ſame Dining<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>room or Upper-chamber,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>c.</hi> 1.13.</note> into which the Diſciples aſcended upon their return from Mount <hi>Olivet</hi> to <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi> See what we have ſaid upon the ſame place.</p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>And there came.</hi> That is, upon the firſt day of the week, the fiftieth from the Reſurrection of Chriſt, and the tenth from his Aſcent into Heaven, which that year, according to <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ſhers Chronology,</hi> fell upon the 24th of <hi>May.</hi> This day by the Chriſtians is call'd, from the Greek word <hi>Pentecoſt;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>c.</hi> 29.</note> but by the firſt Council of <hi>Orleans,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>c.</hi> 17.</note> and by the ſecond of <hi>Tours, Quinquageſima.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Suddenly.</hi> The Ears are the more ſurpriz'd with a ſudden and unexpected noiſe.</p>
               <pb n="44" facs="tcp:192139:28"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>A ſound from Heaven.</hi> In Greek, <hi>a ſound reverbe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rated,</hi> or <hi>reſounding.</hi> As if he had ſaid, The Sky by the divine power reſounded with a ſudden noiſe, as if a violent Wind had ſuddenly began to blow with unuſual violence. But as the four Evangeliſts, neither of them ſay that a Dove deſcended upon Chriſt at his Baptiſm; ſo it is not here ſaid, that there was heard the ſound of a vehement Wind, but, as it were, of a vehement Wind. In the ſame man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner, in the following Verſe, the Tongues that were ſeen, were ſaid to be ſeen as it were like fire; to the end that we may underſtand that all theſe things were only viſional,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Serm.</hi> 1. <hi>de Pentecoſte.</hi>
                  </note> which St <hi>Chryſoſtom</hi> obſerves, and as we from him have no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted upon <hi>Mat.</hi> 3.16.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And fill'd,</hi> &amp;c. See what we have already ſaid upon <hi>c.</hi> 1.5, &amp; 13.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Where they were ſitting.</hi> That is, where they re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>main'd together, or where, in a quiet and ſedate poſture,
<note place="margin">Luke 24.49. &amp; Acts 1.24.</note> by the command of Chriſt they expected from him the gift of the Holy Ghoſt, promiſed by the <hi>Father</hi> to all Believers.</p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>And there appeared unto them cloven Tongues like as of fire.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Iſa. 5.24.</note> The Tongue is liken'd to Fire and Flame, by reaſon of its reſemblance to the ſhape; for the aſpiring flame of Fire is like the Tongue put out of the mouth; and next, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe of its reſemblance in action; for that as the creatures take hold of, and lick in their food with the Tongue; ſo the Fire caſting forth its flame, is ſaid to devour the combuſtible matter.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And it ſate,</hi> &amp;c. That is, and this Fire reſembling cloven Tongues, viſibly reſted upon every one of the hundred and twenty, who with conjoyn'd hearts, and unanimous wiſhes, expected the Holy Ghoſt, which was to be ſent by Chriſt.</p>
               <pb n="45" facs="tcp:192139:28"/>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>And they were all filled.</hi> The Women alſo who were then preſent in the ſame place, as appears <hi>v.</hi> 17, &amp; 18.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With the Holy Ghoſt.</hi> That is, with the moſt ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cellent gifts of the Holy Ghoſt, who being promis'd by Chriſt, made it undoubted to the hearing by the noiſe of the Wind, and viſible to the ſight by means of the Fire reſembling the cloven Tongues, that he was now come. <hi>Thoſe viſible gifts,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Upon John 7.30.</note> ſaith <hi>Beza, which in the beginning of the growing Church, ſo vigorouſly flouriſh'd, as</hi> Joel <hi>had foretold, are metonymically underſtood, un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der the denomination of the Holy Ghoſt,
<note place="margin">1 Cor. 12, &amp;c. Acts 19.2, &amp;c.</note> as being his peculiar effects, according to the Doctrine of St.</hi> Paul.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they began to ſpeak in various Tongues.</hi> The Greek has it, <hi>in other Tongues,</hi> according to the Eng<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liſh Verſion. That is, in <hi>other</hi> Tongues than they knew before, according to the promiſe of Chriſt, <hi>Mark</hi> 16.17. <hi>They ſhall ſpeak with new Tongues.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As the Spirit gave them utterance.</hi> That is, the Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly Ghoſt governing and directing their Tongues, to the end they might ſpeak perſuaſively and awfully the great things perform'd in Chriſt, and through Chriſt, either in this or that, in more or fewer Languages. But it appears out of 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 12.10, 28, 30.14.2, 4, 5, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> that they are under a miſtake, who aſſert that there was any Miracle wrought in the Ears of the Auditory, as if that though the Diſciples of Chriſt ſpake only one ſort of Language, yet that their ſpeech was underſtood by all, as if they had ſpoken diſtinctly in their ſeveral Idioms.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>tterance.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">In Midul. Evang.</note> The Greek word is inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preted by <hi>Tarnovius, ſo to utter a ſpeech, that there ſhould be a great Efficacy in every word, and much wiſdom contained in every period. Paul</hi> op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſes the ſame word to thoſe, who after the manner
<pb n="46" facs="tcp:192139:29"/>of Fanaticks,
<note place="margin">Acts 26.25.</note> talk much, but vainly, and to little purpoſe. <hi>Beza</hi> ſays alſo, <hi>that they are pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perly ſaid to utter a ſpeech according to the ſignification of the Greek word, who speak things ſententious and enliven<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing, ſuch as were thoſe which St.</hi> Luke <hi>ſoon after calls the wonderful works of God. As alſo ſuch as ſpake not their own thoughts,
<note place="margin">2 Pet. 1.21.</note> but by the Impulſe</hi> of <hi>Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vine Inspiration; as it is written of the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets; which was that which</hi> Luke <hi>altogether purpos'd to expreſs here by this Greek word; and the Latines uſe to declare</hi> by <hi>Fari</hi> a more ſignificant word then <hi>Loqui; though this diſtinction is not always obſerved.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>But there were dwelling in</hi> Jeruſalem. According to the Greek, <hi>inhabiting.</hi> That is to ſay, as the Learn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed <hi>Mede</hi> expounds it, <hi>ſojourning together;</hi> including thoſe who reſorted together from other Countries to celebrate the Feaſts of the <hi>Paſchal</hi> Lamb and <hi>Pentecoſt;</hi> for which purpoſe they took up their Lodgings in the City, as is apparent by what follows. 'Tis true that the Greek words denote a fixed and durable habitation. But among the <hi>Helleniſts,</hi> whoſe Dialect the Writers of the New-Teſtament imitate, they are indifferently made uſe of for a longer or ſhorter abiding in one place; that is, as well for <hi>ſo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>journing,</hi> as for <hi>inhabiting;</hi> as the two following Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>amples plainly prove from the Tranſlation of the Septuagint. The firſt is <hi>Gen.</hi> 27.44. where the Greek word <hi>Oikein,</hi> and the Latine word <hi>Habitare</hi> in the Vulgar Verſion ſignifie only to <hi>tarry a few days.</hi> The latter Example is in 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 17.20. where <hi>Elias</hi> ſpeaking of the Widow where he was wont to Lodge, uſes the word <hi>Katoikein</hi> for <hi>ſojourning, with whom I ſojourn.</hi> Both the fore-mentioned Greek words anſwering to the Hebrew <hi>Jaſhab,</hi> which ſig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nifies any ſort of abiding or tarrying in any place.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Jews.</hi> That is to ſay, by Religion and Birth, de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcended from the Seed of <hi>Abraham,</hi> as appears from
<pb n="47" facs="tcp:192139:29"/>
                  <hi>verſe</hi> 22, 23, &amp; 39. For certain it is that <hi>Cornelius</hi> the <hi>Centurion,</hi> was the firſt of the <hi>Gentiles</hi> that was converted to the Chriſtian Faith.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Devout men.</hi> So were they called, who not at all deterred by diſtance of place, or difficulty of travel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling, came to <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> to worſhip God in the Temple, according to the command of the Law.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Out of every Nation under Heaven.</hi> That is, out of all Nations where the <hi>Jews</hi> liv'd up and down diſper<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſed. <hi>For there is no Nation in the univerſal Orb, where ſome of our people do not inhabit,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>De bell. Jud. l.</hi> 2. <hi>c.</hi> 16.</note> ſays <hi>Agrippa</hi> the younger, King of the <hi>Jews,</hi> in <hi>Joſephus.</hi> The ſcattering and Cap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tivity of the <hi>Jews</hi> was threefold before the deſtruction of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> and the burning of the Temple by <hi>Ti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus.</hi> The firſt was of the ten Tribes under <hi>Shalma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſer, which,</hi> ſaith <hi>Jerom</hi> upon <hi>Joel,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>c.</hi> 3.6.</note> even at this day inhabit in the Cities and Moun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tains of the</hi> Medes. Of theſe were the <hi>Jews,</hi> in the following <hi>verſe</hi> 9. called <hi>Parthians, Medes</hi> and <hi>Ela<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mites.</hi> The ſecond ſcattering was of the Tribes of <hi>Judah</hi> and <hi>Benjamin</hi> under <hi>Nebuchadnezzar,</hi> a great part of which did not return to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> when it was reſtor'd together with the Temple, by <hi>Zeroba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bel.</hi> From theſe deſcended thoſe <hi>Jews,</hi> who are ſaid to have inhabited <hi>Meſopotamia.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>v.</hi> 9.</note> The third diſſipation of the <hi>Jews</hi> was under <hi>Ptolomy Lagus,</hi> who having deſtroyed <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> car<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ried away a vaſt number of <hi>Jews</hi> into <hi>Aegypt,</hi> who were called <hi>Helleniſts.</hi> The <hi>Jews</hi> by this threefold Captivity diſperſed and ſcattered among the <hi>Aſſy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rians, Babylonians</hi> and <hi>Egyptians,</hi> fled of their own ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cords to other places and Kingdoms; ſo that whereſo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever the Apoſtles travelled to Preach the Goſpel, they found in every City of the <hi>Gentiles</hi> a Syna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gogue of the <hi>Jews.</hi> And St. <hi>James</hi> directs his gene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral Epiſtle to thoſe of the twelve Tribes who were
<pb n="48" facs="tcp:192139:30"/>diſſipated and diſperſed through almoſt all the Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gions of the World.</p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>But now report being made of this.</hi> That is, the fame of this Miracle being ſpread abroad.
<note place="margin">Numb. 16.34. 1 Kings 1.40, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                  </note> The Greek word <hi>Phone,</hi> voice, is not only here, but alſo elſewhere us'd for <hi>fame.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The multitude gathered together.</hi> That the diver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſity of Languages might appear, by comparing them one with another.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And were confounded,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, The Foreiners ſtood aſtoniſh'd, when they heard the ig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>norant and illiterate <hi>Galileans,</hi> that had never tra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vell'd out of their Country, to learn Forein Lan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guages, diſpute with ſo much gravity and profound<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs concerning ſuch Divine Myſteries in their own ſeveral native Dialects and Tongues.</p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>And they were all amaz'd.</hi> Here the principal Effect of the Miracle is expreſſed, for that being aſtoniſh'd at the novelty and the wonder together, they began to enquire the more into it. <hi>And indeed,</hi> ſaith <hi>Calvin, ſo it behoves us ever with aſtoniſhment to admire the works of God, that from thence may proceed both conſideration, and a deſire of underſtanding.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Our Language.</hi> That is, ſpeaking in the Language and Dialect proper to our ſelves.</p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>Parthians.</hi> That is, the <hi>Jews,</hi> who dwelt under the Dominion of the <hi>Parthians.</hi> That many of the <hi>Jews</hi> liv'd under the Empire of the <hi>Parthians,</hi> is ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parent out of <hi>Joſephus,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Prologue to his Book of the Wars of <hi>Jews. l.</hi> 2. <hi>de Bello,</hi> Jud. c. 16. Gr. 28.</note> and the above<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cited Oration of <hi>Agrippa</hi> the younger, ſet down by the ſame <hi>Joſephus.</hi> The <hi>Par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thians,</hi> or <hi>Parthyaeans,</hi> whoſe Country is called <hi>Parthyaea,</hi> and <hi>Parthyene,</hi> were a people, who in a ſearch of new Seats, fled out of <hi>Scythia</hi> into <hi>Media. For,</hi> ſaith <hi>Trogus,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>l.</hi> 41. <hi>c.</hi> 1.</note> Exiles in the</hi> Scythian <hi>Language are called</hi> Parthi. Nevertheleſs, it is more
<pb n="49" facs="tcp:192139:30"/>proper to think that the <hi>Scythians</hi> themſelves, and not their fugitives,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 6. <hi>c.</hi> 2.</note> laid the foundations of the <hi>Parthian</hi> people, as <hi>Quintus Curtius</hi> reports. This <hi>Parthia</hi> is bounded to the Weſt by <hi>Media,</hi> to the North by <hi>Hyrcania,</hi> to the Eaſt by <hi>Aria,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 6. <hi>c.</hi> 15.</note> and to the South by <hi>Caramania</hi> the Deſert, as the Coſmographer writes. The Metropolis of <hi>Parthia,</hi> was called <hi>Hecatompylos,</hi> and is thought to have ſtood in the ſame place where now ſtands <hi>Ispahan,</hi> the Seat of the <hi>Perſian</hi> Kings. Their Kings were ſirnamed <hi>Arſacae</hi> from <hi>Arſaces,</hi> ei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther a <hi>Scythian,</hi> or a <hi>Bactrian,</hi> who was the firſt that took upon him the Dominion of the <hi>Parthians,</hi> as the Geographer aſſerts.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 15.</note> They winter'd at <hi>Cteſiphon,</hi> but ſpent the Summer in <hi>Hyrcania,</hi> and at <hi>Echatanae,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 16. <hi>c.</hi> 1.</note> according to <hi>Strabo,</hi> whom the Learned call, by way of excellency,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 2.</note> the Geogra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pher. The ſame Author teſtifies that the <hi>Parthians</hi> in his time poſſeſſed ſo large and ſpacious a Territory, and rul'd over ſo many Nations, that by reaſon of the vaſtneſs of their Empire, they were almoſt equal in power to the <hi>Romans.</hi> The firſt among the <hi>Romans</hi> that triumpht over them, was <hi>Ventidius Baſſus,</hi> according to <hi>Gellius.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Noct. Attic. l.</hi> 15. <hi>c.</hi> 4.</note> Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>traordinary was their manner of fight, thereforefamous among the Poets, for they fought flying. See <hi>Vir. Geor.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 30. <hi>Ovid. de ar. am. v.</hi> 211. <hi>Parthos</hi> or <hi>Parthus,</hi> is alſo the name of an <hi>Illyrian</hi> City, whoſe Inhabitants are called <hi>Partheni.</hi> But <hi>Par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>this</hi> was a Province of <hi>Macedonia,</hi> whoſe Inhabi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tants, according to <hi>Ptolomy,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 3. <hi>c.</hi> 13.</note> called by the Criticks the Coſmographer,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 3. <hi>c.</hi> 23.</note> are fam'd by the name of <hi>Parthyai;</hi> and ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording to <hi>Pliny,</hi> by the name of <hi>Parthini,</hi> whoſe ſingle City <hi>Eriboea</hi> is celebrated by <hi>Ptolomy.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Medes.</hi> That is, the Jews, who Inhabited in <hi>Media.</hi>
                  <pb n="50" facs="tcp:192139:31"/>See what has been already ſaid, <hi>v.</hi> 5. <hi>Media,</hi> and the <hi>Medes,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Gen. 11.2. <hi>Joſeph. Ant.</hi> 1.5. <hi>l.</hi> 7. <hi>c.</hi> 62.</note> were ſo called from <hi>Madai</hi> the third Son of <hi>Japhet.</hi> However, <hi>He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rodotus</hi> aſſerts, that they were firſt called <hi>Arians,</hi> before they were called <hi>Medes. Media</hi> is bounded to the Eaſt by <hi>Hyrca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nia</hi> and <hi>Parthia,</hi> and ſeparated from it by the <hi>Caspian</hi> Mountain. To the Weſt lies the greater <hi>Armenia</hi> and <hi>Aſſyria;</hi> to the South lies <hi>Perſia;</hi> and to the North the <hi>Caspian</hi> Sea. This <hi>Media</hi> is for the moſt part mountainous and cold, and altogether barren, unleſs that part of the Country which adjoyns to the <hi>Caspian</hi> Streights, which is fruitful of all things ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceſſary for humane ſupport, unleſs Oil. And there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore called <hi>Happy,</hi> and <hi>moſt fertile</hi> by the <hi>Geographer,</hi> and by <hi>Virgil</hi> the moſt <hi>Opulent.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 11. <hi>Georg.</hi> 2.136.</note> Formerly the <hi>Medes</hi> were ſubject to the <hi>Aſſyrians,</hi> till <hi>Arbaces</hi> Vice-Roy of <hi>Media</hi> revolted from <hi>Sardanapalus;</hi> and having deſtroyed <hi>Nineveh,</hi> erected the Monarchy of the <hi>Medes,</hi> which after<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards laſted under nine Kings, 259 years, and was then tranſlated from <hi>Aſtyages,</hi> the laſt King of the <hi>Medes,</hi> to the <hi>Perſians,</hi> by <hi>Cyrus,</hi> his Grandchild by the Daughters ſide. <hi>Thomas de Pinedo</hi> obſerves, that the <hi>Parthians, Medes</hi> and <hi>Perſians,</hi> are oftentimes in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>differently taken one for another by Antient Wri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ters.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Elamites.</hi> The <hi>Syrian</hi> Interpreter calls them <hi>Ela<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>naeans,</hi> or <hi>Elanites,</hi> not the Inhabitants of <hi>Elane</hi> near <hi>Heſiongaber</hi> upon the Red Sea, which belongs to <hi>Arabia</hi> the <hi>ſtony,</hi> but of another Province of the ſame name, which <hi>Benjamin Tudelenſis</hi> in his Itinerary Printed at <hi>Leyden,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">p. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>. Gen. 10.22.</note> places between <hi>Perſia, Choreſan, Meſopetamia,</hi> and <hi>Armenia.</hi> From <hi>Elam</hi> the Son of <hi>Shem</hi> takes its name <hi>Elimae,</hi> a Province of the <hi>Aſſyrians</hi> joyning to <hi>Perſia,</hi> near <hi>Suſiann,</hi> the chief City of which was <hi>Elymais,</hi> where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in
<pb n="51" facs="tcp:192139:31"/>ſtood the Temple of <hi>Diana,</hi> opulent in Silver and Gold, and rich Preſents, many of which were given by <hi>Alexander</hi> the <hi>Macedonian</hi> King.
<note place="margin">1 Mac. 6.</note> This City <hi>Antiochus Epiphanes</hi> would have ſackt for the Riches of the Temple; for which rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſon he was ſtruck from Heaven with ſudden death, ſays <hi>Polybius</hi> the <hi>Megalopolite,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Antiq. l.</hi> 12. <hi>c.</hi> 13.</note> mention'd by <hi>Joſephus.</hi> Though <hi>Joſephus</hi> relates, that it was more probable that that Accident befell him, becauſe he would have plunder'd the Temple of <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi> In like manner <hi>Menander,</hi> an Antient Hiſtorian, cited by <hi>Joſephus,</hi> attributes the cauſe of thoſe Rains,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Antiq.</hi> 8.7.</note> which Sacred Hiſtory relates to have fallen up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on the Prayers of <hi>Elijah</hi> the Prophet,
<note place="margin">1 Kings 18.</note> to the Supplications of <hi>Ithobalus</hi> King of the <hi>Tyrians.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">2 Mac. 9.</note> The ſame <hi>Antiochus</hi> endeavour<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed to take <hi>Perſepolis,</hi> and to have robb'd its Temples; for Gold and Silver are no where ſafe. Whether <hi>Perſepolis</hi> and <hi>Elymais</hi> be the ſame, I know not. The Inhabitants of the Province of <hi>Elymae</hi> called by <hi>Luke Elamites,</hi> by the <hi>Syrian</hi> Interpreter, <hi>Elanaeans,</hi> or <hi>Elanites,</hi> by <hi>Strabo</hi> and other <hi>Elymaeans,</hi> and are deſcrib'd to be fierce and warlike <hi>Bow-men</hi> by <hi>Iſaiah, Jeremy,</hi> and <hi>Ezekiel,</hi> liv'd upon the ſpoil, and were the only neighbouring people that durſt make Head a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gainſt the <hi>Parthians,</hi> &amp; are ſaid by <hi>Strabo lib.</hi> 11. to have exacted Tribute from the Kings of <hi>Perſia.</hi> Theſe <hi>Ely<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maeans</hi> were always ſubject to their own proper Kings, of whom <hi>Jeremy</hi> and <hi>Strabo</hi> make men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion. Two of theſe are upon Record,
<note place="margin">Gen. 14.1. Judith 1.6.</note> 
                  <hi>Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dorlaomer</hi> is one, the other is <hi>Arioch.</hi> How<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever, though <hi>Strabo</hi> rightly diſtinguiſheth the <hi>Flymaeans</hi> from the <hi>Suſians,</hi> whom <hi>Euſtathius</hi> and <hi>Euſebius</hi> de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rive from <hi>Shelach,</hi> or <hi>Sela,</hi> the Son of <hi>Arphaxad,</hi> and from the <hi>Perſians,</hi> whom <hi>Bochart</hi> and <hi>Heidegger</hi> de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>duce from <hi>Sabtha,</hi> the Son of <hi>Cuſh;</hi> yet <hi>Elam</hi> is often
<pb n="52" facs="tcp:192139:32"/>taken not only ſtrictly for <hi>Elymais,</hi> but alſo for all the Neighbouring Nations lying upon the River <hi>Eu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>laeus,</hi> as the <hi>Gabians, Carbians, Maſſabiticks,</hi> whoſe Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vinces the Geographer attributes to the <hi>Elymeans,</hi> &amp; the <hi>Suſians;</hi> for <hi>Benjamin Tudelenſis</hi> in his Itinerary takes <hi>Cu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zeſtan,</hi> or the Province of <hi>Suſia,</hi> to be the ſame with <hi>E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lam.</hi> The <hi>Arabian</hi> Interpreter newly Printed at <hi>Paris</hi> ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ders <hi>Elam</hi> by <hi>Chureſtan,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Gen. 10.20. c. 8.2.</note> which is the ſame with <hi>Chuzeſtan.</hi> Hence <hi>Daniel</hi> places <hi>Shuſhan</hi> the Metropolis of <hi>Suſia,</hi> in the Province of <hi>Elam;</hi> and <hi>Ptolomy, Pliny,</hi> and <hi>Marcian,</hi> ſeat the <hi>Elymaeans</hi> not far from the mouth of the River <hi>Eulaeus.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1 <hi>Autiq.</hi> 6.</note> And from hence laſtly it is that <hi>Joſephus</hi> makes the <hi>Elynaeans</hi> to have been the firſt Anceſtors of the <hi>Perſians</hi> were called by the name of the Neighbouring People <hi>Elymaeans.</hi> But af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter <hi>Cyrus</hi>'s time, though they often occur under that name, eſpecially in Sacred Hiſtory, yet common<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly <hi>Perſia</hi> is not called by the name of <hi>Elam,</hi> but of <hi>Paras,</hi> which ſignifies a Horſe, becauſe the <hi>Perſians,</hi> of Footmen, were made to fight on Horſe-back by the appointment of <hi>Cyrus,</hi> as <hi>Xenophon</hi> relates.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And who dwell in</hi> Meſopotamia. <hi>Luke</hi> proceeds in a direct Order from Eaſt to Weſt, in the recital of theſe People. But in regard the Inhabitants of <hi>Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſopotamia, Judaea, Cappadocia, Pontus</hi> and <hi>Aſia,</hi> are com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prehended in the former words, <hi>v.</hi> 5. <hi>that dwell in</hi> Je<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ruſalem, plain it is, that by Inhabitants or <hi>Dwellers,</hi> is not meant they who had ſettled Abodes, but they who ſojourned for ſome time in <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi> See the former Annot. upon <hi>v.</hi> 5. By <hi>Stephen</hi> of <hi>By<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zantium,</hi> the Inhabitants of <hi>Meſopotamia</hi> are called <hi>Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſopotamites;</hi> by <hi>Vopiſcus</hi> in the Life of <hi>Aurelius Meſo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>potamians.</hi> See our Notes upon <hi>Hoſea</hi> 12.12.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Judaea.</hi> Strictly ſo taken, from whoſe Dialect that of the <hi>Galilaeans</hi> was much different, as appears by
<pb n="53" facs="tcp:192139:32"/>
                  <hi>Peter</hi>'s being betrayed by his Tongue. See our Li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teral Explication upon <hi>Matth.</hi> 3.5.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Cappadocia.</hi> This to the Weſt is bounded by <hi>Galatia,</hi> to the South by <hi>Cilicia,</hi> to the Eaſt by <hi>Armenia,</hi> to the North by part of the <hi>Euxine</hi> Sea,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 6.</note> according to <hi>Ptolomy.</hi> The <hi>Cappado<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cians</hi> inhabitants of this Country were formerly called <hi>Leucoſyrians,</hi> as <hi>Pliny</hi> teſtifies, <hi>lib.</hi> 6. <hi>c.</hi> 3. and <hi>Syrians,</hi> as <hi>Herod.</hi> witneſſes.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 1. <hi>c.</hi> 72.</note> Before the Enlargement of the <hi>Roman</hi> Emp. they were firſt un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der the <hi>Perſians,</hi> &amp; afterwards governed by themſelves in the Reign of <hi>Ariaratha,</hi> after whom Reigned <hi>Arche<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>laus,</hi> whoſe Daughter <hi>Glaphyra</hi> married to <hi>Alexander</hi> the Son of <hi>Herod</hi> the Great,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 1. <hi>Them.</hi> 2. <hi>l.</hi> 12.</note> by the relation of <hi>Conſtantine Porphyrogennet.</hi> The Geogra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pher relates this Story ſomewhat other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wiſe. That when the Royal Line failed, the <hi>Romans,</hi> in regard of the common League of Friendſhip be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween both Nations, permitted them to live under their own Laws, but that the <hi>Cappadocians,</hi> ſending their Embaſſadors, refuſed their Liberty, and deſired to have a King impoſed upon them. The <hi>Romans</hi> therefore, admiring the Humour of the People, that were out of love with Liberty, ſent them a free per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miſſion to chuſe a King among themſelves, who there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>upon choſe <hi>Arivbarzanes,</hi> whom <hi>Forphyrogenneta</hi> calls <hi>Ariaratha;</hi> whoſe Line failing alſo after the third Deſcent, <hi>Archelaus</hi> was impoſed upon them by <hi>Anto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nius,</hi> no way related to <hi>Ariobarzanes.</hi> Formerly the Nation of the <hi>Cappadocians</hi> was infamous for wicked<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs and fraudulency, as alſo the <hi>Cilicians</hi> and <hi>Cretes,</hi> which gave riſe to the Proverb, Three <hi>Kappas</hi> or <hi>K</hi>'s <hi>the worſt,</hi> which was afterwards apply'd to the three <hi>Cornelius</hi>'s, <hi>Sylla, Cinna,</hi> and <hi>Lentulus,</hi> whoſe proper names were <hi>Cornelius.</hi> Nevertheleſs, there is no Coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>try ſo bad, which does not produce ſome excellent perſons. Thus <hi>Cappadocia</hi> gave to the World three
<pb n="54" facs="tcp:192139:33"/>moſt renowned Biſhops, <hi>Gregory,</hi> Sirnam'd the Won<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derworker, of <hi>Neoceſarea, Baſil</hi> the Great of <hi>Caeſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rea,</hi> and <hi>Gregory Nazianzene.</hi> Formerly it produc'd <hi>Pauſanias,</hi> who from the place of his Nativity is call'd <hi>Caeſarienſis,</hi> from his Country <hi>Cappadocian</hi> and <hi>Syrian;</hi> in regard that ſome comprehend <hi>Cappadocia</hi> under <hi>Syria.</hi> The often prais'd Geographer <hi>Strabo</hi> was alſo born in a Town of <hi>Cappadocia,</hi> called <hi>Amaſia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Pontus.</hi> The Country of <hi>Aſia</hi> the leſs, famous for the Renowned <hi>Mithridates,</hi> and <hi>Aquila,</hi> that exquiſite In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preter of the Old Teſtament. This Region is boun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ded to the Weſt by the River <hi>Halys,</hi> to the Eaſt by the Country of <hi>Colchis,</hi> to the South by the leſſer <hi>Armenia,</hi> and to the North by the <hi>Euxin</hi> Sea, accor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding to <hi>Strabo. Ptoſomy</hi> varying in his limits. <hi>Pon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>lib.</hi> 5.</note> ſaith he, <hi>is bounded to the Weſt by the mouth of the</hi> Propontis, <hi>and the</hi> Thracian Boſphorus, <hi>to the South by that Country, which is pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perly call'd</hi> Aſia, <hi>and to the North by part of the</hi> Euxin <hi>Sea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Aſia.</hi> Meaning the Proconſular <hi>Aſia,</hi> which was under the Proconſul, and chief of the ſeven Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vinces, which conſtituted the <hi>Aſian</hi> Dioceſs. <hi>The Romans,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Strab. l. 13.</note> ſaith <hi>Frederick Spanheim</hi> the Son, <hi>call'd that particularly</hi> Aſia, <hi>which compre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hended the Country belonging to the</hi> Pergamen <hi>Kings, which lies between the</hi> Helleſpont, Lydia, <hi>and</hi> Caria, <hi>and comprehends a part of</hi> Myſia, <hi>with the Country na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>med</hi> Aeolis, <hi>extending itſelf on the one ſide to the</hi> Adra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mytick <hi>Gulf, on the other ſide to the Fountains of the River</hi> Meander. Of this Province, which wasmore ſtrictly call'd <hi>Aſia,</hi> the Metropolis was <hi>Epheſus,</hi> the Seat of the Proconſuls of <hi>Aſia.</hi> The next to <hi>Ephe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſus,</hi> in the time of the Apoſtles, was <hi>Smyrna;</hi> the ſame City being alſo a Metropolis: after that, <hi>Per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gamus,</hi> the Seat of the famous King <hi>Attalus,</hi> as the moſt learned <hi>Spanheim</hi> relates in his Introduction to Geography.</p>
               <pb n="55" facs="tcp:192139:33"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Phrygia.</hi> In the <hi>Aſian</hi> Dioceſs, which was ſubject to the <hi>Aſiatick</hi> Vicar; there was a two-fold <hi>Phrygia,</hi> of which the one was call'd the greater, and <hi>Pacatian,</hi> the other the leſſer, and the healthful. The firſt was bounded to the North by <hi>Bithynia,</hi> and <hi>Galalia;</hi> to the Eaſt by the healthful <hi>Phrygia,</hi> and <hi>Piſidia;</hi> to the South, by <hi>Lydia, Caria,</hi> and <hi>Lycia:</hi> to the Weſt by the Proconſular <hi>Aſia.</hi> The Metropolis of this Coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>try was <hi>Laodicea,</hi> upon the River <hi>Lycus. Phrygia</hi> the wholeſome was conterminous Northward to the greater, toward <hi>Galatia</hi> and <hi>Bithynia.</hi> The Metro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>polis of which was <hi>Synnada</hi> in the ancient <hi>Jonia,</hi> a Colony of the <hi>Dorians,</hi> originally deſcended from the <hi>Macedonians,</hi> as appears by the ancient Coins, ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording to the relation of the fore-cited <hi>Spanhemius.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Pamphylia.</hi> This Province was the utmoſt limit of the <hi>Aſian</hi> Dioceſs to the South, toward the Sea-ſhore, from thence called the <hi>Pamphilian</hi> Sea. It is bounded to the Eaſt by <hi>Cilicia,</hi> and part of <hi>Cappadocia,</hi> to the Weſt by <hi>Lycia,</hi> to the North by <hi>Galatia. For<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>merly,</hi> ſaith <hi>Spanheim, comprehending</hi> Piſidia, <hi>and</hi> Iſau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ria, <hi>it was under one and the ſame Governor with</hi> Lycia, <hi>in the Reign of</hi> Conſtantine <hi>the Great; but at length made Conſular under</hi> Theodoſius <hi>the Younger, and divided in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to two parts, the firſt part, whoſe Metropolis was</hi> Sida, <hi>and the ſecond, whoſe chief City was</hi> Perga. Moreo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver, although that in <hi>Pamphilia,</hi> and the reſt of the Provinces already mentioned, the Greek Language was frequently us'd, yet there was another Dialect proper to every Country, and dinering from that of the adjoyning Provinces. Therefore <hi>Strabo</hi> affirms, that the <hi>Cibyrates</hi> made uſe of four Dialects, the <hi>Piſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dic, Graecian, Lydean,</hi> and <hi>Solyman.</hi> The <hi>Syrians</hi> alſo ſpake two Languages at that time, as alſo the Jews, for they us'd both the Greek and Syriac. Nay, they might be ſaid to make uſe of three Languages, in re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gard the Latin was alſo ſpoken among them, as the learned <hi>Salmaſius</hi> obſerves.</p>
               <pb n="56" facs="tcp:192139:34"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Aegypt.</hi> Of <hi>Aegypt,</hi> thus the learned <hi>Michael Bau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>drand.</hi> Aegypt <hi>is a moſt famous Country of</hi> Africa, <hi>not of</hi> Aſia, <hi>under the Dominion of the</hi> Turks <hi>ever ſince the year</hi> 1517. <hi>It extends in length from the</hi> Mediterrane<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>an <hi>Sea to</hi> Syene. <hi>The River</hi> Nile <hi>runs through the mid<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dle of it, whoſe inundations make it fertile. To its Eaſt lies the deſerts of</hi> Arabia, <hi>to the Weſt</hi> Lybia, <hi>to the South</hi> Aethiopia, <hi>and to the North the</hi> Mediterranean <hi>Sea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the parts of</hi> Lybia <hi>round about</hi> Cyrene. The upper <hi>Lybia</hi> was call'd <hi>Pentapolitan,</hi> from the number of her Cities, of which the names were <hi>Berenice, Arſinoe, Ptolemais, Apollonia,</hi> and the moſt famous of all, <hi>Cyrene,</hi> from which all the upper <hi>Lybia</hi> is ſome<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times call'd <hi>Cyrenaic. The bounds of this</hi> Cyrenaic Lybia, <hi>ſaith</hi> Spanheim, <hi>were the greater</hi> Syrtis <hi>to the Weſt; the Country of the</hi> Pſylli, <hi>and the deſert</hi> Lybia <hi>to the South, and</hi> Marmarick Lybia <hi>to the Eaſt.</hi> See our Annotations upon <hi>Amos</hi> 9.7. <hi>Mat.</hi> 27.33.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Strangers of</hi> Rome, <hi>Jews and Proſelytes.</hi> That is, ſuch of the <hi>Romans</hi> as ſojourned in <hi>Judaea,</hi> as well Jews by birth as Proſelytes. <hi>At</hi> Rome, <hi>ſaith</hi> Grotius, <hi>there were many Jews, as</hi> Cicero, <hi>and</hi> Horace <hi>tell us. Alſo many Women, and Freed Men joined themſelves to them, as</hi> Tibullus, Ovid, <hi>and</hi> Philo <hi>witneſs.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>Cretes.</hi> Saith the abovementioned <hi>Spanheim, Crete, ſeated between the</hi> Lybic, <hi>and</hi> Egean <hi>Sea, to the South of the</hi> Peloponneſus, <hi>and to the Eaſt of the Iſland</hi> Carpathus, <hi>was one of the firſt that were illumi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nated with the light of the Goſpel by the Preaching of St.</hi> Peter,
<note place="margin">Act. 2.</note> 
                  <hi>and the great pains of</hi> Paul <hi>and</hi> Titus.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>In diſquis. Chorograph.</hi> ſet before his Notes upon St. <hi>Johns</hi> Goſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pel.</note> But the moſt learned <hi>Lightfoot</hi> believes, that by <hi>Cretes,</hi> are under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood here, the inhabitants of that Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gion of <hi>Paleſtine,</hi> which we have alrea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dy obſerv'd to be call'd <hi>Creth</hi> by the <hi>Sy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rians,</hi> in our Notes upon <hi>Sophonia</hi> 2.5.
<pb n="57" facs="tcp:192139:34"/>becauſe the <hi>Cretes</hi> are here joyned with the <hi>Arabians,</hi> who are contiguous to the land of <hi>Paleſtine.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Arabians. Arabia</hi> is a Country of <hi>Aſia,</hi> Neigh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bouring upon <hi>Africa,</hi> Bounded to the North by <hi>Syria,</hi> and the River <hi>Euphrates,</hi> to the Eaſt by the <hi>Perſian</hi> Golph, to the Weſt by the <hi>Arabian</hi> Golph, and to the South by the <hi>Arabian</hi> Sea, or part of the <hi>Indian</hi> Ocean. It is three-fold; the Deſert <hi>Arabia,</hi> where the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> abode forty years; the Happy, or <hi>Spice-bearing;</hi> and the <hi>Stony,</hi> famous for the City of <hi>Krac,</hi> or <hi>Harach,</hi> which in Scripture is call'd <hi>Petra of the Wilderneſs;</hi> and for Mount <hi>Sinai,</hi> where God promulgated the Law by <hi>Moſes;</hi> which Mountain by <hi>Ethnic</hi> Writers is called <hi>Caſius.</hi> Where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore <hi>Solinus</hi> calls the <hi>Arabians,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>c.</hi> 46.</note> a People famous for the Mountain</hi> Caſius, where was the Temple of <hi>Jupiter,</hi> who from thence was en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>titled <hi>Caſius.</hi> There alſo lay Interr'd the Body of <hi>Pompey</hi> the Great, whoſe Monument was ſumptu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ouſly built by <hi>Adrian,</hi> as <hi>Aelius Spartianus</hi> records in the life of <hi>Adrian;</hi> mov'd thereto perhaps by that famous diſtich, for <hi>Adrian</hi> was a learned Perſon,
<q>
                     <l>Licinius <hi>Tomb is large; but</hi> Cato's <hi>ſmall;</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>Pompey <hi>has none; believe me Gods at all?</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q> There was alſo another Mount <hi>Caſius</hi> in <hi>Syria,</hi> which is the reaſon of ſome confuſion among Writers. They who deſire more of <hi>Arabia,</hi> may read <hi>Strabo, Ptolo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>my,</hi> and <hi>Pliny.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We have heard.</hi> In the Greek, <hi>we do hear,</hi> as in the <hi>Engliſh</hi> verſion; that is to ſay, with our own ears.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Speaking in our Tongues.</hi> Not that when one voice was utter'd, many other as it were Eccho's diſpers'd themſelves, but that the Diſciples of Chriſt ſpake in the proper languages of them that heard.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The wonderful works of God.</hi> Which God had pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pared
<pb n="58" facs="tcp:192139:35"/>before the foundations of the world, to be gi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven to the faithful by Chriſt. Thoſe wonderful works are call'd <hi>Glorious Things,</hi> Pſal. 87.3.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>What meaneth this?</hi> That is, to what intent is all this?</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>Others mocking.</hi> In the Greek, <hi>Cavilling.</hi> Learn from theſe <hi>Cavillers,</hi> that there is no miracle ſo great, but ſcurrilous, and impious loquacity will find a quar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rel to reproach it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They are full of Muſt.</hi> Theſe things being done upon the day of Pentecoſt, at what time there is no new Wine or <hi>Muſt,</hi> properly ſo call'd; <hi>Muſt</hi> ſeems here to be taken for any ſweet Wine, or Wine boyl'd out of the Muſt.</p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>But</hi> Peter <hi>ſtanding up with the Eleven.</hi> Arm'd with Boldneſs, and truſting in the aſſiſtance of the newly receiv'd Holy Ghoſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Lift up his voice.</hi> That he might be heard by all, in ſuch a numerous Aſſembly of Auditors.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ye men of Judaea. Peter</hi> being about to preach forth Chriſt to the mutinous multitude, does not preſently begin from the Prophecy of <hi>Joel,</hi> but firſt removes the falſe report ſpread by ſome, that they who ſpake in various languages, were in the extravagancies of their Wine. And preſently by the pleaſing Addreſs of, <hi>Ye men of Judaea,</hi> courts the good will of the Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ditory. For it was an appellation plauſible to thoſe who profeſſed the Jewiſh Religion; <hi>Ye men of Judaea;</hi> in regard that they excell'd all other Nations for ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ny reaſons; to wit, in regard of the Law given from Heaven, the Honour of the Prophets, and the Wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhip of the true God.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And all you that live in Jeruſalem.</hi> He addreſſes him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelf to theſe dwellers in <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> particularly, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe they were both in greater number, and of grea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter quality then the reſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Be this known unto you;</hi> As if he had ſaid, Attend
<pb n="59" facs="tcp:192139:35"/>with heed to what I am about to ſay.</p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>Seeing it is but the third Hour of the day.</hi> Tho ſuch be the ſhame of Drunkenneſs, that it abhors the Light, and that they who are drunk, are drunk in the night;
<note place="margin">1 Theſ. 5.7.</note> yet there are not a few who like Swine, as ſoon as they riſe, do make haſte from their Beds to their Cups. Againſt whom the Prophet darts his <hi>Woe be to you.
<note place="margin">Iſa. 5.11.</note> Woe be to you that riſe betimes in the morning to follow ſtrong drink.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">In vit. ſua.</note> And though <hi>Joſephus</hi> relates that the Jews upon Feſtival days, were never wont to dine till the ſixth hour, that is, noon, yet that Cuſtom was not obſerv'd by all; there being ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ny breakers of the Commandments of God, and vio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>laters of human Cuſtoms, ſuch as liv'd in <hi>Iſaiah</hi>'s time: Chiefly upon Feſtival days, upon which the Jews were commanded to rejoice before the Lord.
<note place="margin">Levit. 23.40.</note> The words of <hi>Peter</hi> are there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore to be underſtood, as if he had ſaid, that they were more pious and devout then to be drunk by nine a clock in the morning, at what time there is no man, but moderately temperate, who is not faſting. The Chaldee Paraphraſe upon <hi>Eccleſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>aſtes</hi> 10.16. <hi>After they have offer'd the uſual Sacrifice, let them eat bread at the fourth hour;</hi> which with us is at ten in the morning.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>In gloſſ. ad fol.</hi> 83. <hi>tract. Talmud Baba Metſia.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Rabbi Salo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon Jarchi, at the fourth hour,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>which is the hour of eating, at what time all people retire to take their meals.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>But this,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, But it happens to theſe perſons, what <hi>Joel</hi> had foretold by the Spirit of Prophecy. In the ſame manner the Jews refer it to the times of the Meſſiah, as <hi>R. Saadia</hi> teſtifies.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>lib. Emounoth cap.</hi> 8.</note> 
                  <hi>Then ſhall remain a gift of Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phecy among our people, ſo that our Sons, and our Servants ſhall Prophecy, according to
<pb n="60" facs="tcp:192139:36"/>that of Joel;</hi> And afterwards I will pour forth my Spirit, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>In the laſt days.</hi> That is, in the times of the Meſſiah, which were the laſt days of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> and the Jewiſh Government. <hi>Luke</hi> follows in the Cita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of this place, and ſome others, the <hi>Helleniſt</hi> In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terpreters, though not exactly, the words being ſome<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times chang'd, and tranſpos'd. Which <hi>Moſes</hi> does alſo, reciting the Decalogue in <hi>Deuteronomy.</hi> More<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>over by this Prophecy of <hi>Joel,</hi> and by others of the ſame nature, God promis'd that he would endue thoſe that believed in him, with a larger proportion of Divine Knowledge under the New Teſtament, then he had done under the Old. But he did not ſig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nify, that he would do it alone, and without any other means; and that there would be no farther uſe of the Holy Scripture. But that on the contrary, that ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>traordinary help, the infuſion of the Holy Spirit, Dreams and Viſions ſhould chiefly all tend to that, that the mind of God ſpeaking in the Scripture, might be the ſooner underſtood. To the end, that no Perſon who ſhould with attentive devotion ſearch them, and implore the Aſſiſtance of the Holy Spirit, ſhould ſtand in much need of the inſtruction of another, to un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derſtand thoſe things which are neceſſary to be known for Salvation.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>pon all fleſh.</hi> That is, upon all Conditions and Sexes believing in Chriſt; and ready to lead their lives according to his Precepts. Where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Infrà c.</hi> 5.30.</note> ſaith <hi>Peter, The Lord has given his holy Spirit to thoſe that obey him.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Shall propheſie.</hi> As <hi>c.</hi> 21. the four Daughters of <hi>Philip</hi> the Evangeliſt, and <hi>Agabus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Shall ſee Viſions.</hi> That is to ſay, cauſed from a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove, as did <hi>Ananias</hi> and <hi>Peter, c.</hi> 9.10.10.11. Says <hi>Macrobius</hi> upon <hi>Scipio</hi>'s Dream; <hi>There are five princi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pal diverſities and names of things, which people ſeem to
<pb n="61" facs="tcp:192139:36"/>ſee in their ſleep. For either it is a Dream, or a Viſion, or an Oracle, or an Inſpiration, or a Phantaſm, which</hi> Cicero <hi>calls</hi> Viſum, <hi>as oft as he needed make uſe of this word.</hi> See our litteral explanation upon <hi>Joel</hi> 2.28.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>And I,</hi> &amp;c. See our Annot. <hi>Joel</hi> 2.29.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>And will ſhew wonders.</hi> Such were the Signs fore-running the Extirpation of the <hi>Jews,</hi> which they ſuffered under the <hi>Romans,</hi> for rejecting Jeſus the Doctor of perfect Juſtice, and contemning the Doctrine of the Apoſtles inſpir'd with his Spirit, and inviting them to Repentance. Such were Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mets hovering over <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> like flaming Swords, Chariots and Armys ruſhing together in the Air; with like events upon the Earth, as Slaughters, burning of Towns, and Cities, and other calamities that befell the <hi>Jews</hi> in <hi>Galilee</hi> and <hi>Judea,</hi> which uſe firſt to portend, and then to bring a peoples utter deſtruction. See what we have already ſaid upon <hi>Joel</hi> 2.30.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>The Sun ſhall be turned,</hi> &amp;c. See our litteral explication upon <hi>Joel</hi> 2.31.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The great day of the Lord.</hi> That is, the great and terrible Judgment of God upon the Refractory <hi>Jews. In the firſt ſenſe,</hi> ſaith <hi>Brenius,</hi> Joel <hi>ſpake this of the deſtruction by</hi> Nebuchadnezzar, <hi>but myſtically of the de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtruction by the</hi> Romans; <hi>which is called by way of ſuper-eminency the day of the Lord.</hi> Thus alſo ſaith <hi>Beza, Theſe things I refer to the Nation of the</hi> Jews, <hi>whoſe utter deſtruction being ſhortly to fall upon the obſtinate con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>temners of the Goſpel, is foretold, as Chriſt alſo poſitively declares,</hi> Mat. 24. <hi>however joyning them with that laſt day, when the ſame calamity which formerly befel</hi> Jeru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſalem, <hi>ſhall be the ruin of the whole world, guilty of the ſame great and outragious obſtinacy.</hi> Moreover the de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtruction of the <hi>Jews</hi> by the <hi>Romans</hi> is called <hi>the great and terrible day of the Lord,</hi> as <hi>Lightfoot</hi> obſerves in his Annotations upon <hi>Mark</hi> 9.1. It is deſcrib'd as
<pb n="62" facs="tcp:192139:37"/>
                  <hi>the end of the World.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Acts 2.20. 2 Theſ. 2.2.3. Jer. 4.24. <hi>&amp;c.</hi> Mat. 24.29. <hi>&amp;c.</hi> Iſa. 2.2. Acts 2.17. 1 Tim. 4.1. 2 Pet. 3.3. Iſa. 65.17. 2 Pet. 3.13. Jo. 22.21. Heb. 10.37. Rev. 1.7. Matt. 19.28. Luk. 22.30.</note> By <hi>Periphraſe</hi> it is call'd <hi>the laſt days,</hi> or <hi>latter times,</hi> that is, <hi>the laſt times of the continuance of this City, and Government. From that time begins the New World. It is alſo de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcrib'd as the coming of Chriſt. His com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing in the Clouds, in glory with the Angels; and then again as the Inthroning of Chriſt and his twelve Apoſtles judging the twelve Tribes of Iſrael.</hi> Thus far <hi>Lightfoot.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And notable.</hi> In the Greek is <hi>Epiphanes,</hi> by which word the Septuagint uſe to ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der the Hebrew word <hi>Hanora,</hi> that ſignifies <hi>Terrible. Nor is it to be queſtion'd,</hi> ſaith <hi>Ludovicus De Dieu, but that from thence that cruel Tyrant</hi> Antiochus <hi>was call'd</hi> Epiphanes, Terrible, <hi>rather than Illuſtrious.</hi> This <hi>An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiochus</hi> is call'd by <hi>Polybius, Epimanes,</hi> that is to ſay, <hi>Furious,</hi> or <hi>Raging Mad.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>And it ſhall come to paſs, that all,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, that whoſoever ſhall in word and deed religiouſly worſhip Chriſt ſent by God, ſhall be delivered from the grievous calamity prepar'd for the <hi>Jews.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Rom. 10.12, 13. Gen. 12.8.13.4.26.25. 1 Chr. 13.6. Pſalm 79.6. Iſa. 41.25. Jer. 10.25. Acts 9.14, 21. 1 Cor. 1.2. 2 Tim. 2.22.</note> Thus <hi>Paul</hi> adapts this Propheſy to Chriſt our Saviour. But as the <hi>Invo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cation of God</hi> is not only taken for pray<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>er directed to him, but frequently for any act of Divine Worſhip; ſo is alſo the Invocation of Chriſt, or of his name taken in the ſame ſenſe. Now that the Chriſtians were freed from the common calamitys of the <hi>Jews</hi> in the deſtruction of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">3. Hiſt. 5.</note> we find in <hi>Euſebius. But whereas the whole Commonalty and Bo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dy of Believers at the Church of</hi> Jeruſalem, <hi>by Ora<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cular foreſight inſpir'd into ſome devout and holy per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſons, were admoniſhed to depart the City before the War, and ſeat themſelves in a Town beyond</hi> Jordan, <hi>call'd
<pb n="63" facs="tcp:192139:37"/>by the name of</hi> Pella. <hi>And now all thoſe that believed in Chriſt, having tranſlated themſelves from the forſaken</hi> Jeruſalem <hi>to</hi> Pella; <hi>and then it was that the Royal City, and Capital Seat of the Nation, being deſerted by the holy people was overwhelm'd by Divine Vengeance, for ſo many crimes committed both against Christ and his Apoſtles, ſo that the whole race of thoſe wicked people periſhed.</hi> See my <hi>Annotations</hi> upon <hi>Joel</hi> 2.32.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Jeſus of</hi> Nazareth. In the Greek, <hi>Jeſus the</hi> Naza<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rean, who being conceiv'd, educated, and leading the moſt part of his life in <hi>Nazareth</hi> of <hi>Galilee,</hi> ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording to the predictions of the Prophets, might well be call'd <hi>Nazarean.</hi> See our Literal Explanati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on, <hi>Mat.</hi> 2.23.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Approved of God.</hi> As if he had ſaid, The perſon whom God by moſt powerful, and not to be contra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dicted, proofs had demonſtrated to be by him to you ſent, ſeeing that he wrought ſo many and ſuch great Miracles in your ſight, which no man could have effected but by a Divine Power. The ſame alſo <hi>Nicodemus</hi> acknowledg'd. <hi>Maſter,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">John 3.2.</note> ſaid that great Senator of the <hi>Sanedrim, We know that thou com'st from. God, for no man can work thoſe Miracles which thou dost, unleſs God were with him.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Among you.</hi> An Hebraiſin, for, <hi>to you,</hi> that is to ſay, to be by him ſent to you.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By Miracles, Wonders, and Signs.</hi> A <hi>Synonymy,</hi> which Figure we make uſe of, when we think one word not ſufficient to explain the dignity and value of the thing. But why Miracles are call<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>d both Mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>racles, Wonders, and Signs, we have already declar'd upon <hi>Mat.</hi> 24.24.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the midst of you.</hi> That is,
<note place="margin">Jo. 12.37.</note> before your Eyes. <hi>But when he had wrought ſo many Signs before them, they believed not in him.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>This,</hi> &amp;c. This Jeſus by the Decree of the
<pb n="64" facs="tcp:192139:38"/>Father to whom he in all things voluntarily obey'd, being ſurrender'd into your power, with an incre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dible importunity you forc'd the <hi>Romans</hi> to nail him to the Croſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By the determinate counſel and foreknowledge of God delivered.</hi> In the Greek, <hi>yielded up. They are ſaid to be yielded up,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, who are deliver'd up to their Enemies.</hi> Therefore Chriſt by the determinate de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cree of God was given up into the power and diſpoſal of his Enemies, whoſe hoſtile and inhumane rage God did not predeſtinate, as the Divines do ſpeak, but only foreknew.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>De Predeſt.</hi> SS. <hi>c.</hi> 10.</note> 
                  <hi>Predeſtination,</hi> ſaith St. <hi>Auſtin, cannot be without fore-knowledge, but fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>knowledge may be without predeſtination. For by predeſtination God foreknew thoſe things which he was to act; but he may foreknow thoſe things which he himſelf does not do; as all manner of ſins. For though there are ſome which are in ſuch a manner ſins, as to be the puniſh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment of ſins;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Rom.</hi> 1.28.</note> Hence it is ſaid, <hi>God gave them over to a reprobate mind, to do thoſe things which are not convenient: yet there is no ſin in what is attributed to God, but Judgment.</hi> Thus far St. <hi>Auſtin.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And by the hands of the wicked.</hi> In the Greek, <hi>of the Lawleſs.</hi> The <hi>Jews</hi> call'd thoſe Lawleſs and Sin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ners, which are vulgarly call'd <hi>Pagans.</hi> But here <hi>Pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter</hi> means the <hi>Roman</hi> Souldiers, who are call'd <hi>Sinners, Matt.</hi> 26.45. <hi>Mark</hi> 14.41. <hi>Luke</hi> 24.7. See 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 9.15.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ye ſlew.</hi> He that is the Author and Abettor of Mur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der is ſaid to commit the Murder.</p>
               <p n="24">24.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Serm.</hi> 8. <hi>de Verb. Dom.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Whom God hath raiſed up.</hi> Moſt excellently St. <hi>Auſtin: No dead perſon is the raiſer of himſelf. He could raiſe himſelf, who was not dead tho his Fleſh were dead. For he rais'd that which was dead; he raiſed himſelf who liv'd in himſelf, but was dead in the fleſh that was to be raiſed. For the Father alone did not raiſe the Son, of whom it is ſaid by the Apoſtles,</hi> For which God raiſed him, <hi>but alſo the
<pb n="65" facs="tcp:192139:38"/>Lord raiſed himſelf, that is, his own body; therefore ſaid he,</hi> Deſtroy this body,
<note place="margin">Jo. 2.19.</note> and in three days I will raiſe it. <hi>But who is ſo mad,</hi> ſaith the ſame St. <hi>Auſtin,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Contra Ser. Ar. c.</hi> 15.</note> as to ſay that the Holy Spirit did not operate in the Reſurrection of Christ, ſeeing that he operated the man Christ himſelf?</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Having looſed the pains of Hell.</hi> The Greek has, <hi>of Death,</hi> as in the Engliſh Verſion, that is, having loos'd the bands of the Sepulcher, or, which is the ſame thing, having broken the ſtrong Cords of Death, with which Chriſt had ſurrender'd himſelf to be bound, laying down his Soul that he might re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>aſſume it, <hi>John</hi> 10.17. alluding to the ſwathings of the Dead; or to the Cords with which Malefactors are bound, when led to Execution, to prevent their crafty means to eſcape. From theſe Bands God ſet Chriſt at Liberty, recalling him to a life never to be ended. <q>The Hebrew word <hi>Chebel, ſaith Sir</hi> Edward Leigh,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>In Supplent t.</hi> Crit c. Sac.</note> ſignify's two things, <hi>a Cord</hi> or <hi>a Fetter,</hi> or <hi>the Tor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments</hi> or <hi>pangs,</hi> more eſpecially of a Child-bearing Woman. Hence this word occurring to the Seventy Interpreters,
<note place="margin">Pſal. 18.2.</note> where it certainly ſignifies <hi>Cords</hi> or <hi>Bonds,</hi> they turn the word, <hi>Sharp pains;</hi> and ſo in other places.
<note place="margin">1 Kings 20.31, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                     </note> And here St. <hi>Luke</hi> following their example uſes the words, <hi>the pains of Death,</hi> or as ſome of the Ancients, with the <hi>Syriack</hi> Interpreter, have read, <hi>of Hell.</hi> Where both additions of the words <hi>Looſing</hi> and <hi>Holding</hi> ſhew <hi>Bonds</hi> or <hi>Cords</hi> to be here denoted by <hi>Pains.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>It was impoſſible,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, He might be bound with the Cords of Death, but he could not be detain'd bound by thoſe Bonds, tho never ſo ſtrong, who had power to lay down his life, and
<pb n="66" facs="tcp:192139:39"/>power to reſume it,
<note place="margin">John 10.17, 18.</note> and only laid it down that he might reſume it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of it.</hi> That is, either of <hi>Death,</hi> or of <hi>Hell;</hi> In whoſe bonds being held and bound, he was free to break the Cords. For <hi>Hell</hi> in this verſe is taken either for the <hi>Grave,</hi> or for the common receptacle of all Souls ſeparated by Death from the Body; which moſt of the Ancient Interpreters both Jews and Chriſtians believe to be ſignified in Scripture by the word <hi>Hell.</hi> Hence that of <hi>Hilarius,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>in</hi> Pſal. 138.</note> This is the Law of Human neceſſity, that the bodies being buried, the Souls deſcend to Hell, which deſcent, to the full finiſhing of all what belonged to a true man, the Lord himſelf did not refuſe.</hi> Moreover this word <hi>Hell,</hi> ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken for the common place of ſeparated Souls, the Hebrews call <hi>Sheol,</hi> the Greeks <hi>Hades,</hi> and both di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vide the place into two parts, of which, the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brews call the one <hi>Paradiſe,</hi> the Greeks <hi>Elyſium;</hi> the other is by the Greeks call'd <hi>Tartarus,</hi> by the Hebrews <hi>Gehenna. Therefore Chriſt,</hi> ſaith Ja. Windet, <hi>was in Paradiſe, and by the ſame way in Hell. Therefore</hi> St. Auſtin <hi>labour'd in vain, and might have ſpar'd himſelf the trouble, which he ſpends upon that queſtion propounded in his Epiſtle to</hi> Dardanus, <hi>and elſewhere. And when we believe, according to the Creed in Chriſt deſcending into Hell, thoſe are deceived, who believe the meaning to be, that he deſcended into the place of Torment, commonly called Hell.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>For</hi> David <hi>speaketh concerning him.</hi> As if he had ſaid, For the Holy Ghoſt, who ſpake by the mouth of <hi>David,</hi> repreſenting the perſon of Chriſt, looking upon Chriſt as being dead, ſpake theſe words, <hi>Pſal.</hi> 16.8, &amp;c.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I foreſaw the Lord always before my face.</hi> That is, the Majeſty of God repreſented it ſelf before my Eyes day and night, that I might ſubmit my ſelf wholly to his power and diſpoſal.</p>
               <pb n="67" facs="tcp:192139:39"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>For he is on my right hand that I ſhould not be moved.</hi> As if he had ſaid, By his help and aſſiſtance, I over<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>come moſt difficult Labours. <hi>To be at the right hand,</hi> ſaith <hi>Genebrard, is to be prepared and ready to aſſiſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>Therefore.</hi> That is, becauſe I have God to aſſiſt me in overcoming any hardſhips or dangers whatſoever.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Did my heart rejoice.</hi> That is, I rejoyce with all my heart. <hi>Preterperfect Tenſes,</hi> ſaith <hi>Vatablus; among the</hi> Hebrews, <hi>are uſed for Futures and Preſents.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And my Tongue was glad.</hi> The Hebrew has it, <hi>my glory,</hi> or <hi>honour.</hi> That is, and my gladneſs excites me to ſing an Hymn. <hi>Honour,</hi> or <hi>Glory,</hi> ſaith <hi>Moller, is taken for the Tongue.</hi> As,
<note place="margin">Gen. 49.6.</note> 
                  <hi>My Honour, be not thou united;</hi> that is, <hi>I did not approve their Crimes with my Tongue:
<note place="margin">See Pſalm 30. <hi>v. ult.</hi> Pſal. 57.12.</note> Nor did I by my command excite them to perpetrate evil. Therefore then is the Tongue ſo called, as being that member particularly framed to ce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lebrate the Honour of God, and the praiſes of men. And for that reaſon they who revile God or Men, their Tongues are deſervedly called</hi> diſhonour <hi>and</hi> infamy.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Moreover alſo my fleſh ſhall reſt in hope.</hi> The Hebrew has it, <hi>in ſafety.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Although it may happen that my body maylie proſtrate in the cold Arms of Death, encloſed within the Sepulchre, yet my con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fident hopes of returning from death to life, affords me tranquillity, and ſecurity of mind. Saith <hi>Kim<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chi,</hi> in Pſal. 16. <hi>v.</hi> 9. <hi>While I live, my fleſh ſhall remain in ſafety, becauſe he ſhall deliver me from all harm.</hi> But in a myſterious ſenſe, he believes it to be as if he had ſaid, <hi>After Death my fleſh ſhall lie in the Grave ſecure from Worms, becauſe they ſhall have no power over it.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>For thou wilt not leave my Soul in Hell.</hi> The ſence in reference to <hi>David</hi> is, thou wilt not ſuffer me to be ſlain by <hi>Saul;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 22.1.</note> but in relation to the Meſſiah, of whom <hi>Davids</hi> concerns were Types, thou wilt not leave me long in the
<pb n="68" facs="tcp:192139:40"/>ſtate of the dead, or, which is the ſame thing, thou wilt not ſuffer my Soul laid down for my Sheep, to be a long time ſhut up within the receptacle of Souls ſeparated from the body, into which I deſcended,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 26. <hi>
                        <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>pon</hi> Luke 16.13.</note> to ſatisfy the law of death, as <hi>Ireneus</hi> ſpeaks. Worthily therefore <hi>Grotius, True it is,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>that Hell is a place ſubſtracted from our ſight, and when it is under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood in reference to the Body, it ſignifies the Grave, where the Body lies without a Soul, but in reference to the Soul, it denotes that Region or State, wherein the Soul remains without the Body. Therefore as</hi> Dives <hi>was in Hell, ſo was alſo</hi> Lazarus, <hi>the Regions being only diſtinguiſh'd. For both</hi> Paradiſe <hi>and</hi> Gehenna, <hi>or, as the Greeks called thoſe places,</hi> Tartarus <hi>and</hi> Elyſium <hi>were in Hell. And that this was the opinion of the Greeks, is moſt certain, whom</hi> Virgil <hi>follows in the ſixth of his</hi> Aeneids. <hi>Nor let any one queſtion the Jews, for whom I bring</hi> Joſephus <hi>to vouch, who ſays that the Prophet</hi> Samuel <hi>was rais'd by the Witch out of Hell. The ſame Author ſpeaking of the</hi> Sadduces, <hi>They take away,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>all puniſhments and rewards out of Hell. Again, where he ſets down the opinion of the Phariſees, he appoints the ſeat both of puniſhment and reward in Hell, under ground, becauſe the Infernal Regi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons by the Greeks are called Subterraneal: Either becauſe Hell was thought to be under ground, or rather becauſe it is no more in ſight then the moſt hidden receſſes which the Earth conceals.</hi> Joſephus, <hi>reciting the Opinions of the</hi> Eſſeans,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>de Bill. Jud. l.</hi> 2. <hi>c.</hi> 12.</note> 
                  <hi>places the Souls of the Godly beyond the Ocean, to which in a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nother place, according to the judgment of the ſame perſons, he allots the moſt holy Region of Heaven. But indeed thoſe phraſes of ſpeech, under the Earth, in the Air, beyond the Ocean, and what we find in</hi> Tertul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lian, <hi>beyond the fiery</hi> Zone, <hi>ſignify no more then that which is inviſible, and inacceſſible to us. Thus far</hi> Grotius,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>De bono mortis cap.</hi> 10.</note> 
                  <hi>to which he adds that place of</hi> St. Ambroſe <hi>It had been enough to have
<pb n="69" facs="tcp:192139:40"/>ſaid to thoſe Philoſophers, that Souls, ſet at liberty from the body, went directly to</hi> Aides, <hi>that is, to a place which is not ſeen, which we call in Latin</hi> infernus. <hi>And laſtly, the Scripture calls thoſe receptacles of ſeparated Souls,</hi> Maga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zines.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thy Holy One.</hi> In the Hebrew, <hi>thy bountiful.</hi> That is, him, who never, nor in no place, found thy boun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teouſneſs, and loving kindneſs, withdrawn from him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To ſee Corruption.</hi> That is, to be corrupted. Thus <hi>To ſee death is to die.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Luke 2.26.</note> The Hebrew word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which properly ſignifies <hi>Corrupti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,</hi> or <hi>putrefaction,</hi> as the two great Apoſtles, <hi>Peter</hi> here, and <hi>Paul, c.</hi> 13.30. urge the Emphaſis of it, is nevertheleſs very often taken for a ditch or pit, where dead bodies lie putrifying.
<note place="margin">Pſal. 57.7. &amp; 94.3.</note> So the Greek word whereby <hi>Luke</hi> expreſſes the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew word, is by the Interpreters of the old Teſtament, not only us'd to denote bare Corruption,
<note place="margin">
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> 16. Pro. 27.21.</note> but alſo the place of Putrefaction. <hi>To ſee the Pit,</hi> ſaith <hi>Vata<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>blus, is to be laid in a Pit to ſuffer putre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>faction.</hi> The ſenſe therefore of this half verſe in re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ference to <hi>David</hi> is, thou wilt not <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap> being through thy benignity appointed to Reign, to die a ſad death by the hand of my Enemies; in relation to the Meſſiah typified by <hi>David;</hi> Thou wilt nor ſuffer me, toward whom thou heareſt a Love moſt <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> and ineffable, to lie ſo long in the Grave, till my body be rotten.</p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>Thou haſt made known to me the way of life.</hi> In the Hebrew, <hi>Thou wilt make me know the path of life.</hi> In reſpect of <hi>David,</hi> it ſignifies, thou wilt open me a moſt certain way to deliver me from the death de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſign'd me by my Enemies. In reſpect of the Meſſias, thou wilt bring me back from death, to perpetual and immortal life.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thou ſhalt make me full of Joy.</hi> That is, thou ſhalt heap joy and comfort upon me.</p>
               <pb n="70" facs="tcp:192139:41"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>With thy face.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Being by thee beheld with a benign and gracious Aſpect.</p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>Men and Brethren.</hi> A kind compellation to gain the affections of the Hearers. Neither does <hi>Peter</hi> in the leaſt deny the cited words of <hi>Pſal.</hi> 16. to be any wiſe underſtood of <hi>David:</hi> But urges them ſo to be uttered by the inſpiration of the Holy Ghoſt, that literally, and properly they are not to be under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood of <hi>David,</hi> but of Chriſt, of whom <hi>David</hi> made a repreſentation.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of the Patriarch</hi> David. Patriarch is a compound Greek word of <hi>Patria,</hi> ſignifying <hi>Family,</hi> and <hi>Arche, Beginning.</hi> However every Father of a Family, is not called a Patriarch by the <hi>Helleniſts,</hi> but only they who in Hebrew are call'd the <hi>Heads, or chief of the Fathers; that is, the Fathers of the Fathers of a Family, and the Founders of the whole Family and Kindred.</hi> They are called <hi>the Heads of the Fathers,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Exod. 6.25.</note> &amp; 1 Chr. 9.9. <hi>Patriarchs.</hi> And thus <hi>David</hi> is properly called a <hi>Patriarch,</hi> becauſe he was the Foun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der of the Royal Family; which is called in Greek <hi>Patria,
<note place="margin">c. 7. v. 8, 9.</note> Linage, Luke</hi> 2.4. And ſo below, the twelve Sons of <hi>Jacob</hi> are called Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>triarchs, becauſe the ſeveral Tribes deriv'd their names from them, as being the Founders of their Race, and deduced their Original from them.
<note place="margin">Heb. 7.4.</note> So <hi>Abraham</hi> is called a <hi>Patriarch,</hi> becauſe the whole race of the Elect people of God deſcended from his Loyns. There were alſo other Patriarchs improperly ſo call'd, not in reſpect of Pedigree, but in regard of their Superiority, and Precedency. Thus they, whom the Author of the <hi>Chronicles</hi> calls <hi>Prin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces of the Tribes of</hi> Iſrael,
<note place="margin">1 Chron. 27.22.</note> the Greeks call <hi>Patriarchs of the Tribes,</hi> and in this ſenſe alſo King <hi>David</hi> advanced to the moſt ſu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pream degree of Dignity, might be ſtil'd a <hi>Patriarch.</hi> Such were the Patriarchs improperly ſo called, whom
<pb n="71" facs="tcp:192139:41"/>the <hi>Helleniſt</hi> Jews after the deſtruction of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> choſe for their Chieftains. <hi>Therefore,</hi> ſaies the lear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned <hi>Heidegger,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Exercitat</hi> 1. <hi>Hiſt. Patri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>arch. n.</hi> 6. <hi>Vopiſc.</hi> in the life of <hi>Satur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nin.</hi>
                  </note> Hadrian <hi>to</hi> Severianus <hi>the Conſul, makes mention of the Patriarch of the Jews dwelling in</hi> Alexandria. <hi>Epipha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nius</hi> alſo relates in his diſputation againſt the <hi>Ebionites,</hi> 
                  <q>That ſome part of the Jews in his time inhabited the City of <hi>Tiberias,</hi> who acknowledged a Head or Supream, to whom they gave the Title of <hi>Patriarch;</hi> to whom alſo were joined ſeveral Aſſiſtants, who were cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led <hi>Apoſtles.</hi> From which cuſtom to think that Chriſt gave to his Diſciples the name of <hi>Apoſtles,</hi> is a groſs miſtake of <hi>Baronius,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <hi>ad annum</hi> 32. <hi>n.</hi> 5.</note> as <hi>Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſaubon</hi> learnedly makes out. But in the Chriſtian Church, as being a Spiritual Family, after the Paſſion of Chriſt, ſeveral Biſhops were called <hi>Fathers,</hi> and Archbiſhops <hi>Patriarchs;</hi> that is to ſay, chief among the Fathers. Whom it was lawful to ſuffer, if not as Fathers,
<note place="margin">1 Cor. 4.15.</note> at leaſt as Pedagogues in Chriſt. But the Ambition of theſe Perſons encreaſing, the chief Archbiſhops, whom they called Biſhops of the higheſt Seat, uſurped this Title to themſelves; till at length four of them obtained this Title to be conferred upon them Principally above all the reſt; the Patriarch of <hi>Rome,</hi> of <hi>Alexandria,</hi> of <hi>Antioch</hi> and <hi>Jeruſalem;</hi> to whom was added at length the Patriarch of <hi>Conſtantinople,</hi> made the ſecond, by rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſon of the new <hi>Romes</hi> Dignity.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Is dead.</hi> He died in the Feaſt of Pentecoſt, if we may believe the <hi>Jeruſalem Talmud.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>His Sepulcher.</hi> With which the bones and aſhes of <hi>David</hi> are cover'd.</p>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>Of the Fruit of his Loyns.</hi> The words are ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken out of the 132 <hi>Pſalm, v.</hi> 11. where the Greek has it, <hi>of the fruit of thy Belly;</hi> that is, by the birth of
<pb n="72" facs="tcp:192139:42"/>thy Wife. The ſame ſenſe anſwers to both. There is ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ded here in the Greek Text, <hi>to raiſe Chriſt according to the fleſh.</hi> But there is no reaſon appearing, why this addition, which the Greek Copies have, and <hi>Chryſoſtom</hi> has expreſſed, ſhould be brought into the leaſt ſuſpicion of being untrue. For, ſaith the lear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned <hi>Ludovicus de Dieu, when</hi> Luke <hi>does not relate what was ſingly ſworn to</hi> David, <hi>but what</hi> David <hi>as a Prophet knew to be ſworn to him, it did not behove him barely to recite the words of the Promiſe, but to explain how</hi> David <hi>as a Prophet underſtood them. God had promiſed to</hi> Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vid, <hi>that he would ſettle in his Throne one of the fruit of his Loyns; that,</hi> David <hi>as a Prophet knew to be nothing elſe, but that God would raiſe Chriſt according to the Fleſh, from the fruit of his Loyns, to ſit upon his Throne.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To ſit upon his Throne.</hi> Chriſt is ſaid to ſit upon <hi>Davids</hi> Throne, becauſe he was deſigned by God to be his Succeſſor, who after a Celeſtial and Divine manner ſhould Reign over the Houſe of <hi>Jacob,</hi> that is, the people of God, over whom, <hi>David</hi> had recei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved from God the Earthly Dominion. For which reaſon, Chriſt himſelf affirms that he has the <hi>Key,</hi> that is, the Power and Empire of <hi>David,</hi> though his Throne be not eſtabliſhed upon Earth, but tranſlated to Heaven, and that all Powers both in Heaven and Earth are ſubjected to his Empire, together with An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gels good, and evil, all People, Tongues, Nations, and even Death, and Hell itſelf.</p>
               <p n="31">31. <hi>He ſeeing this before.</hi> As if he had ſaid, <hi>Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vid</hi> underſtanding by the Spirit of Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phecy,
<note place="margin">Pſal. 132. &amp; 2 Sam, 7. Pſal. 16.</note> that it was promiſed him, that Chriſt ſhould be raiſed from his Seed, by the ſame Prophetick knowledge fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>told, that the Soul of Chriſt ſhould not be long left in a condition ſeparated from the Body, nor his Body remain ſo long in the Sepulcher, as to be reduced to duſt, before it ſhould be raiſed.</p>
               <pb n="73" facs="tcp:192139:42"/>
               <p n="32">32. <hi>Whereof we are witneſſes.</hi> As if he had ſaid, we all atteſt, that this Jeſus was raiſed from the dead, not by report, but by thoſe certain ſigns, of which we were all ſenſible by ſeeing, hearing, and feeling.</p>
               <p n="33">33. <hi>Therefore being by the right hand of God exalted.</hi> As much as to ſay, This Jeſus being taken up into Heaven by the Divine Power.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And by the Promiſe,</hi> &amp;c. That is, and having received the Gift of the Holy Ghoſt, which he as Mediator between God and Man, had often promiſed us, this has he largely and plentifully beſtowed upon us, as by our ſudden ſpeaking of Languages we never learnt, is apparently demonſtrable to you.</p>
               <p n="34">34. <hi>For</hi> David <hi>did not aſcend into Heaven.</hi> That is, to the heavenly Throne, which is typified by his earthly Throne.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But he ſaith himſelf.</hi> So Chriſt, <hi>Mat.</hi> 22.43. <hi>Mark</hi> 12.36. &amp; <hi>Luke</hi> 20.42. Hence it is clear, that it was a thing confeſſed, and apparent to the Antient <hi>Jews,</hi> that the 110th <hi>Pſalm</hi> contained a Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phecy concerning the <hi>Meſſia;</hi> and that <hi>David</hi> vvas the Writer thereof. <hi>And indeed,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius</hi> upon the foreſaid place of <hi>Matthew, The Inſcription in the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew Copies, is a Hymn of</hi> David, <hi>which alone ſufficiently argues that it is not to be attributed to</hi> Eliezer, <hi>or any other Writer in the times of</hi> Ezechias. <hi>For th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ough we ſhould grant that the</hi> Pſalms <hi>Titles were not added by their own Authors, yet they appear to be of very<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> great an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiquity, and to enervate the credit of them, not by Argu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment, but at our own conceited pleaſures, to be ma<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>d for love of contention. The Septuagint render the word</hi> Ledavid, <hi>to</hi> David <hi>but the Paraphraſts and other Jews render it better of</hi> David <hi>in the ſecond caſe. For if we ſhould other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wiſe interpret it, there would be none of the</hi> Pſalms, <hi>which might be certainly thought</hi> Davids. <hi>Whereas the Jews themſelves do all confeſs, that ſeveral of th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </hi> Pſalms,
<pb n="74" facs="tcp:192139:43"/>
                  <hi>having the ſame Inſcription,</hi> Ledavid, <hi>were nevertheleſs written by</hi> David.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Lord ſaid to my Lord.</hi> That is, the Eternal Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther beſpake the <hi>Meſſiah</hi> to be born of me according to the fleſh, who nevertheleſs is my Lord, becauſe he is the Only begotten Son of the Eternal Father. <hi>Rabbi Saadias</hi> teſtifies alſo that the <hi>Meſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſiah</hi> is here called <hi>Lord</hi> by <hi>David.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">upon c. 7. Dan. v. 13.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sit thou at my Right hand.</hi> That is, ſit thou, and reign in the Heavenly Throne, as the Apoſtle explains it. He does not ſay,
<note place="margin">1 Cor. 15.25. Heb. 10.12, 13.</note> ſtand before me, but <hi>ſit;</hi> which ſignifies Regal and Judicial Power. Neither does he ſay, ſit at my feet, but <hi>at my Right hand;</hi> that is, be thou next in power to me.</p>
               <p n="35">35. <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ntil I make,</hi> &amp;c. The word <hi>until,</hi> ſaith <hi>Gene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brard,</hi> uſes to be taken emphatically for <hi>even until,</hi> and ſignifies <hi>continuance, not excluſion of future time, to which it is by no means oppoſed; as if he had ſaid, Reign with me alſo until I have put thy Enemies under thy feet; alſo, all the time that ſeems to be contrary and oppoſite to thy Reign; alſo, before I have ſubdu'd thy Enemies at thy feet, even before the Devil, Death, the Wicked, and all Sin be utterly extirpated. For it is not to be queſtion'd but that at all other times Chriſt ſhall Reign. Obſerve therefore, that by this and the like particles, the Scripture and the Hebrew Language affirms what might be otherwiſe called in queſtion,</hi> Pſalm 122. Our Eyes are fixed up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on the Lord, until he ſhall have compaſſion upon us. <hi>That is, even until or before he ſhews us his mercy, that is, in our time of diſtreſs,</hi> Mat. 28. I am with you un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>til the end of the World, <hi>that is, even until the end of the World, before which time, it ſeems, many things may happen to fall out contrary to it.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="36">36. <hi>Aſſuredly,</hi> &amp;c. That is, let this truth be to you moſt certain and undoubted, that this Jeſus whom you demanded to the moſt ignoble and ignominious
<pb n="75" facs="tcp:192139:43"/>Death of the Croſs, is appointed by God the <hi>Meſſiah</hi> promis'd both in the Law and the Prophets, and in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>veſted with all Power both in Heaven and Earth.</p>
               <p n="37">37. <hi>What ſhall we do?</hi> That is, by what means ſhall we obtain pardon of ſo hainous a Crime com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mitted by us, when we demanded this Jeſus con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtituted Lord of Heaven and Earth, the Meſſiah promiſed in the Law and the Prophets, to be put to the ſcandalous and ignominious death of the Croſs.</p>
               <p n="38">38. <hi>Repent.</hi> The Greek, <hi>Be wiſe again,</hi> or <hi>return to perfect underſtanding.</hi> As if he had ſaid, So do you repent of the fact, that you may not only change your thoughts, but alſo your lives for the better, and compoſe your ſelves to live according to the rule of his Divine precepts. <hi>Nothing makes true Repentance,</hi> ſaith St. <hi>Auſtin,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Serm.</hi> 7. <hi>De Temp.</hi>
                     </note> but the hatred of Sin and love of God.</hi> See my Annot. upon <hi>Mat.</hi> 3.2, 8. in that edition which I dedicated to the Right honourable <hi>Hen. Compton,</hi> Lord Biſhop of <hi>London,</hi> whoſe moſt ardent Zeal for true Religion and Virtue, and moſt liberal and munificent Chari<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty both to me and the reſt of the <hi>French</hi> Proteſtants, no oblivion can ever be able to <hi>obſcure.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And be baptized,</hi> &amp;c. That is according to the command of Chriſt, let every one of you, ſtruck with a real ſorrow for his ſins, be plung'd in Water; becauſe that ſacred immerſion has been inſtituted by Chriſt, like a certain Signet, Diploma or Pattent, by which he confirms the remiſſion and utter defacing of their Sins to all thoſe, who ſeek to him with an unfeigned faith, as the onely Phyſician of their Souls; ſo that their ſins ſhall never more be remembred or imputed to them.</p>
               <p>The Sacred Ceremony of Baptiſm is not to be performed by the ſprinkling only or pouring on of a little Water, but by the plunging of the whole body of them that are to be baptiz'd; as firſt, the
<pb n="76" facs="tcp:192139:44"/>proper ſignification of the Greek word <hi>Baptizo</hi> declares.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>
                        <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>pon</hi> Mat. 3.6.</note> 
                  <hi>This,</hi> ſaith <hi>Cauſaubon, was the rite of baptizing, that perſons were plung'd into the Water, which the very word</hi> Baptizo <hi>ſufficiently demon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtrates. Which as it does not extend ſo far as to ſink down to the bottom, to the hurt of the perſon, ſo is it not to ſwim upon the ſuperficies. Therefore we are apprehen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſive, that it is not without cauſe what ſome have diſpu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted, that Baptiſm ought to be adminiſtred by plunging the whole body into the Water; for they urge the word</hi> Bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tize. See our Annot. <hi>c.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 5. and our Literal Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plication, <hi>Mat.</hi> 3.6. &amp; <hi>Mark</hi> 1.5.</p>
               <p>Secondly,
<note place="margin">Mat. 3.16. &amp; Mark 1.9.</note> 
                  <hi>The Example of Christ.</hi> When the Synod of <hi>Celichyth An. D.</hi> 816. where <hi>Wolfred</hi> Archbiſhop of <hi>Can<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terbury</hi> preſided.
<note place="margin">Can. 11.</note> 
                  <hi>Let,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>the Preſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>byters beware, that when they adminiſter the Sacrament of Baptiſm, they do not pour Water upon the heads of the Infants, but let them be always plung'd in the Font, according to the Example of the Son of God himſelf, who was thrice plung'd in the Waters of</hi> Jordan. <hi>Thus muſt this Ceremony be perform'd according to order.</hi> See our Lit. Expl. <hi>Mat.</hi> 3.15.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thirdly,</hi> The conſtant practice of the Univerſal Church till the time of <hi>Clem.</hi> 5. who was Crown'd Pope <hi>Anno.</hi> 1305. under whom firſt of all the ſecond <hi>Synod</hi> of <hi>Ravenna</hi> approv'd the abuſe introduc'd into ſome Churches about a hundred years before, that Baptiſm without any neceſſity ſhould be adminiſtred by aſperſion. Hence it came to paſs, that contrary to the Analogy, or intended Myſtical ſignification of this Sacrament all the Weſt for the moſt part has in this age the uſe of <hi>Rhantiſm,</hi> that is, ſprinkling, inſtead of <hi>Baptiſm,</hi> as <hi>Zepper</hi> ſpeaks, to the great ſcandal of the <hi>Greeks and Ruſſians,</hi> who to this day plunge into the Water thoſe they Baptize; and deny any one to be rightly baptiz'd, who is not plung'd into the Wa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter,
<pb n="77" facs="tcp:192139:44"/>according to the Precept of Chriſt,
<note place="margin">
                     <p>
                        <hi>Concil. Florent. Sect.</hi> 9. <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>&amp; Lib. of Infants Baptiſm.</hi> p. 693.</p>
                     <p>
                        <hi>Ductor dubit.</hi> l. 3. c. 4. Reg. 15. Numb. 9.</p>
                  </note> as we may find in <hi>Sylveſter Sguropulus,</hi> and <hi>Caſſander. The cuſtom of the Ancient Church was not Sprinkling, but Immerſion, in purſuance of the ſenſe of the word, Baptizing, in the Commandment, and of the Example of our bleſſed Saviour,</hi> ſaith Dr. <hi>Jeremy Taylor.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>The Greek word <hi>Baptein,</hi> ſaith <hi>Salmaſius</hi> in the Notes of divers upon <hi>Sulpitius Severus,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>St.</hi> Martin<hi>'s life,</hi> n. 16.</note> from which the word</hi> Baptizein <hi>derives, ſignifies Im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>merſion, not Sprinkling. Nor did the Ancients otherwiſe baptize than by ſingle or treble Immerſion. In the Greek Church at this day, the perſon to be Baptized is plung'd over Head and Ears.</hi> The ſame thing does <hi>Peter Avita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bolis</hi> teſtifie of the <hi>Aſian</hi> Chriſtians inhabiting <hi>Iberia</hi> and <hi>Colchi.</hi> Only <hi>they who are Bed-rid,</hi> ſaith <hi>Salmaſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us, becauſe they lye down, were baptiz'd as convenience would permit, not as they who plunge their Heads under Water, but by pouring the Water upon their whole Bodies. Thus</hi> Novatus <hi>was baptized in his ſickneſs by Effuſion all over, not by immerſion.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Euſeb.</hi> 6. <hi>Hiſt. c.</hi> 43. <hi>Orat.</hi> 40.</note> Gregory Nazian<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zen</hi> relates many and various names of this Sacrament, among which are theſe two, <hi>Baptiſm</hi> and <hi>Waſhing.</hi> And adding the reaſon for theſe Appellations, <hi>it was called,</hi> ſays he, <hi>Waſhing, becauſe thereby ſin is waſhe away; and Baptiſm, in regard that ſin is thereby ſignified to be buried.</hi> For, as ſaith St. <hi>Ambroſe,
<note place="margin">Lib. de initian<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dis.</note> Water is that wherein the body is plung'd, to waſh all ſin a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>way. There all vice is buried.</hi> Which in the Book inſcribed <hi>Reformation of the Eccleſiaſtical Laws,</hi> printed at <hi>London,</hi> 1641. is expreſſed in theſe words, <hi>While we are plunged in the Water, the death and burial of Christ is recommended to us, that we openly teſtify that ſin lies dead and buried in us.</hi> For, as ſaith St. <hi>Bernard, Im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>merſion is a repreſentation of Death and Burial.</hi> But to ſubſtitute in the room of Immerſion, either ſprink<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling,
<pb n="78" facs="tcp:192139:45"/>or any any other way of applying Water to the body, to ſignify the ſame thing, is not in the power of the diſpenſers of Gods Myſteries, or of the Church. For that, as <hi>Tho. Aquinas</hi> excellently well obſerves, <hi>It belongs to the Signifier to determine what ſign is to be uſed for the ſignification; but God it is, who by things ſenſible ſignifies Spiritual things in the Sacraments.</hi> The Church has no more power than was deriv'd to it from the Apoſtles. Now the Apoſtles were endu'd by Chriſt after his Reſurrection with au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thority to preach throughout all Nations the obſervance of all his Precepts.
<note place="margin">Mat. 28.20.</note> But never was there any power granted them to change the leaſt Tittle in any of the commands of Chriſt, much leſs of adding any new by their own authority.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Laſtly,</hi> There is another thing that evinces the ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceſſity of plunging the parties to be bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiz'd,
<note place="margin">1 Pet. 3. <hi>v.</hi> 20, 21.</note> for that St. <hi>Peter</hi> aſſerts, the Ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nuine end of Baptiſm, was not to re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſent the inward waſhing away from ſin; which may be repreſented by any exteriour waſhing of the body; but to expreſs the Death and Reſurrection of Chriſt, as alſo our own, and our belief of both Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſurrections, as the moſt famous Sir <hi>Norton Knatchbul</hi> in his learned Notes printed at <hi>Oxford, anno Dom.</hi> 1677. with the licence of the Vice-chancellour, ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſerves upon that place of <hi>Peter,</hi> whoſe words tho long, I cannot but tranſcribe, they are ſo full of truth and weight. <q>The ſenſe and meaning of <hi>Peter</hi> is, <hi>ſaith he,</hi> That Baptiſm which now ſaves us by Water, that is, by the aſſiſtance of Water, and is Antitypical to the Ark of <hi>Noah,</hi> does not ſignify the laying down of the filth of the Fleſh in the Water, but the cove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nant of a good Conſcience toward God, while we are plung'd in the Water, which is the true uſe of Water in Baptiſm, thereby to teſtify our belief in the Reſurrection of Jeſus Chriſt; ſo that there is
<pb n="79" facs="tcp:192139:45"/>a manifeſt Antitheſis between theſe words <hi>By Wa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter,</hi> and, <hi>by the Reſurrection,</hi> nor is the Elegancy of it diſpleaſing. As if he ſhould ſay, The Ark of <hi>Noah,</hi> not the Flood, was the Type of Baptiſm, and Baptiſm was an Antitype of the Ark, not as Baptiſm is a waſhing away of the filth of the Fleſh by Water, wherein it anſwers not at all to the Ark; but as it is the Covenant of a good Conſci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ence toward God by the Reſurrection of Chriſt, in the belief of which Reſurrection we are ſav'd, as they were ſav'd in the Ark of Noah. For the Ark and Baptiſm were both a Type and Figure of the Reſurrection, ſo that the proper end of Bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiſm ought not to be underſtood as if it were a Sign of the waſhing away of ſin, altho it be thus often<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times taken metonymically in the New Teſtament, and by the Fathers, but a particular ſignal of the Reſurrection by faith in the Reſurrection of Chriſt. Of which Baptiſm is a Lively and Emphatical Fi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gure, as alſo was the Ark out of which <hi>Noah</hi> re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turned forth as from the Sepulcher to a new life, and therefore not unaptly called by <hi>Philo, The Cap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain of the New Creation.</hi> And then the Whales belly out of which <hi>Jonas</hi> after a burial of three days was ſet at liberty: And the Cloud and the Red-ſea in which the people of <hi>Iſrael</hi> are ſaid to have been baptiz'd; that is, not waſhed, but buri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed; for they were all Types of the ſame thing as Baptiſm, not of the waſhing away of ſin, but of the Death and Reſurrection of Chriſt, and our own. To which truth the Apoſtles, the Fathers, the Scholaſticks, and all Interpreters agree. The thing is ſo apparent as not to need any Teſtimo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nies; but becauſe there are not a few, who do not vulgarly teach this Doctrine, it will not be ſu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perfluous, to produce ſome of thoſe innumerable teſtimonies that I may not ſeem to ſpeak without
<pb n="80" facs="tcp:192139:46"/>book. And firſt let us begin with St. <hi>Paul:</hi>
                  </q>
                  <note place="margin">Rom. 6.3, 4. <hi>See alſo,</hi> Col. 2.12.</note> Know ye not that ſo many of us as were baptiz'd into Jeſus Chriſt, were baptiz'd into his death? Therefore we are buried with him by baptiſm into death, that like as Chriſt was raiſed up from the dead by the Father of Glory, ſo we alſo ſhould walk in newneſs of life.
<note n="*" place="margin">1 Cor. 15.29.</note> Elſe what ſhall they do who are baptiz'd for the dead, if the dead riſe not at all? <q>As if he had ſaid, If there be no Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſurrection, why are we baptiz'd? In vain does the Church uſe the Symbol of Baptiſm, if there be no Reſurrection. The like Teſtimonies frequently occur among the Fathers.</q> That believing in his Death we may be made partakers of his Reſurrection by Baptiſm.
<note place="margin">
                     <p>Ignat. <hi>Epiſt. ad Tral. id. E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>piſt ad Phila<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>delph.</hi>
                     </p>
                     <p>
                        <hi>Juſtin Martyr.</hi>
                     </p>
                  </note> Baptiſm given in memory of the death of our Lord. We perform the Symbols of his Death and Reſurrection in Baptiſm. We know but one ſaving Baptiſm, in regard there is but one death for the World, and one Reſurrection from the dead,
<note place="margin">Baſil the Great.</note> of which Baptiſm is an Image. Hear <hi>Paul</hi> exclaiming; They paſs'd through the Sea, and were all baptiz'd in the Cloud, and in the Sea.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Baſil</hi> of <hi>Seleu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cia.</hi>
                  </note> He calls Baptiſm the paſſage of the Sea; for it was the flight of death cauſed by the Water. To be baptiz'd and plung'd, and ſo to return up, and riſe out of the Water,
<note place="margin">Chryſoſtom.</note> is a Symbol of the deſcent into Hell,
<note place="margin">Ambroſe.</note> and return from thence. Baptiſm is a pledge and repreſentation of the Reſur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rection.
<note place="margin">Lactant.</note> Baptiſm is an earneſt of the Reſurrection.
<note place="margin">Bernard.</note> Immerſion is a repreſenta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of Death and Burial. <q>Innumera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble are the Teſtimonys which might be added; but theſe I think ſufficient to prove that Baptiſin is
<pb n="81" facs="tcp:192139:46"/>an Image of the Death and Reſurrection of Chriſt, (from whence we acknowledge the Myſtery of our Religion,
<note place="margin">Rom. 1.4.</note> his Deity and Humanity) and of all the faithful who are baptiz'd in his faith, from death in ſin to newneſs of life, which if they lead in this world, they have a moſt aſſured hope, that being dead they ſhall hereafter riſe to Glory with Chriſt. Which things if they be ſo, I beſeech you, what affinity is to be ſeen between a burial and a waſhing, that Chriſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>an Baptiſm ſhould be thought to draw its Original from Jewiſh Lotions and Divings? For if it were true, that the end of our Baptiſm were to ſignifie a waſhing, or ablution, or if it were true that the <hi>Jews</hi> of old did admit their Children or Proſelytes in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to their Church by the adminiſtration of any diving, as it is aſſerted by many learned perſons of late days, I confeſs it might be a probable Argument that our Baptiſm was fetcht from the divings of the <hi>Jews.</hi> But to prove that our Baptiſm is indeed an Image of Death and Reſurrection, not of waſhing, enough has been ſaid. But as to their Argument, who would have our Baptiſm to be deriv<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>d from the Jewiſh Lotions, as there is nothing of certainty in it, ſo is it ſo far from being grounded upon any authority of Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture, that there are hardly any footſteps to be found thereof in the Old-Teſtament. They deduce the original of Baptiſm from the Hebrew word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which ſignifies <hi>to waſh</hi> or <hi>cleanſe.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Exod. 19.10.</note> But the <hi>Rabbins,</hi> if I am not deceived, make uſe of the Hebrew word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which ſignifies Immerſion, thereby making it appear that they owe the notion of that word to the <hi>Greeks,</hi> or rather to the Chriſtians. For what affinity is there between Lotion and Immerſion? Beſides that, we find ſome to have been baptiz'd in Sand. But the thing is ſo uncertain, that it cannot be ſaid of the
<pb n="82" facs="tcp:192139:47"/>
                     <hi>Rabbins,</hi> that there were not ſeveral among them, who differed very much about this matter; for in the very Text cited by the forementioned learned men, <hi>Rabbi Eliezer,</hi> expreſsly contradicts <hi>Rabbi Jo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhuah,</hi> who was the firſt that I know of, who aſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſerted this ſort of Baptiſm among the <hi>Jews.</hi> For <hi>Rabbi Eliezer,</hi> who was contemporary with <hi>Rabbi Joſhua,</hi> if he did not live before him, aſſerts that a Proſelyte Circumciz'd and not Baptiz'd was a true Proſelyte, for ſo we read of the Patriarchs <hi>Abra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ham, Iſaac, and Jacob,</hi> that they were Circumciz'd, but not Baptiz'd. But <hi>Rabbi Joſhua</hi> affirms, that he who was Baptiz'd, not he who was Circumciz'd, was a true Proſelyte. To whom ſhall I give cre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dit? To <hi>Eliezer,</hi> who aſſerts what the Scripture confirms, or to <hi>Joſhua</hi> who affirms what is no where to be found in Scripture? But the <hi>Rabbins</hi> upheld <hi>Jo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhua</hi>'s ſide, and what wonder was it? for it made for their Buſineſs, that is, for the honour of the Jewiſh Religion, that the Chriſtians ſhould borrow their Ceremonies from them. But when I ſee men of great learning in theſe times fetching the founda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions of truth from the <hi>Rabbins,</hi> I cannot but heſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tate a little.</q> For whence was the <hi>Talmud</hi> ſent us? <hi>They are the words of</hi> Buxtorf <hi>in his Synagoga Judaica,</hi> that we ſhould give ſo much credit thereto, that from thence we ſhould believe that the Law of <hi>Moſes</hi> either can or ought to be underſtood? <q>Much leſs the Goſpel to which they were profeſs'd enemies. For the <hi>Talmud</hi> is called a <hi>Labyrinth of Errors, and the foundation of Jewiſh Fables.</hi> It was brought to perfection, and held for Authentick five hundred years after Chriſt; therefore it is unreaſonable to reſt upon the teſtimony of it. And that which moves me moſt, <hi>Joſephus,</hi> to omit all the Fathers that lived before the <hi>Talmud</hi> was finiſhed, who was alſo a <hi>Jew,</hi> and contemporary with <hi>Rabbi Eliezer,</hi>
                     <pb n="83" facs="tcp:192139:47"/>who alſo wrote in particular of the Rites, Cuſtoms, and Acts of the <hi>Jews,</hi> is altogether ſilent in this matter; ſo that it is an Argument to me next to a De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monſtration, that two ſuch eminent perſons, both <hi>Jews,</hi> and living at the ſame time, the one ſhould poſitively deny, the other make no mention of Bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiſm among the Jews. Beſides, if Baptiſm in the modern ſenſe, were in uſe among the Jews in Ancient times, why did the Phariſees ask <hi>John</hi> Bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiſt, <hi>Why doſt thou Baptize,
<note place="margin">Jo. 1.25.</note> if thou art not Chriſt, nor</hi> Elias, <hi>nor that Prophet?</hi> Do they not plainly intimate that Baptiſm was not in uſe before, &amp; that it was a received Opinion among them, that there ſhould be no Baptiſm, till either Chriſt, or <hi>Elias,</hi> or that Prophet came. How then there ſhould be ſo much affinity between Baptiſm, and the Divings of the Jews, that the one ſhould be ſucceſſive to the other by any right or pretence, is altogether, I confeſs, beyond my Faith. They ſay that <hi>Arrian</hi> calls a Jew <hi>dipt;</hi> but I, as his Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mentator does, believe that he ſpake confuſedly, and that he rather meant a Chriſtian then a Jew, as in a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nother place he calls the Chriſtians <hi>Galileans;</hi> likewiſe <hi>Lubin</hi> upon <hi>Juvenal. Sat.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 14. obſerves, that there by Jews, are meant Chriſtians, who being ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pel'd the City by <hi>Domitian,</hi> were forced to betake themſelves to the Woods that were ſacred to Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>theniſh Superſtitions. Therefore that I may con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clude, I ſay with <hi>Alexander de Hales, Tinctio,</hi> that is, Dipping, is the formal cauſe of Baptiſm.</q> Thus far the moſt learned, and highly deſerving of Sacred Writings, Sir <hi>Norton Knatchbull,</hi> Knight and Baronet. <hi>Now,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, that the Ancients made uſe of the word</hi> Tingere, <hi>inſtead of</hi> Baptizare, <hi>is not to be wonder'd at, ſeeing the Latin word,</hi> Tingere, <hi>is properly the ſame in ſignification, and frequently us'd for</hi> Merſare, <hi>to dip, or to plunge.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="84" facs="tcp:192139:48"/>
               <p>Hence it is, that <hi>Magnus</hi> in St. <hi>Cyprian,</hi> doubts whether they are to be accounted rightly initiated Chriſtians, who are only initiated by ſprinkling, or pouring, in caſe of ſickneſs or weakneſs. To which <hi>Cyprian</hi> an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſwers, <q>That whatever benefit accrews by the ſaving Sacrament, that ſprinkling, or pouring upon, neceſſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty ſo inforcing, and God indulging, afford to the Believer. And this is the ſenſe and Law of the Church of <hi>England,</hi> not that it be indifferent, but that all Infants be dipt, except in the caſe of ſick<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs, and then ſprinkling is permitted. And there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore although in caſes of Need and Charity, the Church of <hi>England</hi> does not want ſome good exam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples in the beſt times to countenance that permiſſion, yet we are to follow her command, becauſe that command is not only according to the meaning and intent of the word, <hi>Baptize,</hi> but agrees with the Myſtery of the Sacrament itſelf. For we are buried with him in Baptiſm, ſaith the Apoſtle. The old Man is buried, and drowned in the immerſion un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der water, and when the baptized Perſon is lifted up from the water, it repreſents the Reſurrection of the new Man to newneſs of life. In this caſe there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore, the contrary Cuſtom, being not only againſt an Eccleſiaſtical Law, but againſt the Analogy, and myſterious ſignification of the Sacrament, is not to be complyed with, unleſs in ſuch caſes that can be of themſelves ſufficient to juſtify a liberty in a Ri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tual, and Ceremony; that is, a caſe of neceſſity.</q> Thus the learned <hi>Jeremy Taylor,</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Down.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But the holy Martyr <hi>Cyprian,</hi> binds no body to his Opinion concerning thoſe that are ſprinkled, or pou<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red upon, in caſe of ſickneſs or weakneſs. <hi>Wherein,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>our Moderation does hinder no body from thinking what he believes, and doing what he thinks.</hi> Yea, verily, <hi>Cornelius,</hi> the <hi>Roman</hi> Biſhop and Martyr, contempo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rary with <hi>Cyprian,</hi> in a Synod of fifty Biſhops, queſtio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned
<pb n="85" facs="tcp:192139:48"/>whether ſprinkling or pouring upon the ſick or weak might be called a Baptiſm or no. As we may ſee in his Epiſtle to <hi>Fabius</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Antiochia.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Apud Nicepho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum lib.</hi> 6. <hi>c.</hi> 3.</note> Indeed that the ſick as well as the healthy were wont to be plung'd, <hi>which is properly to be baptiz'd,</hi> ſays <hi>Pamelius</hi> in his Notes upon <hi>Cyprians</hi> Epiſtle to <hi>Magnus;</hi> beſides other proofs I omit, to be brief, the Acts of ſeveral Saints do teſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fy: as in the Acts of St. <hi>Sebaſtian</hi> the Martyr, we find that <hi>Tranquillinus,</hi> a Nobleman, afflicted with the Gout, was ſo baptized by <hi>Polycarp</hi> the Presbyter, and reſtored to health by his Baptiſm. Alſo a Paralytick Jew, who having long tryed the Phyſicians Art in vain, bethought himſelf of the application of Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtian Baptiſm; being brought in his Bed to the Font, or dipping place at the appointment of <hi>Atticus,</hi> who ſucceeded <hi>Chryſoſtom</hi> in the Conſtantinopolitan See, was plung'd over head and ears; which being done, he was immediately freed from his Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtemper, and reſtored to perfect health.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Socrat<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s l.</hi> 7. <hi>c.</hi> 4.</note> Therefore if rejecting the Errours of Human Contention, we return with a Religious and ſincere Faith to Evangelick Authority, and Apoſto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lick Tradition, we ſhall find it moſt ſafe for them who by neceſſity; and altogether neceſſary for them, who lying under no neceſſity, were only ſprinkled, or poured upon, to be obedient to Chriſt, who com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>manded neither ſprinkling nor effuſion, but immer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſion, and to be plunged into the water according to his Inſtitution,
<note place="margin">Heb. 5.9.</note> who is made to all that obey him, the cauſe of Eternal Salvation. Nor is there any reaſon why they ſhould be afraid of repeating Baptiſm, or of the Scandal of any Church, <hi>Becauſe,</hi> as St.
<note place="margin">l. 1. Ep. 7.</note> 
                  <hi>Gregory</hi> ſays moſt excel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lently well, <hi>that is not ſaid to be iterated; which is not certainly demonſtrated to have been rightly, and duly done.</hi> And as he ſays in another place, <hi>if
<pb n="86" facs="tcp:192139:49"/>there be an Offence taken at the Truth;
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Hom.</hi> 7. <hi>in Ezechiel.</hi>
                     </note> it is much better that Offence be taken, then that the Truth ſhould be deſerted.</hi> The Cuſtoms of Churches ought to ſubmit to the words of Chriſt, not the words of Chriſt to be wreſted to the Cuſtoms of the Church; in regard the words of Chriſt are the Foun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dation upon which all Church Cuſtoms are to be built, that they may be ſafe and laudable. Whatſoever ſavours againſt the words of Chriſt, ſavours againſt the Truth; and, as <hi>Tertullian</hi> ſays, <hi>Whatever ſavours con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trary to Truth, is Hereſie, though it be an Ancient Cuſtom.</hi> It is in the power of God to pardon thoſe that err out of ſimplicity. <hi>But becauſe we err'd once, we are not always to go on in our Errours,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Epiſt. ad Ju<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>baian.</note> as St. <hi>Cyprian</hi> admoniſhes well: <hi>It being more proper for the wiſe, and thoſe that fear God, to obey the manifeſt, and open Truth, freely, and without delay, then obſtinately, and pertinaciouſly to reſiſt it. Sco<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus</hi> having alledg'd the judgment of <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lexander</hi> the Third,
<note place="margin">4 <hi>Sent. diſt.</hi> 3. <hi>q.</hi> 4. <hi>num.</hi> 10.</note> touching the bapti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zing of thoſe, of whom it was doubted whether they were Baptized or no, takes an occaſion to recommend three maxims. The firſt is, <hi>Where there is a poſſibility, the ſafeſt way is to be choſen.</hi> Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>condly, <hi>Where there is no poſſibility, the next to the ſafeſt way is to be made choice of.</hi> Thirdly, <hi>When impoſſibility ceaſes, every thing is to be ſupplyed, which impoſſibility would not admit.</hi> Theſe Maxims, ſo agreeable to rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſon, whoever intends to follow, will never queſtion, but that they ought to be Baptiz'd, if they have not receiv'd that Baptiſm ordained by Chriſt, but only the <hi>Rhantiſm,</hi> that is, the ſprinkling ſub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtituted in its room by a vulgar uſe, or ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther <hi>abuſe,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>. Hiſt. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>. c.</hi> 14. <hi>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</hi> 13.</note> as <hi>Luther</hi> calls it. See c. 8. v. 38. <hi>Nor is it to be doubted,</hi> ſaith that famous Divine, <hi>John Forbes, but that they are again to be Baptiz'd, who before
<pb n="87" facs="tcp:192139:49"/>have only received a vain waſhing, and not the true Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crament of Baptiſm. And though it be not ſo great as the Papiſts imagine, yet is the neceſſity of this Sacrament very great, and the profit and advantage very conſidera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the name of Jeſus Chriſt.</hi> That is, profeſſing a faith in Chriſt not feigned, as we may collect from c. 8. v. 37. See our Annotations upon the place: Or in the name of Jeſus Chriſt, is the ſame with <hi>in Jeſus Chriſt;</hi> as St. <hi>Paul</hi> ſpeaks,
<note place="margin">Rom. 6.3.</note> 
                  <hi>Are ye igno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant that whoſoever of us are baptized in Chriſt Jeſus,</hi> according to the Greek, into Chriſt Je<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſus, <hi>we are baptiz'd in his death,</hi> the Greek has it, into his death. Upon which words, <hi>Eulogius</hi> of <hi>Alexan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dria;</hi> 
                  <q>To be baptized into Jeſus Chriſt, ſignifies to be baptized according to the Precept and Tradition of Chriſt; that is,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>L.</hi> 2. <hi>Contr. Novatian. apud Ph<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>tium in Biblioth<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>a.</hi>
                     </note> into the Father, and Son, and Holy Ghoſt. And that other into his death, is Typi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cally repreſenting his death in Baptiſm.</q> The ſame Patriarch in the ſame place, a little before, <q>What is ſaid in the <hi>Acts</hi> of thoſe that had received the Baptiſm of <hi>John,</hi> that they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jeſus, denotes that they were baptized according to the Inſtitution and Doctrine of the Lord Jeſus: As alſo when it is ſaid in ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther place, that they were baptized into Chriſt, and the death of Chriſt, we ought to underſtand that the ſame ſenſe is thereby ſignify'd; that is to ſay, they were baptized into the name of the Father, Son, and Holy Ghoſt. For ſo the Lord Jeſus Chriſt both taught,
<note place="margin">Sect. 9. Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fut. Harding.</note> and commanded his Diſci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples to Baptize.</q> 
                  <hi>John Jewel,</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Salisbury,</hi> 
                  <q>To baptize, <hi>ſaith he,</hi> in the name of Chriſt, is ſo to baptize, as Chriſt inſtitu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted, commanded, and ordained. But thoſe words, <hi>in the name of Chriſt,</hi> ſignify no more that Baptiſm
<pb n="88" facs="tcp:192139:50"/>was adminiſtred in the only name of Chriſt, not of the Father and Holy Ghoſt, then theſe words, <hi>Paul a Servant of Jeſus Chriſt,</hi> argue that he was a Servant of Chriſt only, and not of the Father, and Holy Ghoſt alſo: Or as if thoſe words which <hi>Paul</hi> ſpoke to the Keeper of the Priſon, <hi>believe in Jeſus Chriſt,</hi> ſhould be thought to free him from a neceſſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty of believing in the other two Perſons of the Tri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nity.</q> Moreover, if there be any credit to be given to <hi>Pſeudo-Abdias</hi> the <hi>Babylonian,</hi> the Apoſtles in the Infancy of the Church, when they Baptiz'd, us'd this Form, <hi>I Baptize thee in the name of the Father, and of his Son Jeſus Christ, and the Holy Ghoſt.</hi> Perhaps, to the intent, that the name of Jeſus Chriſt, which was odious to the Jews and Gentiles, might be advanced into Honour, in regard that the Holy Ghoſt was gi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven in Baptiſm upon the Invocation of his name. <hi>Peter,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Epiſt.</hi> 73. <hi>ad Jubaian.</hi>
                  </note> ſaith <hi>Cyprian, makes mention of Je<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſus Christ, not as if the Father were to be omitted, but that the Son might be joyned to the Father.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>l.</hi> 3. againſt <hi>Maximin.</hi> Biſhop of the <hi>Arrians. c.</hi> 17.</note> Hence,</hi> St. <hi>Auſtin</hi> uſes this example to weaken his Adverſaries Ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jection, where that <hi>Arrian</hi> gain-ſays the Holy Ghoſt to be the Creator, becauſe it is ſaid all things were made by the Son, <q>If, <hi>ſaith he,</hi> becauſe the Spirit is not nam'd, there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore thou thinkeſt the Spirit of God not to be a Creator, by the ſame reaſon you may as well ſay, they were not baptized in his name, to whom St. <hi>Peter</hi> ſpeaks, <hi>Repent, and let every one of you be bapti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zed in the name of Jeſus Chriſt,</hi> becauſe he does not add, and of the Holy Ghoſt, nor in the name of the Father, becauſe he is not there named. But if they were commanded to be baptized in the name of Chriſt, though the Father and Holy Ghoſt were not mentioned; yet we underſtand that they were not o<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>therwiſe baptized then in the name of the Father,
<pb n="89" facs="tcp:192139:50"/>Son and Holy Ghoſt, why doſt thou not apprehend, when it is ſaid of the Son, <hi>all things were made by him,</hi> that the Holy Ghoſt alſo, though not mentio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned, is there likewiſe underſtood?</q> Thus St. <hi>Auſtin.</hi> 
                  <q>Certainly, <hi>ſaith</hi> Facundus,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>l.</hi> 1. to <hi>Juſtin.</hi> the Emp. <hi>c.</hi> 3.</note> 
                     <hi>Biſhop of</hi> Hermia, the Apoſtles bapti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zed in the name of Jeſus, though not only of the Lord Jeſus, that is, in the name of the Son only, but alſo of the Father, and Holy Ghoſt. And from hence I gather, that when Baptiſm was celebrated, the very words conſecrated to the celebration of that Ordinance, were us'd. But in a relation it ſuf<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficed to mention only the name of the Lord Jeſus, to diſtinguiſh it from other divings. But therefore I believe that of all the three Perſons, the name of Jeſus Chriſt is only aſſum'd to denote the new Bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiſm, becauſe we are by Baptiſm buried with him into Death. Yet would it not be ſaid, unleſs the Lord Jeſus Chriſt were one of the Trinity.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In remiſſion of your ſins.</hi> That is, to ſeal the Remiſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſion of your ſins, either received, or to be received by the full aſſurance of the Conſcience. Therefore the moſt learned <hi>Ames:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Bellarmin. E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nervat. Tom.</hi> 3. <hi>c.</hi> 3.</note> 
                  <q>The remiſſion of ſins conſiſts in the ſentence of the offen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ded God, nor can be attributed to any outward Ceremony, unleſs it be as to a ſign or a ſeal whereby that ſentence of God is manifeſted to us.</q>
                  <note place="margin">4. <hi>D.</hi> 1. <hi>Art.</hi> 1. <hi>Q.</hi> 4.</note> Says <hi>Bonaven<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture,</hi> 
                  <q>As the Royal Letters ſealed with the Kings Seal, are of high Dignity, power, and value, and are ſaid to do great things, yet there is not in them any abſolute force, but only an Ordain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment through the efficacy of the Royal Power; the ſame thing is to be underſtood of the Sacraments. And thus ſpeak the texts of the holy Fathers accor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding to common acceptation.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ye ſhall receive the Gift of the Holy Spirit.</hi> That
<pb n="90" facs="tcp:192139:51"/>is, ye ſhall be indued with the Prophetick Spirit, a ſpecimen of which ye ſaw in the diverſity of Langua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges. <hi>For,</hi> ſaith <hi>Calvin, this place ought not to be under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood of the Grace of Sanctification, which is generally conferred upon all the Godly.</hi> According to the uſual He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew phraſe, the Prophetick Spirit is called the Holy Spirit, which by their own confeſſion failed among the <hi>Jews</hi> after the ſecond year of <hi>Darius</hi> the Son of <hi>Hyſtaſpes,</hi> but was in a more ample meaſure re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtor'd by Jeſus Chriſt, according to the Propheſy of <hi>Joel.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="39">39. <hi>To you,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, For you who believe the Goſpel preached by me, together with your poſterity that ſhall believe, and all that ſhall obey the call of God, are comprehended in their number, to whom belongs the above mentioned Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miſe by the mouth of <hi>Joel.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who are far off.</hi> That is, aliens from the common<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wealth of <hi>Iſrael. Peter</hi> moſt skilful in the Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures, and now enlightned by the Holy Ghoſt, knew very well that the call of the <hi>Gentiles</hi> was to be;
<note place="margin">Mat. 28.19. &amp; Acts 1.8.</note> yea he had learnt it alſo from Chriſt. But at what time, and under what conditions, he was ignorant. Therefore below <hi>c.</hi> 11. when the <hi>Gentiles</hi> were not yet called, he ſhunn'd their Converſe as polluted; but having known the will of God, that they were to be called with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out the obſervation of the Moſaical Law, he pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſently made it his buſineſs to go amongſt them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Even as many as the Lord our God ſhall call.</hi> That is, whoever ſhall obey the voice of God calling to them. <hi>For,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, in words that ſignifie a Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nefit, the acceptation of the benefit is frequently under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood. Thus the appellation of called is taken,</hi> 1 Cor. 1.24. <hi>&amp;</hi> Jude 1. <hi>Thus the word,</hi> to be revealed, <hi>is taken,</hi> Iſ. 33.1. <hi>Thus God is ſaid</hi> to give Repen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tance, 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 2.25. To give Bread from Heaven,
<pb n="91" facs="tcp:192139:51"/>
                  <hi>John</hi> 6.32. To give a Heart, <hi>Deut.</hi> 29.4. and elſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>where many others of the ſame kind. See our An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>not. upon <hi>Joel</hi> 2.32. upon the words, <hi>Whom the Lord ſhall call.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="40">40. <hi>And with many other words,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, And he was urgent and preſs'd them with Exhortations, follow'd them cloſe, perſwaded, and earneſtly entreated them to ſeparate themſelves from the reſt of the <hi>Jews</hi> that were unwilling to believe in Chriſt, and contumaciouſly refuſing the Divine Grace that was offered them, to prevent their be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing involved with them in the ſame deſtruction.</p>
               <p n="41">41. <hi>They then who gladly received his words were bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiz'd. Walafridus Strabo,</hi> who in the ninth Century was Abbot of <hi>Augia</hi> the Rich,
<note place="margin">c. 26.</note> in the Dioceſs of <hi>Conſtans,</hi> in his work of the beginning and increaſe of Eccleſiaſtical things. <hi>You muſt obſerve,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>that in the prinitive times the or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dinance of Baptiſm was only adminiſtred to thoſe, who through perfection of body and mind, had attain'd to this, that they knew and underſtood, what profit they received by Baptiſm, what was to be profeſſed, what to be believed, and laſtly, what was reſerv'd for thoſe that were born again in Christ. Amba Macaire</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Memphis,</hi> who was Secretary to <hi>Coſmus</hi> the third of that name, Patriarch of the <hi>Cophti,</hi> or Chriſtians of <hi>Egypt,</hi> and li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved in the eight Century, ſays, as Father <hi>Vanſleb</hi> re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ports in his Hiſtory of the Church of <hi>Alexandria, c.</hi> 23. that in the primitive times Baptiſm was not ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miniſtred in the Church of <hi>Alexandria</hi> but once a year, and that was upon Good <hi>Friday,</hi> and only to thoſe of thirty years of age. <hi>Curcellaeus</hi> our Country<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man, <hi>Baptiſm of Infants,</hi> ſaith he,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Inſtitut. Relig. Chriſtian.</hi> l. 1. c. 12.</note> 
                  <hi>in the two firſt Centuries after Christ was altoge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther unknown, but in the third and fourth was allowed by ſome few; in the fifth and following Ages it was generally received into <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>uſtom.</hi> See
<pb n="92" facs="tcp:192139:52"/>our Annot. upon <hi>c.</hi> 8.37. But from thence, that the <hi>Jews</hi> who were circumciſed in their Infancy, before Circumciſion was abrogated, were here baptized by the order of <hi>Peter,</hi> it appears, that by Baptiſm and Circumciſion two Covenants altogether differing were to be ſealed; of which the one was with thoſe who by the Law of nature were born of the Seed of <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braham;</hi> the other with thoſe who by the gift of Faith, like <hi>Abraham,</hi> were ſpiritually reborn, as that great Divine, eminent for all manner of Learning, <hi>Nehemiah Cox,</hi> by moſt weighty and ſolid Argu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments has demonſtrated in his excellent Diſcourſe of the Covenants that God made with men before the Law.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Were added.</hi> That is, to the body of the Church, which then conſiſted of a hundred and twenty Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſciples.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Souls.</hi> That is, Perſons, which in other places we wont to call <hi>Heads,</hi> by Synecdoche of the <hi>Member.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>About three thouſand.</hi> There is no wonder to be made, that three thouſand perſons ſhould be plung'd in one day by <hi>Peter</hi> a Fiſherman, and uſed to the Water, in regard that in the beginning of the fourth Century <hi>Gregory</hi> the firſt Biſhop of the <hi>Armenians,</hi> baptiz'd in one day, by Immerſion, no leſs than twelve thouſand, as we read in his Authentick Life, and which alſo <hi>Iſaac,</hi> Patriarch of the ſame Nation, confirms in his firſt Invective.
<note place="margin">Serm. in Die Sancti An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dreae. apud No varin.</note> St. <hi>Euche<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rius, The Lord,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>calls Fiſhers to the Apoſtleſhip, becauſe ſuch were of neceſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſary uſe, who being accuſtomed to the Wa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter were skilled both in Fiſhing and Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving. Therefore he did not ordain them to change their Art, but only made them Fiſhers of a far nobler de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gree.</hi> That perſon famous for his moſt exquiſite learning both Divine and Humane, <hi>James Benignus Boſſuet,</hi> formerly Biſhop of <hi>Condom,</hi> Tutor to the
<pb n="93" facs="tcp:192139:52"/>moſt Serene Dolphin, and now prime Almoner to his moſt Serene Conſort, and Biſhop of <hi>Meaux,</hi> ſpeak<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing of the three thouſand baptiz'd by <hi>Pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter;</hi> 
                  <q>The great number of Converts,
<note place="margin">In tr ctat. de Commun <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ub binis ſpeciebus.</note> 
                     <hi>ſaith he,</hi> is no Argument that he bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiz'd them by Aſperſion, as ſome con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jecture; for beſides that there is no obligation upon us to believe that he baptiz'd them all in one day, certain it is that St <hi>John</hi> the Baptiſt, who baptiz'd no leſs, baptiz'd by Immerſion: and his example gives us to underſtand, that for the adminiſtration of Baptiſm to a great multitude, they choſe thoſe places which where well ſtor'd with Water; beſides that the bains and purifications of the Ancients, principally of the <hi>Jews,</hi> rendered that Ceremony eaſy and familiar at that time. In ſhort, we do not find in Scripture that any were otherwiſe bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiz'd than by Immerſion, and we are able to make out by the Acts of the Councils, and by the Anci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ent Rituals, that for 1300 years together they bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiz'd in that manner throughout all the Churches, as much as it was poſſible for them ſo to do.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="42">42. <hi>And they perſevered,</hi> &amp;c. That is, and they continued aſſiduouſly, and diligently.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the Doctrine of the Apoſtles,</hi> That is, in hearing the Apoſtles teaching.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And in communication of breaking Bread, and in Prayers.</hi> In the Greek, <hi>And in Communication, and in breaking of Bread, and in Prayers;</hi> which the learn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed Divine, <hi>Joſeph Mede,</hi> renders. <hi>And in Communica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion, that is, in breaking Bread, and in Prayers.</hi> So that the Conjunction and after <hi>Communication,</hi> is not Conjunctive, but Explanatory, as frequently in other places. Hence the <hi>Syriac</hi> tranſlates the words, <hi>And they did communicate in Prayer, and in breaking the Eucharist.</hi> The ſervice of the Ancient Chriſtians baptiz'd ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording to the Precept of Chriſt, conſiſted of theſe
<pb n="94" facs="tcp:192139:53"/>three parts; hearing the Word, publick Prayers, under which was by a kind of Synecdoche comprehended, Thankſgiving, <hi>c.</hi> 3.1.16.13. <hi>Luke</hi> 18.10, 11. <hi>Phil.</hi> 1.3, 4. and celebration of the Lords Supper. <q>Break<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing of Bread, <hi>ſaith the famous</hi> Lightfoot, among the Jews ſignifies that particular action, with which Dinner or Supper began, but I do not remember that ever I obſerv'd it apply'd by the <hi>Talmudiſts</hi> to the whole Meal. And I ſuſpect that what <hi>Beza</hi> affirms, is rather upon truſt, than upon proof:</q> It came in cuſtom, <hi>ſays he,</hi> that their mutual or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dinary Food, even their Feaſts, which they of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ten made together, were underſtood under the name of breaking of Bread; <q>which if true, I muſt ingenuouſly acknowledge my own Ignorance; but if not true, then <hi>breaking of Bread,</hi> both in this, and the following 46 verſe, cannot be underſtood of or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dinary Food, but of the Euchariſt, which the <hi>Sy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riac</hi> Interpreter expreſſes in Terms; and the Paral<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lel is that of <hi>c.</hi> 20.7. &amp; 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 10.16.</q> But there is a Synecdoche of the member in this Phraſe, for a part of the Lords Supper is ſet down for the whole, as the drinking of the Cup, 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 12, 13. But the breaking of Bread repreſents the bitter pains which Chriſt ſuffered upon the Croſs, wherewith his body was as it were broken and bruiſed, for ſuch torments in Scripture are called <hi>Breakings</hi> or <hi>Fra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctures.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Prov. 6.15. Iſa. 30.26.38.13. Dan. 11.26, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                  </note> Whence we collect, that the Ceremony of breaking the Bread in the Lords Supper is not a thing indifferent; but whereas it tends to ſet forth the end of the Lords Supper, it is altogether to be uſed ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording to the Example of Chriſt and his Apoſtles. See <hi>Mat.</hi> 26.26. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 10.19. &amp; 11.24. The Engliſh Tranſlation is leſs approved by the learned <hi>Mede,</hi> who refers the Greek word <hi>Koinonia,</hi> to the pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceding
<pb n="95" facs="tcp:192139:53"/>word <hi>Apoſtol<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>n,</hi> and tranſlates it, <hi>The fellow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhip of the Apoſtles.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="43">43. <hi>And fear,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, They that were not yet Converted by the preaching of the A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſtles, ſtood amaz'd and aſtoniſhed at the Novelty of the Growing Church, and the many ſigns and wonders wherewith the Apoſtles corroborated the force and energy of their Sermons.</p>
               <p n="44">44. <hi>And all,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, But all the Believers joyn'd together in brotherly love, and con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verted their Eſtates which they had in propriety to the common good of all.</p>
               <p n="45">45. <hi>Poſſeſſions,</hi> &amp;c. That is, The Rich ſold what they had to ſupply the neceſſities of the Poor. <q>They were <hi>Jews</hi> that did ſo, and none but Jews that did ſo. Shew me the like among the Gentiles, when the Goſpel came among them. Which of all St <hi>Pauls</hi> Epiſtles gave any ſuch precept, or intimates any ſuch thing? But as for the <hi>Jews,</hi> they who once believed in Chriſt, believed alſo the woful deſtruction of their own Nation to be within a few years after, and therefore they thought good, while there was yet time, to im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prove their Lands and Poſſeſſions to the beſt uſe, which they ſhould not many years enjoy. And the occaſion was now fit, at the firſt preaching of the Goſpel, and gathering up a Church to Chriſt, to fur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niſh the Apoſtles and others for this Service and Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ployment. And therefore, when the Goſpel was alſo ſpread among the Gentiles, the Apoſtles; were ſo careful to make collections in the Churches for the relief of the poor Saints in <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> even thoſe who at the firſt had disfurniſhed themſelves of all, and at whoſe charge as may be ſuppoſed the Goſpel was at the beginning preached among the <hi>Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles.</hi>
                  </q>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Serm.</hi> 28. <hi>upon</hi> Prov. 30.8, 9.</note> Thus the moſt learned <hi>Joſeph Mede.</hi> See <hi>Rom.</hi> 15.26, 27. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 16.1. 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 8.9.</p>
               <pb n="96" facs="tcp:192139:54"/>
               <p n="46">46. <hi>Continuing daily with one accord in the Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple.</hi> That is, they met daily in the Temple, with a brotherly unanimity to worſhip God in pub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lick.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And breaking bread from houſe to houſe.</hi> The Greek hath, <hi>Katoikon,</hi> which the Syriack, and Arabick In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terpreters take to be oppoſed to the Temple, as if it were ſingly ſaid, <hi>at home, or inprivate,</hi> whereas by others it is expounded, <hi>at ſeveral houſes,</hi> that is, ſometimes at one houſe, &amp; ſometimes at another. <hi>Salmaſius</hi> ſays, <q>That the Ordinance of the Lords Supper was celebra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted in the private houſes, where they feaſted together. <hi>Katoikon</hi> is from one houſe to another, as <hi>Katapolin</hi> is from Town to Town. For the Jews eat their Legal Paſſover every one in his own houſe, in imitation of which, Chriſt inſtituted his Ordinance, and ordered it to be eaten at the ſame hour of Supper. Thoſe Suppers, as is well known, were called <hi>Agapes, Love-Feaſts,</hi> whether celebrated in the Church, or in the houſes of private Perſons. In both places they were partakers of the Sacrament of Chriſts Body and Blood, after they had ſupped. Hence <hi>Agape, Love-Feaſt,</hi> is taken for the Euchariſt itſelf by an an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cient Author, who calls himſelf falſly <hi>Ignatius,</hi> in an Epiſtle to the <hi>Smyrnaeans. It is not lawful without the Biſhop to Baptize or Celebrate the Love-Feaſt,</hi> ſays he; that is, the Lords Supper. To celebrate private Love-Feaſts, the richer ſort invited the Brethren to their houſes, and then according to cuſtom celebra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted the Lords Supper after the end of the Love-Feaſt. From which Love-Feaſts, the Cuftom con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinu'd a long time of bleſſing and receiving the Eu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chariſt from houſe to houſe. In the fourth Century it appears to have been ſtill Adminiſter'd by ſeveral Biſhops and Presbyters in private Houſes. Which by their laſt Canon, ſave one, did prohibit by the Fathers the Council of <hi>Laodicea Ordaining that no oblations
<pb n="97" facs="tcp:192139:54"/>ſhould be celebrated in private houſes.</hi> This was in the Year 364. But the Fathers of the Synod of <hi>Gangra,</hi> which was ſome twenty years before that of <hi>Laodi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cea,</hi> condemn'd <hi>Euſtathius,</hi> becauſe he would not al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low the private Love-Feaſts of that ſort, at which, without doubt they received alſo the Sacrament.</q> 
                  <hi>If any one,</hi> ſay they,
<note place="margin">Canon 9.</note> 
                  <hi>deſpiſes theſe cordial entertainers of the poor at their Love-Feaſts, who out of reſpect invited the Brethren to their houſes; &amp; re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fuſes out of contempt to be partakers of ſuch biddings to Supper, let him be an</hi> Anathema. <q>For it is to thoſe private Love-Feaſts that the Canon of the <hi>Laodice<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>an</hi> Council without queſtion has reference, forbid<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding Oblations in private houſes. For in thoſe Love-Feaſts, which were only entertainments of private Perſons, inviting the faithful Brethren to their Houſes, was alſo celebrated the <hi>Oblation,</hi> that is, the Euchariſt. For with the Brethren, they in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vited alſo the Biſhops or Elders, by whom, accor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding to the cuſtom of that time, the Bread and Wine was bleſſed into the Sacrament of the Body and Blood of Chriſt. Nevertheleſs the <hi>Laodicean</hi> Canon did not take away the private Love-Feaſts, but only the cuſtom of Communicating the Lords Supper therein. For in the 28 Canon of the ſame Synod, the Clergy and Laity invited to the Love-Feaſts, are forbid to take any parts of the Victuals; that is to ſay, according to the Greek way of ſpea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>king, to carry any parts home to their own houſes. So they were not forbid to go to the Love-Feaſts, but to carry any parts away. By the ſame Council the people were reſtrained from celebrating their Love-Feaſts in the Temples, in which publick Love-Feaſts moſt certain it is, that the Euchariſt was wont to be taken.</q>
                  <note place="margin">Nehem. 8.10.11, 12.</note> Theſe Love-Feaſts ſeem to have their Original from the Sacred Feaſts of the Jews.</p>
               <pb n="98" facs="tcp:192139:55"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Did eat their meat with gladneſs, and ſingleneſs of heart.</hi> That is, cheerfully and temperately, to refreſh, and not oppreſs nature. See <hi>Tertullian Apologet. c.</hi> 39. Some there are, who with <hi>Chryſoſtom,</hi> believe that the Love-Feaſts were wont to follow the celebration of the Lords Supper; whereas on the contrary it is ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parent, that the Sacrament of the Lords death con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cluded the Supper, by the cuſtom, which remai<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned in <hi>Africa,</hi> upon the Anniverſary night of the Lords Supper;
<note place="margin">3. Can. 29.6. Can. 9.</note> as appears by the Coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cils of <hi>Carthage,</hi> and by the Epiſtle of St. <hi>Auſtin</hi> to <hi>Januarius, c.</hi> 9.</p>
               <p n="47">47. <hi>Having favour with all the people.</hi> That is, they were grateful, and acceptable to the very ſtrangers, who convinced by the ſplendour of the vertues which they beheld in them, applauded thoſe things which they could not yet imitate.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the Lord added ſuch as ſhould be ſaved.</hi> That is, ſuch as had ſeparated themſelves from the common impiety of men.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Daily.</hi> As much as to ſay, the multitude of thoſe daily encreaſed, who had freed themſelves from the ſnares of Impiety, and joyned themſelves to the Church of Chriſt.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="3" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. III.</head>
               <p>
                  <hi>B<g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>T Peter.</hi> In the Greek, <hi>at the ſame time</hi> Peter, or as others render it, <hi>but as ſoon as</hi> Peter.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>At the ninth hour of Prayer.</hi> That is with us, about three of the clock in the afternoon; which as it was the ordinary hour of Sacrificing, ſo was it alſo of Prayer. As to the times of Sacrificing, thus <hi>Joſephus: Twice every day,
<note place="margin">14 Antiq. 8.</note> to wit, in the morning, &amp; about the ninth hour the Prieſts ſacrificed
<pb n="99" facs="tcp:192139:55"/>upon the Altar.</hi> As to the hours of Prayer, thus <hi>Dru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſius: The Ancient Cuſtom was to pray thrice a day.</hi> Evening, Morning, &amp; at Noon will I pray,
<note place="margin">Pſal. 55.17.</note> &amp; cry aloud. <hi>Which hours they reckon to be the third, ſixth, ninth. The third anſwers our nine in the morning, the ſixth our twelve at noon, and the ninth our three in the afternoon.</hi> And that there was no more then three hours of Prayer-time among the Jews, <hi>Kimchi</hi> clearly demonſtrates, upon <hi>Pſal.</hi> 33.8. which alſo <hi>Daniel</hi> ſeems to confirm,
<note place="margin">Dan. 6.10.</note> who was wont to pray thrice a day. <hi>R. Menachem</hi> adds alſo, that the third hour was ſet apart by <hi>Abra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ham,</hi> the ſixth by <hi>Iſaac,</hi> and the ninth by <hi>Jacob.</hi> Nor ſhall you find any other diſtinctions of hours, where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in the Scripture makes mention of ſet Prayers. In the third hour the Holy Ghoſt deſcen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ded upon the Diſciples of Chriſt.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Suprà cap.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 15. <hi>Infrà cap.</hi> 10. <hi>v.</hi> 9.</note> In the ſixth hour <hi>Peter</hi> aſcended into the up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>per Room to Prayer, and at the ninth hour <hi>Peter</hi> and <hi>John</hi> went to the Temple.
<note place="margin">Lib. de Jejun.</note> Whence <hi>Tertullian</hi> notably infers, <hi>That ſaving always that there is no time limited, but that Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtians are at liberty to pray every where, and at all times, yet that thoſe hours, as they were the moſt remarkable in hu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man affairs, dividing the day, diſtinguiſhing buſineſs, and made known by publick ſound, ſo were they the more ſolemn for the celebration of Divine Worſhip.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>At the Gate of the Temple which is called Beautiful.</hi> This was in the firſt Circuit of the Temple, called the Court of the Gentiles, which <hi>Herod</hi> added to the reſt.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Joſeph de b<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>il. J<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>d. l.</hi> 6. <hi>c.</hi> 6.</note> It was overlaid with <hi>Corinthian</hi> Braſs, which was much more ſhining and beautiful then Gold.</p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>Look on us.</hi> By which words <hi>Peter</hi> gives to un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derſtand that he was to expect the beneſit as well from <hi>John,</hi> as from <hi>him.</hi> Hence the lame perſon is ſaid in the next verſe to have given ſpecial <hi>heed to them,</hi>
                  <pb n="100" facs="tcp:192139:56"/>as expecting to receive ſomething from them both. And ſo the Miracle of the Cure was by both equally accompliſh'd, though <hi>Peter</hi> only ſpake.</p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>Silver and Gold have I none.</hi> That is, I have no money at all.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But what I have.</hi> That is to ſay, ſound and perfect health.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the name of Jeſus Chriſt.</hi> That is, by the virtue and power of Jeſus Chriſt. This form was us'd in Miraculous Cures, and caſting out of Devils, <hi>Mark</hi> 9.28.</p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>The Baſis</hi>'s <hi>received ſtrength.</hi> That is, the ſoles of his Feet, which the Latins call <hi>veſtigia,</hi> as well as the footſteps, or prints of the feet.</p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>And leaping up, he ſtood.</hi> It refers to the Prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cy of <hi>Iſaiah; Then ſhall the lame leap, as an Hart;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Iſaiah 35.6.</note> that is, with an extraordinary nimbleneſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Walking and leaping.</hi> He could not compoſe him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelf to an ordinary pace through the exceſs of his joy. Thus ſpeaks a Claſſical Author, <hi>Rejoy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cing,
<note place="margin">Apuleius l. 10.</note> and full of gladneſs he expreſſed his joy by jumping.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>Were fill'd with wonder and amazement.</hi> This would <hi>Virgil</hi> expreſs thus: <hi>With minds aſtoniſhed, fixed the ſtood.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>But when they ſaw.</hi> In the Greek and Engliſh verſion, <hi>But when the lame perſon that was healed, held</hi> Peter <hi>and</hi> John. <hi>Thus,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, it runs in all the Greek Copies that we have ſeen, as alſo in</hi> Oecumenius. <hi>But the exemplars of the old Edition are here erroneous in two manner of readings. For ſome write,</hi> but when they ſaw. <hi>Others,</hi> but when they held; <hi>and theſe words,</hi> the lame Man being healed, <hi>are all left out, both by them, and by the</hi> Syriack <hi>and</hi> Arabick <hi>Interpreters. But the Greek word</hi> Kratein <hi>here does not ſignify to take hold of, but ſo to hold a thing faſt, as not to let it eſcape out of the hand.
<pb n="101" facs="tcp:192139:56"/>Which argues, that the lame perſon was loth to depart from them, either out of affection to thoſe that had cur'd him, or out of fear of becoming lame again, if he ſhould forſake their company.</hi> Thus <hi>Servius</hi> obſerves that <hi>Vir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gil</hi> makes uſe of the Latin <hi>tenere,</hi> for <hi>to ſtay</hi> and <hi>embrace.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To the Porch which is called</hi> Solomons. So the firſt Court of the Temple was called, which was alſo the Court of the Gentiles, in regard the Gentiles had li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>berty of entrance into it. It was called <hi>Solomon</hi> Porch, becauſe there was in that Court, from the repaired Porch toward the Eaſt part of the Temple which, though never finiſhed, and made perfect, bare <hi>Solomons</hi> name.
<note place="margin">Antiq. 20.8.</note> Of which <hi>Joſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phus.</hi> 
                  <q>That Porch belonged to the outward Temple hanging over a ſteep Valley, ſup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ported with four hundred Cubits of Wall, built of very white fourſquare Stones, the length of every Stone was 20 Cubits, and the depth ſix. The work of King <hi>Solomon,</hi> who firſt built the whole Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple.</q> Upon which place of <hi>Joſephus,</hi> the learned <hi>Lightfoot</hi> makes this obſervation in his Chorographick diſquiſition before St. <hi>John.</hi> 
                  <q>There is no need of a Commentary upon theſe words. The Eaſtern Porch was of the firſt foundation by <hi>Solomon.</hi> He ſpeaks plainly enough, which, and where the Porch of <hi>Solomon</hi> was; that is, upon the out-wall of the Temple toward the Eaſt. But the Royal Porch ſtood upon the South Wall.</q> Which received its Royal Name from King <hi>Herod,</hi> as <hi>Lightfoot</hi> upon the ſame place a little before obſerves. The ſame fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mous Author in his Hebraick hours upon the Acts of the Apoſtles;
<note place="margin">c. 3. v. 11.</note> 
                  <q>If you diſtinguiſh be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween Porch and Porch, <hi>Solomons</hi> was the Eaſtern, and the Royal the Southern Porch. But if you would have the whole Court to be com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prehended under the name of <hi>Solomons</hi> Porch, tho it ſeems ſomewhat more obſcure, why it ſhould be
<pb n="102" facs="tcp:192139:57"/>called a Porch, and why <hi>Solomons,</hi> yet may it not be incongruouſly here admitted. But whether it take its name from <hi>Solomons</hi> Porch, ſtrictly ſo called, as being the moſt noble, becauſe anciently built by <hi>So<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lomon;</hi> or whether becauſe <hi>Solomon</hi> conſecrated that Court in his Temple by Sacrifices;
<note place="margin">1 King. 8.53.</note> or whether, becauſe <hi>Solomon</hi> filled up immenſe Valleys, to make a ſpace even for this Court? Whatever be the reaſon, we do not deny but this whole Court may be called by that name, though as we have elſewhere ſhewed, the Porch it<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelf in a ſtrict ſenſe was only a part, and the Eaſtern Porch of that Court.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>As though by our Vertue.</hi> That is, as though by any wonder-working efficacy, or Vertue inherent, or inbred in us.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Or Power.</hi> In the Greek, and Engliſh Verſion, <hi>Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lineſs.</hi> That is, or by any faculty divinely ingrafted in us, for our piety toward God.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We had made this man to walk.</hi> That is, we had been the cauſes, that this lame Perſon, by a ſupernatural effect, ſhould walk upon his feet.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>The God of our Fathers.</hi> From whom proceed<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed the true, and Heaven born Religion.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Has glorified his Son.</hi> That is, in the Miracle by us wrought, has been pleaſed to illuſtrate the glory of Jeſus, who is the Meſſias promis'd in the Law, and the Prophets. <hi>This Sirname,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius,</hi> upon <hi>Mat.</hi> 14.32. <hi>the</hi> Son of God, <hi>appears commonly given to the Meſſiah.
<note place="margin">John 1.50.</note> For ſays Nathanael,</hi> Maſter thou art that Son of God, thou art that King of <hi>Iſrael: That is to ſay, from the ſecond Pſalm, which the Ancient Hebrews interpret, according to the myſtical meaning, of the Meſſiah. Therefore where Chriſt is by</hi> Peter <hi>ſaid to be the Son of the living God,</hi> Mark <hi>and</hi> Luke, <hi>content themſelves with the word Chriſt alone. Add to theſe, Mat.</hi> 26.63. <hi>Heb.</hi> 5.4, 5. But how God the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
<pb n="103" facs="tcp:192139:57"/>called Chriſt his beloved Son, ſee our literal Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>planation upon <hi>Mat.</hi> 3.17.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whom.</hi> That is, the Meſſiah promiſed to you by God, and ſo openly profeſſing himſelf to be, <hi>Mark</hi> 14.62.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>You delivered up.</hi> To be put to death by <hi>Pilate.</hi> This properly belongs to the Jewiſh Senate. See <hi>Mark</hi> 15.1. <hi>John</hi> 18.30.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And denied in the preſence of</hi> Pilate. This relates to the people of the Jews. As much as to ſay, You would not acknowledge him before <hi>Pilate</hi> to be the King <hi>Meſſiah.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He determining to let him go.</hi> That is, though <hi>Pilate</hi> himſelf, a Gentile, and an unjuſt Magiſtrate, adjudged him Innocent, and ſo fit to be acquitted, and diſmiſſed.</p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>But you.</hi> Born and bred in the true Worſhip of God, to whom this Jeſus, who is the promiſed King Meſſiah, was ſent.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Denied the Holy One.</hi> That is,
<note place="margin">Dan. 9.24 Jer. 23.6.</note> you abjur'd him who is the Holy of Holies; and our juſt Lord, or our Juſtice.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And you required a Murderer to be granted unto you.</hi> That is, When it was in your Power and Choice, whe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther you would have releaſed this Jeſus, a Perſon of abſolute Innocence and Integrity, or <hi>Barabbas</hi> con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>victed of manifeſt Murder, you required that Homi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cide to be diſmiſſed in your favour.</p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>But you killed the Author of life.</hi> That is, by your urgent inſtigation, you compelled <hi>Pilate</hi> to con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>demn the Prince of Life to death. The Greek word, as <hi>Eraſmus</hi> obſerves, conſiſts of words contrary to themſelves, being compounded of one word, ſignifying Beginning, and another word derived from the End, as much as to ſay, <hi>Beginner, and Ender:</hi> Therefore Chriſt is ſaid to be the Beginner, and Ender of Eter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nal life. For as the learned <hi>John Davenant,</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Salisbury,</hi> obſerves upon <hi>Coloſ.</hi> 3.4. <hi>He promiſed us
<pb n="104" facs="tcp:192139:58"/>this life, he merited it, he prepared it, he will grant it. He promiſed in the name of the Father,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Luke 12.32.</note> Fear not, little Flock; for it has pleaſed the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther to give your the Kingd<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <note place="margin">John 10.28.</note> 
                  <hi>and in his own name,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap> eternal life, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>He merited it.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1 John 4.9. <hi>&amp;</hi> 5.11.</note> God hath ſent his only begot<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ten Son into the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that we might live through him. <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> prepared us for this and this life for <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
<note place="margin">Coloſ. 1.12.</note> He hath prepared and <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> for this <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> Spirit.</hi> He hath made us meet to be partakers of the Lot of the Saints in light. He hath enlivened us by Chriſt, through whoſe <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="3 letters">
                     <desc>•••</desc>
                  </gap>e ye are ſaved.
<note place="margin">Epheſ. 2.5.</note> 
                  <hi>He hath al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſo prepared this Kingdom for us by his A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcenſion.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">John 14.20.</note> I go to prepare a place for you, and when I have prepared it, I will come again and take you with me, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> Laſtly, <hi>He will grant to his own this Crown of Eternal life.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">John 17.2.</note> Thou haſt given him power over all fleſh, that to as many as thou haſt given him, he ſhould give to them eternal life. There is laid up for me a Crown of Juſtice,
<note place="margin">2 Tim. 4.8.</note> which the Lord will give me. <hi>Chriſt is therefore truly called</hi> Our Life,
<note place="margin">Heb. 5.9.</note> 
                  <hi>that is the Author or Cauſe of our life eternal.</hi> And being conſecrated, he is made the Author of Eternal life to all that obey him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>You killed.</hi> Every one is reputed to have done that, what another does in his favour.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whom God raiſed from the dead.</hi> See Annot. on <hi>c.</hi> 2.24. <hi>Whereof we are Witneſſes.</hi> When <hi>Peter</hi> called himſelf and his fellow Diſciples the Witneſſes of Chriſt's be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing rais'd from the dead, it ſignifies, that with their own Eyes they ſaw Chriſt when he was riſen.</p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>And through Faith,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, And through a firm perſuaſion of the Divine power of Jeſus, this man whom ye ſee, and knew to have
<pb n="105" facs="tcp:192139:58"/>been lame from his Mothers Womb, now upward of forty years of age, has obtained from Chriſt the ſoundneſs of his Soles and Ancles.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Has made this man ſtrong.</hi> By the Conſolidation of his Feet and Anclebones. Look backward to <hi>v.</hi> 7.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>His name.</hi> That is, the effective power of Chriſt. <hi>Name,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, is here taken for Virtue and Power.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And faith,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, By his firm per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſwaſion of the Divine Power of Chriſt, which tho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rough Chriſt ariſes to that God, of whom you pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feſs your ſelves the Adorers, this perfect ſoundneſs is conferred upon him from above, before you all. <hi>When he ſays,</hi> Faith which is by him, <hi>by that word he means, that our Faith no otherwiſe aſcends to God, but as it is founded in Chriſt. Therefore then our Faith looks to Chriſt, and relys upon him,</hi> ſaith <hi>Calvin.</hi> See 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 1.21.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>Through ignorance ye did it.</hi> That is, more through a dull and ſupine ignorance of the perſon, than any deſigned malice, you and the Senators of your great <hi>Sanhedrim</hi> wreſted from <hi>Pilate</hi> that unjuſt Sentence, whereby he judg'd Chriſt the Son of the living God to the Torment of the Croſs. However this ignorance does not excuſe your ſin, but abates ſomething of the heinouſneſs of it, and renders it the more eaſy to be pardoned by God. Hence Chriſt doing that upon the Croſs which Interceſſors uſe to do, omitting what was to be blamed in the fact of the <hi>Jews,</hi> apply's himſelf to that which in ſome meaſure tended to leſſen the offence. <hi>Father,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Luke 23.34.</note> ſays he, <hi>forgive them, for they know not what they do.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>God,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, But God who wifely diſpoſes all things by Counſel and Reaſon, by means of your dull and ſottiſh ignorance brought that to paſs which he knowingly and willingly had decreed, and foretold by his Prophets, <hi>That Chriſt
<pb n="106" facs="tcp:192139:59"/>ſhould ſuffer to expiate the ſins of Mankind.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 3. <hi>againſt</hi> Marcion.</note> Saith <hi>Tertullian, The Scriptures decla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ring that Chriſt could ſuffer death, at the ſame time affirms that he could be unknown. For unleſs he had been unknown, he could not have ſuffered.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>Repent therefore.</hi> As much as to ſay, There<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore let your Repentance be great, in regard ye have offended God. <hi>Repent of your errours, having found the truth.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>l. De poenitent. c.</hi> 4.</note> Repent of your affection to thoſe things which God loves not;</hi> as <hi>Tertullian</hi> ſpeaks.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And be converted.</hi> He that repenteth hath no better refuge than the utter change of his purpoſe. <hi>True re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pentance is to commit nothing to be repented of, and to be ſorry for it, when any ſuch thing hath been committed. This is the ſatisfaction of repentance, to root out the cauſes of ſins, and to give no entrance to their ſuggeſtions,</hi> ſaith <hi>Gennadius</hi> of <hi>Marſeille</hi> in his Book of <hi>Eccleſiaſtical Dogms c.</hi> 4. See my Annotations upon <hi>Joel</hi> 2.12. <hi>Matt.</hi> 3.8.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That your ſins may be blotted out.</hi> Not that our Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pentance or works merit any thing at the hands of God, or are ſo perfect that they can abide the teſt of his rigorous juſtice, but becauſe that God under this condition has decreed to make us partakers of Salvation purchaſed by the Blood of Chriſt. <hi>There<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore let the wicked man relinquiſh his ways, let him relin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quiſh his evil thoughts, which cauſe him to deſpair of remiſſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on of ſins,
<note place="margin">Iſa. 55.7.</note> and according to the ſaying of the Prophet, Let him be converted to the Lord, for he will abundantly pardon. For there is nothing want<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing in him, whoſe mercy is Omnipotent, and whoſe Omni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>potency is altogether merciful. And ſo great is the Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nignity of his Omnipotency. and the Omnipotency of his Benignity,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Epiſt.</hi> 7. <hi>to</hi> Venantia.</note> that there is nothing which he will not, or cannot remit to a true penitent,</hi> ſaith <hi>Fulgentius.</hi> The ſame Author in
<pb n="107" facs="tcp:192139:59"/>the ſame place a little farther: <hi>For ſuch is the Juſtice of God, that he condemns the perverſe, and ſaves the Converted.
<note place="margin">Iſa. 45.22.</note> Whence,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>be converted to me, and I will ſave you.</hi> But yet for no other cauſe is God moved to pardon the Converted, but out of his meer free love which he bears to mankind. And this love, which was as it were extinguiſhed by their ſins, is again rekindled by the interceſſion and obe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dience of the Son of God, <hi>who remaining ſtill juſt, was made Mortal. By taking upon him the Puniſhment and not the Guilt,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Serm.</hi> 37. <hi>de Verb. Dom.</hi>
                     </note> he cancelled both the Guilt and the Puniſhment,</hi> ſaith St. <hi>Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtin.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>That when the times of refreſhing ſhall come.</hi> In the Greek, <hi>That the times of refrigeration may come.</hi> It is uſual to the Greeks to make uſe of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> with their Aoriſts for the ſimple particle <hi>ut, that,</hi> as you may ſee below, <hi>c.</hi> 15. <hi>v.</hi> 17. <hi>Matt.</hi> 6.5. <hi>Luke</hi> 3.35. Hence the <hi>Syriack</hi> and <hi>Arabick</hi> Interpreters under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtanding that the Greek <hi>Hopos an</hi> joyn'd only in this text the ſecond Propoſition with the firſt, they have tranſlated it by the copulative, <hi>And,</hi> thus: <hi>And the times may come that ye may have reſt from the ſight of God, and he may ſend to you Jeſus Chriſt who was prepared for you.</hi> The ſenſe is, That your ſins regi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtred in the memory of God being utterly defaced, the day of Refrigeration, that is, of Conſolation, may ſhine upon you. As he is ſaid to burn with grief, who is afflicted with a ſharp ſenſe of pain, ſo is he ſaid to be Refrigerated when Conſolation alleviates his Torment. The <hi>Ethiopick</hi> Verſion explains, the <hi>times of Refrigeration,</hi> by the <hi>times of Mercy.</hi> The moſt learned and modeſt <hi>Lightfoot,
<note place="margin">In his Hebraick Hours upon this Verſe.</note> I might perhaps,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>betray my ignorance in the Greek Language, if I ſhould acknowledge that I do not underſtand by what Authority
<pb n="108" facs="tcp:192139:60"/>of that Tongue, the moſt learned Interpreters have rendred the words, either,</hi> That when they ſhall come, <hi>as the vul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gar Latin,</hi> Eraſmus <hi>and the Interlineary; or,</hi> When they ſhall come, <hi>as the</hi> Engliſh, French, and Italian, <hi>or,</hi> after that they ſhall come, <hi>as</hi> Beza. <hi>But I am not aſhamed to confeſs I underſtand not, ſince it agrees with the Idiom, why they do not render,</hi> that they may come. <hi>Thus</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>is taken ſimply for</hi> ut, <hi>that,</hi> Pſ. 9.15.92.8, 119.101. <hi>And thus it runs here:</hi> Repent ye therefore and be converted, that your ſins may be blotted out, and that the times of refreſhment may come, and God may ſend you Jeſus Chriſt. Thus far <hi>Light<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>foot.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>From the preſence of the Lord.</hi> That is, with the propitious favour of God. The famous <hi>Knatchbull</hi> renders it, <hi>From the anger of the Lord.</hi> And ſo Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>frigeration from the preſence of God, ſeems to be the ſame as a flight from his wrath to come, <hi>Matt.</hi> 3.7. See our Annotations upon the place.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And he ſhall ſend.</hi> The Conſtruction requires, that with the moſt learned <hi>Ludovicus de Dieu, Heinſius,</hi> and <hi>Lightfoot</hi> after the <hi>Syriack</hi> and <hi>Arabick</hi> Inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preters, we render the Greek <hi>Aoriſt</hi> in this place by the preſent tenſe, <hi>May ſend.</hi> That is, may reveal by the comfortable preaching of the Goſpel, than which nothing can be more pleaſing and grateful to afflicted and trembling Conſciences. <hi>What,</hi> ſaith <hi>Lightfoot</hi> in the place fore mentioned, <hi>can be more fully and plainly ſaid, if our Interpretation be admitted, to anſwer the Conceptions of the Auditors, had they objected againſt thoſe things which</hi> Peter <hi>ſaid; Is it ſo? Is Jeſus whom we crucified the true Meſſiah? Then all hopes of Refri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>geration by the Meſſiah are vaniſhed, ſince the Meſſiah himſelf is vaniſhed and gone. There's an end of the ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pectation of</hi> Iſrael's <hi>comfort, if there be an end of him that ſhould be the Comforter. Not ſo,</hi> ſays <hi>Peter, for the Meſſiah and Comfort ſhall be reſtored to you upon your
<pb n="109" facs="tcp:192139:60"/>Repentance, yet ſo that the Meſſiah is ſtill to remain in Heaven. He ſhall be ſent to you in his comforting and refreſhing word, and in his graces and benefits, if ye re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pent. The Parallel is that of</hi> Acts 13.47. We turn to the <hi>Gentiles.</hi> For ſo has the Lord commanded, ſaying, I have appointed thee to be a light to the <hi>Gentiles. I have appointed thee; whom?</hi> Paul <hi>or</hi> Barna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bas? <hi>No, but thee Chriſt: ſent and ſhining in the Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctrine of</hi> Paul <hi>and</hi> Barnabas. So <hi>c.</hi> 26.23. <hi>Chriſt riſen from the dead is ſaid to ſhew light unto the people, and to the</hi> Gentiles. So <hi>Epheſ.</hi> 2.17. It is ſaid of Chriſt, after he had ſuffered the death of the Croſs for Mankind, that he came and preached peace to thoſe that were afar off, that is, to the <hi>Gentiles,</hi> and to them that were nigh, that is to the <hi>Jews.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who was preached unto you.</hi> In the Greek and Eng<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liſh, <hi>Who was before preached unto you.</hi> St. <hi>Chryſoſtom</hi> reads it, <hi>Who was before ordained,</hi> as the ancient Greek Copies, which <hi>Beza</hi> ſays, he has read; which the <hi>Arabick</hi> and <hi>Syriack</hi> Interpreters ſeem to have fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowed, while they turn the words, <hi>Who was prepared;</hi> and <hi>Tertullian</hi> rendering it, <hi>Who was pre-deſigned.</hi> The <hi>Ethiopick</hi> ſeems to have read it otherwiſe in his Greek Copy, ſeeing that he renders it, <hi>Who was fore-Anointed.</hi> But the firſt and vulgar Lection is to be preferred, <hi>He who was before preached.</hi> 
                  <q>For, <hi>ſaith</hi> Lightfoot <hi>in his Hebraick Hours upon this place,</hi> the Diſcourſe and Meaning of <hi>Peter</hi> relates to preaching: for he ſhall ſend you Chriſt by preaching, as he was preached before. Now you are to underſtand, that the Apoſtle in this Diſcourſe ſpeaks of a three<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fold time. 1. Before the coming of Chriſt he was promulgated by <hi>Moſes,</hi> and by all the Prophets from <hi>Samuel.</hi> 2. When he came; at what time God ſhewed him to the world,
<note place="margin">v. 26.</note> raiſing him up a Saviour, then he ſent him to you
<pb n="110" facs="tcp:192139:61"/>firſt of all, by his Doctrine to convert you from your iniquities. 3. When he aſcended into Heaven there to remain; yet then he ſhall ſend him to you again upon repentance, by the preaching of his word, as be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore he was made known by preaching.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Jeſus Chriſt.</hi> That is, Jeſus, who is the Meſſias or Chriſt promiſed in the Law and the Prophets, for the Redemption and Conſolation of <hi>Iſrael.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>Whom the Heaven muſt receive.</hi> Theſe words carry an Ambiguous ſenſe, if you look upon the Grammatical Conſtruction; and may ſignify as well that Heaven is received by Jeſus, as that Jeſus is re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceived into Heaven. But when you conſider the meaning of the Speaker, and the context of the words, it is not probable they ſhould admit of the firſt Expoſition. For <hi>Peter</hi> ſpeaking of the <hi>Jews,</hi> by whoſe importunity Chriſt was put to death, diſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſwades them from expecting his Corpo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral preſence upon Earth,
<note place="margin">1 Epiſt. 3.22.</note> 
                  <hi>Who,</hi> as the ſame <hi>Peter</hi> ſays, <hi>is gone into Heaven, and ſits at the Right-hand of God, and whom the Heaven muſt receive,</hi> not as a Priſon, but as his own moſt glorious Palace, and Manſion more befitting his Divine Majeſty, than the Earth, wherein he lived during the time of his Mortality. Now by <hi>Heaven is meant not that part of the Sky which is viſible to our ſight, but the Third Heaven, Paradice, the Seat and Habitation of God, that inacceſſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble light which God inhabits. For Chriſt aſcended above all the viſible Heavens,
<note place="margin">Epheſ. 4.10.</note> and ſits at the Right-hand of the Majeſty of God in the higheſt Altitudes, to prepare a place for us in the Houſe of his Father,</hi> John 14.2.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ntil the times of Reſtitution.</hi> According to the Greek, as <hi>Heſychius</hi> Interprets it, <hi>until the times of a full finiſhing or atchieving. Tertullian</hi> tranſlates it, <hi>until the times of Exhibition;</hi> and thus he cites this place, <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>n<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>til
<pb n="111" facs="tcp:192139:61"/>the times of the Exhibition or ſetting forth of all things,
<note place="margin">Lib. de Reſur. Carnis.</note> which God ſpake by the mouths of his Holy Prophets.</hi> In like manner <hi>Oe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cumenius</hi> explains it, <hi>'Till all things be finiſhed or per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>formed. Lightfoot</hi> alſo admirably expreſſes the Senſe of this verſe in theſe words:
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Heb. horis, up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on</hi> Mat. 17.11.</note> 
                  <hi>Jeſus the Heavens both contain, and ſhall contain as to his perſon, till all theſe things be brought to paſs or effect. Therefore do not continue in the Errour of the Generality of our Erring People, to expect his perſonal preſence upon Earth.</hi> Hence it is apparent that <hi>Peter</hi> meant the time that Jeſus ſhould abide in Heaven, according to what he with the reſt of the Apoſtles had heard from the Angels be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore. As if he had ſaid,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>c.</hi> 1.11.</note> Chriſt being gone into Heaven, ſhall there remain till all the pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dictions of the Prophets ſhall be fulfilled; and thoſe being fulfilled, he ſhall return from Heaven to Earth to judge the Quick and the Dead.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Since the world began.</hi> That is, of old,
<note place="margin">Iſa. 64.4. Jer. 2.20.</note> of ancient times.</p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>For Moſes,</hi> &amp;c. Although this place, in the firſt and more groſs ſenſe may be underſtood from <hi>Dent.</hi> 18.15. of any Prophet endued with fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>knowledge, whom God ſhould raiſe up at any time, after <hi>Moſes,</hi> among the people, to the end they might obey him, as ſpeaking by a Divine Inſpiration, ſo he did not ſeduce them from the Worſhip of the true God, and from true Piety; Yet in the more exqui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſite and myſtical ſenſe it contains the Prophecy of Chriſt the Head, and chief of all the Prophets, to whom all the reſt were but fore-runners; and then whom there was none more glorified by thoſe Signs, by which God was pleaſed to have his Prophets diſtin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guiſhed. Which myſtical ſenſe of this place, in the time of Chriſt and his Diſciples, was alſo admitted by the Jews, as appears by this Text, and below
<pb n="112" facs="tcp:192139:62"/>
                  <hi>c.</hi> 7.34. and by many places of the Goſpel, and par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticularly by the words of the <hi>Samaritan;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">John 4.25. John 6.14.</note> and thoſe other of the People who were about to Crown Chriſt; <hi>This is really that Prophet that ſhould come into the world.</hi> For the Meſſias was properly underſtood by <hi>him that ſhould come,</hi> Luke 7.19.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A Prophet.</hi> That is, one who ſhall proclaim to men the will of God, as yet concealed in Myſtery.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Shall the Lord your Godraiſe.</hi> That is, ſhall the Lord your God give, preſent, ſend.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of your Brethren.</hi> As much as to ſay, Not a Stran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ger, but one of your own Nation, born of the Poſterity of <hi>Iſrael,</hi> and your Relation by the tye of Blood and Kindred.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Like unto me.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Midraſch Ko<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>beleth ad cap.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 9. <hi>See Euſebius demonſt. Evang. lib.</hi> 3.</note> So the Jews comparing the Meſſiah with <hi>Moſes,</hi> ſpeak in theſe words, <hi>as the firſt Redeemer, ſo ſhall be the laſt Redeemer.</hi> But Chriſt was not only like to <hi>Moſes</hi> for the wiſdom of his Doctrine, and the greatneſs of his Mira<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cles, but he exceeded him alſo in Honour and Glo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Him ſhall ye hear.</hi> That is, ye ſhall believe in all his Promiſes, and obey all his Commandments. There<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore are none of the ſayings of Chriſt to be called in queſtion, nothing to be omitted which he commanded, nor any thing to be altered at mens pleaſure. Now ſince there is no place in the Law that more manifeſt<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly points at Chriſt,
<note place="margin">John. 7.38.</note> I believe that Chriſt refers to it, when he ſays, <hi>Who believes in me, as the Scripture has ſaid.</hi> This the Father with a Heavenly voice declared openly of Chriſt, and commanded all to hear him, <hi>Matt.</hi> 17.5. Admira<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bly therefore <hi>Grotius</hi> upon that place of <hi>Matthew. Thoſe things which follow in</hi> Moſes <hi>are to be obſerv'd, as if it had been ſaid, You have your ſelves deſired of God
<pb n="113" facs="tcp:192139:62"/>not to act among you by ſigns of Terrour; God conſents to your Petition; and therefore the Word is made Fleſh. He made himſelf of no reputation, and took upon him the form of a Servant. Behold him, who while he excells</hi> Elias <hi>in vehement Zeal toward the Houſe of God, at the ſame time exceeds</hi> Moſes <hi>in Meekneſs. Neither Thunders, nor Clouds, nor Fires from Heaven bear witneſs of him, but the cheering Light and affable voice of the Father.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>Every Soul.</hi> That is, whoever ſhall refuſe to hear Chriſt who is confeſſed and mani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feſtly appears to be recommended by <hi>Moſes</hi> as the Chieftain of all the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets.
<note place="margin">Deut. 18.15.19.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Shall be deſtroyed from among the People.</hi> He does not deſerve to be numbered among the People of God, who refuſes Chriſt for his Maſter, by whom alone God inſtructs us, ſo that he cuts himſelf off from the Body of the Church, who refuſes to ſub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mit to the Head of it. And indeed Eternal De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtruction is prepared for all thoſe that will not obey Chriſt,
<note place="margin">2 Theſ. 1.8.9.</note> as the Apoſtle wit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſſes.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>And all the Prophets,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, And all the reſt of the Prophets after Moſes in a long Succeſſion of time from <hi>Samuel,</hi> who led their Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cred Chorus.
<note place="margin">Hagigah. <hi>fol.</hi> 77.1.</note> Therefore the <hi>Jeruſalem Talmud</hi> calls <hi>Samuel, the Maſter of the Prophets.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Have ſpoken and proclaimed.</hi> In the Greek and Eng<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liſh, foretold, or declared before.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of thoſe days.</hi> Wherein God has choſen to procure the Salvation of his People by the Chriſt, whom we preach. But how, or in what manner <hi>Samuel</hi> nominally foretold of Chriſt, does not appear in Scripture, unleſs we refer hither, what we read about the Anointment of <hi>David</hi> who was to
<pb n="114" facs="tcp:192139:63"/>be a Type of the future <hi>Meſſiah,</hi> when he was elected King of the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> by the Divine Choice of God, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 1.6. But frequently the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets that lived after <hi>Samuel</hi> among the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> Propheſie concerning Chriſt. Among the reſt, moſt remarkable is that of the Prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cy of <hi>Nathan,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">2 Sam. 7.12. <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                  </note> not to mention thoſe that are frequent in the <hi>Pſalms, Iſaiah, Jeremi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ah,</hi> and other writings of the Prophets. 25. <hi>Ye are the Children,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, ye are thoſe to whom belong the Oracles of the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets, and the Covenant made with the Ancient Progenitors of the Hebrews,
<note place="margin">Gen. 22.18.26.4.28.14.</note> 
                  <hi>Abraham, Iſaac,</hi> and <hi>Jacob:</hi> according to the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew Phraſe, whereby to be ſaid the Son of any thing, ſignifies the ſame thing as to belong unto, or to be partaker of. Hence <hi>Matt.</hi> 9.15. <hi>The Sons of the Bridegroom, or of the Nuptial Chamber,</hi> are ſaid to be thoſe that lead the Bridegroom into the Chamber: or who looked after the Garniſhing of the Chamber. <hi>The Sons of this World.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Luc. 20.34.</note> That is, who lead a Mortal Life, to whom are oppos'd the <hi>Sons of the Reſurrection,</hi> that is, thoſe who ſhall riſe to bleſſed Immortality, and are the <hi>Sons of God,</hi> that is, partakers of Divine Felicity. Thus there is mention made of the Sons of the King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom of Light and Darkneſs.
<note place="margin">Mat. 8.12. 1 Theſ. 5.5.</note> But here by the word of <hi>Prophets,</hi> is meant their Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pheſies,
<note place="margin">Gen. 26.4.28.14.</note> by a Metonymy of the Cauſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Saying to</hi> Abraham. <hi>Gen.</hi> 22.18. which he repeats to <hi>Iſaac,</hi> and laſtly to <hi>Jacob.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And in thy Seed.</hi> As if he had ſaid, From thy Off-ſpring ſhall be born the Saviour of all men, of what Nation ſoever, who ſhall believe in him. See <hi>Gal.</hi> 3.8.14.16.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto you,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, He, who by
<pb n="115" facs="tcp:192139:63"/>this promiſe was foretold that he was to be born from the Off-ſpring of <hi>Abraham,</hi> is Jeſus the Son of God, whom being already born the Son of Man, God has ſent to you his Kinſmen, that firſt the benefits he is to beſtow upon thoſe that believe in him, might be offered to you before the reſt of the Nations, that thereby every one of you might be excited to re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>form his converſation. See <hi>c.</hi> 13.46.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Raiſing.</hi> That is, Preſenting, bringing forth in open view,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Sec</hi> c. 13.12. Judg. 2.16, 18.3.2, 15. Ezec. 34.23. Amos 2.11.</note> making him conſpicuous by moſt excellent Endowments and Gifts. It refers to the Propheſies of <hi>Moſes</hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore mentioned, <hi>v.</hi> 22. Hence, <hi>to riſe,</hi> or <hi>be raiſed,</hi> is attributed to the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets, <hi>Deut.</hi> 13.1.34.10, &amp;c.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To bleſs you.</hi> That is, To offer you the higheſt of bleſſings. Under the word <hi>Bleſſing</hi> is comprehend<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed all manner of Felicity with which God hath, and ſhall bleſs us through Chriſt, as Remiſſion of ſins, Eternal life, and all other Celeſtial advantages.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In turning,</hi> &amp;c. That is, That he may excite eve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry one of you to exchange your vitious and corrupt cuſtom of Living, into a pure and undefiled conver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſation.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="4" type="chapter">
               <pb n="116" facs="tcp:192139:64"/>
               <head>CHAP. IV.</head>
               <p>
                  <hi>AND the Captain of the Temple.</hi> That is, who was the chief of all that had the charge of guarding the Temple. For every night the Temple was guarded by 24 Companies, that kept watch in 24 places: To wit, the Prieſts in three places, and the Levites in all the reſt. Now that the Chiefs or O<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verſeers of theſe Watches are ſignified by the name of Captains, <hi>Luke</hi> 22.40. the famous <hi>Lightfoot</hi> does no wiſe Queſtion. He alſo believes, that to theſe <hi>Watch<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>es</hi> or Guards,
<note place="margin">Mat. 27.65.</note> that of <hi>Pilate</hi> referred, <hi>Ye have a Watch.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Ye have Watches of your own, ſend ſome of thoſe to guard the Sepulcher. To this the ſame Author adds, <hi>I take the Captain of the Temple diſtinctly and for pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eminency ſo called, to be the ſame with the Man of the Mountains Houſe, that is the Governour of the Mountains Temple, who was the chief of all the chief Officers of the Watches. For, as</hi> Maimonides obſerves, <hi>there was one chief Ruler who commanded all the Watches, who was called</hi> the Governour of the Mountains Houſe. <hi>He went the Rounds all night, having lighted Torches car<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ried before him. And when he met with any of the Watch that ſtood not upright upon his Feet, the Captain ſaid to him, Peace be with thee: <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>pon which if he found him aſleep he waked him with his Cudgel. He had alſo pow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>er to burn the Garments of him that ſlept. Therefore it was a common ſaying at</hi> Jeruſalem, <hi>What's the ſtir here? Sure the Levite is beaten, or his Cloaths are burnt be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe he ſlept in his Watch.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sadduces.</hi> That is, Who placed all their hopes in this life, and therefore thought they could not be too
<pb n="117" facs="tcp:192139:64"/>ſevere againſt thoſe that diſturb'd the peace of the People, wherein their own quiet was ſo much con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerned. <hi>Add,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, That if Jeſus had riſen from the Dead, the victory had been apparently on the ſide of the</hi> Phariſees, <hi>in the great controverſie between thoſe two Sects.</hi> See <hi>c.</hi> 23.6, 7.</p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>Being grieved.</hi> In the Greek, <hi>being vexed,</hi> or <hi>troubled.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Through Jeſus.</hi> That is, Through the power and efficacy of Jeſus, <hi>who roſe from the dead,
<note place="margin">1 Cor. 15.20, 23.</note> the firſt fruits of them that ſlept;</hi> the dead ſhall riſe.</p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>Put them in hold.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>c.</hi> 24.23.</note> Not in a publick Priſon, as <hi>chap.</hi> 5.18. but into private cuſtody, as below. That is, they did not commit them to Priſon, but into the hands of ſome private perſon to be kept diligently.</p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>Five thouſand.</hi> Or according to the Greek and Syriack, about five thouſand. Thus behold <hi>Peter,</hi> of a catcher of Fiſh become an expert Fiſher of men; at two or three caſts of his Net catching a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bout five thouſand Diſciples.</p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>Their Rulers.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>c.</hi> 3.17. Luke 24.20. John 3.9, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                  </note> I find the Senators of which the great Sanhedrin conſiſted, frequently called <hi>Rulers</hi> or <hi>Princes.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Elders.</hi> That is according to the Interpreta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of <hi>Grotius,</hi> Senators of the City of <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi> For there were at <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> beſides the great Sanhe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>drin two other leſſer ones, of which we have ſpoken upon <hi>Matt.</hi> 5.21. Tho the Senators of what Sanhe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>drin ſoever, were named <hi>Elders,</hi> yet when the Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nators of the great Sanhedrin are thus named, there is moſt commonly added, <hi>of the People,</hi> to diſtinguiſh them from the Elders of Towns, or Senatours of leſſer Sanhedrins.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Scribes.</hi> That is, Aſſiſtants to the Elders for Counſel and Advice, as being men skill'd in the Law.</p>
               <pb n="118" facs="tcp:192139:65"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Annas. This preſident of the Sanhedrin is by <hi>Joſephus</hi> called <hi>Ananus,</hi> the Son of <hi>Seth,</hi> advanced to the High-prieſthood, in the room of <hi>Joazar,</hi> by <hi>Cy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>renius,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Antiq.</hi> 18.3.</note> and depoſed by <hi>Valerius Gratus.</hi> He had five Sons who all enjoy'd the High-prieſthood, which never happened before to any man,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Ant.</hi> 20.8.</note> as <hi>Joſephus</hi> obſerves. His Son<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in-law <hi>Joſeph</hi> ſirnamed <hi>Caiaphas,</hi> was now High-prieſt and Father of the Sanhedrin. For though the Chief Prieſts were generally in the great Sanhedrin, yet they are commonly named in particu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lar by reaſon of their great Authority.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The High Prieſt.</hi> Since it is plain that <hi>Caiaphas</hi> was advanced to the High-Prieſthood by <hi>Valerius Gratus</hi> about the fourth year of <hi>Tiberius,</hi> before <hi>Pilate</hi> came to the Government of Jury; and removed by <hi>Vitelli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us,</hi> toward the end of <hi>Tiberius</hi>'s Reign, when <hi>Pilate</hi> left <hi>Judea;</hi> it may be deſervedly queſtioned, why <hi>Annas</hi> here, and <hi>Luke</hi> 3.2. is called High-prieſt? To which <hi>Caſaubon</hi> anſwers, becauſe that <hi>Annas</hi> had al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ready born that high dignity. <hi>Scaliger</hi> and <hi>Bullinger</hi> ſay, that <hi>Annas</hi> was ſo called, becauſe he was next to <hi>Caiphas,</hi> and his <hi>Segan, Vicar,</hi> or Lieutenant General in all the Sacred Miniſtry. But <hi>Baronius</hi> ſays, it was becauſe he was <hi>Prince</hi> of the great <hi>Sanhedrin.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Certainly,</hi> ſays <hi>Blondel</hi> a perſon of inexhauſted Learning, <hi>there were among the</hi> Jews <hi>not only many Prieſts, but many Chief Prieſts, when</hi> David <hi>had di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtinguiſhed the Poſterity of</hi> Aaron <hi>into twenty four Fami<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lies, who were to officiate in the ſacred Miniſtry by turns. Over every one of theſe Families there was a Chief, who is called</hi> The Head of the Paternal Houſe, <hi>in the Talmud.
<note place="margin">Mat. 2.3.16.21.20.18.21.19, 23, 25. Mark 8.31.10.33. Jer. 29.1.</note> The ſame perſon was called Chief Prieſt in reſpect of his Claſſis. Hence it is, that they are called</hi> Chief Prieſts <hi>in the Goſpel, and in</hi> Jeremy Elders of the Prieſts.</p>
               <pb n="119" facs="tcp:192139:65"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Over theſe</hi> 24. <hi>Families were two Chiefs, of which the firſt was called properly the</hi> High Prieſt, <hi>and many times ſingly</hi> Prieſt. <hi>His Vicar might indeed have been numbered among the Chief Prieſts at the beginning, but whether he alone by himſelf were at any time called</hi> High-prieſt, <hi>I much queſtion. Certainly</hi> Bullinger <hi>ought to have proved it, before he affirmed that</hi> Annas <hi>was called</hi> High-prieſt, <hi>becauſe he was the High-prieſts Vicar.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In Scripture this Vicar is called</hi> the Second Prieſt, <hi>not the firſt.
<note place="margin">2 Kings 25.18. Jer. 52.24.</note> The</hi> Chal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dee <hi>Paraphraſt renders it,</hi> Segan. <hi>There<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore we read in the</hi> Talmud, <hi>that the Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gan and High-prieſt,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Joma. fol.</hi> 30.</note> officiated according to their Lots. Not that they were cho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſen by Lots, but that they diſtributed one with ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther by Lots ſeveral of the Sacerdotal Functions. <hi>And a little after,</hi> as often as it happened that the <hi>High-prieſt</hi> was ſuſpended from his Function, the <hi>Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gan</hi> was ordered to officiate for him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Out of the</hi> 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 23.4. <hi>it ſeems that it might be ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thered that there were many Second Prieſts, ſeeing it is ſaid there in the plural number,</hi> the Prieſts of the Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cond order, <hi>but the</hi> Chaldee <hi>Paraphraſt tranſlates in that place,</hi> And the <hi>Segan in the</hi> Singular, becauſe often the plural number is uſed for the ſingular.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>If</hi> Annas <hi>was Vicar to</hi> Caiaphas, <hi>as</hi> Bullinger <hi>will have it, how comes it to paſs that by the Evangeliſts</hi> Annas <hi>is always ſet before</hi> Caiaphas? <hi>In the</hi> 2 Chron. 31.12. <hi>The ruler over the Treaſury of the Sanctuary is called</hi> Nagid, Ruler, Cononiah, <hi>and</hi> Shimei <hi>his Brother the next. Were it proper there that</hi> Shimei <hi>ſhould be called</hi> Nagid, <hi>and be ſet before</hi> Cononiah?</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>If</hi> Annas <hi>were called High-prieſt, becauſe he had for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>merly officiated in that dignity, how comes it to paſs, that among ſo many others, who had born the ſame Office, on<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly</hi> Annas <hi>ſhould be mentioned? How comes it to paſs that he that had been High-prieſt ſhould be always ſet
<pb n="120" facs="tcp:192139:66"/>before him that is yet High-prieſt? Theſe</hi> Expontifices <hi>were indeed called</hi> Pontiffs <hi>for honours ſake, but never any publick acts were marked with their names.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Therefore here I prefer far</hi> Baronius <hi>before</hi> Caſaubon, Scaliger, <hi>or</hi> Bullinger <hi>either, who aſſerts</hi> Annas <hi>to be called High-prieſt, becauſe he was Preſident of the great Sanhedrin, who by the Hebrews was called</hi> Naſi. <hi>And the perſon next to him was called,</hi> the Father of the Houſe of Juſtice. <hi>Theſe two Chiefs of the Sanhedrin, were both ſtiled</hi> Prieſts, <hi>becauſe they were over many Priests. Hence if I miſtake not, we read that the Sons of</hi> David <hi>were</hi> Prieſts,
<note place="margin">2 Sam. 8.18.</note> 
                  <hi>that is, according to the</hi> Chaldee <hi>Paraphraſt,</hi> Grandees; <hi>and indeed they were Grandees, becauſe both</hi> David's <hi>Sons were Preſidents or Princes of the great Sanhedrin.</hi> Thus far <hi>Blondel,</hi> which will be more plain out of the fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowing words of <hi>Selden.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <q>We are to underſtand, <hi>ſaith he,</hi> that thoſe Titles of <hi>High</hi> or <hi>Chief-prieſts,</hi> which denote a certain Fun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ction or Dignity in the form of the Jewiſh Govern<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment at that time much impaired, denoted either a Sacred Function, or Civil Dignity, which the High<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prieſt enjoy'd above the reſt. Where mention is made together of the High-prieſt, and of the Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cred Function proper to the Dignity, there that very perſon is ſignified who obtain'd the peculiar Digni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty, that is, the High-Prieſthood derived together with the Sacred Function from <hi>Aaron.</hi> But where mention is made not at all of the Sacred Function, but alto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gether of the Civil Government of the High-prieſts, <hi>that is,</hi> as they governed with an Authority limited by the <hi>Romans,</hi> as in many places of the Goſpel, and of the Acts of the Apoſtles; there it ſeems very probable that the High-prieſts are deſigned by that Title, not as they were advanced to the Sacred Dignity, but as they preſided in the Civil Admi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niſtration. Such a difference concerning the Title
<pb n="121" facs="tcp:192139:66"/>is to be obſerved in ſome ancient Synods, where mention is made of Counts. Now the Dignity of Counts was altogether belonging to the Empe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rours Court, and as it had no reference to the Synods being a Dignity within the Emperours Palace or Court; ſo as the Counts had in the Synods the dele<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gated power of <hi>Caeſar,</hi> that Title has no relation at all to the Palace or to its firſt Notion. But we meet in the firſt Action of the Council of <hi>Chalcedon</hi> with theſe two Phraſes, <hi>Give the Counts,</hi> and <hi>the Counts entered in.</hi> Where the notion of Counts however a word generally uſed, ſhews that ſingular and particular dignity in reſpect of which, they who were Counts preſided in the Council, inſtead of the Emperours; not at all its vulgar acception for that other digni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty, by which they belonged to the Emperours Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lace. Inſomuch that I think that by the High-prieſts they were no more underſtood as High-prieſts in reſpect of their Sacred Function, where they are mentioned in the places ſpeaking concerning the Civil Adminiſtration, than we underſtand by Counts in that Synod, their particular dignity either in the Council-houſe, or elſewhere in the Emperours Palace. Hence with licence to conjecture I ſhould think, that <hi>Annas</hi> and <hi>Caiaphas</hi> both together ſtiled High-prieſts by St. <hi>Luke,</hi> were not ſo ſtiled to note their dignity of the Sacred Function, but their Ci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vil Government, as well as of the others they are joyned with for that year there mentioned. That is to ſay, that <hi>Annas</hi> was Prince of the Sanhedrin, as <hi>Baronius</hi> will have it, and <hi>Caiaphas</hi> Father there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of. Let us ſuppoſe that there were ſuch two juriſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dictions of Counts in the Synod before mentioned or in any other, for we hear of Counts alſo in the Synod of <hi>Epheſus:</hi> If any one had noted the year of <hi>Caeſars</hi> reign in the Acts of the Synod, and had added for examples ſake, under <hi>Irenaeus</hi> and <hi>Diony<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſius</hi>
                     <pb n="122" facs="tcp:192139:67"/>Counts, certainly no man would have believed them to have been there named Counts, from that Juriſdiction they enjoy'd according to the Vulgar and Original notion of the word, but from the Juriſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diction they had obtained ſince, as according to the cuſtom of that Age, ſome others being dignified with the Title of Counts. Which being admitted, it is eaſy to judge why in the Goſpel <hi>Annas</hi> and <hi>Caia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phas</hi> help mutually ſo much one another in their proceedings againſt Chriſt, both under the Title of High-prieſts. That is to ſay, as they by reaſon of their Dignity, and kindred of the High-prieſt, as then the times were, preſided in the manner aforeſaid in the Sanhedrin, where the Proſecution commenced. Which may not be unfitly ſaid of <hi>Annas</hi> the High-prieſt, and <hi>Caiaphas</hi> with other Senators of the Sanhedrin mentioned in <hi>Acts</hi> 4. So that the reaſon is eaſily given, why <hi>Caiaphas,</hi> by <hi>Joſephus</hi> ſaid at that time to have been inveſted with the Sacred Dignity as the Succeſſor of <hi>Aaron,</hi> is ſet after <hi>Annas.</hi> For the Father was alway ſecond to the Prince of the Sanhedrin. Neither was the Office of Prince or Father of the Sanhedrin perpetual, but tranſlated from one to another, as occaſion required. Which is apparent out of the <hi>Talmudick</hi> Title,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>chap.</hi> 3.</note> 
                     <hi>Horjaoth</hi> and other treatiſes of the <hi>Rab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bies.</hi> And perhaps at that time it was Annual, leſt the Prolongation of that Authority might be a prejudice to the reſt of the Kindred of the High-prieſt. And hence perhaps that other queſtion is to be reſolved concerning the High-prieſthood of <hi>Caia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phas</hi> noted by his year, in the Goſpel of St. <hi>John.</hi> For as the plural number of High-prieſts, in the Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cred Relations of the Adminiſtration of civil con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerns, ſignified Judges and Preſidents of Courts, as it has been ſaid already, ſo the Title of High-prieſt in the ſingular number with the account of
<pb n="123" facs="tcp:192139:67"/>his year may ſeem to denote the Prince of the San<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hedrin.</q> So that in the 15th.
<note place="margin">Luke 3.1, 2.</note> year of <hi>Tiberius, Annas</hi> was Prince, and <hi>Caiaphas</hi> was Father of the Sanhedrin. <q>But in the Paſſion year <hi>Annas</hi> was Father, and <hi>Caiaphas</hi> Prince. Afterwards <hi>Annas</hi> as being moſt eminent among his People again Prince, and <hi>Caiaphas</hi> Father, as in <hi>Acts</hi> 4. And certainly <hi>Ananias</hi> the High-prieſt; <hi>Acts</hi> 23.5. where he preſides in the Sanhedrin, is acknowledged Prince of the People, which perhaps was the ſame thing with Prince of the Sanhedrin. There are many other places in the New Teſtament to be ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pounded perhaps by ſuch an obſervation. Nor let any one object, that thereby it might come to paſs, that the High-prieſt advanced to the Dignity of the Sacred Function, ſhould give place to the Prince of the Sanhedrin in the time of his being onely Father, and conſequently be inferiour to him in that ſtate of Commonwealth. For that was ſo true, as to the Civil Adminiſtration of Govern<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment, of which we diſcourſe, that the High-prieſt himſelf was not only obnoxious to the Juriſdiction of the great Sanhedrin, but alſo of the inferiour Sanhedrins, as is frequently to be ſeen in the <hi>Tal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mud</hi> and other writings of the Jews. So that it is no wonder, that he as a member of the Great Sanhedrin, ſhould be but next in authority to the Prince of the Sanhedrin. It is to be noted alſo, that the moſt learned <hi>Rabbies</hi> inſtruct us, that the two names of thoſe by whoſe hands in former times their Oral Law was delivered,
<note place="margin">Juchaſin, <hi>fol,</hi> 159.</note> are ſo to be underſtood in the ſolemn num<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bring of them, that the one denotes the Prince, the other the Father of the Sanhedrin. So that it is no new thing to believe that theſe two were more particularly joyn'd then the reſt, and were named together in matters of great moment. And fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quently
<pb n="124" facs="tcp:192139:68"/>among the <hi>Talmudiſts</hi> mention is made of <hi>Ezra,</hi> and of ſuch others with their Sanhedrin, in the management of buſineſs, as if then they were cuſtomarily to be taken for Princes of the Sanhe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>drin. Thus far the learned <hi>Selden.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> John. Whom <hi>Lightfoot</hi> conjectures to have been the famous <hi>Jochanan Ben Zaccai</hi> the Prieſt,
<note place="margin">Juchaſin, <hi>fol.</hi> 60.</note> who is ſaid to have lived a hun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dred and twenty years; and forty years before the deſtruction of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> when the Gates of the Temple opened of themſelves, is reported to have ſaid,
<note place="margin">Joma. <hi>fol.</hi> 39.</note> 
                  <hi>O Temple Why doeſ: thou diſturb thy ſelf,
<note place="margin">Zech. 11.1.</note> I know thou ſhalt be deſtroy'd, for ſo</hi> Zechariah <hi>has propheſied.</hi> Open thy Doors, O <hi>Lebanon,</hi> that the Fire may devour thy Cedars. <hi>After the deſtruction of</hi> Jeruſalem, ſaith <hi>Lightfoot, he got leave of</hi> Titus,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>In Centur. Cho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rographic. be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore</hi> Matt.</note> 
                  <hi>that</hi> Jabneh <hi>might re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceive and retain the Sanhedrin. There he preſided himſelf two or five years, for the certain number is diſputed.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And as many as were of the kindred of the Prieſts.</hi> In the Greek, <hi>of the High priest,</hi> as the common Eng<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liſh tranſlation hath, and the <hi>Syriack</hi> and <hi>Arabick</hi> Verſion alſo. That is, <hi>Whoſe Anceſtours,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, not long before enjoy'd the High-prieſthood, which great no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bility cauſed them to be admitted into the great Sanhedrin.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>By what power.</hi> As much as to ſay, By whoſe effectu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>al Virtue, or by whoſe command and authority, have ye cured this perſon lame from his Mothers Womb?</p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>Filled with the Holy Ghoſt.</hi> That is, moved and excited by a certain inſpiration of the Holy Spirit,
<note place="margin">Matt. 10.19, 20. Luke 21.14, 15.</note> according to the promiſe of Chriſt, who promiſed his Apoſtles, that when they were brought before Preſidents, Kings, and Magiſtrates, that utterance and wiſdom ſhould be given to them, which all their Adverſaries ſhould not be able to withſtand; for
<pb n="125" facs="tcp:192139:68"/>that they ſhould not ſpeak themſelves, but the Spirit of the Father ſhould ſpeak within them.</p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>If.</hi> This Particle is here put for <hi>ſince,</hi> or <hi>ſeeing that.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We this day be examined.</hi> That is, <hi>be endited,</hi> ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording to the <hi>Syriack,</hi> or <hi>be brought before the Judges,</hi> according to the Interlineary Gloſs, or <hi>be reproved</hi> according to the Latine Interpreter of <hi>Irenaus,</hi> or as <hi>Lyranus</hi> expounds it, <hi>be brought to judgment as Male<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>factors.</hi> In the Greek, as <hi>Grotius</hi> Interprets the word, <hi>be examined.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of the good deed done to the impotent man.</hi> That is, becauſe we have done the ſame perſon a kindneſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By what means he is made whole.</hi> As if he had ſaid, To anſwer by whoſe power and authority, this Man lame from his Mothers Womb has received the A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bility of walking and ſound Health.</p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>By the name.</hi> That is, by the Power and Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thority.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whom ye Crucified.</hi> By the Hands of the <hi>Roman</hi> Souldiers.
<note place="margin">2 Sam. 12.9.</note> Thus David is ſaid to have killed <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>riah,</hi> as is there added, <hi>by the Sword of the Children of</hi> Ammon.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whom.</hi> By your means put to ſo cruel and ignomi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nious a death.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>God.</hi> Who will ſhew himſelf as oppoſite to your deeds and endeavours, as you were to his Counſel and Will.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Raiſed from the dead.</hi> That is, delivered from death, reſtored to life.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>This.</hi> To wit, Chriſt Jeſus typified by <hi>David.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Is.</hi> That is to ſay, like <hi>David.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Stone which was ſet at nought.</hi> That is, Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jected, contemned and refuſed, as no wiſe fit, even to be uſed in the moſt vile part of the building.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of you Builders.</hi> By you the Senators of the great Sanhedrin, and of the City of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> to whoſe Care and Guardianſhip, the Religion and Common<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wealth of the People of God is entruſted.</p>
               <pb n="126" facs="tcp:192139:69"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which.</hi> To wit, being raiſed from the dead.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Is become the Head of the Corner.</hi> That is, is advan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ced by God to ſo high a Dignity, that like the chief Corner-ſtone he ſupports and ſuſtains the whole Weight of the Spiritual building. Moſt admirably and learnedly has that equally moſt religious and emi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nently lettered Divine Doctor <hi>Simon Patrick,</hi> Dean of <hi>Peterborough,</hi> whoſe ſignal and ſincere Charity I have often experienced, expreſſed the Literal and Myſtical ſence, of this verſe, in his Golden Para<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phraſe upon <hi>Pſal.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1 Sam. 26.19.</note> 118. <hi>v.</hi> 22. <hi>He whom the Great-men and Rulers of the People re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jected, as the Builders of a Houſe do a Stone, that is not fit to be employ'd in it, is now become our King, to whom we muſt all joyn our ſelves, if we hope for ſafety. In whom we ſee a figure of that Glorious King, who ſhall hereafter be in like manner refuſed,
<note place="margin">Luke 19.14. &amp; 20.17.</note> and then by God exalted to be Lord of all the world, and the Foundation of all mens hap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pineſs.</hi> See our Litteral Explication, <hi>Matt.</hi> 21.42.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>Neither is there.</hi> As if he had ſaid, In this Chriſt alone God hath put the Salvation of all men, even their Eternal Salvation, <hi>which is not to be attain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed but by the Mediator of God and Men,
<note place="margin">Ep. 83. <hi>ad Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liſtin.</hi>
                     </note> the Man Jeſus Christ,</hi> as ſaith <hi>Leo the Great.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For there is no other name.</hi> That is, any other per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſon. So <hi>c.</hi> 1.15. Name is taken for Perſon. And here there ſeems to be ſome reaſon why the word Name is made uſe of, becauſe in dangers and vows they are wont to be invoked, and their Names to be expreſſed from whom we expect aſſiſtance and ſafety.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nder Heaven.</hi> That is, in any place whatever. A Synecdoche of the Species for the Genus, that is, place under Heaven for any place. For as often as we diſcourſe concerning Humane things men being under Heaven, and their place here ſpacious and large,
<pb n="127" facs="tcp:192139:69"/>whatever we alledge not to be under Heaven, we look upon to be no where.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Given among men.</hi> That is, given by God to man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kind as their Saviour.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whereby we must be ſaved.</hi> That is, through whom we ought to ſeek our Salvation, or through whom we muſt of neceſſity obtain our Salvation, if we in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tend to be ſaved.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>Boldneſs.</hi> That is, Freedom of ſpeech and pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſence of mind.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nlettered.</hi> That is, Without the knowledge of good Letters and honeſt learning; for the Apoſtles knew their Letters, and had read the Scriptures, and retained them by heart; but they were not verſed in harder ſtudies, by which the minds of men are fraught with underſtanding.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And idiots.</hi> That is, <hi>Plebeians,</hi> men of mean and inconſiderable Fortunes, as 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 18.23. <hi>A poor man and lightly eſteemed,</hi> or <hi>contemned and abject,</hi> is ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dered by the <hi>Chaldee</hi> Paraphraſt, <hi>a poor man and an idiot.</hi> And <hi>c.</hi> 24. <hi>v.</hi> 14. where <hi>David</hi> in contempt calls himſelf <hi>a Dead Dog</hi> and a <hi>Flea;</hi> the <hi>Chaldee</hi> Paraphraſt renders it <hi>weak, and idiot.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>Aſide out of the Council.</hi> That is, without the Council-houſe, where the Sanhedrin was aſſembled.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>Let us ſtraitly threaten them.</hi> This tranſlation expreſſes perfectly the meaning of the Greek Text which has, <hi>let us threaten them with threats.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In this name.</hi> That is, by the command and autho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rity of Jeſus of Nazareth.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>At all.</hi> That from that time forward they ſhould neither ſpeak nor preach any thing, pretending the authority of Jeſus of <hi>Nazareth,</hi> ſo as that any thing ſhould be ſaid to be divulged by his command.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>Whether it be right.</hi> That is, whether it be al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowable by the Law of honeſty and reaſon.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the ſight of God.</hi> Who tho men be never ſo blind,
<pb n="128" facs="tcp:192139:70"/>will never ſuffer any one to be preferred before him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To hearken unto you more than unto God.</hi> Thus the young man anſwered <hi>Antiochus,</hi> commanding him to eat Swines fleſh againſt the Law of God: <hi>I will not obey the Kings commandment, but I will obey the commandment of the Law that was given unto our Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers by</hi> Moſes.
<note place="margin">2 Mac. 7.33.</note> It is recorded that <hi>Po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lycarpus</hi> upon his Martyrdom ſaid, <hi>We have learnt to give honours which are due to Emperours and Powers eſtabliſhed by God, and which are no impedi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment to our Salvation.</hi> Of the Mother of the Family thus <hi>Clement</hi> of <hi>Alexandria, She ſhall obey her Husband in all things, nor ſhall ſhe do any thing without his con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſent, unleſs what ſhe believes to be a help to attain Virtue and Salvation.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Epheſ. 6.1.</note> Of Children, thus St. <hi>Paul, Children obey your Parents in the Lord.</hi> That is, according to the Expoſition of <hi>Chry<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſoſtom,
<note place="margin">Declam. 271.</note> In what ye offend not God.</hi> Quinti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lian. <hi>It is not neceſſary for Children to do all thoſe things which their Parents command. There be many things which cannot be done. If thou commandest thy Son to give a contrary Sentence to his Opinion. If thou deſirest him to witneſs a thing of which he knows nothing. If thou commandest me to burn the Capitol, or ſeize the Caſtle, it is lawful for me to anſwer; Theſe are things which must not be done.</hi> The ſame Author in another place, <hi>All manner of Obedience is not to be given to Parents, otherwiſe there would be nothing more pernicious than re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceived Benefits, ſhould they oblige us to all manner of Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vitude.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>In</hi> Tit. 2. <hi>ci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted by</hi> Grati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>an.</note> Hierome</hi> alſo, <hi>If a Maſter,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>commands thoſe things which are not contrary to the Sacred Scriptures, let the Servant be ſubject to the Maſter. But if he commands thoſe things that are repugnant to it, let him rather obey the Lord of the Spirit, than the Maſter of the Body.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>In</hi> Tit. 3.</note> Again, <hi>If it be good which the Emperour or Governour commands, let
<pb n="129" facs="tcp:192139:70"/>him obey the Will of the Commander; but if it be evil, anſwer from the</hi> Acts <hi>of the Apoſtles,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Acts 5.28.</note> We ought to obey God rather than Men. <hi>The ſame is to be underſtood concerning Servants toward their Maſters, Wives toward their Husbands, and Chil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dren toward their Parents, that they ought only to be obe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dient to their Maſters, their Husbands, their Parents, in thoſe things which interfere not with the Commands of God.</hi> The ſame <hi>Gratian</hi> in the ſame place, out of St. <hi>Auſtins</hi> 6 Sermon upon the words of the Lord: Whoſoever reſiſts the Power, reſiſts the Ordinance of God. <q>But what if he command that which it behoves thee not to do? Here indeed out of fear of Powers contemn Power. Obſerve the Degrees them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelves of Humane things. If the Governour com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mand any thing to be done, is he not to be obey'd? Nevertheleſs if the Proconſul command the contra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry, thou verily doſt not contemn the Power, but chooſeſt to obey the more ſupream Authority. A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gain, If the Proconſul command one thing, and the Emperour command another, can any perſon doubt but that the latter is to be obey'd, the firſt to be diſobey'd? So if the Emperour command one thing and God another, what think ye? Pay your Tri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bute, obey me, right; but not in the Idol-Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple. He forbids Obedience in Idol-temple. Who forbids? The higher Power. Pardon me; thou threatneſt me with impriſonment, he with Hell<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fire. Here Faith is to be made uſe of as a Shield, by which thou mayeſt reſiſt all the Fiery Darts of the Enemy.</q>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>c.</hi> 98. <hi>Ex Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guſt. in</hi> Pſal. 124. <hi>v.</hi> 3.</note> The ſame Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thor in the ſame place. <q>The Empe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rour <hi>Julian</hi> was an Infidel. Was he not an Apoſtate, a wicked perſon and an Idolater? Chriſtian Souldiers ſerv'd a Heathen Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perour. But when it came to the Cauſe of Chriſt, they onely acknowledged him, who was in Heaven.
<pb n="130" facs="tcp:192139:71"/>When he commanded them to worſhip Idols, and offer Incenſe to them, they preferred God before him. But when he bid them take the Field, and march againſt ſuch a Nation, they obeyed him immediately. They diſtinguiſhed their Eternal Lord from their Temporal Lord. And yet in Obedience to their Eternal Lord they were Subject to their Temporal Lord.</q>
                  <note place="margin">C. 101.</note> The ſame <hi>Gratian</hi> in the ſame place out of <hi>Iſidorus:</hi> 
                  <q>If he who is in Authority has done, or commanded any one to do what is prohibited by the Lord, or has omitted, or commanded any precept to be omitted, the Sen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tence of St. <hi>Paul</hi> is to be brought to ſuch a ones mind, where he ſays,</q> 
                  <hi>Gal.</hi> 1. Tho either we or an Angel from Heaven preach to you any other Goſpel, than that which we have preached unto you, let him be accurſed. <q>If any one prohibits you from doing what is commanded by God; or on the other ſide commands that to be done, which God prohibits, let him be accurſed of all that love God. He that is in Authority, if he ſpeak or command any thing which is contrary to the Will of God, or contrary to what is expreſly commanded in Scripture, let him be accounted as a Falſe-witneſs of God, and a Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crilegious perſon.</q> Like to all theſe things contain'd in <hi>Cap.</hi> 101. are to be read in the Rules of St <hi>Baſil</hi> briefly diſputed, <hi>c.</hi> 114. &amp; 103. See alſo the Book of the Inſtitutes of the Monks written by the ſame St.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>c.</hi> 14.16.</note> 
                  <hi>Baſil.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>For we cannot,</hi> &amp;c. That is, It is not by any means lawful for us; or we cannot in Conſcience; or our Conſcience does by no means permit us againſt the revealed Will of God to conceal what we have ſeen and heard. Thus <hi>not to can,</hi> is taken for <hi>not to be lawful,</hi> frequently in Scripture, as may be ſeen, <hi>Gen.</hi> 43. <hi>v.</hi> 32. <hi>&amp;</hi> 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 10.21. <hi>We are to take notice,</hi> ſaith <hi>Curcellaeus</hi> our Country-man, <hi>that this Speech does
<pb n="131" facs="tcp:192139:71"/>not always denote a true, and properly ſo called, want of Power, or Inability, but ſometimes a vehement averſion of the mind from any thing. As when</hi> Peter <hi>and</hi> John <hi>ſay,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Acts 4.20.</note> We cannot but we muſt ſpeak thoſe things which we have ſeen and heard: <hi>And</hi> John,
<note place="margin">1 John 3.9.</note> Whoever is born of God cannot ſin. <hi>Alſo where the Lord Jeſus teſtifies for the Angel of the Church of</hi> Epheſus,
<note place="margin">Apoc. 2.2.</note> 
                  <hi>that he could not bear them which are evil. Not that it was impoſſible for all theſe to do thoſe things which are ſpoken of in thoſe places, but becauſe they had an abhorrency from ſuch actions. Which was the reaſon why the Jews could not believe in the Doctrine of Chriſt.
<note place="margin">John 12.39.</note> For finding it to be repugnant to their carnal deſires, they were ſo averſe to it, that they would not admit it, though they could eaſily have done it, had they been ſo minded. With which he openly re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>proaches them, when he ſays,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">John 5.44.</note> How can ye believe, who receive honour one of ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther, and ſeek not the honour which cometh from God only? See our Annotations upon <hi>Amos</hi> 3.8.</p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>So when they had further threatned them.</hi> That is, when they had charged them upon pain, to forbear ſpeaking and teaching in the Name of Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>How they might.</hi> That is, under what ſpecious pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tence.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Glorifi'd God for that which was done.</hi> In the Greek, <hi>gave glory to God.</hi> We find here the people more rightly judging of Divine things, than they who challenged to themſelves the chief Authority in Sacred things. For the people acknowledges the Mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>racle, and praiſes God for it. The Elders, Pontiffs. Prieſts and Doctors of the Law, do not only refuſe to acknowledge it, and go about to deprive it of its deſerved praiſe, but alſo wickedly deem it worthy of puniſhment.</p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>Forty years old,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Luke</hi> here declares, that all
<pb n="132" facs="tcp:192139:72"/>whom their paſſions had not blinded, could not but judge this Cure of the Lame perſon a moſt wonderful Miracle, in regard he had been lame from his Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers womb, for forty years together, and upward. For Diſeaſes of long continuance are not eaſily eradi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cated: Inſomuch that though they are not natural, they at length become a ſecond Nature, getting a head, and hardning with Age.</p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>They went to theirs.</hi> In Greek as in Engliſh, <hi>to their own.</hi> That is, to the reſt of the Chriſtians; for no men are ſo peculiarly the Chriſtians, as the Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtians themſelves. A Chriſtian is to a Chriſtian his Domeſtick his Kinſman, his Brother.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>And when they had heard.</hi> That is, the Threats of the Sanhedrin, or of the Council of the Chief of the Jews; they did not betake themſelves to tears, nor deſpond in their minds; or deſpairing of a good Cauſe, did they go about to abandon it; but being deſtitute of Human Aid, they betook them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelves to implore the Aſſiſtance of Heaven, belie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving that then chiefly to begin, when the other for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſakes them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With one accord.</hi> The conſent of pious people, and unanimity of mind, is of great efficacy in prayer to move God. See <hi>Matth.</hi> 18.19, &amp; 20.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They lifted up their voice.</hi> With a fervent zeal, and a generous ardour of mind.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To God.</hi> There are no Arms for Chriſtians to uſe againſt the Magiſtrate, when he endeavours to op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſs the Truth, and the Profeſſors of it, by his Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thority and Force, but Prayers to God for the Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giſtrate, and his Salvation. That is to ſay, that through the mijd-changing, and heart-converting power of God, he may be reclaimed from oppoſing the Truth: Or if he have threatned any thing to the Profeſſors of it, to prevent him from putting it in Execution.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Lord.</hi> To whoſe Divine Power all Beings in Nature are obedient.</p>
               <pb n="133" facs="tcp:192139:72"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thou.</hi> To whoſe Clemency, for ſuccour, we thy Suppliants have betaken our ſelves.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Art.</hi> In the Greek and Vulgar Engliſh is added <hi>God,</hi> or, <hi>The God.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, whom the Creation of all things demonſtrates to excel in Immenſe Power, and Infinite Strength.</p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>Who.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Who to thy demon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtration of Power to help, haſt added thy promiſe of Aſſiſtance, that reſting upon thy Promiſe and Power together, we may implore thy Aid, with certain hope of obtaining it.</p>
               <p>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">This is not in the Vul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gar Engliſh, but it is <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>n the Greek Original.</note> 
                  <hi>By the Holy Ghoſt.</hi> That is, foretelling f<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ture things by thy Divine Inſtinct and Inſpiration.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of thy Child.</hi> That is, thy Servant, as it is rendred in the common Engliſh Tranſlation,</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Why,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, Why rages the wicked and violent Deſign to deſtroy the Kingdom ſet up of God? For it ſhall prove no more effectual, than if a Fly oppoſed an Elephant; or if any one ſhould go about to throw down the Sun from Heaven. In the literal ſenſe this is to be underſtood of the Kingdom of <hi>Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vid,</hi> typifying the Kingdom of Chriſt. <hi>David</hi> beheld himſelf encompaſſed on every ſide with moſt potent Enemies, the <hi>Philiſtines, Moabites, Sabaeans, Damaſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cenes, Ammonites</hi> and <hi>Idumaeans,</hi> and beſet with powerful Hoſts. However,
<note place="margin">2 Sam. 5.15.8.1. &amp;c. 10.6, &amp;c.</note> 
                  <hi>David</hi> derides the vain endeavours of all their threatning Numbers, to deprive him of a Kingdom ſo firmly aſſured to him from Heaven. But in a Myſtical ſenſe the Holy Ghoſt ſpeaking by the mouth of <hi>David,</hi> reproaches the ridiculous malice of the World, for daring to invade Chriſt and his Church; whereas God has ordained by his inviolable Decree, though the univerſality of men, both high and low, combin'd in an Impious and Nefarious
<pb n="134" facs="tcp:192139:73"/>Conſpiration, oppoſe Chriſt and his Church, yet all their Fury will come to nothing. And that this My<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtical ſenſe of the ſecond <hi>Pſalm</hi> belongs to the <hi>Meſſiah,</hi> both <hi>Rabbi David Kimchi, Saadias Gaon, Jarchi,</hi> and others acknowledge.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>Stood up,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, the Princes mentioned in the places laſt cited,
<note place="margin">2 Sam. 8.10.</note> wick<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>edly conſpir'd againſt the irreſiſtible De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cree of the Omnipotent God,
<note place="margin">1 Sam. 16.13. 2 Sam. 2.4. &amp; 5.3.</note> and againſt <hi>David</hi> ſolemnly Anointed by the com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mand of God. Thoſe Princes were the Type of all thoſe, who refuſing to be ſubject to the Lord Chriſt, are violently carried forth to their own deſtruction, to make oppoſition againſt God, whoſe pleaſure it is to Reign in Chriſt's perſon. Now <hi>David</hi> being by the command of God Anointed King, was an Adumbration of the Son of God, Jeſus the <hi>Meſſiah,</hi> or Chriſt, that is, the A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nointed by the Eternal Father, to the Prieſtly, Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetical, and Kingly Dignity, not with Terreſtrial Oil,
<note place="margin">Iſa. 61.1.</note> but with Coeleſtial Gifts of the Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly Ghoſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Kings of the Earth.</hi> Thus by way of Extenua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion he calls thoſe Princes who were Enemies to <hi>Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vid,</hi> and Jeſus Chriſt, who was typified by <hi>David,</hi> and to them he oppoſes God, <hi>whoſe dwelling is in the Heavens,</hi> whoſe vaſt Power is not confined to thoſe narrow bounds that limit Human Force.</p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>Were gathered together.</hi> As if he had ſaid, For theſe Enemies of <hi>David</hi> were Types of <hi>Herodes An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tipas,</hi> Tetrarch of <hi>Galilee,</hi> &amp; <hi>Pontius Pilate</hi> Governour of <hi>Judaea,</hi> who though in other things there was no good correſpondence between them, they conſented toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther with Heathens and Jews, to the deſtruction of Chriſt, <hi>Luke</hi> 23.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Child.</hi> When it is ſpoken of Jeſus, <hi>Hilary</hi> and <hi>Am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>broſe</hi>
                  <pb n="135" facs="tcp:192139:73"/>tranſlate the Greek word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Son,</hi> as <hi>Eraſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus</hi> notes upon this place.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whom thou haſt Anointed.</hi> That is, whom thou haſt inaugurated King, Prieſt and Prophet by the Unction of the Holy Ghoſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Herod</hi> and <hi>Pontius Pilate.</hi> By vertue of an He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braiſm peculiar to the Scripture, they who have a deriv<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>d and deputed Power, are call'd Kings.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With the Gentiles.</hi> That is, with the Ethnicks, who were either Counſellors with, or Officers under <hi>Pilate,</hi> who was the <hi>Roman</hi> Governour of <hi>Judaea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the peoples of</hi> Iſrael. The Jews are called <hi>the peoples of Iſrael</hi> in the plural number, not only becauſe they conſiſted of the Twelve Tribes, each of which con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtituted as it were a diſtinct people; as <hi>Iſaac</hi> prayed for <hi>Jacob, Gen.</hi> 28.3. and God himſelf promiſed, <hi>Gen.</hi> 48.4. But alſo becauſe they were a multitude equally as numerous, as if many Nations had been conjoyned to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gether, <hi>Judges</hi> 5.14.</p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>To do,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, That they being permitted to give way to their own paſſions, what<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever thou hadſt ordained in thy Eternal Wiſdom might come to paſs; that is to ſay, that thy Son ſhould be brought to the ſhameful death of the Croſs by the hands of the wicked, for the ſalvation of Mankind. <hi>The wicked,</hi> ſaith <hi>Junius, execute the will of God, when they leaſt dream of it: They execute the will of God, nevertheleſs they are not exempted from fault.</hi> For God contributes nothing to the Impiety of the wicked, though he let looſe the Reins of their ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lice, and out of his moſt profound Wiſdom direct their fury rather againſt one than another, and give them the power to execute.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thy hand.</hi> That is, thy Power. God in regard of his Omnipotency, wills nothing but what he can do; and when it is his pleaſure to defend, in vain the Ene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mies of Truth lay their Ambuſhes againſt the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feſſors
<pb n="136" facs="tcp:192139:74"/>of it. <hi>Therefore there is nothing done, unleſs the Omnipotent will have it done, either by permitting it to be done, or by doing it himſelf.</hi> Saith St. <hi>Auſtin, Enchirid. c.</hi> 95.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And thy Counſel.</hi> The Counſels of Men often come to nothing, becauſe they cannot effect what they have a deſire to do: but the Counſels, and deter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minations of God never fail. For, as <hi>Auſtin</hi> ſays, <hi>Enchirid. c.</hi> 96. <hi>As eaſy as it is for the Omnipotent to do what he pleaſes, ſo eaſy is it for him not to permit what he has no mind ſhould be done.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Determined to be done.</hi> In the Greek, <hi>prelimited to be done.</hi> 
                  <q>For ſaith <hi>Simon Grynaeus,</hi> a Perſon excellent<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly well read in the Greek and Latin: The Greek word ſignifies to prelimit, or to circumſcribe as it were within a ſpace or circle.</q> Moreover it is to be ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſerv'd that this whole eight and twentieth verſe may be aptly joyned with the words of the verſe laſt pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceeding, <hi>whom thou haſt anointed,</hi> in this manner. <hi>For</hi> Pontius Pilate, <hi>and</hi> Herod <hi>have really gathered together with the Gentiles, and People of</hi> Iſrael <hi>in this City, a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gainſt thy Holy Child Jeſus, whom thou haſt anointed to do what thy hand and Counſel decreed to be done.</hi> Which is an egregious ſenſe of the words, and moſt exactly agrees with the ſeries of the context. 'For thus, <hi>ſaith the famous Divine of our Age,</hi> Stephen Curcellaeus, <q>the Apoſtles were deſirous to ſhew their confidence in God, by openly profeſſing that all the endeavours of the Enemies of Chriſt to diſturb the propagation of the Goſpel, ſhould be of no effect; nor ſhould they be able to hinder, but that what God had decreed ſhould be done by Chriſt and his Servants for the Salvation of the World, ſhould be duly perfor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>med, and executed. Neither ought that tranſpo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſition of the words offend any one, or ſeem unuſual, ſeeing that there be many ſuch in the Scriptures. Of which it will be ſufficient to bring two or three
<pb n="137" facs="tcp:192139:74"/>examples, <hi>Rev.</hi> 13.8. we read, <hi>And all that dwell upon the Earth ſhall worſhip the Beaſt, whoſe names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb ſlain from the foundation of the world.</hi> Where the laſt words, <hi>from the foundation of the world,</hi> are not to be connected with the preceeding words, <hi>the Lamb ſlain,</hi> but with the more remote words, thus, <hi>whoſe names are not written from the foundation of the world, in the book of life of the Lamb ſlain.</hi> See alſo an harder trajection, <hi>Luke</hi> 2.34. <hi>&amp;</hi> 35. Where the laſt words, <hi>That the thoughts of many hearts may be revealed,</hi> are to be con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nected with theſe, <hi>and for a ſign that ſhall be ſpoken againſt,</hi> though there be an interpoſition of theſe words between; <hi>Yea, a Sword ſhall pierce thorough thy own Soul alſo.</hi> See alſo c. 4.5. where you are to read, <hi>And the Devil taking him up into an high Mountain in a moment of time, ſhewed him all the Kingdoms of the Earth;</hi> not as it is vulgarly pointed, he ſhewed him all the King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>doms of the Earth in a moment of time. For that could not be done, beſides, that it was contrary to the deſign of the Devil, which was to detain the Lord Jeſus for ſome time at leaſt in the contempla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of the Glory, and Splendour of thoſe Kingdoms, to excite his deſire and Ambition, not to ſhew him paſſant, as it were a flaſh of Lightning. Laſtly, where you find any Parentheſis's inſerted in Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture, there thoſe Tranſpoſitions are always to be found. Which is ſo frequent in the Epiſtles of St. <hi>Paul,</hi> that you meet with three or four in the ſeven firſt Comma's of his Epiſtle to the <hi>Romans.</hi> Concer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning which thing Interpreters may be conſulted, and among the reſt, <hi>Beza,</hi> and <hi>Piſcator</hi> under the word <hi>Trajectio.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>And now.</hi> The Adverb of time, <hi>and now,</hi> is a collective, or rational Conjunction, inferring a conclu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſion out of what precedes, and is here uſed for <hi>there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore,</hi> or <hi>for this reaſon.</hi> As <hi>Gen,</hi> 4.11.21.23. and in other <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
               <pb n="138" facs="tcp:192139:75"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Lord, behold their Threatnings,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, aſſwage the Threats of the Magiſtrates, leſt they break forth to the oppreſſion of the Truth, and that thy Servants boldly and intrepidly in defyance of thoſe threats, may preach the Doctrine of Chriſt, ſhew thy Might and Power to work Miracles, as of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ten as we ſhall humbly beſeech thee to do it for the ſake of thy Holy Son Jeſus. This manner of inſpi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ring Fortitude into the Miniſters of Chriſt, ceaſes at this day; ſeeing that the force of the Miracles for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>merly wrought by the Apoſtles, ſtill remains in its full vigour and efficacy.</p>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>And when they had prayed.</hi> In the Greek, <hi>while they were yet praying.</hi> That is, they had ſcarce finiſhed their Supplications.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The place was ſhaken.</hi> To the end the Diſciples might know that God was at hand by this teſtimony of his Divine Preſence; and certainly underſtand that their Prayers were heard according to the promiſe of Chriſt.
<note place="margin">Jo. 14.13.</note> 
                  <hi>Whatever ye ſhall ask the Father in my Name,</hi> that is, truſting in my pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miſes and merits, <hi>that will I do;</hi> that is, I will take care that ye ſhall obtain it: and <hi>John</hi> 16.23. <hi>Verily, verily, I ſay unto you, whatever ye ſhall ask the Father in my Name, he will give it you.</hi> Something like this paſſage of the ſhaking of the place,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Aen.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 89. <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                  </note> you find in <hi>Virgil.</hi>
               </p>
               <q>
                  <l>
                     <hi>See where the Omen comes, by Heaven diſtill'd,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Into your breaſts with fear and horrour fill'd.</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Scarce had I ſpoke, when on a ſudden all</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>The Maſſy Pile ſeem'd ready juſt to fall;</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>The Temple Threſholds, Sacred Lawrel ſhook,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>The Mountain too a quivering Ague took.</hi>
                  </l>
               </q>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they were all filled with the Holy Ghoſt.</hi> That is, they felt the power and efficacy of the Holy Ghoſt
<pb n="39" facs="tcp:192139:75"/>more vigorouſly operating in their hearts at that time than before, and found themſelves poſſeſſed of the promiſes of Chriſt: <hi>Whoſoever hath, to him ſhall be given,
<note place="margin">Matth. 13.12.</note> and he ſhall have more abundance, and every Branch in me that beareth fruit, my Father purgeth it,
<note place="margin">John 15.2.</note> that it may bear more fruit.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they ſpake the Word of God with boldneſs.</hi> As if he had ſaid, And now no longer terrified, or hin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dered by their fears, they ſpread the Word of God more boldly, and freely.</p>
               <p n="32">32. <hi>And the multitude,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, And among ſo many thouſands who had em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braced the faith of Chriſt, ſuch was the Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cord and Unanimity of mind, that there was not the leaſt appearance of Diſſenſion in the whole number. This happy Concord Chriſt himſelf declares ſhould be a mark and badge of his Diſciples.
<note place="margin">John 13.15. John 17.21, &amp; 23.</note> And prays the Father to infuſe it into them, that the world might know that he had ſent him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of one Heart, and of one Soul.</hi> A proverbial man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner of ſpeech, ſignifying the moſt perfect conſent of minds, 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 12.38. <hi>All the reſt of</hi> Iſrael <hi>were of one heart to make</hi> David <hi>King.</hi> 2 Chron. 30.12. <hi>And in all</hi> Judah <hi>the hand of God was to give them one heart to do the Commandment of the King and of the Princes, by the word of the Lord.</hi> Jer. 32.39. <hi>I will give them one heart and one way, that they may fear me.</hi> That is, I will cauſe them unanimouſly to profeſs one Religion. <hi>Ariſtotle,</hi> in <hi>Diogenes Laertius,</hi> putting the Queſtion, what a Friend was, anſwers, <hi>One Soul inhabiting in two Bodies.</hi> And ſo <hi>Cicero. That Law of juſt and true Friendſhip is very Ancient,
<note place="margin">in Orat. pro Planc.</note> that Friends ſhould always will the ſame thing; Neither is there any more certain tye of Friendſhip, then the conſent and Concord of Counſels and Wills.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="140" facs="tcp:192139:76"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Neither any of them,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, Nay, this Sacred, and Praiſe-worthy Concord among Believers brake forth into external Liberality, ſo that none of them privately enjoyed his Eſtate or Goods, which us'd to be eſtimated at the price of Money, without regarding the neceſſities of others; but as their occaſions required, they alſo freely granted the uſe of them to thoſe that wanted.
<note place="margin">Cypr. ſub finem lib. de opere &amp; eleem.</note> 
                  <q>This is by a Spiritual Birth to be truly born the Sons of God: This is according to the Heavenly Law, to imitate the equality of God the Father. For whatever is Gods, is in common for our uſe: No man is prohibited from the participation of his Bene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fits, but that all Mankind equally enjoys his bounty and goodneſs. Thus the day illuminates all alike, the Sun ſhines, the Showers water, the Wind blows, upon all alike. Sleep is the ſame to all, and the light of the Stars and Moon is common to all. By which example of equality, whoever is a poſſeſſor of Land upon Earth, and ſhares his Incomes and Revenues with the Brother-hood, while he is com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon and juſt in his free and voluntary largeſſes, he is an Imitator of God.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="33">33. <hi>And with great Power.</hi> As if he ſaid, But the Reſurrection of Chriſt, the Foundation of all Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtian Religion, and of our hopes therein comprehen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ded, the Apoſtles did not only vigorouſly and con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtantly maintain in words, but alſo, as they had pray<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed before, confirmed by the ſignal, and aſtoniſhing Miracles they wrought by the power of Jeſus Chriſt by them invoked.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And great Grace was upon them all.</hi> That is, The Apoſtles were pleaſing, and acceptable to all. See <hi>c.</hi> 5. <hi>v.</hi> 13.</p>
               <p n="34">34. <hi>Neither was there.</hi> The reaſon is given why the Apoſtles were ſo acceptable to all; becauſe they were ſo liberal, and bountiful to all.</p>
               <pb n="141" facs="tcp:192139:76"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>That lacked.</hi> That is, who was deſtitute of the neceſſary ſupport of human life.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For as many.</hi> See our Annot. <hi>c.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 45.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sold them.</hi> That is, their Lands or Farms.</p>
               <p n="35">35. <hi>And laid them down at the Apoſtles feet.</hi> To wit, according to the cuſtom of thoſe who ſur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rendred any thing to the will and diſpoſal of another. From which Cuſtom the manner of ſpeaking is taken, <hi>Pſal.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Orat. pro Flac.</note> 8.7. <hi>Cicero</hi> ſpeaking of Mony paidin Court, <hi>ſays, A hundred pound of Gold was paid down in the Court before the feet of the Praetor.</hi> The ſame Author in 3 of his Offices: <hi>The Fiſhes were caſt down before the feet of</hi> Pythius.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And diſtribution was made.</hi> As much as to ſay, what<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever was neceſſary to every one for Food, Rayment, and Phyſick, was diſtributed to every particular Per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſon, ſo that in the whole Aſſembly of Believers, there was none neglected or deſpiſed for his Poverty, or that appeared to be ſwell'd, and pufft up with his Riches.</p>
               <p n="36">36. <hi>And Joſes. Joſes, Joſetus, Joſephus,</hi> and <hi>Joſeph,</hi> are one and the ſame Name with various Terminati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons, as <hi>Druſius, Grotius,</hi> and others obſerve.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who was ſirnam'd</hi> Barnabas. This Sirname is a Syriac Compoſition, from the name <hi>Bar</hi> and <hi>Nabia,</hi> or by abridgment <hi>Naba,</hi> the third perſon of the fu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture of the verb <hi>Bia,</hi> to <hi>comfort.</hi> And thus <hi>Barnaba</hi> ſignifieth, <hi>the comforting Son;</hi> the Hebrews and Syrians uſing often the <hi>future</hi> for the <hi>preſent Participle,</hi> as <hi>Lud. de Dieu</hi> obſerves. Nor was this Sirname gi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven him by the common People, but by the Apoſtles themſelves, which redounded to his greater praiſe. The names which were given to the Apoſtles by Chriſt, did not want a happy portending: Nor did they doubtleſs want the ſame which were given to others by the Apoſtles, being filled with the Holy Ghoſt. Neither is it a ſmall honour to be approv'd,
<pb n="142" facs="tcp:192139:77"/>and well character'd by Perſons eminent in the Church for their Divine Gifts and Piety. Where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore all men ought to labour, not ſo much to be ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plauded by thoſe moſt excellent Perſons (leſt it might be lookt upon as the effect of Ambition) as to de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſerve thoſe praiſes, and in the firſt place, to be a cauſe of Conſolation and rejoycing to all pious, and holy Men, by their Piety, and ſingular good Deeds.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A Levite.</hi> We know the Levites had nothing of their own, and therefore the Tenths were given them for an Inheritance, <hi>Numb.</hi> 18.21. We alſo know that the Lands adjoyning to the Cities, given them in poſſeſſion, could not be ſold, <hi>Levit.</hi> 25.34. There<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore the Farm that <hi>Barnabas</hi> ſold, was ſome land which ſome Virgin of another Tribe, brought either to him or his Father in Marriage. <hi>For,</hi> as <hi>Grotius</hi> obſerves upon <hi>Jerem.</hi> 32.7. <hi>The Women, if they had no Brothers, were their Parents Heireſſes; and if the next of Kin would not Marry them, they did Marry to others.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And of the Country of</hi> Cyprus. <hi>Cyprus</hi> in the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew <hi>Copher,</hi> an Iſland famous for having ſo many Names, as alſo for its Extent, Fertility, Situation, Wealth, Colonies, Cities, admiſſion of Chriſtianity, was bounded to the Weſt by the <hi>Pamphilian</hi> Sea, to the South by the <hi>Aegyptian,</hi> and <hi>Syrian;</hi> to the Eaſt by the <hi>Syrian;</hi> to the North by the narrow ſtreight of <hi>Cilicia,</hi> according to <hi>Ptolomy;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">l. 5. c. 14.</note> by which it ſeems moſt probable; that it was forc'd away by nature from <hi>Cilicia,</hi> rather then from <hi>Syria,</hi> as <hi>Pliny</hi> delivers.
<note place="margin">l. 2. c. 88. l. 5. c. 31.</note> Anciently it was the Seat of five Kingdoms, as the ſame <hi>Pliny</hi> teſtifies. But from the time that the <hi>Ptolomies</hi> obtained the Government of <hi>Aegypt, Cyprus</hi> alſo was reduced under their ſubjecti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on, by the frequent aſſiſtance of the Romans. But when the laſt <hi>Ptolomy,</hi> the Uncle of <hi>Cleopatra,</hi> who
<pb n="143" facs="tcp:192139:77"/>reigned in <hi>Strabo</hi>'s time, proud and ungrateful to his Allies the <hi>Romans</hi> expell'd him,
<note place="margin">An Hiſtorical digreſſion.</note> took the Iſland into their own Poſſeſſion, and reduc'd it into a Pretorian Province. The principal cauſe of its Ruine was <hi>Publius Claudius Pulcher,</hi> who falling into the hands of the <hi>Cilician</hi> Pi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rates, then very powerful at Sea, and being required to pay his Ranſom, ſent the demands of the Pirates to the King, to the end that he ſhould ſend the Mony, and Redeem him: He ſent indeed, but ſo ſmall a ſum, that the Pirates were aſham'd to receive it, and ſo ſending the King his Mony back again, they ſet <hi>Clau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dius</hi> at liberty, without paying any Ranſom. Who being thus freed, was not unmindful of returning the favours he had received from both. So that being made Tribune of the People, he obtained that <hi>Porcius Cato</hi> might be ſent to eject the King out of <hi>Cyprus.</hi> Who hearing of <hi>Cato</hi>'s coming, prevented the igno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miny by laying violent hands upon himſelf. How<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever <hi>Cato</hi> taking poſſeſſion of the Iſland, ſold all the Kings proper Goods, and Furniture, and ſent in the Mony to the publick Treaſury of the <hi>Romans,</hi> which fill'd the Treaſury of <hi>Rome</hi> with a greater Maſs of Mony then ever any Triumph of her Commanders.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Florus.</hi> l. 3. c. 9.</note> From that time the Iſland was made a Pretorian Province. Some time after that, <hi>Anthony</hi> deliver'd it to <hi>Cleopatra,</hi> and her Siſter <hi>Arſinoe,</hi> but <hi>Anthony</hi> being overthrown, all his orders were made utterly void, as <hi>Strabo</hi> teſtifies, <hi>l.</hi> 14.</p>
               <p n="37">37. <hi>Having Land.</hi> That is, by Marriage. For the <hi>Levites</hi> had no other Lands of their own, except what they had by their Wives, as we have obſerv'd upon the preceeding verſe. A memorable example to others is this alienation of his Dowry Land by <hi>Barnabas,</hi> not to ſupply his own, but the wants of others. For a ſmall Farm of this nature us'd to be very highly valued by the poſſeſſours, inſomuch
<pb n="144" facs="tcp:192139:78"/>that they are very unwilling to part with it, and they ſeem to ſell their lives to the Purchaſer that bought it. Therefore it was a high piece of Liberality and Charity, to alienate an Eſtate only to gratify others.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="5" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. V.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>B<g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>T a certain Man,</hi> &amp;c. The particle <hi>but</hi> de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>notes an oppoſition, and connects the begin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning of this Chapter, with the latter part of the fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>going. For <hi>Luke</hi> there having declared the liberality of the Believers of the Church in <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> by that emi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nent and ſpecial inſtance of <hi>Barnabas,</hi> who ſold his ſmall Poſſeſſion which he enjoyed by way of Dowry, &amp; brought the whole price of it to the common ſtock. Now he illuſtrateth the ſame by a different, &amp; (in ſome reſpects) contrary example, &amp; by the Divine Vengeance purſuing it. <hi>As if he ſhould ſay,</hi> But <hi>Ananias,</hi> and <hi>Sapphira</hi> his Wife were otherways affected, who having ſold their Poſſeſſion, kept back part of the Price, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sold a Poſſeſſion.</hi> The Aethiopick renders the Greek word ſignifying poſſeſſion, <hi>Vine,</hi> as alſo he doth, the word ſignifying <hi>Land,</hi> in v. 8. likeways the word ſignifying <hi>Field, ch.</hi> 1.18. the reaſon is, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe moſt of their Poſſeſſions in the land of <hi>Canaan,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Prov. 31.16. Hoſ. 2.15. Joel 1.11. 1 Chr. 27.27.</note> were Vineyards. Hence the LXX render the Hebrew word, ſignify<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing Vineyards, <hi>Poſſeſſions,</hi> and <hi>Lands.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>And kept back.</hi> That is to ſay, He through a malicious deceit ſaved ſomewhat by ſtealth.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>His Wife alſo being privy to it.</hi> (Supply) and wil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lingly approving it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And brought. Ananias</hi> alone, <hi>Sapphira</hi> his Wife be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing abſent.</p>
               <pb n="145" facs="tcp:192139:78"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>A certain part.</hi> Of the price for which he had ſold his Land.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And laid it at the Apoſtles Feet.</hi> Diſſembling that he had brought the whole Sum for which he ſold his Poſſeſſion, hoping alſo that his fraudulent diſſimula<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion ſhould not be known.</p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>Why hath Satan filled thine heart?</hi> As much as to ſay, How couldſt thou perſuade thy ſelf to give room in thy heart to that moſt inconſiderate, and fooliſh raſhneſs ſuggeſted by Satan?
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>From</hi> Eſt. 7.5. &amp; Eccl. 8.11.</note> To fill the heart in Scripture phraſe is to make bold. As <hi>Ludovicus de Dieu</hi> hath demonſtrated. <hi>Boldneſs,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>filleth the heart, and ſwells it up with burning Spirits, which breaking out to the external mem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bers, eſpecially the Tongue, and the Hands, drives them on to the moſt daring attempts; for a Heart full of Spirits fears nothing.</hi> And the ſame Author a little after ſaith; <hi>There is a two-fold fulneſs; one of Faith, where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by the heart of Believers, being filled with holy Spirits, from the moſt ſure promiſes of God, doth conſidently, and without fear deſpiſe all adverſity; The other of Boldneſs, whereby the heart of the Prophane being filled with raſh Spirits, proceeding from a vain hope of ſafety, dares with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out fear adventure upon any evil. This was</hi> Ananias <hi>his caſe here, whoſe heart the Devil had ſo filled with this Spirit of Boldneſs, that very confidently; and without fear he ventured to lie to the Holy Ghoſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To lie to the Holy Ghoſt.</hi> That is to ſay, That thou ſhould labour to deceive the Holy Ghoſt; or, as lear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned <hi>John Piſcator</hi> explains it, <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>s the Apoſtles, in whom the Spirit acteth, and to whom he reveals what is neceſſary for the edification of the Church, by a figure called</hi> Meto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nymia adjuncti. So alſo <hi>Grotius. He is ſaid</hi> (ſaith he) <hi>to lie to God, or the Holy Ghoſt, who hopes that he can de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceive the Apoſtles who are inſtructed by the Holy Ghoſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And to keep back part of the price of the Land.</hi> That is to ſay, laying but a part of the price of the
<pb n="146" facs="tcp:192139:79"/>Poſſeſſion ſold by you, at the Apoſtles feet, you would in the mean time diſſemble you laid the whole, think<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing your Hypocriſy could be hid, and that the Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtles, though filled with the Holy Ghoſt in the day of Pentecoſt, could in no wiſe diſcover the Cheat.</p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>Whiles it remained,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Was it not in thy power either not to have ſold thy Poſſeſſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on, or having ſold it, to keep the whole price, or a part of it, to thy ſelf; what then did drive you on, thus to obey the Devils perſuaſions, that having ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cretly withdrawn part of it, and laying it aſide, and laying another part at the Apoſtles feet; that you by Hypocriſy, and Lying, ſhould diſſem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble, that you brought the whole, and laid it at the Apoſtles feet. Do not think that we who are men, are only mocked with thy deceitful Hypocriſy, ſeeing this mocking tends to the reproach of the Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly Ghoſt, even as much as if thou hadſt inten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ded by thy deceit to mock the Holy Ghoſt, who is God, ſeeing we by the inſpiration of the Holy Ghoſt diſcover the ſecrets of the hearts. Likewiſe <hi>Paul,</hi> after he had ſaid, what precepts he gave to the <hi>Theſſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lonians</hi> by the Lord Jeſus, and upon what condition God had called them,
<note place="margin">1 Theſ. 4.8.</note> he adds, <hi>He there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore that deſpiſeth theſe things, deſpiſeth not Man, but God, who hath alſo given unto us his Holy Spirit.</hi> That is to ſay, ſeeing it is he who gave us the Holy Ghoſt, by whom we are governed, and by whoſe influence it is evident that we ſpeak. <hi>Men then are oppoſed to the Holy Ghoſt; they are alſo oppoſed to God, therefore the Holy Ghoſt is God. For he to whom</hi> Ananias <hi>chiefly lyed, or whom he chiefly indeavoured to deceive, the ſame is God,
<note place="margin">v. 4. v. 3.</note> but the Holy Ghoſt is he whom</hi> Ananias <hi>chiefly endeavoured to de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceive, or to whom he lied; it follows then that the Holy Ghoſt is God,</hi> ſaith Learned <hi>Chriſtopher Wittichius</hi> in his learned Book called <hi>Cauſa Spiri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus Sancti.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="147" facs="tcp:192139:79"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thou haſt not lied unto Men, but unto God.</hi> That is to ſay, thou haſt not endeavoured to deceive men only, but, above all, the Holy Ghoſt, who is God, and who re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>veals to us things ſecret. See ſuch expreſſions in <hi>Exod.</hi> 16.8. 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 8.7. <hi>Luke</hi> 10.16. <hi>&amp; Theſ.</hi> 4.8.</p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>And</hi> Ananias <hi>hearing theſe words.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Tract.</hi> 8. <hi>upon</hi> Matth.</note> And not being able to endure their ſharp<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs, as <hi>Origen</hi> excellently noteth.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Fell down, and gave up the ghoſt. Ananias,</hi> and <hi>Sap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phira</hi> fell dead at <hi>Peters</hi> feet, becauſe, that mocking the Apoſtles, inſpired by the Holy Ghoſt, they mocked the Holy Ghoſt, or God himſelf. So <hi>Corah, Dathan,</hi> and <hi>Abiram,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Numb. 16.</note> were ſwallowed up by the Earth, becauſe they roſe up againſt <hi>Moſes.</hi> And of thoſe Children, mentioned, 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 2.24. two She-bears out of the Wood deſtroyed forty and two, not ſo much for mocking <hi>Eliſha</hi> as bald, as for mocking him, being the Prophet of the true God. Alſo <hi>Elimas,</hi> for reſiſting <hi>Paul,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Acts 13.11.</note> is ſtruck with blindneſs. Now whether <hi>Ananias,</hi> and <hi>Sapphira</hi> were by the Righteous Judg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments of God condemned to eternal puniſhment, ſeeing Scripture is altogether ſilent, we cannot deter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mine. <hi>Tertullian</hi> and <hi>Ambroſe</hi> affirm it, <hi>Ortgen,</hi> and ſome other Fathers deny it; but we judge it pious ignorance to be willing not to know, what God was not willing to make known to us.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And great fear came upon,</hi> &amp;c, As much as to ſay, As many as heard that God puniſhed the Lying, and Hypocriſy of <hi>Ananias,</hi> with ſudden death, were ſei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zed with great reverence to the Majeſty of God, that they might very earneſtly ſhun the heinous offences ſo puniſhed.</p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>And the young men aroſe.</hi> Supply, <hi>who were of luſty Bodies,</hi> as <hi>Apuleius</hi> ſpeaks.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And carried him out.</hi> The Greek word <hi>for carried him out,</hi> ſignifies, <hi>they truſſed him together,</hi> becauſe, as
<pb n="148" facs="tcp:192139:80"/>the famous <hi>Lightfoot</hi> ſaith, <hi>They not having Grave-Cloaths ready, they truſſed the dead Body together as well as they could, and having carried him thence, buried him.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>His Wife not knowing what was done.</hi> Hence <hi>Lightfoot</hi> obſerves the reaſon why the Greek word <hi>to truſs together,</hi> is uſed in the verſe preceeding. <hi>For if,</hi> ſaith he <hi>they who carried him out of the room, where he fell down dead, had carried him to his own Houſe, or Lodging, there to get him a winding ſheet, his Wife could not be ig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>norant of what came to paſs; but</hi> Syneſteilan auton, <hi>they bound, and truſſed him up as he was in his cloaths, and ſo carried him out, and buried him.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Came in.</hi> That is where <hi>Peter,</hi> and the reſt of the Believers were gathered together.</p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>Whether ye ſold your Land for ſo much.</hi> As much as to ſay, Whether or not did ye ſell your Poſſeſſion for any more then that ſum of Mony which your Huſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>band gave to us.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Yea, for ſo much.</hi> That is, for no more.</p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>How is it,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, To what end did ye invent this deceit, as if you would put it to t<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>d, whether the Holy Ghoſt, dwelling in us, and who by us governs the Church, did know all things? God is ſaid to be tempted in Scripture, as often as any thing is done with an evil Conſcience; for then, tho it be not ſo deſigned, and intended, yet the deed it<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelf ſeems to be as it were of ſet purpoſe, to try whether God be Juſt, All-knowing, and Omnipotent.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Behold,</hi> &amp;c. In theſe words <hi>Peter</hi> does not impre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cate <hi>Sapphiras</hi> death, as <hi>Porphyrius</hi> falſly alledges; but by his gift of Propheſying, he foretels the Judgment of God that was coming upon her.</p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>Then fell ſhe down.</hi> That, (to wit) the preſent revenge, executed upon her and her Husband, might be an example to others.</p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>And great fear came,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay; The whole Church, and all who heard the report of
<pb n="149" facs="tcp:192139:80"/>this preſent Judgment upon <hi>Ananias,</hi> and <hi>Sapphira,</hi> were ſeized with a high reverence of God. See a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove, <hi>v.</hi> 5.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>And by the hands of the Apoſtles.</hi> (An He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew phraſe common in Scripture) that is to ſay, by the Apoſtles, or the Apoſtles Labour, and Mu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>ry intervening.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Among the people.</hi> That is, publickly, and openly, the people being preſent, and looking on; and upon many of the people, that they might intice ſome to the faith, and confirm others in the faith.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they were.</hi> All this muſt be incloſed in a pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rentheſis, till we come to the fifteenth verſe, where what now hath been ſpoken concerning the Miracles wrought by the Miniſtry of the Apoſtles is conti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nued.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With one accord.</hi> That is to ſay; with <hi>Brotherly Concord,</hi> as <hi>Livy</hi> ſpeaketh.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>All.</hi> (To wit) who were joyned to the Church.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In</hi> Solomons <hi>Porch.</hi> Of which, ſee above, <hi>ch.</hi> 3. v. 11.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>And of the reſt.</hi> (To wit,) who heard the Apoſtles Preach, but had not as yet imbraced the faith of Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Durſt no man join himſelf to them.</hi> The Greek hath, <hi>glew himſelf to them,</hi> meaning that none of theſe hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rers durſt any way familiarly converſe with the Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtles, for the fear which they conceived from the prodigious fate of <hi>Ananias</hi> and <hi>Sapphira,</hi> which as yet was freſh in their memory.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But the people magnified them.</hi> As much as to ſay, Yet that put no ſtop to the progreſs of the Goſpel, becauſe the people had a greater eſteem for the A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſtles.</p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>The more,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, yea, many of both ſexes were daily more and more added to the number of the Believers, although none of thoſe
<pb n="150" facs="tcp:192139:81"/>that were added, durſt at that time for fear be very familiar with the Apoſtles.</p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>In Beds, and Couches.</hi> Couches, in Latin <hi>Grab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bati,</hi> are known to have been little Beds, in which the Ancients uſed to reſt at Noon; and becauſe theſe Couches were eaſier carried, in them the ſick were put, when they were to be brought in publick, that by a miracle they might be healed.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Shadow,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">A. D. 34. n. 275.</note> &amp;c. <hi>What,</hi> ſaith <hi>Baronius, is the ſhadow of</hi> Peter, <hi>but the expreſs image of his body? And certainly from no other, but ſuch Images formed from ſhadows, did the Art of Painting take its Original, that from theſe you may ſee that the Religious Worſhip of Images was in that Primi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tive Church firſt of all conſecrated in</hi> Peters <hi>ſhadow by the ſpecial Providence of God, working by that ſhadow ſo many, and ſo great Miracles.</hi> But this <hi>Baronius</hi> his ſhadow of reaſoning, will as ſoon vaniſh, as we ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſerve that we no where read that even <hi>Peters</hi> ſhadow it ſelf was ever worſhipped by thoſe whom by its touch <hi>Peter</hi> reſtored to health. <hi>It is perverſe and ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſurd that the Image of Man ſhould be worſhipped by the Image of God;
<note place="margin">Lib. 2. div. inſt. ch. 18.</note> for whatſoever he worſhip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peth is worſe and weaker,</hi> ſaith <hi>Lactantius.</hi> St. <hi>Agobard,</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Lions,</hi> in the be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginning of his Book concerning Images, <hi>If,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>the work of God; hands muſt not be Worſhipped, and Ado<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red, even to honour God, how much more the works of Mens hands, are not to be Worſhipped, and Adored, even to ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nour them, whoſe likeneſſes they are ſaid to be?</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Peter paſſing by.</hi> Who though he had no greater gift of Miracles then the reſt had, yet he was made better known then they, becauſe he was ſeen to act and ſpeak, when the reſt were ſilent, and ſeem'd to do nothing.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And be delivered all from your infirmities.</hi> This is not in the vulgar Greek Copies, neither doth the <hi>Syrian</hi> Interpreter read it.</p>
               <pb n="151" facs="tcp:192139:81"/>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>A multitude out of the Cities round about.</hi> That is, much people out of the Towns lying round about <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Vexed with unclean Spirits.</hi> (That is,) wearied, and after a ſtrange manner tormented with theſe evil Spirits.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>Then the High Prieſt roſe up.</hi> As much as to ſay, Then went the Chief, or Prince of the <hi>Sanhedrin</hi> out, to ſee what the matter was.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And all they that were with him.</hi> (That is) the reſt of thoſe that were of the ſame Sect for Religion, as the Prince of the <hi>Sanhedrin</hi> was.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which is the Sect of the Sadduces.</hi> (That is) they who adhered to their opinions. The words, <hi>Sect,</hi> and <hi>Hereſy,</hi> are of a middle ſignification, At that time the Sadduces had the chief Authority in the Govern<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment. As to their Tenents in matters of Religion, ſee what we have ſaid, <hi>Mat.</hi> 3.7.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Were filled with Indignation.</hi> That is, inraged with raſh, and unruly fury, for that they ſaw the Apoſtles by their Preaching the Reſurrection of Chriſt from the dead to the people, did ſtrike at the very Root of their Hereſie; wherefore the Sadduces thought it for the intereſt of their cauſe, if by force they could get the Apoſtles, and their Doctrine ſuppreſt, leſt that the people imbracing the Doctrine of the Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtles, their Authority ſhould be deſpiſed, and their Hereſy exploded.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>And laid their hands upon the Apoſtles.</hi> That is, they ſeized them.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>Go ſtand and ſpeak in the Temple.</hi> That is, Preach conſtantly, and freely to the whole multitude of the people, and to all in common, in the moſt famous, and publick place of the City.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The words of this life.</hi> Which Chriſt renewed after his death. <hi>There is no need that theſe words ſhould brea<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> difficulty to any man,</hi> ſaith <hi>Lightfoot, if he obſerve <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <pb n="152" facs="tcp:192139:82"/>words in v.</hi> 17. which is the Sect of the Sadduces. <hi>For,</hi> the words of this life, <hi>are words which aſſert this life,</hi> (to wit, the Reſurrection) <hi>which the Sadduces deny. For the controverſy was about the Reſurrection of Jeſus.
<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> Heinſius</hi> thinks that in theſe words there is an Hebraiſm. <hi>The Hebrew word uſed for</hi> Life, <hi>ſignifieth,</hi> ſaies he, <hi>among other things, an Aſſembly, or Company. It will appear from what pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cedes, that here is ſpoken either of all the Apoſtles, or moſt of them, or at leaſt their Aſſemblies. That place,</hi> Pſal. 74. <hi>is known,</hi> Forget not the Congregation of thy poor for ever: <hi>And before,</hi> Deliver not the Soul of thy Turtle Dove to the multitude; <hi>where you have twice the Hebrew word</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>which the Helleniſts in divers places have diverſly rendred. If you conſider the word, it ſigni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fies</hi> Life, <hi>Pſal.</hi> 68. Thy Congregation hath dwelt therein; <hi>where, if you render the Hebrew</hi> verbatim, <hi>inſtead of</hi> thy Congregation, <hi>or</hi> the Congregation of thine, <hi>you muſt render</hi> thy Life. <hi>Therefore</hi> the words of this Life, <hi>is the ſame as the diſcourſe of your Company, or Converſation.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>And when they heard.</hi> The Divine Command given them by the Miniſtry of the Angel.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Called the Council together.</hi> That is, the Senate of the People, or the great <hi>Sanhedrin.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And all the Senate of the Children of</hi> Iſrael. That is, the whole Senate of the City of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> ſee what we have ſaid above, <hi>ch.</hi> 4.5. The word which is rendred <hi>Senate,</hi> in the Greek, is in the Hebrew <hi>El<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ders.</hi> And <hi>Heſychius</hi> expreſly makes the Greek word, rendred Senate, and the word rendred Presbytery, to be one, and the ſame.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>The High-Prieſt.</hi> That is, the Prince of the <hi>Sanhedrin.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Captain of the Temple.</hi> See what we have ſaid above, <hi>ch.</hi> 4. <hi>v.</hi> 1. <hi>&amp;</hi> 6.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Chi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>f Prieſts.</hi> That is, the heads of the Sacerdotal Families. See our literal explanation of <hi>Matt.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 4.</p>
               <pb n="153" facs="tcp:192139:82"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Heard theſe things.</hi> To wit, From the Officers which they ſent to bring the Apoſtles out of Priſon.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whereunto this would grow.</hi> That is, whither it did tend, or what it did mean.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>Brought them without violence.</hi> That is to ſay, Not as they uſed to drag Felons (unwilling to come) to Judgment, but after the manner that even honeſt men ſometimes are call'd to appear in Judgment.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For they feared.</hi> The Captain and his Servants.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The people.</hi> To wit, who for the ſo many &amp; great Miracles wrought by the Apoſtles among them, and the favours they who were healed received by them, as alſo for the ſingular integrity of their Converſati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons, were highly eſteemed by them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Leſt they ſhould have been ſtoned.</hi> By the people who took it in ill part that violent hands ſhould be laid upon ſuch holy men, and indued with ſuch Divine Vertue.</p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>Did not we ſtraitly command you?</hi> That is, we did moſt ſtrictly, and with moſt weighty threatnings forbid.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That ye ſhould not teach in this name.</hi> That is, in the Authority of <hi>Jeſus</hi> of <hi>Nazareth,</hi> whom the Rulers of the <hi>Sanhedrin</hi> hated, and deſpiſed ſo exceedingly, that they would not ſo much as mention his name.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And behold.</hi> Notwithſtanding of all our threat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nings.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And intend,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Yea, alſo ye intend to ſtain our reputation with the reproach of an ungodly ſlaughter; as if we had unjuſtly condem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned that Jeſus of <hi>Nazareth</hi> to the death of the Croſs. <hi>The Hebrews,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, expreſs ſlaughter, the guilt of ſlaughter, and the puniſhment of ſlaughter, by blood.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>The other Apoſtles.</hi> (To wit) who, as his Aſſociates, ſpake the ſame things with <hi>Peter.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To obey,</hi> &amp;c. To this agreeth that Decree of <hi>Plato</hi> in his <hi>Phoedrus, It is lawful for no man to deſert that
<pb n="154" facs="tcp:192139:83"/>Office, to which God aſſigned him.</hi> From hence (that we ought to obey God rather then men) <hi>Lorinus</hi> well inferreth, <hi>That we ought to obey mens commands, when they do not contradict God, who gave them Authority to command.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib. de praecep. &amp; diſp. c.</hi> 12.</note> Hence alſo <hi>Bernard</hi> ſays well, <hi>Whether God or Man, who is Gods Vicegerent, command a thing, we are certainly to obey with the ſame care, and behave with a like reverence, whenſoever man commands nothing contrary to God.</hi> See what we have noted above, <hi>ch.</hi> 4. <hi>v.</hi> 19.</p>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>The God of our Fathers.</hi> That is, the God who entered in Covenant with our Fathers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Raiſed up Jeſus.</hi> This manner of ſpeaking is fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quent in Scripture, that God raiſed up Prophets, Judges, or other Miniſters, which he was to make uſe of for ſome great work. <hi>Which is as much as to ſay,</hi> ſaith <hi>Calvin, as that the beſt natures excellency is weak, except God endue them with peculiar gifts, to whom he in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>truſts any great and noble Office.</hi> Perhaps this manner of ſpeaking alludes to that notable place of <hi>Moſes, Deut.</hi> 18.15. which <hi>Peter</hi> cited above in his firſt Sermon, <hi>ch.</hi> 3.22.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whom ye ſlew, and hanged upon a Tree.</hi> That is, whom ye put to a ſhameful death upon the Croſs. In alluſion to that place, <hi>Deut.</hi> 21.22, 23.</p>
               <p n="31">31. <hi>Him hath God exalted a Prince, and a Saviour.</hi> There is an Ellipſis here of the Praepoſition <hi>In,</hi> ſo that the ſenſe may be, that Chriſt, whom you have con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>demned to be ſhamefully hanged, him hath God exalted to be a Prince and a Saviour, or hath conſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuted in the ſupreme degree of honour, that he might be more fully, and perfectly the Prince of life, to wit, eternal, and the Captain of Salvation. See above, <hi>ch.</hi> 3.15. <hi>Heb.</hi> 2.10. <hi>&amp;</hi> 5. <hi>v.</hi> 9.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With his right hand.</hi> That by the right hand of God here, being a metaphorical expreſſion, is underſtood, his Power, and great Vertue, is clear unto all. <hi>If over
<pb n="155" facs="tcp:192139:83"/>ſince the Creation God did manifeſt it, ſurely it was in this work of Chriſts exaltation. Whence</hi> Paul <hi>doth deſer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vedly Celebrate it in theſe words.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Eph. 1.19 &amp; 20.</note> And what is the exceeding greatneſs of his power to us-ward who believe, according to the working of his mighty power which he wrought in Chriſt, when he raiſed him from the dead, and ſet him at his own right hand in Heavenly places. <hi>For what can be conceived more noble than to endow with im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mortality a Man that was born like other Men, ſubject alſo to the ſame infirmities with them, except only ſin, and then ſet him above all the Heavens, and to put all things under his Feet, as well in Heaven, as in Earth, that he might go<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vern, and manage them at his pleaſure? For it appears by the circumſtances, that all theſe things are comprehended under Chriſts Aſcenſion, and exaltation to Heaven, and not a meer lifting up to Heaven, ſuch as was</hi> Enoch's <hi>before the Law, and</hi> Elias<hi>'s under the Law, who neither died before they were lifted up, nor attained to any dominion af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter. For theſe,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Curcel. inſtit. lib.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 15. <hi>n.</hi> 16.</note> although they were Prelu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dies, and Types of Chriſts Aſcenſion, as of ours alſo, yet were they infinitely ſhort of it.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To give,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, That of his great mercy he might bring his people to repentance; and by forgiveneſs of ſin, which follows repentance quickned by faith, reconcile them to himſelf. <hi>Calvin</hi> ſaith well, <hi>Repentance is indeed a voluntary Converſion. But whence cometh this willingneſs, except that God change our heart, that of ſtony it may become fleſhy, of hard, and ſtubborn, tractable: and laſtly, of crooked, ſtraight? But this is done, when Chriſt by his Spirit renews us; neither is this the gift of one moment, but muſt be daily increaſed all our life, till we fully adhere to God, which will be at laſt, when we ſhall have put off our fleſh. It is indeed a begin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning of Repentance, when a man who firſt was averſe from God, renouncing the World, and himſelf, begins a new life. But becauſe (though once upon the way) we are far from
<pb n="156" facs="tcp:192139:84"/>the mark, we muſt daily be advancing. Both which we obtain by Chriſt. For even as he beginneth Repentance in us, ſo he gives us perſeverance. This is indeed an ineſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mable Grace: but it would profit little, unleſs joyned with remiſſion of ſins. For Chriſt firſt found us Enemies to God, and the Corruptions, which make the diſſention be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween him and us, do always ſtick to us, ſo that he might juſtly be diſpleaſed with us rather than favourable to us. But Juſtification conſiſts in this, if God impute not our ſins to us. Therefore this latter Grace ought never to be ſeparated from the former. Yea, the Goſpel will be lame and corrupt, unleſs it conſiſt of theſe two Members: That is; unleſs men be taught that they are reconciled to God by Chriſt, by the free imputation of his Righteouſneſs, and by the new birth of the Spirit, transformed to newneſs of life. Thus we have in ſhort, how Salvation is to be obtained in Chriſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="32">32. <hi>And we are his witneſſes of theſe things.</hi> As much as to ſay, Now it becomes us not upon any account to ſup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſs theſe things which I have ſpoken, ſeeing we are conſtituted witneſſes of them, &amp; ſo by vertue of our Office are bound to publiſh, and proclaim them open<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly to all. See above, <hi>ch.</hi> 1.8. <hi>Luke</hi> 24.48. <hi>&amp; John</hi> 15.27. The Greek hath <hi>words</hi> here for <hi>things,</hi> but the ſenſe is the ſame; for by <hi>words, Peter</hi> underſtands things themſelves, after the Hebrew manner of ſpea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>king, to wit, thoſe things of which he briefly ſpake before, that is, whatever reſpecteth the Dignity, and Office of Chriſt, or Mans Salvation depending there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſo is alſo the Holy Ghoſt.</hi> As much as to ſay, Nor indeed do we the Apoſtles only witneſs theſe things, but alſo the Holy Ghoſt himſelf, who is a witneſs beyond exception, to whom by right ye are bound to aſſent, however ye refuſe to give credit to us. The Apoſtles alone for integrity, and innocency of life were worth credit: but leſt the ſtubborneſs of men
<pb n="157" facs="tcp:192139:84"/>might have any pretext to cloak their unbelief, God would add to this teſtimony another greater, to wit, the teſtimony of his Spirit. This very teſtimony of the Spirit, is joyned elſewhere with the teſtimony of the, Apoſtles,
<note place="margin">John 15.26 27. Heb. 2.3, 4.</note> but we muſt not think that the holy Spirit did bear witneſs apart from the Apoſtles; but by the Apoſtles, to wit, by their Miracles, and Divine Diſcourſes pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceeding from his Inſpiration. Such an Inſpiration alſo did at that time moſt evidently manifeſt itſelf in the Apoſtles, while with ſuch readineſs of mind they ſpoke of ſo wonderful things, no ways fearing the power, or threatnings of the great men. After the like manner it's ſaid, <hi>Rev.</hi> 22.17. <hi>And the Spirit, and Bride ſay, Come.</hi> That is, the Bride inſpired by the Spirit ſaith, Come.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whom God hath given.</hi> That is, the gifts of which Holy Spirit God hath given largely, and plentifully.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To all that obey him.</hi> To wit, Chriſt, that is, to all that believe in Chriſt, and endeavour to frame their converſation hereafter according to the rule of his Word.</p>
               <p n="33">33. <hi>They were cut to the very heart.</hi> That is, they were ragingly angry.
<note place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>:</note> The Greek word here, and alſo <hi>ch.</hi> 7.54. (ſaith <hi>Heſichius</hi>) is, <hi>They raged with anger, they were very angry.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Took counſel to ſlay them.</hi> That is, they conſulted among themſelves to kill the Apoſtles, who were perſonally preſent, and took notice of it.</p>
               <p n="34">34. <hi>A Phariſee.</hi> The Sect of the Phariſees was in greateſt eſteem among the Jews, and was gentler than the reſt in puniſhing.</p>
               <p>Gamaliel <hi>a Doctor of the Law.</hi> Or a publick Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feſſor. Concerning this Judge of the great <hi>Sanhedrin, Lightfoot</hi> ſaith thus; <hi>Rabban Gamaliel the firſt, called commonly, and for diſtinction,</hi> Rabban Gamaliel <hi>the old, was Praeſes of the</hi> Sanhedrin, <hi>after his Father</hi> Rabban
<pb n="158" facs="tcp:192139:85"/>Simeon, <hi>the Son of</hi> Hillel, Pauls <hi>Maſter, and the thirty fifth receiver of the Traditions, and therefore for this reaſon, might well be called Doctor of the Law, as being keeper, and conveyer of the Traditions received at Mount</hi> Sinai; <hi>were it not that the Rabbins of the Inferiour Order injoy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed the ſame Title. He died eighteen years before the de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtruction of the City, and</hi> Rabbi Simeon <hi>his Son took his Chair, who periſhed with the City.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Commanded to put forth the Apoſtles a little ſpace.</hi> That is, he commanded them to retire a little out of the Council, leſt by his words they might become bolder.</p>
               <p n="35">35. <hi>Take heed,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, do not act with ſuch a great heat, but rather have a ſpecial care, leſt in your prepoſterous Zeal you may do ſome<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>what to theſe Men in this buſineſs, whereof after<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward you may repent. It is not probable to me that <hi>Gamaliel</hi> ſpake thus, as if he approved the Doctrine of the Goſpel, or would undertake its defence, but ſeeing all the reſt ſtirred up with fury, being a gentle, and moderate man, he by his diſcourſe moderates their exceſs. <hi>In the mean time,</hi> ſaith Capellus, <hi>his Diſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciple</hi> Paul <hi>moſt cruelly raged againſt the Church of Chriſt, and waſted it,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>In ſum. Talm. l.</hi> 2. <hi>tract. de orat. &amp; bened. ſacerdot.</hi>
                     </note> and</hi> Maimonides <hi>attributes a fact to</hi> Gamaliel <hi>far different (as it ſeems) from this advice; for he ſaith that when he ſaw Hereticks ſo abound in his days (meaning Chriſtians, there being none other at that time among the Jews that might be ſuppoſed to have been ſo called) he compoſed a form of Prayer, in which God was requeſted to extirpate the Hereticks, which form he put with the other forms of Prayer in the Jewiſh Liturgy then uſed, that it might be ready in every ones mouth. If this fact be true, it ſeems to argue ſuch an inraged ſpirit againſt the Chriſtians, and hatred at the Chriſtian Religion, to have been in this man, as ſuits not well with this advice of his, which</hi> Luke <hi>gives here an account of: Except that
<pb n="159" facs="tcp:192139:85"/>one would think to reconcile</hi> Maimonides <hi>and</hi> Luke, <hi>by ſaying, this was</hi> Gamaliels <hi>mind and judgment, that al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>though the Apoſtles, and their followers were Hereticks, and even dangerous, yet they were not to be ſuppreſſed by human violence, or the Counſels of Human Policy, but the whole of it ſhould be committed to the wiſe Providence of God, that their rooting out muſt be lookt for from God, and not haſtened by Human Contrivances, and therefore that for this purpoſe he compoſed that Prayer, and added it to the reſt in the daily Liturgy, whereby God was beſought to root out theſe Men, if they were ungodly, and Hereticks, that if they were not from God, he himſelf would in a way, and manner moſt agreeable to his own Providence, and Wiſdom diſappoint, and overturn their deſigns. As to</hi> Paul, Gamaliels <hi>Diſciple, that bitter Perſecutor of the Church of Chriſt, two things may be anſwered; to wit, that</hi> Gamaliel <hi>himſelf was indeed at firſt of the ſame diſpoſiti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on with</hi> Paul <hi>againſt the Apoſtles and their followers, which was cruel, and fierce; but that then he had changed his thoughts, God having inclined his heart to milder courſes, which often comes to paſs; or that afterward</hi> Paul <hi>diſſen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted from his Maſter, as being of a hotter temper, and therefore of a more angry, and hoſtile ſpirit againſt thoſe whom he thought to overturn the Jewiſh Religion, received from their Fathers, for which he was a great Zealot.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="36">36. <hi>For before theſe days roſe up</hi> Theudas. <hi>Theudas</hi> is not a Greek, but the Hebrew name <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which the <hi>Syrians</hi> pronounce by a dipthong <hi>Theuda,</hi> as they call <hi>Thomas, Thaumas,</hi> and <hi>Joſeph, Jauſeph,</hi> as <hi>Grotius</hi> noted. <hi>Luke</hi> (ſaith <hi>Henry Valeſius</hi>) <hi>or rather</hi> Ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maliel <hi>in</hi> Luke <hi>ſaith expreſly,
<note place="margin">Upon <hi>Euſth.</hi> book 2. <hi>ch.</hi> 11.</note> that</hi> Theu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>das <hi>roſe up but very lately, yea, in theſe ſame days wherein he ſpake.</hi> For before theſe days roſe up <hi>Theu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>das, which words demonſtrate the thing to have been done but very lately, for ſo both Greeks and Latins uſe to ſpeak of a thing lately fallen out, as may be proved by many in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtances.</hi> For before theſe days, <hi>then, is as much as in theſe
<pb n="160" facs="tcp:192139:86"/>days; for the Greeks and Latines ſay before the third day of the Calends, for the third day of the Calends. Where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore when</hi> Luke <hi>ſubjoyns,</hi> after this man roſe up <hi>Judas, nothing elſe is meant by it, then that</hi> Theudas <hi>was older then</hi> Judas <hi>the</hi> Galilaean. <hi>Which</hi> gloſs, <hi>though at firſt it ſeems ſomewhat hard, yet it is altogether neceſſary, and moſt true, neither does it want examples; for as often as we reckon from the laſt, which is nearer us, we muſt make the firſt laſt, and the laſt firſt. For that reaſon</hi> Tertullian <hi>in his Apologetick hath us'd the word</hi> retrò, <hi>to ſay</hi> a good while ago, <hi>in times paſt; and</hi> retroſior <hi>for ancienter, and nevertheleſs</hi> retrò <hi>in Latin: is the ſame as</hi> pòſt <hi>afterward.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But becauſe</hi> Cauſabone <hi>denie, that ever the Greeks ſpake ſo, we produce a witneſs beyond all exception, which is</hi> Clemens Alexandrinus,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>in lib.</hi> 7. <hi>ſtrom</hi> towards the end.</note> 
                  <hi>who ſpeaks in the very ſame maner that</hi> Luke <hi>does, for having obſerved almoſt all the Hereticks to have broke out about the time of</hi> Hadrian, <hi>and to have come even to the Reign of</hi> Antonius Pius, <hi>as</hi> Baſilides, <hi>and</hi> Valentine: <hi>he ſubjoyns, for</hi> Marcion <hi>lived about the ſame time with</hi> Baſilides, <hi>and</hi> Valentine, <hi>but he as the elder, was converſing with them, being yet young. He adds then;</hi> After whom, <hi>Simon</hi> for a while heard <hi>Peter</hi> Preach. <hi>Who ſees not in this place of</hi> Clemens, <hi>that</hi> after whom, <hi>is the ſame with</hi> before whom? <hi>For neither was</hi> Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon <hi>the Sorcerer after</hi> Marcion, <hi>but rather lived long before him, as is conſtant among all. But certainly</hi> Cle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mens, <hi>while he makes a Catalogue of Hereticks, he reckon'd them firſt, who were the laſt, and put</hi> Simon <hi>the laſt of all. But alſo Geographers deſcribing the ſituation of Lands, and names of People, ſpeak after the ſame manner; for they ſay, After theſe are thoſe, that is, above theſe, thoſe are placed.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>exercltat.</hi> 2 ch. 18.</note> And ſo much againſt</hi> Cauſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bons <hi>Opinion, who thought that</hi> Theudas, <hi>of whom mention is made in the</hi> Acts, <hi>to have been older then</hi> Judas. <hi>But one will perhaps ſay that from what we have argued, it ſeems, to be abundantly evin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ced;
<pb n="161" facs="tcp:192139:86"/>that</hi> Theudas <hi>was not elder then</hi> Judas <hi>of</hi> Galilee; <hi>yet nevertheleſs that</hi> Theudas, <hi>whereof</hi> Luke <hi>ſpeaks, muſt be diſtinguiſhed from that</hi> Theudas, <hi>mentioned by</hi> Joſephus 20th <hi>Book of his Antiq. toward the end of</hi> Ch. 2. <hi>For the firſt</hi> Theudas, <hi>of whom</hi> Gamaliel <hi>ſpeaks in that Oration which he had in the Jewiſh Council; did raiſe a tumult in</hi> Judea, <hi>about the time of Chriſts Paſſion. But the other, of whom</hi> Joſephus <hi>ſpeaks, ſtirred up Sedition after the death of King</hi> Agrippa, <hi>while</hi> Cuſpius Fadus <hi>governed</hi> Judea; <hi>about the fourth year of the Reign of</hi> Claudius Auguſtus. <hi>Seeing then that</hi> Gamaliel <hi>had this ſpeech a little after Chriſts Reſurrection, and before.</hi> Ste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phens <hi>Martyrdom, that is, about the latter end of</hi> Tibe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rius <hi>his Reign, he could not at all have ſpoken then of that commotion which</hi> Theudas <hi>made, while</hi> Claudius <hi>Reigned. We cannot meet this objection any other way, unleſs we ſay that</hi> Joſephus <hi>was mistaken for making</hi> Theudas <hi>his Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dition later then he ought. For, that there were two</hi> Theu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>daſes, <hi>who feigned themſelves Prophets, one after another, stirring up the Jews to hope for new things, I can no ways be perſwaded. Let</hi> Luke <hi>and</hi> Joſephus <hi>be compared, where both of them ſpeak of</hi> Theudas, <hi>and it will plainly ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pear that they both meant one and the ſame man. Certain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly all circumstances agree ſo exactly in both Narratives, that</hi> Joſephus <hi>ſeems to have Commented upon</hi> Luke. <hi>One difference there is as to the time, which yet is not of ſuch moment, that we ſhould invent two</hi> Theudaſes: <hi>For if as often as we meet with ſuch differences in the Narratives of Antient Writers, we would distinguiſh Perſons, and things, we must beware, lest unadviſedly we make two men of one. How much more ſafe is it, when we find two Writers diffe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ring among themſelves: to ſay that one of them is in a miſtake, which ſince it is wicked to affirm of the Scripture, the whole blame muſt be laid upon</hi> Joſephus. Lightfoot <hi>ſaith,</hi> 
                  <q>Admit only that <hi>Joſephus</hi> errs in computing the times,
<note place="margin">in Horis Heb.</note> and the whole difficulty is removed. And truly, I ſee not upon
<pb n="162" facs="tcp:192139:87"/>what account we owe that Reverence, and Modeſty to <hi>Joſephus,</hi> as to wreſtle ſo much for his Reputati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on. Another <hi>Theudas</hi> muſt be found out, or the pointing of comma's altered, or ſome other, I know not what abſurd Plaiſter muſt be applyed, rather then <hi>Joſephus</hi> muſt be accuſed of a miſtake, who yet is found often to trip and reel, both in Hiſtory, and Chronology. I would therefore think <hi>Joſephus</hi> his <hi>Theudas</hi> to be <hi>Gamaliels,</hi> but that <hi>Joſephus</hi> miſta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>king the time, ſtained a true Hiſtory with falſe Chronology.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Saying he was ſome body.</hi> That is, Boaſting himſelf to be ſome great and eminent deliverer of the Jews from the ſervitude, with which the <hi>Romans</hi> oppreſſed them.
<note place="margin">20 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 2. 2 <hi>Hiſt.</hi> 11.</note> This Hiſtory <hi>Joſephus</hi> relates thus, (and after him <hi>Euſebius</hi>) while <hi>Cuſpius Fadus</hi> Governed <hi>Judea,</hi> a certain Juggler, named <hi>Theudas,</hi> having gathered together a great multitude of men, perſuaded them to carry away their Goods and follow him as their Captain to the River <hi>Jordan,</hi> and being, as he himſelf ſaid, a Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phet, made them believe by his Power he would di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vide the water, and ſo they might have eaſy paſſage. By ſuch ſpeeches he deceived many, but ſhortly after, <hi>Fadus</hi> ſuppreſſed their madneſs, having ſent ſome Troops of Horſe againſt them, who having ſuddenly ſurprized them, killed ſome, and took others Priſo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ners; <hi>Theudas</hi> himſelf was alſo taken by them, whoſe Head they cut off, and carried to <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And brought to nought.</hi> That is, All their indeavours vaniſhed.</p>
               <p n="37">37. <hi>After this man.</hi> Theſe words are the ſame with <hi>before this man,</hi> as we ſhewed in the verſe im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mediately preceding out of <hi>Valeſius</hi> his Notes upon <hi>Euſebius.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="163" facs="tcp:192139:87"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Roſe up</hi> Judas <hi>of</hi> Galilee.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Ant.</hi> 18.1. <hi>Hiſt.</hi> 1.5.</note> Of him <hi>Jo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſephus</hi> ſaith thus (and out of him <hi>Euſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bius) Judas</hi> the Gaulanite, born in the Town of <hi>Gamala,</hi> having joyned one <hi>Saddock</hi> a Pha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riſee in his Society, ſtirred up the People to revolt; both of them ſaying that the Tax was nothing but a mark of manifeſt Bondage; and incouraged the whole Nation to defend their Liberties. The ſame in the 2 book of the <hi>Jewiſh War,</hi> 7. At that time a certain Galilean, named <hi>Judas,</hi> ſtirred up the Inhabitants to revolt, openly upbraiding them, that they ſhould thus endure to pay Tribute to the <hi>Romans,</hi> and own, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſides God, ſome mortal Men to be Lords over them. The ſame <hi>Joſephus</hi> calls this <hi>Judas</hi> the Gaulanite, <hi>Judas</hi> the Galilean.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Antiq.</hi> 18.2.</note> Per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>haps he was commonly believed, thus, becauſe that in <hi>Galilee</hi> he chiefly ſtirred up his Tumults, though <hi>Gaulan,</hi> and <hi>Gamala</hi> belonged not to <hi>Galilee,</hi> but to <hi>Perea,</hi> or the Region beyond <hi>Jordar.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the days of the Taxing.</hi> That is, while <hi>Publius Sulpitius Quirinius,</hi> or <hi>Cyrenius</hi> taxed <hi>Judea. Scaliger,</hi> (ſaith <hi>Valeſius</hi>) ſaith,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 6. <hi>de emen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>temp. &amp; in anim. in <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <q>That <hi>Luke</hi> ſpeaks not here of the firſt Taxing, under which Chriſt was born, but of the ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cond, which was made after <hi>Archelaus</hi> his Baniſhment; and ſharply reproves <hi>Euſebius</hi> for confounding theſe two Taxings among themſelves. But <hi>Scaliger</hi> himſelf is very greatly miſtaken; who being ſeconded by no Author, would obtrude two Taxings upon us, while both <hi>Joſephus,</hi> and <hi>Luke</hi> him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelf avouch there was but one. For <hi>Luke</hi> ſaith not <hi>of the ſecond Taxing,</hi> but only <hi>of the Taxing;</hi> inti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mating, that there was but one Taxing. <hi>Origen</hi> alſo in his firſt Book againſt <hi>Celſus,</hi> agreeth with <hi>Euſebi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us</hi> in theſe words: <hi>After him, in the days of the Tax<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing, at which time Jeſus was born,</hi> Judas <hi>a certain</hi> Ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lilean <hi>made many of the People to revolt to him.</hi> There<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
<pb n="164" facs="tcp:192139:88"/>
                     <hi>Scaliger's</hi> Cenſure muſt attaint <hi>Origen,</hi> for he af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firmed the ſame that <hi>Euſebius</hi> did. For <hi>Origen</hi> diſtin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guiſhed not two Taxings of <hi>Judea.</hi> Moreover <hi>Eu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſebius</hi> agreeth very well with himſelf, for that ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving followed the Evangelick Authority, he made that Taxing of <hi>Quirinius</hi> to fall about the birth of Chriſt, it follows that he ſhould apply the Inſurrecti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on of <hi>Judas</hi> the Galilean to the ſame time, where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in indeed he differs from <hi>Joſephus,</hi> but agreeth ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceeding well with <hi>Luke,</hi> and with himſelf. If ſo be, that any will chooſe to imbrace our Opinion, there ſhall no difference be found between <hi>Luke</hi> and <hi>Joſephus.</hi> For we ſay, that the Taxing at the time Chriſt was born, began when <hi>Herod</hi> Reigned in <hi>Judea,</hi> and that it was ended by <hi>Quirinius,</hi> when <hi>Archelaus, Herods</hi> Son was baniſhed. In which very time we ſay that <hi>Judas</hi> his Inſurrection fell out in <hi>Judea,</hi> to wit, after <hi>Archelaus</hi> his Baniſhment.</q> Surely, before <hi>Archelaus</hi> his being depoſed; there was no ground why <hi>Judas</hi> ſhould ſtir up the People to revolt; <q>for that the <hi>Roman</hi> Magiſtrate would not Tax there, where the King was a Friend, and an Ally of the People of <hi>Rome;</hi> neither were the Jews in any hazard of being Slaves to Foreigners, while they had a King of their Nation, and Religion. Whence it appears, that the Taxing, and Inſurrecti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on of <hi>Judas</hi> the Galilean, could not fall out till after <hi>Archelaus</hi> his Baniſhment.</q> Thus far <hi>Valeſius</hi> in his Notes upon <hi>Euſcbius</hi> his Eccleſiaſtical Hiſtory, Book 1. Chap. 5. The ſame <hi>Valeſius,</hi> in the ſame place a little before: <q>
                     <hi>Joſephus, ſaith he,</hi> does in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deed mention the Taxing made by <hi>Quirinius</hi> in <hi>Syriae</hi> and <hi>Judea,</hi> as ſoon as <hi>Archelaus</hi> was baniſhed. But he ſpeaks not of this Taxing, which <hi>Luke</hi> in his Goſpel ſays,
<note place="margin">ch. 2.1, 2.</note> was made, when <hi>Herod</hi> was yet Reigning. But indeed it ſeems to me that an Errour hath crept into <hi>Lukes</hi>
                     <pb n="165" facs="tcp:192139:88"/>Text in <hi>Quirinius</hi> his Name, and that for <hi>Quirinius,</hi> the name of <hi>Sentius Saturninus</hi> ought to be reſtored. For this man, as <hi>Joſephus</hi> teſtifieth, was Governor about the latter end of <hi>Herods</hi> Reign. <hi>Tertullian</hi> alſo writeth, that <hi>Judea</hi> was Taxed by <hi>Sentius Satur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ninus.</hi> Whence it appears,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Lib.</hi> 4. <hi>contra Marcion c.</hi> 19.</note> that in <hi>Ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tullians</hi> times, ſome have read in <hi>Lukes</hi> Goſpel, <hi>Saturninus</hi> for <hi>Quirinius.</hi> Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſides, it is ſtrange that <hi>Joſephus</hi> ſhould have preter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mitted the firſt Taxing, who yet was ſo accurate in proſecuting the Hiſtory of his Nation, that he rec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kons all the Governors of <hi>Syria;</hi> for he mentioneth both <hi>Sentius Saturninus,</hi> &amp; <hi>Quintilius Varus</hi> his Succeſſor. When <hi>Euſebius</hi> underſtood this, it was his Judgment that it was the ſame Taxing that <hi>Luke</hi> &amp; <hi>Joſephus</hi> men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioned; but that <hi>Joſephus</hi> was miſtaken, who thought this Taxing to have happened after <hi>Archelaus</hi> his Baniſhment.
<note place="margin">In Chronico.</note> Therefore the ſame <hi>Euſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bius</hi> placeth that Tumult of <hi>Judas</hi> the Galilean, which followed upon the Taxing made by <hi>Quirinius,</hi> about the time of Chriſts Birth, and the end of <hi>Herods</hi> Reign. Neither was <hi>Euſebius</hi> ſo ſtu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pid, as not to ſee <hi>Luke</hi> and <hi>Joſephus</hi> to diſagree a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mong themſelves in ſetting down the time of this Taxing, it being evident, even to the blind. But in this diſcord he for reſpect to the Goſpel, choſe to disbelieve <hi>Joſephus,</hi> and to follow <hi>Luke,</hi> which Opini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on is indeed far more likely, and probable then that of <hi>Scaliger,</hi> who thinketh there were two Taxings of <hi>Judea,</hi> both made by <hi>Quirinius.</hi> But in this Opinion of <hi>Scaligers,</hi> many things, not very probable, do oc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cur. Firſt, it behoved <hi>Quirinius</hi> to have been twice ſent to <hi>Syria</hi> for one and the ſame purpoſe, to wit, to Tax. Firſt, about the time of Chriſts birth; then about ten years after. But it is not probable that one Man ſhould be twice ſent to govern a Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vince. It is certain that <hi>Joſephus,</hi> that accurate
<pb n="166" facs="tcp:192139:89"/>Hiſtorian, when he mentions <hi>Quirinius</hi> his coming to <hi>Syria,</hi> and <hi>Judea,</hi> ſaith not that ever he came to <hi>Syria</hi> before, or that any Taxing was before that time made either by him, or any other <hi>Roman</hi> Judge. But if the Taxing had been made already, why is it done again by the ſame man; for if it had been rightly made, and without Fraud, it was no ways neceſſary it ſhould be done again; but if not well, juſtly it be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hoved to ſend another who ſhould make a more juſt Taxing. Further, how could that former Taxing be made by a <hi>Roman</hi> Magiſtrate, while <hi>Herod</hi> Reigned, ſeeing that the Senate had declared <hi>Herod</hi> to be King of <hi>Judea</hi> by an undoubted Right; nei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther had the <hi>Roman</hi> Magiſtrate a right to Act any thing by Authority in <hi>Judea,</hi> ſo long as King <hi>Herod</hi> lived: I paſs by that in the laſt days of <hi>Herod,</hi> wherein Chriſt was born, <hi>Saturninus,</hi> and <hi>Varus,</hi> but not <hi>Quirinius</hi> were <hi>Caeſars</hi> Deputies in <hi>Syria.</hi> Theſe be the Arguments whereby I am chiefly inclined to think <hi>Scaligers</hi> Opinion not probable, who argues for two Taxings. Neither doth it withſtand that <hi>Luke</hi> ſaith that the Taxing which was made a little before Chriſt was born, was the firſt; for by it is on<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly meant that this was the firſt time wherein the <hi>Romans</hi> Taxed <hi>Judea,</hi> neither was there ever any Taxing before. It is alſo falſe what <hi>Scaliger</hi> ſaith, that the latter Taxing belonged to <hi>Archelaus</hi> his Tetrarchy,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>infine</hi> 17. <hi>Ant. &amp; init.</hi> 18.</note> and was for his Goods only. Yea, <hi>Joſephus</hi> ſaith expreſly that <hi>Qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rinius</hi> was ſent by <hi>Caeſar</hi> to Tax through<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out <hi>Syria,</hi> and <hi>Judea. Petavius</hi> followed <hi>Scaligers</hi> Opinion, to which he adds this only, that both theſe Taxings were made by <hi>Quirinius,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">in Rat. temp.</note> being ſent with an extraordinary Power to <hi>Syria.</hi> But both <hi>Luke,</hi> and <hi>Joſephus,</hi> their words refel this, for <hi>Luke</hi> ſaith, When <hi>Cirenus</hi> was Go<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vernor of <hi>Syria;</hi> and <hi>Joſephus</hi> hath: To do Juſtice
<pb n="167" facs="tcp:192139:89"/>among the People; which cannot be ſaid but of the ordinary Governor. <hi>Caſaubon</hi> in his Exercitations, takes the ſame courſe to reconcile <hi>Joſephus</hi> and <hi>Luke.</hi> But indeed in my Judgment all of them have loſt their Labour, for one of them muſt needs be in a miſtake, which ſince it is heinous to ſay of the E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vangeliſt, it is ſafer to lay the cauſe of the miſtake upon the Jewiſh Writer. Which, if it ſeem ſome<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>what harſh to any, there remains yet this one way of reconciling them, which we mentioned already, that in <hi>Lukes</hi> Text we reſtore <hi>Saturninus</hi> inſtead of <hi>Qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rinius,</hi> and that we ſay the Taxing in his time was made, not by the <hi>Roman</hi> Governour, but by King <hi>Herod</hi> himſelf. It might alſo be ſaid that this Taxing was indeed finiſh't, and perfected, when <hi>Qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rinius</hi> was Governor after <hi>Archelaus</hi> his Baniſhment; yet it begun long before towards the end of <hi>Herods</hi> Reign, at which time Chriſt was born. Thus alſo the difference that appears between <hi>Luke</hi> and <hi>Joſephus</hi> is taken away. By this means <hi>Luke</hi> and <hi>Joſephus</hi> agree excellently well together, for the Evangeliſt calls that Taxing, which began to be made about the time of Chriſts Birth, <hi>Herod</hi> being yet alive, the Taxing of the Governor <hi>Quirinius,</hi> becauſe it ended at length under <hi>Quirinius.</hi> This indeed in my Opini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on is the fitteſt interpretation of that Goſpel Text in <hi>Luke,</hi> being ſuch as ſuppoſeth only one Taxing to have been made, not two, as <hi>Scaliger,</hi> and others following his Opinion, contrary to the faith of Hiſtory have deviſed.</q> Thus far the Learned <hi>Valeſius.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Drew away much People.</hi> That is, made many of the People revolt from the <hi>Romans.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>After him.</hi> That is, To him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He alſo periſhed.</hi> As much as to ſay, Saith <hi>Origen,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Lib.</hi> 1. <hi>cont. Celſ.</hi>
                     </note> Who after he was puniſhed himſelf, his Doctrine alſo was overthrown, except ſome few remainders.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="168" facs="tcp:192139:90"/>
               <p n="38">38. <hi>Refrain from theſe men.</hi> That is, Have nothing to do with them, as <hi>Matt.</hi> 27.19.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of men.</hi> That is, Of mens deviſing.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And let them alone.</hi> To theſe words muſt be joy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned that part of the verſe immediately following, <hi>Leſt haply ye be found even to fight againſt God.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For if this Counſel,</hi> &amp;c. The conſtruction requires that theſe words, and the following, till the foreci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted part of the next verſe, <hi>Leſt haply ye be found,</hi> &amp;c. ſhould be incloſed between two Parentheſis's.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>It will come to nought.</hi> That is, it is not ſo firm as that it can ſtand.</p>
               <p n="39">39. <hi>Ye cannot overthrow it.</hi> That is, ye will labour in vain to overthrow it, foraſmuch as whatever is of God, muſt ſtand in ſpite of all men. <hi>Bullinger</hi> in his Commentaries upon this place, highly ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tols this Counſel of <hi>Gamaliels.</hi> But if we believe <hi>Calvin,</hi> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>Gamaliel</hi> drew a perverſe conſequence from true Principles, becauſe that which only ſhould be applyed to Faith, he does miſapply to outward du<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty, and way of acting. And ſo he not only overthrows all political order, but alſo he enervates the Diſci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pline of the Church.</q> 
                  <hi>Caſtellio</hi> in his <hi>Vatican</hi> anſwe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reth <hi>Calvin</hi> thus: <q>Seeing the buſineſs was about a matter of Religion, which was yet then in Contro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verſy, and not about any Crime expreſly forbidden by the Law, <hi>Gamaliel</hi> could not, though he had been a Chriſtian, have given the Jews a better advice. Firſt, his reaſon was true, if it was not from God, it would fall of it ſelf, according to that of Chriſt, <hi>Every Plant which my Heavenly Father hath not Planted,
<note place="margin">Matt. 13.15.</note> ſhall be plucked up: Let them alone,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Sam. 24.</note> &amp;c. And of <hi>David, who would not kill,</hi> Saul <hi>when he might.</hi> Alſo the Examples which <hi>Gamaliel</hi> produceth, are true. Now whereas <hi>Gamaliel</hi> feared that they ſhould fight againſt God, that came afterward to paſs; which,
<pb n="169" facs="tcp:192139:90"/>if they had followed his advice, had never been. <hi>And a little after,</hi> Whereas <hi>Calvin</hi> ſaith that this advice of <hi>Gamaliels</hi> is ſuch as would overthrow all Political Order, and enervate Church-Diſcipline, he ſaith not true; for the Diſcipline of the Apoſtles was not quite without Nerves, though it had no ſuch Nerves as <hi>Calvin</hi> ſpeaks. Alſo Political Order is in force in ſins that are certain, and without Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>troverſy. In the Law of <hi>Moſes</hi> the LXX Elders judged in ſmaller, and more eaſy Cauſes, and brought the more hard and difficult to <hi>Moſes,</hi> and he conſul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted with God concerning them. So may it alſo be done now. Adultery, Manſlaughter, falſe Wit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs, and other certain, and known Crimes, may without hazard be judged: But for Hereticks, the matter is controverted (for if it were not contro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verted, it would not be debated any more then Murder) and therefore are to be referred to the Oracle. Therefore as <hi>Moſes</hi> waited the time of the Oracle, and yet did not in the mean while over<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>throw the Political Order, ſo we are to wait the time of Gods Judgment, which will be a certain Oracle in this Controverſy. Yet God in the mean time will make uſe of the ſervice of his Miniſters in things not controverted.</q> Theſe are <hi>Caſtellio</hi>'s words, with which agree theſe choice words of the Sermon Preached before the Houſe of Lords on <hi>Nov.</hi> 5. 1680. <hi>Of Societies of Men, Chriſtians of all others are moſt averſe from ways of violence and blood, eſpecially from uſing any ſuch ways upon the account of Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligion: And among Chriſtian Churches, where they differ among themſelves, if either of them uſe theſe ways upon the account of Religion, they give a ſtrong preſumption againſt themſelves, that they are not truly Chriſtians.</hi> Thus far the Right Reverend Biſhop of St. <hi>Aſaph, William Lloyd,</hi> a Man of excellent Parts, great Eru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dition, ſingular Piety, and Benignity, to whom I do,
<pb n="170" facs="tcp:192139:91"/>and ſhall all my life time acknowledge my ſelf to be extreamly bound.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Orat.</hi> 32.</note> 
                  <hi>We do not,</hi> ſays <hi>Gregory Nazianzen, brand our Enemies with Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>proaches, as many do, covering the weakneſs of their Rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſons, and Arguments with foul Language, as is ſaid of the cuttle Fiſh, that it vomits its ink in the Water, to eſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cape the Fiſher, but we make it appear by this infallible proof, that we fight for Chriſt, becauſe we fight with Meek<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs and Humility, as Christ did. Salvianus</hi> a Presby<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter of <hi>Marſeille,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>lib.</hi> 5. <hi>de Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vid.</hi>
                  </note> ſpeaking of the <hi>Ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rians,</hi> whoſe Hereſy every Orthodox Man abhors: <hi>They are Hereticks,</hi> ſays he, <hi>but they do not know it. They are Hereticks with us, but with themſelves they are not ſuch; for they ſo far judge themſelves Catholicks, that they defame our ſelves with the brand of Heretical overthwartedneſs. What therefore they are to us, we are the ſame to them. The Truth is with us, but they preſume it to be with themſelves. Gods Honour is with us, but they think that what they believe is for his Honour. They are <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ngodly, but this they think to be true Godlineſs. They err, but they err with a good intention, thinking that they both Honour, and Love God. Though they have not an Orthodox Faith, yet they think it to be a perfect love of God, and how they ſhall be puniſhed for this heterodox Errour in the day of Judgment, none can know, except the Judge. In the mean time, God, as I think, therefore lengthens his patience to them, becauſe he ſees, that although they believe not aright, yet they do err only out of love to a Judgment, which they ſuppoſe to be re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligious.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="40">40. <hi>And to him they agreed.</hi> To wit, That they ſhould not kill the Apoſtles; but not that they ſhould ſend them away untouched; which yet was fit and agreeable to what <hi>Gamaliel</hi> ſpoke.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And when they had called,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, When they had called in the Apoſtles, whom before they commanded to go aſide, or be carried out of the
<pb n="171" facs="tcp:192139:91"/>Council, and leſt the Council ſhould ſeem to Aſſem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble againſt them as Innocents, and guilty of no Crime, they puniſhed them with that Judicial puniſh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment of forty ſtripes enjoyned, <hi>Deuter.</hi> 25. <hi>v.</hi> 2, 3. which was inflicted upon the diſobedient, and was commonly called by the Hebrews a <hi>ſtriking.</hi> The Jews by the <hi>Romans</hi> permiſſion had power to correct their own in <hi>Judea,</hi> and ſome Neighbouring places, even with ſtroaks.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They commanded,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, They ſtrictly forbad them that they ſhould not henceforth Preach the Goſpel of Chriſt, and that they ſhould ſpeak nothing to any man that tended to the praiſe of Jeſus of <hi>Nazareth.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="41">41. <hi>And they.</hi> To wit, The Apoſtles were diſmiſſed by the <hi>Sanhedrin,</hi> after being baſely beaten, as Chriſt foretold,
<note place="margin">Mat. 10.17, 21, 35, 23.34. Mark 12.5.13.9. Luke 12.11. Mat. 5.11, 12. Luke 6.22, 23.</note> alſo remembring his Command.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Departed from the preſence of the Council rejoycing.</hi> By theſe words is meant. That the Apoſtles did with ſo much conſtancy of mind endure theſe Perſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cutions, that they not only did not complain, but alſo greatly rejoyced. The moſt Pious, and eminent for Learning, Dr. J. <hi>Sharp,</hi> Dean of <hi>Norwich,</hi> who formerly by his own Beneficence, and the Liberality of the Right Honourable Lord <hi>Heneage Finch,</hi> late High-Chancellor of <hi>England,</hi> did frequently, and largely ſupply my wants, in that famous Sermon made before the Lord Mayor and Aldermen of the City of <hi>Lon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>don,</hi> upon <hi>Michaelmas</hi> day, <hi>An. Dom.</hi> 1680. ſaith moſt truly, and elegantly of the juſt Man. <hi>Let what will happen to him, he is full of Peace and Joy, for he hath met with no diſappointment of his deſigns. His great aim was to pleaſe God; and his Conſcience from Gods Word aſſures him that he hath done it, and he hath nothing to
<pb n="172" facs="tcp:192139:92"/>do further, but to wait for the happy time, when the ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crets of all hearts will be revealed, and every Mans Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcience and Actions will be made manifeſt, and then he doubts not to receive approbation, and praiſe, and a great reward in that day of the Lord Jeſus; and ſo much the rather, becauſe this light affliction wherewith he is now exerciſed,
<note place="margin">1 Cor. 2.17.</note> he is aſſured, will work for him a far more exceeding, and eternal weight of glory.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That they were,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, That they had this ſingular proof of the Grace of God, to be afflicted for Chriſts ſake,
<note place="margin">Phil. 1.19.</note> and the pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pagating of his Kingdom. <q>Here, ſaith <hi>Calvin,</hi> the Cauſe ſhould be reſpected, which aſſo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciates us to the Son of God, who not only with his Glory ſwallowed up the diſhonour of the World; but turned its Reproaches, Mockeries, and Abuſes to a great Honour.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="42">42. <hi>And daily,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, But the Apoſtles relying upon the protection of Chriſt, no wiſe frighted with the Adverſaries Threats or Puniſh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments, did contrary to the unjuſt prohibition of the <hi>Sanhedrin,</hi> Preach the Goſpel of Chriſt, not only ſome<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times, but <hi>daily,</hi> not only from houſe to houſe, that is, privately in every houſe, but alſo publickly in the moſt famous place of the City, <hi>the Temple.</hi> 
                  <q>He, ſaith <hi>Cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vin,</hi> that accounts himſelf happy when he ſuffers for Chriſt, let him never faint, though he ſhould undergo hard Tryals. For the Apoſtles were in a manner armed with ſtripes, that without fear they might haſten to death. Wo therefore to our wan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tonneſs, who, as ſoon as we have ſuffered the leaſt Perſecution, like Soldiers diſcharged from ſervice, preſently ſurrender the Torch to others.</q>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div n="6" type="chapter">
               <pb n="173" facs="tcp:192139:92"/>
               <head>CHAP. VI.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>THe number of the Diſciples.</hi> That is, Of ſuch as believed in Chriſt, and ſo the Churches Wealth increaſing, her Affairs increaſed alſo.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Multiplied.</hi> To wit, daily in <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>There aroſe a Murmuring.</hi> As it ordinarily happens in a great multitude.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of the</hi> Grecians. The Greek Text hath <hi>Helleniſts.</hi> The Holy Writers of the New Teſtament did call all Gentiles by the name of <hi>Hellenes,</hi> when Religion was treated of. And ſo I am apt to think that they were called <hi>Helleniſts,</hi> who either themſelves, or their Fore-Fathers having been addicted to the Superſtition of the Gentiles, were, being Proſelyted, ingrafted to the Jewiſh Nation.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Againſt the</hi> Hebrews. They ſeem to be called <hi>Hebrews</hi> here, that were ſprung from the Jews Line. <hi>Clemens Alexand.</hi> and <hi>Chryſostom</hi> call them <hi>Hebrews from the very first Original.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Were neglected.</hi> That is, Were not enough ſupplyed. To wit, The Helleniſts Widows, who were either ſick, or burthened with Children, were worſe enter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tained than the Hebrew Widows were in their dayly diſtributions of neceſſaries for Food and Raiment. <hi>Salmaſius</hi> ſaith, that the Cauſe of this Murmuring made by the Helleniſts, was: <q>That they lamented their Widows to be paſſed by in the daily Miniſtra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion, becauſe doubtleſs the Jewiſh Women were choſen, and taken to that Office.</q> The Aethiopick rendred it, <hi>Becauſe they ſaw their Widows ſerve dayly.</hi> It ſeems the deſpiſing of the Helleniſts Widows con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſiſted in this, that the daily labour of ſerving the poor, was laid upon them.</p>
               <pb n="174" facs="tcp:192139:93"/>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>Then the twelve called the multitude of the Diſci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples.</hi> That is, The Apoſtles convened the whole Flock of Believers in Chriſt, that in ſuch a multitude there might be enough, out of which the Deacons might be choſen, and that the Election might be by the Votes of the whole Church.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſaid.</hi> To wit, To the whole Congregation of the Diſciples, or Believers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>It is not reaſon.</hi> That is, It is neither convenient, nor expedient.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That we ſhould leave the Word of God.</hi> That is, Be leſs taken up in propagating the Doctrine of the Goſpel.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſerve Tables.</hi> That is, That we ſhould apply our ſelves to the care of ſerving the poor among Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lievers in bodily neceſſaries. Here is a figure called <hi>Synecdoche,</hi> expreſſing the thing containing for the thing contained, Tables, for the meat and drink uſed to be laid on Tables. Alſo of the part for the whole, that is, even for every thing elſe beſide meat &amp; drink that belonged to bodily ſuſtinence. And ſo <hi>to ſerve Tables,</hi> is the ſame as to look after things neceſſary to maintain the bodily life.</p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>Look ye out.</hi> That is, adviſedly chooſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Men of honest report.</hi> That is, Whoſe Faith and Uprightneſs is unqueſtionable.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Full of the Holy Ghost and Wiſdom.</hi> That is, Abun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dantly furniſhed with Spiritual Wiſdom, or Wiſdom proceeding from the Holy Ghoſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whom we may appoint over this buſineſs.</hi> That is, Whom we may appoint to take care of the poor, as the Officers among the Jews called <hi>Parne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſim</hi> in each Synagogue.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>in</hi> Mat. 4.23.</note> See <hi>Lightfoots Horae Hebratcae.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But we,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, We being libe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rate from this Care of overſeeing the poor among the Faithful, in things pertaining to the bodily life, may
<pb n="175" facs="tcp:192139:93"/>with all care attend our Office, either pronouncing what the Church muſt ſay after us in publick Prayers to God, or inſtructing the people.</p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>And the ſaying pleaſed,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, And ſo by the advice of the Apoſtles, were ſeven Stewards choſen by the common conſent of the whole Church, to take the care of the poor, and of diſtri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>buting the Churches Mony. Their names were <hi>St<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phen, Philip, Prochorus, Nicanor, Timon, Parmenas,</hi> and <hi>Nicolas</hi> a Stranger, or Proſelyte of <hi>Antioch.</hi> From their Greek names it appears that in this Election, chief reſpect was had to the Helleniſts. The firſt Church of Chriſt was made up of Jews only, none of the Gentiles being as yet either called, or admitted to it. It conſiſted of two ſorts, to wit, Hebrews, who were ſuch from their firſt Original, and of Helleniſts, who in reſpect of their Lineage, and Nation, were Greeks, that is, Gentiles, but by Circumciſion were incorporated to the Jewiſh Nation. <q>The firſt ſeven Deacons of the Church, ſaith <hi>Salmaſius,</hi> were choſen out of the number of the Helleniſts, who were all of them, except one, born at <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi> And ſeeing the Hel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>leniſts were Proſelytes, and ſix of them born at <hi>Jeruſalem, Luke</hi> reckons the ſeventh laſt, whom he telleth us was a Proſelyte of <hi>Antioch.</hi> If it were ſimply read in <hi>Luke, and</hi> Nicolas <hi>a Proſelyte,</hi> it would be no wiſe doubted but we ſhould underſtand the other ſix to have been Jews, and not Proſelytes; but ſince he adds <hi>a Proſelyte of</hi> Antioch; who can doubt but the reſt were likewiſe Proſelytes, though not of <hi>Antioch,</hi> but of <hi>Jeruſalem?</hi> for theſe things came to paſs in <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>Whom they ſet before the Apostles.</hi> To wit, That by their Authority, and Bleſſing, they might be con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firmed.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And when they had prayed, they laid their hands on them.</hi> Here the form of Election is ſet forth, which
<pb n="176" facs="tcp:192139:94"/>was alſo in the Primitive Inſtitution of the Church uſed in making Biſhops, or Presbyters. The Church preſented Men of great Wiſdom and Piety, to the Apoſtles or their Delegates, who were greatly indued with a Spirit of diſcerning, to be ordained; who, after having tryed them, prayed to God that he would bleſs them in the new Office to which they were appointed, and endue them with ſuch Wiſdom, as they might with great ſucceſs manage the ſame. Thoſe Prayers being ended, they laid hands on them, in token of the Miniſtries being committed to them. Sometimes alſo the Holy Ghoſt did by the Prophets point out by name ſuch as he would have choſen to this or that Miniſtry.
<note place="margin">Acts 13.2. 1 Tim. 1.18. &amp; 4.14.</note>
               </p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>And the Word,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Such was the power of the Holy Ghoſt ſpeaking by the Apoſtles, and working Miracles, that every day many, and among them, ſome even of the Prieſts in <hi>Jeruſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem,</hi> which Chriſts own Preaching did not bring in to imbrace, at leaſt to profeſs the Faith, did now (having overcome all reſpect to carnal fear, and vain-glory) adjoin themſelves to the number of the Believers, and obeyed the precepts of Faith, or Doctrine of the Goſpel.</p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>Full of Faith and Power.</hi> That is, eminent for the Faith and Vertue of Miracles. This manner of ſpeaking is not unuſual in Scripture, to ſay they are full of the gifts of God, in which the ſtrength and grace of the Spirit doth notably diſcover, and ſhew forth itſelf.</p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>There aroſe.</hi> By riſing, <hi>Luke</hi> means, thoſe of which he ſpeaks to have oppoſed the Doctrine of the Goſpel, not to have dragged <hi>Stephen</hi> preſently to Judgment, but to have firſt debated with him con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning the Religion he taught. Theſe oppoſers of <hi>Stephen</hi> were either <hi>Hellenists,</hi> or Strangers, who li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved
<pb n="177" facs="tcp:192139:94"/>in <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> either about their Affairs, or for Studying. The Jews tell us there were four hundred and eighty Synagogues in <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of the</hi> Libertines. <hi>Suidas.</hi> Libertines, <hi>the name of a Nation.</hi> Moreover in the firſt Collation of <hi>Car<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thage,</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Mem.</hi> 201.</note> is mentioned one <hi>Victor</hi> Biſhop <hi>of the Church of</hi> Libertina <hi>in</hi> Africk <hi>or</hi> Nu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>midia. Learned <hi>Junius</hi> ſuſpects ſome Corruption to have been made in the Letters of the Word <hi>Liber<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tines;</hi> for he notes, that they were thoſe Strangers, who as <hi>Epiphanius</hi> witneſſeth, called Holy Houſes <hi>Le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brathas,</hi> and the Pariſhes belonging to it, with the whole Convent <hi>Labras; for,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>all theſe belong<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing to one Synagogue were called</hi> Lebrathenun, <hi>and from thence corruptly the Synagogue was called the Synagogue of the</hi> Libertines.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Cyrenians. What <hi>Cyrene</hi> was, whence they were called <hi>Cyrenians,</hi> ſee our Literal Explication on <hi>Matt.</hi> 27.33. and <hi>Amos</hi> 9.7.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Antiq.</hi> 16.10.</note> 
                  <hi>Joſephus</hi> teſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fies, that there were many <hi>Jews</hi> in <hi>Cyrenia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Alexandrians. <hi>Alexandria,</hi> the Metropolis of <hi>Egypt,</hi> whence theſe <hi>Alexandrians</hi> came, was built by <hi>Alexander,</hi> from whom it took its Name. <hi>Ftolomeus Philadelphus</hi> adorned it with a Library of ſeventy thou<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſand Volumes; but famous men for Learning and Wiſdom who were its Inhabitants, were a greater Ornament to it. Among which were Renowned <hi>Phi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lo</hi> the <hi>Jew,</hi> of whom was that Proverb: <hi>Either</hi> Philo <hi>Platonizeth, or</hi> Plato <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> bilonizeth; Appion</hi> the Gram<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>marian, whom <hi>Tyberius Caeſar</hi> called, <hi>The Cymbal of the World;</hi> and <hi>Plinius, the Trumpet of publick Fame; Didymus</hi> the Grammarian; <hi>Claudius Prolemeus,</hi> though ſome ſay that <hi>Peluſium</hi> was his Country; <hi>Appi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>anus</hi> the Hiſtorian, therefore called the <hi>Alexan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>drian; Clemens</hi> Presbyter ſurnamed <hi>Alexandrinus; Origen</hi> of whom it is ſaid, <hi>Where well none better, where ill none worſe; Athanaſius, Cyril, Dydimus</hi> ſur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>named
<pb n="178" facs="tcp:192139:95"/>
                  <hi>the Blind;</hi> and others, whoſe names I do not now remember. <hi>Alexandria</hi> is now by the <hi>Turks,</hi> under whoſe Yoak it groans, called <hi>Scanderia,</hi> by corrupting the name of <hi>Alexander,</hi> whoſe Corps <hi>Quintus Curtius</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 10. <hi>ch.</hi> 10.</note> ſaith, was tranſported thither from <hi>Memphis. Ptolomies</hi> famous Library, as <hi>Am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mianus Marccllinus</hi> ſaith,
<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 22. <hi>ch.</hi> 41.</note> was burnt when the City was deſtroy'd under <hi>Julius Caeſar.</hi> The <hi>Jews</hi> had equal priviledges in <hi>Alexandria</hi> with the <hi>Macedonians.</hi> See <hi>Grotius</hi> up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on 3 <hi>Macchab.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And of them of</hi> Cilicia. <hi>Cilicia,</hi> now <hi>Carmania,</hi> was one in <hi>Conſtantines</hi> time, then it was divided into two parts, the firſt of which was called <hi>Cilicia, the firſt and Champaign ground and Conſular,</hi> ſaith <hi>Spanhem,</hi> Introd. ad Geog. Sac. <hi>It had upon the Weſt</hi> Iſauria, <hi>upon the Eaſt the ſecond</hi> Cilicia, <hi>upon the South the Sea of</hi> Cyprus; <hi>the Metropolis of it is</hi> Tarſus, <hi>the Head of the Nation, a Colony of the</hi> Romans, <hi>a free City, having the priviledge of a</hi> Roman <hi>City;
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>We contradict this, moved by the Reaſons of</hi> Grotius <hi>upon that place.</hi>
                     </note> whence that of</hi> Paul <hi>of</hi> Tarſus <hi>below</hi> ch. 22.28. The ſecond <hi>Cilicia</hi> called alſo <hi>Trachea,</hi> having upon the North <hi>Mount Taurus,</hi> up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on the Eaſt <hi>Comagene,</hi> upon the South the <hi>Iſſick Gulf,</hi> which had its Name from the Town <hi>Iſſus</hi> between <hi>Syria</hi> and <hi>Cilicia,</hi> famous for the Victory obtain'd there by <hi>Alexander</hi> againſt <hi>Darius;</hi> where alſo <hi>Cicero</hi> as he reports of him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelf, was called Emperor, and
<note place="margin">2. Ep. 10.5 <hi>Attic.</hi> 20.</note> boaſteth that he had the ſame Tents which of old <hi>Alexander</hi> had. This was a Province ruled by the Emperours Lieutenant ſent thither with a Garriſon, but its Metropolis was <hi>Anazarba,</hi> or <hi>Anazarbus,</hi> other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wiſe called <hi>Diocaeſarea.</hi> There is mention made of this ſecond <hi>Cilicia</hi> in the Acts of the Councel of <hi>Chal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cedon.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Aſia. See what we have ſaid above, <hi>chap.</hi> 2.9.</p>
               <pb n="179" facs="tcp:192139:95"/>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>And they were not able to reſiſt the Wiſdom and the Spirit.</hi> That is, The Wiſdom ſuggeſted to him by the Holy Ghoſt. The Particle <hi>and</hi> is put in the be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginning of the Verſe inſtead of <hi>but,</hi> which is frequent<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly done in other places of Scripture.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By which he ſpake.</hi> As much as to ſay, by which <hi>Stephens</hi> Tongue, and his Mind while he was ſpeaking were directed, according to Chriſts Promiſe, <hi>Matt.</hi> 10, 20. <hi>Luke</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 15. <hi>Beza</hi> witneſſeth, that in a moſt ancient Greek Copy of his is added here, <hi>Becauſe they were reproved by him with all boldneſs,</hi> that is, <hi>with all freedom.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>Then.</hi> To wit, when they could not reſiſt the Truth.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They ſuborned.</hi> The old Latin Interpreter expreſſeth it by the word <hi>ſubmiſerunt,</hi> in which ſenſe the beſt Latin Authors uſe the Verb <hi>immittere.</hi> See <hi>Gellius</hi> 4. <hi>Noct. Attic.</hi> 18. <hi>Saluſt. Catil. Plin. Lib.</hi> 6 <hi>Epiſt.</hi> 13.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>The Elders.</hi> That is, the Senators of the San<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hedrin.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To the Councel.</hi> The Greek hath it Sanhedrin.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>And ſet up falſe witneſſes.</hi> They are alſo ſaid to be falſe Witneſſes who give a falſe conſtruction to what hath been truly ſpoken, and turn it to a crime; as they here turn that to wickedneſs and blaſphemy, which according to truth was foretold of the deſtructi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on of the Temple, and the ceaſing for the moſt part of the Rites depending thereon.
<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>See</hi> Luke 19.43, 44.</note> 
                  <hi>David</hi> inveighs againſt ſuch Witneſſes in the Perſon of <hi>Doeg, Pſal.</hi> 52.2, 3, 4, &amp; 5. compared with 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 22.9, 10, 11, 12, &amp; 13.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Blaſphemous words.</hi> That is, Baſe and reproach<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Againſt this holy place.</hi> That is, A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gainſt the Temple of God.
<note n="*" place="margin">Acts 25.8. Mat. 26.61.</note>
               </p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>And ſhall change the cuſtoms.</hi> That is, The le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gal Ceremonies, which typified Chriſt to come and the Goſpel Law.</p>
               <pb n="180" facs="tcp:192139:96"/>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>Saw his Face as it had been the Face of an An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gel.</hi> That is, they beheld his Face full of Reverent and Serene Gravity.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="7" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. VII.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>THe High Prieſt.</hi> That is, the chief of the <hi>San<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hedrin.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Are theſe things ſo?</hi> As if he had ſaid, Are theſe things true which they ſay and witneſs againſt thee?</p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>And he ſaid.</hi> Seeing <hi>Stephen</hi> was accuſed, becauſe that he, moved by Divine Inſtinct and Inſpiration, had foretold the deſtruction of the Temple, and the aboliſhing of the Legal Ceremonies, that he might demonſtrate and evince that there was no evil in that, he briefly running over all ancient Hiſtory even to their times, covertly intimateth, that the favour of God was reſtricted to no place, even not to the Temple or Tabernacle; and alſo that the Jews, if they did ſufficiently lay to Heart their own doings, and thoſe of their Nation, had no reaſon to be offended at this Praediction.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Men Brethren and Fathers.</hi> If we may give credit to the famous <hi>Salmaſius,</hi> Stephen, <hi>Who was a Proſelyte, calls the Jews Brethren, as being partaker of the ſame Promiſes with them, an obſerver of the ſame Law, a Wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhipper of the ſame God. He calls them alſo Fathers, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe Proſelytes, being their Diſciples from whom they had the Law, were accounted as it were their Children, and they as their Fathers.</hi> But the Apoſtle <hi>Paul,</hi> who was not a Proſelyte, but a Jew by Nation, uſeth the ſame compellation to the Jews below
<note n="*" place="margin">c. 22. v. 1.</note>. It is more reaſonable therefore to ſay, that both <hi>Stephen</hi> a Proſelyte, and <hi>Paul</hi> a Jew by birth,
<pb n="181" facs="tcp:192139:96"/>call the <hi>Younger</hi> among them Brethren, and the <hi>Older</hi> Fathers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The God of Glory. Heb. The King of Glory</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Pſal. 24.7.</note>. That is, the Omnipotent and Glorious God, King of Kings.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Appeared unto our Father</hi> Abraham. <hi>Stephen</hi> might uſe this expreſſion, not only as a Chriſtian, but alſo as a Jew, or a Proſelyte of the Jewiſh Religion. <q>The God of the Jews, who calls himſelf the God of <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braham,</hi> the God of <hi>Iſaac</hi> and of <hi>Jacob,</hi> is alſo the God of the Proſelytes; for the Proſelytes worſhip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ped one and the ſame God, and bound themſelves to obſerve the ſame Law with that, which he gave to the Jews. If they could call the God of the Jews their God as well as the Jews, who can deny that they could call <hi>Abraham</hi> their Father? But ſeeing <hi>Abraham,</hi> by the Promiſe made by God to him, was called the Father of Nations; thoſe Nations, whoſe Father he was called by God, could be no other than thoſe which the Meſſias purchaſed to God the Father by his own Blood. And there is no doubt but the Chriſtians at this day may call <hi>Abraham</hi> their Father.</q> Thus far the renowned <hi>Salmaſius.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>When he was in</hi> Meſopotamia. That is, While he yet abode at <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r</hi> of the <hi>Chaldees.</hi> 
                  <q>Not to mention the Fables of the Hebrews, who change <hi>
                        <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r</hi> into an Appellative name, I do not approve of their Opini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on, though it ſeem more probable to <hi>Bochartus,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Phaleg.</hi> l. 2. c. 6.</note> who places <hi>
                        <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r</hi> towards the Mountainous parts of <hi>Armenia,</hi> in the Confines of <hi>Syria,</hi> and more Northern <hi>Meſopotamia,</hi> where by the name <hi>
                        <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r,</hi> they denote a <hi>Perſian</hi> Caſtle
<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Amm.</hi> l. 25. c. 26.</note>. For neither does the Name of <hi>Chaldaea</hi> ſeem to be extended ſo far; nor had <hi>Abraham</hi> then come from the Eaſt, but rather from the North: Neither can a Demonſtrative Argument be drawn
<pb n="182" facs="tcp:192139:97"/>from the ſimilitude of Names, (ſuch as is that of the Perſian Caſtle in <hi>Marcellinus,</hi> whither he reporteth that <hi>Caſſianus</hi> and <hi>Mauritius</hi> came) as <hi>Bochartus</hi> him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelf elſewhere obſerves. <hi>Iſaac Voſſius,</hi> a very learn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed man, will have <hi>
                        <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r</hi> to be the ſame with <hi>Chebar</hi> or <hi>Chobar,</hi> at the Confluent of <hi>Chabor</hi> and <hi>Euphrates;</hi> but the way is nearer from that place into <hi>Syria,</hi> nor was it needful for thoſe that were journying to <hi>Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>naan</hi> to go up into <hi>Charan,</hi> nor was that a City of <hi>Chaldaea.</hi> Therefore it's uncertain whether it be <hi>
                        <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ra,</hi> mentioned by <hi>Pliny</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">l. 5. c. 24.</note>, in the turn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing of <hi>Euphrates</hi> toward the Eaſt, and <hi>Babylonia:</hi> Or <hi>Ouria</hi> ſpoken of by <hi>Eupolemus,</hi> a City of <hi>Babylonia,</hi> according to <hi>Euſebius</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Praep.</hi> l. 9.</note>; but according to <hi>Ptolomy,</hi> ſituate near <hi>Euphrates,</hi> in <hi>Babylonia;</hi> or the City <hi>Orchoa;</hi> or any other City of <hi>Chaldaea,</hi> whoſe name was chang<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed. But the <hi>Chaſedim, Chaldaeans,</hi> who were iſſued from <hi>Cheſed</hi> the Son of <hi>Nachor, Gen.</hi> 22. <hi>v.</hi> 22. ſeem to be mentioned by a <hi>Prolepſis, Gen.</hi> 11.31. as are the names of <hi>Bethel, Dan,</hi> &amp;c.</q> Thus far the moſt renowned <hi>Frederick Spanhem</hi> the Son, in his Introduction to Sacred Geography. The moſt learned <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ſher</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Armach</hi> is of opinion that the word <hi>Chaſedim</hi> is rather an Ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pellative of a Sect, denoting Diviners and Magicians, than the proper name of a Nation. The Fortune-tel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lers in <hi>Chaldaea</hi> it ſelf are alſo found diſtinguiſhed by that name, <hi>Dan.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 2, &amp; 20.4. <hi>v.</hi> 7. &amp; 5. <hi>v.</hi> 11. <hi>Ste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phen</hi> ſaith, <hi>Heidegger, Reckons Meſopotamia the ſame with</hi> Chaldaea. <hi>For this reaſon certainly, that that part of</hi> Meſopotamia <hi>which lies next to</hi> Syria <hi>is in the Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures alſo mentioned under the name of</hi> Chaldaea. <hi>And</hi> Pliny lib. 6. c. 26. <hi>declareth that ſome part of</hi> Babylo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nia, <hi>yea</hi> Babylon <hi>it ſelf was comprehended within the bounds of</hi> Meſopotamia. <hi>Babylon,</hi> the Head of the Chaldaick Nations for a long time, enjoyed the great<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eſt renown in the whole World; on which account
<pb n="183" facs="tcp:192139:97"/>the reſt of <hi>Meſopotamia</hi> and <hi>Aſſyria</hi> was called <hi>Babylo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nia. And the ſame</hi> Pliny <hi>a little after:</hi> There are al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſo Cities in <hi>Meſopotamia, Hipparenum,</hi> and this of the <hi>Chaldees,</hi> as alſo <hi>Babylon</hi> near the River. <hi>Narraga,</hi> which gave name to a City. The <hi>Perſians</hi> demoli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhed the Walls of <hi>Hipparenum.</hi> The <hi>Orchens</hi> alſo a third Sect of the <hi>Chaldaeans,</hi> were placed in the ſame Situation, turned toward the South. <q>Moreover <hi>Tre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mellius</hi> is of Opinion, that <hi>Orchoe</hi> is the ſame with <hi>
                        <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r.</hi> The ſame <hi>Pliny</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>l</hi> 6. <hi>c.</hi> 27.</note> alſo declareth, that <hi>Meſopotamia</hi> is bounded on the Eaſt with <hi>Tigris,</hi> on the Weſt with <hi>Euphrates,</hi> on the South with the <hi>Perſian</hi> Sea, and on the North with the Mountain <hi>Taurus.</hi> So that not only all encom<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>paſſed by the two Rivers, but alſo all places ſituate by their Banks, are to be comprehended in <hi>Meſopo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tamia.</hi> Poſſibly the Words of
<note n="*" place="margin">1 An. 7.</note> 
                     <hi>Joſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phus</hi> tend alſo to the ſame purpoſe, where, ſpeaking of <hi>Abraham,</hi> he ſaith;</q> When the <hi>Chaldaeans,</hi> and the reſt of the <hi>Meſopotamians</hi> roſe up againſt him, he determined to tranſmigrate himſelf, and relying upon the good Will and Favour of God, he went and dwelt in the Land of <hi>Canaan.</hi> 
                  <q>It is therefore apparent, that <hi>Abrahams</hi> Native Country <hi>
                        <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r,</hi> may be rightly aſcribed both to <hi>Meſopotamia</hi> and alſo to <hi>Chaldaea.</hi>
                  </q> Thus far <hi>Heideg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ger</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Hiſt. Sac. Patriarc. Tom.</hi> 1. <hi>Exercit.</hi> 23. <hi>num.</hi> 45. <hi>&amp; Tom.</hi> 2. <hi>Exer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ci<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</hi> 3. <hi>num.</hi> 5.</note>. <q>
                     <hi>Babylon,</hi> ſaith <hi>Lightfoot,</hi> may be alſo ſaid to be in <hi>Meſopotania,</hi> partly becauſe it was ſituate betwixt the two Rivers, <hi>Euphrates</hi> and <hi>Tigris,</hi> but eſpe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cially according to Scripture Idiom, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe it was on the other ſide of the Ri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver. Which that it is obſerved by the Vulgar In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terpreter, you may ſee from <hi>Joſ.</hi> 24. <hi>v.</hi> 3. where for that which is in the Hebrew; <hi>And I brought</hi> Abra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ham <hi>your Father from beyond the River,</hi> he has, <hi>I brought therefore your Father</hi> Abraham <hi>from the
<pb n="184" facs="tcp:192139:98"/>Porders of</hi> Meſoptamia.</q> 
                  <hi>Eratoſthenes</hi> in <hi>Strabo. l.</hi> 3. ſaith, <hi>That</hi> Meſopotamia <hi>is comprehended with</hi> Babylo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nia <hi>in a great circle by</hi> Euphrates <hi>and</hi> Tigris.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Before he dwelt in</hi> Charan. As if he had ſaid, <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braham</hi> was indeed as yet in <hi>Meſopotamia,</hi> when the Lord appeared to him, but at <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r</hi> of the <hi>Chaldees,</hi> not at <hi>Charan. Abraham</hi> departing from <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r</hi> of the <hi>Chal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dees</hi> with his Fathers Houſe, came to <hi>Charan, not with an intention to abide there, but to go over to the Land of</hi> Canaan, as ſaith <hi>Torniellus,</hi> A. M. 2113. <hi>num.</hi> 3. But when he was come to <hi>Charan</hi> of <hi>Meſopotamia,</hi> an Eaſtern City not far from <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>z,</hi> where <hi>Job</hi> afterwards inhabited, his Father <hi>Therach</hi> was there ſeiz'd with a Diſtemper, whereof he died; hence his duty to his Father, now a dying, who had given himſelf as a Guide and Companion of this Pilgrimage on the ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>count of Religion, detained and kept back <hi>Abraham</hi> from accompliſhing his begun Journey, and ſo he dwelt at <hi>Charan</hi> till <hi>Therach</hi> accompliſhed the days of his Pilgrimage, being now 205 years of Age as it is related, <hi>Gen.</hi> 11, 31, 32. by way of Anticipation. <q>
                     <hi>Meſopotamia</hi> where the <hi>Euphrates</hi> run<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neth cloſe by it,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Frid. Spanhem. Hiſt.</hi> Job 1. <hi>c.</hi> 7. <hi>n.</hi> 4.</note> towards the South and Eaſt, is adjoyning to <hi>Arabia the Deſert,</hi> being only parted from it by the River, ſo that there are indeed ſome Cities (ſuch as even at this day are <hi>Ana,</hi> or <hi>Anna,</hi> of the largeſt and moſt famous of that Countrey) ſome whereof on this ſide of the River are accounted Cities of <hi>Meſopotamia.</hi> Hence they have one and the ſame Language, Reli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gion and Cuſtoms; the nature of the Ground is the ſame, being plain and barren, and running out into waſte Deſerts, producing the ſame Herbs and Twigs; the ſame <hi>Emir</hi> alſo, or Prince of the <hi>Arabians</hi> extending his Dominion a great way in <hi>Meſopotamia.</hi> Whence it is, that the Southern part of <hi>Meſopotamia</hi> is by <hi>Xenophon, l.</hi> 1. <hi>Anabaſ. Pliny, Hiſt. l.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 24.
<pb n="185" facs="tcp:192139:98"/>
                     <hi>Strabo</hi> Geogr. <hi>l.</hi> 16. and others, reckoned a part of <hi>Arabia.</hi> But now <hi>Charan</hi> the place of <hi>Nachors</hi> a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bode, called by <hi>Joſephus</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, alſo <hi>Charrhai</hi> by <hi>Ste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phen, Ptolomy</hi> and <hi>Sozomen,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in the <hi>Acts,</hi> by <hi>Jerom Aran,</hi> as alſo <hi>Carrae,</hi> if it be the ſame City, with that of the Roman Writers of the <hi>Craſſian</hi> O<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verthrow, <hi>Charan</hi> by the Georg.
<note place="margin">Gen. 24.10.</note> of <hi>Nu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bia,</hi> called alſo <hi>Nachor</hi> from <hi>Nachor</hi> who built and inhabited it, is ſituate in that part of <hi>Meſo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>potamia,</hi> which the River <hi>Chabora</hi> watereth, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween <hi>Euphrates</hi> and <hi>Aſcorus;</hi> for by Holy Writ we may learn that <hi>Charan</hi> lay in the Way that leadeth from <hi>Chaldea</hi> into <hi>Canaan, Gen.</hi> 11.31. So that it is altogether more Southerly towards <hi>Arabia</hi> the Deſert, and <hi>Syria Palmyrena</hi> or <hi>Aram Tſaba.</hi> For the Way from <hi>
                        <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r</hi> of the <hi>Chaldees</hi> to <hi>Paleſtine</hi> is from the Eaſt to the Weſt, except where to avoid the unpaſſable places of <hi>Arabia,</hi> Travellers turn toward the North, through that part of <hi>Meſopotamia</hi> that is more Southerly, which is to the Northwards of <hi>Chaldaea.</hi> Again the Country of <hi>Charan</hi> was ſaid to be Eaſterly in reſpect of <hi>Paleſtine, Gen.</hi> 29.1. Hence it is certainly in the Southerly part of <hi>Meſopotamia,</hi> which borders with that part of <hi>Arabia</hi> where the Inhabitants dwell in Tents, according to the Stile of the Scripture and the inſight of Maps. For the Northern parts of both the <hi>Syria</hi>'s and the Country of <hi>Aſſyria</hi> are not ſaid to be Eaſtward, but North<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward. Hence we may diſcern their miſtake, who will have <hi>Charan</hi> to be ſituate a great way to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards the North and the Mountains of <hi>Armenia,</hi> about the 36 or 37 degrees of Latitude, and who con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>found it with <hi>Edeſſa,</hi> or <hi>Orfa,</hi> as <hi>R. Benjamin, Peter Appian, Jacob Ziglerus, Joſeph Moletius</hi> and others. And the <hi>Carrae</hi> that are there marked towards the <hi>Aſſyrians,</hi> whence <hi>Lucan</hi> called them the <hi>Aſſyrian Carrae,</hi> as in the Book of <hi>Tobit</hi> they are placed be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween
<pb n="186" facs="tcp:192139:99"/>
                     <hi>Niniveh</hi> and <hi>Raghes,</hi> are of neceſſity altoge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther different from the <hi>Charan</hi> of <hi>Nachor,</hi> and <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braham. Charan</hi> therefore in <hi>Meſopotamia</hi> was fituated betwixt <hi>Babylonia</hi> and that part of <hi>Syria</hi> which led into <hi>Paleſtine;</hi> hence it lies more towards the South, not far from the River <hi>Euphrates,</hi> as the <hi>Chaldaean</hi> Paraphraſe hath it; the <hi>Nubian</hi> Geogra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pher confirms this, who will have <hi>Harran</hi> to be more Southerly than the City <hi>Aleppo,</hi> about the 31 Deg. North. <hi>Lat.</hi> Hence <hi>Arias Montanus</hi> on <hi>Gen.</hi> 24. <hi>v.</hi> 10. declareth the City <hi>Padan</hi> to be in that Tract nearer to <hi>Babylonia,</hi> which more truly was the Country in which <hi>Charan</hi> the City of <hi>Nachor</hi> was ſituate; nor was it contiguous to <hi>Paleſtine,</hi> as <hi>Adri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chomius</hi> will have it in the Theater of the Holy Land, which, as being in <hi>Meſopotamia,</hi> is rather contiguous to <hi>Arabia</hi> the Deſert, as this is extend<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed Northward to <hi>Euphrates,</hi> wherein we have placed <hi>Jobs</hi> Habitation; yea thoſe of the Eaſt do declare that <hi>Charan</hi> in <hi>Abrahams</hi> days was inhabited by the <hi>Sabaean Arabians,</hi> as alſo the famous <hi>Huttinger</hi> in his <hi>Oriental Hiſtory,</hi> c. 8. out of <hi>Keeſſeus</hi> the <hi>Muhammedan,</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And he ſaid unto him.</hi> To Wit, When he was ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dicted to the Superſtition and Idol-Worſhip of the <hi>Chaldaeans,</hi> or, as thoſe of the Eaſt ſay, of the <hi>Zabi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans, Joſ.</hi> 24.2.</p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>Get thee out of thy Country.</hi> The uninterrupted tenor of the words ſufficiently importeth that he ſpeaketh of one call, when <hi>Abraham</hi> dwelt at <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r</hi> of the <hi>Chaldees,</hi> where he was born and brought up. The call it ſelf together with the Promiſe is extant, <hi>Gen.</hi> 12.1, 2, 3. <hi>Stephen</hi> indeed left out the Promiſe, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe it was not needful to touch upon every particular.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Come into the Land which I ſhall ſhew thee.</hi> He pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miſeth that he will at length ſhew him the Land, which he did not expreſs in the Call it ſelf. Hence alſo, <hi>Heb.</hi> 11.8. <hi>Abraham</hi> is ſaid to have gone out,
<pb n="187" facs="tcp:192139:99"/>
                  <hi>not knowing whither he went.</hi> If <hi>Abraham</hi> knew not whither he went, and the Land towards which he muſt go, could not be ſhewed him till after his ſet<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ting out; whence is it that by a Prolepſis, <hi>Abraham</hi> is ſaid to have ſet out from <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r</hi> of the <hi>Chaldees,</hi> together with <hi>Therach</hi> his Guide in his Pilgrimage, and <hi>Sarah</hi> and <hi>Lot</hi> his Companions therein, that he might go in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to the Land of <hi>Canaan? Torniellus</hi> anſwers in the year of the World 2113 <hi>num.</hi> 3. <q>That it might ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry well be, that <hi>Abraham</hi> when he ſet out, knew that God would have him go to the Land of <hi>Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>naan;</hi> but that he did not know, whether God would have him to ſettle there, or go further to ſome more remote Countrey, and therefore he came into <hi>Charan,</hi> not with a deſign to ſettle there, but to paſs over towards the Land of <hi>Canaan,</hi> firmly believing that there the Lord would ſhew him the Land whereto he muſt go, and in which he muſt abide; even as a little after it truly came to paſs. For when he came to <hi>Sichem</hi> in the Land of <hi>Canaan,</hi> he heard from God <hi>Gen.</hi> 12.7. <hi>To thy Seed will I give the Land.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>Then.</hi> To wit, after <hi>Abraham</hi> underſtood, both Gods Commands and Promiſes.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He came out of the Land of the</hi> Chaldaeans. As if he had ſaid, He utterly forſook his Fathers Houſe, and together with his Father, <hi>Sarai</hi> and <hi>Lot</hi> departed from <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r</hi> of the <hi>Chaldaeans. Stephen</hi> will have <hi>Meſopotamia</hi> the ſame with <hi>Chaldaea. The Arabians,</hi> ſaith <hi>Ludovicus de Dieu, are still of Opinion that</hi> Chaldaea <hi>belongs to</hi> Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſopotamia. <hi>For the Geographer of</hi> Nubia, <hi>in the ſixth part of the fourth Climate, where he deſcribeth</hi> Meſopo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tamia, <hi>ſaith, that</hi> Bagdad <hi>extendeth thither, which is that we now call</hi> Babylon <hi>the Metropolis of</hi> Chaldaea; <hi>whoſe Province</hi> Benjamin <hi>in his Itinerary concludeth to be</hi> Beretz Sinear, <hi>in the Land of</hi> Shinar, <hi>which is,</hi> Chal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>daea. But although Gods call commanding <hi>Therach,</hi>
                  <pb n="188" facs="tcp:192139:100"/>together with <hi>Abraham, Sarah,</hi> and <hi>Lot</hi> to depart from <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r</hi> of the <hi>Chaldaeans,</hi> was directed to <hi>Abra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ham,</hi> yet becauſe <hi>Therach</hi> was Father of the Family, <hi>therefore, Gen.</hi> 11. <hi>v.</hi> 31. the buſineſs of Migration is aſcribed to him, not to a Son of his Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mily, as <hi>Scaliger</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">In Elencho. Pareano.</note> hath rightly obſer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And dwelt in</hi> Charan. <hi>For no long time,</hi> ſaith the moſt Eloquent of the Jews, <hi>Philo</hi> in his Book of Dreams. <hi>Aug.</hi> 16. <hi>de Civ. Dei.</hi> 16. ſays, that <hi>Abrahams</hi> departure from <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r</hi> of the <hi>Chaldaeans,</hi> and from <hi>Charan</hi> fell out in one and the ſame year; which <hi>Joſephus</hi> confirms, while he writeth, 1 <hi>Ant.</hi> 8. That <hi>Abraham</hi> left <hi>Chaldaea</hi> when he was 75 years of age. <q>
                     <hi>Moſes</hi> ſpeaking, <hi>ſaith Heidegger,</hi> of <hi>Therach, Abraham</hi> and the reſt that went with them to <hi>Charan,</hi> ſaith <hi>Gen.</hi> 11. <hi>v.</hi> 31, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>and they dwelt there.</hi> And of <hi>Therach</hi> indeed, that when he was aged 205 years, he there put a period to his laſt day. But <hi>Moſes</hi> hath not expreſſed how long <hi>Abraham</hi> and the reſt of his Companions dwelt there: Yet 'tis probable, that he did not ſtay long there, yea, not a whole year, that he might not ſeem refractory to the Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vine Call. For what elſe but Sickneſs and Infirmity of Body could detain <hi>Therach</hi> from accompliſhing his Journey he had undertaken, whom Piety towards God cauſed to forſake his Native Countrey, and his own Houſe? What alſo but dutifulneſs toward his dying Father, who on the account of Religion had given himſelf for a guide and a companion in this Pilgrimage, could hinder <hi>Abraham,</hi> whoſe ready obedience in obeying the Divine Call is ſo much ſpo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken of in the Scripture, from going ſtraight into the Land of <hi>Canaan?</hi> For that <hi>Therach</hi> either taken with the pleaſantneſs of the place, as <hi>Aben Ezra</hi> fondly imagines, or making a relapſe unto his old Idolatry, as others alledge, tarried at <hi>Charan,</hi> and would not
<pb n="189" facs="tcp:192139:100"/>accompany his Son, is as like a Fiction as may be. Nor are we much moved with <hi>Petavius, Bonfrerius,</hi> and <hi>Harvilleus</hi> Arguments, by which they would evince that <hi>Abraham</hi> dwelt at <hi>Charan</hi> ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>veral years. Firſt, <hi>ſay they,
<note place="margin">
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</note> Stephen</hi> ſaith that <hi>Abraham</hi> dwelt in <hi>Charan.</hi> But it is probable, that by the word <hi>dwelt</hi> ſome years are denoted. 2. <hi>Abraham</hi> is ſaid, <hi>Gen.</hi> 12.5. to have made Souls, that is, to have purchaſed Slaves, Beaſts, and Cattel, whereby his Goods were encreaſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed. Now in purchaſing theſe, and gathering them together, there muſt of neceſſity ſeveral years be ſpent. 3. <hi>Abraham</hi> calls <hi>Charan</hi> his own Land, <hi>Gen.</hi> 24.4. But he would not have called it his own Land, if he had not dwelt in it for ſome years. For who would call that his own Land which he only paſſed over? Theſe Arguments have no ſolidity in them. Not the firſt; for let us ſuppoſe, that <hi>Therach</hi> and <hi>Abraham</hi> departed from <hi>
                        <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r</hi> of the <hi>Chaldeans</hi> toward the latter end of the Spring, and that <hi>Therach</hi>'s ſick<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs interupting them, continued there all the Sum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mer and Winter following, and then, that <hi>Abraham</hi> again parted from <hi>Charan</hi> in the beginning of the next Spring; was not the interval of time long enough, that he might be ſaid to have dwelt there? So he who hires a Houſe for ſix Months, although a leſſer time, is yet no leſs ſaid to have dwelt there, than he who has continued his Habitation in it for ſix years. And the Hebrew word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as alſo the <hi>Chaldaic</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> ſignifies not only <hi>to dwell,</hi> but alſo <hi>to ſit;</hi> ſo that the ſhorteſt ſtay in a place is enough to ſay theſe words of an inhabitant. Not the 2d. for there is no neceſſity why we ſhould rather underſtand <hi>Moſes</hi> of gathering together Riches, Slaves, and Cattel brought forth in his Houſe, than of procuring by Emption Slaves, Cattel and other things, whereby his Patri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mony left by his Father might be encreaſed. And
<pb n="190" facs="tcp:192139:101"/>this Acquiſition in how ſmall a time might it be performed? Not the 3d. for neither does <hi>Abraham</hi> call <hi>Charan his own Land,</hi> but <hi>Aram Naharaim,</hi> or <hi>Meſopotamia,</hi> as appears, <hi>Gen.</hi> 24.4. compared with <hi>v.</hi> 10. But not <hi>Charan</hi> only was in <hi>Meſopotamia,</hi> but alſo <hi>
                        <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r</hi> of the <hi>Chaldaeans,</hi> as we have ſhewed a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And from thence,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Therach Abrahams</hi> Father is ſaid to have lived 205 years when he died at <hi>Cha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ran, Gen.</hi> 11.32. But <hi>Abraham,</hi> whom <hi>Stephen</hi> here ſaith plainly not to have gone from <hi>Charan</hi> till after <hi>Therach</hi>'s deceaſe, <hi>Gen.</hi> 12.4. he is ſaid expreſly to have been 75 years of age when he departed <hi>Charan.</hi> If we ſubſtract theſe 75 years from the 205 of <hi>Therachs</hi> age, the remainder will be 130 years. <hi>Abraham</hi> was therefore born in the 130th. year of <hi>Therach.</hi> And therefore when <hi>Gen.</hi> 11. <hi>v.</hi> 26. <hi>Therach</hi> is ſaid at the 70th. year of his age to have begotten <hi>Abram, Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chor,</hi> and <hi>Haran,</hi> the meaning is, <hi>Therach</hi> began to beget three Sons, <hi>Abraham,</hi> the firſt in Merits and Dignity, but the youngeſt by birth; the ſecond <hi>Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chor; Haran</hi> the third, whom many will have to have been the eldeſt of all, ſeeing he was Father to <hi>Mel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cha</hi> the Wife of <hi>Nahor,</hi> and <hi>Jeſcha,</hi> whom the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brews think to be <hi>Sarah Abrahams</hi> Wife. <hi>Abraham</hi> therefore, after the death of his Father went forward to the Land of <hi>Canaan,</hi> according as the Lord had commanded him when he was yet in <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r</hi> of the <hi>Chal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>daeans,</hi> taking with him <hi>Sarah</hi> and <hi>Lot,</hi> who came with him from <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>r</hi> of the <hi>Chaldaeans,</hi> and all the ſub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtance that he had purchaſed at <hi>Charan. Joſephus</hi> 1 <hi>Ant.</hi> 8. reports, that <hi>Abraham</hi> in his Journey from <hi>Charan</hi> to <hi>Canaan,</hi> made a ſtop at <hi>Damaſcus,</hi> and Reigned there; his words are theſe: Nicolaus <hi>the</hi> Damaſcene <hi>in the fourth Book of his Hiſtory writeth thus:</hi> Abraham <hi>reigned in</hi> Damaſcus, <hi>when he was a Stran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ger, as who had come with an Army from the Countrey
<pb n="191" facs="tcp:192139:101"/>ſituate above</hi> Babylon, <hi>which is called</hi> Chaldaea. Nor much different is that of <hi>Juſtin. Trog. Pompeius</hi>'s Epimator.
<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 36.</note> 
                  <hi>The City had its name from</hi> Damaſcus <hi>King thereof. After</hi> Damaſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cus Azelus, <hi>then</hi> Adores, <hi>and</hi> Abraham <hi>and</hi> Iſrael <hi>were Kings thereof. But,</hi> as <hi>Pererius</hi> excel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lently reaſoneth,
<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>On</hi> Gen. 12.11.</note> Abraham <hi>had ſinned grievouſly, nor had he fulfilled the command of God, whereby he was enjoyned to depart from</hi> Meſopo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tamia <hi>into</hi> Canaan, <hi>as was fitting, if he had attempted not only to ſtay at</hi> Damaſcus, <hi>but alſo making light ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>count of Gods Promiſes, to purchaſe himſelf a Kingdom. Add, that</hi> Abraham <hi>every where profeſſed himſelf a Pilgrim and Stranger; and</hi> Jacob <hi>acknowledged the ſame of himſelf and his Forefathers. He therefore had no where a proper Seat and Habitation, much leſs a King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom.</hi> Nor does the account of Time permit that <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braham</hi> ſhould be ſaid to have made any long ſtay at <hi>Damaſcus,</hi> that he might reign there. For, ſeeing the year in the which he departed <hi>Charan,</hi> was the 76 year of his age, and the ſame <hi>Abraham,</hi> after he had dwelt ten years in <hi>Canaan</hi> took <hi>Hagar</hi> to Wife, of whom in the 86 year of his age he begot his Son <hi>Iſhmael</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Gen. 16.</note>, it appears that he went directly from <hi>Meſopotamia</hi> to <hi>Canaan,</hi> and that he no where fixed any ſettled Habitation till he came to <hi>Canaan.</hi> Moreover, whether he had ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tained that Kingdom by force or entreaty, he would not ſo ſoon have deſerted it, eſpecially when he was conſtrained by Famine to undertake a Journey to <hi>Egypt;</hi> nor would the Sacred Writers have neglected to give ſome hints of a paſſage ſo conſiderable, and which would have tended ſo much to the glory of the Jews.</p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>And he gave him not,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Stephen</hi> propoſes two things here to be conſidered in <hi>Abraham,</hi> whereby God did mightily exerciſe his Faith. <hi>Firſt,</hi> That he
<pb n="192" facs="tcp:192139:102"/>tranſported him into <hi>Canaan,</hi> which the Jews now in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>habit, and yet gave him no poſſeſſion, not ſo much as a Foot-breadth <hi>Secondly,</hi> That he promiſed to give this Land to him and his Seed, when as yet he had no Seed.</p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>And God ſpake,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, But God foretold to <hi>Abraham</hi> ſeized with a deep ſleep and fear,
<note n="*" place="margin">Gen. 15.</note> that his Seed ſhould be a Stranger <hi>in a Land that is not theirs;</hi> that is, in a Strange Land, and ſhould be in Bondage and Affliction there 400 years. That theſe 400 years are to be computed from the hundredth year of <hi>Abraham</hi> in the which he begot <hi>Iſaac,</hi> or the 105th. year, in which a ſeparation was made of <hi>Abrahams.</hi> Seed, and an appointing of <hi>Iſaac</hi> Heir, <hi>Iſhmael</hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing Baniſhed
<note n="*" place="margin">Gen. 21.</note>, is beyond all Queſtion; for in this Propheſy (in which he appointeth 400 years, for the Wandring, Affliction and Bondage of his Poſterity) God maketh expreſs mention of the Seed that ſhould Wander, be Afflicted and in Bon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dage; and therefore theſe four hundred years can<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>not be thought to have had a being, before that Seed was appointed or actually differenced and determined. But the time from <hi>Abrahams</hi> remo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving into <hi>Canaan</hi> to the year of the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parture from <hi>Egypt</hi> is computed to be four hundred and thirty years. Hence <hi>Paul, Gal.</hi> 3.17. plainly reckoneth 430 years from the Promiſe made to <hi>Abra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ham, Gen.</hi> 12. when he was about to depart his Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tive Countrey, to the publiſhing of the Law which was on the third Month, after the Children of <hi>Iſraels</hi> departure out of <hi>Egypt. The years of the Pilgrimage of the Children of</hi> Iſrael, ſaith <hi>Heidegger, are deſcribed by</hi> Moſes, Exod. 12.40. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> And the Sojourning of the Children of <hi>Iſrael,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> that ſojourned in <hi>Egypt,</hi> continued 430 years. <hi>On which place Dr.</hi> Uſher <hi>Biſhop of</hi> Armach
<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Chronol. Sac. l.</hi> 2. <hi>c.</hi> 8.</note> 
                  <hi>learnedly ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſerves three things eſpecially.</hi> Firſt, <hi>That
<pb n="193" facs="tcp:192139:102"/>the Word</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as generally it denotes any Habita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion, <hi>ſo when it is referred to Forreiners and Strangers it ſignifies a Pilgrimage. Hence with the Hebrews <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>noteth a Sojourner and Pilgrim: and</hi> Abraham <hi>himſelf,</hi> Gen. 23. <hi>ſaith that he was</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> a Stranger and Pilgrim. <hi>And</hi> Gen. 21. <hi>inſtead of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the</hi> Chaldee <hi>has <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. And</hi> ch. 28. v. 3. <hi>inſtead of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the ſame has</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Secondly, <hi>That the Land of</hi> Canaan, <hi>as it was accounted the Land of the Sojourning of</hi> Abraham, Iſaac, <hi>and</hi> Jacob, <hi>ſo alſo of the Iſraelites that deſcended from them; to wit, by reaſon of that ſtrict tye of kin that is betwixt Forefathers and their Poſterity. And truly God had promiſed to thoſe three Patriarchs</hi> Abraham, Iſaac, <hi>and</hi> Jacob, <hi>that he would give them this Land of their Pilgrimage, to be by them heritably poſſeſſed,</hi> Pſal. 105.11. <hi>which afterwards was ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>compliſhed in their Poſterity. As therefore the Poſſeſſion of the Poſterity is attributed to the Forefathers; ſo alſo the Pilgrimage of the Forefathers to this Poſterity. Inſtances of this you may ſee</hi> Pſal. 66.6. Hoſ. 12.4. Amos 5.25. Judg. 10.11, 12. Acts 7.42. Thirdly, <hi>That ſeeing the Hebrews have no caſes, the Pronoun <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> here has an ambiguous reference. Hence it is that the Vulgar Latin Edition, the Polyglot Bi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bles, the Royal of</hi> Antwerp, <hi>and the</hi> Jayan <hi>of</hi> Paris <hi>read in this place;</hi> But the dwelling of the Children of <hi>Iſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rael,</hi> who ſojourned in <hi>Egypt,</hi> was for 430 years. <hi>Whereas other Copies of the ſame Edition have;</hi> The dwel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling of the Children of <hi>Iſrael,</hi> whereby they abode in <hi>Egypt. To which latter acceptation of the Relative Pronoun determining the Chronography, ſeeing it attri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>butes</hi> 430 <hi>years to the ſojourning of the Children of</hi> Iſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rael <hi>in</hi> Egypt, <hi>which was a ſhorter time by half, the former is altogether to be preferred, which removes that inconveniencie, and gives us only a Proſopography; or a deſcription of them whoſe entire Pilgrimage beginning at the</hi> 76th. <hi>year of Abrahams age, is continued thence to the going forth out of</hi> Egypt <hi>for the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> of</hi> 430 <hi>years. But
<pb n="194" facs="tcp:192139:103"/>the reaſon why</hi> Moſes <hi>takes that Deſcription of the</hi> Iſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>raelites <hi>from their ſojourning in</hi> Egypt, <hi>was, becauſe that Pilgrimage of the Patriarchs, was both but of a few on<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly, and frequently interrupted, and leſs obvious to mens view, to wit, when they were but ſmall in number, yea very few, and Strangers in it, and went from one Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion to another, and from one Kingdom to another People,</hi> Pſal. 105.12, 13. <hi>But this of their Children in</hi> Egypt <hi>comprehended a great multitude of Men, was ſtable, and much ſpoken of by all. For three things, as</hi> Pererius <hi>noteth, made the ſojourning of the Children of</hi> Iſrael <hi>in</hi> Egypt <hi>obſervable and famous.</hi> Firſt, <hi>The preferment of</hi> Joſeph, <hi>during whoſe life the People of</hi> Iſrael <hi>were in very great repute.</hi> Secondly, <hi>Their notable and admi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rable Increaſe after</hi> Joſeph<hi>'s death, though they were afflicted with a moſt heavy Bondage.</hi> Thirdly, <hi>Their de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liverance, and going forth out of Egypt, accompanied with ſo many and great Miracles. The Greek has thus tran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſlated that place of</hi> Exod. 12.40. Now the Pilgrimage of the Children of <hi>Iſrael,</hi> whereby they and their Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers wandred in the Land of <hi>Canaan,</hi> and in the Land of <hi>Egypt,</hi> continued 430 years. Thus have the <hi>Alexandrin</hi> Manuſcript, the <hi>Complutenſian</hi> and <hi>Aldin</hi> Editions. And it appears that it was read ſo of old by <hi>Euſebius</hi> in his <hi>Chronicon, Quintus Julius Hilarion</hi> in his ſmall Book of the duration of the World, <hi>Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtin q.</hi> 47. in <hi>Exod.</hi> and <hi>Sedulius</hi> in <hi>Gal.</hi> 3. Moreover in the very time of the Apoſtles <hi>Doſitheus</hi> delivered this place of <hi>Exodus</hi> to his <hi>Samaritans</hi> thus new parge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted out of the Greek Tranſlation: <hi>Now the ſojourning of the Children of</hi> Iſrael, <hi>and of their Fathers, whereby they ſojourned in the Land of</hi> Canaan, <hi>and in the Land of</hi> Egypt, <hi>was four hundred and thirty years. Georg. Syncellus</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>In</hi> Chron. <hi>p.</hi> 117.</note> ſaith, <q>The Computa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of 430 years of the Pilgrimage of <hi>Iſrael</hi> in the Lands of <hi>Canaan</hi> and <hi>Egypt,</hi> according to Gods Praediction to <hi>Abraham</hi> takes its
<pb n="195" facs="tcp:192139:103"/>beginning, by the common ſuffrage of the Interpre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ters and Hiſtorians from the 75th. year of <hi>Abrahams</hi> age.</q> Moreover, not only <hi>Euſebius,</hi> and other Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtian Chronographers divide the ſpace of 430 years into two equal Intervals, but <hi>Joſephus</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">2 <hi>Art.</hi> 6.</note> alſo, and before Chriſts days <hi>Demetrius.</hi> not <hi>Phaleraeus,</hi> but the younger, from whom <hi>Alex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ander</hi> ſurnamed <hi>Polyhiſtor</hi> relateth that from the time that <hi>Abraham</hi> was choſen from among the Nations, and came from <hi>Charan</hi> into <hi>Canaan,</hi> unto the coming of <hi>Jacob</hi> into <hi>Egypt,</hi> was 215 years. Which Sum of 215 years may be made up out of the Scriptures without any difficulty. For <hi>Abraham</hi> went to <hi>Canaan</hi> when he was 75 years old, <hi>Gen.</hi> 12.4. From the time that <hi>Abraham</hi> went to <hi>Canaan</hi> to the hun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dredth year of his age, in the which he begot <hi>Iſaac, Gen.</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 5. are 25 years. From <hi>Iſaac</hi>'s Nativity to that of <hi>Jacob, Gen.</hi> 25.26. 60 years. From <hi>Jacobs</hi> Nativity to his going down with his whole Family in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to <hi>Egypt, Gen.</hi> 47.9. 130 years. All which years ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ded together make up the Sum of 215 years. As to the other 215 years paſt in <hi>Egypt</hi> till their going out thereof; Bp. <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ſher</hi> deſcribes them thus; from <hi>Jacobs</hi> going down into <hi>Egypt</hi> until the death of <hi>Joſeph</hi> are 71 years. Thence till the Birth of <hi>Moſes</hi> 64. Thence to the Iſraelites going forth out of <hi>Egypt</hi> 80, <hi>Exod.</hi> 7. <hi>v.</hi> 7. All which years joyned together make up the 215 years of the ſojourning of the Iſraelites in <hi>E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gypt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Shall bring them into Bondage. Aug.</hi> 16. <hi>Civ. Dci,</hi> 24. <q>As it is written of <hi>Thara Abrahams</hi> Father; <hi>And his days at</hi> Charan <hi>were</hi> 205 <hi>years;</hi> not that they wree all paſſed there; but becauſe they were there ſiniſh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed; ſo likewiſe it is therefore here added, <hi>And ſhall bring them into Bondage, and will afflict them</hi> 400 <hi>years,</hi> becauſe in that ſame affliction the number is com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pleated, not becauſe it was all performed there.</q>
                  <pb n="196" facs="tcp:192139:104"/>The ſame <hi>Auguſtin, Q.</hi> 47. in <hi>Exod.</hi> ſaith, <q>What God ſaid to <hi>Abraham, Know of a ſurety that they Seed ſhall be a Stranger in a Land that is not theirs, and they will bring them into Bondage, and oppreſs them</hi> 400 <hi>years,</hi> is not to be underſtood ſo, as if the people of God were to continue in that moſt grievous Bondage for the ſpace of 400 years; but becauſe it is written, <hi>In</hi> Iſaac <hi>ſhall thy Seed be called;</hi> the 405 years are computed from the year of <hi>Iſaac</hi>'s Nativity until the year of the outgoing out of <hi>Egypt.</hi> If therefore ye ſubſtract from the 430 years the five and twen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty which intervened betwixt the Promiſe and the Birth of <hi>Iſaac,</hi> it is no matter of admiration, if the Scripture would expreſs the 405 years by the even ſum of 400, ſeeing it uſes ſo to <hi>denominate</hi> time, that that which a little exceeds or comes ſhort of the ſum of the more perfect number, be not computed. What therefore he ſays, <hi>They will bring them into Bondage, and oppreſs them,</hi> is not to be referred to the 400 years, as if they ſhould keep them in Bon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dage ſo many years; but the 400 years are to be re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferred to this, <hi>Thy Seed ſhall be a Stranger in a Land that is not theirs;</hi> for that Seed was a Stranger, whether in the Land of <hi>Canaan,</hi> or that of <hi>Egypt,</hi> until they re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceived for their Inheritance the Land, according to Gods promiſe, which was accompliſhed after that they were delivered out of <hi>Egypt:</hi> So that a <hi>Hyperbaton</hi> is here underſtod, and the order of the Words ſhould be thus: <hi>Know of a ſurety that thy Seed ſhall be a Stran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ger in a Land that is not theirs</hi> 400 <hi>years;</hi> but that this is ſuppoſed to be interpoſed, <hi>and they will bring them into Bondage, and oppreſs them;</hi> ſo that this In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terpoſition doth not belong to the 400 years. For it was in the latter part of the years of this ſum, that is after the death of <hi>Joſeph,</hi> that the people of God laboured under that grievous Bondage.</q>
               </p>
               <pb n="197" facs="tcp:192139:104"/>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>And the Nation to whom they ſhall be in Bondage will I judge.</hi> That is, I will puniſh. To <hi>judge</hi> is fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quently uſed for to <hi>puniſh.</hi> 2 <hi>Chron</hi> 20.12. <hi>Our God, wilt thou not therefore judge them?</hi> Pſal. 9. v. 19. <hi>Let the Nations be judged in thy ſight.</hi> And hence <hi>Judgment</hi> is put for Puniſhment, <hi>Prov.</hi> 19.29. <hi>Judgments are pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pared for Scorners;</hi> that is, Puniſhments. So <hi>Exod.</hi> 12.12. <hi>Againſt all the Gods of</hi> Egypt <hi>I will execute Judgment;</hi> that is, I will inflict puniſhment upon all the Gods of <hi>Egypt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>And he gave him a Teſtament. Gr.</hi> A Covenant. As if he had ſaid, After he had made thoſe excellent Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miſes he commanded <hi>Abraham</hi> and his Poſterity to be Circumciſed; that the ſame Circumciſion might be as it were a Seal of the Covenant entred into with <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braham</hi> and his Natural Seed. <hi>This,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, makes for</hi> Stephens <hi>purpoſe, that the obſervance of Circumciſion might not be believed to be the cauſe of the Promiſes.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſo.</hi> To wit, After he was Circumciſed.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He begot</hi> Iſaac. Not by the power of Nature, but by vertue of Gods promiſe made to him, that <hi>Iſaac,</hi> given on account of the Promiſe, might be an Ear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſt and Shadow of the Grace that was to be given by the Goſpel.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Patriarchs.</hi> That is, The Fathers of the twelve Tribes of <hi>Iſrael.</hi> See above <hi>c.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 27.</p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>And the Patriarchs moved with Envy.</hi> Here <hi>Ste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phen</hi> briefly hints at the Emulation of the Patriarchs, from whom the <hi>Jews</hi> boaſted of their Original, to wit, that they,
<note place="margin">Gen. 37.28.</note> out of a deteſtable ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tred and envy ſold him to the <hi>Midia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nite</hi> Merchants, who was by God ordained a Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>viour for them, that they might carry him into <hi>E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gypt. This is,</hi> ſaith <hi>Caſaubon, that ſelling of Slaves, which the Ancients called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, when the Slaves were ſold on that condition, that they ſhould be tranſported into re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mote Countreys.</hi> Moreover, <hi>Stephen</hi> covertly inſinuates,
<pb n="198" facs="tcp:192139:105"/>that after the ſame manner, Jeſus was delivered by the envious Multitude of the Jews to the Romans, that he might be Crucified.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And God was with him.</hi> As if he had ſaid, But God <hi>turned</hi> the Evil, wherewith <hi>Joſeph</hi>'s Brethren op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſſed him, <hi>to his good, Gen.</hi> 50.20. As it alſo fell out in your Envy againſt Jeſus who was Crucified, a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove, <hi>c.</hi> 3, <hi>v.</hi> 8.</p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>Gave him Favour and Wiſdom.</hi> A figure of ſpeech called <hi>Hendyad<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>,</hi> that is, He made him gracious for his Wiſdom, <hi>Gen.</hi> 41. <hi>v.</hi> 39.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the ſight of</hi> Pharaoh. That is, With <hi>Pharoah</hi> King of <hi>Egypt,</hi> whom the Egyptian Prieſt <hi>Manetho</hi> calleth <hi>Mephramuthoſis. Juſtin</hi> alſo out of <hi>Trogus l.</hi> 36. <hi>c.</hi> 2. declareth that <hi>Joſeph</hi> was entirely belo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved by <hi>Pharoah.</hi> 
                  <q>For, <hi>ſaith he,</hi> being moſt quick<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſighted, he was the firſt that invented the knowledge of Dreams, and nothing either of Divine or Hu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mane Affairs eſcaped his knowledge, ſo that he foreſaw the Barrenneſs of their Lands, many years before it came to paſs; and all <hi>Egypt</hi> had periſhed with the Famine, if the King had not at his Admo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion commanded by an Edict, that the Corn ſhould be laid up in ſtore for ſeveral years; and his proofs were ſuch, that they ſeem'd not to proceed from Men, but to be Oracles given from God.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He made him Governour over</hi> Egypt. That is, He advanced him to the chief place of Authority in the Kingdom, <hi>Gen.</hi> 48.43.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And over all his Houſe.</hi> That is, according as <hi>Gro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tius</hi> interprets it, <q>He made him alſo Maſter of his Court, ſuch as the High Stewards were to the French of old, and to the Greeks of <hi>Conſtantinople,</hi> the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, ſo called becauſe the care of the Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lace was committed to them.</q> So God hath ſet Je<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſus Chriſt over his Heavenly Court, and hath given him ſupream power next to himſelf.</p>
               <pb n="199" facs="tcp:192139:105"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Now there came a Dearth,</hi> &amp;c. That is, <hi>When ſuffi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cient proviſion was made in</hi> Egypt <hi>for a Famine, a grie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vous ſcarcity of Corn vexed ſorely the whole Earth,</hi> as <hi>Sulpitius Severus</hi> expreſſeth it. <hi>Sac. Hist. l.</hi> 1. So now a hardneſs of Heart, blindneſs of Mind, and a Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mine of the Heavenly Bread, came upon thoſe who are called <hi>Egyptians</hi> by a certain Figure of Speech, who profeſs the Chriſtian Religion externally, and upon the Jews, who would drive away, exterminate, and caſt out Chriſt.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>He ſent our Fathers first.</hi> That is, In the firſt year of the Famine. As if he had ſaid, <hi>Jacob</hi> pinch<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed with Famine ſends his ten Sons for Corn into <hi>E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gypt,</hi> keeping <hi>Benjamin</hi> his youngeſt Son with him at home. <q>So, <hi>ſaith</hi> Daniel Brenius, in the <hi>firſt Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>baſſage,</hi> whereby the Jews are hitherto compelled to be as it were diſowned of God in <hi>Egypt</hi> Spiritually ſo called, Meſſias the deliverer, altho by them de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſired, yet is not acknowledged, becauſe they were not yet aright affected for the evil of rejecting him, and the Judgments they thereby brought upon them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelves.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>And in the ſecond.</hi> To wit, Year of the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mine, when <hi>Joſeph</hi>'s Brethren returned to him for Corn.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Known,</hi> &amp;c. That is, He made himſelf known to them
<note n="*" place="margin">Gen. 45.1.</note>. And ſo <hi>Joſeph</hi>'s Kindred was made known unto <hi>Pharoah</hi> or <hi>Mephra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>muthoſis.</hi> 
                  <q>The manifeſtation of <hi>Joſeph</hi> to his Bre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thren, when they returned to him the Second time, <hi>ſaith the now cited</hi> Daniel Brenius, doth typically re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſent to us, that the Jews at laſt brought under with calamities, at the ſecond time, when the Goſpel of Chriſt ſhall be again Preached, and his name ſpread throughout the whole Earth, ſhall acknowledge him for the Meſſias, and God on the other ſide owning them for the Meſſias s Brethren will
<pb n="200" facs="tcp:192139:106"/>make them partakers of his good things through him.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>Then ſent</hi> Joſeph, &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, At the command of King <hi>Mephramuthoſis, Joſeph</hi> ſends back his Brethren furniſhed with Chariots, Proviſion and Preſents, to bring thither his Father and his whole Family with all expedition: <hi>forewarning them that the Famine would continue five years longer,</hi> as ſaith <hi>Sulpicius Severus. Sac, Hiſt. l.</hi> 1. See <hi>Gen.</hi> 45.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Threeſcore and fifteen Souls.</hi> That is, conſiſting of 75 Perſons. <q>Interpreters have been at very much pains, <hi>ſaith the famed</hi> Lud. de Dieu, to reconcile this place with that of <hi>Gen.</hi> 46.27. where <hi>Moſes</hi> makes men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion only of 70 Souls of <hi>Jacobs</hi> Houſe, that went down into <hi>Egypt.</hi> But there is no great difficulty in it, if we ſay that the places are not parallel. For <hi>Moſes</hi> makes his account, wherein together with <hi>Ja<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cob</hi> only his poſterity, and thoſe that proceeded out of his Loins are comprehended, his Sons Wives being expreſly excepted, <hi>v.</hi> 26. For which reaſon, not only thoſe who actually entred <hi>Egypt</hi> with him, but alſo <hi>Joſeph</hi> and his two Sons, <hi>Ephraim</hi> and <hi>Manaſſe,</hi> are comprehended in the number of ſeventy, although they were in <hi>Egypt</hi> long before; becauſe both as proceeding out of <hi>Jacobs</hi> Loyns, and being as to their Original of the Land of <hi>Canaan,</hi> they were ſtrangers in <hi>Egypt,</hi> and ſo were deſervedly reckoned, as if they had gone down into <hi>Egypt</hi> with <hi>Jacob.</hi> And it is of ſingular moment in that Catalogue, that <hi>Judas</hi>'s two Grand-Children by <hi>Pharez,</hi> to wit, <hi>Hezron</hi> and <hi>Hamul,</hi> although they were not then born, as may be gathered from the ſeries of Time, but afterwards in <hi>Egypt,</hi> are comprehended in that number, <hi>v.</hi> 11. that they might ſupply the place of the two Sons of <hi>Juda, Er</hi> and <hi>Onan,</hi> then de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceaſed. For which reaſon alſo, <hi>Num.</hi> 26.21. where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>as in the reſt of the Tribes, not the Grand-children,
<pb n="201" facs="tcp:192139:106"/>but only the Children make up the Prin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces of the Families, in the Tribe of <hi>Juda</hi> alone, not only his Sons, <hi>Selah, Pharez,</hi> and <hi>Zera,</hi> but alſo his Grand-children <hi>Hezron</hi> and <hi>Hamul,</hi> are made Princes of the Families of Judah, as if added to his Sons. But none of theſe things have place in <hi>Ste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phens</hi> Diſcourſe; for he does not give a Genealogy of <hi>Jacobs</hi> Race, but only gives an account, who they were that <hi>Joſeph</hi> ſent for from the Land of <hi>Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>naan</hi> into <hi>Egypt.</hi> His words are, <hi>Then ſent</hi> Joſeph, <hi>and called his Father</hi> Jacob <hi>unto him, and all his kindred, threeſcore and fifteen Souls.</hi> He ſent for more than pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceeded out of <hi>Jacobs</hi> Loyns, but did not ſend for all that came out of his Loyns. Firſt therefore, <hi>Juda</hi>'s two Grand-children are to be excluded there, then <hi>Joſeph</hi> himſelf with his two Sons; for he could not ſend for thoſe, as not yet born, nor himſelf and his Sons, as already dwelling in <hi>Egypt.</hi> There<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore if we ſubſtract theſe five, and then <hi>Jacob</hi> their Father, who is mentioned apart by <hi>Stephen,</hi> there re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>main of <hi>Moſes</hi> number of 70. but 64 to wit, the Ele<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven Brethren, one Siſter <hi>Dina,</hi> and 52 Sons of the Brethren, to which, if we add the eleven Wives of of the eleven Brethren, which undoubtedly <hi>Joſeph</hi> ſent for together with their Husbands, and which belonged to the Kindred, ye have his whole Kin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dred 75 Souls. The Ethiopick renders it, <hi>And</hi> Jo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſeph <hi>after that he knew that, he commanded that they ſhould call his Father, and all his Kindred. And there came unto him</hi> 75 <hi>Souls.</hi> Which verſion excludes <hi>Jo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſeph</hi> and his Children, becauſe they could not be ſaid to come unto him; but in that he errs, that he includes <hi>Jacob</hi> alſo in the number of the 75 Souls, as coming alſo with the reſt to <hi>Joſeph.</hi> For that number agreeth only to his Kindred. Nor does it militate any thing againſt what is ſaid, that moſt are of Opinion that the ten Sons of <hi>Benjamin,</hi> who
<pb n="202" facs="tcp:192139:107"/>are comprehended by <hi>Moſes</hi> in the number of the 52 Grand-children of <hi>Jacob, Gen.</hi> 46.21. were at that time either none or few of them born, and therefore they could not be rightly ſaid to have been ſent for by <hi>Joſeph.</hi> For it may be anſwered, that his Sons, though born afterwards, might be rightly added to the number, leſt he only among all the Brethren ſhould be reckoned without Children. But there is no neceſſity to recur to that, ſeeing he was of that age then that he might have had ſo many Children. For <hi>Joſeph</hi> was thirty years of age when he was firſt brought before <hi>Pharoah, Gen.</hi> 41.46. Betwixt which time and <hi>Jacobs</hi> entrance into <hi>Egypt</hi> interceded ſeven years of Plenty, and two of the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mine, <hi>Gen.</hi> 45.6. Now when <hi>Joſeph</hi> was 39 years of age, <hi>Benjamin</hi> might be of the age of 37. at which age, eſpecially where <hi>Polygamy</hi> had obtained, why might not he be Father of ten Sons? Hence it may be collected, that neither is there any error to be imputed to <hi>Moſes</hi>'s Text from <hi>Stephens</hi> words, nor to <hi>Stephens</hi> words from <hi>Moſes</hi>'s Text, but that both ſpoke very well according to their different intent. Hence it alſo follows, that the Text of the Seventy Interpreters is corrupted, which <hi>Gen.</hi> 46.27. inſtead of Seventy has Seventy five. Which ſeems cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tainly to have been done by ſome Chriſtians, who when they could not reconcile the place of <hi>Stephen</hi> with the words of <hi>Moſes,</hi> and did believe that by all means <hi>Stephen</hi> was to be credited, they altered the Greek Text of <hi>Moſes</hi> or rather corrupted it, that it might be at leaſt demonſtrated whence <hi>Ste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phen</hi> had theſe things. There are manifeſt ſigns of Corruption. For, <hi>Firſt,</hi> All the Hebrew Copies, <hi>Joſephus Antiq.</hi> 4. and the ancient Latin Interpreter read only 70. <hi>Secondly,</hi> The Seventy Interpreters themſelves, <hi>Deut.</hi> 10.32. where this ſtory is repea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted, do agree with the Hebrew, and number on<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
<pb n="203" facs="tcp:192139:107"/>70. <hi>Thirdly,</hi> That they might varniſh the 27th. Verſe we have mentioned, with the more likeneſs of Truth, they have corrupted alſo the 20th. Verſe, where contrary to the Faith of all the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew Copies, and the Samaritan, and Ancient La<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tin, they have added five others of <hi>Joſeph</hi>'s Poſte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rity, to wit, <hi>Machir</hi> the Son of <hi>Manaſſes</hi> by his Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cubine <hi>Syra,</hi> and <hi>Galaad Machirs</hi> Son, <hi>Manaſſes</hi> Grandſon: As alſo <hi>Ephraims</hi> two Sons, <hi>Sutalaam</hi> and <hi>Taam,</hi> and <hi>Edem</hi> one Son of <hi>Sutalaam Ephraims</hi> Grandſon. But inſtead of <hi>Taam, Auguſtin,</hi> 16 <hi>Civ. Dei.</hi> 40. has <hi>Bareth,</hi> from 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 7. in which Chapter it is alſo to be obſerv'd, that there is nei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther mention made of <hi>Taam</hi> nor <hi>Edem,</hi> and that the Sons of <hi>Manaſſes, Machir,</hi> and <hi>Ephraim</hi> were recko<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned more than five. Wherefore did they then pitch upon only five of them to put into <hi>Moſes</hi>'s Cata<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>logue? Becauſe they who would ſupply <hi>Stephens</hi> number in <hi>Moſes</hi> did not ſtand in need of more. But the ſame Perſons, not very conſiſtent with them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelves, <hi>v.</hi> 27. added to <hi>Manaſſes</hi> and <hi>Ephraim</hi> with their five Sons and Grandſons two others although without their names. For inſtead of that which is in <hi>Moſes, And the Sons of</hi> Joſeph <hi>who were born in</hi> Egypt <hi>were two Souls,</hi> the Seventy have <hi>Nine Souls.</hi> Whence at laſt was the number of the 57 Souls to be collected; ſo that all things in that Verſe are moſt corrupt, and worthy of no credit. Nor can any greater abſurdity be imputed to <hi>Stephen,</hi> then that <hi>Joſeph</hi> ſent for not only himſelf, and his two Sons preſent with him, but alſo his three Grandſons, and two of their Sons, who were born long after.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>So</hi> Jacob <hi>went down into</hi> Egypt. <hi>Jacob</hi> being ſtrengthened after his Sacrifices offered to God, went down into <hi>Egypt</hi> with his whole Family, in the beginning of the third year of the Famine, being now aged 130 years, <hi>Gen.</hi> 45.46, 47. &amp; <hi>Deut.</hi> 26.5.</p>
               <pb n="204" facs="tcp:192139:108"/>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>And were carried over into</hi> Sichem, &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, The Bones of the Patriarchs, who went down with <hi>Jacob</hi> into <hi>Egypt,</hi> were firſt indeed tranſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ported to <hi>Sichem,</hi> but thence to <hi>Hebron,</hi> and interred in the Sepulchre which <hi>Abraham, Gen.</hi> 23.16. bought from the Sons of <hi>Ephron.</hi> And thus at <hi>Sichem</hi> indeed were the empty Monuments as <hi>Hieronymus</hi> an Eye-wit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs teſtifies in the Epitaph of <hi>Paula,</hi> but in <hi>Hebron</hi> were the true Sepulchres of the Patriarchs of which <hi>Joſephus</hi> ſaith, 2 <hi>Ant.</hi> 4. <hi>But his Brethren died after they had lived happily in</hi> Egypt, <hi>whoſe Bodies after ſome time their Poſterity and Children buried at</hi> Hebron. <hi>But they tranſported the Bones of</hi> Joſeph <hi>afterwards, when the Hebrews departed out of</hi> Egypt <hi>into</hi> Canaan. Whence it may be concluded that the Bodies of the Eleven Patriarchs were buried at <hi>Hebron,</hi> and that before their departure out of <hi>Egypt:</hi> But that <hi>Joſephs</hi> Bones were tranſported into <hi>Canaan</hi> long after, at their departure. For although he does not ſay that the Bodies of the Eleven Patriarchs are buried in <hi>He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bron</hi> immediately after their Death, but <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>a time intervening:</hi> Yet he ſays that <hi>Joſephs</hi> Bones only were tranſported <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, afterwards, when they were departed out of <hi>Egypt.</hi> The Interring of the former therefore was performed before the departure. <hi>Which</hi> ſaith the famous <hi>Lud. de Dieu, the very ſeries of</hi> Stephens <hi>diſcourſe ſeems to evince. For when he had firſt ſpoke of the Death of</hi> Jacob, <hi>then of the Death, Tranſportation, and Burial of the Patriarchs, he ſubjoyns, that then the time of accompliſhing the promiſe made to</hi> A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braham <hi>drew near, and that the people, encreaſed to a great number, incurred the Kings, hatred, and were by</hi> Moſes, <hi>after they had ſuffered moſt heavy afflictions, brought out of</hi> Egypt, <hi>which truly are ſo recited, that they ſeem to have happened after the Interment of the Patriarchs.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In</hi> Sichem. <hi>Sicemus,</hi> or <hi>Sicema,</hi> ſometimes the Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tropolitan City of <hi>Samaria,</hi> was ſituate on Mount
<pb n="205" facs="tcp:192139:108"/>
                  <hi>Garizin,</hi> according to <hi>Joſephus.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>In</hi> Calce <hi>Lib.</hi> 11. <hi>Antiq.</hi>
                     </note> And ſee<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>he was kindly entreated by all he came near, the</hi> Samaritans, <hi>who then held the Metropolis</hi> Sicema, <hi>ſituate on Mount</hi> Garizin, <hi>and inhabited by the Apoſtates of the Jewiſh Nation, ſeeing that</hi> Alexander <hi>did entreat the Jews ſo magnificently, they reſolved alſo to profeſs themſelves Jews. Benjamin Thudelenſ.</hi> gave them the ſame ſituation in his Itine<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rary, by whom it is called <hi>Nebelas,</hi> that is, <hi>Neapo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lis,</hi> for ſo they called it in his days. <hi>Pliny</hi> alſo, <hi>lib.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 13. makes mention of <hi>Neapolis</hi> among the Towns of <hi>Samaria,</hi> which <hi>formerly was called</hi> Mamortha, ſaith he. Its name was altered from the Hebrew in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to a Greek form; for it is in the Hebrew <hi>Shechem,</hi> whereof mention is made, <hi>Gen.</hi> 33, &amp; 34. where it is declared that <hi>Simeon</hi> and <hi>Levi</hi> the Sons of <hi>Jacob,</hi> for the Rape committed on their Siſter <hi>Dina</hi> by the King of <hi>Shechems</hi> Son, took it, and deſtroyed all the Males together with the King and his Son. After<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward <hi>Abimelech</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Judg. 9.45.</note> razed it to the Ground and ſowed it with Salt. But <hi>Jeroboam</hi> King of <hi>Iſrael</hi> rebuilt it, and dwelt in it, as it is de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clared in the Hiſtory of the Kings
<note n="*" place="margin">1 King. 12.</note>. We read, <hi>Gen.</hi> 33.19. that <hi>Jacob</hi> purchaſed a parcel of Land from the Sons of <hi>Hemor</hi> the Father of <hi>Shechem</hi> for a hundred <hi>Keſithis,</hi> that is, Sheep or Lambs. Here <hi>Joſeph,</hi> whoſe Iſſue obtained the pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>priety thereof, is ſaid to have been buri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
<note n="*" place="margin">Joſ. 24.32.</note>. In the ſame place God renewed his Covenant with the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> a little before the death of <hi>Joſhua;</hi> the <hi>Iſraelites,</hi> gathered together, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſought <hi>Roboam</hi> that he would remit the Rigour of their Yoke; and Chriſt had a conference with the Woman of <hi>Samaria</hi> at <hi>Jacobs</hi> Well. It was of old a City of Refuge, and the Metropolis of the Le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vites.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And laid in the Sepulchre.</hi> As if he had ſaid, They
<pb n="206" facs="tcp:192139:109"/>were carried from the Land of <hi>Sichem</hi> to <hi>Hebron,</hi> and laid in the Burying place purchaſed by <hi>Abraham</hi> of old for 400 Shekels.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of the Sons of</hi> Hemor. Theſe words are not conſtrued with the Verb <hi>bought,</hi> but with the more remote, <hi>were laid,</hi> And ſo the Praepoſition <hi>of,</hi> does not denote the Sellers of the Burying place, but the place it ſelf, from whence the Patriarchs were car<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ried forth to their Burial to be laid in the Sepulchre which <hi>Abraham</hi> bought. The famed <hi>de Dieu</hi> ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pounds, <hi>of the Sons of</hi> Hemor, <hi>by the help and aſſiſtance of the Sons of</hi> Hemor, <hi>the Father of</hi> Sichem. <hi>For,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>ſeeing that Interment happened when ſtrange people had all the Power in the Land of</hi> Canaan <hi>in their Hands, and ſo the Hebrews might incur danger, when they were interring the Bodies of their Fathers, they very wiſely firſt made their application to</hi> Sichem, <hi>and they not only demanded the aſſiſtance of the Sons of</hi> Hemor, <hi>but alſo, that they might the more ſafely accompliſh it, they com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mitted the whole buſineſs to them, to do in it as they thought fit.</hi> So, <hi>of the Sons of</hi> Hemor, &amp;c. is not to be conſtrued, with <hi>bought,</hi> but with, <hi>are laid,</hi> which Opinion I confeſs is prevalent with me for <hi>Joſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phus</hi>'s Authority, 2 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 4.</p>
               <p>Hemor <hi>the Son of</hi> Sichem. An Hebraiſm, that is, <hi>Hemor</hi> of <hi>Sichem,</hi> or the <hi>Sichemite.</hi> In the Greek it is an Elliptick ſpeech, <hi>Emmor</hi> of <hi>Sichem,</hi> which may be variouſly ſupplyed according to the various accep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of the word <hi>Sichem,</hi> by which, ſometimes a perſon, ſometimes a place is deſigned in the Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures. If it be taken for a place, it is plain that <hi>Inhabitant</hi> is underſtood; if it be referred to <hi>Emmor</hi> alone, or if it be referred to the Sons of <hi>Emmor,</hi> which I rather think, <hi>Inhabitants</hi> is to be ſupply'd: So that the meaning is, from the Sons of <hi>Emmor</hi> the <hi>Sichemites,</hi> that is, from the Emmorrean Inhabitants of <hi>Sichem.</hi> But if <hi>Sichem</hi> here be taken for a Perſon,
<pb n="207" facs="tcp:192139:109"/>the word <hi>Father</hi> is to be ſupplied, and it muſt be rendred with the learned <hi>Beza, from the Sons of</hi> He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mor, <hi>the Father of Sichem.</hi> For <hi>Emmor</hi> or <hi>Hemor</hi> was <hi>Sichems</hi> Father, not his Son, as appears from <hi>Gen.</hi> 33.19. &amp; <hi>Joſ.</hi> 24.32. Nor is there any reaſon, why the Greek words cannot bear that, ſeeing the like occurs in approved Greek Writers. <hi>Herodotus</hi> in <hi>Clio</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Adraſtus <hi>the Nephew of</hi> Gordius, <hi>who was Father to</hi> Midas. <hi>Thalia,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Cyrus Cambyſes's <hi>Father. Aelianus,</hi> 13. Var. 30. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Olympias Alexander's <hi>Mother. Steph. de <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>rb.</hi> on the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Daedala <hi>a City of</hi> Lycia <hi>built,</hi> or as the learned <hi>Tho. de Pinedo</hi> has rendred it, <hi>was ſo called,</hi> by <hi>Daedalus Icarus</hi>'s Father. Alſo <hi>Luke</hi> 24.10. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Mary <hi>the Mother of</hi> James, is rightly rendred by the <hi>Syrian</hi> and both the <hi>Arabicks,</hi> out of <hi>Mark</hi> 15.4. where it is expreſly.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>The time of the Promiſe.</hi> That was to be per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>formed.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which God had ſworn to</hi> Abraham. The famous Manuſcript of <hi>England,</hi> and the Vulgar Latin read, <hi>had confeſſed.</hi> That is, Which God had made to <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braham,</hi> and confirmed by an Oath. <hi>Maimonides</hi> ſaith, that every earneſt affirmation of God is called an Oath. Such is, <hi>knowing know, Gen.</hi> 15.13. that is, know aſſuredly.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The people grew and multiplied in</hi> Egypt. As if he had ſaid, There was an incredible multiplication of the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> from the time that <hi>Jacob</hi> went down to <hi>Egypt,</hi> ſo that in the ſpace of about 216 years, of ſeventy Men 603550 Males were deſcended, and thoſe above the age of twenty years, beſides 22000 Levites, and the Infants that were drowned and de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtroyed by <hi>Pharaoh, Exod.</hi> 38.26. <hi>Numb.</hi> 1.46, 47.3.39. the devices of the <hi>Egyptians</hi> being ſet at nought by God. There are not wanting other inſtances of a
<pb n="208" facs="tcp:192139:110"/>ſpeedy encreaſe. Mankind did ſo increaſe in 250 years after the Flood, that in the Army of <hi>Ninus</hi> againſt the <hi>Bactrians</hi> there were 700000 Foot, and 200000 Horſe, according to the relation of <hi>Diodorus Siculus</hi> out of <hi>Cteſia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>Till another King aroſe,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>B. <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ſher</hi> in his Annals on the year of the World 2427 ſaith, <q>
                     <hi>Rameſſes Miamun</hi> is that New King who knew not <hi>Joſeph;</hi> born after his death, willingly caſting off the remembrance of his benefits. And by his advice the <hi>Egyptians</hi> who were afraid of miſchief from the <hi>Iſraelites,</hi> kept them under with hard bondage; beſides their Dome<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtick and Rural Service they had alſo the building of the Kings Store-houſes impoſed upon them, to wit, the Cities <hi>Pithom</hi> and <hi>Raamſis</hi> or <hi>Rameſſis, Exod.</hi> 1.8,-14. <hi>Acts.</hi> 7.18, 19. one of which <hi>Mercator</hi> thinks was ſo named from the King the Builder thereof, the other poſſibly from the Queen.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>The ſame dealt ſubtilly with our Kindred.</hi> That is, Craftily, of Free Men making them vile ſlaves.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And evil entreated our Fathers.</hi> To wit, very ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verely.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>So that they cast out their young Children.</hi> As if he had ſaid, So that they were forced to expoſe their young Children that were Males to the raging Wa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ters. <q>The wicked King, <hi>ſaith</hi> Uſher, after he had in vain commanded <hi>Shiphra</hi> and <hi>Pua</hi> the Hebrew Midwives to make away the Male Infants privately, publiſhed an inhumane Decree to drown them in the River, <hi>Exod.</hi> 1.15,—22. in the time that inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vened betwixt the Birth of <hi>Aaron</hi> and <hi>Moſes.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To the end that they might not be quickned.</hi> That is, That they might not be preſerved alive. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to bring to life,</hi> as with the Hebrews, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the <hi>Syrians,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and the <hi>Arabicks</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſignifies not ſo much <hi>to give life anew, as to preſerve that is already in being.</hi> See <hi>Exod.</hi> 1.17, 18, 22. <hi>Ezechiel</hi> a moſt ancient
<pb n="209" facs="tcp:192139:110"/>Jewiſh Poet, whom <hi>Clemens Alexand. strom.</hi> 1. and <hi>Euſeb. lib.</hi> 9. <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>repar. Evang.</hi> have made mention of, in his Tragedy of <hi>Moſes</hi> publiſhed in Greek and Latin by <hi>Frid. Morellus</hi> at <hi>Paris,</hi> 1609. hath excel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lently expreſſed the import of this Verſe in theſe words,
<q>
                     <l>
                        <hi>But cruel</hi> Pharoah, <hi>'gainſt us wholly bent,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Did many cunning ſtratage<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap> invent</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>
                           <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>s to enthral; our Lives a burden were;</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>In making Bricks, our Bodies daily wear,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>While he did many Fenced Cities rear.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Next muſt the tender Parent his dear Son</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>In Seven-ſtream'd</hi> Nilus <hi>rapid Waters drown.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>In which time.</hi> To wit, when the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> by the Kings command were compelled to drown their Children immediately when born.</p>
               <p>Moſes <hi>was born. <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ſher</hi> on the year of the World 2433 ſaith, <hi>Jocebeda,</hi> 40 <hi>years after the Death of her Father</hi> Levi, <hi>brought forth</hi> Moſes <hi>to</hi> Amram <hi>his Ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phew her Husband. For</hi> Moſes <hi>was</hi> 80 <hi>years of age when he ſpoke to</hi> Pharoah <hi>to let the</hi> Iſraelites <hi>go out of</hi> Egypt, Exod. 7.7. <hi>and</hi> 40 <hi>years after their outgoing, when he died in the</hi> 12th <hi>month he was</hi> 120 <hi>years of age,</hi> Deut. 31.2. <hi>&amp;</hi> 34.7.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And he was exceeding fair.</hi> This <hi>Terence</hi> would have expreſſed, <hi>And he was of ſo beautiful a Counte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tenance that none exceeded him.</hi> The Latin word, <hi>Gratus</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſaith <hi>Grotius, is from the Greek in</hi> Exod. 2.2. where it is in the Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Beautiful. <hi>To God,</hi> which is added here in the original, is an Hebraiſm, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, to God, that is, very beautiful. See our Annotations on <hi>Jonah</hi> 1.2. on theſe words, <hi>The Great City. Juſtin</hi> out of <hi>Trogus l.</hi> 36. <hi>c.</hi> 2. makes mention of the Comlineſs and Beauty of <hi>Moſes.</hi> Of which <hi>Joſephus</hi> thus, 2. <hi>Ant.</hi> 5. <q>None was ſo indifferent
<pb n="210" facs="tcp:192139:111"/>a ſpectator of Beauty, who would not admire the Beuaty of <hi>Moſes,</hi> and many that met him when he was carried in the Streets were ſo taken with his Beauty, that they not only looked on the Counte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nance of the Child, but alſo forgetting other buſineſs made it their work to ſatiate themſelves with be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>holding him. For ſuch was the Childs Beauty, that it as it were captivated and detained the Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>holders.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And nouriſhed up.</hi> As if he had ſaid, The great af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fection of <hi>Moſes</hi>'s Parents overcame all their Fears, and ſo contrary to the wicked Edict of the King they hid him three Months at home, <hi>Exod.</hi> 2.2. <hi>Heb.</hi> 11.33.</p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>And when he was caſt out,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, When by reaſon of the diligent Inquiſition made by the King, and their Egyptian Neighbours, the Child could not longer be hid, his Mother put him in a Basket of Bul-ruſhes daubed with Slime and Pitch, and laid it in the Flags by the River ſide; <hi>Miriam</hi> or <hi>Mary Moſes</hi> Siſter ſtanding afar off, and expecting the event of it. Being ſo laid out he was found by <hi>Pharoah</hi>'s Daughter, who, as <hi>Joſephus</hi> 2 <hi>Ant.</hi> 5. <hi>Epiphan.</hi> in <hi>Panar.</hi> and others ſay, was called <hi>Thermu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis,</hi> and ſhe delivered him to be nurſt by <hi>Jocebed</hi> his Mother, who was brought to her for that purpoſe by the Childs Siſter that ſtood by the River ſide, and adopted him for her Son, <hi>Exod.</hi> 2. <hi>And thus the Hands of</hi> Pharoahs <hi>Daughter preſerve a Revenger of her Fathers Cruelty,</hi> ſaith <hi>Auguſtin. Philo</hi> addeth that <hi>Thermutis</hi> was <hi>Pharoahs</hi> only Heireſs, and that ſhe had been long married, and becauſe ſhe had no Chil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dren, ſhe gave out that ſhe was with Child, that it might be believed that ſhe brought forth <hi>Moſes,</hi> and not that ſhe adopted him. This poſſibly is hinted at <hi>Heb.</hi> 11.25. where it is ſaid, that <hi>Moſes</hi> when he was grown, refuſed to be called the Son of <hi>Pharoah</hi>'s
<pb n="211" facs="tcp:192139:111"/>Daughter. Yet in <hi>Joſephus</hi> 2 <hi>Ant.</hi> 5. <hi>Thermutis</hi> ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>knowledgeth before the King her Father, that <hi>Moſes</hi> was not born her Son, but taken up, <hi>Whom I have re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſolved to adopt for my Son, and to make him thy Succeſſor in the Empire and Government.</hi> The ſame <hi>Joſephus</hi> addeth, that <hi>Moſes</hi> in his infancy caſt upon the Ground, and trampled upon with his Feet, the Crown when it was put upon his Head by the King of <hi>Egypt</hi> in jeſt. Hence he was in great danger of his life by the in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtigation of the Egyptian Prieſts, but was preſerved by <hi>Thermutis.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>Was Learned,</hi> &amp;c. In <hi>Ezekiel</hi> the Tragick Poet, <hi>Moſes</hi> is induced ſpeaking thus of himſelf:
<q>
                     <l>
                        <hi>
                           <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>s while a Child most carefully ſhe bred,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>And royally in Diſciplines inſtructed,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>And as ſhe had been my Mother nouriſhed.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>Moſes. That he was named <hi>Joachim</hi> at his Cir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cumciſion, and when he was received into Heaven <hi>Melchi, Clemens Alexand. Strom.</hi> 1. reporteth, but whence he had it, is uncertain. In <hi>Philo</hi>'s <hi>Antiquities</hi> he is ſaid to have been called <hi>Melchil</hi> by his Mother. <hi>Thermutis</hi> called him <hi>Moſes,</hi> that is, <hi>drawn out,</hi> or <hi>taken out,</hi> to wit, of the Waters of <hi>Nilus,</hi> from <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>he drew out, he brought out,</hi> Exod. 2.10. <hi>Joſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phus</hi> believes that <hi>Moſes</hi> was ſo called from the Egyp<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tian word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Water,</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, preſerved, which comes from <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. From <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> alſo is <hi>Monius,</hi> as <hi>Abeneſdras</hi> affirms he was called by the Egyptians. <hi>Yea,</hi> ſaith the moſt Learned <hi>Hofman</hi> in his univerſal Lexicon, <hi>in ſome Verſes of</hi> Orpheus <hi>he is called</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that is, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>as much as to ſay,</hi> born in the Water. <hi>But</hi> Salmaſius, <hi>Ep.</hi> 60. <hi>thinketh that the Etymology of</hi> Moſes <hi>is plainly</hi> Egyptian, and verbally it importeth, <hi>ſaith he, taken out of the Water,</hi> as an old Poet in <hi>Euſebius</hi> affirmeth, that is <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, in that Language ſignifieth <hi>Water,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>to take.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="212" facs="tcp:192139:112"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>In all the Wiſdom of the</hi> Egyptians. The Wiſdom of the Ancient <hi>Egyptians</hi> chiefly conſiſted in Hiero<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>glyphicks, and Mathematicks. The invention of Geometry, ſeeing by reaſon of the inundation of <hi>Nilus,</hi> the bounds of their Lands could ſcarce be di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtinguiſhed, is attributed to them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And was mighty in words and deeds.</hi> As if he had ſaid, And he was a Man exactly accompliſht with all Learning and Virtue.</p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>And when he was full fourty years old. Bere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcith Rabba, fol.</hi> 115. <hi>Col.</hi> 3. Moſes <hi>lived</hi> 40 <hi>years in</hi> Pharoah<hi>'s Court, and</hi> 40 <hi>in</hi> Midian; <hi>and the ſame num<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ber of years he ministred unto</hi> Iſrael. See alſo <hi>Shemoth Rabba, fol.</hi> 118. <hi>Col.</hi> 3. What <hi>Moſes</hi> did till he was forty years old, the Scripture no where declareth. <hi>Joſephus</hi> reporteth
<note n="*" place="margin">2 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 5.</note> that he was a Ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neral in the Ethiopick War, and that when he Beſieged <hi>Saba,</hi> he married the Kings Daugh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter by name <hi>Tharbis,</hi> who was deeply in love with him. Whatever there be of this War, which <hi>Theodo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ret</hi> and others ſay is fabulous, there is no doubt but that <hi>Moſes</hi> has omitted many things concerning him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelf out of Humility. For it is not probable that he gave himſelf over to lazineſs and ſluggiſhneſs during the forty years that he lived at Court like a Prince.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>It came into his Heart to viſit,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, By a new and extraordinary impulſe of the Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit he was moved to viſit his Brethren the <hi>Iſraelites,</hi> whoſe Spirits were broken with the rigour of their Bondage. <hi>Philo</hi> ſaith, that <hi>Moſes</hi> uſed frequently to viſit his Brethren the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> that were groaning under their Burden, and that he ſupported them with Comfort, and dealt with the Taskmaſters to be gentle towards them: And that he was thereupon ſuſpected by the King and his Court to be one that affected In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>novations.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>And ſeeing one of them.</hi> To wit, A Hebrew,
<pb n="213" facs="tcp:192139:112"/>whom <hi>Rabbi Solomon,</hi> by what Authority I know not, affirmeth to have been the Husband of <hi>Shelomith</hi> the Daughter of <hi>Dibri</hi> of the Tribe of <hi>Dan,</hi> that is mentioned, <hi>Levit.</hi> 24.11.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Suffer wrong.</hi> That is, wrongfully beaten, <hi>Exod.</hi> 2.11. Some think that this Egyptian who beat the Hebrew was one of the Kings Governours who took account of the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> Work, and puniſhed thoſe that were ſlack. The Jews add, that this Egyptian committed Adultery with the Wife of that Iſraelite, who while he was inveighing againſt this injury of the Egyptian with Words, had his Mouth ſtopped by the Egyptian with Stripes.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He avenged him.</hi> That is, By a juſt revenge he provided for his ſecurity. For at that time there was no Judge who could redreſs the injury, and the injury was urgent and could not admit of delay of time. Yet many of the Ancient Fathers, amongſt whom <hi>Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guſtine, l.</hi> 22. againſt <hi>Fauſtus c.</hi> 20, &amp; <hi>ſeq.</hi> do accuſe <hi>Moſes</hi> of too great Zeal and Praecipitancy. <hi>Oecume<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nius</hi> on the Epiſtle of <hi>Jude</hi> ſaith, that the Devil con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tended chiefly about the body of <hi>Moſes</hi> as unworthy of Burial on that reaſon chiefly, for that he killed the Egyptian unjuſtly.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Smote the Egyptian.</hi> The Scripture hath not expreſt the manner how he ſmote him. The Ancient He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brews, as <hi>Clem. Alex.</hi> 1. <hi>Strom.</hi> teſtifies, do alſo ficti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiouſly and fabulouſly report, that the Egyptian was not killed by <hi>Moſes</hi> with any external weapon, but by the bare pronouncing of the name <hi>Jehovah</hi> againſt him; as <hi>Peter</hi> did kill <hi>Ananias</hi> and <hi>Saphiras</hi> by a meer word. <hi>Sulpicius Severus</hi> ſaith, Moſes,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Sac. Hiſt lib.</hi> 1.</note> 
                  <hi>when he was come to a mans age, ſeeing a Hebrew beaten by an Egyptian, moved with grief, revenging his Brothers wrong, kicked the Egyptian to death.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>For he ſuppoſed,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, he thought that they would underſtand, when they ſaw
<pb n="214" facs="tcp:192139:113"/>him ſo ready to defend his Brethren when wronged by their Enemies, that they were to be delivered af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terwards by God from the Tyranny of the Egyptians by his means; which yet they did not underſtand. By this Teſtimony of <hi>Stephen Moſes</hi> ſeems to have killed the Egyptian on this account, as being acquain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted with his call to deliver the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> from the grievous Bondage of the Egyptians. Which the Scripture is ſilent in, <hi>Exod.</hi> 2.12. This <hi>Auguſtin</hi> ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſerved in his ſecond Queſtion on <hi>Exodus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>And the next day.</hi> That is, The next day af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter that <hi>Moſes</hi> killed the <hi>Egyptian,</hi> and covered him with Sand after he had killed him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He ſhewed himſelf to them as they ſtrove.</hi> That is, <hi>He ſaw two</hi> Iſraelites <hi>quarrelling,</hi> as the Vulgar Latin In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terpreter renders it, <hi>Exod.</hi> 2.13. <hi>Jonathan</hi> and <hi>Rabbi Solomon</hi> ſay, that theſe two Hebrews that contended were <hi>Dathan</hi> and <hi>Abiram.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And he would have ſet them at one again.</hi> Gr. <hi>And he forced them to Peace.</hi> That is, he uſed all means to reconcile them. <hi>The name of the Effect,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, is given to the Endeavour, and the word ſignifying as it were Violence, denoteth the earneſtneſs of the agent, as</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, to conſtrain, <hi>Luke</hi> 14.23. and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, to uſe forceable means, <hi>Luke</hi> 24.29. See the like expreſſions, <hi>Gen.</hi> 19.3.33.11. in the vulgar Latin 12. <hi>Matt.</hi> 14.22. <hi>Mark</hi> 6.45. <hi>Gal.</hi> 2.14.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Saying,</hi> &amp;c. He does not cite the very words which <hi>Moſes Exod.</hi> 2.13. is ſaid to have ſpoke to him, that did the wrong to his Neighbour, but he expreſſes the ſenſe very well. <hi>For,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, there,</hi> he is called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Neighbour, who is here called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Brother, <hi>Countryman, deſcended of the ſame Anceſtors.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>But he that did his Neighbour wrong.</hi> He in the Original Hebrew is called wicked, who has an evil Heart and malitious Mind. <q>Equity commandeth, <hi>ſaith</hi> Ariſtotle <hi>in his Book of the Art of Oratory,</hi> that
<pb n="215" facs="tcp:192139:113"/>we make a difference betwixt Injuries, and Faults, as alſo betwixt Faults and Misfortunes. Misfor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tunes are, which can neither be provided againſt, nor are committed with a malicious Mind; Faults, which might have been prevented, yet are not done out of malice; but Injuries are done both deſigned<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly and maliciouſly.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who made thee,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Chryſoſtom</hi> on 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 7.13. ſaith of <hi>Moſes;</hi> 
                  <q>Even before he had brought out the People with his hand, he led them by his Actions: Wherefore that Hebrew was very fooliſh in that he ſaid to him, Who made thee a Ruler and a Judge over us? What ſayſt thou? Thou ſeeſt the deeds, and doeſt thou make controverſie of the name? Juſt as if one that ſaw a Phyſician cut exactly according to Art, and ſo help a diſtempered member of the Bo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dy, and then ſhould ſay unto him, Who made thee a Phyſician? Who gave thee a power to cut? My Art, good man, and thy Diſeaſe. So alſo his skilfulneſs made <hi>Moſes</hi> a Judge. For to govern is not only a Dig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nity, but alſo an Art, and that indeed the ſublimeſt of Arts.</q> The ſame Maſter of the Church handling this Subject on <hi>Eph.</hi> 3. in the end, ſaith, <hi>Thy Injuſtice, thy Cruelty hath made me a Ruler and a Judge.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>Then fled</hi> Moſes <hi>at this ſaying.</hi> As much as to ſay, <hi>Moſes</hi> underſtanding by this upbraiding Language, that it was publickly known that he killed, tho juſtly, the <hi>Egyptian</hi> that wronged the <hi>Hebrew,</hi> and fearing what might befal him, by reaſon thereof, he fled. <hi>The</hi> Egyptians, as <hi>Grotius</hi> obſerveth, <hi>eſteemed the</hi> Hebrews <hi>as Slaves, yea as Beasts, whom they would have every one perſwaded to be incapable of Injury.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And was a Stranger in the Land of</hi> Madian. T<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="3 letters">
                     <desc>•••</desc>
                  </gap> is, And he was an Exile in the Land of <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> Euſebius</hi> maketh mention of two Cities of that name.
<note place="margin">
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> The firſt is beyond <hi>Ara<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bia</hi>
                  <pb n="216" facs="tcp:192139:114"/>towards the South in the Deſert of the <hi>Saracens</hi> to the Eaſt of the Red Sea: whence they are called <hi>Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dianaei,</hi> and the Country of <hi>Madianaea.</hi> The other is near <hi>Arnon</hi> and <hi>Areopolis,</hi> whoſe Ruins are only to be ſhewen now. A Learned Author under the name of <hi>Jerom,</hi> writes
<note n="*" place="margin">In Loc. Heb. Act. Apoſt.</note> that <hi>Moſes</hi> was an Exile in the latter.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Where he begat two Sons.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Where after having taken to Wife <hi>Sephora</hi> or <hi>Zippora,</hi> Daughter to <hi>Hobab</hi> or <hi>Jethro,</hi> Niece to Raguel, <hi>he begat two Sons of her,</hi> Gerſom <hi>and</hi> Eliezer, as <hi>Sulpiti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us Severus</hi> expreſſeth it, <hi>Book</hi> 1. <hi>Hist. Sac.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>And when forty years were expired.</hi> To wit, During his Exile at <hi>Madian.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>There appeared to him.</hi> To wit, To <hi>Moſes</hi> while he kept the Flock of <hi>Jethro</hi> his Father-in-law.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the Wilderneſs of Mount</hi> Sina. Where there were excellent Paſtures. To the South of <hi>Judaea</hi> are <hi>Sinim, Iſa.</hi> 49.12. <hi>Sinaeans,</hi> as the Vulgar Interpreter has tranſlated <hi>Sini, Gen.</hi> 10.17. whence the Barren Countrey of <hi>Sin,</hi> and in it Mount <hi>Sinai</hi> has its name, <hi>Exod.</hi> 16.1. Moreover it is certain, that the ſame Mountain is called both <hi>Horeb</hi> and <hi>Sin:</hi> or <hi>Sinai,</hi> yet ſo that towards the Eaſt 'tis properly called <hi>Sinat,</hi> or <hi>Sina,</hi> but that part that looks to the Weſt <hi>Horeb.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>An Angel. Heb. Exod.</hi> 3.2. <hi>An Angel of Jehovah,</hi> that is, an Angel acting in the name of the moſt high God.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In a flame of Fire in a Buſh.</hi> Gr. <hi>In a flame of Fire of the Buſh.</hi> That is, the ſpecies of the flaming Fire did ſhew that God came in his Embaſſador to re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venge the Injuries the <hi>Egyptians</hi> had done to his Peo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple, but the Buſh not conſumed was a Type of that ſame People that ſhould be preſerved alive amidſt all theſe Calamities cauſed by the wicked.</p>
               <p n="31">31. <hi>When</hi> Moſes <hi>ſaw it.</hi> To wit, The burning Buſh pot conſumed.</p>
               <pb n="217" facs="tcp:192139:114"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>He wondered at the ſight.</hi> Aſtoniſht at the ſtrange<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs of this Miracle.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And as he drew near.</hi> To the Buſh.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To behold it.</hi> That is, That he might look more nearly into it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The voice of the Lord came unto him.</hi> As if he had ſaid, The Angel, the Meſſenger of the Lord ſpake to him to this purpoſe. In diverſe and ſundry man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ners God ſpake to the Fathers, but at length in the laſt days he began to ſpeak to us by his Son, <hi>Heb.</hi> 1.1.</p>
               <p n="32">32. <hi>I am the God,</hi> &amp;c.
<note place="margin">Orat. 6.</note> 
                  <hi>Athanaſius</hi> ſays, <hi>But that Angel was not the God of</hi> A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braham, <hi>but God ſpake in the Angel; and it was the Angel that was ſeen, but God ſpake in him.</hi> The Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thor of the Anſwers to the Orthodox in <hi>Justin Mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tyr,</hi> Queſt. 112. <hi>The Angels who in Gods ſtead appear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed and ſpoke to Men were called by the name of God himſelf, as that which ſpoke to</hi> Jacob, <hi>and to</hi> Moſes. <hi>Yea Men alſo are called Gods. It is given to both by virtue of the Office injoyned them, both to be in the ſtead, and bear the name of God. But when the Office is fulfilled, they are no more called Gods, who only obtained that name on the account of ſome work they were to do.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The God of</hi> Abraham, <hi>and the God of</hi> Iſaac, <hi>and the God of</hi> Jacob. When God is ſaid to be the God of any, it is to be underſtood a ſpecial Favourer, and Bountiful Patron of him, as ſufficiently appears from that form of the Covenant, <hi>Levit.</hi> 26.12. <hi>I will be your God, and ye ſhall be my People,</hi> which <hi>Paul</hi> cites, 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 6.16. and from the peculiar Covenant made with <hi>Abraham, Iſaac,</hi> and <hi>Jacob, Gen.</hi> 17.7, 8. Now they had ſome good things meaſured out unto them in this life, but mixed with many troubles. For nei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther had they any ſettled place of their own, but wandred up and down with their Families and Flocks, and were alſo frequently toſſed with the Injuries of
<pb n="218" facs="tcp:192139:115"/>Men and Fortune. Hence alſo <hi>Jacob</hi> called himſelf a Stranger and Pilgrim, when he ſpoke to <hi>Pharoah,</hi> which the Author to the Hebrews very perti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nently inſiſteth on, <hi>c.</hi> 11. <hi>v.</hi> 13. It remains therefore that God was the God of <hi>Abraham, Iſaac,</hi> and <hi>Jacob,</hi> not only when they lived on Earth, but alſo when God ſpoke theſe things to <hi>Moſes.</hi> For, as I ſaid, no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing had befallen them in this Life which could anſwer the magnificence of ſo great a name. But beſides we much more do good to him, if we can, for whoſe ſake we do good to others. God wants not power, and he ſays that he will bleſs their Po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſterity for the ſake of <hi>Abraham, Iſaac,</hi> and <hi>Jacob;</hi> much more therefore, will he do good to them. But they who are dead are not capable of a Benefit, if they are always to continue in the ſtate of death. It follows therefore, that they are to be reſtored un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to Life, as Chriſt from hence evinced againſt the Sad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>duces, <hi>Matt.</hi> 22.32. <hi>Mark</hi> 12.27. <hi>Luke</hi> 20.38. that he may in a peculiar and ſpecial manner be the God of <hi>Abraham, Iſaac,</hi> and <hi>Jacob,</hi> that is, may be bene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficial to them. Moreover <hi>Abraham, Iſaac,</hi> and <hi>Ja<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cob,</hi> as we have obſerved on the forecited place of <hi>Matthew</hi> do not ſignify the Soul, which is only a part of <hi>Abraham, Iſaac,</hi> and <hi>Jacob,</hi> but the Perſon conſiſting both of Soul and Body, to which Life and Death are properly attributed. But ſeeing the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miſes of God are no leſs certain than things that are now in being, in Gods account, who is both wil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling and powerful to raiſe them from the Dead, they are reckoned as riſen already according to that <hi>Luke,</hi> 20.38. <hi>For all live to him. Origen,</hi> Book 4. againſt <hi>Cel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſus,</hi> ſaith that the names of <hi>Abraham, Iſaac,</hi> and <hi>Jacob</hi> joyned with the name of God, had ſo great Virtue, <hi>that not only were they intermixed by their Po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſterity with their holy Frayers,</hi> and the God of <hi>Abraham, Iſaac,</hi> and <hi>Jacob</hi> called upon in driving away evil
<pb n="219" facs="tcp:192139:115"/>Spirits, but were alſo made uſe of by all Charmers, and thoſe that dealt in Magick.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Durst not conſider.</hi> That is, <hi>Behold,</hi> as it is in the Engliſh, or Contemplate. For as <hi>Grotius</hi> obſerves, <hi>words belonging to the internal and external ſenſes are applied promiſcuouſly to both.</hi> In the Hebrew, <hi>Exod.</hi> 3.6. it is, <hi>And</hi> Moſes <hi>hid his Face becauſe he was afraid to look upon God.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="33">33. <hi>Then ſaid the Lord unto him.</hi> That is, The Angel ſent by God. <hi>Philo</hi> ſaith, that God in the pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mulgation of the Decalogue ſpoke not by himſelf, but, <hi>filling a certain rational mind with a clear knowledge, which forming the Air, and attenuating it as it were in likeneſs of flaming Fire, uttered a diſtinct voice, as the breath does through a Trumpet.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Put off,</hi> &amp;c. This, <hi>Exod.</hi> 3. is declared to have been ſaid to <hi>Moſes,</hi> before that God told him by the Angel ſent by him, that he was the God of <hi>Abra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ham, Iſaac,</hi> and <hi>Jacob.</hi> See what we have ſaid on <hi>Eccleſ.</hi> 5.17.</p>
               <p n="34">34. <hi>I have ſeen, I have ſeen.</hi> As if he had ſaid, With my Eyes intently fixed I have ſtedfaſtly looked upon it. God is ſaid <hi>to ſee the affliction, and hear the groans of a People,</hi> when he raiſeth them up, and re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>freſheth them when they are ſorely perplexed and al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moſt ſpent with grief; as on the contrary he is ſaid <hi>to ſhut his Eyes, not to hear their cry, to turn his Back,</hi> when he ſeemeth to neglect them when they cry. <q>Thus, when God is ſaid to deſcend, ſaith <hi>Calvin,</hi> there is no need that God ſhould move himſelf lo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cally to bring help to his People; for his hand is ſtretched out through Heaven and Earth; but this is ſpoke with reſpect to our Senſe; for when he did not regard the affliction of his People, to our apprehenſion he might ſeem to have been abſent, and to have had his care exerciſed about ſome other thing in Heaven. Now he declareth that
<pb n="220" facs="tcp:192139:116"/>the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> ſhall be ſenſible that he is near them.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And now I am come,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, Go therefore to <hi>Amenophis,</hi> Father to <hi>Sethoſis</hi> or <hi>Rameſis</hi> and <hi>Armais,</hi> and Son to <hi>Rameſſis Miamun,</hi> who ſuc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceeded his Father, who died in the 67 year of his Reign, in the Kingdom of <hi>Egypt,</hi> 19 years ago, and ſhew thy ſelf a Leader in reſtoring thy People to their Liberty. <hi>That the ſame Man whom the</hi> Egyp<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tians <hi>called</hi> Amenophis, <hi>Father to</hi> Sethoſis, <hi>or</hi> Ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>meſſis <hi>and</hi> Armais, <hi>was by the Greeks called</hi> Belus <hi>the Father of</hi> Egyptus <hi>and</hi> Danaus. Biſhop <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ſher</hi> hath moſt clearly collected out of <hi>Manethon</hi> on the year of the world 1494. <q>And truly the time aſſigned to <hi>Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lus</hi> by <hi>Thallus</hi> the Chronographer, 322 years before the deſtruction of <hi>Troy,</hi> according to the relation of <hi>Theophilus</hi> of <hi>Antiochia,</hi> and <hi>Lactantius,</hi> does ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>actly jump with the age of our <hi>Amenophis.</hi> Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>though the Mythologiſts confounding <hi>Belus</hi> the <hi>Egyp<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tian</hi> and <hi>Belus</hi> the <hi>Aſſyrian, Ninus</hi>'s Father, do Fable that this <hi>Belus,</hi> who was drowned in the Red Sea, tranſplanted Colonies from <hi>Egypt</hi> into <hi>Babylonia.</hi>
                  </q> Thus far the moſt renowned <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ſher</hi> in the now cited place.</p>
               <p n="35">35. <hi>This</hi> Moſes, &amp;c. <hi>Moſes</hi> who was appointed by God to be a Saviour to the <hi>Iſraelites,</hi> is at the firſt rejected by them, in this typifying Chriſt, whom at his firſt coming the greateſt part of the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fuſed to acknowledge. Nor in any other reſpect is <hi>Moſes</hi> here called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, a Redeemer, but becauſe after many and ſtrange Miracles wrought by him in <hi>Egypt,</hi> when at laſt the Firſt-born of the <hi>Egyptians</hi> were ſlain by the deſtroying Angel, he preſerved the People of God by the Blood of the Lamb and brought them ſafe out. <hi>And ſo,</hi> ſaith <hi>Lud. de Dieu. he gave a Type of that true Price and that true Redemp<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion, which Believers rejoyce to have been purchaſed for
<pb n="221" facs="tcp:192139:116"/>them, by the Death of the Firſt-begotten of all the Crea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion, and by the Blood of Chriſt the immaculate Lamb.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sent by the hands of the Angel,</hi> A Hebraiſm. That is, giving him a command by an Angel.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He brought them out.</hi> He largely publiſheth both the good deeds <hi>Moſes</hi> did for the people, and the honours conferred on him by God; that ſo the ſtub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bornneſs of the People againſt him might appear the more baſe, and it might be leſs to be wondered at, if thoſe who were come of ſuch ungrateful Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rents, were ſo unnatural and inhuman towards Jeſus Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Shewing Wonders and Signs in the Land of Egypt.</hi> The Royal Palace of <hi>Egypt</hi> was at that time <hi>Tzoan,</hi> that is, as the Chaldaean Paraphraſt Interprets it, <hi>Iſa.</hi> 19.13. <hi>Tanis,</hi> whence has its name the <hi>Tanitiſh Mouth of Nilus,</hi> which ſome call <hi>Saitiſh,</hi> as <hi>Strabo</hi> teſtifies <hi>l.</hi> 17. <hi>Aſaph</hi> teſtifieth that the Miracles were done there by <hi>Moſes, Pſal.</hi> 78.12.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And in the Red-Sea.</hi> The commoner ſort of the Literate World, think that was called ſo, becauſe its Waters are Red, whereas this Sea according to <hi>Q.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>lib.</hi> 8. <hi>cap.</hi> 9.</note> Curtius</hi> differs nothing from others in colour; the ſame in the ſame place ſaith, <hi>It had its name from King</hi> Erythras, <hi>for which reaſon the Igno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant thought that its Waters were Red. Aga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tharchides</hi> affirmeth the ſame in his Col<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lections out of Book 1. of the Red-Sea.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Apud Photi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um in Biblio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thec<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>, cod.</hi> CCL.</note> That <hi>Erythras,</hi> from whom they ſay it had its name was <hi>Eſau,</hi> who from his redneſs was called <hi>Edom, Gen.</hi> 25.25. Theſe are of equal ſignification, <hi>Erythras</hi> in the Greek, <hi>Edom</hi> in Hebrew, <hi>Ruber</hi> in Latin, <hi>Red</hi> in Engliſh, <hi>Rouge</hi> in French. Hence by the Greeks it is called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, in Latin <hi>Rubrum Mare,</hi> in Engliſh <hi>Red Sea,</hi> in French <hi>Mer Rouge;</hi> but in the Holy Scripture it is
<pb n="222" facs="tcp:192139:117"/>called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>The Sea full of Weeds,</hi> becauſe it a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bounds in Sea Reits; it runs by the Land of <hi>Edom,</hi> that is, <hi>Idumea.</hi> In this Sea <hi>Solomon</hi> ſet out that Fleet whereof mention is made 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 9.26.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the Wilderneſs forty years.</hi> This time anſwereth to thoſe years in which Chriſt, after his offering up himſelf in the Croſs for us, which was typified in the Paſcal Sacrifice, did continue to invite the <hi>Jews</hi> to Faith and Repentance, by Miracles wrought by God through the Miniſtry of his Apoſtles.</p>
               <p n="37">37. <hi>This is that</hi> Moſes, &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, This very ſame <hi>Moſes, Deut.</hi> 18.15. gave you Signs, where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by to diſcern a true Prophet, and ſo he commended Jeſus to you in whom thoſe Signs do ſhine much more gloriouſly than in other Prophets. See what we have ſaid above, <hi>c.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 22.</p>
               <p n="38">38. <hi>Was in the Church,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, In the Aſſembly and meeting of the People in the Wilderneſs, he was a Truch-man betwixt the Angel that ſpoke to him in Mount <hi>Sina,</hi> and our Fathers who ſtay'd at the bottom of the ſame Mountain. See <hi>Exod.</hi> 19. <hi>That which is immediately ſubjoyned,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, about his conferring with the Angel in Mount</hi> Sina, <hi>and receiving the Tables of the Law, doth mani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feſtly ſeem to denote a certain ſpecial Convention of the People, to wit, that Hiſtory which is mentioned in</hi> Exo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dus <hi>from Chap,</hi> 19. <hi>to</hi> 35.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With the Angel which ſpake to him.</hi> In Gods name, and by his ſpecial appointment.
<note place="margin">15. <hi>Antiq.</hi> 8.</note> 
                  <hi>Joſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phus</hi> ſaith, <hi>Seeing we have received our Prin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cipal Tenets, and the moſt holy part of our Laws from God by Angels.</hi> The Law was given by Angels, by the Miniſtry of a Truch-man, to wit, <hi>Moſes,</hi> that it might be of force until the promiſed Seed ſhould come, <hi>Gal.</hi> 3.19. And the Writer to the Hebrews, prefers the Goſpel to the Law in this, that the Goſpel was given by Jeſus Chriſt, whereas the Law
<pb n="223" facs="tcp:192139:117"/>only by Angels, <hi>Heb.</hi> 2.2. <q>In which places, <hi>ſaith</hi> Gro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tius, they are called Angels with a number deno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ting a multitude, whereas <hi>Stephen</hi> only ſaid Angel, becauſe ſuch is the cuſtom of thoſe Viſions, that one Angel ſuſtains the Name and Perſon of God, and the reſt are as it were his Attendants. See <hi>Gen.</hi> 18. <hi>Luke</hi> 2.13. compare 1 <hi>Theſſ.</hi> 4.16. with <hi>Matt.</hi> 13. <hi>v.</hi> 39, 41, &amp; 49. Whence is it therefore that the Angel who gave out the Law ſaith, <hi>Exod.</hi> 20. I <hi>Jehovah,</hi> as alſo other Angels who were ſent about matters of great concern do ſpeak. Even after the ſame manner as Heraulds do proclaim the Judges words, as ſaith <hi>Auguſt.</hi> 2 <hi>Trin.</hi> 2. and in like ſort they ſuffer themſelves to be addreſt to; ſo <hi>Moſes</hi> ſaith that God <hi>Jehovah,</hi> ſpoke to him in the Buſh, <hi>Exod.</hi> 3.15. and he that ſpoke called himſelf, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which is an Explication of the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. But <hi>Stephen</hi> ſaith that the Angel of the Lord was ſeen by <hi>Moſes</hi> in the burning of the Buſh, and that by the Authority of <hi>Moſes</hi> himſelf, <hi>Exod.</hi> 3.2.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who received the lively Oracles.</hi> That is, he recei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved from God the Doctrine of Life and Salvation, to deliver it to us; nor did he deliver any thing to us, but what he was commanded from above.</p>
               <p n="39">39. <hi>To whom our Fathers would not,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, But our Fathers, not ſo much rebellious againſt <hi>Moſes,</hi> as againſt God himſelf in his Perſon, <hi>turned their minds to the profane Rites of the</hi> Egyptians, as <hi>Lactant.</hi> expreſſeth it, <hi>l.</hi> 4. <hi>Inſtit. c.</hi> 10. That the worſhipping of Beaſts obtained in <hi>Egypt</hi> long ago, and that it began to be in uſe before the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> went up out of <hi>Egypt,</hi> is plain from <hi>Exod.</hi> 8.26. In the Edition of <hi>Athias, v.</hi> 22. where when <hi>Pharoah,</hi> or <hi>Amenophis,</hi> Father to <hi>Sethoſis</hi> or <hi>Ram<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſſis,</hi> and <hi>Armais,</hi> ſaid unto <hi>Moſes</hi> and <hi>Aaron, Go and Sacrifice to your God in this Land,</hi> they anſwered that they ſhould Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifice the <hi>Abomination of the</hi> Egyptians, that is, Sheep
<pb n="224" facs="tcp:192139:118"/>and Oxen, which the <hi>Egyptians</hi> abuſed to abomina<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble Idolatry. For the Sacred Writers uſed to call the Idols of the Gentiles <hi>Abominations,</hi> as you may ſee, <hi>Deut.</hi> 7.25.12.30, 31. 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 22.13. <hi>Ezra</hi> 9.1. <hi>Iſa.</hi> 44.19. Or, the <hi>Abomination</hi> of the <hi>Egyptians,</hi> that is, a Sacrifice which the <hi>Egyptians</hi> will abhor, who will never ſuffer thoſe living Creatures to be killed for an Offering, which they worſhip; and in this ſenſe the Vulgar and <hi>Chaldee</hi> Interpreters underſtand it. The <hi>Egyptians</hi> alſo erected in their Temples the Statues of thoſe living Creatures which they wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhipped when alive. <hi>Mela l.</hi> 1. <hi>c.</hi> 9. ſaith, <hi>They adore the Statues of many living Creatures, but much more the living Creatures themſelves. Strabo l.</hi> 17. where he ſpeaks of their Temple ſaith, <hi>But no Image, or at leaſt not in the likeneſs of a Man, but that of ſome Beaſt.</hi> And therefore King <hi>Mycerinus</hi> hid his Daughter in the Cavity of a Wooden Ox, covered with Gold, to which the <hi>Saites</hi> daily ſacrificed by burn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing all ſorts of ſweet-ſmelling things.
<note place="margin">Herodot. lib. 2.</note> And <hi>Stephanus de <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>rbibus</hi> on the word <hi>Buſiris</hi> ſaith, <q>It is commonly reported that <hi>Iſis</hi> buried <hi>Oſiris</hi> there, laying him in a Wooden Ox, and therefore the City was called <hi>Buſoſiris.</hi> He will have, <hi>ſaith the moſt Famed</hi> Bochartus
<note n="*" place="margin">Hierczoic. <hi>P.</hi> 1. <hi>l.</hi> 2. <hi>c.</hi> 34.</note>, <hi>Oſiris</hi> buried there by his Mother <hi>Iſis,</hi> to have been ſhut up in a Wooden Ox, whence the City was firſt called <hi>Buſoſiris,</hi> and then afterward by contraction <hi>Buſiris.</hi> Therefore that Learned Man is miſtaken, who affirms that the <hi>E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gyptians</hi> worſhipped only live Animals, not their Ef<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>figies, and that the Images of Oxen are no where read to have been made uſe of in their worſhip.</q> Moreover, that the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> while they were in Bon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dange to the <hi>Egyptians,</hi> did alſo ſerve their Gods, <hi>Joſhua, c.</hi> 24.14. &amp; <hi>Ezekiel, c.</hi> 20.7, 8. &amp; 23.3, 8. ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſly teſtify. <hi>From whence it ſeems to follow that the</hi> Iſrae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lites
<pb n="225" facs="tcp:192139:118"/>
                  <hi>imitated the Cuſtoms of the</hi> Egyptians, <hi>when they worſhipped the Molten Golden Calf in the Wilderneſs. To which the words of</hi> Stephen <hi>in this and the following verſe have a very near reference,</hi> Their Hearts turned back again into <hi>Egypt,</hi> ſaying unto <hi>Aaron,</hi> Make us Gods to go before us, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> and they made a Golden Calf.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 4. <hi>c.</hi> 10.</note> 
                  <hi>Rightly therefore</hi> Lactantius <hi>ſaith of the ſame</hi> Iſraelites; They turned their minds to the profane Rites of the <hi>Egyptians.</hi> For when <hi>Moſes</hi> their Leader went up into the Mount, and tarried there forty days, they made an Ox head of Gold, which they called <hi>Apis,</hi> which might go be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore them for a Sign. <hi>And</hi> Jerom <hi>on</hi> Hoſ. 4. It ſeem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth to me, that therefore both the People of <hi>Iſrael</hi> made that Calfs Head, which they worſhipped in the Wilderneſs, and <hi>Jeroboam</hi> the Son of <hi>Nebat</hi> ſet up his Golden Calves, that they might retain that which they had learned in <hi>Egypt,</hi> in their ſuperſtitious wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhip, to wit, that <hi>Apis</hi> and <hi>Mneuis</hi> were Gods, which were worſhipped in the ſhape of Oxen. <hi>And</hi> Aug. Pſal. 73. The Calf which that unfaithful, and Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtatizing People worſhipped, ſeeking after the Gods of the <hi>Egyptians. And</hi> Baſil <hi>of</hi> Seleucia, Orat. 6. They worſhipped a Calf in the Wilderneſs, even as they did in <hi>Egypt. By the way note, that inſtead of</hi> an Ox <hi>or</hi> a Calf, Lactantius <hi>ſaid,</hi> an Ox head, <hi>and</hi> Jerom a Calfs head, <hi>as</hi> Tertullian <hi>againſt the</hi> Jews, <hi>c.</hi> 1. When the Ox head came forth to them. <hi>And</hi> Cyprian <hi>of the excellency of Patience,</hi> that he might call an Ox head, and an Earthly Figment the guides of his Jour<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ney. <hi>And</hi> Ambroſe <hi>of Repentance,</hi> l. 1. c. 8. caſting behind their backs their Faith, they worſhipped a Calfs head. <hi>And on</hi> Exod. The Calfs head was made. <hi>Alſo,</hi> But the following things will inform us wherefore the Calfs head went out. <hi>Alſo, Moſes</hi> brake the Tables of the Law, and ſtamped the Calfs head. <hi>And</hi> Optatus, l. 3. In the days of <hi>Moſes</hi> the Children
<pb n="226" facs="tcp:192139:119"/>of <hi>Iſrael</hi> worſhipped a Calfs head. <hi>And</hi> Jerom <hi>on Hoſ.</hi> 7. They made a Calfs head in the Wilderneſs. <hi>And on</hi> Amos c. 5. They formed the Gold into the ſhape of a Calfs head. <hi>And</hi> Auguſt. <hi>in</hi> Pſal. 61. A Calfs head was the Body of the Wicked. <hi>And</hi> Iſidorus O<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rig. l. 8. c. 11. <hi>where ſpeaking of the</hi> Egyptian Apis, The Jews made the Image of this head to themſelves in the Wilderneſs. <hi>And the Sentence of the Fathers of the Seventh Synod about the uſe of Images,</hi> When they inconſiderately made a Calfs head. <hi>And</hi> Eutychius <hi>of</hi> Alexandria
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>L.</hi> 1. <hi>Hiſt. p.</hi> 106.</note>, They took their Wives Ornaments, and melted them, and there came forth out of them a Calfs head. <hi>Which will excite the Readers Admira<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion, ſeeing, if I miſtake not, in ten ſeveral places of the Scripture it is ſaid, that the</hi> Iſraelites <hi>made and wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhipped a Calf, and that</hi> Moſes <hi>bruiſed the Calf, but no where is it to be read the head of a Calf. Yet there is no reaſon why any ſhould imagine that this Idol accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing to the Opinion of the Ancients, had the head only of a Calf, the reſt of it reſembling a Man, ſuch as was</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the Feminine repreſentation of</hi> Iſis <hi>in</hi> Herodotus. <hi>For a head of an Ox, or Calf, ſignifies nothing elſe but an Ox or a Calf. So</hi> Iliad. Ψ v. 260. <hi>in the Plays at</hi> Patroclus<hi>'s Funerals,</hi> Achilles <hi>for rewards to the Gameſters, cauſed to be brought out of the Ships,</hi> Horſes and Mules, and the ſtrong heads of Oxen, <hi>that i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </hi> Periphraſtically, Oxen, <hi>as the Scholiaſt obſerves there. Again, in the Hymn on</hi> Mercury, Apollo's <hi>Oxen taken from him by Craft are thrice called</hi> Strong Heads of Oxen. <hi>Which</hi> Virgil Aeneid. 5. v. 61 &amp; 62. <hi>imitates thus,</hi>
                  <q>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Alceſtes,</hi> of the <hi>Trojan</hi> Off-ſpring gives,</l>
                     <l>Of's bounty, every Ship two Heads of Beeves.</l>
                  </q>
                  <pb n="227" facs="tcp:192139:119"/>Two Heads of Beeves, <hi>that is, two Oxen.</hi> Thus far the univerſally Learned <hi>Samuel Bochartus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="40">40. <hi>Make us Gods to go before us.</hi> No Sentence could contain in it ſelf a greater abſurdity, ſeeing they cannot be Gods that are made by men; nor could Images be ſaid to go before them, which have Feet and walk not; yet there is no need of thinking that Mon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſter of Polytheiſm to be inſinuated by this expreſſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on; for the Plural is uſed for the ſingular, as when the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> ſay of one Calf
<note place="margin">Exod. 32.4.</note>, <hi>Theſe are thy Gods, O</hi> Iſrael, <hi>which have brought thee out of the Land of</hi> Egypt. So in the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew Original <hi>Abraham,</hi> who acknowledged one on<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly God, yet ſaid, <hi>Gen.</hi> 20.13. <hi>The Gods made me wan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der from my Fathers Houſe.</hi> And, <hi>Gen.</hi> 35.7. <hi>Jacob</hi> called the place <hi>Bethel,</hi> becauſe <hi>the Gods were there ſeen by him.</hi> And <hi>David, Pſal.</hi> 49.2. <hi>Let</hi> Iſrael <hi>rejoyce in his Makers.</hi> And <hi>Solomon, Eccleſ.</hi> 12.1. <hi>Remember thy Creators.</hi> The <hi>Philiſtines</hi> alſo, tho they knew that they worſhipped but one God in <hi>Iſrael,</hi> yet when they were ſtruck with his Terrors, they ſaid, <hi>Who will de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liver us out of the Hands of theſe mighty Gods? Theſe are the Gods that ſmote the</hi> Egyptians
<note n="*" place="margin">1 Sam. 4.3.</note>. And therefore <hi>Jonathan</hi> underſtood theſe things as ſpoken of one God. So likewiſe <hi>Theodoret,</hi> Queſt. 1. on 1 <hi>Kings.</hi> Nor is it to be doubted, but the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> intended the ſame in theſe words, <hi>Theſe are thy Gods, O</hi> Iſrael; which the following words plainly ſhew, <hi>which brought thee out of the Land of</hi> Egypt. By which words they did not ſignify that they were delivered by this Idol, which they knew to be void of Life, and but lately made; but that they might not ſeem Idolaters, they would be be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieved to worſhip the true God in this Idol. Which very thing <hi>Aaron</hi> had reſpect to
<note n="*" place="margin">Exod. 32.5.</note>, when he called the Feaſt dedicated to that Calf, the Feaſt of Jehovah, as if the worſhiping of
<pb n="228" facs="tcp:192139:120"/>that Calf had been the worſhipping of God; that <hi>Micah</hi> alſo, who had the Molten Teraphim, and <hi>Je<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>roboam</hi> who made the Calves pretended the ſame, ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pears from <hi>Judg.</hi> 17, 3, &amp; 13. &amp; 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 12.28. which yet was but a vain ſubterfuge, nor did it acquit them from the Crime of Idolatry before God. That the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> ſo underſtood theſe words, <hi>Theſe are thy Gods,</hi> is evinced by theſe of <hi>Nehemia, c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 18. <hi>They made themſelves a Molten Calf, and ſaid, This is thy God which brought thee out of</hi> Egypt, that is, an Image or Symbol of that onely God, who in very deed performed what he promiſed to our Fathers, and delivered thee from the <hi>Egyptian</hi> Bondage with a ſtrong hand, and ſtretched-out arm.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For this</hi> Moſes, &amp;c. The people took occaſion of asking this of <hi>Aaron</hi> from <hi>Moſes</hi>'s ſtay on Mount <hi>Sina,</hi> whence he did not return till forty days were expired, <hi>Exod.</hi> 24.18. which things tho they are plain in Holy Writ, <hi>Exod.</hi> 32.1. yet are ſtrained to a different ſenſe by the Jews. For on the Hebrew words, <hi>and the people ſaw that</hi> Moſes <hi>tarried</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the <hi>Talmu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diſts</hi> have it thus
<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Tract. de Sabbat. c.</hi> 9. <hi>p.</hi> 89. A.</note>, Don't read <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>tar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ried,</hi> but <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>that is, Six are come,</hi> viz. Hours. <hi>For when</hi> Moſes <hi>went up to the Mount he told the</hi> Iſraelites, <hi>I will return at the end of forty days, in the beginning of the ſix hours, from which the</hi> 40th. <hi>day beginneth. When therefore theſe forty days were ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pired, Satan came to trouble the World, and ſaid unto them, Where is</hi> Moſes <hi>your Teacher? They anſwered that he was gone up into the Mount. But ſaith he, The ſix hours are expired wherein he promiſed to return; which when they did not value, he added, that</hi> Moſes <hi>was dead. But when they were no more moved at that, he ſhewed them the figure of his Coffin; and then they ſaid to</hi> Aaron, <hi>As for this</hi> Moſes, <hi>the man that brought us out of</hi> Egypt, <hi>we know not what has befallen him.</hi> In <hi>Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reſchith Rabba,</hi> Sect. 41. the Devil is ſaid to have
<pb n="229" facs="tcp:192139:120"/>ſhewn <hi>Moſes</hi> himſelf <hi>hanging between Heaven and Earth.</hi> In <hi>Jonathan</hi>'s Paraphraſe, they conjectured, <hi>that</hi> Moſes <hi>was conſumed in the Mountain, whereon Fire gliſtered from the Face of God.</hi> Therefore as being now deprived of their Leader <hi>Moſes,</hi> they ask Viſible Gods which may go before them. Moreover, if we may give credit to the <hi>Tanchuma, fol.</hi> 46. thoſe men who asked this were not <hi>Iſraelites, but the</hi> 40000 <hi>men who went up out of</hi> Egypt <hi>with the</hi> Iſraelites, <hi>and the two</hi> Egyptian <hi>Magicians,</hi> Janes <hi>and</hi> Jambres <hi>by name.</hi> But theſe are but fooliſh inventions to vindicate their Anceſtors from the crime of Idolatry, when none who has not quite loſt his ſenſes but may ſmell out their deceit. For if inſtead of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> we read <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the Sentence will be incoherent, nor will theſe words agree in the leaſt with the following. Beſides it ſuppoſes, that in <hi>Moſes</hi>'s time the days were divided into hours, which is plainly contradicto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry to all Hiſtory. For other Nations have learned the diviſion of the day into twelve hours, invented by the <hi>Babylonians,</hi> long after, as we are informed by <hi>Herodotus,</hi> and others; this eſpecially is to be conſidered, that if <hi>Moſes</hi> by Divine Inſtinct did fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tell at what time he would return, he returned at the very moment he appointed, nor was there any reaſon why their patience ſhould be wearied out by his delays. <hi>Laſtly.</hi> There is nothing more falſe than that only the Strangers, who joyned themſelves to the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> when they came out of <hi>Egypt,</hi> asked Gods from <hi>Aaron.</hi> For, <hi>Exod.</hi> 32.1. it is ſaid, the peo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple came together to <hi>Aaron,</hi> and <hi>v.</hi> 3. That all the people brought their Ear-rings to him. <hi>For we know not,</hi> ſay they, <hi>what's become of this</hi> Moſes <hi>who brought us out of</hi> Egypt. But <hi>Moſes</hi> brought only the <hi>Iſrae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lites</hi> properly out of <hi>Egypt;</hi> the others followed them voluntarily. But alſo, <hi>v.</hi> 8. they are called <hi>Iſrael, v.</hi> 13. <hi>The Scod of</hi> Abraham, Iſaac, <hi>and</hi> Jacob; <hi>v.</hi> 14.
<pb n="230" facs="tcp:192139:121"/>
                  <hi>The People of God.</hi> Therefore the Levites when they executed vengeance to puniſh the guilty, did not kill only Strangers, but their Brethren, Sons, Friends, Neighbours, ſparing none that came in their way; becauſe the guilt was univerſal. With good reaſon therefore does <hi>Stephen</hi> upbraid the Jews with this, that their Fathers ſaid to <hi>Aaron, Make us Gods,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
               <p n="41">41. <hi>And they made a Calf,</hi> &amp;c. On that very ſame day in which the people deſired that they might have an Idol made after the manner of the <hi>Egyptian</hi> ſu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perſtition; <hi>Aaron,</hi> whether overcome with fear, or ſome other praepoſterous Affection, hearkening to the mad multitude, contrary to the expreſs words of the Law, <hi>Exod.</hi> 20.23. commanded them all without reſpect to Sex to bring their Ear-rings, and when they were brought melted them in a Veſſel fit for that purpoſe, and preſented the Calf that came out of it to the people, built an Altar to it, and appoin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted a ſolemn Feaſt to be kept the next day, as it is more fully declared, <hi>Exod.</hi> 32. Hence, <hi>Deut.</hi> 4.20. it is ſaid that God was mightily incenſed againſt <hi>Aaron,</hi> and was about to deſtroy him, and would cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tainly have cut him off had not <hi>Moſes</hi> interceeded for him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And offered Sacrifice unto the Idol,</hi> &amp;c. The <hi>Iſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>raelites</hi> come together according to <hi>Aarons</hi> appoint<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment early next morning, worſhipped the Calf, and offered Burnt Offerings and Peace Offerings to it, <hi>and the people ſat down to eat and drink, and roſe up to play,</hi> Exod. 32. v. 6. For they worſhipped this Idol after the ſame manner that they did the true God. Except that of all the kinds of Sacrifices the Sin-Offerings were only omitted, which yet they ſtood moſt in need of. And how guilty ſoever they were, yet they thought they had performed their Sacred Rites aright, and their Conſciences were benummed with acting ſo great wickedneſs. Feaſting and Feſtival Plays
<pb n="231" facs="tcp:192139:121"/>were Appendixes of the Sacrifices even in the Wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhip of God. For whereas Sacrifices were either Burnt Offerings, or Sin Offerings, or Peace Of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferings: In Burnt Offerings all the Sacrifice was burnt; in Sin Offerings a part of it fell to the Prieſts ſhare, who only feaſted on it; in Peace Offe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rings the Offerers according to their right retained a certain portion of the Sacrifice, that they might call together their Friends, if they ſo thought fit, and be merry with them. For in theſe Feaſts the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> were commanded to rejoyce before the Lord, <hi>Deut.</hi> 12.7. &amp; 16.11. yet not with a light, laſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>civious and petulant, but with a pious and moderate joy, and conjoyned with a Praiſing Gods name, as in the preſence of the All-ſeeing God. And that Plays were alſo then uſed, appears by <hi>Davids</hi> exam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple, whom <hi>Michol</hi> out at a Window ſpied dancing, and playing, after he had offered Sacrifices before the Ark, 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 6.16. 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 15.29. But whereas <hi>Plato</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 7. <hi>de Leg.</hi>
                  </note> ſaith, that ſome dance <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, with a modeſt and becoming motion of the Body, others <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, immodeſtly and unſeemlily, undoubtedly <hi>Davids</hi> dancing was <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>modeſt,</hi> and compoſed, not deſultory and light. <hi>But Idolaters,</hi> ſaith the moſt renowned <hi>Bochart,
<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Hierozoic. p.</hi> 1. <hi>l.</hi> 2. <hi>c.</hi> 34.</note> were ſo bad perſonaters of the faithful in this point, that they did not contain themſelves within theſe Bounds. For theſe ſacrifical Feaſtings frequent<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly ended in Drunkenneſs or Laſciviouſneſs, or Contention, Riots, Beatings, and Slaughters. Therefore the Anci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ents attribute the firſt riſe of Drunkenneſs to theſe Feaſts. And</hi> Ariſtotle
<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Apud Athen. l.</hi> 2.</note> 
                  <hi>ſaith, that</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>ſigni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fying</hi> to be Drunk, <hi>was called ſo in the Greek, becauſe,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, after their Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifices were performed they drank more liberally. <hi>To the ſame purpoſe is that which</hi> Seleucus <hi>writes, that in the ſame place Feaſts were called</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<pb n="232" facs="tcp:192139:122"/>becauſe they thought it was their duty to drink largely for their Gods ſakes; and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp;c. becauſe they were congregated or came together for the ſake of their Gods. <hi>For otherwiſe,</hi> it was not of ancient cuſtom to ſet before any, Wine or Delicacies in any abundance, unleſs it were done for the Gods. <hi>To which that gradation of</hi> Epicharmus <hi>has reſpect,</hi> After Sacrifice was Feaſting, after Feaſt<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing Tippling, which to me ſeems very delightful, from Tippling proceeded Frowardneſs, of Froward<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs came Railing, of Railing Strife, from Strife Condemnation, whence Fetters, Stocks, and Fines. <hi>Where the</hi> Iſraelites <hi>are ſaid after they had Sacrificed to have ſat down to cat and drink, and roſe up to play, the</hi> Rabbies <hi>by the word</hi> play, <hi>underſtand moſtly theſe things. For beſides theſe undecent Plays, the</hi> Tanchuma <hi>will have two others to be deſigned in this place, to wit,</hi> Whoring and ſhedding of Blood. <hi>The former he proves from</hi> Gen. 39.14, 17. <hi>where</hi> Potiphars <hi>Wife accuſeth</hi> Joſeph, <hi>as if he had come</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> to play <hi>with her, or</hi> to mock <hi>her,</hi> that is, to force her. <hi>The latter out of</hi> 2 Sam. 2.14. <hi>where</hi> Abner <hi>ſaith to</hi> Joab, <hi>ſpeaking of the twelve</hi> Benjamites, <hi>who were joyned with the like number of</hi> Davids <hi>Soldiers,</hi> Let the young men now ariſe, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and play before us: Play, that is, <hi>let them fight and fall on to one anothers overthrow. As if that moſt fierce engagement in which twelve pair of young men deſtroyed one another, was looked on by the ſpectators only as a Play, as the Encountrings of</hi> Fencers <hi>at</hi> Rome. <hi>Whence the Ancient Hebrews in</hi> Kimchi <hi>ſay,</hi> Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe the people made no account of the Blood of the young men, as if it had been a Play, therefore they were puniſhed, and fell by the Sword; <hi>to wit, in that Battel which is mentioned,</hi> v. 17. <hi>But I ſee no rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſen why the</hi> Iſraelites <hi>ſhould be believed to have plaid thus after their worſhipping of the Calf,</hi> that is, <hi>to have fallen either into uncleanneſs, or into n<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>urdering one another. I
<pb n="233" facs="tcp:192139:122"/>confeſs, that theſe have oftentimes been the conſequents of Drunkenneſs; but I find that the</hi> Iſraelites <hi>did eat and drink, yet not to Drunkenneſs. But,</hi> Deut. 29.5, 6. <hi>they are ſaid to have had no Wine nor ſtrong Drink,</hi> that is, <hi>inebriating Liquor, all the forty years they were in the Wilderneſs. Therefore, whereas in the Greek Verſion,</hi> Exod. 3.18. Moſes <hi>coming down from the mount, ſaith to his Servant</hi> Joſhua, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, I hear the voice of them that are ſinging through Wine, that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>whenceſoever it has crept in, is a meer gloſs, of which neither the Hebrew Text, nor other verſions have the least appearance of. For in the Hebrew it is only</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, I hear the voice of them that ſing, <hi>or,</hi> that ſing one af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter another. <hi>I think therefore that ſome of the Greeks have rendred it,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>others,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>for which the half-learned have written</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>and this made up of both</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>So that the</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>might be in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stead of the Hebrew</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>as it might be read before the Vowels were written down, and be written by them who were ignorant of the force of the Hebraiſm.</hi> For it was not unuſual with them <hi>meerly to Copy words that were unknown to them. The</hi> Samaritan <hi>renders it</hi> the voice of ſinners, as alſo the <hi>Syriack,</hi> for inſtead of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> they read it <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>Truly therefore the Greek Scholiast,</hi> The <hi>Samaritan,</hi> I hear the voice of Sins. <hi>Nor ought that to have been ſuſpected by</hi> Druſius. Thus far the moſt exquiſite in all kind of Sciences, <hi>Samuel Bochart.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="42">42. <hi>Then God turned.</hi> That is, God turned his back on them. <hi>It is an Active Verb for a Reciprocal,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And gave them up to worſhip the Host of Heaven.</hi> That is. He gave them over to their Luſts, that in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtead of one Idol they might invent innumerable.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As it is written in the Book of the Prophets.</hi> To wit, The twelve leſſer, which were written and bound up in one Book or Volume, by reaſon of their bre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vity.</p>
               <pb n="234" facs="tcp:192139:123"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Have ye,</hi> &amp;c. See our Litteral Explanation on <hi>Amos</hi> 5.25.</p>
               <p n="43">43. <hi>Yea, ye took up,</hi> &amp;c. That which is here declared, that the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> carried about with them in Wag<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gons, and Litters the Images of <hi>Moloch</hi> or <hi>Rephan,</hi> was done by them when they yet abode in the Wilder<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs, to wit, when they, enticed with the wiles of the Moabitiſh and Midianitiſh Women, worſhipped <hi>Ba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>alpeor,</hi> or <hi>Belphegor</hi> the God of the <hi>Moabites,</hi> and as I think, of the <hi>Midianites</hi> alſo, and offered Sacrifices to it, <hi>Numb.</hi> 25. &amp; <hi>Pſal.</hi> 106. For <hi>Baal,</hi> and <hi>Moloch,</hi> or <hi>Melech,</hi> or <hi>Molech,</hi> are names commune to all the Gods, which were diſtinguiſhed and differenced by Epithets, as you may ſee by comparing 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 18.34. and <hi>Iſa.</hi> 36.19. with <hi>Iſa.</hi> 37.21. Whence alſo the God of the <hi>Ammonites,</hi> who is commonly called <hi>Moloch,</hi> is called <hi>Baal, Jer.</hi> 19.5. and elſewhere; neither will ye almoſt find the name <hi>Moloch</hi> uſed peculiarly for the God of the <hi>Ammonites</hi> in the Scripture, but where the naming or mentioning of the <hi>Ammonites</hi> either goes before, or immediately follows; wherefore it is cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led <hi>Melcom</hi> or <hi>Milcom</hi> with a Pronoun Relative to the <hi>Ammonites.</hi> Yet <hi>Theodoret</hi> on <hi>Pſal.</hi> 105. hath obſerved, that <hi>Baal</hi> or <hi>Bel</hi> is in a ſpecial manner at<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tributed to <hi>Saturn. Suidas</hi> on <hi>Beelphegor</hi> ſaith, Beel <hi>is</hi> Saturn, <hi>but</hi> Phegor <hi>is the place where he was worſhipped, whence he is called</hi> Beelphegor. <hi>Servius</hi> on <hi>A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>neid.</hi> 1. ſaith, <hi>In the</hi> Carthaginian <hi>Tongue,</hi> Bal <hi>ſignifies God,</hi> but by the <hi>Aſſyrians,</hi> Bel, <hi>by a certain uſe peculiar to Sacred things, is called both</hi> Saturn <hi>and</hi> Sol. Alſo with the moſt learned <hi>Moloch</hi> is the ſame with <hi>Saturn,</hi> eſpecially in theſe words of <hi>Amos,</hi> cited here by <hi>Ste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phen,</hi> where the ſame is called in the Hebrew Ori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginal <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and in the Seventy Interpreters <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. He upbraids them therefore, becauſe they carried about with them the Tent and Image of the Star <hi>Saturn,</hi> which they wrought for themſelves, that they might
<pb n="235" facs="tcp:192139:123"/>worſhip them as Types and Figures of their God, when yet the true God will not be worſhipped by a viſible or external ſhape. See our Literal Explica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion, <hi>Amos</hi> 5.26. on which place <hi>Grotius</hi> ſpeaketh thus: <hi>As</hi> Moloch <hi>is an Ammonitiſh name, ſo</hi> Kiun <hi>is an</hi> Arabick <hi>or</hi> Perſian, <hi>which</hi> Abeneſdra <hi>ſaith, is alſo written</hi> Kivan, <hi>and that it is with them the ſame that</hi> Saturn. <hi>The ſame is called by the</hi> Syrians Remmon, 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 5.18. <hi>to wit, becauſe</hi> it was in the higheſt Orb, <hi>as</hi> Tacitus <hi>ſpeaketh. As</hi> Kiun <hi>was alſo pronounced</hi> Kivan, <hi>ſo</hi> Remmon <hi>was alſo</hi> Remvan; <hi>which the Greeks,</hi> having loſt the uſe of the letter F, wrote <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which is their true writing. <hi>But</hi> Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>loch, Kiun, <hi>or</hi> Kivan <hi>are called Gods, becauſe although they were referred to the ſame Star, yet they had divers Names, Habit and Worſhip, as the</hi> Moon <hi>and</hi> Diana <hi>with the Greeks. Many Men alſo were related to the ſame Star among different Nations: and</hi> Moloch <hi>was of the ſhape of a King,</hi> Kivan <hi>of a Star.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Beyond</hi> Babylon. In the Heb. <hi>Amos</hi> 5. <hi>v.</hi> 27. <hi>And I will remove you beyond</hi> Damaſcus. See our Literal Explication there. The moſt renowned <hi>Samuel Petit,</hi> renders the place of <hi>Amos</hi> otherwiſe, <hi>And I will car<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry you away further than Damaſcus is carried away.</hi> Now the Inhabitants of <hi>Damaſcus</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Amos 1.5. 2 Kings, 16.9.</note> were carried over into <hi>Kir,</hi> which <hi>Samuel Pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tit</hi> himſelf doubts not but was in <hi>Baby<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lonia,</hi> and he ſuſpects that that City of <hi>Babylonia,</hi> which by <hi>Ptolomy</hi> in the fourth Table of <hi>Aſia</hi> is cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led <hi>Chiriphe,</hi> had its name hence: But the Prophet does foretel that the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> ſhould be carried fur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther than thoſe of <hi>Damaſcus</hi> were; for theſe were carried into <hi>Babylonia,</hi> but they ſhould be carried further than into <hi>Babylonia,</hi> to wit, into <hi>Media.</hi> See 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 17.6.</p>
               <p n="44">44. <hi>Tabernacle,</hi> &amp;c. He aggravates the wickedneſs of the Jews, becauſe, when they had both the place
<pb n="236" facs="tcp:192139:124"/>and manner of Divine Worſhip preſcribed by God, both in the Wilderneſs, and in the Promiſed Land, they hankered after External Figures with a prepo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſterous abuſe of the true and pure worſhip. As if he had ſaid, The Tabernacle indeed was ſet up by <hi>Moſes</hi> at the command of God, but which ſhould bring men back to its Heavenly Archetype, whom <hi>Moſes</hi> ſaw in the Mount. Excellently ſaith <hi>Calvin, For God does not re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gard External Rites, but preciſely, as they are Symbols of Heavenly Verity.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of Witneſs.</hi> They who tranſlate <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Taber<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nacle of the Congregation,</hi> may be reconciled with them who render it, <hi>Tabernacle of the Witneſs or Covenant,</hi> provided it be ſo called, not ſo much in reſpect of the people that came together there to God, as in reſpect of God himſelf, who was there made known to the people by the declaration of his Teſtimonies and Covenant, and as it were met there with them. <hi>For ſo,</hi> ſaith <hi>Lud. de Dieu, God himſelf explaineth it,</hi> Exod. 29.42. where there is a reaſon given why it is cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>becauſe</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, I'll meet you in that place, that I may ſpeak with you there. <hi>You ſee that God meets, that he may ſpeak, and indeed,</hi> that I may ſpeak with thee, <hi>to wit,</hi> Moſes, <hi>which might be done without any aſſembling of the people.</hi> Nor was this name given to the Taber<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nacle from <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, a Porch, <hi>which was the place the people met in,</hi> but from <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the moſt holy place, <hi>where was the Ark, where God met with</hi> Moſes <hi>and the High-priest;</hi> whence <hi>Exod.</hi> 25. <hi>v.</hi> 22. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and I will meet thee there, <hi>to wit, at the Ark,</hi> and I will ſpeak with thee at the Propitiatory. Thus far <hi>de Dieu.</hi> Hence the Ark is called, <hi>The Ark of the Covenant,</hi> and <hi>the Ark of the Teſtimony,</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the Teſtimony</hi> abſolutely. The Tabernacle is alſo called, <hi>Numb.</hi> 9.15. &amp; 17.23. the Tabernacle of the Teſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mony or Witneſs. Alſo <hi>Exod.</hi> 28. <hi>v.</hi> 21. &amp; <hi>Numb.</hi> 1.50. <hi>The dwelling place of the Testimony.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="237" facs="tcp:192139:124"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>According to the faſhion that he had ſeen.</hi> That <hi>Moſes</hi> is ſaid to have ſeen a faſhion, the Spirit of God thereby ſignifies, that we muſt not deviſe forms at our pleaſure; but that all our Senſes ſhould be fixed on the form ſhewed by God, that all our Religion may be formed according to it. <hi>The Godly,</hi> ſaith <hi>Calvin</hi> excellently, according as he uſually doth, <hi>receive no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing but from the word of God; but others think anything lawful they have a mind for, and ſo they make their own pleaſure a Law, when yet God approves of nothing but what he himſelf has appointed.</hi> I pray God that all that are called by the name of Chriſtians may judge by this moſt ſound Rule in their Controverſies about Religi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on, and then all their Judgments and Opinions would eaſily agree.</p>
               <p n="45">45. <hi>Bringing in.</hi> That is, As the <hi>Arabick</hi> excel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lently tranſlates it, <hi>When they had received that,</hi> to wit, from thoſe who died in the Wilderneſs. So <hi>Mat.</hi> 26.27. <hi>Taking the Cup,</hi> that is, when he had taken the Cup, or as it is rendred, <hi>Mark</hi> 14.23. <hi>having taken the Cup.</hi> See what we have ſaid on <hi>Matt.</hi> 37.48.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Our Fathers with</hi> Jeſus. That is, With <hi>Joſhua,</hi> who at the Death of <hi>Moſes</hi> ſucceeded in the Govern<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment, appointed by God, and who in name and deeds performed by him typified Jeſus Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Into the Poſſeſſion</hi> of the Gentiles. Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; Which the <hi>Syriack</hi> renders Periphraſtically, <hi>into the Land which God gave them for a Poſſeſſion among the</hi> Gentiles. Greek Interpreters promiſcuouſly uſe <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>in,</hi> with the Ablative, and <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>, into,</hi> with the Accuſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tive, becauſe the Hebrews put the letter <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> for both the Praepoſitions, but <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is uſed for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and rather ſignifies the Land it ſelf which is obtained and poſſeſſed, than the taking or acquiſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whom God drove out from before the Face of our Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers.</hi>
                  <pb n="238" facs="tcp:192139:125"/>That is, At the arriving of our Fathers. This manner of ſpeaking is to be ſeen, <hi>Deut.</hi> 2.21, 22. and often elſewhere: Which the Authors of the Inſcription, that <hi>Procopius Gazenſis</hi> ſaw in <hi>Africa,</hi> have imitated, <hi>We are thoſe who fled from before the face,</hi> that is, at the coming <hi>of</hi> Jeſus <hi>the Robber the Son of</hi> Nave, that is, <hi>Nun.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Even in the days of</hi> David. In the Greek, as alſo the Engliſh it is, <hi>unto the days of</hi> David. As if he had ſaid, And ſo the Tabernacle of the Teſtimony was flittering and wandring until God declared to <hi>David</hi> by an Angel from Heaven, that he had choſen the Threſhing-Floor of <hi>Arauna,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1 Chron. 21.</note> or <hi>Ornan</hi> the Jebuſite for a ſure and fixt Seat for the Ark.</p>
               <p n="46">46. <hi>Who found,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, This <hi>David</hi> obtained by the ſingular favour of God, that when he was earneſtly deſiring to build a ſettled Seat for the Ark of the Lord, God ſhewed him the place choſen for that purpoſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And deſired.</hi> Earneſtly and moſt deſirouſly; bind<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing himſelf with a Vow, <hi>Pſal.</hi> 132.3. that he would in no time or place lay aſide that ſolicitous care in ſearching out the place appointed by God for build<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing the Temple, until he found it by Divine Revela<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion. This Vow of <hi>Davids</hi> was according to the will of God, in regard God had promiſed, <hi>Deut.</hi> 12. that he would chuſe to himſelf a certain place, which ſhould be the Sanctuary Seat, and had added a com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mand, that the People ſhould frequent what place ſoever he ſhould make choice of, and there perform the external Rites he had preſcribed in the Law. But the vows of the Papiſts are partly ridiculous, and fooliſh, or even impoſſible, and partly manifeſtly im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pious, becauſe they are made out of an opinion of Merit, and to Created things, therefore <hi>Davids</hi> vow does in nothing juſtify them.</p>
               <pb n="239" facs="tcp:192139:125"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Tabernacle.</hi> That is, A Habitation, or place, not deſigned for a ſhort abode, as a Tent, or Taberna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cle properly ſo called is, but like a Houſe intended for a certain, and ſetled dwelling, Pſ. 132. v. 5. <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ntil I find out a place for the Lord, an Habitation for the migh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty God of</hi> Jacob. That is, until I find the place ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pointed by God for building the Temple, in which, as in a certain Seat, the Ark of God may be put, to the end, that he who delivered <hi>Jacob</hi> powerfully from dangers, may be Worſhipped with a conſtant reve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rence, by the people, frequenting his Worſhip accor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding to his Inſtitution, <hi>Deut.</hi> 12. It is expreſſed <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Tabernacles</hi> in the plural number, becauſe the Temple had three Diviſions, <hi>Pſal.</hi> 68.36.</p>
               <p n="47">47. <hi>Solomon.</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, The place deſigned for the building the Temple, was indeed ſhewed to <hi>David,</hi> but not he, but his Son <hi>Solomon</hi> was permitted to build that Temple.
<note n="*" place="margin">1 Kin. 5.</note>
               </p>
               <p n="48">48. <hi>But the moſt high,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, But <hi>Solomon,</hi> while he was a building the Temple, knew very well that God could not be included in ſuch a ſtructure, and he expreſly prefaced in that ſolemn Prayer which he made, 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 8.27. which after<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards is more clearly expreſſed, <hi>Iſa.</hi> 66. <hi>v.</hi> 1, 2. to wit, that all things are filled with the Majeſty of God, and that they wrong him, who dream that he is tied to a Temple made with hands, and after a Chil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diſh manner think that they deſerve at his hands by doing of things of nothing.</p>
               <p n="49">49. <hi>The Heaven,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay; I, who am every where, and govern all things, have no need of a Temple made by men; I called indeed the Temple, which <hi>Solomon</hi> ſet about at my command, <hi>my reſt,</hi> Pſal. 132.14. not that my Glory is com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prehended in its narrow bounds, or that I delight in a viſible, and fading Building, but that I would have
<pb n="240" facs="tcp:192139:126"/>that to be the ſign and pledge of my preſence to thoſe who Worſhip me with an inward purity of heart, and a ſincere affection of Godlineſs. See our literal Explication, <hi>Mat.</hi> 5.34. on theſe words, <hi>Is God's Throne.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="50">50. <hi>Hath not,</hi> &amp;c. The meaning is, All things which ye behold any where are made by me, and are therefore at my diſpoſal. <q>By theſe words, ſaith <hi>Cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vin,</hi> the Prophet intimateth, that God has no need either of Gold, or Coſtly Ornament of the Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple, or Sacrifices. Whence it follows that his true Worſhip does not conſiſt in Ceremonies. For he deſires none of thoſe things which we offer to him on their own account, but only that he may exer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciſe us in the ſtudy of Godlineſs. Which argu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment is more largely handled, <hi>Pſal.</hi> 50. For al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>though it is a ſhameful ſtupidity to think to feed God with Sacrifices, yet if Hypocrites were not over<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>whelmed therein, they would not lay ſo great a ſtreſs on trivial things. Whatſoever Worſhip is not per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>formed in Spirit, is unſavoury in Gods account. Therefore let us know that God ſeeketh us, not our Poſſeſſions, which we obtain from him only at his pleaſure, by his Free-Grace. And hence it is alſo manifeſt, what a vaſt difference there is betwixt true Religion, and the carnal inventions of Men.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="51">51. <hi>Of a ſtiff Neck.</hi> In the Gr. as alſo the En<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gliſh, <hi>ſtiff-necked.</hi> That is, untractable, and refracto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry. See our literal Explication on <hi>Hoſea</hi> 4.16. <q>Seeing <hi>Stephen</hi> does not give direct anſwers to the heads of his Accuſation, I willingly am of their mind, ſaith <hi>Calvin,</hi> who think that he would have ſpoke more, had not his diſcourſe been tumultu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ouſly interrupted. For we know what a Conſiſto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry of Judges he had. Wherefore it is no wonder if they forced him to hold his Peace, with their tu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>multuous noiſe, and mad Out-cries. And we alſo
<pb n="241" facs="tcp:192139:126"/>ſee that of purpoſe he uſed long Circumlocutions, that he might lenify them as wild Beaſts. But it's very probable that their Rage was ſtirred up when he ſhewed them that they had grievouſly corrupted the Law, that their Temple was polluted with Su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perſtitions, &amp; that there was nothing that remained pure among them: by reaſon that they reſting in bare Types, did not Worſhip God Spiritually; be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe they did not refer their Ceremonies to the Heavenly Type. But although <hi>Stephen</hi> did not im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mediately go about to vindicate himſelf, but did endeavour by degrees to ſoften their fierce Spirits; yet he ſpoke very pertinently to purge himſelf of the Crime they Impeached him for. Theſe were the two principal Heads of his Accuſation; That he had ſpoke Blaſphemy againſt God and his Temple; That he had endeavoured to abrogate the Law: <hi>Stephen,</hi> that he might diſſolve theſe Calumnies, beginning his diſcourſe from the calling of <hi>Abraham,</hi> ſheweth that the Jews had no advantage of the Gentiles by nature, by proper right, or by Merits for their works; but only by free gift, to wit, becauſe God had adopted them in the Perſon of <hi>Abraham.</hi> It makes likewiſe very much for him, that the Cove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nant of Salvation was made with <hi>Abraham,</hi> before there was a Temple, Ceremonies, or Circumciſion itſelf. Which things the Jews ſo much gloried in, that they thought there could be no true Worſhip performed to God, no Holineſs without them. He afterwards declared how wonderful, and manifold the goodneſs of God had been towards <hi>Abrahams</hi> Race, and on the other hand how wickedly, and perverſely they had rejected the Grace of God, as much as lay in them. Whence it plainly appears that it cannot be aſcribed to their Merits that they are reckoned the People of God, but only becauſe God of his own good pleaſure choſe an unworthy
<pb n="242" facs="tcp:192139:127"/>People to himſelf, and did not ceaſe to do good to them, though ungrateful. By this means their high and proud Spirits might have been ſubdued, and reduced to humility, that being ſtripped of their fooliſh pride they were puffed up with, they might come to the Mediator. Thirdly, He ſhewed that an Angel was <hi>Praeſes</hi> in giving out the Law, and that <hi>Moſes</hi> did ſo diſcharge his Office, that he ſaid, other Prophets ſhould ariſe after him: yet of whom of neceſſity there was to be ſome Chief and Prince, who ſhould put an end to all their Propheſies and Praedictions, and bring them to a full accompliſh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment. Whence it is collected that they were not at all <hi>Moſes</hi>'s Diſciples, who did reject that Doctrine that was promiſed, and held forth in the Law, to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gether with its Author. Finally he ſhews that all the old Worſhip which was preſcribed by <hi>Moſes,</hi> was not to be accounted of for itſelf, but ought ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther to be referred to another end, becauſe it was made with reſpect to a Heavenly Archetype: But that the Jews were corrupt Interpreters of the Law, in that they took every thing in a Carnal, and Earthly ſenſe. Hence it is evinced that there was no wrong done to the Temple or Law, becauſe Chriſt is brought in as the End and Verity of both. But ſeeing the ſtate of the cauſe did eſpecially de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pend upon this point; that the Worſhip of God did not properly conſiſt in Sacrifices, and outward things, and that all Rites did nothing elſe but ſhadow out Chriſt, it was <hi>Stephens</hi> purpoſe to inſiſt chiefly on this point, if the Jews would have per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mitted it: but when he came to the main point, they were highly enraged, and would not give au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dience any further; he could not make application of what was ſpoken, and inſtead of an Epilogue, he was forced to conclude with a bitter rebuke.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ncircumciſed in Hearts and Ears.</hi> As if he had
<pb n="243" facs="tcp:192139:127"/>ſaid, Whoſe Hearts are full of vicious affections, and whoſe Ears are ſhut and obturate to all ſound Doctrine. The Jews are in the ſame manner upbrai<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ded, <hi>Lev.</hi> 26.41. <hi>Jer.</hi> 6.10. <hi>&amp;</hi> 9.26.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ye always reſiſt the Holy Ghoſt.</hi> In the Greek it is, <hi>Ye fall down croſs its way.</hi> That is, <hi>Ye ſtubbornly deſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>piſe the Holy Ghoſt ſpeaking in the Prophets, and you ſet your ſelves in oppoſition to his admonitions, as thoſe do who stop one in his Journey.</hi> This is <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> to walk acroſs ones way, <hi>Levit.</hi> 26.22, 23, 24, 40, 41. <hi>Ste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phen</hi> ſeems to have had reſpect to <hi>Iſa.</hi> 63.10. With this agreeth that ſharp upbraiding of <hi>Jeremiah,</hi> c. 7.24. <hi>&amp;c. Ezek.</hi> 20. from v. 5. to the end of the Chap. Nor is the promiſcuous multitude only accuſed of Rebellion before God, but the Prieſts, Princes, and Prophets are upbraided with the ſame Crime, <hi>Jere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miah</hi> 2.8.5.31.6.13.8.10.10.20, 21.22.21, 22.23.1, 2, 9, 11-31.32.30, 32. <hi>Ezek.</hi> 8.12.22.25. &amp; <hi>Hoſ.</hi> 4.1. <hi>Mic.</hi> 3.5, &amp;c. <hi>Zeph.</hi> 3.1. <hi>Zech.</hi> 7.11. <hi>Mal.</hi> 2.8, 11.3.7.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As your Fathers did, ſo do ye.</hi> As if he had ſaid, You Children have ſucceeded your Fathers in the ſame Wickedneſs.</p>
               <p n="52">52. <hi>Which of the Prophets have not your Fathers per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſecuted?</hi> Excellently <hi>Luctantius;
<note n="*" place="margin">1 Inſtit. 4.</note> Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets were therefore ſent by God, both that they might be ſetters forth of his Majeſty, and Chaſtiſers of Mens Wickedneſs. But the Precepts of Juſtice are unpleaſant to the vicious and evil livers. Therefore they, who were both accuſed of ſin, and forbid to do it, put them to death, after they had moſt cruelly tormented them.</hi> 1 Kin. 19.10. <hi>Elias</hi> complaineth thus, <hi>They have ſlain thy Prophets with the Sword, and I, even I only am left,</hi> to wit of all thoſe who came to the knowledge of <hi>Ahabs</hi> Court, <hi>and they ſeek my life to take it away.</hi> Nehem. 9.26. <hi>They ſlew thy Prophets which teſtified againſt them, to turn them to thee.</hi> See <hi>Mat.</hi> 5.12 21.35.23.31,
<pb n="244" facs="tcp:192139:128"/>33. <hi>Luke</hi> 6.23.13.34. <hi>Heb.</hi> 11.37.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they killed.</hi> To wit, your Fathers, degenera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted from the Piety of our Fathers, <hi>Abraham, Iſaac,</hi> and <hi>Jacob.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which ſhewed before of the coming of the Juſt One.</hi> That is, the Meſſengers that were ſent before the Face of Chriſt that was to be born, <hi>who,</hi> as <hi>Druſius</hi> ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſſeth it, <hi>is here in a peculiar manner called the</hi> Juſt One; <hi>poſſibly, becauſe he was Innocent, when he was put to death.</hi> For <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is a <hi>Law Term, ſignifying a ſuppoſed guilty perſon that yet is innocent; to which is oppoſed <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> a Perſon that is accuſed as guilty, and is ſo indeed, as in that place of</hi> David,
<note n="*" place="margin">Pſal. 109.6.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, when he ſhall be judged, that is, when he ſhall contend in Judgment, let him be condemned.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of whom ye,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, But ye with a combination of wickedneſs did moſt wickedly con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſpire againſt Chriſt himſelf, the Author of Righte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ouſneſs, and Salvation, nor left ye any means unat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tempted to bring about his death. See above, <hi>c.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 13.</p>
               <p n="53">53. <hi>By the diſpoſition of Angels.</hi> Gr. <hi>At the ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pointment of Angels,</hi> that is, Angels in the Name of God ordaining, and enjoyning the obſervation of the Law. So the <hi>Law</hi> is ſaid to have been ordained by Angels
<note n="*" place="margin">Gal. 3.19.</note>. And <hi>Heb.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 2. it is called <hi>the Word ſpoken by Angels.</hi> And although the Law was given principally by one Angel ſuſtain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing the Name and Perſon of God, yet becauſe this was done in a ſtately manner, many Troops of Angels having attended him as Apparitors, the pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mulgation of the Law in Mount <hi>Sina,</hi> is rightly aſcribed to Angels.</p>
               <p n="54">54. <hi>They were cut to the Heart.</hi> As if he had ſaid, They were enraged with a mad fury, and that unruly, and head-ſtrong fury againſt <hi>Stephen</hi> broke forth in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
<pb n="245" facs="tcp:192139:128"/>a gnaſhing of Teeth, as a vehement, and violent Fire does into a Flame. See what we have ſaid a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove, <hi>c.</hi> 5. <hi>v.</hi> 33.</p>
               <p n="55">55. <hi>But he being,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, But <hi>Ste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phen</hi> armed with an invincible power of the Spirit, lift up his Eyes to Heaven, and ſtraight ſaw a certain reſplendency repreſenting the Divine Majeſty, and Jeſus triumphing in that Fleſh in which he was abaſed.</p>
               <p n="56">56. <hi>I ſee the Heavens opened.</hi> The opening of the Heavens is a ſign previous to Viſions, <hi>Ezek.</hi> 1.1. ſome of the Hebrews will have nothing elſe ſigni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fied by the opening of the Heavens, but that any thing is done, or ſhewed by a Heavenly Power. But the Pagans thought that the Heaven was alſo opened by Heavenly Portents. <hi>Livy l.</hi> 17. ſaith, <hi>That the Heavens were divided as it were with a great gaping: and that a great light ſhined out where it was open.</hi> And on that of <hi>Virgil,
<note n="*" place="margin">Aeneid. 9. v. 20.</note> I ſee Heavens part aſun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der in the middle, Minellius</hi> ſaith, <hi>That it was divided and opened with a great</hi> Chaſma <hi>or gaping.</hi> Servius
<note n="*" place="margin">In Augural. lib.</note> 
                  <hi>among other Prodi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gies, Heaven was alſo ſaid to have parted aſunder.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the Son of Man,</hi> &amp;c. An Hebraiſm, as if he had ſaid, I ſee that Man Chriſt Jeſus, whom as deſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>piſed, and the loweſt of men, you think deſtroyed by death, enjoy the Government of all things in Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven. Chriſt appears to <hi>Stephen</hi> not ſitting, but ſtan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding on the right hand of God, that he may thereby ſignify that he is ready to afford him help in that con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>flict of his for his Name. Yet in moſt other places the phraſe of ſitting on the Right-hand, or Right-hands of God is uſed, as more fitting to ſignify the glorious ſtate of Chriſt, to wit, that Majeſty and Power of ruling all things, which he obtained after his Aſcenſion into Heaven, before which all muſt ſtand and be judged. <hi>Auguſtine</hi> ſaith, that Chriſt is
<pb n="246" facs="tcp:192139:129"/>ſaid to <hi>ſit</hi> as a Judge, and to <hi>ſtand</hi> as our Advocate with the Father.</p>
               <p n="57">57. <hi>Then they cryed out with a loud voice,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, Thoſe of the multitude who were ſtan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding by, when they heard this Declaration of Chriſts Glory, breaking out with a horrible Noiſe, as if it had been intolerable Blaſphemy, they ſhut their Ears, either by putting their Fingers therein, or the flap of the Ear, I mean, that loweſt, and ſoft part of the Ear which the Greeks call <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> from <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to take,</hi> becauſe the Ancients pulled the Ear on that part, that they might give any a Caution; Hence the Poet,
<note n="*" place="margin">Virg. Ecl. 6. v. 3, 4.</note>
                  <q>
                     <l>— <hi>Then</hi> Phoebus, <hi>thus</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Nipping my Ear, advis'd.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q> The Hebrews call this part in a Sheep <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Amos</hi> 3.12. in a Man <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Exod.</hi> 29.20. and frequently in <hi>Leviticus;</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Tail,</hi> in the Writings of the Rabbins. Humaniſts call the flap of the Ear, <hi>Lana, Lanna,</hi> or <hi>Lamna,</hi> the Ancient Gloſſary, <hi>Lana,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the Gloſſary of St. <hi>Benedict, Lannae, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Philoxe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus</hi>'s Lexicon <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Lamna.</hi> Of the flap of the Ear the Talmud
<note n="*" place="margin">In Tract. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> fol. 5.2.</note> ſpeaketh thus: <hi>Wherefore is the whole Ear hard, but the Flap ſoft? That if any hear an immodeſt word, he may bow his Flap, ſo as to ſhut his Ear.</hi> In the ſame place, ſpeaking of the pointed figure of the Fingers. <hi>Wherefore is there in Mens Fingers a point like to that of a Key? That if any hear an undecent word, he may put his Fingers into his Ears.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ran upon him with one accord</hi> As if from a Judgment of Zeal, which while the Commonwealth retained its Liberty, they according to the Law uſed againſt the Authors of Idolatry, who openly, in the view of many, had given themſelves to it.
<pb n="247" facs="tcp:192139:129"/>Theſe were preſently, without any reſpite to be ſto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned, <hi>Deut.</hi> 13.9, 10. <hi>But,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, Theſe men ſinned two manner of ways in this particular; firſt, a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gainſt the Law, which even while that was a free Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monwealth, would not have that popular Judgment practi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſed, ſave only upon the Authors of Idolatry, which</hi> Ste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phen <hi>was not; and then againſt the</hi> Romans, <hi>who had taken away from them all right in matters of life and death. And the boldneſs of thoſe Men whom</hi> Joſephus <hi>calls Ze<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lots encreaſing daily, both incenſed the</hi> Romans, <hi>and was the occaſion of the deſtruction both of their City and Temple.</hi> See the ſame <hi>Grotius</hi> on the now cited place of <hi>Deuteronomy,</hi> and Book 10. of the Right of War and Peace, Chap. 20. Num. 5 &amp; 9.</p>
               <p n="58">58. <hi>And caſt him out of the City, and ſtoned him.</hi> That is, And after they had caſt him out of the City, they ſtoned him as a Blaſphemous Per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſon.
<note place="margin">Praecept. Jubente, 99.</note> 
                  <hi>Rabbi Moſes de Kotzi</hi> doth thus de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcribe the Ceremony of ſtoning by Tra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dition: <q>The Wiſe Men ſay that a Man uſed to be ſtoned naked, but not ſo a Woman; that their Clothes uſed to be pulled off at four Cubits diſtance from the place where they were ſtoned, their ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cret parts being only covered before. The place of ſtoning was twice the height of a Man, to which place he that was to be ſtoned went up with his hands bound. Then one of the Witneſſes beating him upon the Loins, threw him headlong upon the Earth. By which, if he was not killed, the Wit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſſes lifted up a ſtone that was ſet there; it was juſt ſo much as two Men could carry; which one of the Witneſſes rolled down upon him with violence. And if there was life ſtill left in him, all the Peo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple ſtoned him.</q> 
                  <hi>Talmud Hieroſ. fol.</hi> 23.1. <hi>Babyl. Sanhed. fol.</hi> 42.2. <hi>The place of ſtoning was without the Council Houſe, according to that of</hi> Levit. 24.14. <hi>Carry out the Blaſphemous Perſon without the Camp.</hi> Tradition.
<pb n="248" facs="tcp:192139:130"/>
                  <hi>The place of ſtoning was without the three Camps.</hi> Gloſs. <hi>The Court was the Camp of Divine preſence: The Moun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain of the Temple, the Camp of the Levites:</hi> Jeruſalem, <hi>the Camp of the Iſraelites. R. Moſes Maimonides</hi> in the Treatiſe of the Aedifice of the Temple, c. 7. n. 7. ſaith, <hi>There were three ſort of Camps in the Wilderneſs, that of the Iſraelites, which was divided into four Par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>titions, that of the</hi> Levites, <hi>of which mention is made,</hi> Num. 1.50. And ſhall encamp round about the Ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bernacle; <hi>And that of God, without the Gate of the Court, in the</hi> Tabernacle <hi>of the Covenant. And in reference to theſe afterwards, that ſpace which lay betwixt the Gate of</hi> Jeruſalem, <hi>and the Mountain of the Temple, anſwered to the Camp of the</hi> Iſraelites; <hi>the ſpace be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>twixt the Gate of the Mountain of the Temple, and the Gate of the Court, which was the ſame that was called</hi> Nicanors <hi>Gate anſwered to that of the</hi> Levites: <hi>and the ſpace that was about the Gate of the Court, repreſen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted the Camp of God.</hi> My Brother <hi>Lewis Du Veil</hi> in his moſt elegant Latin Tranſlation of the ſame <hi>Mai<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monides</hi> on the Treatiſe of the manner of going up to the Temple, c. 3. num. 2. hath moſt learnedly noted: <hi>That that is true, we may learn from the Apoſtle, who in the laſt Chapt. of the Epiſtle to the</hi> Hebrews, <hi>v.</hi> 11, 12, 13. <hi>ſpeaketh thus:</hi> For the Bodies of thoſe Beaſts, whoſe Blood is brought into the Sanctuary by the High Prieſt for ſin, are burnt without the Camp. Wherefore Jeſus alſo, that he might ſanctify the People with his own Blood, ſuffered without the Gate. Let us go forth therefore unto him without the Camp, bearing his reproach.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the Witneſſes.</hi> To wit, that they might be in readineſs to caſt the firſt ſtone, according as the Law enjoyn'd, <hi>Deut.</hi> 17.7. <hi>Although therefore,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, all theſe things were done tumultuouſly, and that not without violation of the Governor of the Provinces Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thority, yet they would ſeem to do nothing but what the Law of God enjoyned them.</hi> Joſephus 20. Antiq. 8.
<pb n="249" facs="tcp:192139:130"/>
                  <hi>declareth that while</hi> Albinus Feſtus<hi>'s Succeſſour gover<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned</hi> Judaea, Ananias <hi>the High-Prieſt with the like boldneſs cauſed</hi> James, <hi>the Brother of the Lord to be ſtoned, on the account of which wickedneſs the Prieſthood was taken from him, and conferred on 'one</hi> Jeſus. Excellent is that of <hi>Calvin,</hi> on the now cited place of <hi>Deut.</hi> 
                  <q>Not without reaſon would God have the guilty dye by their hands, by whoſe Teſtimony they were condemned. Executioners were not made uſe of among the People of ancient times, that in puniſhing the Wicked, there might be a greater ſenſe of Religion, modeſty and reve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rence. But God eſpecially committed this charge to the Witneſſes, becauſe the Tongue of a great many is precipitant, not to ſay blabbing, ſo that they would make no ſcruple to kill one with their words, whom they durſt not ſo much as touch with their Finger. It was therefore an excellent expedient for reſtraining this lightneſs, not to receive the Teſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mony of any, unleſs his hand were ready to exe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cute Judgment.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Their Clothes.</hi> To wit, their upper, or outer Gar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments. Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Lud. de Dieu</hi> on <hi>John</hi> 13.4. ſaith, <q>Although <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in the ſingular number ſig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nifieth ſometimes a Cloak, yet <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in the plu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral number is not, that I know of, uſed to ſignify one Cloak. Nor is there any fear of their being naked. For ſeeing in thoſe hot Countries they made uſe of moſt fine ſtuff, they put on ſeveral Garments one upon another, that the force of the Sun-Beams might not eaſily penetrate them, which yet they eaſily put off, when they had occaſion ſo to do. Next to the Body was <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the Shirt;</hi> above it <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the Breeches;</hi> over it <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the Robe,</hi> a Garment that hung down to the Ankle; to which was added <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the Girdle,</hi> wherewith they girded it, that it might not hinder them in their walking; above all theſe was, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the Cloak.</hi>
                     <pb n="250" facs="tcp:192139:131"/>Suppoſe then that our Lord laid aſide his Cloak and Robe, it is rightly expreſſed in the plural number, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>his Clothes,</hi> and yet he was not naked. But alſo our Lord is rightly ſaid to have been na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ked by a phraſe uſual among the Eaſtern Nations, where he is ſaid to be naked, who hath put off his Robe, although at the ſame time he hath both his Shirt, or inner Coat and Breeches on him. Thus King <hi>Saul,</hi> ſung naked before <hi>Samuel.</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">1 Sam. 19.24.</note> Thus <hi>Peter</hi> was naked in the Boat,
<note n="†" place="margin">Joh. 21.7.</note> who therefore is ſaid to have put on <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, not certainly his innermoſt Gar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment, or Shirt, but, as its name intimates, that which was put on above the other, to wit, his Robe, which as we ſaid, was made faſt about them with the Girdle; whence it is alſo ſaid, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>he girded his upper Coat.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Young Man. Saul,</hi> who is here called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, a young Man, was, according to <hi>Chryſoſtom,</hi> upwards of 30 years of Age, when he kept the Clothes of the Witneſſes that were laid down at his Feet. And truly, a little after, when he was converted to the Faith of Chriſt, he is called by <hi>Ananias,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> a Man, <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 13. Nor is it likely the High Prieſt would have conferred ſo much power on a young Man, when he was yet under Tutors, againſt the Chriſtians. See the ſame <hi>Chap.</hi> 9.2. and <hi>Paul</hi> himſelf below, <hi>c.</hi> 26. <hi>v.</hi> 4. teſtifieth that he ſpent all his youthful years a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mong the Jews before his Converſion. <hi>Eſtius</hi> on the Epiſtle of <hi>Philemon,</hi> ſaith, <hi>That</hi> Saul <hi>the Perſecutor was called a youth, or rather a young Man,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>from the age of Youth, which reaches to the</hi> 35th <hi>year, or as others ſay, even to the</hi> 40th. <hi>Cicero,</hi> when he pleaded <hi>Sextus Roſcius</hi>'s Cauſe, calls himſelf <hi>a young Man,</hi> when yet at that time, according to <hi>Gel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lius,</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">L. 15. c. 28.</note> he was 27 years of age. <hi>Antoni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us,</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Graſs</hi> in <hi>France,</hi> in the life of <hi>Paul,</hi>
                  <pb n="251" facs="tcp:192139:131"/>writeth that he was 33 years of age, when he perſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cuted the Church of Chriſt. From that time to the 11th year of the Reign of <hi>Nero,</hi> when <hi>Paul</hi> in Bonds writ the Epiſtle to <hi>Philemon,</hi> by <hi>Oneſimus</hi> his Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vant, according to Biſhop <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ſhers</hi> Chronology, were 30 years; and therefore <hi>Paul</hi> then above the age of 60, does rightly call himſelf <hi>Paul the aged,</hi> ſeeing, as we have noted on <hi>Joel</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 2. he was called an old man by the Hebrews, who was 60 years old.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whoſe name was</hi> Paul. This Hebrew born of the Hebrews, deſcended of the Tribe of <hi>Benjamin,</hi> born at <hi>Tarſus</hi> in <hi>Cilicia</hi> (which City, that it was then fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mous for the ſtudy of Philoſophick, and Liberal Sciences, is confirmed by the Authority of <hi>Strabo,</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">L. 14.</note>) by Sect a Phariſee, and the Son of a Phariſee, did at this time apply himſelf to the ſtudy of the Law in the Synagogue of the <hi>Ci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>licians</hi> at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> and frequented the School of <hi>Ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maliel,</hi> a Doctor of the greateſt repute among the Phariſees; being a ſtrict obſerver of the Law of God, as alſo of the Traditions of their Fathers. See below, <hi>c.</hi> 21.39.22. 3. 23.6-34.26.4, 5. 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 11.22. <hi>Gal,</hi> 1.14. <hi>Phil.</hi> 3.5, 6.</p>
               <p n="59">59. <hi>And they ſtoned</hi> Stephen <hi>calling.</hi> To wit, upon the Lord Jeſus, as is plain by the ſubſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quent words The moſt Learned <hi>Cur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cellaeus</hi> ſaith;
<note n="*" place="margin">Inſtitut. l. 5. c. 21. num. 21.</note> 
                  <hi>There is no ſmall weight in theſe words of Chriſt,</hi> Joh. 14.13, 14. Whatſoever ye ſhall ask: And, if ye ſhall ask any thing in my Name, I will do it. <hi>For he could not hear the Prayers of his Servants, and grant what they ask, if he had no power. Hence it appears that that,</hi> If ye ask any thing in my Name, <hi>is to be underſtood of Prayers immediately directed to him,</hi> as if he had ſaid, <hi>If ye ask any thing of me, relying on my Power and Promiſe. Otherwiſe there is no Queſtion but we may, yea, it is our bounden duty to direct our Prayers to God the Father, in
<pb n="252" facs="tcp:192139:132"/>the name of Jeſus Chriſt, as we are taught,</hi> John 15.16-23. <hi>But of ſuch Prayers it is not ſpoken in this place. Therefore alſo</hi> Stephen <hi>made no ſcruple to call upon him even while he was a dying, ſaying,</hi> Lord Jeſus receive my Spirit. <hi>Where they ridiculouſly ſhift, who will have the word</hi> Jeſu <hi>to be of the Genitive Caſe; as if</hi> Ste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phen <hi>had not directed his Prayers to Jeſus himſelf, but to God the Father, who is the Lord of Jeſus. For, beſides that Jeſus Chriſt in the Writings of the New Teſtament is always denoted by the name of</hi> Lord, <hi>to diſtinguiſh him from God the Father, even the uſe of the Greek Tongue doth not permit that in that phraſe,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the latter word</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>ſhould be of the Genitive Caſe; for then it muſt have had an Article praefixed to it, and been expreſt,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to diſtinguiſh the Perſon of Jeſus from God the Father; otherwiſe there is no perſon skilful in that Lan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guage, who can take that Phraſe otherwiſe than in the Vo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cative Caſe, as</hi> Rev. 22.20.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And he kneeled down.</hi> As was uſual in fervent Prayers, eſpecially in dangers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Lord,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>The bleſſed</hi> Stephen, ſaith <hi>Ambroſe,
<note n="*" place="margin">Ser. 56. de Tempore.</note> by his Faith did not ſeek Chriſt upon Earth, but viewed him ſtanding on the Right Hand of God: there he found him where he ſought him with devotion of mind. But</hi> Stephen <hi>not only ſees Chriſt in Heaven, but toucheth him alſo by his Martyr<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom. For he toucheth the Lord while he prayeth for his Enemies, and as it were holding him with his Faith, he ſaith,</hi> Lord lay not this ſin to their Charge. <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nder<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtand therefore how great glory there is in true Devotion.</hi> Mary Magdalen, John 20.17. <hi>though ſtanding near our Lord, does not touch him;</hi> Stephen, <hi>while upon Earth, toucheth Chriſt in Heaven: She ſeeth not a preſent Chriſt among the Angels;</hi> Stephen <hi>among the Jews beholdeth his Lord while abſent.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Lay not.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Verbally rendred,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, it is,</hi> weigh not. So <hi>Ezra</hi> 8.25-32. <hi>Job</hi> 28.15.
<pb n="253" facs="tcp:192139:132"/>
                  <hi>Jer.</hi> 32.9, 10. <hi>Zech.</hi> 11.12. <hi>This Verb</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, to ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>count, <hi>or</hi> appoint, <hi>is inſtead of the Hebrew</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>which</hi> 1 Kings 20.39. <hi>is tranſlated</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, to weigh, <hi>Exod.</hi> 22.17. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, to render; <hi>Iſa.</hi> 55.2. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, to weigh. <hi>Anciently Money was heavy Braſs, which uſed firſt to be weighed, and then paid.</hi> Thence <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>in Greek</hi> a Weight, <hi>in Latin</hi> libripens, impendia, expenſae, pendere, penſiones, <hi>and the like. But becauſe in ballancing ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>counts, that which I charge another with, does diſcharge me as much as if I had weighed it,</hi> that is, paid it, <hi>hence it is that</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>ſignifies</hi> to charge. <hi>And by reaſon of the ſimilitude which ſins have with Money-debts, as he is ſaid to</hi> pay puniſhments, <hi>who ſuffers them, ſo he is ſaid</hi> to charge, <hi>or</hi> impute, <hi>who will exact them,</hi> not to im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pute, <hi>who will not exact them. But in this place,</hi> charge not, or lay not, <hi>imports thus much,</hi> do not make ſo great account of this ſin, as to block up their way to Converſion, <hi>even as in that ſaying of Chriſt,</hi> Luk. 23.34.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He fell aſleep.</hi> That is, he died.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the Lord,</hi> That is, For the Lord, or for Chriſts Cauſe. The Hebrews do ſo uſe <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>In the Lord,</hi> is not in the Greek Text.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="8" type="chapter">
               <pb n="254" facs="tcp:192139:133"/>
               <head>CHAP. VIII.</head>
               <p>
                  <hi>SAul,</hi> &amp;c. Being about to ſpeak of the Perſecution of the Church of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> forthwith he men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioneth <hi>Saul,</hi> who was the principal Cauſe of that Perſecution, therewithal declaring upon what ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>count he was induced to perſecute the faithful Mem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bers of Chriſt, who lived at <hi>Jeruſalem, viz.</hi> becauſe he did conſent to the death of <hi>Stephen,</hi> or rather, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe he was, as the Greek Text hath it, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>delighted together:</hi> That is, As a Zealous Phariſee, together with the ſtoners of <hi>Stephen</hi> he was deligh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted in his death, of which, in the foregoing Chap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter. So that truly, after he once taſted the blood of the Faithful, he thirſted more unſatiably after the ſame, and was the more provoked to lay his hands on them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>At that time.</hi> That is, About that time.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the Church.</hi> That is, Againſt the Church.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>All.</hi> Who had embraced the Faith of Chriſt, and conſiſted of ſome thouſands.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Were ſcattered abroad throughout the Countries of</hi> Ju<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dea, <hi>and</hi> Samaria. That is, Through the Towns and Villages of <hi>Samaria,</hi> ſtrictly ſo called. Some of theſe Believers ſo ſcattered abroad, not long after went unto <hi>Damaſcus,</hi> below, <hi>chap.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 19. <hi>&amp;</hi> 25. among whom was <hi>Ananias,</hi> a Religious Man accor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding to the Law, and having a Teſtimony of all the Jews that dwelt thereabouts, below, <hi>chap.</hi> 22. <hi>v.</hi> 12. Some unto <hi>Rome</hi> itſelf peradventure, and among theſe <hi>Andronicus,</hi> and <hi>Junius,</hi> Kinſmen of <hi>Saul</hi> the Perſecutor, and who before him imbraced the Faith of Chriſt, <hi>Rom.</hi> 16.7. Some finally went even unto <hi>Phaenice, Cyprus,</hi> and <hi>Antioch,</hi> preaching the Word of
<pb n="255" facs="tcp:192139:133"/>the Lord unto the Jews only, below, <hi>chap.</hi> 11.19. to thoſe, <hi>viz.</hi> that were ſcattered abroad in thoſe pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces among the Nations, <hi>Jam.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 1. 1 <hi>Pet</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 1.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Except the Apostles.</hi> Who ſtayed at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> that with an invincible conſtancy they might there profeſs themſelves to be the Witneſſes, and Prea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chers by the ſpecial appointment of God, of thoſe things, which they did aſſuredly know by hearing and ſeeing of Chriſt, the Saviour of Mankind.</p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>They took care,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſhould have ſaid, The devout Men took care of <hi>Stephens</hi> burial toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther, and did witneſſs both by words, and great ſtore of tears, how grievouſly, and bitterly they took his death, who did in no ways deſerve it at their hand. Which, notwithſtanding it is not once to be doubted, but that they did do it moderately enough, ſeeing they were well acquainted with the Precepts of Chriſt, which among other things alſo did forbid immoderate grief. See 1 <hi>Theſ.</hi> 4.13.</p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>Saul,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Luke</hi> returneth again to deſcribe the Perſecution of the Faithful of the Church of <hi>Jeruſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem,</hi> as if he ſhould have ſaid, In ſo great outragiouſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs of the bloody Jews againſt the Church of Chriſt, <hi>Saul</hi> did more waſte it then the reſt; for ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving received power from the Sanhedrin, not only when the Saints were put to death by him, did he give his voice againſt them, but alſo he entring into every houſe, and hailing thence both Men and Wo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men, did bind them, and commit them into Priſon, and did beat them often thorow all Synagogues: and ſo for fear he forced ſome to blaſpheme by denying Chriſt, he perſecuted others, conſtant in the Faith, to death. So cruel and furious is the vehemency of the Zeal which is not according to knowledge. See below, <hi>ch.</hi> 9.13, <hi>&amp;</hi> 21. <hi>ch.</hi> 22.4, 5, <hi>&amp;</hi> 19. <hi>ch.</hi> 26.9, 10 <hi>&amp;</hi> 11. <hi>Gal.</hi> 1.13, <hi>&amp;</hi> 23. <hi>Ihil.</hi> 3.6. 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 1.13.</p>
               <pb n="256" facs="tcp:192139:134"/>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>Therefore they that were ſcattered abroad.</hi> For the Perſecution raiſed at <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Paſſed over.</hi> That is, Travelled over divers places.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Preaching the Word of God.</hi> That is, Preaching, &amp; de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>claring wherever they came the Doctrine of Chriſt confirmed by his &amp; his Apoſtles Miracles. Which man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner of preaching of the Goſpel is granted to any Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtian that is well Catechized in the Chriſtian Doctrine; yea, rather Charity, which we owe to others eſtranged from it, and the love of ſpreading the glory of God, requireth the ſelf ſame from every Chriſtian.</p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>Philip.</hi> He, who above, <hi>chap.</hi> 6.5. is reckoned the ſecond in the Regiſter of Deacons, and below, <hi>chap.</hi> 21.8. is called an Evangeliſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Going down unto the City of</hi> Samaria. That is to ſay, Coming down into <hi>Sebaste,</hi> which commonly was called <hi>Samaria,</hi> or, if we credit famous <hi>Lightfoots</hi> conjectures, into <hi>Sichem,</hi> which at that time was the Metropolitan, or Mother City of all <hi>Samaria.</hi> See what we have ſpoken of <hi>Samaria</hi> above, <hi>chap.</hi> 1.6.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Did preach Christ unto them.</hi> That is, did bring Tidings of the comfortable Goſpel of Chriſt to the Inhabitants of that City.</p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>And the people gave heed,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſhould have ſaid, A great multitude of Men and Women, with one accord did conſent unto the Doctrine prea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ched by <hi>Philip,</hi> having heard the Miracles which elſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>where he had wrought; and having ſeen thoſe which he did work, while they did ſee him.</p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>Many,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſhould have ſaid, Becauſe many poſſeſſed with evil Spirits, were releaſed from their Tyranny, the Devils themſelves ſhewing that they were thruſt out of the poſſeſſed againſt their will, and very many others that had Palſies, or lame hands, or feet, were healed.</p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>And there was great joy in that City.</hi> Both for the benefit of the Cures, and for the Grace of the Goſpel.</p>
               <pb n="257" facs="tcp:192139:134"/>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>But there was a certain man called</hi> Simon. By Sirname <hi>Githeus,</hi> from <hi>Gitta,</hi> a Village of <hi>Samaria,</hi> where he was born.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which before time.</hi> That is, Before <hi>Philip</hi> the Dea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>con had come down from <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> to <hi>Samaria.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Was in the City.</hi> Of which the former verſe makes mention.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A Sorcerer.</hi> That is, working ſuch effects by Diabolical Art, which he could not work, neither by a Divine, nor Natural Power.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Seducing the Nation of</hi> Samaria. As if he ſhould have ſaid, And by this means it came to paſs that he inchanted, and bewitched the Nation of the <hi>Samari<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tans.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Giving out that himſelf was ſome great One.</hi> That is, loftily boaſting. The Scholiaſt of <hi>Horace</hi> upon the firſt Epiſtle of the ſecond Book, <hi>Like a Conjurer, let him promiſe to do great things.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>To whom they all gave heed from the leaſt to the greateſt.</hi> That is, All for the moſt part believed his Inchantments, not only the <hi>Samaritans</hi> of the baſer, and poorer ſort, but alſo of the more worthy, and higher ſort. There is no reſpect here had by the word of the <hi>leaſt, and greateſt</hi> to age, but unto the ſtate or condition, as <hi>Deut.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 17. <hi>Pſa.</hi> 115. <hi>v.</hi> 13.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Saying,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſhould ſay, That they were ſo fully perſuaded that <hi>Simon</hi> himſelf was that power of God, which every Nation does Worſhip as the high<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eſt. <hi>Simon did ſay,</hi> ſays <hi>Irenaeus</hi> in his firſt Book, ch. 20. <hi>That he was the higheſt power, that is, he who is Father above all things.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>And to him they had regard.</hi> As if he ſhould ſay, <hi>Simon</hi> had ſo great Authority among the <hi>Samari<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tans.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By his Sorceries.</hi> That is, By his Magick bewitch<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Had bewitched.</hi> That is, Had driven them unto
<pb n="258" facs="tcp:192139:135"/>madneſs. Satan can work ſo much by his Inſtruments upon the minds of Men, when God permits him.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>But when they believed.</hi> To wit, The <hi>Samari<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tans,</hi> being delivered from their madneſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Preaching the things,</hi> &amp;c. That is, To him Preach<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing that moſt Bleſſed, Heavenly State, which by the Grace of God, through the Merits of Jeſus Chriſt, they were about to obtain, who did moſt ſtedfaſtly believe the promiſes of the ſame Chriſt, and did moſt conſtantly obey his Precepts. <hi>Luke</hi> above, <hi>v.</hi> 5. did more briefly expreſs the ſum of the Goſpel <hi>by the Preaching of Chriſt;</hi> here more fully, <hi>by the Preaching of the Kingdom of God, and of the name of Jeſus Christ;</hi> but the ſenſe in both places is the ſame; for Chriſt brings us back, reconciles, reſtores us into favour with God: afterwards regenerates us by his Spirit; that Satan being overthrown, God may reign in us, and we renewed unto Spiritual Righteouſneſs, and dead unto the world, may live a heavenly life in the Earth, and at length may obtain eternal bleſſedneſs in the Heavens.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They were baptized.</hi> That is, they were dipt in the water, according to Chriſts Command, <hi>Mat.</hi> 16.16.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Both Men and Women.</hi> Who, <hi>viz.</hi> did profeſs themſelves to have imbraced the Chriſtian Religion; but not Infants, who ſeeing they do not at all under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtand the Goſpel Preached, they cannot conſent unto it, that is, They cannot believe. See what we have ſaid above, <hi>chap.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 38. <hi>&amp;</hi> 41. and what we ſhall ſay below, <hi>v.</hi> 37. <hi>&amp;</hi> 38.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>Then</hi> Simon. That man in times paſt ſo per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verſe, and notoriouſly wicked.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Himſelf believed alſo.</hi> The Doctrine of the Goſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pel Preached by <hi>Philip,</hi> to wit, with a temporary Faith, if thoſe things be true which the Fathers have written concerning the ſame <hi>Simon.</hi> See <hi>Mark</hi> 4.17. &amp; <hi>Luke</hi> 8.13.</p>
               <pb n="259" facs="tcp:192139:135"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And when he was baptized.</hi> That is, and when he had profeſſed his Faith publickly, by being dipt in the water, according to Chriſts Commandment.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He joined himſelf to</hi> Philip. That is, He departed not from <hi>Philips</hi> ſide, and gave heed both continually and daily to his Preaching.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Beholding the Signs, and Miracles which were done.</hi> That is, The Miracles which were wrought by <hi>Philip</hi> through the power of God, for the confirmation of the Doctrine Preached by him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Being amazed, wondered.</hi> Such truly is the force of the Spirit of God, that it can move the hearts of the moſt wicked Men, and draw them into amaze<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment.</p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>When.</hi> As if he ſhould have ſaid, But the Apoſtles, who, as is ſaid above, <hi>ver.</hi> 1. tarried at <hi>Jeruſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem,</hi> when the reſt of the Faithful were ſcattered abroad from thence, being informed of the Conver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſion of the <hi>Samaritans</hi> unto the Faith of Chriſt, ſent <hi>Peter</hi> and <hi>John</hi> out of their Company, unto <hi>Samaria,</hi> by conſent of them all, to the end, they might lay their hands on the <hi>Samaritans,</hi> and ſo might give them the ſingular gifts of the Holy Spirit, as appears by that which follows. By the way, hence we may ſee, that <hi>Peter</hi> was not a Monarch of the Apoſtolical Colledge, and of the whole Church, for the Am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>baſſadour uſes not to be greater, and higher then he that ſends him. I do reckon the Pope will not ſuffer himſelf to be ſent in Embaſſy any where by his Car<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dinals, and fellow Biſhops.</p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>Who. Peter,</hi> to wit, And <hi>John.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>When they were come. Viz.</hi> Unto the City of <hi>Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maria,</hi> in which <hi>Philip</hi> the Deacon had Preached the Goſpel of Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Prayed for them. Samaritans.</hi> Hence we may ſee that the power of beſtowing the gifts of the Holy Spirit is not in the power of the Apoſtles, but in
<pb n="260" facs="tcp:192139:136"/>the power of God, and Chriſt; for otherwiſe there was no need of <hi>Peter,</hi> and <hi>Johns</hi> Prayers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That they might receive the Holy Ghost.</hi> That is, thoſe excellent gifts of the Holy Spirit, with which every where then they who believed in Chriſt, &amp; not only they who were to preach the Goſpel, and govern the Church, were wonderfully gifted: that having obtained the gift of Propheſying, and ſpeaking with divers Tongues, they might confirm the Doctrine of Chriſt, which then was new. See above, <hi>chap.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 38. and below, <hi>chap.</hi> 10. <hi>v.</hi> 44, 45, &amp; 46. <hi>chap.</hi> 19.6. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 12. <hi>v.</hi> 8, 9 &amp; 10.</p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>For as yet he was not come upon any of them.</hi> As if he ſhould ſay, None of theſe <hi>Samaritans</hi> as yet was gifted with thoſe excellent gifts, in which God did preſent, or ſhew, as it were, the viſible preſence of his Spirit for a time to his Church, that he might con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firm the Authority of his Goſpel for ever, and that he might witneſs that his Spirit is to be alway the chief ruler, and directer of Believers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Were baptized,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſhould ſay, Although they had now believed in Chriſt, and had profeſſed publickly their Faith, by being Baptized with Wa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter, according to the Commandment of Chriſt. And hence we may ſee that thoſe extraordinary gifts of the Holy Spirit, are neither tied to the ſincerity of Faith, nor to Baptiſm of Water lawfully received, ſo far are they from being conferred by any vertue of Faith or Baptiſm of Water.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>Then laid they their hands.</hi> Many Nations had a Cuſtom, but chiefly the Jews, to point out the moſt excellent things, not only with words, but alſo with viſible ſigns; hence ariſeth laying on of hands, when by Prayers the Divine Power was invocated for another. See <hi>Gen.</hi> 44. <hi>v.</hi> 14 &amp; 15. <hi>Matth.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 18.19. <hi>v.</hi> 13, &amp; 14. <hi>Ma<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>k</hi> 20. <hi>v.</hi> 16. but God was wont to give this Honour to his Prophets, as to beſtow his gifts
<pb n="261" facs="tcp:192139:136"/>upon others, at the prayers of the Prophets, of which prayers impoſition of hands was a Symbol. So <hi>Moſes</hi> was commanded to lay his hands on <hi>Joſhua,</hi> that he by that means might receive the larger gifts of the Spirit at the Prayers of <hi>Moſes, Numb.</hi> 27. <hi>v.</hi> 18 &amp; 20. <hi>Naaman,</hi> the <hi>Syrian</hi> Prince, conjoyneth calling on Gods Name with laying on of hands, 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 5.11. Even ſo, God being called upon by his Apoſtles, did beſtow thoſe ſingular gifts at the laying on of their hands, with which he gifted the moſt part of the faithful, at the beginning of the Preaching of the Goſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pel, that they might be a moſt ſure ſign of the Faith of thoſe that were converted to Chriſt, and an undoubted token of the verity of the Doctrine of Chriſt. <hi>Let us remember,</hi> excellently ſays <hi>Calvin, That the laying on of hands, was the inſtrument of God, at which time he did give the viſible graces of his Spirit to his own. But ſince the Church hath been deprived of ſuch Riches, to wit, the viſible graces of his Spirit, laying on of hands would be but an unprofitable Image.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they received the Holy Ghoſt.</hi> As if he ſhould have ſaid, God did give unto the <hi>Samaritans</hi> conver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted unto Chriſt, and dipt into the Water, according to his Precept, at the Prayers of the Apoſtles, and their laying on of hands, the graces of his Spirit, wherewith they being gifted, could Propheſy, and do Wonders, ſuch as are mentioned, 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 12.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>And when he had ſeen,</hi> &amp;c. That is, when <hi>Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon Magus</hi> perceived that thoſe, on whom the Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtles laid their hands, did as ſurely receive the gifts of the Spirit, as if thoſe gifts had been in the Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtles power, he will buy this power of giving thoſe peculiar graces unto them, on whom he ſhould lay his hands. And indeed, becauſe <hi>Simon</hi> did reckon the Heavenly gift ſuch a vile thing, that he firſt un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der the Goſpel did attempt to purchaſe it with Money, the giving, and receiving of an Earthly Price for an
<pb n="262" facs="tcp:192139:137"/>Holy, and Spiritual Thing, is called Simony, 1. q. 1 <hi>c. Presbyter,</hi> &amp; 1. q. 3. <hi>c. Altare.</hi> The Canoniſts, not<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>withſtanding out of the Opinion of the Schoolmen, call the Buyers of Holy Things, <hi>Simoniacal Perſons,</hi> the Sellers <hi>Giezites,</hi> from <hi>Giezi,</hi> Heb. <hi>Gehazi,</hi> the Servant of <hi>Eliſha</hi> the Prophet, 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 5.20, &amp;c.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Give ye,</hi> &amp;c. He will not buy the gifts of the Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly Spirit, that were commonly given to Believers, but that gift, wherewith the Apoſtles alone being indued, to wit, that at their Prayers thoſe gifts were beſtowed on whomſoever they laid their hands, as if that could be priſed, that is dearer than all gold.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>Thy Money,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſhould ſay, Thy Money offered to ſuch a wicked uſe, being as it were altogether infected, and polluted with the contagion of the wickedneſs of thy prophane mind, abide with thee. and periſh with thee in the ſame deſtruction, which, unleſs thou repent, ſhall ſurely befall thee; ſeeing that thou doſt ſo contemptuouſly undervalue the Spirit of God, that thou wouldeſt ſet to wicked Sale his ineſtimable gift given freely unto us to illu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtrate the glory of Chriſt by our Miniſtry. <hi>Beda,</hi> and the common gloſs have obſerved that the words of <hi>Peter</hi> are not ſo much a Curſe, as a Threatning, or Threatning Prediction, but that it is conditionally to be underſtood in reſpect of the Perſon of <hi>Simon,</hi> is made manifeſt below, <hi>v.</hi> 22.</p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>Thou haſt,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſhould ſay, for nei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther as thou art now diſpoſed, canſt thou be either partaker, or ſharer of that eternal life which we do Preach. <hi>Peter</hi> gives an account why he thundered forth a deteſtable Prediction againſt <hi>Simon Magus</hi> ſo confidently, even now in the foregoing verſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In this Preaching.</hi> To wit, Preached by us, of ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>taining eternal life, by a ſincere, and lively faith in Chriſt. This Preaching is every where called <hi>the Goſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pel, and the Word of God.</hi> See above, <hi>v.</hi> 4 &amp; 14.</p>
               <pb n="263" facs="tcp:192139:137"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>For thy heart is not right in the ſight of God.</hi> Many who are not of a right heart in the ſight of God, oftentimes excel in gifts of the Spirit, for neither did the perverſeneſs, and hypocriſy of <hi>Judas</hi> the Traitor, hinder him to excel in the gifts of the Spirit: nei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther had the gifts of the Spirit been ſo corrupted, 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 14. if their hearts had been ſincere, and eſtran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ged from all wickedneſs. <hi>Peter</hi> therefore doth not give the cauſe why <hi>Simon</hi> could not partake of the gifts of the Spirit, as thoſe do ſuppoſe, who do think by the name of <hi>Preaching,</hi> to be ſignifyed by an He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braiſm, the gifts of the Holy Spirit; but why he could not obtain eternal life, promiſed in the Goſpel, Preached by the Apoſtles, becauſe truly God is the ſearcher of hearts, who doth not ſave any, except the upright in heart; he ſeeth his heart to be wicked and perverſe, and by crooked windings, or back<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>goings, to have turned from the ſincerity of the Goſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pel.</p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>Repent therefore,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſhould have ſaid, If therefore thou wilt be acquitted of that puniſhment which doth abide for thee, repent forth<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>with of thy wickedneſs; and having caſt off all per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verſeneſs, and hypocriſy, do thou uprightly, and ſin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerely direct all thy actions up to the rule of the Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctrine of the Goſpel Preached by us, and come to God, to intreat him that he would mercifully pardon that guileful device of thy heart, to abuſe wickedly the gifts of his Spirit into prophane gain. The Par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticle, <hi>if perhaps</hi> in this place does not ſignify any doubt, but how much difficulty and labour <hi>Simon</hi> is to have in intreating againſt the puniſhment of his wicked deed. <hi>Therefore,</hi> ſays Calvin, <hi>Peter does not ſtrike a fear upon</hi> Simon, <hi>that might ſubvert, or over<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>throw this confidence of obtaining in his heart, or trouble him: but cauſing unto him an undoubted hope, if he ſhould beg it humbly, and from his heart, only for the cauſe of
<pb n="264" facs="tcp:192139:138"/>ſtirring up of ferventneſs, putteth him in remembrance, that pardon for the hainouſneſs of his offence was difficult. It is neceſſary that our faith ſhine before us in going to God: even that it may be the Mother of praying.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>In the gall of bitterneſs,</hi> &amp;c. Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. The Interpreters take <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>in,</hi> with the Accuſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tive Caſe for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>in,</hi> with the Ablative, which elſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>where I confeſs is neceſſary, whether it may be ſo here, I doubt; for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> may contain a Hebraiſm, as it is, <hi>Iſa.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 31. <hi>and the ſtrong ſhall be</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>for Tow,</hi> that is, as Tow, <hi>and his work for a ſpark,</hi> that is, as a ſpark. 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 6. <hi>v.</hi> 18. <hi>I ſhall be unto you</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>for a Father,</hi> that is, as a Father, <hi>and ye ſhall be unto me,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>for Sons and Daughters,</hi> that is, Sons and Daughters. So in this place, <hi>Peter</hi> ſaith more emphatically, that <hi>Simon</hi> is the pure gall of bitter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs, and a meer bond of Iniquity, then to be in the gall of bitterneſs, and bond, or band of iniquity. As if he ſhould ſay, I ſee thee wholly, how great ſoever thou art, to abound with ſins, and to be intang<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ed almoſt with inextricable vices. In the words of <hi>Peter</hi> there are two very elegant Metaphors, whereof the firſt ſeems to be taken out of <hi>Deut.</hi> 29. <hi>v.</hi> 18. &amp; 32. <hi>v.</hi> 31. the other out of <hi>Iſa.</hi> 58. <hi>v.</hi> 6. See the like phraſes, 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 26. &amp; <hi>Heb.</hi> 12. <hi>v.</hi> 15.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>Pray ye to the Lord for me.</hi> Simon did feel that he was ſuch within as <hi>Peter</hi> did ſay. Therefore when he did judge <hi>Peter,</hi> and his fellow <hi>John,</hi> to be ſig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nally honoured with grace, and love by our Lord Je<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſus, and to be dear unto God, he will uſe their prayer, as they did uſe <hi>Jobs</hi> Prayer, who did injure him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That none of theſe things which ye have ſpoken come upon me.</hi> To wit, above, <hi>v.</hi> 20. but although one only <hi>Peter</hi> is faid to have ſpoken, <hi>John,</hi> notwith<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtanding did approve of his words, or ſpoke like to them. <hi>Now,</hi> ſays <hi>Calvin, a Queſtion doth ariſe, what is to be thought of</hi> Simon? <hi>The Scripture leads us no far<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
<pb n="265" facs="tcp:192139:138"/>then unto a conjecture, that he yieldeth unto the re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>buke, and being touched with the ſenſe of his ſin, feareth the judgment of God, afterward betakes himſelf unto the mercy of God, and commendeth himſelf to the Prayers of the Church. Theſe being certainly not the leaſt ſigns of penitence, therefore we may conjecture he did repent. And notwithſtanding the Ancients with one conſent do write that he was a grievous Adverſary to</hi> Peter <hi>afterward, and that he did diſpute with him three days at</hi> Rome. <hi>There is a written diſputation that goes under the name of</hi> Clement, <hi>but which contains ſuch unpleaſant dotings, that it is a wonder Chriſtian Ears can bear it. After<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards</hi> Auguſtin <hi>ſheweth unto</hi> Januarius, <hi>that there were divers, and fabulous reports ſpread about that matter in his time at</hi> Rome: <hi>wherefore there is nothing ſafer then having renounced uncertain Opinions, ſimply to embrace what is written in the Scripture. What elſewhere we have read written concerning</hi> Simon, <hi>may deſervedly be ſuſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pected for many Cauſes. Epiphanius</hi> counteth it among the Hereſies of <hi>Simon,</hi> that he ſaid the Old Teſta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment was from an evil God; when, notwithſtanding a great many other Fathers do write of him, that he did ſay that he himſelf was the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit, and in the Perſon of the Father, he did give the Law to the Jews upon Mount <hi>Sinai,</hi> and that he did appear in the Perſon of the Son in the time of <hi>Tiberius,</hi> and did ſuffer an imagi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nary death, and that afterwards he did deſcend in fiery Tongues in the Perſon of the Holy Spirit upon the Apoſtles: and that Chriſt neither did come, nor did ſuffer any thing by the Jews. A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gain, others do write that he did teach that he him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelf was God, and deſcended in <hi>Samaria</hi> as the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther, and did appear to the Jews as the Son, in the reſt of the Nations he did deſcend as the Holy Ghoſt. <hi>Ignatius</hi> unto the <hi>Trallians,</hi> calls <hi>Simon Magus, The firſt
<pb n="266" facs="tcp:192139:139"/>begotten Son of the Serpent,
<note place="margin">Apol. 2. ad Antoninum.</note> that was the Prince of Wickedneſs. Juſtin Martyr</hi> tel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>leth us that at <hi>Rome,</hi> in the Iſland of <hi>Aeſculapius</hi> in the River of <hi>Tiber,</hi> betwixt the two Bridges, that the ſame <hi>Simon</hi> was rewarded with a Statue, and Altar, having this Inſcription in Latin letters, <hi>To</hi> Simon <hi>the holy God. Photius</hi> ſays that <hi>Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon</hi> did carry an Image of Chriſt about him, in his <hi>Epiſt.</hi> 38. <hi>Epiphanius Haer.</hi> 21. telleth us that he brought in the Worſhip of Images. We may ſee in <hi>Beda,</hi> in the fifth Book of his Hiſtory of <hi>England, chap.</hi> 28. that a certain kind of ſhaving was invented by him.
<note place="margin">Haer. 39.</note> From him, ſays <hi>Auſtin,</hi> did come the Angelicks, ſo called, becauſe they did Worſhip Angels Religiouſly, whom the Apoſtle rebukes, <hi>Col.</hi> 2.18. The which Hereſy, <hi>Theodoretus,</hi> writes, that it did ariſe in the Apoſtles time, on the cited place of the bleſſed <hi>Paul:</hi> and that the thirtieth Canon of the Council of <hi>Laodicea,</hi> is to be underſtood concerning the ſame Hereticks, who in the ſame Country of <hi>Aſia</hi> did build Orato<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ries to Saint <hi>Michael</hi> the Arch-Angel. From him did alſo proceed the <hi>Collyridians,</hi> who did Worſhip Chriſts Mother with Divine Honour, witneſs <hi>Epi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phanius. Simon</hi> did ſay that how many ſoever belie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved in him, do not fear the threats of the Law, but act whatſoever they act as Free-men: for they were not to obtain Salvation by good Works, but by Grace. <hi>Theodoretus</hi> declareth that of him in his abridgment of Hereſies. It is manifeſt out of <hi>Origens</hi> Book againſt <hi>Celſus,</hi> that the <hi>Simon</hi> his Diſci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples did deny Jeſus to be the Son of God, and the ſame <hi>Origen</hi> in his ſixth Book againſt <hi>Celſus,</hi> teſtifies unto us that he did ſhun Martyrdom, and without difference Worſhip Idols. The ſame <hi>Simon</hi> is repor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted to have had for a Companion of his Crimes one <hi>Selene,</hi> that is, the Moon, or as others call her
<pb n="267" facs="tcp:192139:139"/>
                  <hi>Helen,</hi> a Harlot of <hi>Tyre,</hi> whom after he had taken out of the Cuſtom-houſe, that he might commend her to all, as <hi>Numa Pompilius</hi> his <hi>Egeria,</hi> he did call her Goddeſs, the Holy Spirit, and Divine good plea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſure, and did affirm that of her he did beget An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gels, and that the <hi>Trojan</hi> War in time paſt was under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>taken for her, who is that loſt ſheep whom he came down from Heaven for to ſeek, having diſguiſed his form of God, that the Angels that are over every one of the Heavens, might not know him. Let the belief of all theſe, and other things, which are re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ported of <hi>Simon,</hi> lie upon the Authors Credit.</p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>And they indeed.</hi> To wit, <hi>Peter,</hi> and <hi>John,</hi> who were lately ſent thither from <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Teſtified, and Preached the Word of God.</hi> As if he ſhould ſay, After they had faithfully uttered what things they had learned from our Lord Chriſt, that the ſure Authority of the Goſpel Doctrine, Preached by <hi>Philip</hi> the Deacon, might continue, and flouriſh, as a well witneſſed, and authentical Verity. Hence it is manifeſt therefore, that not only <hi>Peter,</hi> and <hi>John</hi> came down to <hi>Samaria,</hi> from <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> that they might enrich the <hi>Samaritans</hi> with the gifts of the Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly Spirit, but alſo that they might eſtabliſh them in the Faith they had even now received, by approving of the Doctrine of <hi>Philip.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Preached the Goſpel in many Villages of the</hi> Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maritans. As if he ſhould ſay, They Preached the Goſpel in many of the Towns of the <hi>Samaritans,</hi> through which they went.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>And the Angel,</hi> &amp;c. Our Lord Jeſus in his unparallel'd Clemency and Mercy uſeth one of the Heavenly Meſſengers, who now are ſubject unto him ſince he is gone into Heaven, 1 <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>et.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 22. to communicate that knowledge that bringeth Salva<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion unto men.</p>
               <pb n="268" facs="tcp:192139:140"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Spake unto</hi> Philip. <hi>Viz.</hi> The Deacon, and now an Evangeliſt, who in <hi>Samaria</hi> firſt Preached the Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctrine of Chriſt, and declared it to be true by Mira<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cles.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ariſe,</hi> &amp;c. The Angel neither ſpeaking any thing raſhly, nor concealing any thing craftily, expreſſeth unto <hi>Philip</hi> whither he muſt go to try his Obedience, ſhews him what Chriſt would have him to do; with what profit, and unto what end he hideth, and keep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth it ſecret from him. So whoſoever committing the ſucceſs unto the Lord, ſhall go wherever he ſhall command him, he ſhall find by experience that it ſhall happily proſper, whatever thing he undertaketh at his command.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto</hi> Gaza. <hi>Gaza</hi> is the pure Hebrew word, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. This name ſignifies <hi>fortified, ſtrong.</hi> The LXX are wont to pronounce the letter <hi>Ain</hi> by <hi>g,</hi> and ſome<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times they omit it, whence this City of <hi>Phoenicia</hi> is called <hi>Aza,</hi> or <hi>Gaza;</hi> in ancient times it did belong to the <hi>Philiſtines,</hi> afterwards to the Jews, for <hi>Juda</hi> took it, <hi>Judges</hi> 12.18. afterwards in proceſs of time <hi>Alexander</hi> the great did vanquiſh it, in beſieging of which, he received a wound upon his Shoulders, as <hi>Arrianus</hi> doth write in his ſecond Book concerning <hi>Alexanders</hi> expedition, whoſe ſituation he doth thus deſcribe: <hi>Gaza is diſtant from the Sea about twenty fur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>longs, and there is a ſandy, and deep aſcent unto it; and the Sea that is near the City, is ſlimy; the City itſelf is great, and ſituated on a high hill, and compaſſed about with a ſtrong wall, it is the utmoſt inhabited to one that goeth out of</hi> Phoenicia, <hi>unto</hi> Aegypt, <hi>at the entrance of the Wilderneſs.</hi> At length <hi>Alexander</hi> King of the Jews, who alſo was called <hi>Janneus,
<note place="margin">3 Antiq. 21.</note> Ariſtobolus</hi> Bro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther, did demoliſh it, witneſs <hi>Joſephus. Samſon,</hi> or <hi>Simſon,</hi> of old a Judge of the Hebrews, did make this City famous by his noble Acts, and Death, <hi>Judg.</hi> 16. from the ſituation of this, the <hi>new Gaza</hi> is little
<pb n="269" facs="tcp:192139:140"/>diſtant, as we learn by <hi>Juſtus</hi> the Hebrew, and <hi>Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minicus Marius Niger</hi> in his fourth Book. It was called <hi>Conſtantia,</hi> in the time of <hi>Conſtantine</hi> the Great, from <hi>Constantia</hi> his Siſter, as <hi>Euſebius</hi> informeth us in his Chronicle. From this Town were <hi>Procopius Gazaeus,</hi> alſo <hi>Timotheus Gazaeus,</hi> who as <hi>Suidas</hi> writes, flouriſhed under <hi>Anastaſius</hi> the Emperour. <hi>Nathan,</hi> the falſe Prophet, did ariſe in it about the year of our Lord, 1666. who together with his falſe Meſſiah, <hi>Sebathai Sebi,</hi> did deceive the fooliſh Jews, not thoſe whom
<q>Titan <hi>of better clay their inwards fram'd.</hi>
                  </q> Men, and more eſpecially Fools, do believe what things they do deſire.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>This is deſert.</hi> A Hebraiſm, that is, which is deſert. Some refer this unto the way, which in reſpect of the other way, leading to the ſame place was not very common, for the Wilderneſs of Mount <hi>Caſius</hi> lies between them, as <hi>Strabo</hi> does write in his ſixteenth Book. Others rather unto the ancient <hi>Gaza,</hi> which remained deſert from <hi>Jamneius,</hi> or <hi>Jannaeus</hi> his time. <hi>Strabo,</hi> who flouriſhed about the time of <hi>Tiberius,</hi> beareth witneſs that this <hi>Gaza</hi> was not inhabited a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bout the time <hi>Luke</hi> wrote theſe things; in that notwithſtanding he was deceived, that he did think it remained deſert from the time of <hi>Alexander</hi> the great.</p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>And he aroſe and went,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſhould ſay, Being about to obey the voice of the Angel, he went preſently whither he was commanded.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And behold a man of</hi> Aethiopia. That is, a certain Man of <hi>Aethiopia,</hi> which, as it is thought, is now called the Kingdom of the <hi>Abyſſines. Zaga Zabo,</hi> Biſhop of the <hi>Abyſſines,</hi> in <hi>Damianus à Goes, We,</hi> ſays he, <hi>did receive Baptiſm almoſt before all other Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans,
<pb n="270" facs="tcp:192139:141"/>from the Eunuch of</hi> Candace, <hi>Queen of</hi> Aethiopia, <hi>whoſe name was</hi> Indich. <hi>Irenaeus</hi> in his third Book, <hi>ch.</hi> 21. <hi>Euſebius</hi> in his ſecond Book, <hi>ch.</hi> 1. <hi>Hier.</hi> on <hi>Iſa.</hi> 51. teſtifie, that the ſeeds of the Goſpel were ſown by this Eunuch among the <hi>Aethiopians,</hi> and were after<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward adorned, and farther ſpread abroad among them by <hi>Matthew</hi> the Evangeliſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>An Eunuch.</hi> This Greek name is derived from <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which ſignifies a <hi>Bed,</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>I have:</hi> which ſig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nifies a Groom of the Chamber, but becauſe truly they who were ſet over the Nurſery of Women, as the keepers of the Womens Bed, were commonly gelded; by this name were all called, whoſe Stones were cut off, wounded, or bruiſed, which are as the witneſſes of Manhood. Nature hath denied the uſe of Venery to this ſort of men, for their too great coldneſs. The Kings of <hi>Perſia</hi> made uſe of Eunuchs, and <hi>Stephanus</hi> alſo naming a certain Village of <hi>Perſia,</hi> called <hi>Spada,</hi> in which the cuſtom of gel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding began. <hi>Terence</hi> alſo is a ſufficient enough wit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs in his ſecond Scene of the firſt Act of his <hi>Comedy Eunuchus,</hi> that Eunuchs were wont to be uſed in the ſervice of Queens. <hi>Thou ſaidſt moreo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver that thou wouldeſt have a Eunuch, becauſe Queens alone make uſe of thoſe; I have found one.</hi> Therefore if that <hi>Aethiopian</hi> was gelded, that was fulfilled in him, which <hi>Iſaiah</hi> did foretel, <hi>ch.</hi> 56. <hi>v.</hi> 4, <hi>&amp;</hi> 5.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Powerful.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>Cicero</hi> uſes this Greek word in his eleventh <hi>Philippic</hi> Oration, <hi>Seneca</hi> in his <hi>Thyeſte.</hi> It is rendred by <hi>Tertullian</hi> in his Book con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning the Reſurrection of the fleſh, <hi>Potentator,</hi> that is, a Man of great Authority.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nder</hi> Candace <hi>Queen of the</hi> Aethiopians. <hi>Pliny</hi> in his ſixth Book of his natural Hiſtory, <hi>ch.</hi> 29. ſaith that <hi>Candace</hi> was a common name to all the Queens of <hi>Aethiopia,</hi> which had paſſed unto them for many years ſince. <hi>Ludovicus de Dieu</hi> ſays, <hi>That this Queens
<pb n="271" facs="tcp:192139:141"/>proper name was called</hi> Lacaſa, <hi>the Catalogue of the</hi> Aethiopian <hi>Kings doth affirm it; which</hi> Marianus Rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinus <hi>doth ſubjoyn unto his Grammar; although little cre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dit be to be given unto that Catalogue, becauſe it is ſtuffed very full of Fables and Trifles.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who had the charge of all her Treaſures.</hi> The Greek word is thought to be a <hi>Perſian</hi> word, ſignifying Riches, moveable Goods, a common Treaſure, and whatſoever thing we poſſeſs. That Eunuch then was the Keeper of the Queens Money, or principal Offi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cer of the Queens Treaſure, which is wont to be called <hi>Treaſurer.</hi> The <hi>Aethiopian</hi> Interpreter addeth, that this Eunuch was Governor of the City of <hi>Gaza.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And had come to</hi> Jeruſalem <hi>for to Worſhip.</hi> This Eunuch had come to Sacrifice to the true God into the place Conſecrated by the Law to his ſolemn Worſhip, being either a Jew by deſcent, although born in <hi>Aethiopia,</hi> or a Proſelyte; for <hi>Cornelius</hi> was the firſt fruits of the Uncircumciſion, below, <hi>ch.</hi> 10.</p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>Was returning,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſhould ſay, And after the Sacrifices were ended at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> he was incontinently carried home again into <hi>Aethiopia</hi> in his own Chariot, and was reading in the Prophet <hi>Iſaiah.</hi> It is an excellent pattern of Godlineſs, that ſo great a Potentate did, even while he was in his Journey, earneſtly read the Holy Scriptures, although he was but <hi>a Lay-man,</hi> as they commonly call it, and <hi>a Politician.</hi> For the reading of the Holy Scriptures is even commended to thoſe, as <hi>Deu.</hi> 17. <hi>v.</hi> 18, &amp; 19. <hi>Joſh.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 8.</p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>Said,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſhould ſay, But the Holy Spirit did ſpeak theſe words to <hi>Philip</hi> within, Go near unto the Chariot, and join thy ſelf to its ſide.</p>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>Running thither,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſhould ſay, <hi>Philip</hi> having chearfully obeyed the Holy Spirit, took an opportunity to reveal the truth of the Goſpel unto him from the reading, whereunto he did ſee the Po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tentate earneſtly bent.</p>
               <pb n="272" facs="tcp:192139:142"/>
               <p n="31">31. <hi>And he ſaid how can I,</hi> &amp;c. He ſpeaks not of any teſtimony of Scripture, nor of things comman<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ded and forbidden, which are clear of themſelves, and that ſtand in need of no explication; but con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning myſtical Prophecy, which as long as it is not accompliſhed, or although the accompliſhment be come, being unknown to any, is not well enough underſtood; but if an interpretation be made upon the preſent accompliſhment, by a Man filled with the Spirit of God, the Prophecy is very eaſy to be un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derſtood, even as this Potentate did know, and per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceive preſently the meaning of a very abſtruſe, and hard place, once only propoſed to him by <hi>Philip. Nobly,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">2 doct. Chriſt. 6.</note> ſays <hi>Augustin, And profitably hath the holy Spirit ſo modified the holy Scriptures, that by very clear places he might ſatiate our hunger, by the more dark rub off our contempt or loathing; there is almost nothing ſearched out of theſe obſcurities, which may not be found plainly ſpoken elſewhere.</hi> There<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore in explaining the obſcurer places of Scripture, the more learned are to be conſulted, who are much exerciſed in them; but they are ſo to be conſulted, that they may make plain and evident to thoſe that conſult them, that their expoſition is the genuine and true ſenſe of the Scripture, but not impoſe upon their conſulters to yield to their interpretation before they have tried it. For here <hi>Philip</hi> did inquire of the Potentate, whether he did ſufficiently underſtand what he did read; we muſt therefore know, and un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derſtand thoſe things which we are to believe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And he deſired</hi> Philip, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> Great was the Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deſty, and Humanity of this Potentate; who not on<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly ſuffered himſelf patiently to be enquired at by a ſtranger, and mean born man, as it did appear, but did confeſs his ignorance frankly, and freely, did invite him moſt lovingly to come up into his Chariot, to ſit, and confer with him, and to expound unto
<pb n="273" facs="tcp:192139:142"/>him the Scriptures that he did not underſtand.</p>
               <p n="32">32. <hi>The place.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, from the Greek Verb <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which ſignifies I contain, or embrace, that is, a ſentence comprehended, or ſhut up in a full com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>paſs and meaſure of words, which they commonly call a ſection or period.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As a Sheep,</hi> &amp;c. The meekneſs, and patience of Chriſt, when he was to die, to purge away the ſins of men, is deſcribed by the ſimilitude of a Sheep and a Lamb, taking patiently their ſhearing, and ſlaughter itſelf, when the moſt part of other Crea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures, while they are led unto the ſlaughter, uſe to cry out, and wreſtle againſt it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>So opened he not his mouth.</hi> As if he ſhould ſay, So he who, <hi>John</hi> 18. <hi>v.</hi> 6. overthrew a great band of Men by one word, when he was taken, &amp; led away, was bound, beaten with Whips, nailed to the Croſs, did not threatningly complain, or ſpeak angry words. See 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 23.</p>
               <p n="33">33. <hi>In his humility. (Gr. in his humiliation) his judg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment was taken away.</hi> That is, by a baſe and deteſta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble wrong, or oppreſſion of him, he was condemned, and delivered up unto death againſt all Law. The Hebrew has, <hi>Iſa.</hi> 53. <hi>v.</hi> 8. <hi>He was taken from ſtraining and judgment.</hi> That is, after he was bound by the wicked Sedition of the Jews, and condemned by the ſacrilegious voice of <hi>Pilate,</hi> he was lifted up upon the Croſs. See <hi>John</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 14. &amp; <hi>chap.</hi> 12. <hi>v.</hi> 32 &amp; 33. the LXX ſeem to have read in the Hebrew Text, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, inſtead of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>His generation,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſhould ſay, Who can expreſs in words the wickedneſs of that Generation wherein he lived, who did proceed to ſo great a wickedneſs, and ungodlineſs, that undeſervedly they did condemn him with a cruel death. <hi>Theſe words, and ſuch like are frequent among the Jews,</hi> ſays <hi>Lightfoot.</hi> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>Midras Schir. fol.</hi> 173. In the Generation in which
<pb n="274" facs="tcp:192139:143"/>the Son of <hi>David</hi> ſhall come, the Synagogue ſhall be a Brothel Houſe, <hi>Galilee</hi> ſhall be deſtroyed, and <hi>Gablan</hi> ſhall be waſted. —The wiſdom of the Scribes ſhall be corrupted, good and merciful Men ſhall fail, and Truth itſelf ſhall ceaſe, and the face of that Generation ſhall be as the face of Dogs. —<hi>R. Levi</hi> ſays: That the Son of <hi>David</hi> ſhall not come, but in a Generation in which there ſhall be impudent Faces, and which ſhall deſerve deſtructi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on. <hi>R. Jannay</hi> ſays: When ye ſhall ſee Generation after Generation, railing, and blaſpheming, then look for the feet, that is, the coming of the King Meſſiah. Thus far famous <hi>Lightfoot.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>'<hi>For his life ſhall be taken from the Earth.</hi> Heb. <hi>Iſa.</hi> 53. <hi>v.</hi> 8. <hi>Becauſe he was cut off from the land of the living.</hi> That is, They ſlew him moſt undeſervedly with an untimely and violent death. See <hi>Daniel</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 26. <hi>Luke</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 31. Theſe words of the Propheſy are put in the Preterperfect Tenſe, whereas they have the ſignification of the Future. The Jews did un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derſtand excellently well from theſe things Prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſied here by <hi>Iſaiah,</hi> that the Meſſiah ſhould ſuffer pains, ſtraits, reproaches, finally a violent death, and ſhameful puniſhment; but when they did know for a certainty by the predictions of the Prophets, that both the higheſt Honours were prepared for him, and the greateſt Power, and a Kingdom alſo, they do ſuppoſe they can marvellouſly well prevent the diſcrepancy of the Propheſies, in which the 2 comings of Chriſt are predicted, the one humble and baſe, the other Noble and Honourable, if ſo be they can de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>viſe two Meſſiahs, the one to come of that ancient <hi>Joſeph,</hi> the Son of <hi>Jacob,</hi> by <hi>Rachel,</hi> which Meſſiah ſhould be called <hi>Nehemias, the Son of</hi> Uziel; that this ſhould be unhappy, and appointed to miſeries, and a bloody death, in fighting againſt the wicked, and monſtrous <hi>Armillus;</hi> that the other ſhould ſpring
<pb n="275" facs="tcp:192139:143"/>of the Linage of <hi>David,</hi> and be the reſt<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>rer of the Kingdom of <hi>Iſrael,</hi> and abound in glory, and gather the diſperſed in <hi>Iſrael,</hi> by whom the Meſſiah Son of <hi>Joſeph</hi> is to be raiſed unto life again, after that God hath diſcomfited <hi>Armillus,</hi> and all <hi>Armillus</hi>'s Ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>my with fire and brimſtone ſent down from Heaven. <hi>This Doctrine,</hi> ſays <hi>Huetius,</hi> eminent in every ſort of Learning, <hi>is delivered in the 6th Book of the 2d part of the</hi> Talmud, <hi>which is concerning the Feaſt of Tabernacles,</hi> chap. 5. <hi>and the ſame Doctrine is found both in</hi> Bereſcith Rabba, <hi>and in</hi> R. David Kimchi, <hi>and</hi> Aben Ezra, <hi>and</hi> R. Makir <hi>in his</hi> Aromatick Powder, <hi>and in a great ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ny later Rabbins. In which it is marvellous to think how great an Errour hath deceived them. There is propheſied one Meſſias, his two comings; they look for two Meſſias's, one coming. Of the which fiction of theirs, if any ſhall en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quire a reaſon from them, they will either give none, or a fooliſh one. They alledge theſe words of</hi> Iſai. 32. <hi>v.</hi> 20. Bleſſed are ye that ſow beſide all waters, that ſend forth thither the feet of the Ox and the Aſs. <hi>They expound that ſowing to be Money given to the Poor, which, who ſhall give, they ſay he is worthy of</hi> Elias, <hi>and both the Meſſias</hi>'s: <hi>They think</hi> Elias <hi>is noted by the word</hi> immittentes, that ſend forth, <hi>becauſe it is written in</hi> Malac. 4. <hi>v.</hi> 5. Behold, I will ſend <hi>Elias</hi> the Prophet. <hi>They expound the foot of the Ox to be the Meſſiah, that is to come of</hi> Joſeph, <hi>becauſe</hi> Moſes <hi>being near to death, ſpake of</hi> Joſeph, Deut. 33. v. 17. His Beauty is like the Firſtling of his Bullock: <hi>but they expound the Aſs to be the Meſſiah Son of</hi> David, <hi>whom</hi> Zacharias <hi>did predict,</hi> chap. 9. v. 9. <hi>That he ſhould be poor, and carried on a ſhe Aſs. It is tedious to me to rehearſe thoſe trifles, which, notwithſtanding are to be found in</hi> Bereſcith Rabba; <hi>but it is profitable to know the madneſs of this Sect thoroughly. The later</hi> Rabbins <hi>ſhould have been a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhamed to grow wiſe. Therefore they follow the Authority of their Fathers: but even this very ſelf ſame Teſtimony
<pb n="276" facs="tcp:192139:144"/>out of</hi> Bereſcith Rabba <hi>reproveth their Errour, where they acknowledge out of the Propheſy of</hi> Zacharias, <hi>that the Meſſiah Son of</hi> David <hi>is to be poor. Therefore</hi> Aben-Ezra <hi>acknowledges himſelf to be ignorant whether</hi> Zacharias <hi>doth point at the Meſſiah there or not: Where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>as</hi> Saadias Gaon <hi>will have</hi> Zacharias <hi>to Propheſy there of that Meſſias, to whom</hi> Daniel, <hi>chap.</hi> 7. <hi>v.</hi> 14. <hi>promiſeth Power, Riches, and an eternal Kingdom. The other place of</hi> Moſes, <hi>in which</hi> Joſeph <hi>is compared unto a firſtling Bullock, and which they do attribute unto the Meſſiah Son of</hi> Joſeph, <hi>is applied unto the Meſſiah Son of</hi> David, <hi>in the</hi> Midraſh Thehillim. <hi>The Jews ſay that</hi> Jacob <hi>did Propheſy theſe words concerning the Meſſiah Son of</hi> David, Gen. 49. <hi>v.</hi> 10. Till he come who is to be ſent, and he ſhall be the expectation of the Nations. <hi>And theſe words,</hi> Pſal. 71. <hi>v.</hi> 17. And all the Tribes of the Earth ſhall be bleſſed in him; all Nations ſhall magnify him: <hi>but in the Book of the</hi> Tal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mud, <hi>intituled</hi> Sanhedrin, <hi>the ſame Teſtimonies are re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferred unto that Meſſiah, of whom</hi> Iſaiah <hi>ſpake,</hi> chap. 53. v. 4. Surely he hath born our griefs, and carried our ſorrows. <hi>R. Selomon Jarchi in his Expoſitions upon the</hi> Gamara <hi>of</hi> Sanhedrin, <hi>and</hi> R. Moſes Alſchech <hi>ſay, that the</hi> 53d <hi>Chapter of</hi> Iſaiah <hi>belongs unto the Meſſiah Son <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </hi> David, <hi>in which are told the griefs, reproa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ches, death of the Meſſiah, the which opinion</hi> Ra. Iſaac Abrabaniel <hi>retains in ſome places. This indeed doth teach that the</hi> Meſſiah <hi>Son of</hi> David, <hi>is ſignified in thoſe words, which are,</hi> Iſai. 11. v. 3. &amp; 4. He ſhall not judge after the ſight of his Eyes, neither reprove after the hear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing of his Ears, but with Righteouſneſs ſhall he judge the poor. <hi>But the ſame Book of</hi> Sanhedrin <hi>teacheth that the Meſſiah, whom</hi> Iſaiah <hi>foretelleth there, ſhall be puniſhed by God. The Meſſiah that is ſprung of</hi> Ruth, <hi>is the ſelf ſame that was the Nephew of</hi> David; <hi>notwithſtanding we read in</hi> Ruth Rabbathi, <hi>that a Kingdom, and Calami<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ties are portended unto this Meſſias in theſe words, which
<pb n="277" facs="tcp:192139:144"/>are in</hi> Ruth 2. v. 14. Come hither, and eat of the Bread, and dip thy morſel into the Vinegar. <hi>There<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore ſome Rabbins of no ſmall Note do agree that there is one only Meſſiah to come twice.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="34">34. <hi>Anſwering.</hi> That is, Beginning to ſpeak, or ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving begun. See our Literal Explication, <hi>Mat.</hi> 11. <hi>v.</hi> 25.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of himſelf.</hi> Theſe things in ſome manner in a Ty<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pical ſenſe may not badly be underſtood of <hi>Iſaias</hi> him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelf; who ſuffered many evils in <hi>Manaſſes</hi>'s time. But they are underſtood of another in a full and per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fect ſenſe, to wit, of Chriſt, that ſuffered griefs, re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>proaches, and a bitter death, that he might give us eternal Salvation.</p>
               <p n="35">35. <hi>And opening,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſhould ſay, But <hi>Philip</hi> having begun a long Oration from this place of <hi>Iſaiah,</hi> which was before his hands, he took an occa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſion to inſtruct the Eunuch about Jeſus, in which this, and other predictions of the Prophets are fulfilled in an excellent manner. He told him that that Je<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſus who was born of the Family of <hi>David,</hi> born of a Virgin at <hi>Bethlehem,</hi> and ſuffered a bitter death for our Offences, was raiſed from the dead, to ſit at the right Hand of God the Father, whoſe only begotten Son he is, and that none is to obtain eternal Salvation, but thoſe who earneſtly re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>penting of their ſinful condition, believe in Jeſus him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelf, &amp; obey his precepts. And that thoſe that do profeſs his Faith and Repentance, ought to be dipt into the Water, according to Chriſts appointment, that the remiſſion of ſins may be ſealed unto them by this holy dipping, which remiſſion is freely granted to every repenting ſinner, when he does believe in Chriſt.</p>
               <p n="36">36. <hi>And as they went on their way.</hi> That is, while they went forward in the Eunuchs Journey to <hi>Gaza</hi> from <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They came unto a certain water. Euſebius</hi> in his Book of Hebrew places, which <hi>Hierom</hi> did tranſlate
<pb n="278" facs="tcp:192139:145"/>and augment, ſaith, <hi>Bethſur in the Tribe of</hi> Juda, <hi>or</hi> Benjamin, <hi>and at this day is called</hi> Bethſoron, <hi>a Village to us in the twentieth mile, as we Travel from</hi> Aelia <hi>to</hi> He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bron, <hi>near which there is a Fountain that ſpringeth at the foot of the Hill, &amp; is ſuckt up by the ſame ground in which it ariſeth. And the</hi> Acts of the Apoſtles <hi>do tell us that the Eunuch of</hi> Candace <hi>the Queen was Baptized in this Fountain by</hi> Philip. <hi>And there is alſo another Village called</hi> Bethſur, <hi>in the Tribe of</hi> Juda, <hi>diſtant a thouſand paces from</hi> Eleutheropolis.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>See here is Water,</hi> &amp;c. It doth manifeſtly appear that the Eunuch among other things was taught by <hi>Philip,</hi> that Baptiſm of Water was of neceſſity to be taken by them, who repenting of their ſinful life, do imbrace the Faith of Chriſt, as a Holy Rite appoin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted, and commanded by Chriſt himſelf, that it might be in itſelf a figure of new life, and a ſeal of the re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miſſion of ſins obtained through Chriſt.</p>
               <p n="37">37. <hi>If thou believeſt.</hi> That the Eunuch is not per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mitted to be Baptized, unleſs he had profeſſed a ſin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cere Faith in Chriſt, it doth ſufficiently enough de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clare how truly great <hi>Baſil</hi> hath ſpoken in his Book on the Holy Spirit, <hi>ch.</hi> 12. <hi>Faith and Baptiſm are the two means of Salvation, inſeparably cleaving together; for Faith is perfected by Baptiſm, but Baptiſm is founded by Faith, and by the ſame names both things are fulfilled. For as we believe in the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit: ſo alſo we are Baptized in the name of the Father, Son, &amp; Holy Spirit: &amp; indeed there goeth before a Confeſſion leading us unto Salvati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on: but Baptiſm followeth, ſealing our Confeſſion &amp; Covenant.</hi> But the Covenant of God is his promiſe of giving us eternal life, and our anſwer is our promiſe of Wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhipping God according to his will revealed to us. The ſame Churches Teacher in his third Book againſt <hi>Eunomius: Baptiſm is the ſeal of Faith, Faith is the confeſſion of the God-head: it is neceſſary we ſhould firſt be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieve, then be ſealed with Baptiſm.</hi> According to this Rule of Scripture, and agreeing with reaſon itſelf,
<pb n="279" facs="tcp:192139:145"/>the moſt part of the Greeks in all Ages, even unto this day, retain a Cuſtom of delaying Infant Bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiſm, till they themſelves can give a Confeſſion of their Faith, as <hi>Grotius</hi> hath noted on <hi>Matth.</hi> 19. <hi>v.</hi> 13. But eſpecially the ſixth Canon of the Synod of <hi>Neo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>caſarea</hi> is to be obſerved, whoſe words are as follows: <hi>Concerning a Woman with Child, that ſhe may be Bapti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zed when ſhe pleaſes; for her Baptiſm concerns not her Child. For every one is to give a demonſtration of his own choice in a Confeſſion.</hi> For however the Interpreters draw it to another purpoſe, it does appear that the queſtion was made of Women big with Child, becauſe it did ſeem that the Child was Baptized to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gether with the Mother, which, notwithſtanding, ought not, nor uſed not to be Baptized, except of its own proper Election and Profeſſion. And to this purpoſe are the words of <hi>Balſamo:
<note place="margin">In Compen. can. tit. 4.</note> The unborn Babe cannot be Bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tized; becauſe it is not come into light, nei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther can it have a choice of making Confeſſion, which is required in Holy Baptiſm. And</hi> Zonaras, <hi>The Babe will then need Baptiſm, when it can chuſe.</hi> But the Sy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nod doth determine that Baptiſm of a Woman great with Child, doth therefore rightly proceed, becauſe her Baptiſm concerns her alone, who can Confeſs what ſhe believeth, and not the Child in her Womb. But that Synod of <hi>Neocaeſarea</hi> was held before the firſt <hi>Nicene</hi> Synod; For we read the name of <hi>Baſil</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Amaſia,</hi> ſubſcribed to the <hi>Neocaeſarean</hi> Synod, who ſuffered Martyrdom under <hi>Licinius,</hi> as <hi>Euſebius</hi> writes in his Chronicle. <hi>Gregory Nazianzen</hi> in his 40th Oration, which is upon Holy Baptiſm, treating of thoſe who die without Baptiſm, gives us an in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtance in thoſe to whom Baptiſm was not ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miniſtred, <hi>by reaſon of Infancy.</hi> And the ſelf ſame <hi>Nazianzen,</hi> though he was a Biſhops Son, being a long time bred up under his Fathers care, was not Bapti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tized,
<pb n="280" facs="tcp:192139:146"/>till he came to Man's age, as he doth teach us in his life. In like manner <hi>Baſil</hi> the great, that was born of very devout Parents, and inſtructed unto Godlineſs from his Childhood, was not Baptized un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>til he was a Man, if any Credit be to be given to his life, that goes about under the name of <hi>Amphilo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chius. John</hi> of <hi>Antioch,</hi> called afterward <hi>Chryſoſtom,</hi> was born of Chriſtian Parents, as the truer opinion is, Tutored by the famous Biſhop <hi>Meletius,</hi> was yet not Baptized till he was one and twenty years of age. <hi>Hierom</hi> alſo, <hi>Ambroſe,</hi> &amp; <hi>Auſtin,</hi> who were born of Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtian Parents, and conſecrated to Chriſtian Diſci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pline, even from their Childhood, were not Bapti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zed before they were thirty years of age. Hence it doth manifeſtly appear, <hi>That the wiſeſt of our Fathers in Chriſt did not come unto Baptiſm, until they were come to a ſtrong and confirmed wit and age;</hi> as <hi>Jeremy Taylor,</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Down,</hi> obſerveth in the 12th Sect. of the life of Chriſt, in the Sermon on Repentance, <hi>n.</hi> 20. <hi>Tertullian</hi> in his Book of Baptiſm, <hi>chap.</hi> 18. gives ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vice to Infants to come unto Chriſt to be inſtructed, not to be Baptized before they have underſtood the force of Baptiſm. <hi>Therefore,</hi> ſays he, <hi>For the con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dition, and diſpoſition, alſo age of every Perſon, the delaying of Baptiſm is more profitable: yet chiefly about little ones. What need is there of Sureties to be brought in danger, who even themſelves may break their promiſes through mortality, and be deceived by the increaſe of an evil diſpoſition? Indeed the Lord ſaith,</hi> Do not ye hinder them to come unto me. <hi>Let them come therefore while they grow to years, let them come while they learn, &amp; while they come, let them be taught. Let them be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>come Chriſtians, when they are inabled to know Chriſt. Why doth innocent age haſten to the remiſſion of ſins? Men will deal more warily in worldly affairs, ſo that they who are not truſted with an Earthly Inheritance, are truſted with an Heavenly: let them know to ask for Salvation, that
<pb n="281" facs="tcp:192139:146"/>thou mayeſt appear to have given it to him that deſireth. Ludovicus Vives</hi> affirms, <hi>None,
<note place="margin">In Aug. 1. Civ. 27.</note> except grown to Man, or Womans eſtate, were wont to be Baptized.</hi> The famous Biſhop of <hi>Meaux, J. B. Boſſuet</hi> in his <hi>French</hi> Treatiſe of the Holy Supper un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der both kinds, <hi>pa.</hi> 127. <hi>As touching Infants, the pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tended Reformed</hi> (ſo the Papiſts in <hi>France</hi> do call the Proteſtants, who follow <hi>Calvins</hi> Opinions,) <hi>ſay that their Baptiſm is grounded on the Authority of the Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture; but they bring us no place out of it, expreſly affir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ming it, and what conſequences they draw out of the ſame, they are very far fetched, not to ſay very doubtful, and too deceitful.</hi> One nameleſs Perſon, a very learned Man, anſwering to the Treatiſe of this learned Biſhop, ſaith, p. 92. <hi>As for the Cuſtom of Baptizing Infants, I confeſs we no where read any thing expreſly, and particularly writ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ten in the Goſpel, from whence the neceſſity of Paedobap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiſm can be ſhewed: and that thoſe places of the Goſpel, by which it uſes to be proved, at the moſt do prove, that that cuſtom of Baptizing of Infants is lawful, and permit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted, or rather not impermitted, or unlawful. If all the Anabaptiſts reſted in that Opinion, neither condemned that cuſtom of wickedneſs, and ſacriledge, reaſon would be on their ſide, neither would they ſay any thing which ſhould not be founded on the common Principles of all Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teſtants. The Primitive Churches did not Baptize In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fants; the learned</hi> Grotius <hi>hath made plain, and proved that in his Notes on the Goſpel. That doth moſt plainly appear by the very Rite of Baptizing, uſed in the</hi> Roman <hi>Church. For Baptiſm is to be asked, before the Perſon to be Baptized enter into the Church, which the Surety does in the In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fants name; a clear and diſtinct Confeſſion of Faith is required, which the ſame Surety rehearſeth in the Infants Name; a renouncing of the World, its Pomps, the Fleſh and the Devil, is to be promiſed, which the Surety, or as they call it, the Godfather promiſeth for the Infant; Is not this a clear argument, that of old, the Perſons who
<pb n="282" facs="tcp:192139:147"/>were to be Baptized, asked themſelves Baptiſm in their own Name, of their own Choice, and profeſs their Faith, and were wont to renounce their former life, to conſecrate the remainder of their life in this preſent mortal fleſh to Je<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſus Chriſt? Curcellaeus</hi> ſays in his diſſertation of Origi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nal ſin, <hi>num.</hi> 56. that the cuſtom of Baptizing Infants, was brought in without the Commandment of Chriſt, <hi>and did not begin before the third Age after Chriſt was born, in the two former Ages no ſign of it doth appear.</hi> This Cuſtom being brought in, was much more fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quent in <hi>Africa,</hi> then in <hi>Aſia,</hi> and other parts of the world, and with a certain greater opinion of neceſſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty, unto which they did fall, who did expound of Baptiſm, that of Chriſt, <hi>John</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 5. <hi>Except a man be born of water, and of the Spirit, he cannot enter into the Kingdom of God,</hi> &amp; as if it did alſo include Infants; whereas notwithſtanding our Lord Jeſus ſpeaketh unto thoſe that were come to age, only in the Perſon of <hi>Nicodemus,</hi> and doth declare how greatly they ſtand in need to be born again of the ſpirit of water; that is, of the Spirit purifying their Hearts. Chriſt in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deed by this metaphor alludeth unto the Baptiſm of Water that was ſometime to be commanded by him, but did think only of the Baptiſm of Perſons grown to years of underſtanding, ſeeing he commanded, <hi>Mat.</hi> 28. <hi>v.</hi> 19. that thoſe that were to be Baptized, ſhould firſt be inſtructed in the Faith. <hi>For it cannot be that the Body receive the Sacrament of Baptiſm, except the Soul receive the verity of Faith before hand,</hi> as <hi>Hierom</hi> hath obſerved on that place of <hi>Matthew.</hi> See what we have noted above, upon <hi>ch.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 41.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With all thy heart.</hi> That is, With an earneſt de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſire of thy Heart, and an unfeigned Faith. <hi>The Scripture,</hi> ſays <hi>Calvin, oftentimes taketh the whole Heart, for the ſincere, and unfeigned Heart, unto which is oppoſed a double Heart. So there is no need that we ſhould imagine them to believe perfectly, who believe with their
<pb n="283" facs="tcp:192139:147"/>whole Heart, when there may be a weak and ſamll Faith in him, who notwithſtanding ſhall have an upright Heart, and free from diſſimulation. So it is fit to take that which</hi> David <hi>glorieth of, that he doth love the Lord with all his Heart.</hi> Philip <hi>truly did firſt Baptize the</hi> Samaritans, <hi>whom as yet he knew to be far diſtant from the mark. The Faith therefore of the whole Heart, is that, which having lively roots in the Heart, nevertheleſs endeavoureth to grow dayly.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thou mayeſt.</hi> Hence we may gather how abſurd their Opinion is, who think that by Baptiſm, Faith is produced in Infants new born, and deſtitute of the uſe of all reaſon. For if Baptiſm cannot do it in thoſe that are come to years, it can much leſs do it in Infants. Neither can it be ſaid, except very abſurd<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly, that they do believe in Chriſt, or in his Goſpel, when there does not indeed appear even the leaſt ſhadow of Faith in them. They do not know their Parents by any token, and know not what difference there is betwixt their right, and left hand, how then are they able to underſtand the leaſt thing of the myſteries of the Kingdom of Heaven, which are the objects of our Faith? They do not conſent unto any human thing; can they then aſſent unto Divine things? They do frame no reſolution in their mind as yet, can they then frame that reſolution of leading their lives according to the Goſpel? Neither is their Opini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on much ſounder, who do not aſcribe any act of Faith to Infants, but yet nevertheleſs attribute ſome ſeeds of Faith. For what is that Seed? In the Seed lyeth hid the whole ſtrength &amp; ſubſtance of the thing that is to ariſe from thence. Is there any ſuch like thing in Infants? Does this vertue ſhew itſelf of its own accord in them, when they grow? No truly, un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>leſs they be inſtructed in the Doctrine of the Goſpel. But,
<note place="margin">Heb. 11.6.</note> they ſay, <hi>Without Faith it is impoſſible to pleaſe God,</hi> therefore we muſt judge ei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther that Infants have Faith, or that they are damned
<pb n="284" facs="tcp:192139:148"/>Eternally, if they die in their Infancy.
<note place="margin">7 inſtitut. 8.</note> Famous <hi>Curcellaeus</hi> ſays, <hi>It is a fooliſh conſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quence, as if truly it did not appear, that this, at all the reſt of the precepts of the Goſpel, belongs to thoſe that are grown to years only, and are capable of inſtructions, either of Vertue, or of Vice, and that it doth oblige them alone. Truly Faith is not more neceſſary unto Salvation, than the obſervation of the reſt of the precepts of the Goſpel, and to live after the Spirit, not after the Fleſh. Since then Infants can be ſaved without theſe, why not alſo without Faith?</hi> The holy Scriptures do ſhew, 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 12. <hi>v.</hi> 18. that <hi>Davids</hi> little Son, begotten of <hi>Bethſheba</hi> by Adul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tery, died the ſeventh day after his birth. <hi>David</hi> did not mourn for him being dead without Circumciſion, who mourned for him before he died. <hi>Ambroſe</hi> ſays in his Funeral Sermon on the death of <hi>Valen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinian, He did weep that he might not be taken from him: but left off to weep after he was taken away, whom he knew to be with Chriſt. And that ye may know that to be true which I aſſert, he did weep for</hi> Amnon <hi>his inceſtuous Son, that was murdered, be mourned for</hi> Abſalom <hi>the parricide, when he was ſlain: he did not think it needful to mourn for his innocent Son; becauſe he knew that they died for their wickedneſs, he did believe that this ſhould live for his innocency.</hi> This proof of St. <hi>Am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>broſe</hi> doth ſhew that that was no ſpecial priviledge re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vealed to <hi>David</hi> concerning that Infant; but that <hi>David</hi> did take that ground of conſolation from the common Law, which doth comprehend all the In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fants, at leaſt of Believers dying in their Infancy.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I believe that Jeſus Christ is the Son of God.</hi> As if he ſhould have ſaid, I unfeignedly believe from my Soul and Heart that Jeſus Chriſt is the only begotten Son of the Eternal God, the Redeemer, and Doctor of the world, promiſed in the Law and Prophets, who reconciled the Eternal Father to us by the Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifice of his death, and ſwallowed up by the ſhining
<pb n="285" facs="tcp:192139:148"/>of his Goſpel, theſe ſparks which did gliſter in the Old Teſtament, that whoever ſhould hear him, and ſhould lead his life up unto the rule delivered by him, ſhould obtain Eternal Salvation by his Interceſſion and Merits. Hence it is manifeſt, <hi>That to be Baptized in the name, or unto the name of Jeſus Chriſt,</hi> is no other thing then to be Baptized upon profeſſion of Faith in Chriſt, without Hypocriſy, and upon promiſe that he doth embrace the Doctrine revealed by him in the Scriptures, with an earneſt deſire of heart, and will reform and correct his manners according to it.</p>
               <p n="38">38. <hi>And he commanded the Chariot to ſtand ſtill.</hi> That is, And he commanded the Chariot driver to ſtop the Chariot.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they went down both into the water, both</hi> Philip <hi>and the Eunuch.</hi> Both he that was to Baptize, and he that was to be Baptized went down into the wa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter, becauſe he ought not only to ſprinkle him with water, but to dip him into the water, Chriſt com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>manding <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>dipping,</hi> but not <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>ſprink<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling.</hi> The <hi>Roman</hi> Order publiſhed with the Writers concerning Eccleſiaſtical Ceremonies; <hi>The Presbyters enter into the Fountain within unto the water, and the Males are firſt Baptized, and then the Females. Luther</hi> in his Latin <hi>Tom.</hi> 1. Printed at <hi>Wittenburgh,</hi> fol. 71. concerning the Sacrament of Baptiſm; <hi>The name</hi> Baptiſm <hi>is a Greek word, it may be turned a</hi> dipping, <hi>when we dip ſomething in water, that it may be wholly co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vered with water; and although that Cuſtom be now alto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gether aboliſhed among the most part, for neither do they dip the whole Children, but only ſprinkle them with a little water, they ought altogether nevertheleſs to be dipt, and preſently to be drawn out again. For the etymology of the word ſeems to require that. And the</hi> Germans <hi>alſo call Baptiſm</hi> Tauff, <hi>from deepneſs, which they call</hi> Tieff <hi>in their Tongue, as if it were meet that thoſe be dipt deeply, who are Baptized. And truly if ye conſider what Bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiſm
<pb n="286" facs="tcp:192139:149"/>doth ſignify, ye ſhall ſee the ſame thing to be requi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red; for it ſignifieth this, that the old Man and our Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tivity, that is full of ſins, which is wholly of fleſh and blood, may be overwhelmed by the Divine Grace: there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore the manner of Baptiſm ought to anſwer to the ſignifica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of Baptiſm, that it might ſhew a ſure and plain ſign of it.</hi> The ſame <hi>Tom.</hi> 2. in Latin, concerning <hi>Baby<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lons</hi> Captivity, fol. 79. <hi>The other thing,</hi> ſaies he, <hi>which belongs to Baptiſm, is the ſign or the Sacrament, which is the dipping itſelf into the water, from whence alſo it hath its name: for, to</hi> Baptize <hi>in Greek, is</hi> to Dip, <hi>and</hi> Baptiſm <hi>is</hi> Dipping. <hi>For it has been ſaid, that ſigns are appointed according to the Divine Promiſes, which re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſembled that thing which the words do ſignify, or, as the later writers ſay, The Sacrament effectually ſignifieth.</hi> And a little afterwards: <hi>That the Miniſter dippeth a Child into the water, ſignifieth Death. That he again bring<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth him out of it, ſignifieth life. So</hi> Paul <hi>expounds,</hi> Rom. 6. And a few words afterwards: <hi>That therefore waſhing from ſins is attributed to Baptiſm, it is truly indeed attributed, but the ſignification is ſofter and ſlower then that it can expreſs Baptiſm, which is rather a ſign both of Death and Reſurrection. Being moved by this reaſon, I would have thoſe that are to be Baptized, to be altogether dipt into the water, as the word doth ſound, and the myſtery doth ſignify. John Bugenhagius Pomeranus,</hi> both a Fellow and Succeſſor in the Miniſtry of <hi>Luther</hi> at <hi>Wittenburg,</hi> whom <hi>Thuanus,</hi> and <hi>Zanchius</hi> witneſs to have been a moderate, very godly &amp; very learned Man, doth affirm about the end of his Book publiſhed in the <hi>Ger<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man</hi> Tongue, in the Year 1542. <hi>That he was deſired to be a Witneſs of a Baptiſm at</hi> Hamburgh, <hi>in the year</hi> 1529. <hi>that when he had ſeen the Miniſter only ſprinkled the Infant wrapped in ſwathling Clothes, on the top of the head, he was amazed: becauſe he neither heard, nor ſaw any ſuch thing, nor yet read in any Hiſtory, ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cept in caſe of neceſſity, in Bed-rid Perſons. In a gene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral
<pb n="287" facs="tcp:192139:149"/>Aſſembly therefore of all the Miniſters of the Word that was convened he did ask of a certain Miniſter</hi> John Fritz <hi>by name, who was ſometime Miniſter of</hi> Lu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bic, <hi>how the Sacrament of Baptiſm was Adminiſtred at</hi> Lubec? <hi>Who for his Piety and Candor did anſwer grave<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly, that Infants were Baptized naked at</hi> Lubec, <hi>after the ſame faſhion altogether as in</hi> Germany. <hi>But from whence and how that peculiar manner of Baptizing hath crept into</hi> Hamburg, <hi>he was ignorant.</hi> At length they did agree among themſelves that the Judgment of <hi>Luther,</hi> and of the Divines of <hi>Wittenburg</hi> ſhould be demanded a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bout this point: which thing being done, <hi>Luther did write back to</hi> Hamburg, <hi>that this ſprinkling was an abuſe which they ought to remove. Thus plunging was reſtored at</hi> Hamburg.</p>
               <p>Common Fonts, big and large enough, were in Ancient times fitted and accommodated to dipping, in the which Fonts, by Conduits, or certain inferior paſſages, the water overflowing upon the Baptized, did run away, as is manifeſt even by this memorable Hiſtory of <hi>Socrates,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">7 Hiſt. Eccl. 17.</note> which we do here bring in. <hi>A certain Deceiver, a Jew by Nation, counterfeiting himſelf to be a Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtian, was oftentimes Baptized, and by this ſort of Cheat had ſcraped together much money. When he had deceived many Chriſtian Sects by this Craft, for he had been Bapti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zed both by the</hi> Arrians <hi>and</hi> Macedonians: <hi>having none more whom he could deceive, at length he came to</hi> Paul <hi>Biſhop of the</hi> Novatians: <hi>and affirming that he had an earneſt deſire to be Baptized, he prayed the Biſhop that he would be pleaſed to Baptize him himſelf. He indeed praiſed the Jews will and deſire, but did deny that he could give him Baptiſm, before he had been inſtructed in the principles of Faith, and beſides all this, had faſted many days. But the Jew, who contrary to his wiſh or expectation was com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pelled to faſt, did ſo much the more urge that he might be Baptized. The Biſhop therefore not willing to offend him
<pb n="288" facs="tcp:192139:150"/>with a longer delay, when he preſſed, and urged him to it, prepares the things that are neceſſary to Baptiſm. And when he had bought a white Garment to the Jew, and commanded the belly of the Font to be filled with water, he brought the Jew thither, as if he were going to Baptize him. But a certain ſecret vertue and power of God made the water ſuddenly to vaniſh. But when the Biſhop, and thoſe who were preſent, ſuſpecting nothing of what then was done, they did think that the water ran out by ſome ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cret paſſage underneath, where it was wont to be let out, they fill the belly of it again, after they had carefully ſtopped all the paſſages. And when the Jew was brought again to the Font, the water did again altogether vaniſh. Then</hi> Paul <hi>ſaid, Either O Man thou deceiveſt, or has un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>knowingly received the Sacrament of Baptiſm before. When therefore a great many men flocked together to ſee this Miracle, one that knew the Jew, found him to be the ſelf ſame man that was Baptized before by Biſhop</hi> Atticus. Hereto belongs alſo what the <hi>Maidenburg</hi> Centuriators do relate of <hi>Rathold.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">8 Cent. 6.</note> 
                  <q>In the Year of the Lord, <hi>ſay they,</hi> 718. <hi>Rathold,</hi> General of the <hi>Friſians,</hi> was brought unto this by the Preaching of Biſhop <hi>Vulfran,</hi> that he was to be Baptized. When he had entred into the Font with one foot, drawing back the other foot, asked where the moſt part of his Anceſtors were? Whe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther in Hell, or in Paradiſe? And hearing that more were in Hell, drawing back his foot that was in the Water, It is better, ſays he, that I follow the grea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter part then the fewer. And being ſo deceived by the Devil, promiſing that he would give him three days hence matchleſs gifts, the ſelf ſame third day he periſhed with a ſudden and eternal death. <hi>Sige<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bertus. Henry</hi> of <hi>Erford</hi> does relate the ſame out of the Acts and Monuments of <hi>Vulfran,</hi> chap. 26. <hi>Bergomenſis</hi> ſays that 'twas in the year 729.</q> Hither alſo pertaineth the Hiſtory of <hi>Conſtantine,</hi> who from
<pb n="289" facs="tcp:192139:150"/>hence got the Sirname of <hi>Copronymus,</hi> becauſe when he was Baptized in his Infancy, he defiled the wa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ters of the holy Font with the Excrements of his Belly, in the Year of Chriſt 720. We have a like example in the Emperor <hi>Wenceſlaus,</hi> the Son of <hi>Charles</hi> the Fourth, who was born at <hi>Norinburg</hi> the 28th of <hi>September,</hi> in the Year M.CCC.LXI. For he alſo is reported to have defiled the water with his Dung, when he was Baptized. Moreover it is repor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted that while the water that was to be applied to the Baptiſm of <hi>Wenceſlaus,</hi> was warming, the Paſtors houſe by Saint <hi>Sebald,</hi> was ſet on fire, and burned out. Which things certainly could not happen, if both the <hi>Copronymus</hi>'s, the one in the Weſt, and the other in the Eaſt, had been ſprinkled, and poured with a little water, being wrapped up in their ſwadling Bands and Clouts. About the end of the eleven hundredth Year after the birth of Chriſt, <hi>Odo,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Apud Andre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>am <hi>S.</hi> Micha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>elis Abbatem in Othonis Actis lib. 2. c. 15.</note> or <hi>Otho,</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Banberg,</hi> who firſt Preached the Goſpel to the Inhabitants of <hi>Pomerania,</hi> as <hi>Suffridus</hi> his aſſiſting Presbyter doth witneſs; <q>When there were three Fonts built, he did ſo or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der, that he himſelf ſhould Baptize the Male Chil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dren alone in one of the Fonts, and the reſt of the Prieſts, the Women apart, and the Men apart, <hi>What manner of Fonts theſe were, and after what faſhion all were Baptized, is declared there after this manner:</hi> The good Father cauſed the Adminiſtration of the Sacrament to be done with ſo much diligence, alſo with ſo great neatneſs and honeſty, that nothing un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>decent, nothing to be aſhamed of, nothing ever might be done there, which might not pleaſe any of the Gentiles. For he commanded very big Hog<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſheads to be digged a little deep into the Earth, ſo that the mouths of the Hogſheads did ſtand above ground unto the heighth of a mans knee, or leſs,
<pb n="290" facs="tcp:192139:151"/>which being filled with water, it was eaſy to de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcend into them. And he cauſed Curtains to be hanged about the Hogſheads upon ſmall Pillars ſet up, and Cords put into them, that each Hogſhead might be incloſed all about with a Vail in manner of a Circle: But a linnen Cloth did hang upon a Cord put through it, before the Prieſts, and his Fellow Miniſters, who ſtood on the one hand, to Adminiſter the Sacrament, that ſo all things being very modeſt on every ſide, there might not be any thing cenſured as folly or filthineſs in the Sacra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment, leſt the honeſter ſort of Perſons ſhould with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>draw themſelves from the Sacrament of Baptiſm for ſhame ſake.</q> The Author proceeds, &amp; declareth the thing yet more clearly in this manner. <q>When there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore all did come to be Catechized, the Biſhop ſpeak<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing unto them all, commonly with a ſpeech that did agree to ſuch, &amp; ſetting one ſex over againſt another, on the right hand, &amp; on the left, anointed the Cate<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chized with Oil: afterward biddeth them go from the Font. Therefore they coming unto the entrance of the Curtain, they one by one only did enter in with their Godfathers, and preſently the Godfathers did receive the Garment, with which the Perſon to be Baptized was clothed, and the Taper, when he went down into the water, and they holding it be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore their face, until they did reſtore it again to him, when he came out of the water. But the Prieſt, who did ſtand at the Hogſhead, when he had rather heard, then ſeen, that there was ſome body in the water; having removed the Vail a little, with thrice dipping of his head, did perfect what belon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ged to the Sacrament of Baptiſm, and when he had anointed him with liquor of Chriſm on the Crown of the Head, and a white Garment being put on him, and when he had drawn back the Vail, he commanded the Perſon that was Baptized, to come out of the water, his Godfathers covering, &amp; putting
<pb n="291" facs="tcp:192139:151"/>on him the Garment which they did hold. Neither did the diligence of <hi>Otho</hi> in the Winter time, neg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lect to find out what was moſt convenient for the ſeaſon, to wit, he celebrated the Sacrament of Bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiſm in warm Baths, and in hot water with the ſame neatneſs, and obſervation of Modeſty with the Hogſheads ſet into the Earth, and Curtains ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plyed, Frankincenſe, and other odoriferous Species ſprinkling all things.</q> This moſt accurate diligence of Saint <hi>Otho</hi> proveth, that the prudence of thoſe Men was contrary unto all good order, who after a thouſand and three hundred years after Chriſt, did change Baptiſm, that is, dipping appointed by Chriſt into Rhantiſm, that is, ſprinkling brought into its place with great boldneſs, leſt thoſe that were to be Baptized in cold Countries and Seaſons, if they ſhould be plunged according unto Chriſts Commandment, might fall into diſeaſes, or be chilly with cold; for the heating of the water might be a ſufficient remedy againſt this evil, or danger, as the above quoted ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cellent Divine, and Reformer, <hi>John Bugenhagius</hi> in his aforementioned <hi>German</hi> Book, doth urge more at large. 'Anciently, (when Rhantiſm was not yet ſubſtituted to Baptiſm) <hi>ſays the Engliſh</hi> Chryſoſtom <hi>of this Age,</hi> 
                  <q>Thoſe who were Baptized, put off their Garments, which ſignified the putting off of the body of ſin; and were immerſed, and buried in the water, to repreſent the death of ſin; and then did riſe up again out of the water, to ſignify their en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trance upon a new life; and to theſe Cuſtoms the Apoſtle alludes <hi>Rom.</hi> 6. <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                  </q> Thus the very Reverend <hi>John Tillotſon,</hi> D. D. Dean of <hi>Canterbury,</hi> a Man of great liberality toward the poor (which I my ſelf profeſs with a grateful mind, that I have oftentimes had experience of it,) commended by all good Men for the excellency of his Wit, the uprightneſs of his Mind, the Purity of his Manners and Doctrine, in a
<pb n="292" facs="tcp:192139:152"/>grave and famous Sermon on 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 19. <hi>Chriſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans,</hi> ſays another Doctor in Divinity, who excels in every ſort of Learning, &amp; zeal of true Piety, <hi>being plunged into the water in Baptiſm, ſignifieth their undertaking, and obliging themſelves in a ſpiritual ſenſe to die, and be buried with Jeſus Chriſt (which death and burial conſiſts in an utter renouncing, and forſaking of all their ſins,) that ſo anſwerably to his Reſurrection, they may live a holy and godly life.</hi> So that Reverend Miniſter of the Goſpel, <hi>Edward Fouler,</hi> Canon of <hi>Gloceſter,</hi> in his admirable Book concerning the ſcope of the Chriſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>an Religion, doth interpret the force of the words of the Apoſtle, <hi>Rom.</hi> 6.4. Deſervedly therefore that moſt learned <hi>Anonymus</hi> Proteſtant of <hi>France,</hi> who anſwereth to that Tractate concerning the Communion under two kinds, of my Lord <hi>James Benigne Boſſuet,</hi> the famous Biſhop of <hi>Meaux,</hi> ſaith, <hi>pag.</hi> 24. &amp; 25. <q>It is moſt certain that Baptiſm hath not been Admini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtred hitherto, otherwiſe than by ſprinkling by the moſt part of Proteſtants, but truly this ſprinkling is an abuſe. This Cuſtom, which without an accurate examination, they have retained from the <hi>Romiſh</hi> Church, in like manner as many other things, makes their Baptiſm very defective. It corrupteth its In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtitution, and Ancient Uſe, and that nearneſs of ſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>militude, which is needful ſhould be betwixt it and Faith, Repentance, and Regeneration. This reflexi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on of <hi>M. Boſſuet,</hi> deſerveth to be ſeriouſly conſide<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red, to wit, that this Uſe of plunging hath continued for the ſpace of a whole thouſand and three hundred years, that hence we may underſtand that we did not carefully, as it was meet, examine things which we have retained from the <hi>Roman</hi> Church; and therefore ſince the moſt learned Biſhops of that Church do teach us now that the Cuſtom eſtabli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhed by moſt grave arguments, and ſo many Ages, was firſt aboliſhed by her, this ſelf ſame thing was
<pb n="293" facs="tcp:192139:152"/>very unjuſtly done by her, and that the conſiderati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on of our duty doth require at our hands, that we ſeek again the Primitive Cuſtom of the Church, and the Inſtitution of Chriſt.</q> The ſame perſon there a little afterward: <q>Tho therefore we ſhould yield to <hi>M. Boſſuet,</hi> that we are convinced by the force of his arguments, that the nature and ſubſtance of Baptiſm conſiſteth in dipping, what may he hope for from us, but that we profeſs our ſelves obliged to him by no ſmall favour, and thank him that he hath delivered us from errour, when we greatly erred in this thing? And as we are reſolved indeed, to correct and rectify this error, ſo we deſire earneſtly with humble pra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>yer and ſupplication of him, that he would correct and mend that error of taking away the Cup from the <hi>Laicks</hi> coming unto the Holy Supper. Does Monſieur <hi>Boſſuet</hi> think that the Proteſtants will have a greater reſpect of that Cuſtom which they have found not to be lawful, &amp; that by the moſt weighty, and ſolid arguments, than of the inſtitu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of Jeſus Chriſt, and that to let <hi>Rome</hi> get an op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>portunity of boldly, and freely breaking the Laws of Chriſt by the pernicious imitation of our exam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple? Far be that wicked frame of mind from them; they are ſtraiter bound by the Authority of their Holy Maſter, then to deſpiſe his voice, when his ſound cometh to their Ears. <hi>My Sheep follow my voice, and again I do know my ſheep.</hi> None, except Wolves lur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>king under a Sheep-skin refuſeth, and turneth from it.</q> So far our moſt learned <hi>Anonymus,</hi> which is moſt agreeable to his admonition unto the Papiſts barring the Lay-men from the Holy Cup, in the Pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>face of his forecited anſwer to the Treatiſe of the Biſhop of <hi>Meaux</hi> concerning the Communion under both kinds. <q>There is no place therefore for cog<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ging in theſe things, for thoſe that pretend the ſpe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cious Title of received cuſtom for the days practice,
<pb n="294" facs="tcp:192139:153"/>when Jeſus Chriſt and his Goſpel is not the Cuſtom, but the Truth. <hi>From the beginning it was not ſo,</hi> ſays the ſame Jeſus unto them, who did object unto him the worſt, and curſed Cuſtom of their Anceſtors. when we ſhall be preſented before the Judgment of Chriſt, he will not judge his Diſciples by Cuſtom, but by the lively, and effectual Word of his Goſpel. Neither ſhould any be taken with a vain hope of framing an excuſe from the Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thority of the Church, becauſe all the Authority of the Church is from Chriſt, granted unto her for that intent and purpoſe, that ſhe might pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cure a Religious Obedience to his Laws, and Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venly Precepts, but not that ſhe might break, re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peal, and cancel them.</q> Thus far the <hi>Anonymus</hi> our Countryman, whoſe ſound reaſoning hath made the Bookſellers generally ſuppoſe him to be <hi>Monſieur de la Roque,</hi> the moſt famous Paſtor of the Reformed Church which is at <hi>Rouan,</hi> whom his Writings do ſhew to be inferior to none in Godlineſs and Learn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing. <hi>Heidegger</hi> in his <hi>Hiſtorico-Theological Anatomy</hi> of the Council of <hi>Trent,</hi> p. 2. upon the Canons of 21 <hi>Seſſion,</hi> ſaith, <hi>There is in the Church no more power of changing the Rites of the Sacraments appointed by Chriſt, than there is power of changing his Word and Law. For as this his Word contains a ſign audible, ſo thoſe Rites do contain a viſible ſign of his Divine Will.</hi> Let us ſhut up all therefore with that moſt Holy Martyr <hi>Cyprian,</hi> in his ſixty and third Epiſtle to <hi>Caecilius: Verily it be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cometh us to obey &amp; to do what Chriſt hath done and com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>manded to be done, when he himſelf ſaith in the Goſpel:</hi> If ye do whatſoever I command you, henceforth I will not call you Servants, but Friends. <hi>And that Chriſt alone ought to be heard, the Father alſo beareth witneſs from Heaven, ſaying:</hi> This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleaſed, hear ye him. <hi>Wherefore if Chriſt alone be to be heard, we ought not to give ear to what another
<pb n="295" facs="tcp:192139:153"/>before us did think meet to be done, but what Chriſt did firſt do, who is before all: for neither ought we to follow the Cuſtom of Men, but the Truth of God, ſeeing God ſpeaketh and ſayeth by</hi> Iſaiah <hi>the Prophet:</hi> Without cauſe they do Worſhip me, teaching the Commands and Doct<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rines of Men. <hi>And again our Lord in the Goſpel repea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teth the ſelf ſame thing, ſaying:</hi> Ye reject the Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mandment of God, that ye may eſtabliſh your own Tradition. <hi>Julius,</hi> the firſt <hi>Roman</hi> Biſhop of this name, in his Epiſtle to the Biſhops through <hi>Aegypt,</hi> and <hi>Paſchal</hi> the ſecond, in his Epiſtle to <hi>Pontius,</hi> Ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bot of <hi>Cluny,</hi> do check thoſe who did give unto the people dipped bread <hi>for the perfecting of the Communi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,</hi> ſeeing that in the firſt celebration, and inſtitution of the Euchariſt, Chriſt did give Bread and Wine a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>part unto the Apoſtles, and <hi>Paſchal</hi> doth abſolutely command that they ſhould not depart from that Cuſtom in any thing, by a human and new Inſtitution, the which Cuſtom Chriſt did keep and Commend. We may ſee the words of <hi>Julius</hi> in <hi>Gra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tian.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">De conſec. Diſt. 2. cap. <hi>cum omne.</hi>
                  </note> God grant that in like manner all that are called Chriſtians, and either ignorantly, or ſimply by a human, and new Inſtitution have changed Baptiſm, or retained the change of Baptiſm dipping, that is, appointed by Chriſt into Rhantiſm, that is, ſprinkling, againſt the A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſtolical, and Evangelical Diſcipline obſerved by our Anceſtors, by the ſpace of a thouſand and three hundred years in all places, now having ſeen the light of the verity clearly, may return unto the Root, and Original of our Lords Tradition, neither may there be any other thing done by them henceforth, than what our Lord did firſt for us, and did Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mand to be done by us in his Goſpel. See what we have noted above, <hi>chap.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 28.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And he Baptized him,</hi> To wit, <hi>Philip</hi> immerſed the Eunuch into the Water, according to Chriſts Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mand.</p>
               <pb n="296" facs="tcp:192139:154"/>
               <p n="39">39. <hi>And when they were come up out of the Water.</hi> As if he ſhould ſay, But as ſoon as the Eunuch had received of <hi>Philip</hi> Baptiſm, or the Sacred Dipping.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Spirit of the Lord caught away</hi> Philip. Some Copies have in this place, <hi>The Holy Spirit came upon the Eunuch, but the Angel of the Lord caught away</hi> Philip. As alſo <hi>Hierom</hi> hath cited in his Dialogue of the <hi>Orthodox,</hi> and <hi>Luciferian,</hi> and <hi>Grotius</hi> hath noted after <hi>Eraſmus,</hi> and <hi>Beza.</hi> If we do follow that, it will be needful to acknowledge that without any laying on of hands, the Eunuch did receive that ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>traordinary gift of the Holy Spirit, which <hi>Cornelius,</hi> with his Houſhold received alſo before Baptiſm, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low, <hi>chap.</hi> 10. <hi>v.</hi> 44 &amp; 47. Men did believe of <hi>Elias</hi> diſappearing of old, that he was caught away by the Holy Spirit, and tranſported to ſome other place, 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 18. <hi>v.</hi> 12. &amp; 2 <hi>Kin.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 16. But if this be underſtood of an Angle, the ſame happened to <hi>Philip,</hi> as the Writer of the laſt Addition unto <hi>Daniel, chap.</hi> 14. <hi>v.</hi> 35 &amp; 38. believed to have happened to <hi>Habakkuk</hi> the Prophet. But <hi>Philip</hi> was carried by the Spirit, or by an Angel of the Lord, not out of the body, but in the body, as <hi>Paul</hi> ſpeaks, 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 12. <hi>v.</hi> 2. The Eunuch ſeeing it, that he might be confirmed in the faith in Jeſus Chriſt, by that miracle that was added unto the Doctrine.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the Eunuch ſaw him no more.</hi> The Chriſtian Religion is ſaid to have been ſown in <hi>Aethiopia</hi> by this Eunuch, when he returned thither, which Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligion is in ſome meaſure now retained by the <hi>Abyſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſines,</hi> though mingled with Errours, and Jewiſh Cere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monies. See what I have obſerved above upon <hi>v.</hi> 27. and what I have ſpoken concerning <hi>Aethiopia,</hi> upon <hi>Amos</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 7.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But he went.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>for.</hi> A reaſon is given why the Eunuch did ſee <hi>Philip</hi> no more, to wit, Becauſe he travelled in his Journey he had entred upon
<pb n="297" facs="tcp:192139:154"/>unto <hi>Aethiopia,</hi> rejoycing in the knowledge of the Goſpel, which he had attained unto by <hi>Philips</hi> means, who was offered to him by a ſpecial Providence of God, but now <hi>Philip</hi> was carried to another place, where there was need of his Miniſtry.</p>
               <p n="40">40. <hi>Was found.</hi> That is, did appear, and was ſeen. <hi>Eſth.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 5. <hi>Who were found.</hi> That is, were preſent. <hi>Exod.</hi> 35.23. <hi>With whom were found.</hi> That is, were, or did appear. <hi>Mal.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 6. <hi>And iniquity was not found in his lips.</hi> 1 Pet. 2. v. 22. <hi>Neither was guile found in his mouth,</hi> that is, it was not. We have the Verb <hi>find,</hi> for <hi>to ſee,</hi> Gen. 4. <hi>v.</hi> 13 &amp; 14. and elſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>where in many places. And <hi>therefore,</hi> ſays <hi>Grotius,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>is tranſlated, by</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> to ſee, <hi>Jer.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 11. and <hi>Lamen.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 9. <hi>Mat.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 18. <hi>She was found with Child.</hi> That is, ſhe appeared great with Child.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>At</hi> Azotus. Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, with the Accuſative for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, with the Ablative, as above, <hi>v.</hi> 23. <hi>Azotus,</hi> Heb. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, was firſt ſubdued by <hi>Joſhua, Joſh.</hi> 11. &amp; 15. afterward it was one of the Cities of the five Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vinces of the <hi>Philiſtines,</hi> famous for the Temple of <hi>Dagon,</hi> whereof there is mention made, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 5. <hi>v.</hi> 4. and by the death of <hi>Judas Macabaeus,</hi> who died a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bout it, witneſs <hi>Joſephus,</hi> 12 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 19. where it is falſly read <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as appears from 1 <hi>Mac.</hi> 9.15. afterward <hi>Jonathan,</hi> the Brother of <hi>Judas Maca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>baeus</hi> took it, and burnt it with the Temple of <hi>Dagon,</hi> 1 <hi>Mac.</hi> 10. <hi>v.</hi> 84. <hi>Joſephus</hi> 13 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 8. <hi>Thartan,</hi> General to <hi>Sargon,</hi> King of the <hi>Aſſyrians,</hi> took it of old, whom the Hebrews do expound to be <hi>Sennacherib, Iſa.</hi> 20. <hi>v.</hi> 1. It was a very ſtrong forti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fied City, for it ſuſtained the Siege of <hi>Pſamme<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tichus,</hi> King of <hi>Aegypt,</hi> by the ſpace of twenty nine years, by whom at length it was taken, as <hi>Herodotus</hi> writes, Book 2. where he calls it a great City of <hi>Syria,</hi> becauſe under <hi>Syria</hi> was comprehended <hi>Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>leſtina, Judaea, Phaenicia,</hi> and <hi>Idumaea.</hi> It was famous
<pb n="298" facs="tcp:192139:155"/>alſo by the <hi>Arabian</hi> merchandize, whoſe Market Town it was,
<note place="margin">lib. 1. c. 10.</note> as <hi>Mela</hi> doth report; alſo <hi>Ptolemy</hi> in his fifth Book of Geography, <hi>chap.</hi> 16. <hi>Pliny</hi> 5. <hi>Hiſt. Nat. chap.</hi> 14. have made men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of it. The Women of this City are called, <hi>Nehe.</hi> 13. <hi>v.</hi> 23. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Azotides,</hi> whom the Jews took for Wives, and their Sons did ſpeak the language of <hi>Aſhdod,</hi> as is manifeſt out of the ſame Chapter, <hi>v.</hi> 24. <hi>Azotus</hi> is reported to be diſtant from <hi>Gaza,</hi> (con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning which above, <hi>ver.</hi> 26.) forty Miles.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And paſſing through,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſhould ſay, Ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving gone from <hi>Azotus</hi> to <hi>Caeſarea</hi> of <hi>Palestina,</hi> he did Preach the Goſpel in all Towns, through which he went even unto the end of his undertaken Jour<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ney. This <hi>Caeſarea</hi> was at firſt called the <hi>Tower of Strato,</hi> it was magnificently repaired by <hi>Herod</hi> the Great, adorned with Porches and Temples; it was called by the ſame <hi>Herod Caeſarea,</hi> in Honour of <hi>Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guſtus Caeſar,</hi> as <hi>Joſephus</hi> witneſſes, 15 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 13. It was perfected the tenth year after it was begun, as the ſame <hi>Joſephus</hi> tells us, 16 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 9. <hi>Euſebius Pam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>philius</hi> owed his birth to this City, and was afterward Biſhop of the ſame. In like manner <hi>Acacius,</hi> (who lived in the time of the Sophiſter <hi>Libanius</hi>) whoſe life we have in <hi>Eunapius Sardinius,</hi> and <hi>Procopius</hi> the Rhe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>torician and Hiſtorian, Secretary of <hi>Beliſarius</hi> Captain of <hi>Justinian</hi> the Emperor's, and Fellow Companion of all his Wars, of which he wrote the Hiſtory. There was alſo another <hi>Caeſarea</hi> different from this toward <hi>Paneas,</hi> which <hi>Mat.</hi> 16. <hi>v.</hi> 13. and <hi>Joſephus,</hi> 20 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 8. is called <hi>Caeſarea Philippi,</hi> it is called by <hi>Ptolemeus</hi> in his fifth Book, chap. 15. <hi>Caeſarea Panias,</hi> which King <hi>Agrippa</hi> the younger, when he did en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>large its Territories, he changed its name, and in honour of <hi>Nero,</hi> called it <hi>Neronias,</hi> as <hi>Joſephus</hi> doth write in the place even now cited. See our literal explication, <hi>Mat.</hi> 16. <hi>v.</hi> 13.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="9" type="chapter">
               <pb n="299" facs="tcp:192139:155"/>
               <head>CHAP. IX.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>B<g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>T</hi> Saul. Like a bloody Wolf. See what is ſpoken above, <hi>chap.</hi> 8. <hi>v.</hi> 13.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Breathing out threatnings and ſlaughter againſt the Diſciples.</hi> A Greek phraſe. That is, From the bottom of his heart breathing out cruelty againſt the Diſci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples of Chriſt. So <hi>Cicero</hi> ſaid, <hi>Catiline raging with boldneſs, breathing out wickedneſs, wickedly contriving the ruine of his Country.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Went unto the High Prieſt.</hi> That is, To the Prince of the higheſt Sanhedrin, who perhaps as yet was the ſame <hi>Annas,</hi> of whom above, <hi>ch.</hi> 4.6.</p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>And deſired of him.</hi> As alſo of other Senators of that great Sanhedrin, as may be ſeen below, <hi>v.</hi> 14. &amp; <hi>ch.</hi> 22.5. &amp; 26.12.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Letters.</hi> That is, Letters from the Senate.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To</hi> Damaſcus. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, or as it is read, 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 18.5. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Damaſcus,</hi> or <hi>Darmaſcus,</hi> a moſt famous City of old, the Head, and Royal Seat of <hi>Syria</hi> ſir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>named <hi>Damaſcena,</hi> as the moſt eloquent of the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets, <hi>Iſaiah</hi> 7. <hi>v.</hi> 8. witneſſeth. It was ſituated be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low Mount <hi>Hermon,</hi> from whence flowed two Ri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vers, <hi>Amana,</hi> or <hi>Abana,</hi> and <hi>Parpar</hi> or <hi>Parphar,</hi> Which <hi>Stephanus Byzantius</hi> calls <hi>Bardinis,</hi> the reſt of the Greeks ſeem to call it <hi>Chryſorrhoas. Amana</hi> ran through the midſt of the City, but <hi>Parpar</hi> did glide without the City, as <hi>Benjamin Tudelenſis</hi> witneſſeth in his Itinerary. There is alſo mention made of theſe two Rivers, 2 <hi>Kin.</hi> 5.12. See our literal explanation upon <hi>Amos</hi> 1.5. The Builder of <hi>Damaſcus</hi> lyeth in the Grave of Antiquity,
<note place="margin">Ant. lib. 1. c. 7. <hi>toward the end.</hi>
                  </note> notwithſtanding that <hi>Joſephus</hi> ſaid that <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>z,</hi> the Son of <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ram,</hi> and Grand-ſon of <hi>Shem</hi> built it.
<pb n="300" facs="tcp:192139:156"/>
                  <hi>Jerom</hi> alſo in his queſtions upon <hi>Geneſis,</hi> where he enumerates the poſterity of <hi>Shem,</hi> ſpeaks as if he were of the ſame opinion. But a little after ſpeaking of <hi>Eliezer</hi> of <hi>Damaſcus, Abrahams</hi> Servant, he ſaith there: <hi>They ſay that by this man</hi> Damaſcus <hi>was both built and named.</hi> The ſame in the beginning of his ſeventh book upon <hi>Iſa. We read firſt the name of</hi> Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maſcus <hi>in</hi> Geneſis, <hi>who before</hi> Iſaac <hi>was born in</hi> Abra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hams <hi>houſe, and was eſteemed his Heir, if</hi> Sarah <hi>had not had a Son by the Promiſe. It is expounded either a kiſs of blood, or a drinker of blood, or the blood of hair Cloth. But if,</hi> ſaith the ſame Author upon <hi>Ezek.</hi> 27. Damaſcus <hi>be interpreted a drinker of blood, and that Tradition of the</hi> Hebrews <hi>be true, that the field in which the Parricide</hi> Cain <hi>ſlew his Brother</hi> Abel, <hi>was in</hi> Damaſcus, <hi>whence the place was marked with this name; then</hi> Paul <hi>with juſt cauſe went to</hi> Damaſcus <hi>after the ſlaughter of</hi> Stephen <hi>the firſt Martyr for Christ, that he might bring the Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lievers in Christ bound to</hi> Jeruſalem, that, to wit, he in the ſame place might imitate the deeds of <hi>Cain</hi> to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards <hi>Abels</hi> followers. <hi>Damaſcus</hi> bred a good many famous Men, among which, <hi>Nicolaus Damaſcenus,</hi> a Peripatetick Philoſopher is the chief, who among other things did write an univerſal Hiſtory of eighty Books, according to <hi>Suidas,</hi> an hundred and twenty four according to <hi>Joſephus,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Lib. 6.</note> an hundred forty four according to <hi>Athenaeus,</hi> of which a few fragments are remaining. He was very familiar with <hi>Herod</hi> the Great, alſo very much be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>loved of <hi>Augustus Caeſar,</hi> ſo that after him he called either Dates <hi>Nicolai,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Lib. 14. Lib. 8. q. 4. Lib. 13. c. 4. Lib. de virgin. &amp; coel. Rhodi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gin Lib. 6. c. 5.</note> as it is in <hi>Aheneus, Plutarch Sympoſiac<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>n, Plinius, Iſiodore</hi> in his <hi>Gloſſes, Adhelmus,</hi> or a kind of Cake, according to <hi>Serenus Sammonicus, Heſychius, Mileſius, Photius,</hi> and <hi>Suidas. Joannes Damaſcenus</hi> was of this City, who of a Jew became a Chriſtian, in the year of our
<pb n="301" facs="tcp:192139:156"/>Lord 461. and another <hi>John</hi> Sirnamed <hi>Manzur,</hi> whom <hi>Suidas</hi> extols to the Skies, the Greeks being very Prodigal in their own praiſe.
<note place="margin">lib. 2. de hiſt. graecis c. 24.</note> 
                  <q>Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>though indeed, <hi>ſaith Voſſius, Damaſce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus</hi> was a moſt learned Man, and of great Fame, yet in many things he was overcredu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lous. His Hiſtories related in his Sermons ſhew this. <hi>Baronius</hi> doth truly acknowledge that his Writings are of very uncertain credit, and that he abounds with many fictions:
<note place="margin">Exercit. 13. adver. Baron. ſect. 38.</note> which opinion of his <hi>Caſaubon</hi> confirms, where he remarked many and groſs Errors. In others of his writings he does not appear Judici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous: as for examples ſake, when he tells us of <hi>Fal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>conillaes</hi> Soul, that ſhe by the Prayers of S. <hi>Thecla;</hi> the firſt Martyr, was delivered from the puniſh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments of Hell, although ſhe died in the Heathens Errors and Idolatry. Likewiſe where he ſaith, that the Soul of the Emperour <hi>Trajan</hi> was exempted from infernal puniſhments, by the Prayers of <hi>Gre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gory</hi> the Great. Both which you may read in <hi>Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maſcenus,</hi> in his Oration of thoſe who dyed in the Faith.</q> This man was a great defender of Images againſt the Emperor <hi>L<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>o Iſaurus,</hi> and his Son <hi>Conſtan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tine</hi> the fifth of that name ſirnamed <hi>Copronymus;</hi> in a Synod of three hundred thirty eight Biſhops, con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vocated by the ſame <hi>Constantine,</hi> held at <hi>Constantino<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple, Anno Dom.</hi> 754. which alſo was called the ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venth <hi>Oecumenick</hi> Synod, he with <hi>Germanus,</hi> and <hi>George,</hi> ſometimes Patriarchs of <hi>Constantinople,</hi> was Condemned as an Idolater, and Worſhipper of Wood and Images, as appears from the Acts of that Synod, which are inſerted in the ſixth Action of the Acts of the ſecond Synod of <hi>Nice.</hi> Amongſt his own he was called <hi>Chryſorrhoas</hi> for his Eloquence. He dyed <hi>Anno Dom.</hi> 760. The <hi>Damaſcene Prunes</hi> are al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſo famous, which were wont to be carried from the
<pb n="302" facs="tcp:192139:157"/>City <hi>Damaſcus</hi> to <hi>Rome,</hi> together with ſmall Figgs called <hi>Cottana,</hi> of which, <hi>Juvenal Satyr</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 85. By the way we may obſerve that this kind of ſmall Figgs was ſo called, as <hi>Heſychius</hi> witneſſeth in <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, from the Hebrew word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>little.</hi> Hence <hi>Martial</hi> ſaith Elegantly.
<note place="margin">Lib. 13 Epi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gram. 28.</note> 
                  <hi>Theſe Cottana, which have been ſent to thee in a round turned Pan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nier, if they were bigger, they would be</hi> Figgs. This name <hi>Cottana</hi> among the <hi>Cretians,</hi> ſignified alſo <hi>a Virgin,</hi> as witneſſeth the ſame <hi>Heſychius,</hi> in the fore-cited place, which is deduced from the ſame Root <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>little,</hi> to wit, <hi>Gi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>le.</hi> If you deſire to know more of this moſt Ancient City, you may conſult the Itinerary of <hi>Benjamin Thudelenſis,</hi> and <hi>Hoffmans</hi> univerſal Lexicon.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To the Synagogues.</hi> How great a multitude of Jews was at <hi>Damaſcus,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>De bell. Jud. lib.</hi> 2. <hi>c.</hi> 25.</note> may be gathered from what <hi>Joſephus</hi> ſaith; that under <hi>Nero</hi> ten thouſand Jews unarmed, being by chance gathered in the publick Baths, were there op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſſed, and ſlain by the Inhabitants of <hi>Damaſcus.</hi> It is very probable that many of the Jews converted to Chriſt. did, to avoid the Perſecution ſtirred up at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> fly to <hi>Damaſcus:</hi> therefore <hi>Paul</hi> not being content to have vexed them at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> he willingly undertook the pains to proſecute them thi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther. For the Governor of <hi>Damaſcus,</hi> under <hi>Aretas</hi> the King of <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rabia</hi> the <hi>Stony,</hi> and <hi>Damaſcus,</hi> was a great favourer, and abettor of the Perſecutors of Chriſts Diſciples, as appears from 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 11.32.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That if he found any,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, That a Licenſe, and liberty might be given him to bring all ſuch as he found Profeſſors of the Chriſtian Religion, without difference of Sex, bound as Malefac<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ors to <hi>Jeruſalem. The Romans,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, allowed the Sanhedrin the priviledge of taking, and bea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ting, not only over the Jews of</hi> Paleſtine, <hi>but alſo with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out</hi>
                  <pb n="303" facs="tcp:192139:157"/>Paleſtine, <hi>where there were Synagogues that willingly acknowledged the Juriſdiction of the Sanhedrin in matters pertaining to Religion.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of this way.</hi> That is, Of this Sect and Inſtituti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on, as below, <hi>ch.</hi> 19.9 &amp; 23. <hi>ch.</hi> 22.4. <hi>ch.</hi> 24.14.</p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>There ſhined round about him a light from Heaven.</hi> Like a lightning brighter then the Sun, as may be ſeen below, <hi>chap.</hi> 22. <hi>v.</hi> 6 &amp; 26. <hi>v.</hi> 13.</p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>And he fell to the earth.</hi> Becauſe he was ſtruck, and as it were blaſted with the brightneſs of that light ſent to him from Heaven.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He heard a voice.</hi> To wit, Deſcend from Heaven with that light.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Saying,</hi> To wit, In an Hebrew Dialect, as <hi>Paul</hi> himſelf ſaith below, <hi>ch.</hi> 26.14.</p>
               <p>Saul, Saul, <hi>why perſecutest thou me. Augustine</hi> ſaith elegantly, as his manner is.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Tract.</hi> 10. <hi>in Epiſt. Joannis.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <q>The Head being to aſcend into Heaven, he com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mended his Members upon Earth, and departed. Now you do not find Chriſt ſpeaking upon earth. You find him ſpeaking but in Heaven, and from Heaven it ſelf. Why? Becauſe his Members were trod upon on Earth. Therefore he ſaid from above to <hi>Saul</hi> the Perſecutor: <hi>Saul, Saul, why perſecutest thou me?</hi> I aſcended into Heaven, ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vertheleſs I lye upon Earth, as yet. I ſit here at the right hand of the Father; there I am hungry, thirſty, and a ſtranger as yet.</q>
                  <note place="margin">See Matth. 25.40, 45. &amp; Luke 10.16.</note> Believers are the Myſtical Body of Chriſt, and his Myſtical Members; hence whatever is done to them, Chriſt takes it as done to himſelf.</p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>Who art thou Lord.</hi> As much as to ſay, Whoſe voice do I hear?</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the Lord ſaid.</hi> As much as to ſay, Chriſt who wasin Heaven and ſpae from Heaven itſelf, anſwe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red.</p>
               <pb n="304" facs="tcp:192139:158"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>I am Jeſus,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, You hear the voice of that Jeſus of <hi>Nazareth,</hi> whom thou perſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cuteſt, while you pour out your rage, and ſtorms of your wrath upon my Servants.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>It is hard.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">In Trucul. Act. 4. ſc. 2. v. 55.</note> That is, It is a very trouble<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſome and vain labour. <hi>If thou beatest the pricks with thy fiſts, thou hurtest thy hands,</hi> ſays <hi>Plautus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To kick againſt the pricks.</hi> The Greek and Roman Writers frequently uſe this Proverb againſt ſuch as attempt a thing that will happen ill to them. For if Oxen being thruſt and galled with the goad, while they draw the Plough or Cart, ſhould kick, while they would hurt the goad, they do but hurt them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelves, becauſe as the Scholiaſt upon <hi>Pindarus,</hi> in the end of his ſecond <hi>Pythia,</hi> ſaith, <hi>they are more ſorcly ſtrucken,</hi> and beating their heel againſt the ſharp goad, they are pricked again with its point. Therefore by this proverbial phraſe the Lord Jeſus declares that <hi>Sauls</hi> wreſtling againſt him was to his own great hurt, ſo that if he deſiſted not from applying him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelf to ruine the Chriſtians, it would come to paſs that he ſhould dye a ſad death.</p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>And he trembling and aſtoniſhed,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, But <hi>Saul</hi> being terrified with the bright<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs of the Heavenly light, and the voice which came from Heaven, puts off his Wolf-like fierce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs, and puts on a Sheep like diſpoſition, and alſo freely, and willingly gave himſelf to do the com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mands of the great Shepherd of Souls whom he late<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly deſpiſed. For the Lord Jeſus ſends him to the City of <hi>Damaſcus,</hi> that he might there be taught of him what he himſelf would have him do, to whom he ſhould commit that charge from Heaven.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the men which journied with him.</hi> That is, They who were <hi>Pauls</hi> Companions in his Journey to <hi>Damaſcus.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="305" facs="tcp:192139:158"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Stood ſpeechleſs.</hi> That is, Being aſtoniſhed at the ſtrangeneſs of this admirable thing, they ſtood un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moved, or that I may uſe <hi>Virgils</hi> phraſe, they ſtuck immoveable to the ground. To ſtand here denotes not a poſture of the body, but a meer ſtaying, and is oppoſed to going forward, not to lying proſtrate, ſeeing below, <hi>ch.</hi> 26.14. that <hi>Pauls</hi> Companions fell upon the Earth. So <hi>Gen.</hi> 19.17. <hi>Neither ſtay thou in all the plain,</hi> that is, do not tarry nor delay. <hi>Lev.</hi> 13.37. <hi>If the ſcall be at a ſtay,</hi> that is, ſpread no farther.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Hearing a voice.</hi> To wit, Sent from Heaven, which beat upon their Ears, although, as it is ſaid below, <hi>ch.</hi> 22.9. they underſtood not the meaning and ſignification of the words; either becauſe they were not skilful in the Hebrew Dialect, wherein Chriſt ſpake to <hi>Saul,</hi> as may be ſeen below, <hi>ch.</hi> 26.14. or becauſe they indeed heard the ſound of the voice, but in the mean time did not exactly take up the words of that ſound. <hi>They heard,</hi> ſaith famous <hi>Lightfoot,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>a voice, but they heard not</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>a word.</hi> The like happened, <hi>Jo</hi> 12.29. Therefore <hi>to hear,</hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low, <hi>chap.</hi> 22.9. is put for <hi>to underſtand,</hi> as <hi>Gen.</hi> 11.7.42.23. <hi>Deut.</hi> 28.49. 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 18.26. <hi>Iſaiah</hi> 36.11. <hi>Jer.</hi> 5.15. &amp; 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 14.2 <hi>&amp;</hi> 21.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But ſeeing no man.</hi> Although they lifted up their Eyes to Heaven, whence the voice came, that they might ſee who ſpake to <hi>Saul. This,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, is the force of the word</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>in this place. For otherwiſe it were no won<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der that they ſaw none, who being ſtruck with fear, durſt not lift up their Eyes.</hi> Saul only ſaw him, who ſpake to him, as <hi>Dan.</hi> 10.7.</p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>And</hi> Saul <hi>aroſe from the earth.</hi> The Greek hath it, he was raiſed up, as <hi>Daniel</hi> was. <hi>Dan.</hi> 8.18.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And when his Eyes were opened, he ſaw no man.</hi> That is, His Eye-lids, which were ſhut, being ſeparated, he ſaw nothing at all, becauſe his Eyes were dazled with the great brightneſs of that Heavenly light which
<pb n="306" facs="tcp:192139:159"/>ſhone round about him, <hi>v.</hi> 3. as appears from the verſe immediately following, &amp; <hi>v.</hi> 12, 17 &amp; 18. and below, <hi>ch.</hi> 22.11.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But they led him by the hand.</hi> As blind men are uſually led. So <hi>Saul,</hi> who intended to lead the Diſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciples of Chriſt bound from <hi>Damaſcus</hi> to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> he himſelf is led, as it were, bound to <hi>Damaſcus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>And he was three days without ſight.</hi> It is probable that in theſe three days wherein he was deprived of his bodily ſight, the Lord Jeſus did make known to him the Doctrine of the Goſpel by internal viſions, that he might truly ſay, that he did not receive, nor learn the Goſpel from any mortal man, but Jeſus Chriſt, who ſits at the right hand of the Father, revealing it to him, <hi>Gal.</hi> 1.12.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And neither did eat nor drink.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Eſth. 4.16.</note> As the Jews of old, for three days. This he did, partly to give an outward teſtimony of his in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward repentance for his former doings, partly to be excited to pray with fervency.
<note place="margin">Adv. Pſych.</note> For <hi>Tertul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lian</hi> ſaith well, <hi>We are much more powerful in ſpirit, and lively in heart for ſpiritual things, while faſting, then when that dwelling houſe of the inner man is ſtuffed with Food, and overwhelmed with Wine.</hi> The Jews were forbidden to drink upon that day wherein they faſted: ſo that it was accounted a breach of their Faſt, if they ſhould ſwallow a drop of Wine or Water. They allowed one to waſh his mouth, and wipe it, provided he did ſpit it out again. As may be ſeen in <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, in the Treatiſe of a Faſt. They except from this conceſſion, that faſt which they keep upon the day of pardon, which they call <hi>Jom Kippur,</hi> and upon the ninth day of the fifth month, which they call <hi>Ab;</hi> upon theſe days they think it not lawful to waſh the mouth.</p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>And there was a certain Diſciple. Oecumenius</hi> calls this <hi>Ananias</hi> a Deacon, and thinks him to have
<pb n="307" facs="tcp:192139:159"/>been one of the LXX Diſciples who adhered to Jeſus Chriſt, while he was converſant upon Earth, next to the Apoſtles. <hi>Auguſtine</hi> will have him a Presbyter. <hi>Dorotheus</hi> writes that afterward he was made Biſhop of <hi>Damaſcus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In a viſion.</hi> Divinely excited. See what we have ſaid above, <hi>chap.</hi> 2.17.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Behold I am here, Lord.</hi> An Hebraiſm, That is, I am ready to receive, and do thy commands.</p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>Go into the ſtreet which is called</hi> Straight. That is, Into that ſtreet of <hi>Damaſcus,</hi> which is called <hi>Straight,</hi> the Greeks call it <hi>Euthia,</hi> perhaps becauſe it was plainer, and ſtraighter than any other ſtreet of that City.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of</hi> Tarſus. That is, Born in <hi>Tarſus,</hi> that moſt famous City of <hi>Cilicia.</hi> See below, <hi>chap.</hi> 21.39. &amp; <hi>ch.</hi> 22.3.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For behold he prayeth. Luke</hi> ſhews that <hi>Saul</hi> during his three days faſt, was continually taken up in pray<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>And he hath ſeen a viſion.</hi> To wit, <hi>Saul</hi> with the Eyes of his mind. They are the words of <hi>Luke,</hi> telling that <hi>Saul</hi> ſaw <hi>Ananias</hi> laying his hands upon him at that very time, wherein the Lord ſpake to <hi>Ananias</hi> concerning <hi>Saul. It is a viſion,</hi> ſaith <hi>Macro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bius, when one ſeeth that which falls out in the ſame man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner that it appeared to him. Suetonius</hi> in the life of <hi>Auguſtus:</hi> M. Cicero <hi>having purſued</hi> C. Caeſar <hi>into the Capitol, by chance told his former nights dream to his intimates, that a Child of a comely countenance being let down from Heaven in a golden Chain, ſtood at the door of the Capitol, and that</hi> Jupiter <hi>gave him a ſcourge: after<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward having on a ſudden ſeen</hi> Auguſtus, <hi>whom, as yet being unknown to the moſt part of them, his <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ncle</hi> Cae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſar <hi>had called to the Sacrifice, he affirmed it to be him, whoſe Image appeared to him in his ſleep.</hi> In the ſame place a little before, of <hi>Q. Catulus: And the next day ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving
<pb n="308" facs="tcp:192139:160"/>met</hi> Auguſtus <hi>being otherwiſe unknown to him, beheld him not without admiration, and ſaid he was moſt like the Boy of which he dream'd.</hi> Thus <hi>Ovidius</hi> ſays, <hi>As I dreamed to ſee men by order, ſuch do I perceive and ſee by order.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Lib. 11. Aſin. Aurei.</note> Apuleius ſaith, <hi>I preſently percei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved one of the Holy Prieſts, beſide the mark of his foot, alſo in the reſt of his habit and carriage agreeing exactly with a night Image, whom afterward I knew to have been called</hi> Aſinus Marcellus. Which places, though taken out of the writings of Heathens, do moſt fitly illuſtrate this Narration. For although <hi>Luke</hi> mentions only his name, and the lay<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing on of his hands, yet it is probable that <hi>Saul</hi> did ſee <hi>Ananias,</hi> as if he did view him with his Eyes. To wit, his countenance, ſtature, and all the reſt of his complexion: and therefore when he recovered af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terwards his ſight, he knew them to agree perfectly with his viſion. See what we have ſaid above, <hi>ch.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 17.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And putting his hands on him,</hi> &amp;c. See what is no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted above, <hi>ch.</hi> 8.17. and below, <hi>v.</hi> 17.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>How much evil he hath done to thy Saints.</hi> The Chriſtians are frequently ſo called, partly, becauſe by the very profeſſion of Chriſts Doctrine, and of their Faith in him, they are ſelected from the com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon ſort of Unbelievers to be Gods peculiar People, whom God himſelf by the Merits, and Interceſſion of Chriſt appointed to endow with an Heavenly Inheri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tance; partly, becauſe by their profeſs'd holineſs of life, they are eminent beyond all other Mortals, if they be not only Chriſtians in name, but really ſuch.</p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>And here,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, And (o<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mitting his other Villanies) he now cometh with power to bind all ſuch as have given up their names to thee.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>From the Chief Prieſts.</hi> That is, From the Princes of the Sa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>hedrin. For it is a Synecdoche, whereby
<pb n="309" facs="tcp:192139:160"/>the whole great Sanhedrin is deſigned by its nobleſt part.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That call on thy name.</hi> To call on Chriſt, or the name of Chriſt, is to give up his name to Chriſt, and to profeſs himſelf his Diſciple. So below, <hi>v.</hi> 21. &amp; 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 1.2. <hi>To name the name of Chriſt,</hi> is put in the ſame ſenſe, <hi>Rom.</hi> 15.20. &amp; 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 2.19.</p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>He is a choſen Veſſel unto me.</hi> An Hebraiſm. That is, a moſt choice inſtrument, <hi>a veſſel for Gods uſe,</hi> ſaith <hi>Rabbi Iſrael.
<note place="margin">ad Pſal. 51.</note> Neither,</hi> ſaith <hi>Gro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tius, did</hi> Polybius <hi>ſpeaking of</hi> Damocles, <hi>uſe the word</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, a veſſel, <hi>in another ſenſe:</hi> for this man was a moſt profitable veſſel for ſervice, and moſt fit for buſineſs. Compare 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 2.20, 21.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To bear my name.</hi> That is, That he might be a publiſher of my glory.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Before the Gentiles, and Kings, and the Children of</hi> Iſrael. As much as to ſay, That by his Preaching, my name may be famous among the Nations, yea, and among their Kings, as well as among the Jews. This refers to theſe places, <hi>Iſaiah</hi> 49.6. &amp; <hi>Jer.</hi> 1.10.</p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>For I will ſhew unto him,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, I will foreſhew him how many things he muſt undergo for Preaching my name, to wit, popular ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tred, the rage of the Gentiles, Priſons, Stripes, Hun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ger, Thirſt, Shipwrack, and a cruel death: and yet he will Preach my Name, and willingly ſuffer what he did to others for my names ſake.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>He entred into the houſe.</hi> To wit, Into <hi>Judas</hi>'s, where <hi>Saul</hi> lodged, as aboveſaid. <hi>v.</hi> 11.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And putting his hands on him.</hi> Putting on of hands is a viſible ſign of Prayer. Whence below, <hi>ch.</hi> 28.8. &amp; <hi>Jam.</hi> 5.14. health reſtored by a Miracle is attri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>buted jointly to both.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Lord,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Chriſt ſent me, who am but a common Diſciple, not an Apoſtle, to interpret unto you his will, that by his Grace you
<pb n="310" facs="tcp:192139:161"/>may receive the ſight, which you loſt, being dazled with the brightneſs of the Heavenly light; which ſhall be unto you a ſign of an inward viſion that you ſhall receive from Chriſt himſelf, through the abundant communication of the gifts of the Holy Ghoſt, with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out any human help, as ſoon as you ſhall recover your bodily ſight.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>As it had been ſcales.</hi> Which, when <hi>Sauls</hi> Eyes were dazled with the Heavenly light, were congealed, and hardened of the humors which fell from his Brain.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And he aroſe, and was baptized.</hi> After Chriſts In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtitution, by <hi>Ananias</hi> his advice, as may be ſeen be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low, <hi>ch.</hi> 22.16.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>And when he had received meat, he was strengthe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned.</hi> He did not refreſh his Body, though ſpent with three days faſting, until he had abundantly ſatis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fied his Soul, enlivened through faith by receiving Baptiſm.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Certain days.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Gal. 1.17.</note> For as <hi>Paul</hi> himſelf writes, he in a ſhort time went out of <hi>Damaſcus,</hi> (which then was under the Dominion of the <hi>Arabians</hi>) unto <hi>Arabia,</hi> which is the firſt Nation wherein <hi>Paul</hi> Preached the Goſpel, being like <hi>Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſes</hi> in this, who had his firſt ſtation in <hi>Arabia,</hi> after he had left <hi>Aegypt.</hi> So the Propheſy, <hi>Iſaiah</hi> 42.16. is myſtically fulfilled.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With the Diſciples which were at</hi> Damaſcus. That is, He joined himſelf with Chriſts followers; there were a good many ſuch at <hi>Damaſcus,</hi> ſince the time of that diſperſion, of which above, <hi>ch.</hi> 8. 1 &amp; 3.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>And ſtraightway,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Without any delay he taught in the Aſſemblies of the Jews at <hi>Damaſcus,</hi> that Jeſus of <hi>Nazareth</hi> is the Meſſiah, or Chriſt promiſed in the Law and the Prophets, by weighty, and ſolid arguments, which he learned from no man, but from Chriſt himſelf. Compare <hi>v.</hi> 22. &amp; <hi>Gal.</hi> 1.15 &amp; 16.</p>
               <pb n="311" facs="tcp:192139:161"/>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>That he is the Son of God.</hi> He ſaith preſently, <hi>v.</hi> 22. <hi>That this is very Chriſt.</hi> It ſeems this Sirname was commonly given to the Meſſiah.
<note place="margin">John 1.49.</note> For <hi>Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thaniel</hi> ſaith, Rabbi, <hi>thou art the Son of God, thou art the King of</hi> Iſrael, to wit, out of the ſecond <hi>Pſalm,</hi> which the Ancient Hebrews <hi>in the ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtruſe ſenſe</hi> interpreted of the Meſſiah. Therefore where <hi>Peter</hi> in <hi>Matthew,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Mat. 16.16.</note> calls him Chriſt the Son of the living God, <hi>Mark</hi> and <hi>Luke</hi> ſatisfied themſelves with the name <hi>Chriſt.</hi> And no wonder, ſeeing, as <hi>Origen</hi> ſaith excellently. <hi>What was Divine in that Man Jeſus whom we underſtand, the very ſame was the only begotten Son of God.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Is not this,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Is <hi>Saul</hi> alſo among the Prophets, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 10. <hi>v.</hi> 11.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That deſtroyed all them that called upon this name in</hi> Jeruſalem. That is, raged with great cruelty againſt all Chriſts Diſciples at <hi>Jeruſalem. The Greek word,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, which is rendred,</hi> deſtroyed, <hi>ſignifieth to vex.</hi> Paul <hi>uſeth the ſame word in this Hiſtory,</hi> Gal. 1.13 &amp; 23.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And came hither.</hi> To wit, To <hi>Damaſcus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>But</hi> Saul <hi>increaſed the more in ſtrength.</hi> To wit, In knowledge, and liberty of ſpeaking. Whence in ſome Copies is added <hi>in ſpeech.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And confounded the Jews.</hi> As much as to ſay, And being thus ſtrengthened by the Holy Ghoſt, he con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>futed, reproved and convinced the Jews.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Proving.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſupply, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>them,</hi> that is, <hi>teaching them,</hi> as the <hi>Arabian</hi> turns it, <hi>teaching them for certain,</hi> as the <hi>Aethiopick</hi> renders it. It an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſwers to the Hebrew word, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which is rendred <hi>to inſtruct, to cauſe to underſtand, Iſa.</hi> 40.14. <hi>Dan.</hi> 9.22. and the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that is rendred <hi>to make known, Exod.</hi> 18.16. <hi>Deut.</hi> 4.9. <hi>Iſa.</hi> 60.13. alſo <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to teach, Exod.</hi> 4.12 &amp; 15. <hi>Lev.</hi> 10.11. <hi>Pſal.</hi> 32.10. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, is properly to join things by art, that by
<pb n="312" facs="tcp:192139:162"/>an indiſſoluble tye they may ſtick together. But he who teacheth any other, allures him to himſelf, and by perſuading, and convincing him, does, as it were, knit, and glew him to himſelf. Hence in <hi>Heſychius</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is interpreted <hi>perſuaſion, doctrine, faith;</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>let him teach.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>thoſe that have been taught.</hi> Hither belongeth that of <hi>Paul,</hi> 1 Cor. 2.16. <hi>Who hath known the mind of the Lord, that he may in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtruct him?</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that is, as <hi>Lud. de Dieu</hi> interprets it, <hi>that he may thus convince him by his reaſons, as to knit him, and as it were glew him to himſelf.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>And after that many days were fulfilled.</hi> By thoſe many days are to be underſtood the three years which <hi>Paul</hi> ſpent in <hi>Arabia,</hi> whither, as we obſerved above, <hi>v.</hi> 19. out of <hi>Gal.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 17. he was gone ſoon after his Converſion, although <hi>Luke,</hi> who was not with him, does not make mention of this Journey. <hi>Paul,</hi> ſaith <hi>Capellus,</hi> Gal. 1.17. <hi>denies that he came to</hi> Jeruſalem <hi>to the Apoſtles, immediately after his Conver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſion, but that he went ſtraight from</hi> Damaſcus <hi>to</hi> Ara<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bia, <hi>and from thence returned to</hi> Damaſcus. <hi>Laſtly, that after three years he came to</hi> Jeruſalem. <hi>Theſe three years muſt be begun no where but at</hi> Pauls <hi>Converſion, that by this</hi> Paul <hi>might teſtify that he came not to</hi> Jeruſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem, <hi>until the end of three years after his Converſion, to them which were Apoſtles before him. This being granted, it muſt needs be that</hi> Paul <hi>ſpent not thoſe three years in</hi> Damaſcus, <hi>but in</hi> Arabia. <hi>For if a great part of them was ſpent at</hi> Damaſcus, <hi>ſeeing that</hi> Damaſcus <hi>was diſtant from</hi> Jeruſalem <hi>but a very few days Journey, and that there was great commerce betwixt the</hi> Damaſcenes, <hi>and the</hi> Jews <hi>at</hi> Jeruſalem, <hi>how could it be, when</hi> Paul <hi>came from</hi> Damaſcus <hi>to</hi> Jeruſalem, <hi>that all the Believers did avoid him, not knowing that he was converted to the faith of Christ? Hence then it ſeems a strong argument may be drawn, that</hi> Paul <hi>immediately after his Converſion, went from</hi> Damaſcus <hi>to</hi> Arabia, <hi>and that he ſpent thoſe
<pb n="313" facs="tcp:192139:162"/>three years there, after which time, when he came to</hi> Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maſcus, <hi>and immediately had ſnares laid for him by the</hi> Jews, <hi>that being let down in the night time by the wall in a Basket, he came to</hi> Jeruſalem, <hi>and that at first the faithful fled from him, becauſe he ſpent all the time ſince his Converſion in</hi> Arabia, <hi>among that people who had little or no Commerce with thoſe of</hi> Jeruſalem. <hi>So that thus they might be ignorant of his Converſion, which could not ſo eaſily be, if</hi> Paul <hi>had ſpent thoſe three years, or the most part of them at</hi> Damaſcus.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Jews took counſel to kill him.</hi> By a judgment of zeal. Of which we ſpake above, <hi>ch.</hi> 7.57.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>And they watched the Gates.</hi> The Jews, to wit, of the City, that he might not eſcape, and be gone. See how ſoon that which Chriſt foretold above, <hi>v.</hi> 16. is fulfilled.</p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>Let him down by the wall.</hi> As <hi>Rahab</hi> of old did the Spies:
<note place="margin">Joſh. 2.15. 1 Sam. 19.12. Strom. 4. &amp; 7.</note> ſhe let them down by a Cord through the Window. So alſo <hi>David</hi> was let down through a Window. <hi>Clemens Alexandrinus</hi> ſaith excellently, What hazards muſt be undergone, and what ſhunned by him, who neither wiſheth for, nor feareth death, Chriſt hath left to be judged by Gods glory, and the uſe of Men. <hi>Although a Christian fly, he flyeth not for fear, but obeying his Masters command,</hi> Mat. 10.23. <hi>and keeping himſelf pure for the Salvation of others, to whom he may be uſeful,</hi> ſays <hi>Origen</hi> againſt <hi>Celſus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Let him down by the wall in a Basket.</hi> With Cords. As <hi>Jeremiah,</hi> Jer. 38. v. 6.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>And when</hi> Saul <hi>was come to</hi> Jeruſalem. <hi>Paul</hi> the Apoſtle going to <hi>Damaſcus,</hi> was converted to the knowledge of the Heavenly Truth, and Faith in Jeſus Chriſt. <hi>This year,</hi> ſaith <hi>Camerarius, is put the firſt of his Apostolick Office, and it falls in the</hi> 35th <hi>year of Christ, and the twentieth of</hi> Tiberius <hi>his Reign. The
<pb n="314" facs="tcp:192139:163"/>ſecond year he went to</hi> Arabia, <hi>and from thence having come to</hi> Damaſcus, <hi>he fell in danger, whence he was de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>livered, being let down by a wall in a Basket. This year is now</hi> Pauls <hi>third year, and of Christ the</hi> 37th, <hi>and that time falls in in the end of</hi> Tiberius <hi>his Reign. <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>pon the</hi> 38th <hi>year of Christ, and the first of</hi> Caius Caeſar, <hi>and his own fourth year he came to</hi> Jeruſalem <hi>to ſee</hi> Peter. See <hi>Gal.</hi> 1.17 &amp; 18.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He eſſayed to join himſelf to the Diſciples.</hi> That is, He indeavoured to become acquainted with them, and converſe with them, as Believers do with one another, above, <hi>ch.</hi> 5.13. and below, <hi>ch.</hi> 10.28.</p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>But</hi> Barnabas. Of whom above, <hi>ch.</hi> 4. 36.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Brought him to the Apostles.</hi> To wit, Which were at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> to <hi>Peter,</hi> to ſee whom he mainly came thither, and to <hi>James</hi> the Lords Brother, <hi>Gal.</hi> 1.15, 19.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And declared.</hi> To wit, <hi>Barnabas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>How he had Preached boldly at</hi> Damaſcus <hi>in the name of Jeſus.</hi> That is, Openly, and publickly Preached Jeſus and his Doctrine.</p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>And he was with them.</hi> That is, With <hi>Peter</hi> and <hi>James.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Coming in and going out.</hi> That is, Executing his Apoſtolical Office. See of this manner of ſpeaking above, <hi>ch.</hi> 1.21.</p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>And he ſpake boldly in the name of the Lord Jeſus.</hi> As much as to ſay, He ſtrongly maintained the Cauſe of Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And diſputed against the</hi> Grecians. Who they are that are here called <hi>Grecians, Helleniſts,</hi> we have ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plained above, <hi>ch.</hi> 6. <hi>v.</hi> 1. and it is no wonder that <hi>Paul,</hi> as being of <hi>Tarſus,</hi> did diſpute with them pecu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liarly, and by themſelves, and that with the greater deſire, becauſe in that controverſy raiſed by the very ſame men againſt <hi>Stephen,</hi> they found none more for their Faction than this ſame <hi>Paul. Him alſo,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, they ſlandred, that when he could not obtain Marriage of the
<pb n="315" facs="tcp:192139:163"/>High-Priests Daughter, being moved with anger, imbrae ced the Chriſtian Religion. Many ſuch like Fables doth that murthering Spirit invent this day againſt the faithful Servants of God, both alive and dead. Ebion</hi> the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reſiarch certainly, as <hi>Epiphanius</hi> relates,
<note place="margin">Haer. 30.</note> ſlandereth <hi>Paul,</hi> that being a <hi>Greek,</hi> and his Father alſo being a <hi>Greek,</hi> he ſhould have gone up to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> and that having tarried there a ſhort while, he fell in love with the High-Prieſts Daugh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter, and hoping to injoy her in Marriage, was Cir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cumciſed, and imbraced the Jewiſh Religion: but that his hope being fruſtrated, he was inraged with anger and wrath againſt the Law. The very ſim<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plicity of the truth, wherewith the Holy Spirit has again and again ſealed the Hiſtory of <hi>Paul</hi> in the Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly Scriptures, refuteth enough the groſs calumny of <hi>Ebion</hi> againſt him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But they went about to ſlay him.</hi> Inhumane and cruel Hypocriſy and Superſtition, when they find them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelves unable to reſiſt the Truth, they, like Rave<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nous Beaſts, with blind and precipitous violence run on to perſecute it.</p>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>They brought him.</hi> Who was forewarned by a Viſion, that he ſhould leave <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> as may be ſeen below, <hi>ch.</hi> 22.17 &amp; 18. The <hi>Syriack</hi> adds, <hi>In the night.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To</hi> Caeſarea. To wit, <hi>Philippi,</hi> ſituated about Mount <hi>Lebanon,</hi> at the meeting together of <hi>Jor</hi> and <hi>Dan,</hi> where <hi>Jordan</hi> hath its beginning. See what we have noted concerning this City, above, <hi>ch.</hi> 8.4. <hi>Mat.</hi> 16.14.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſent him forth to</hi> Tarſus. A moſt famous City of <hi>Cilicia,</hi> where <hi>Saul</hi> himſelf was born, as may be ſeen below, <hi>ch.</hi> 21.39. &amp; <hi>ch.</hi> 22.4. Of this City <hi>Strabo</hi> ſaith, Tarſus <hi>is ſituated in a Plain; it was built by the</hi> Argivi, <hi>who with</hi> Triptolemus <hi>wandred, ſeeking for</hi> Io. <hi>The River</hi> Cydnus <hi>paſſeth through it to the very place
<pb n="316" facs="tcp:192139:164"/>where young Champions exerciſe their ſtrength. Its Springs not being far diſtant from it, and its Channel running through a huge Valley, whence preſently the River falls into the City; the River is cold and ſharp, whereby it cures both Men and Cattel that are troubled with the Gout, or thickneſs of ſinews. They of</hi> Tarſus <hi>were ſo addicted to the Study of Philoſophy, and that Diſcipline which they call</hi> Encyclia, <hi>that they out-ſtript</hi> Athens, Alexandria, <hi>and any other place that can be named, where there were Schools, and Exerciſes of Philoſophers, and of Learning. Tarſus</hi> brought forth men eminent for Learning, among others, <hi>Hermogenes,</hi> who wrote with great praiſe of the Art of Rhetorick, whoſe work is yet extant. <hi>Stephanus Byzantius</hi> ſaith that <hi>Tar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſus</hi> was built by <hi>Sardanapalus</hi> the laſt King of the <hi>Aſſyrians.</hi> Others in <hi>Dio Chryſoſtomus,</hi> ſay it was built by Heroes,
<note place="margin">Lib. 14.</note> or Giants. <hi>Ammianus Marcellinus</hi> ſaith that <hi>Perſeus</hi> the Son of <hi>Jupiter,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">ch. 41.</note> and <hi>Danaes</hi> were the builders of <hi>Tarſus,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Lib. 4.</note> of which Judgment was <hi>Solinus,</hi> and <hi>Lucan</hi> who therefore calls it <hi>Perſea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="31">31. <hi>Then had the Churches reſt.</hi> To wit, The heat of Perſecution being aſſuaged, when the violent, and furious rage of the Churches Enemies, which was ſtirred up at the ſight of <hi>Saul,</hi> was laid. There is no War, contrary to the Churches Peace, but Per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſecution.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And were edified.</hi> That is, And were confirmed, as <hi>Paul</hi> uſeth the word, 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 1.10.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Walking in the fear of the Lord.</hi> A Hebraiſm, That is, Moſt reverently Worſhipping the Lord. The like conſtruction is in 1 <hi>Mac.</hi> 6.23 &amp; 59.</p>
               <p n="32">32. <hi>Paſſed throughout all Quarters.</hi> That is, Went about from one place to another, incouraging the Bre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thren.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which dwelt at</hi> Lydda. <hi>Lydda,</hi> which was after<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward called <hi>Dioſpolis,</hi> is a City of the Tribe of <hi>E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phraim,</hi>
                  <pb n="317" facs="tcp:192139:164"/>not far from the <hi>Mediterranean</hi> Sea, upon the confines of the Tribe of <hi>Dan.</hi> It is alſo called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in the Hebrew Text, 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 8.12. This City, as <hi>Joſephus</hi> relates, its Inhabitants being gone up to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">4 Bell. Jud. 23.</note> to the Feaſt of <hi>Ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bernacles,</hi> was burnt by <hi>Ceſtus. Benja<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>min</hi> in his Itinerary, ſaith, that <hi>Lydda</hi> in his time was called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, now it is commonly called <hi>S. George.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="33">33. <hi>Named</hi> Aeneas. <hi>Aeneas,</hi> or as the Poets pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nounce it <hi>Aineias,</hi> is the Greek Interpretation of the Jewiſh name <hi>Hillel.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="34">34. <hi>Ariſe, and make thy Bed.</hi> He is not comman<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ded to riſe and walk, but he himſelf (not another, as was uſual) who for eight years ſpace could not move one of his Members, is commanded to riſe, make up, ſmooth, and fit his Bed for lying in, which was diſordered, uneven, and troubleſome to lie upon, as it uſeth to be by the toſſings of ſick People; this was a ſure argument that ſtrength was reſtored to his Members.</p>
               <p n="35">35. <hi>Sarone. Saron,</hi> or <hi>Sarona,</hi> or <hi>Saronas,</hi> is the name of a Region beyond <hi>Jordan,</hi> upon the Borders of the Tribes of <hi>Dan,</hi> and <hi>Ephraim,</hi> upon the Coaſt of the <hi>Mediterranean</hi> Sea, from <hi>Joppa,</hi> even to <hi>Caeſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rea</hi> of <hi>Paleſtine,</hi> riſing below <hi>Lydda,</hi> of which Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gion, 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 27.29. &amp; <hi>Iſa.</hi> 33.9. See our literal explanation on <hi>Cant.</hi> 2.1. The Metropolis of this Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gion was called <hi>Leſharon,</hi> or <hi>Laſharon, which belonged to</hi> Saron. Whence among the Kings conquered by <hi>Joſhua,</hi> Joſh 12.18. there is, <hi>The King of</hi> Laſharon. The vulgar Latin, <hi>Pagninus,</hi> and the <hi>Engliſh</hi> Interpre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter judged rightly that the letter <hi>Lamed</hi> did belong to the denomination of the City, as alſo in the Ju<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>daick Map, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, is a Royal City, upon a Hill cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led <hi>the Hill of</hi> Saron, in the Tribe of <hi>Ephraim. Luke</hi> ſeems here to call this place the <hi>Saron,</hi> by an Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phaſis, for there is another City called <hi>Saron,</hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>yond
<pb n="318" facs="tcp:192139:165"/>
                  <hi>Jordan,</hi> in the Tribe of <hi>Gad,</hi> upon the River <hi>Arnon,</hi> of which, 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 5.16.</p>
               <p n="36">36. Tabitha, <hi>which by Interpretation is called</hi> Dor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cas. That is, whoſe proper <hi>Syrian</hi> name <hi>Tabitha,</hi> from the Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, a Roe, was by the Greeks ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſſed by their proper name <hi>Dorcas. She was called</hi> Dorcas, ſaith <hi>Grotius, among the</hi> Greeks, <hi>even as</hi> Thomas Didymus, Cephas Peter. See below, <hi>v.</hi> 39.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Full of good works, and Alms-deeds which ſhe did.</hi> A Hebrew phraſe. That is, Marvellouſly given to every praiſe-worthy work, chiefly to Offices of Chari<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty, by which our Neighbours are helped, and the poors want ſupplyed.</p>
               <p n="37">37. <hi>Whom when they had waſhed.</hi> The cuſtom of waſhing the Bodies of the dead,
<note place="margin">4 var. hiſt. 1.</note> was u<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſed by <hi>Greeks, Latines,</hi> and <hi>Hebrews. Elian</hi> writes of the <hi>Illyrian Dardans, That they were only waſhed thrice in their whole life, to wit, after they are born, when they are married, and when they dye.</hi> In <hi>Euripides, Creon</hi> King of the <hi>Thebans,</hi> calls <hi>Jocaſta</hi> to waſh the Body of her Son. <hi>Miſenus</hi> the Trumpeter is waſhed, and anointed, before he is buried, in <hi>Virgil Aen.</hi> 6. <hi>v.</hi> 218 &amp; 219. Where <hi>Servius</hi> cites out of <hi>Ennius: A good Woman waſhed, and anointed the Body of</hi> Tar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quinius. <hi>Maimonides</hi> in his Abridgment Talmudick, called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Book 4. of the fourth part, <hi>ch.</hi> 4. <hi>Of Mourning, and Mourners. It is,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>the cuſtom in</hi> Iſrael, <hi>about the dead and their burial, that when any is dead, they ſhut his Eyes, and if he hath his Mouth open, it muſt be ſhut, tying a ligature about his Jaws, that it open not again, the place at which he voids his Excrements is ſtopped, but this after the Body is waſhed. Then he is anointed with Ointments made up of divers kinds of perfumes, and his Head being ſhaved, the Body is rolled up in white linnen, prepared for the purpoſe, which are not of great value, that an equality may be kept be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>twixt the rich and the poor. Alſo the face of the dead,
<pb n="319" facs="tcp:192139:165"/>before he be put in the Coffin, is covered with a Handker<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chief, the price of which muſt not exceed the fourth part of a Shekel,</hi> which fourth part is equal to an Attick Drachma, and to the <hi>Roman</hi> Denary; and is equiva<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lent to ſeven pence half-penny of the now <hi>Engliſh</hi> Mony. <hi>Being then put into the Coffin,</hi> ſaith <hi>Maimoni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>des</hi> further, <hi>he is carried upon Mens ſhoulders, even to the burying place, and there before the Body be buried, there are ſome things read, which have been written by their Anceſtors for this purpoſe, whereby Divine Juſtice is ſet forth, and the ſins of men exaggerated, for which they de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſerved death, and God is intreated that he may exerciſe his Justice, ſo as not forget himſelf to be merciful. Then the Corps, together with the Bier, upon which it lay upon its back, being put in a Cave, is covered. Laſtly, they go to the Mourners, and ſomething is recited by them for their comfort. Which being ended, every one goes to his buſineſs, neither doth there any difference appear betwixt the rich and the poor, the noble, and the ignoble, neither in the burial of the dead, nor in the comfort of the living.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="38">38. <hi>And foraſmuch as</hi> Lydda <hi>was nigh unto</hi> Joppa. There are ſaid to be ſix miles betwixt <hi>Joppa,</hi> and <hi>Lydda.</hi> See what we have ſaid of <hi>Joppa</hi> in our literal explanation, <hi>Jon.</hi> 1.3.</p>
               <p n="39">39. <hi>Shewing the Coats and Garments.</hi> That is, <hi>Wo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven works, the Monuments of her hands,</hi> as <hi>Virgil</hi> ſpeaks. The words in the Greek ſignify Coats and Cloaks.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which</hi> Dorcas <hi>made while ſhe was with them.</hi> So it is in the Greek, but the Vulgar Interpreter takes the words, as if it were ſaid, <hi>which ſhe made for them.</hi> So alſo <hi>Cyprian</hi> in his Book of Alms, and Works doth take them. <hi>Tabitha,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>being very much given to the doing of good Works, and Alms-deeds, when ſhe was ſick and dead,</hi> Peter <hi>is called to her lifeleſs Corps; and when according to his Apoſtolical Humanity he came, the Widows ſtood about him weeping, and requesting, ſhewing the Cloaks, and the Coats, and all the Garments
<pb n="320" facs="tcp:192139:166"/>which they had taken before, neither did they interceed for the dead with their own words, but with her Works.</hi> Peter <hi>knew that what was thus asked, might be obtained; and that Christs aſſistance would not be wanting to pray<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing Widows, when he himſelf was clothed in the perſon of thoſe Widows. When therefore he prayed upon his knees, and this fit Advocate for the Poor and Widows, had pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſented to God the Prayers addreſſed to him, having turned about to the Body that lay already waſhed upon a Table;</hi> Tabitha, <hi>ſaith he,</hi> riſe in the name of Jeſus Chriſt. <hi>Neither did he, who ſaid in his Goſpel, that he would give whatever was asked in his name, fail</hi> Peter, <hi>but brought preſent help. Death therefore is ſuſpended, and her ſpirit restored; and to the wonder, and astoniſhment of all, the revived body is restored to the light of the world; ſo powerful were the deſerts of Charity, ſuch was the efficacy of good works. She who gave ſupplies to the labouring Widows merited,</hi> that is, <hi>obtained, to be reſtored to life by the prayer of the Widows.</hi> The Ancient La<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dies uſed to make woven Garments with their own hands, as <hi>Servius</hi> hath noted upon <hi>Aeneid.</hi> 11. <hi>v.</hi> 74. See 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 2.19. <hi>Prov.</hi> 31.13. <hi>Tob.</hi> 2.11, &amp;c.</p>
               <p n="40">40. <hi>But</hi> Peter <hi>put them all forth.</hi> That is, Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>manded them to go forth, that being ſolitary, and re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tired, he might pray with greater freedom.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And kneeled down and prayed.</hi> That all the parts of him might be imployed in the Worſhip of God, and that the outward exerciſe of the Body, might help the weakneſs of the mind. <hi>It is our part,</hi> ſaith <hi>Calvin, as often as we kneel, that the inward ſubmiſſion of our Heart anſwer the Ceremony, that it may not be vain and deceitful.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Tabitha <hi>ariſe.</hi> This ſpeaking to the dead Body, doth more clearly hold out the power of God in rai<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſing the dead, then if in the third Perſon it ſhould be ſaid, Let this Body be enlivened, and revive again. Therefore <hi>Ezekiel</hi> holding out the deliverance of the
<pb n="321" facs="tcp:192139:166"/>People under the Type of the Reſurrection, <hi>ch.</hi> 37.4. <hi>Dry bones,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>hear the Word of the Lord.</hi> And Chriſt, <hi>John</hi> 5.25. <hi>The dead ſhall hear the voice of the Son of God, and they that ſhall hear, ſhall live.</hi> That was the real voice of Chriſt, which being ſent out at <hi>Peters</hi> mouth, reſtored her ſpirit to <hi>Tabitha</hi>'s Body, The circumſtances which follow, are put to confirm the truth of the Miracle.</p>
               <p n="42">42. <hi>Believed,</hi> &amp;c. Now the fruit of the Miracle appears manifold. For God comforted the poor, a pious Matron is reſtored unto the Church, in whoſe death there was a great loſs, and many are called to the Faith. For though <hi>Peter</hi> was the Miniſter of ſo great a miracle, yet he keeps not men to himſelf, but directs them to Chriſt.</p>
               <p n="43">43. <hi>With one</hi> Simon <hi>a Tanner.</hi> It was a cuſtom even among the learnedſt of the Jews to learn ſome Trade, ſo that when it was requiſite, they might ſuſtain themſelves, and not burden others. So <hi>Rabbi Joſe</hi> was a <hi>Skinner, Rabbi Jochanan</hi> a <hi>Shoemaker, Rabbi Juda</hi> a <hi>Baker, Rabbi Meir</hi> a <hi>Scrivener.
<note place="margin">18 Antiq. 12.</note> Jo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſephus</hi> ſaith of <hi>Aſinaeus,</hi> and <hi>Aſilaeus,</hi> Jews in <hi>Babylon, Their Mothers ſet them to learn the Wea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vers Trade, which is not eſteemed undecent to thoſe Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions, where even men are makers of Yarn.</hi> So the A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſtles were Fiſhers after Chriſts Reſurrection. <hi>Paul,</hi> who was trained up in Sacred, and Profane Learning at <hi>Tarſus,</hi> and at <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> made Tents as well as <hi>Aqui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>la,</hi> born in <hi>Pontus,</hi> below <hi>ch.</hi> 18. <hi>v.</hi> 3.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="10" type="chapter">
               <pb n="322" facs="tcp:192139:167"/>
               <head>CHAP. X.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>THere was in Ceſarea.</hi> Which in the time of the <hi>Romans,</hi> was the Head City of <hi>Paleſtine,</hi> as we learn from <hi>Tacitus</hi> lib. 8. <hi>Cornelius</hi> the Centurion who is ſpoken of here, was made Biſhop of this City by <hi>Peter,</hi> as <hi>Iſidore</hi> ſaith in his <hi>Chronicle,</hi> or rather <hi>Lu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cas Tudenſis</hi> in his Additions to it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Cornelius.</hi> This Name ſhews him to be a <hi>Roman,</hi> or at leaſt of <hi>Italian</hi> Extraction, and in him began to be fulfilled the Propheſy of <hi>Iſa. c.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 4. &amp; 11.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Centurion of the Band, which is called the</hi> Italian <hi>Band. That is, Of the</hi> Italian <hi>Legion. The</hi> Italian <hi>Legion,</hi> ſaith Grotius, <hi>is on an Ancient Stone, which</hi> Lipſius <hi>on</hi> Ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>citus <hi>Hiſt.</hi> 2. <hi>mentions, and</hi> Tacitus <hi>himſelf of tentimes.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>A Devout man, and one that feared God.</hi> That is, A Worſhipper of the true God, according to that, which reaſon and the Law of <hi>Moſes</hi> did teach him to be moſt agreeable to inward Godlineſs. Such are cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led <hi>holy amongſt the Nations</hi> by the <hi>Talmudiſts, De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vout Greeks,</hi> below <hi>chap.</hi> 7. <hi>v.</hi> 4.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With all his houſe. Cornelius</hi> did Govern his Family in the fear of the Lord, contemning the fear of danger, which might thence follow, for the <hi>Jewiſh</hi> Religion was very odious in thoſe Days: Neither was it lawful for any <hi>Roman,</hi> to embrace any ſtrange Religion was they called it. <hi>Wherefore,</hi> ſaith <hi>Calvin</hi> very well, <hi>altho the ſincere profeſſion of the, Goſpel is much at this day decri'd: Yet that fearfulneſs is too Griminal, if on the account of that unjuſt hatred, any one ſhould not dare dedicate his Family, by a holy Inſtitution, to Gods Worſhip.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Giving much Alms to the poor.</hi> That is, To all Poor Jews, whom he loved the rather for that they Wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhipped
<pb n="323" facs="tcp:192139:167"/>the one true God, and with open bowels did beſtow what Gods Goodneſs had afforded him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And praying to God alway.</hi> That is, Aſſiduous in pouring forth Prayers to the one true God, to which the daily benefits of God do invite us and ſtir us up.</p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>He ſaw in a viſion evidently.</hi> Not in dreams but waking, with Corporeal Eyes, not raviſhed in Spirit without himſelf, as it happened to <hi>Peter</hi> after, <hi>v.</hi> 10. &amp; <hi>chap.</hi> 11. <hi>v.</hi> 5.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>About the ninth hour of the day.</hi> That is, about the hour of evening Prayer and Sacrifice. See our Notes above, <hi>chap.</hi> 3. <hi>v</hi> 1.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>An Angel of God.</hi> Out of Gods Goodneſs, an An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gel and an Apoſtle are ſent to the Centurion, who had rightly made uſe of the Heavenly gifts beſtowed on him, that he might be enriched with the full light of the Goſpel.</p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>What is it, Lord?</hi> As if he ſhould ſay, Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mand what thou wilt, Lord, I will obey thy Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mands.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Are come up for a memorial before God.</hi> That is, Thy Alms and thy Prayers have been pleaſing to God. The Phraſe is taken from the Legal Incenſe. <hi>For,</hi> ſaith Grotius, <hi>that is properly called</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>in Greek</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>a memorial,</hi> Levit. <hi>and elſewhere. And the ſmoke of the Incenſe is ſaid to aſcend,</hi> Rev. 8. <hi>v.</hi> 4. <hi>But this In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cenſe was a Type of Prayers,</hi> Rev. 5. <hi>v.</hi> 8. &amp; 8. <hi>v.</hi> 3. <hi>Prayer, ſay the Ancients, is carried up by two wings, faſting and the works of mercy.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>And now.</hi> That is, Now therefore. The Angel ſhews him the Apoſtle, and the Apoſtle ſhews him Chriſt.</p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>He ſhall tell thee what thou oughteſt to do.</hi> That is, as it is expounded <hi>chap.</hi> 11. <hi>v.</hi> 14. <hi>Who ſhall ſpeak words to thee, in which thou and all thy Family ſhall be ſaved.</hi> As if he ſhould ſay, He will inſtruct thee in the knowledge of Chriſt, (which is the only way to Sal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vation)
<pb n="324" facs="tcp:192139:168"/>that thou, and thy whole houſe, may be ſaved. God uſes no other way, but the Inſtrument of preach<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing, to inſtil into men the knowledge of the Goſpel. <hi>This is Gods ordinary way which he hath eſtabliſhed, and we may not expect another,</hi> moſt truly ſaith (and proves it, from <hi>Rom.</hi> 10. <hi>v.</hi> 14.) My deareſt Wifes Uncle, the reverend <hi>Samuel Gardner</hi> Doctor of Divinity, one of his Majeſties Chaplains in ordinary, in his grave and learned Sermon on the Dignity and Duty of the Miniſters of the Goſpel, Printed in 1672.</p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>A Souldier fearing God.</hi> All the Domeſticks of <hi>Cornelius</hi> feared the Lord, as is ſaid before <hi>v.</hi> 2. but all the Souldiers, which were under his Command, were not Godly and Religious. We have a like, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> of Souldiers and Dome<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſticks, <hi>Matt.</hi> 8. <hi>v.</hi> 9.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of them that waited on him.</hi> That is, They waited before the doors to receive his Commands. <hi>Ovid,</hi> ſpeaking of a Lover and a Souldier, ſaith,
<q>
                     <hi>This tends his Miſtreſſes, but that his Captains, doors.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>When he had declared all theſe things to them. Cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nelius</hi> explained all things to his Souldier, and Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vants, the more to encourage them to perform a Command, which they ſaw was more Gods than Man<hi>'s. He doubted not,</hi> ſaith <hi>Calvin, to truſt thoſe with this great ſecret, whom he had before trained honeſt<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly up.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>Peter went up to the houſe top.</hi> Gr. <hi>to the roof of the houſe.</hi> The Jews built the roofs of their houſes flat, not ſpire wiſe. <hi>Hierom</hi> in his Epiſtle to <hi>Sunia</hi> and <hi>Fretela</hi> ſays, that <hi>in the Eaſtern Provinces, that is called</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>which the Latins call tectum. For in</hi> Paleſtine <hi>and</hi> Egypt, <hi>or in thoſe places where the holy Bible was writ or interpreted, their houſes are not ridged but flat roofed, which at</hi> Rome <hi>they call Leads or Balcony's, that is, flat roofs
<pb n="325" facs="tcp:192139:168"/>ſupported by Beams placed acroſs.</hi> The Vulgar Tranſla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion uſes this word for a houſe, <hi>Prov.</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 9. &amp; 25. <hi>v.</hi> 24. Anſelm, on <hi>Matth.</hi> fol. 45. <hi>In</hi> Paleſtine <hi>they uſe to make their Roofs flat, not copped. Even ſo the Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple of</hi> Solomon <hi>was made flat above, and in the Circuit of the Gallery there were Grates, leſt any one ſhould una<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wares fall down: and the Doctors had there their Seats, that they might from thence ſpeak to the People.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To pray.</hi> To wit, Secretly, and without interrup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion. <hi>Suetonius</hi> ſays of <hi>Auguſtus; If at any time he deſired to do any thing in ſecret, and without interruption, he had an apartment above for that purpoſe,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>About the ſixth hour.</hi> That is, As the famous <hi>Dru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſius</hi> interprets it, <hi>The time of Prayer, which they call,</hi> The Prayer of Sacrifice, <hi>or</hi> of Oblation; <hi>which begun at half an hour paſt ſix, and laſted till half an hour paſt nine. It was alſo the hour of Dining, therefore in the Book, whoſe Title is</hi> Principium Sapientiae, <hi>it is called,</hi> The time of Refreſhment. <hi>Before this Prayer they taſted not of any thing, and it was of great eſteem amongſt the Ancients.</hi> See what is ſaid above, <hi>ch.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 15. &amp; <hi>ch.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 1.</p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>Would have eaten.</hi> Gr. <hi>Taſted.</hi> That is, Eaten. <hi>A Metonymia of the deſign'd effect,</hi> ſaith <hi>Piſcator; for we taſt Meats for this Reaſon, that if they pleaſe us, we may eat them.</hi> From hence we may gather, that the Jews were wont to Dine at Mid-day, (which with them was the ſixth hour,) and <hi>Joſephus</hi> in his own Life, ſays that this was the hour of their Dinner on their Sabbath. See before, <hi>ch.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 15.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He fell into a Trance.</hi> That is, He was entranced, or without himſelf, that he minded not what was done about him, neither had he any ſenſe of any out<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward thing, but was wholly intent upon his Internal Idea's. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>in this place is,</hi> ſaith <hi>Price, (as ſaith</hi> Apu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>leius <hi>in his Apology</hi>) to be aſtoniſhed even to the forgetfulneſs of things preſent, and the Memory be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
<pb n="326" facs="tcp:192139:169"/>by little and little removed from Corporeal Things, is made intent upon that Nature which is Immortal and Divine. <hi>Auguſtine</hi> ſays of his Mother, 9 <hi>Confeſſ.</hi> 5. ſhe ſuffer'd a defection of mind, and for a time was eſtranged from noticing things preſent.</p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>And he ſaw Heaven opened.</hi> That is, Heaven ſeemed to him to be divided, as it were with a wide opening; and that way it opened a covering like a great ſheet, did deſcend to him bound at the four Corners, hanging from Heaven down to the Earth. <hi>But,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, that ſheet ſeemed to hang from Heaven, to ſignify our liberty indulg'd from Heaven.</hi> See what we have ſaid before, <hi>chap.</hi> 7. <hi>v.</hi> 56.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A certain Veſſel, as it had been a ſheet.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>Although I am not ignorant,</hi> ſaith the moſt fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mous <hi>Heinſius, how large ſignification the</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>of the</hi> Heb. <hi>and the</hi> Vas <hi>of the</hi> Romans <hi>hath, yet I had rather in this place call it</hi> involucrum, <hi>a Cloak, or ſomething like it;</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>a Cloak, as it were a Sheet, eſpecially ſince</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>is uſed by the</hi> Greeks <hi>for a Cloak,</hi> Heſychius <hi>the moſt learned of Interpreters,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>every thing that ſer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>veth to cover. It may be he alludes to the</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>of the</hi> He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew <hi>Shepherds, which was either a Cloak, or a Satchel, in which they uſed to put their Meat, and Cups, out of which they drank, and their other Neceſſaries. Such a one is that of</hi> Zech. 11. v. 15. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the Veſſel of a fooliſh Shepherd. Although there the</hi> Greeks <hi>render Veſſels in the plural number.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Knit at the four Corners, and let down to the Earth.</hi> That is, Being bound at the four Corners to hang from Heaven to Earth.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>Wherein were.</hi> Not in reality, but in appea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rance, as ſays <hi>Cyrill</hi> of <hi>Alexandria, lib.</hi> 9. againſt <hi>Julian.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>All.</hi> That is, All ſorts.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Four-footed Beaſts of the Earth, and creeping things,</hi> Gr. <hi>Four-footed Beasts, and wild Beasts, and creeping things.</hi> The word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, four-footed Beaſts, in the
<pb n="327" facs="tcp:192139:169"/>Vulgar Latin Edition, is taken in as large a ſenſe here, as amongſt the Naturaliſts: But in the Greek Text it only comprehends Domeſtick Creatures, and which are wont to be kept for the common uſe of Men, as Camels, Horſes, Aſſes, Dogs, Oxen, Sheep, Hogs, and others of that kind: and therefore is added, <hi>and</hi> wild Beaſts. The Hebrew Noun <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is taken four ways: Firſt, for any Brute Creature, as when it is only oppoſed to Man, as <hi>Pſal.</hi> 36. <hi>v.</hi> 7. Whence it is, that the Serpent is alſo reckoned amongſt the <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Gen.</hi> 3. v. 14. Secondly, For any four-footed Beaſt, ſomewhat big, which brings forth young ones alive, when it is oppoſed to Birds, Rep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles, and whatſoever liveth under the water. But whereſoever <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> are oppoſed, as <hi>Gen.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 25. then <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> ſignifies Beaſts of Burden, Flocks, or any Domeſtick Cattle, &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> wild Cattle, whoſe other Name <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Pſal.</hi> 50. <hi>v.</hi> 11. &amp; 80. v. 14. ſeems to be taken from their motion: Becauſe the Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and Arabick <hi>Hazaza,</hi> ſignifies <hi>to move,</hi> or, <hi>move ones ſelf.</hi> For the tame and gentle Animals have their Paſtures aſcertain'd by their Owners, and are fed at home: on the contrary, the wild Cattle wander a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bout here and there for their Food, and (as the Phi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>loſopher ſays) like Shepherds, are forced from place to place for their Food. But it appears from 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 17. <hi>v.</hi> 44. <hi>Iſa.</hi> 18. <hi>v.</hi> 6. <hi>Jer.</hi> 27. <hi>v.</hi> 33. that wild Beaſts are alſo often comprehended under <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Moreo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver in <hi>Deut.</hi> 14. <hi>v.</hi> 4 &amp; 5. Stags, Roes, Buffles, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> are reckon'd amongſt the ſpecies <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which the Law alloweth to be eaten. Laſtly, In <hi>Job</hi> 40. <hi>v.</hi> 10. the Noun <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> a Sea-Horſe is of a Plural Ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mination, but ſingular ſenſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Creeping things.</hi> A creeping Creature, or Reptile, is called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>from treading the ground,</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, from plenty, and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> from the flowneſs of its motion. The Noun Reptiles, <hi>Gen.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 3. and in other places
<pb n="328" facs="tcp:192139:170"/>is often taken for any thing that treads. Sometimes it is oppoſed to four-footed Beaſts and Birds, and ſo it includes Fiſhes, as here, and <hi>Lev.</hi> 11. <hi>v.</hi> 46. <hi>Rom.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 23. For a Water Animal in the Hebrew Phraſe is called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>a Creature creeping in the Waters.</hi> For although <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to ſwim,</hi> is proper to Water-Creatures, whence they are called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Swim<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mers, Wiſd.</hi> 19. <hi>v.</hi> 18. yet the Scripture ſays they creep in the Waters, but never ſays they ſwim. <hi>Eve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry thing that ſwims,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Hexaem lib. 5. cap. 1.</note> ſaith Ambroſe, <hi>has the Figure, or Nature of a Creeping thing. For although, when they have plunged them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelves into the bottom, they ſeem to cleave the Water, yet when they ſwim on the top, their whole Body creeps, and is drawn over the uppermost parts of the Water. Alſo Am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phibious Creatures, which have feet, and the uſe of going: yet when they are on the top of the Waters, they do not walk, but ſwim; neither uſe they the ſole of the foot for treading, but as an Oar for creeping.</hi> Laſtly, In Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture every Creature is ſaid to be a Reptile, which is neither a four-footed Creature, ſomewhat big, nor a Bird, nor a Fiſh. So <hi>Moſes</hi> places amongſt Reptiles the ſmall four-footed Creatures, as Mice and Moles, <hi>Lev.</hi> 11. <hi>v.</hi> 29. or all that are without blood, or creep upon their bellies, as Worms, whether they fly, as, beſides ſome Locuſts, Flies, Butterflies, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> whether four-footed, as Locuſts, or have many feet, as the Worm <hi>Scolopendra, Lev.</hi> 11. <hi>v.</hi> 42.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Fowls of the Air,</hi> That is, Birds, <q>a Bird, <hi>ſaith</hi> Bochartus, is a two-footed Creature, winged, and fea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther'd. It differs much from a four-footed Creature, having neither Hairs, Lips, Teeth, Horns, nor Fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feet, but it hath <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Feathers for Hairs, and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, a Beak for Lips and Teeth, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Wings for the Fore-feet, and for Horns, ſome of them have <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> a Comb. Alſo Birds want Brows, Eye-brows, Noſtrils, and Ears. The Owl and Buſtard have
<pb n="329" facs="tcp:192139:170"/>Feathers for Ears, the reſt have holes. Inwardly they have neither Reins nor Bladder, and therefore their Urine and Dung are excerned at one paſſage. What in Cattle is the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the Maw, <hi>Deut.</hi> 18. <hi>v.</hi> 3. that in Birds is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, a Crop, <hi>Lev.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 16. There alſo <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as ſome will have it, is the Belly of a Bird, which the Hebrews in other places call <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> from <hi>Jer.</hi> 51. <hi>v.</hi> 34.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>And there came a voice unto him.</hi> To wit, From Heaven; by which voice God purified thoſe things, which were before unclean, and abrogated the Law which concerned the choice of living Crea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures, that he might withal inform him that no ſort of People is forſaken of God.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Kill, and eat.</hi> That is, Kill all theſe, and without making any Difference, eat of them all. As God, by this voice from Heaven, did ſhew that he gave the Jews converted to Chriſt, the liberty of eating of all ſorts of Meats; ſo it alſo ſignified that there was no rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſon to abſtain from Communion with Strangers, after that through Gods aſſiſtance by their Faith in Chriſt, they were purged from their Idolatry, and evil man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ners, and had wholly devoted themſelves to Piety. For the Pale, or the common wall of the Ceremonial Law, which forbad a cloſer Communion betwixt the Jews and Gentiles, being removed, there was no reaſon that Souls joined by Holineſs to Chriſt and to God, ſhould be any longer ſeparated from one another.</p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>Not ſo,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Ezekiel</hi> being commanded to taſt an unclean thing, <hi>chap.</hi> 4. <hi>v.</hi> 14. gave a like anſwer. <hi>Daniel</hi> and his Companions, <hi>Dan.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 8 &amp; 12. choſe rather to feed on pulſe alone, than be defiled by the Kings Meat. <hi>Eleazar,</hi> 2 <hi>Mac.</hi> 6. <hi>v.</hi> 18. though they would have conſtrained him to eat Swines fleſh, by forcing it into his mouth, choſe rather to indure the greateſt Extremities, then in this reſpect obey the King. <hi>Do not</hi> (ſays he in <hi>Joſephus) eſteem this a ſmall
<pb n="330" facs="tcp:192139:171"/>ſin, to eat defiled meat; for the caſe is the ſame, whether thou tranſgreſs in great or ſmall matters, for by both the Law is alike deſpiſed.</hi> Seven Brothers with their Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther imitating <hi>Eleazars</hi> conſtancy, having, for the ſame cauſe, ſuffered very much, ended their lives in Martyrdom. Theſe things are deſcribed, 2 <hi>Mac.</hi> 7. and in <hi>Joſephus</hi> his Book of the <hi>Maccabees.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Common and unclean.</hi> That is Prophane or impure. For when God had choſen the Jews for his own Peo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple, he preſcribed them a form of living, which ſhould diſtinguiſh them from the profane Gentiles. Therefore whatſoever was in uſe among the Gentiles againſt the rule of the Law, was called <hi>common,</hi> or <hi>un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clean:</hi> for nothing was thought ſanctified or pure, but what God had ordained for the uſe of his Peo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>What God hath cleanſed, do not thou call common.</hi> As much as to ſay, Now when God has aboliſhed, and abrogated his Laws concerning unclean Meats, do not thou, out of a fooliſh ſcruple, abſtain from any ſort of Meat, as if they were profane or impure. That this diſtinction of Beaſts into clean and unclean, (uſed even before the flood, <hi>Gen.</hi> 7. <hi>v.</hi> 2.) is by Chriſt taken away, is evident, not only by this voice to <hi>Peter,</hi> uttered from Heaven, but from <hi>Mat.</hi> 15. <hi>v.</hi> 11. <hi>Rom.</hi> 14. <hi>v.</hi> 14, &amp;c. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 10. <hi>v.</hi> 25, 26 &amp; 27. <hi>Col.</hi> 2.16, 17, 20 &amp; 21. 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4. <hi>v.</hi> 4. <hi>Tit.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 5. Therefore if any one does yet uſe this diſtinction of Meats, as beſides the <hi>Jews,</hi> the <hi>Arabians,</hi> and <hi>Maho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>metans</hi> do, he limits himſelf by an idle ſcruple, nor uſes that liberty which Chriſt by his death has procu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red us. The Verb <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which is here tranſlated <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, is properly to pollute, improperly to eſteem, or declare a thing polluted, as it is after expounded, <hi>v.</hi> 28. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to call a thing common or unclean.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>This was done thrice.</hi> To ſignify the immuta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bleneſs
<pb n="331" facs="tcp:192139:171"/>of the Divine Purpoſe, which was to be throughly imprinted in his mind.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſtraight the Veſſel was received up into Heaven.</hi> The ſheet let down from Heaven, repreſents the Church cull'd by Heaven from among the Jews, and Gentiles, made clean by Faith, which in its Spiritual Birth, as it were, deſcends from Heaven, <hi>Rev.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 12. &amp; 21. <hi>v.</hi> 2. And as this ſheet was taken up into Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven, ſo are they to return to Heaven.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>Now while</hi> Peter <hi>doubted in himſelf what this Viſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on, which he had ſeen, ſhould mean.</hi> That is, While <hi>Pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter</hi> was conſidering with himſelf what this Viſion ſent him from Heaven ſhould ſignify.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>The Spirit ſaid unto him.</hi> That is, The Spirit commanded him. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>he ſaid,</hi> oftentimes with the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brews, but always with the <hi>Arabians,</hi> is as much as <hi>to bid, to command.</hi> Such is that, <hi>Luke</hi> 12. <hi>v.</hi> 13. <hi>Speak to my Brother, that he divide the inheritance with me.</hi> That is, Command my Brother to divide the In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>heritance betwixt us.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>Doubting nothing.</hi> To go thither, where theſe men fetch thee, although he that ſends for thee be not a Jew.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For I have ſent them.</hi> The Spirit is ſaid to do that which he commanded by the Angel before, <hi>v.</hi> 5. <hi>Hence,</hi> ſaith <hi>Calvin, we are warned that the Conſciences of Men cannot be aſſured that they do that which they do ſafely otherwiſe, than as being taught by the Word of God, they propoſe to themſelves to do nothing without his advice or command.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>But</hi> Peter <hi>going down to the men.</hi> To wit, As is ſupplyed in the Greek Text, who were ſent to him from <hi>Cornelius.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>Of good report among all the Nation of the Jews.</hi> That is, Not only recommended by the praiſes of this or the other man, but of the whole Jewiſh Nation. <hi>Solinus</hi> of <hi>Scipio Naſica: He was adjudged a good man,
<pb n="332" facs="tcp:192139:172"/>not by a private Teſtimony, but by the atteſtation of the whole Senate.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To hear words.</hi> That is, Commands, or what he ought to do, as before, <hi>v.</hi> 6. the Angel ſpoke. So <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Words,</hi> LXX Interpreters call <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mands, Deut.</hi> 17. <hi>v.</hi> 19. <hi>Jer.</hi> 19. <hi>v.</hi> 15, &amp;c.</p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>Some of the Brethren. Peter</hi> prudently takes ſix of the Brethren in his Company, that they might be witneſſes of what he did. See after <hi>chap.</hi> 11.12.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>But on the morrow.</hi> That is, After <hi>Peter</hi> went from the City of <hi>Joppa.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Having called, &amp;c. Cornelius,</hi> like <hi>Rachab</hi> of <hi>Jericho, Joſh.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 12 &amp; 13. ſtudies not to keep the benefit of faith to himſelf, but deſired that all his Relations and Kinsfolks might be made partakers of the ſame Grace with him, as who, he knew, might be com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prehended under the name of his Family.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>His near Friends.</hi> Vulg. Neceſſariis amicis. Gel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lius 13. Noct. Att. 3. <hi>Thoſe who are conjoined by the Law of affinity, and familiarity, are called</hi> Neceſſarii Feſtus. Neceſſarii, <hi>as ſaith</hi> Gallus Elius, <hi>are ſuch who are either Kinsfolks, or Related by Marriages, on whom, above others, friendly kindneſſes are beſtowed.</hi> Nonius <hi>calls</hi> Neceſſarii <hi>Allies, Seeing that,</hi> ſays he, Ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceſſitas <hi>is affinity, hence thoſe that are Allied by Mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riage, are called</hi> Neceſſarii. But that not only Allies, but Kinsfolks are comprized under this name, is ſuf<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficiently manifeſt from this place of <hi>Valerius Maxi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus, lib.</hi> 2. <hi>ch.</hi> 1. <hi>Our Anceſtors did celebrate a ſolemn Feaſt, and call'd it</hi> Chariſtia, <hi>at which none were preſent but Allies and Kinsfolks; That ſo, if any Quarrel were betwixt thoſe very near friends called</hi> Neceſſarii, <hi>it might at this ſacred Feaſt be quite quaſhed by friendly Peace<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>makers. Marcellus</hi> does diſtinguiſh <hi>Neceſſarii</hi> from Friends and Neighbours, as if they were bound to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gether by a nearer tye of Amity, <hi>lib.</hi> 4. <hi>Epiſt. fam. to</hi> Cicero. <hi>Amidſt the great ſcarcity of Friends, Neigh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bours
<pb n="333" facs="tcp:192139:172"/>and Intimates</hi> (ac neceſſariorum) <hi>who would ſincerely have favour'd my ſafety, I was very ſenſible of your great kindneſs and good will towards me.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>And it came to paſs that as</hi> Peter <hi>was coming in.</hi> Gr. But as it happened that <hi>Peter</hi> entred. That is, When <hi>Peter</hi> was juſt now about to enter the Houſe of <hi>Cornelius. For,</hi> ſaith the moſt famous <hi>Beza, theſe things were not acted openly, but at</hi> Cornelius<hi>'s houſe, and that even at the threſhold of his door, as appears from</hi> V. 27 &amp; 28.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>But</hi> Peter, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> Peter does not admit of a Religious Reverence to be paid him as Gods Embaſſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dour, as was in times paſt given to the Prophets; be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe the Man Jeſus Chriſt, the only Mediator be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>twixt God and Men, is alone poſſeſſed of that Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>baſſy, and that Authority joined to it; all others be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſides, in the matters of Religion, are not Lords or Maſters, but Fellow Servants and Diſciples. See <hi>Rev.</hi> 19. <hi>v.</hi> 10. &amp; 22. <hi>v.</hi> 8 &amp; 9.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I my ſelf alſo am a Man.</hi> That is, An Earthly Man, a Miniſter of that Divine and Heavenly Man Chriſt Jeſus, and thy Fellow Servant.</p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>And as he talked with him.</hi> From the threſhold (of the Houſe) where he met him, into the Houſe itſelf.</p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>How that it is an unlawful thing.</hi> That is, It is thought an unlawful thing.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To keep Company, or come unto one of another Nation.</hi> Seeing that the Jews could not altogether avoid con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verſe, and Commerce with Strangers, they ordered the matter ſo, that they neither went to their Hou<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſes, nor eat with them. On this account it was that <hi>Peter, v.</hi> 21 &amp; 22. firſt ſpeaks before the doors, to the Men ſent by <hi>Cornelius,</hi> neither brought them into the Houſe, until he was aſſured they were thoſe of whom he had been warned by God; and <hi>ch.</hi> 11. <hi>v.</hi> 3. <hi>Peter</hi> is accuſed by the Jews, that he had entered the
<pb n="334" facs="tcp:192139:173"/>Houſes of Men Uncircumciſed, and eaten with them. And hence is that in <hi>Juſtine</hi> the Hiſtorian about the Jews: <hi>Becauſe they remember they were driven from</hi> Aegypt <hi>for fear of Infection, leſt they ſhould for the ſame reaſon be hated by the Natives, they cautiouſly avoided Communicating with Strangers: which at firſt happening for this reaſon, became by degrees a matter of Diſcipline and Religion.</hi> And <hi>Apollonius Molo</hi> ſays, <hi>That they do not frequent the Company of thoſe who follow a courſe of life different from the Jews. Which,</hi> ſaith moſt famous <hi>Selden, Joſephus plainly aſſerts to be true, whileſt he largely defends the ſame thing from ſome of the</hi> Greek <hi>Cuſtoms about Strangers.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But God hath ſhewed me that I ſhould not call any man common or unclean.</hi> That is, That for the future no man ſhould be reputed unclean, for being Uncircum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciſed.</p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>Without doubting I came.</hi> Gr. <hi>I came without gain-ſaying. Calvin</hi> ſays excellently: <hi>This is the holy ſilence of Faith, when without remonſtrating with God, we quietly undertake what he commands, baniſhing far from us what contrary Arguments may be ſuggeſted to us.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>Four days ago to this hour.</hi> In the Greek is ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ded, <hi>I was faſting.</hi> The moſt Learned <hi>Ludovicus de Dieu</hi> thinks that the preſent hour is meant, and that in the morning of that day. <hi>For,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>ſeeing that</hi> Joppe <hi>is nine Miles, or a days Journey from</hi> Caeſarea, Peter <hi>ſet forth of</hi> Joppe <hi>on the day before, and the day af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter in the morning entred</hi> Caeſarea, <hi>and diſcourſed with</hi> Cornelius. <hi>It is four days to that very hour, ſaith</hi> Cornelius, <hi>ſince I betook my ſelf to faſting: for I tranſlate</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>I was faſting,</hi> not, <hi>I faſted.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>At the ninth hour I was praying.</hi> Gr. <hi>And at the ninth hour,</hi> to wit, of that day, on which I betook my ſelf to faſting, <hi>praying.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And behold.</hi> When I was very earneſt at Prayer, and my mind was free from all diſturbances, which
<pb n="335" facs="tcp:192139:173"/>things are wont to make us more obnoxious to Phan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>taſms and Viſions.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A man.</hi> That is, An Angel in the ſhape of a Man. So <hi>Moſes</hi> promiſcuouſly ſometimes calls them Men, ſometimes Angels, whom <hi>Abraham</hi> ſaw in Humane ſhape.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In bright clothing. A bright Garment,</hi> ſaith <hi>Calvin, was a mark of Coeleſtial Glory, and as it were a badge of that Divine Majesty, with which an Angel ought to ſhine. The Evangelists tell us that Chriſts Garments had ſuch a brightneſs, when he ſhewed his Glory to the three Diſciples in the Mount. And they tell the ſame of the Angels, when they were ſent to attest Chriſts Reſurrection. For as hitherto God has deſigned to ſuit our infirmities, and commanded his Angels to come down in our fleſhly ſhape; ſo he allows them ſome rays of his Glory, to make the com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mands he ſends by them, reverenced, and believed.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="31">31. <hi>Heard.</hi> See our Notes on <hi>v.</hi> 4.</p>
               <p n="33">33. <hi>Thou haſt well done that thou art come.</hi> That is, Thou haſt done very commendably in coming. See a like phraſe of praiſing, 2 <hi>Pet.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 19.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In thy ſight.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. So the <hi>Syriack,</hi> and <hi>Arabian</hi> reads it, whereas the Vulgar Greek Editions have it, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>in the ſight of God.</hi> That is, Having God before our Eyes, whom it is not lawful to mock by diſſimulation.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To hear all things,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Cornelius</hi> prudently diſtin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guiſhes betwixt God and Man, for he makes God the Author of the Commandments, but allows Man no more but the Miniſtry and Embaſſy. Thou ſhalt find us, ſaith he, attentive and obedient Diſciples to all thoſe things God has Commanded us by thee: ſo that he alone ſhall have the Command, thou ſhalt be only his Miniſter: he alone ſhall ſpeak, but from thy Mouth. And God preſcribes this to all his Servants in the perſon of <hi>Ezekiel, Ezek.</hi> 33.7. <hi>And thou, O Son of Man, I have ſet thee a Watchman unto the Houſe of</hi>
                  <pb n="336" facs="tcp:192139:174"/>Iſrael: <hi>therefore thou ſhalt hear the word at my mouth; and warn them from me.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="34">34. <hi>But</hi> Peter <hi>opening his mouth.</hi> 'Tis an emphati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cal phraſe, which is wont to be uſed, when one, after a long ſilence, begins to ſpeak, as <hi>Job</hi> 3.1. and of any matter of ſingular moment, as <hi>Pſal.</hi> 78.2. <hi>Prov.</hi> 8.6. <hi>Mat.</hi> 5.2. &amp; 13.35. and that with an eager vehe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mence, with an ardour and emotion both of mind and voice, as <hi>Jud.</hi> 11.35. <hi>Job</hi> 33.2. <hi>Pſ.</hi> 49.4. Thus the Apoſtle would have the <hi>Epheſians</hi> by prayer to in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>treat God, that utterance might be given him, that he might open his mouth, <hi>Eph.</hi> 6.19. where the words <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, by way of explication are ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pounded in the following phraſe, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>with boldneſs.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of a truth I perceive.</hi> That is, What before, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing prejudic'd, I did not underſtand. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſaith <hi>Heinſius, he may ſay, who being really perſuaded, is forced to change his Opinion.</hi> Peter <hi>was perſuaded that it was unlawful for a Jew to converſe with Gentiles. Although the Lord in that viſion, which is mentioned</hi> v. 11. <hi>and afterwards, indeavoured to make him forſake this Opinion: Now being by</hi> Cornelius<hi>'s Example, more fully convinc'd that that was true which was enigmatically by a viſion ſignify'd to him, he ſays that he is</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>which is, conquered by truth, or compelled by the truth to change his Opinion.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>God is no reſpecter of Perſons.</hi> That is, There is no Man whom God reſpects for thoſe Prerogatives, which may be common as well to the bad as good. <hi>It is to be obſerved,</hi> ſaith <hi>Eſtius</hi> on <hi>Rom.</hi> 2.11. <hi>That this phraſe, by which any one is ſaid to be a reſpecter of Perſons, which indeed is peculiar to the Holy Writ, is derived from the</hi> Hebrews, <hi>to whom they are ſaid</hi> to take, or accept a Mans Countenance, <hi>or</hi> to look upon a Mans Counte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nance, <hi>who, for ſome quality they ſee or know in him, as for his Power, Riches, Nobility, Kinſhip, do ſo reverence
<pb n="337" facs="tcp:192139:174"/>and love him, that for his ſake, they deviate from Truth, Justice, and Right. Hence is that reviling of the Judges, Pſal.</hi> 82.2. How long will ye judge unjuſtly, and accept the Perſons of the wicked? <hi>Hence the Phariſees, and the Herodians de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceitfully indeavouring to intrap Chriſt, ſaid, Mat.</hi> 12.16. <hi>Mark</hi> 12.14. We know that thou regardeſt not the Perſons of Men, but teacheſt the way of God in truth. <hi>For this reaſon Juſtice is painted blind, becauſe it reſpects not the faces of men. But becauſe the Greek word</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the compound of which</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, reſpecting of Perſons, <hi>ſignifies both the face and perſon: From thence it happens that the Latin Interpreters ſometime tranſlate it,</hi> to reſpect the face, <hi>ſometime,</hi> to reſpect the perſon, <hi>when as the Hebrew word</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>properly does only ſignify faces. Whence alſo the Syriack tranſlates it,</hi> the reſpecting of faces, <hi>here, and</hi> Jam. 2. Thus far <hi>Eſtius.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="35">35. <hi>But in every Nation,</hi> &amp;c. Therefore there was no need that Forreigners ſhould follow the legal Rites of the people of <hi>Iſrael,</hi> to obtain Grace with God. That was only requiſite to make them be partakers of the Land of <hi>Canaan,</hi> and its Temporal Bleſſings. But as to the Spirituals, it was always true, which <hi>Pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter</hi> here ſaith, <hi>In all Nations, he that feareth God, and worketh Righteouſneſs, is accepted with him.</hi> Although through prejudice he had not underſtood this before. For he ſpeaks of the Uncircumciſed Gentiles, and who did not keep the Law of <hi>Moſes,</hi> ſuch as was <hi>Cornelius</hi> the Centurion. For this reaſon the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets, when they reprehend the wickedneſs of Idola<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trous People, and denounce the Judgments of God againſt them, they never accuſe them for omitting Circumciſion, or keeping of the Sabbath, or viola<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ting any ſuch like Ceremonies, neither do they ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>viſe them to keep them: but only remember their ſins againſt the Law of Nature. For that Covenant
<pb n="338" facs="tcp:192139:175"/>did oblige no others beſides the <hi>Iſraelites,</hi> with whom it was made. Of this, ſee <hi>Iſai.</hi> from <hi>ch.</hi> 13. to <hi>ch.</hi> 22. and <hi>Ezek.</hi> from <hi>ch.</hi> 25. to the 33. Alſo <hi>Obadiah, Jonah,</hi> and <hi>Nahum.</hi> And moreover when other People were called by the Goſpel to the knowledge of the true God, God would not oppreſs them with the burthen of the Ceremonial Law, as after, <hi>ch.</hi> 15.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He that feareth him.</hi> That is, Who fears nothing more, then that he ſhould commit, or omit any thing by which he ſhould alienate God from him, and make him leſs propitious, and favourable to him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And worketh righteouſneſs.</hi> That is, And liveth purely and incorruptly.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He is accepted with him.</hi> From the favourableneſs of the accepter, not from the worth of the deed or doer. <hi>This,</hi> ſaith <hi>Auſtin, is not occaſion'd by the weight of mans merit, but by the order of the Divine Counſel.</hi> Hence <hi>Paul,</hi> 2 <hi>Theſ.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 5. does not ſay the Faithful are worthy of the Kingdom of God, for which they ſuffer, but are eſteemed worthy, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, to wit, out of the Grace and Mercy of God, who will have them reputed ſuch. Neither was Chriſts mind other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wiſe, <hi>Rev.</hi> 3.4. although he ſimply, and without any reſtriction calls the faithful worthy to walk with him in white, becauſe he eſteemed them ſo by Grace.</p>
               <p n="36">36. <hi>The word which God ſent,</hi> &amp;c. Gr, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which alſo is in Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>This is the word which he ſent:</hi> That is, Which he ſig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nified by a Meſſenger. The Particle <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which forms the Accuſative Caſe, in ſuch like Conſtructions is as much as the Pronoun <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> with a Verb Subſtan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tive underſtood, and is to be rendred by a Nomina<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tive Caſe. Examples make this appear, <hi>Hag.</hi> 2.5. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, LXX. <hi>verbatim</hi> for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>This is the word which I have covenanted with you,</hi> Zech. 7.7. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Are not thoſe the words which the Lord
<pb n="339" facs="tcp:192139:175"/>hath cryed?</hi> In <hi>ch.</hi> 8.17. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>For theſe are all thoſe things which I hate.</hi> 2 Kings 9.24. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Thou and I are thoſe who rode on Horſeback.</hi> So in this place <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, is the ſame as <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>Which,</hi> ſaith <hi>Ludovicus de Dieu, the Rabbins moſt uſual way of ſpeaking confirms; who when they would ſay</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>ſay</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>which is word by word,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the word which he ſent you.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>properly ſigni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fies</hi> him, <hi>but is uſed by them for</hi> that is. So <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is properly <hi>them,</hi> and is uſed by the Rabbins for <hi>they are.</hi> The Syriack Tranſlation did well underſtand the Hebraiſin of this place, which tranſlates it, <hi>For this is the word which he ſent.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Declaring Peace by Jeſus Chriſt.</hi> That is, When he had foretold the future peace, and the reconciliation of God with Men by Jeſus Chriſt. Peter, <hi>ſaith</hi> Lud. de Dieu, <hi>ſeems to have in view that ſaying of God in Iſa. ch.</hi> 56.1. Thus ſaith the Lord, keep ye Judgment, and do Juſtice, for my Salvation is near to come, and my righteouſneſs to be reveal'd, <hi>The Peace or Salvation which was at hand by Jeſus Chriſt, is there declared, but at the ſame time the word is ſent, that is, the command to the Children of</hi> Iſrael, <hi>that they ſhould work Juſtice. And ſo the Children of</hi> Iſrael <hi>themſelves are taught, that thoſe only are truly accepted of God, and even all thoſe who ſtudy righteouſneſs. Becauſe there ſtraight is added,</hi> Bleſſed is the Man that doth this, and the Son of Man that layeth hold on it. <hi>Whoſoever he be, whether</hi> Jew <hi>or</hi> Gentile, <hi>without any reſpect of Perſons. And ſo he truly ſays that that which he had ſaid in the</hi> 35th <hi>verſe, is the ſelf-ſame ſpeech which God had long before ſent to the Children of</hi> Iſrael, <hi>when he declared peace by Jeſus Chriſt, who was to come.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He is Lord of all.</hi> That is, Neither is Chriſt the Lord of one, but of all Nations. <hi>Moſes</hi> was the
<pb n="340" facs="tcp:192139:176"/>Miniſter of the Law, and that to the Jews alone: But Chriſt is the Power of God to give Salvation to every one that believeth, to the Jew firſt, and then to the Greek, <hi>Rom.</hi> 1.16. Hither pertains what <hi>Paul</hi> ſays, <hi>Rom.</hi> 3.29. <hi>Is he the God of the Jews only? Is he not alſo of the Gentiles,</hi> &amp;c. and <hi>Eph.</hi> 2.14. <hi>For he is our peace, who hath made both one, and hath broken down the middle wall of partition between us,</hi> &amp;c Hence <hi>Luke</hi> 2.14. At Chriſts birth the Angels declare peace on Earth to Men: at his Reſurrection all power both in Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven and Earth is given him, <hi>Mat.</hi> 28.18. and a little before his departure he commands his Diſciples that they ſhould Preach the Goſpel to every Creature, <hi>Mar.</hi> 16.15.</p>
               <p n="37">37. <hi>You know,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, You have heard by fame and report, that there is a rumor ſpread over all <hi>Judea,</hi> which firſt begun in <hi>Galilee,</hi> ſince that <hi>John</hi> Preached Baptiſm, thereby to ſtir peoples minds to the expectation of Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For beginning.</hi> The Cauſal Particle is wanting in the Greek Text. And indeed deſervedly, for it is re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferred to <hi>Verbum,</hi> the word, which here is put for the <hi>fame, or report of Jeſus,</hi> which report is ſaid to have begun in <hi>Galilee.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="38">38. <hi>Jeſus of</hi> Galilee, <hi>how God anointed him.</hi> The Particle <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>how,</hi> is tranſpoſed, as <hi>Rom.</hi> 12.3. and the Relative, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>him,</hi> is redundant after the manner of the Hebrews. <hi>But as for the word anointing,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, it is derived from the Cuſtom of the Jews, whoſe Kings, Prophets, and Prieſts uſed to be Anointed. Thence it came to paſs that they were ſaid</hi> to be Anointed by God, <hi>on whom he had beſtowed Gifts and Vertues.</hi> But here is alluſion made to the place of <hi>Iſa.</hi> 61.1. cited <hi>Luke</hi> 4.18. which alſo <hi>David Kimchi</hi> by a myſtical ſenſe refers to the Meſſiah.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With the Holy Ghoſt.</hi> That is, With the Gifts of the Holy Ghoſt.</p>
               <pb n="341" facs="tcp:192139:176"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And with power.</hi> That is, Power of Preaching the Goſpel with profit and ſucceſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who went about,</hi> &amp;c. That is, In three years time he travelled over all <hi>Judea,</hi> that no corner of it ſhould want his good deeds.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Oppreſſed of the Devil.</hi> That is, Troubled with deſperate Diſeaſes. <hi>All Diſeaſes,</hi> ſaith <hi>Calvin, are as ſo many ferula's which God chaſtiſes us withal: But when God, out of his Fatherly Indulgence, deals mildlier with us, then he is ſaid to ſmite us with his Hand: But in his heavier puniſhments he makes uſe of Satan, the Miniſter of his Wrath, and as it were, his Executioner. And this diſtinction is to be diligently kept: For it were an ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſurd thing to ſay a man were poſſeſs'd by the Devil, who is only troubled with a Feaver, or any other common diſtem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>per: But the loſs of our <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nderſtanding, raging Madneſs, and other prodigious Maladies, are fitly, and properly at<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tributed to Satan. For which reaſon the Scripture calls thoſe men poſſeſſed with the Devil, who fall ſuddenly mad, and are hurried with ſuch folly, that they almoſt ſeem to be turn'd into Beaſts.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For God was with him.</hi> That is, Becauſe God loved him ſpecially, and always heard him, <hi>Mat.</hi> 3.17. <hi>Joh.</hi> 11.42.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And we.</hi> To wit, The Apoſtles.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Are witneſſes.</hi> Eye-witneſſes.</p>
               <p n="40">40. <hi>And ſhewed him openly.</hi> That is, Openly ſhewed him, being ariſen from the dead.</p>
               <p n="41">41. <hi>Not to all the people.</hi> Who had moſt cruelly ſlain him, or delivered him to be ſlain.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But unto Witneſſes choſen before of God.</hi> That is, firſt deſigned by God through Chriſt. <hi>Luke</hi> here uſes the Verb <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which properly ſignifies <hi>to chooſe with hands lift up,</hi> for, in general, <hi>to chooſe:</hi> which alſo <hi>Grotius</hi> obſerves to be done by <hi>Joſephus</hi> and <hi>Philo.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who did eat and drink with him.</hi> That is, who li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved with him in the moſt friendly and familiar man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner.</p>
               <pb n="342" facs="tcp:192139:177"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>After he roſe from the dead.</hi> Theſe words are to be joined with the end of the foregoing verſe, as <hi>Camero</hi> well obſerves.</p>
               <p n="42">42. <hi>And he commanded,</hi> &amp;c. Leſt any one ſhould think, that though indeed thoſe things were revealed to the Apoſtles, which in their time were fit to be known, but yet that there were other things which God would reſerve for future Ages, we muſt ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſerve that our Lord Jeſus, who is here ſaid to com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mand the Apoſtles to Preach to all People, that he was appointed by God to be the Judge of the Quick and the Dead, did foretel, <hi>Mat.</hi> 24.14. that the Goſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pel, by which he ſhould judge the World, ſhould be Preached all over the whole Earth, that it might be for a Teſtimony to all Nations, and that then the end ſhould come. Which thing alſo theſe words of <hi>Paul</hi> ſeem to allude to, that God ſhall judge the ſecrets of Men according to the Goſpel by Jeſus Chriſt, <hi>Rom.</hi> 2.16. not therefore by any more perfect Doctrine or Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>velation.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ordained by God to be the Judge of the quick and the dead.</hi> A Judge according to the Hebrew Cuſtom does in this place denote ſuch a Judge, who at the ſame time has the Dominion, and chief Power over them to whom he is appointed Judge. From whence, <hi>Rom.</hi> 14.9. Chriſt is ſaid for this end to be dead, and live again, that he might have the chief Dominion conjoined with the chief power, as well over the Souls of the dead, as over both the Bodies and Souls of the living. <hi>For this,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>Christ died and roſe again, that he might have dominion over both the living and the dead.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="43">43. <hi>To him give all the Prophets witneſs, Iſa.</hi> 53.4, 5 &amp; 6. <hi>chap.</hi> 59.20. <hi>Jer. chap.</hi> 31.34. <hi>Dan.</hi> 9.24. <hi>Mich.</hi> 7.18 &amp; 19. <hi>Zech.</hi> 13.1. <hi>Mal.</hi> 3.17.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Remiſſion,</hi> &amp;c. That is, That by the help of Chriſt alone, all, whether <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> or Gentiles, may obtain
<pb n="343" facs="tcp:192139:177"/>Remiſſion of ſins, who with a ſincere mind to em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brace Chriſt, as the only Saviour appointed by God for them who live according to his Doctrine.</p>
               <p n="44">44. <hi>The Holy Ghost fell on all.</hi> That is, The gifts of the Holy Spirit were poured out upon all. From whence <hi>Peter</hi> below, <hi>v.</hi> 47. and <hi>ch.</hi> 11.17. concludes that the Uncircumciſed Nations are to be initiated to Chriſt, and to the Church of God by Baptiſm: ſeeing that God, by the pouring out of Spiritual gifts upon them, had made it evident that they were to be received by him through faith only, without any obſervation of the Moſaical Law. The ſame Argu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment <hi>Paul</hi> uſes, <hi>Gal.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 2, &amp; 5.</p>
               <p n="45">45. <hi>Of the Circumciſion which believed.</hi> That is, Six Jews believing in Chriſt, whom <hi>Peter</hi> had brought with him. Henceforwards now <hi>Luke</hi> begins to di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtinguiſh the Circumciſed Believers from the Uncir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cumciſed, as <hi>Paul</hi> uſed to do, calling the former <hi>Jews,</hi> the other <hi>Greeks,</hi> as <hi>Luke</hi> himſelf below, <hi>chap.</hi> 19 &amp; 20.</p>
               <p n="46">46. <hi>Speaking with Tongues.</hi> That is, With divers, and thoſe ſtrange ones.</p>
               <p n="48">48. <hi>And he commanded them to be baptized in the name of the Lord.</hi> That is, He commanded them, that profeſſing the faith in Chriſt himſelf, they ſhould be Baptized according to his Inſtitution.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Then,</hi> &amp;c. That <hi>Peter</hi> condeſcended to this re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>queſt of <hi>Cornelius,</hi> and thoſe that were with him, ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pears from <hi>chap.</hi> following <hi>v.</hi> 3. Thus being made a So-journer, and Gueſt of the <hi>Gentiles,</hi> he made it evi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dent that a <hi>Jew</hi> might lawfully do that, which before he thought a ſin, that is, eat with <hi>Gentiles</hi> that feared God. In like manner he eats with the <hi>Gentiles</hi> at <hi>Antioch,</hi> and after their manner eating all ſorts of food, which for that he had left off afterwards, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe of the coming of the Brethren of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> he was therefore rebuked by <hi>Paul</hi> before all the Congre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gation of the Faithful, <hi>Gal.</hi> 2.11, &amp;c.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="11" type="chapter">
               <pb n="344" facs="tcp:192139:178"/>
               <head>CHAP. XI.</head>
               <p>
                  <hi>AND Brethren.</hi> That is, The reſt of the Faith<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Gentiles.</hi> Uncircumciſed.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Contended,</hi> &amp;c. Thoſe who of Jews, were made Chriſtians, chid <hi>Peter,</hi> not for that he had preached the Word of God to Gentiles: for no Law, or An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cient Tradition forbad to teach the way of Salvation to all who deſired to know, and be admitted into it; but for that he had convers'd, and ſojourn'd with them for ſome days. See our Notes on <hi>ch.</hi> 10.28.</p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>Wherefore,</hi> &amp;c. The word <hi>wherefore,</hi> here does not denote an interrogation, but the ſubject of reproof.</p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>But</hi> Peter <hi>beginning.</hi> That is, Being about civil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly, as Brothers ought to do, to excuſe it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Expounded to them in order.</hi> That is, <hi>Related the whole order of what was done with truth and ſincerity,</hi> as <hi>Apuleius</hi> in his Apology words it. Moreover the Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lation is the ſame which we had in the foregoing Chapter, and in the ſame words: where if any thing in it need explaining, the Reader may have recourſe.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>We entred into the mans houſe.</hi> That is, Into his houſe, for entring into which, you chid me.</p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>But when I began to ſpeak.</hi> As if he ſhould ſay, Whil'ſt I was earneſtly diſcourſing with them, and they believed me. See what we ſaid, <hi>ch.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 1.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As on us.</hi> Apoſtles, and other believing Jews.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>How that he ſaid.</hi> That is, What he ſaid, to wit, when he gave us the command concerning the pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miſe of the Father to be expected at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> and about our ſtaying there, until we were indued with power from on high; as you may ſee, <hi>ch.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 5. com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pared with <hi>Luke</hi> 24.49.</p>
               <pb n="345" facs="tcp:192139:178"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>John,</hi> &amp;c. See our Notes on <hi>chap.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 5.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>If therefore,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Peter</hi> ſays he cannot deny a Bro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>therly Communion with the Gentiles, on whom the pouring out of the gifts of the Holy Ghoſt, does manifeſt them to be Adopted Gods Children.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>They held their peace.</hi> That is, They complain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed no further, knowing the will of God.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Then hath God alſo to the Gentiles granted repentance unto life.</hi> As if he ſhould ſay, Even God by his Spirit has Circumciſed the hearts of thoſe Uncircumciſed Gentiles, who believe in Chriſt without Carnal Cir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cumciſion, as ſaith <hi>Moſes, Deut.</hi> 30.6. and of Hearts of Stone, has made them Hearts of Fleſh, as <hi>Ezekiel, chap.</hi> 11.9. ſaith; that ſo being reformed, and re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>generated, they might obtain eternal life.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>And they which were,</hi> &amp;c. Now <hi>Luke</hi> returns to the Context of the former Hiſtory. He had hinted before, <hi>ch.</hi> 8. <hi>v.</hi> 1. &amp; 4. that after <hi>Stephens</hi> death, when the rage of the Wicked increaſed, all of them being terrified fled hither and thither: inſo much that only the Apoſtles ſtaid at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> When by this means the Body of the Church was rent, it happen'd that by the diſperſion of thoſe that fled, the Goſpel was ſpread amongſt far diſtant Countries, which before was incloſed, as it were in a Barn, within the Walls of one City. And ſo it came to paſs that the name of Chriſt paſſing over Seas and Mountains, became known to the remoteſt parts of the World. And thus, according to the Propheſy of <hi>Iſaiah, ch.</hi> 10.22. <hi>The Conſumption hath overflown in Righteouſneſs.</hi> See our Notes, <hi>ch.</hi> 8. <hi>v.</hi> 1.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>From the tribulation.</hi> That is, From the Perſecu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nder Stephen.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>upon</hi> Stephen, That is, as <hi>Eraſmus</hi> and <hi>Beza</hi> rightly tranſlate it, <hi>for</hi> Ste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phen. In which ſenſe we ſay in Latine, <hi>ſuper hac re doleo,</hi> That is, <hi>for this thing. So,</hi> ſaith <hi>Ludovicus de
<pb n="346" facs="tcp:192139:179"/>Dieu,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>with a Dative Caſe properly ſignifies</hi> upon, <hi>as alſo,</hi> for, <hi>Luc.</hi> 1.29. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>ſhe was troubled</hi> upon, <hi>that is, for, or at his ſaying.</hi> Hence we learn, that if the conſtancy of one man ſtir up Cruel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty in the minds of wicked men, the blame of the whole misfortune is unjuſtly laid on him: Neither does <hi>Luke</hi> mark it as any diſgrace to <hi>Stephen,</hi> when he relates that on his account, the Church was more than uſually perſecuted: but rather a great Commenda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion, that as a valiant Leader, he had by his own example animated the reſt to fight Couragiouſly.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As far as</hi> Phenice. <hi>Phenicia</hi> joins with <hi>Syria,</hi> and is Neighbour to <hi>Galilee,</hi> and its chief Cities were <hi>Tyre, Sidon,</hi> and <hi>Beryth.</hi> The Palm-Trees of this Country were moſt commendable, which the Greeks call <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Phoenix,</hi> from whence, 'tis probable the Country deriv'd its Name. Here the Verſes of <hi>Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>donius Apollinaris</hi> to <hi>Caeſ. Jul. Val. Majorianus,</hi> deſerve to be inſerted.</p>
               <q>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Each Country doth its proper wares ſupply,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>Chaldaea <hi>Spikenard, th'</hi> Indies <hi>Ivory.</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>Aſſyria <hi>Gems, th'</hi> Arabia<hi>'s Frankincenſe,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>Sera <hi>of Wools has ſtore, and ſends from thence;</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>Atthis <hi>has Honey, and</hi> Phenicia <hi>Palms,</hi> &amp;c.</l>
               </q>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Cyprus. See what we have ſpoke of this Country, <hi>chap.</hi> 4.36.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Antiochia. The moſt famous City of <hi>Syria,</hi> ſtanding in that part which borders on <hi>Cilicia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Preaching the Word of God to none but to the Jews on<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly.</hi> Being afraid, leſt if they ſhould preach the Goſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pel to Strangers, they ſhould caſt Childrens bread to Dogs.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>Men of</hi> Cyprus <hi>and</hi> Cyrene. That is, Inhabi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tants there, but of Jewiſh Extraction, and Educated in the Jewiſh Religion. See our Notes, <hi>chap.</hi> 2.5 &amp; 10.</p>
               <pb n="347" facs="tcp:192139:179"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Spake unto the</hi> Grecians. By a ſingular impulſe of God. <hi>Theſe</hi> Grecians, ſaith <hi>Calvin, are not called</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>but</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>And therefore many think they were of</hi> Jewiſh <hi>Extraction, though Natives of</hi> Greece, <hi>which thought I do not approve of. For thoſe</hi> Jews <hi>of whom he ſpoke a little before, ſince they were partly</hi> Cyprians, <hi>muſt needs be reckoned amongſt them; becauſe the</hi> Jews <hi>make</hi> Cyprus <hi>a part of</hi> Greece. <hi>And</hi> Luke <hi>diſtingui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhes them from thoſe, whom he afterwards calls</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>Moreover, having ſaid that the Word was Preached to none but to the</hi> Jews, <hi>and noted thoſe who being baniſhed their Country, lived in</hi> Cyprus <hi>and</hi> Phenicia: <hi>as it were correcting this exception, he ſays that the</hi> Grecians <hi>were taught by ſome of theſe. Certainly that Antitheſis makes us expound it as meant of the</hi> Gentiles. <hi>For</hi> Luke <hi>ſhews, that ſome few did more freely diſperſe the Goſpel, becauſe they were not ignorant of the calling of the</hi> Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles, <hi>ſince that Chriſt had commanded,</hi> Mark 16.15. <hi>that from the time of his Reſurrection, the Goſpel ſhould be promiſcuouſly Preached to the whole world.</hi> And the moſt learned <hi>Grotius</hi> ſays that we ſhould not in this place read <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as it is in the vulgar Greek Copies, but <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as it is in the Alexandrine Copy in <hi>England,</hi> and as the Syriack, Latin, and Arabick read it. <hi>Beſides,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>from the time of the</hi> Gre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cian, <hi>that is, the</hi> Macedonian <hi>Empire, the</hi> Jews, <hi>from the prevailing part, called all the <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ncircumciſed,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>So is that word uſed,</hi> 2 Mac. 4.36. <hi>And hence</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, 2 Mac. 4.10. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, 2 Mac. 4.15. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, 2 Mac. 6.9. &amp; 11.24. <hi>ſtrange Cuſtoms, or the Cuſtoms of the</hi> Gentiles. <hi>And in</hi> Paul <hi>often.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Preaching the Lord Jeſus.</hi> The whole ſum of the Goſpel is comprehended in Chriſt, who reconciles us to the Father, and begets us again by his Spirit, that Satan being overthrown, the Kingdom of God may be raiſed up in us. See our Notes, <hi>ch.</hi> 8.12.</p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>And the hand,</hi> &amp;c. That is, And God was
<pb n="348" facs="tcp:192139:180"/>preſent with the Men of <hi>Cyprus</hi> and <hi>Cyrene,</hi> Preach<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing the Goſpel to the <hi>Greeks</hi> or <hi>Gentiles,</hi> and helped them, ſo that many of the <hi>Grecians</hi> were ſtirred up, and perſuaded to believe in Chriſt.</p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>Tidings came,</hi> &amp;c. That is, As ſoon as the fame of the Converſion of theſe <hi>Grecians</hi> or <hi>Gentiles,</hi> came to the Ears of the Church at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> which had learnt from <hi>Peter</hi> that God by evident ſigns had teſtified, that, together with the <hi>Jews,</hi> the <hi>Gentiles</hi> ſhould by their guidance be called to partake of Chriſts Grace, the Members of that Church ſent <hi>Barnabas</hi> a <hi>Cyprian,</hi> that he might make a further im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>provement of the rudiments of Faith at <hi>Antioch,</hi> and give form to the Building begun, that the Church might be rightly eſtabliſhed there.</p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>Had ſeen the Grace of God.</hi> That is, That the <hi>Gentiles,</hi> by the free breathing of the Divine Spirit, were ſincerely converted to Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With purpoſe of heart.</hi> That is, With firm love.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To abide in the Lord.</hi> That is, To cleave to Chriſt, and be ty'd to his Juſtice.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>Full of the Holy Ghoſt, and of Faith.</hi> That is, Moſt plentifully furniſhed, and adorn'd with the ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>traordinary gifts of the Holy Ghoſt, and above all, with a lively Faith.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And much people was added,</hi> &amp;c. Now when the number of the believing <hi>Gentiles</hi> was greater, <hi>Luke</hi> ſays they increaſed by <hi>Barnabas</hi>'s perſuaſion. <hi>Thus,</hi> ſaith <hi>Calvin, doth the Building of the Church go for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward, when with mutual Conſent, they-help one another, and what is begun by one, is candidly approv'd of by the others.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>Departed,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Barnabas</hi> was not afraid, ſo that Chriſt ſhould be promoted by the proſperous ſucceſs of the Goſpel, though <hi>Pauls</hi> coming ſhould detract ſomething from him.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>Chriſtians. John</hi> of <hi>Antioch,</hi> in his <hi>Chronologi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ca,</hi>
                  <pb n="349" facs="tcp:192139:180"/>ſays that the name Chriſtian begun to be uſed at <hi>Antioch,</hi> when <hi>Evodius</hi> was Biſhop there. His words are, as <hi>Selden</hi> tranſlates them. <q>About the beginning of the Reign of <hi>Claudius Caeſar,</hi> ten years after the Aſcenſion of our Lord and God Jeſus Chriſt, <hi>Evo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dius,</hi> after St. <hi>Peter</hi> the Apoſtle, was created Biſhop of <hi>Antioch,</hi> a City of <hi>Syria</hi> the great, where he alſo was made Patriarch. And in his time they were cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led Chriſtians, their Biſhop <hi>Evodius</hi> living with them, and giving them that Name. For Chriſtians before were called <hi>Nazaraeans</hi> and <hi>Galilaeans:</hi>
                  </q> 
                  <hi>Evodius</hi> ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording to <hi>Jerom,</hi> was created Biſhop by <hi>Peter,</hi> in the third year of <hi>Claudius Auguſtus,</hi> and of the common Chriſtian Account, 44. 'Tis certain that about the beginning of <hi>Claudius</hi> his Reign, the believers in Chriſt were called <hi>Chriſtians,</hi> as others are wont to be from him, whoſe Doctrine they follow; who o<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>therwiſe were called <hi>Diſciples, Brethren,</hi> and <hi>Belie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vers,</hi> and in contempt, <hi>Nazaraeans,</hi> and <hi>Galilaeans,</hi> as from the very words about <hi>Claudius,</hi> which next fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low, may be gathered. But this name, not derived from <hi>Christ</hi> after the Greek, but Latin form, is by ſome, both of the Ancients and Modern, ſaid to be that new name; by which the Prophet <hi>Iſaiah</hi> Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pheſied that Gods Servants ſhould be called, <hi>ch.</hi> 65.15. <q>But, <hi>ſaith</hi> Selden, though this name had its begin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginning thus in that place, nevertheleſs its uſe does not ſeem to be ſo frequent amongſt the Apoſtles themſelves, or in their language for ſome years following. For beſides that place wherein it is re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>corded in the <hi>Acts,</hi> that the Diſciples were firſt cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led <hi>Christians</hi> at <hi>Antioch,</hi> it only occurs in theſe fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowing. King <hi>Agrippa</hi> to <hi>Paul, Almost thou perſua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dest me to be a Chriſtian.</hi> And <hi>Peter</hi> unto the ſcatte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red Jews, <hi>But if any ſuffer as a Christian, let him not be aſhamed.</hi> Neither is there any mention of the Chriſtian name in any other of the Apoſtles Epiſtles,
<pb n="350" facs="tcp:192139:181"/>much leſs are all they to whom they are directed, called Chriſtians. But they almoſt always greet them by the names of <hi>Saints, Believers,</hi> or <hi>Churches,</hi> with the addition either of the place, or of Jeſus Chriſt, or of God, or the like, or plainly call them Jews, as in each Epiſtle of <hi>James</hi> and <hi>Peter.</hi> There<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore for ſeven years, or thereabouts after Chriſts Aſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cenſion, as before, none was of thoſe that believed, who were afterwards called <hi>Christians,</hi> beſides Jews by birth or thoſe, who were received of them by the intire right of Proſelyteſhip.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>But in thoſe days.</hi> That is, In the ſame year, in which the Believers in Chriſt; whether Jews, and Circumciſed, or of the Uncircumciſed Gentiles, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gan to be called <hi>Christians.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Came.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>came down.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Prophets.</hi> That is, Some of thoſe that believed in Chriſt, who were next to the Apoſtles, and by Gods ſpecial Revelation of ſome particular Myſte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ries relating to edifying the Church, did foretel things to come. Such as theſe are alſo mentioned af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terwards, <hi>ch.</hi> 13.1. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 12.28.14.32. <hi>Eph.</hi> 4.11.</p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>And there stood up.</hi> That is, Begun ſome ſort of action as before, <hi>ch.</hi> 5.17. <hi>Exod.</hi> 32.1. <hi>Deut.</hi> 32.38. <hi>Eſd.</hi> 106, &amp;c.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>One of them.</hi> That is, Of the Prophets, who came to <hi>Antioch</hi> from <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Named</hi> Agabus. From the Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gaba,</hi> mentioned, <hi>Eſd.</hi> 2.24. or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Hagab,</hi> in <hi>v.</hi> 46. which next follows in the ſame Chapter of <hi>Eſdras.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Signified by the Spirit.</hi> That is, By the Divine breathing of the Spirit.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That there ſhould be a great dearth throughout all the world.</hi> This univerſal Famine foretold by <hi>Agabus,</hi> began in the fourth year of <hi>Claudius Caeſar;</hi> in which <hi>Herod Agrippa</hi> died, before his death, as appears by
<pb n="351" facs="tcp:192139:181"/>the Chronicle of <hi>Euſebius,</hi> and by <hi>Oroſius, lib.</hi> 7. <hi>c.</hi> 6. This Famine ſtill raging in <hi>Judea, Helena,</hi> Queen of the <hi>Adjabens,</hi> in the Confines of <hi>Aſſyria,</hi> and <hi>Meſo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>potamia,</hi> converted to the true Worſhip of God by a certain Jew, did, by plenty of proviſions bought in <hi>Aegypt,</hi> abundantly ſupply the Jews in their wants, as appears by <hi>Joſephus,</hi> 20 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 2, 3. Another particu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lar Famine at <hi>Rome,</hi> in the ſecond year of <hi>Claudius,</hi> preceeded this univerſal one, of which, <hi>Dio, lib.</hi> 20. But another happened in the eleventh year of the ſame <hi>Claudius:</hi> of which <hi>Tacitus lib.</hi> 12. <hi>c.</hi> 43. <hi>Sueto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nius</hi> in <hi>Claudius, c.</hi> 18. and <hi>Oroſius</hi> in the lately men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioned place.</p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>But the Diſciples,</hi> That is, The Chriſtians who lived out of <hi>Judea,</hi> and more eſpecially the <hi>Antiochians.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As any one was able.</hi> That is, According to the plenty every one had.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Every one purpoſed.</hi> That is, Decreed, and deter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mined.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To ſend Miniſtry.</hi> That is, Alms, or as the <hi>Engliſh</hi> Verſion hath it, <hi>relief.</hi> So the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Miniſtry,</hi> is uſed for Alms, 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 8.4.9. 1 &amp; 2. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to Miniſter,</hi> Heb. 6.10. who relieve the poor.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To the Brethren which dwelt in</hi> Judea. That is, To the Chriſtians in <hi>Judea,</hi> eſpecially to thoſe who dwelt in <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> who had impoveriſhed them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelves by ſelling their Poſſeſſions, and beſtowing the Mony to publick uſes, as you may ſee, <hi>ch.</hi> 2.45. &amp; 4.34. And therefore <hi>Paul</hi> recommends them ſome<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times to the <hi>Achaians,</hi> and ſometimes to the <hi>Macedo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nians.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>Which alſo they did.</hi> That is, They brought this good purpoſe to effect.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sending.</hi> To wit, What was gathered.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To the Elders.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> This is the firſt mention of Elders or Presbyters in the Church. <hi>By the
<pb n="352" facs="tcp:192139:182"/>Jews,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, not only thoſe are called</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niors, <hi>who were chief in the publick judgments, but alſo who preſided in every Synagogue. The ſecond Law in the Book of</hi> Theodoſius <hi>about the Jews, tranſlates</hi> Presby<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ters: <hi>In another Law they are called,</hi> The Fathers of the Synagogue. <hi>But the whole Government of the Churches of Chriſt, is conformed to the example of the Jewiſh Synagogue. Even alſo amongſt the</hi> Grecians, Dionyſius Halicarnaſſeus <hi>in his ſecond Book, ſaith,</hi> The Ancients were wont to call their Nobles, and old Men <hi>Presbyters.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By the hands of</hi> Paul <hi>and</hi> Barnabas. For <hi>by,</hi> the Hebrews ſay <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>by the hand.</hi> There is mention of this Miniſtry being fulfilled after, <hi>ch.</hi> 12.25. From whence it appears that <hi>Paul</hi> omitted this Journey, becauſe it did not belong to his purpoſe, when he tells the Journeys to <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> by him undertaken, <hi>Gal.</hi> 1.18.2.1.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="12" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. XII.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>ABout that time.</hi> That is, In which the Famine foretold by <hi>Agabus</hi> began, <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bas</hi> came to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> to convey the Contribution to the impoveriſhed Brethren, as appears by the conclu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſion of the foregoing Chapter, as alſo by the end of this.</p>
               <p>Herod <hi>the King.</hi> The Grand-child of <hi>Herod</hi> the Great, by his Son <hi>Ariſtobulus,</hi> firnamed <hi>Agrippa,</hi> as the Syriack Tranſlation here calls him: On whom <hi>Caius Caligula Caeſar</hi> beſtowed the Tetrarchies of <hi>Philip</hi> and <hi>Lyſanias,</hi> with the Title of King, and af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terwards the Tetrarchy of <hi>Galilee,</hi> which <hi>Caligula</hi>
                  <pb n="353" facs="tcp:192139:182"/>took from <hi>Herod Antipas:</hi> To theſe <hi>Claudius Caeſar</hi> added <hi>Judaea</hi> and <hi>Samaria;</hi> ſo that he poſſeſſed his Grandfathers whole Kingdom, which had been divi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ded into Tetrarchy's by <hi>Auguſtus, Joſ.</hi> 19. <hi>Antiq.</hi> 4. This <hi>Agrippa</hi> in the ſecond year of the Empire of <hi>Caius Caligula,</hi> as he paſſed through <hi>Alexandria,</hi> whoſe Citizens bearing an inveterate hatred againſt the Jews, were much grieved that any of that Nation ſhould be honoured with the Title of King, was plaid upon, and ſcoffed at in the place of exerciſe, by the Satyrs of their Poets. And a certain Mad-man, named <hi>Carabas,</hi> was brought into the place of exerciſe, who night &amp; day uſed to wander naked through the Streets, and ſo placed, that he might be ſeen by all. Then they put a paper Crown upon his Head, and a ſtraw Mat upon his Body inſtead of a Robe: for a Scepter one gave him into his Hand a piece of a Reed taken off the ground. Having thus adorn'd him with Royal Robes, and (as Stage-players uſe) transformed him into a King, the young Men with poles on their Shoulders waited on him as his Guard: then ſome came to pay their reſpects to him, others deſired him to confirm their Priviledges, others adviſed with him about the publick Good. After this, all the by-ſtan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ders ſhouted, calling him aloud <hi>Marin;</hi> which name in the Syriack Language ſignifies <hi>Lord. Philo</hi> againſt <hi>Flaccus</hi> relates theſe things. And thus the King of the Jews was derided by others, juſt as about five years before, they had mocked at the Royal Dignity of their true Lord Jeſus Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Stretched forth his hands.</hi> A Hebraiſm. That is, He undertook. See <hi>Gen.</hi> 3.22. <hi>Deut.</hi> 12.7. <hi>Luc.</hi> 9.62.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To vex certain of the Church.</hi> Becauſe they oppug<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned the Rites and Ceremonies of his Fore-fathers, of which <hi>Joſephus</hi> ſaith he was a religious obſerver, <hi>lib.</hi> 19. <hi>Antiq. c.</hi> 7.</p>
               <pb n="354" facs="tcp:192139:183"/>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>And he killed</hi> James. The Elder, the Son of <hi>Zebedy.</hi> And ſo he was the firſt Apoſtle that was Baptized with that Baptiſm of blood, of which Chriſt ſpeaks, <hi>Mat.</hi> 20.23. But <hi>Clemens Alexandrinus</hi> adds from an Ancient Tradition, <hi>lib.</hi> 7. <hi>Hypotypoſe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>n apud Euſeb.</hi> 2. <hi>Hiſt. Eccl.</hi> 8. and <hi>Suidas</hi> in the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that that very man who had accus'd <hi>James,</hi> when he ſaw how boldly this Apoſtle gave teſtimony for Chriſt, did ingenuouſly confeſs that he alſo was a Chriſtian. And as they were both going to the place of Execution, he on the way deſired pardon of <hi>James:</hi> and <hi>James,</hi> after having pauſed a while, anſwered, <hi>Peace be to thee,</hi> and kiſſed him: and ſo they both en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ded their lives by the ſtroke of the Ax.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With the Sword.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>killing with the Sword,</hi> or <hi>beheading,</hi> was a ſort of criminal puniſhment of the four kinds of death, by which the Jews made the guilty ſuffer, as we have noted upon <hi>Mat.</hi> 20.19. <hi>San<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hedrin, fol.</hi> 3. <hi>B. If thoſe who ſeduce people to a ſtrange worſhip, are but few, they are ſtoned, and their goods are not Confiſcated: But if they be many, they die by the ſword, and their goods are Confiſcated. James</hi> indeed was but one. <hi>But,</hi> ſaith the moſt famous <hi>Lightfoot,</hi> Herod <hi>knew</hi> Peter, <hi>and a great many more, who in his judgment did perſuade the people to an irreligious worſhip, and he acts with</hi> James, <hi>as he intended to act with the reſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>But becauſe he ſaw it pleaſed the Jews.</hi> To wit, The death of <hi>James.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>To bring him forth to the people.</hi> That is, To ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſe, and deliver him to the puniſhment of a publick death.</p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>By the Church.</hi> That is, By the Chriſtians aſſem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bled from houſe to houſe, as appears from <hi>v.</hi> 2. &amp; 17.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For him.</hi> That is, For his deliverance.</p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>Bound with two Chains.</hi> Whereas otherwiſe the Criminal had only one Chain tyed to his right hand, which was alſo tyed to the left hand of the Soldier,
<pb n="355" facs="tcp:192139:183"/>who had the charge of guarding him, as may be ſeen in <hi>Plin. lib.</hi> 10. <hi>Ep.</hi> 30. <hi>Senec. Ep.</hi> 5. <hi>&amp; lib. de tranquil. c.</hi> 10. <hi>Auguſtine</hi> alſo ſeems to hint the ſame thing upon the 118th <hi>Pſalm: Two are bound and ſent to the Judge, a Thief, and one bound with him, one of them a wicked perſon, and the other innocent, both of them tyed with one Chain, but yet far enough from one another.</hi> For the Chain was of ſuch a length as did not hinder their convenient paſſing along, <hi>and that there ſhould be no pain, and no danger of the Priſoners eſcaping,</hi> as the <hi>Theodoſian</hi> Codex phraſes it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the keepers before the door kept the Priſon.</hi> Here is deſcribed the diligent efforts of <hi>Peters</hi> Enemies to keep him ſecurely, that ſo the power of God in de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>livering him, might be more manifeſt.</p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>A light ſhined.</hi> At the approach of the Angel, as <hi>Luke</hi> 2.9.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>On the apartment.</hi> That is, In that part of the Priſon, in which <hi>Peter</hi> was chained, which the Syriack Tranſlation calls <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the houſe.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſmiting</hi> Peters <hi>ſide.</hi> As they do, who have a mind to rouze any one.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Quickly.</hi> That is, Without delay.</p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>Gird thy ſelf.</hi> That is, Gird thy Coat on, as the cuſtom was, <hi>Jer.</hi> 13.1. <hi>Peter</hi> had lain down in his Coat.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Bind on thy Sandals. Dio</hi> tranſlates <hi>caligas,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Soldiers Shoes.</hi> Theſe ſort of Shoes were moſtly uſed by the Jews, which the Greek Text calls <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; they cover the ſoles of the feet, and ſeem to be the ſame with the Shoes called <hi>Duſty,</hi> becauſe, that by reaſon of their ſhortneſs, they did not keep out the Duſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Caſt thy Garment about thee.</hi> That is, Thy out<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward Garment, as thoſe do, who are going abroad.</p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>He wiſt not,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſhould ſay, He be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieved all this to be but a dream, becauſe ſo unlookt for a deliverance did exceed all belief. For when
<pb n="356" facs="tcp:192139:184"/>thoſe things happen we moſt wiſh for, we can ſcarce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly believe them to have happened, ſee <hi>Gen.</hi> 45.26. <hi>Job</hi> 29.24. <hi>Pſal.</hi> 126.1. So when <hi>Flaminius,</hi> by an Herald declared the <hi>Grecians</hi> Free-men, and only lia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble to their own Laws: <hi>When the People,</hi> ſaith <hi>Livy, lib.</hi> 33. <hi>heard the Heralds voice, their joy was ſo great, as not to be bounded. They could ſcarce believe that what they heard was real. Being amazed, they gazed at one another, and not truſting their own Ears, they fancy'd all but a dream, each of them asking his Fellow what his thoughts of it were.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>But paſſing by the firſt and the ſecond Watch.</hi> The Priſon in which <hi>Peter</hi> was, if we may believe <hi>Adri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chomius,</hi> was in the Court which encompaſſed <hi>Herod</hi>'s Palace about, (for it was <hi>Herod</hi>'s, not the Cities Priſon) where the Kings Soldiers kept Guard. Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>twixt the Gate of this Priſon, and the Iron Gate of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> there were divers Entries, which the <hi>French,</hi> call <hi>Corps de Garde,</hi> where uſed to be Centries. And therefore the Aethiopick verſion is the beſt, <hi>And when they had paſſed the firſt and ſecond Entry.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which opened to them of its own accord.</hi> That is ſaid to be done, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, freely, or of its own accord, which is done without human care or labour, <hi>Lev.</hi> 25.5. 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 19.29. <hi>Wiſd.</hi> 17.6. <hi>Mar.</hi> 4.28. ſo the Kingdom of Chriſt is called a Stone cut without hands, <hi>Dan.</hi> 2.34. That is, Faſhioned without the labour or induſtry of Man. And <hi>Homer</hi> calls him <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>ſelf-taught,</hi> whom God hath taught.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And going out, they paſſed through one ſtreet.</hi> Or, one broad way within the City.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And forthwith the Angel departed from him.</hi> Leaving the reſt to <hi>Peters</hi> Induſtry, now he was plac'd in ſafety.</p>
               <p n="11">11. Peter <hi>coming to himſelf.</hi> His Amazement be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing ſhaken off.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Now I know,</hi> &amp;c. That is, Now I perceive that my deliverance has happened in reality, not in viſion,
<pb n="357" facs="tcp:192139:184"/>and that by the help of an Angel ſent from Heaven by the Lord, leſt I ſhould be ſlain by <hi>Herod,</hi> as the Ene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mies of the Chriſtian Religion, the Jews, deſired.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>And conſidering.</hi> That is, Deliberating with himſelf what he ſhould do.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He came to the houſe of</hi> Mary. This Matron ſeems to have been a Widdow, becauſe the Houſe was cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led hers, without mentioning her Husband. Hereby alſo it appears that whereas, <hi>ch.</hi> 4.34. 'tis ſaid, that as many as had Houſes, ſold them, thoſe Houſes are to be excepted in which they dwelt and met together, as alſo is ſhewn before, <hi>ch.</hi> 2.46.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whoſe ſirname was Mark.</hi> This <hi>John Mark,</hi> the Son of <hi>Mary,</hi> ſeems to be called <hi>Barnabas</hi>'s Siſters Son, <hi>Col.</hi> 4.10. Betwixt this Man and <hi>Paul,</hi> there happened a little Coldneſs, <hi>ch,</hi> 15.39. But they were ſoon reconciled, as good Men uſe to be, and then a ſtrict Friendſhip ſucceeded this Coldneſs. Hence it is that <hi>Paul, Col.</hi> 4.11. numbers him with <hi>Jeſus Juſtus,</hi> alone, of the Circumci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſed, among his helpers, and 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4.11. deſires <hi>Timo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thy</hi> to bring him along with him to <hi>Rome,</hi> as one that would be very uſeful to him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Where many were gathered together.</hi> For ſeeing that the Believers, of whom there was already a great number, could not meet together all in one body, they divided themſelves into divers Congregations in ſeveral Houſes to pray to God for <hi>Peter.</hi> See <hi>v.</hi> 17. From hence it appears, that when neceſſity, and the rage of Perſecutors force us to it, holy Meetings, though in the night, are not unlawful. For that this Meeting was held in the night, is plain from <hi>v.</hi> 6 &amp; 18.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>The door of the Gate.</hi> Heb. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Judg.</hi> 18.16 &amp; 17. <hi>Ezek.</hi> 40.11. That is called, ſaith <hi>Kim<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chi</hi> in his Book of Roots, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>which is without the doors of the Gate. For all that which is within and with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out, as alſo the doors, and outward Threſhold, is called</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>in as much as it is joined to the door poſt, and apper Thre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhold.
<pb n="358" facs="tcp:192139:185"/>But that is called</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>which is always open, and though the doors be ſhut, is always left open.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A Damſel came to ſee.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to hearken,</hi> that is, to ſpy who it was that knockt at the door ſo late at night. <hi>She came,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, that ſhe might know by his voice who he was, leſt ſhe ſhould raſhly let any one in.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Named</hi> Rhoda. Heb. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, a Roſe. Many Womens Names are derived from Flowers, Herbs, and Trees, as <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Suſanna</hi> from a Lilly, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Hadeſſa,</hi> from a Myrtle. The Greek name <hi>Rhode,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, is alſo mentioned in the fragments of <hi>Menander.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>It is his Angel.</hi> That is, A Meſſenger ſent from him. So <hi>John</hi> the Baptiſt is called an <hi>Angel,</hi> that is, a Meſſenger, <hi>Mat.</hi> 11.10. The Diſciples of <hi>John</hi> ſent to Chriſt, <hi>Angels, Meſſengers, Luke</hi> 7.24. The Diſci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples of Chriſt ſent into a Village of the <hi>Samaritans, Luke</hi> 9.52. The Spies ſent by <hi>Joſhuah,</hi> whom <hi>Rahab</hi> entertain'd, <hi>James</hi> 2.25. This is the ſimple interpre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tation of the Greek Noun <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, neither have we any reaſon to think that the Believers underſtood it here otherwiſe: ſince they had never heard that Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venly Angels needed to knock at the door to obtain entrance; and they knew it did not agree with the Nature of Spirits, who with their ſubtileneſs can pene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trate the moſt ſolid Bodies. Therefore they thought that the Damſel, out of her earneſt deſire of <hi>Peters</hi> deliverance, which all the Godly had, had underſtood the Meſſenger diſcourſing of <hi>Peter,</hi> as if he had ſaid, that himſelf was <hi>Peter.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>They were aſtoniſhed.</hi> That is, They were ſtruck with an unlook'd for joy.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>But he beckening unto them with his hand to hold their peace.</hi> That is, Deſiring ſilence by the becke<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning of his hand, as afterwards, <hi>ch.</hi> 13.16.19.33.21.40. <hi>Quimilian</hi> ſpeaking of the Hands, ſaith, <hi>They are either held up or down, according as we conſent or deny.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="359" facs="tcp:192139:185"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>How the Lord had brought him out. Peter</hi> does not give the honour of his deliverance out of <hi>Herod</hi>'s Priſon to the Angel, but to the Lord of Angels, who made uſe of the Angel in it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Tell ye to</hi> James. An eminent Servant of God, and of the Lord Jeſus Chriſt, peculiarly ſelected, together with <hi>John</hi> and me, to Preach the Goſpel to the Jews, <hi>Gal.</hi> 2.9. and who, ſome believe, governed then the Church at <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And to the Brethren.</hi> That is, And to the reſt of them who live in the ſtrict brotherly Fellowſhip of Chriſts Diſciples. So alſo in other places by <hi>Brethren</hi> are meant Chriſtians, as before, <hi>ch.</hi> 2.30.10.23.11. 1 &amp; 12. <hi>James</hi> 1. 2 &amp; 9, &amp;c. But <hi>Peter</hi> would have this deliverance told to all the Chriſtians living in <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> that ſo he might free them from their trouble about him, and they render thanks to God.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And going out, he went out into another place.</hi> Out of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> as it ſeems. Some ſay he went towards <hi>Antioch,</hi> and then by long Journies came to <hi>Rome.</hi> But <hi>Lactantius</hi> has recorded in his Golden Book of the Deaths of the Perſecutors, that <hi>Peter</hi> came not to <hi>Rome</hi> till the Reign of <hi>Nero,</hi> 25 years after Chriſts Aſcenſion into Heaven. Moreover <hi>Damaſus,</hi> to whom is aſcribed the Book of the Popes inſerted in the firſt Tome of the Councils, ſays that <hi>Peter</hi> came to <hi>Rome</hi> in <hi>Nero</hi>'s time.
<note place="margin">Ration. Temp. p. 1. lib. 5. cap. 7.</note> Therefore what <hi>Petavius</hi> writes: <hi>The Acts of the reſt of the Apostles (beſides</hi> Peter <hi>and</hi> Paul) <hi>not being treated of with any faithfulneſs, or credit worthy of an History, remain in obſcurity,</hi> this alſo may deſervedly be ſaid of both <hi>Peters</hi> Biſhopricks, of <hi>Anti<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ch</hi> and <hi>Rome,</hi> of this being extended to 25 years, of <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </hi> Acts at <hi>Rome,</hi> of the Popedom there erected, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> his contention with <hi>Simon Magus,</hi> which began the<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap> and of a Succeſſor appointed by him.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>Amongst the Soldiers.</hi> That is, Thoſe <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> guarded <hi>Peter.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="360" facs="tcp:192139:186"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>What was become of</hi> Peter. That is, What had happened to <hi>Peter,</hi> that they could not ſee him in the Priſon.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>Examining the Keepers.</hi> That is, Cauſing a Judicial Proceſs to be made about the Keepers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He commanded them to be brought out.</hi> That is, To be haled out to Puniſhment. <hi>Plin. lib.</hi> 10. <hi>Ep.</hi> to <hi>Tra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jan,</hi> ſpeaking of the Chriſtians, ſaith, <hi>When they again confeſs'd, and that I had the third time questioned them with threats of puniſhment, ſeeing them obstinate, I com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>manded them to be brought out,</hi> that is, to be put to death. And this is a common phraſe amongſt the Ancients, as may be ſeen in <hi>Seneca de Ira</hi> very often, in <hi>Suetonius</hi> in his <hi>Caligula,</hi> &amp;c. He that tranſlated the Canons of <hi>Petrus <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>lexandrinus</hi> into Latine for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to be brought away,</hi> reads <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, having tranſlated it <hi>to be choakt,</hi> that is, to be ſtrangled.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And going down from</hi> Judaea <hi>to</hi> Caeſarea. Which before was called <hi>Strato</hi>'s Tower, of which before, <hi>ch.</hi> 8.40. <hi>Joſephus</hi> likewiſe makes mention of this Journey, 19 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 7.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He there abode.</hi> In the Greek there is an Ellipſis of the Adverb <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>there,</hi> as alſo afterwards, <hi>ch.</hi> 14.3.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>But he was diſpleaſed.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>revolving war in his mind.</hi> The Cardinal <hi>Baronius</hi> was of O<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pinion that <hi>Herod</hi> was angry with the People of <hi>Tyre</hi> and <hi>Sidon,</hi> two maritime Cities of <hi>Phoenicia,</hi> ſituate near the Borders of his Kingdom, becauſe they re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceived <hi>Peter</hi> in his flight. But this is uncertain, as <hi>Tirinus</hi> has well noted. See what we have ſaid of <hi>Tyre</hi> and <hi>Sidon, Mat.</hi> 11.20.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They came with one accord.</hi> That is, The Ambaſſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dours by the common Appointment of both Nati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons, came to <hi>Herod.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who was of the Kings Bed-Chamber.</hi> That is, Who had the Office of the Kings Chamberlain.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Deſired Peace,</hi> &amp;c. That is, They by their Pray<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ers
<pb n="361" facs="tcp:192139:186"/>indeavoured to reconcile the Kings mind unto them, becauſe their Country could not be nouriſhed, or ſubſiſt without the aſſiſtance of <hi>Judaea, Galilee,</hi> and other Countries under the power and command of <hi>Herod.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>From him.</hi> Gr. <hi>From the Royal,</hi> Viz. Countrey, That is, From the Countrey ſubject to King <hi>Herod.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>And upon a ſet day.</hi> That is, On a day ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pointed for this, to wit, the ſecond day of thoſe Plays which he exhibited in honour of <hi>Claudius Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſar.</hi> So <hi>Joſephus</hi> 9 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 7. <hi>Arayed in a Royal Ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parel,</hi> (as <hi>Joſephus</hi> in the ſame place ſaith,) <hi>cloathed with a Garment all over wrought with Silver of admirable Workmanſhip, which reflecting the Beams of the Sun, ſhi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned ſo bright, that all thoſe that beheld him, were ſeized with reverence and fear.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sate upon his Throne.</hi> Gr. Tribunal. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, in this place is a certain ſort of high ſeat placed in the Theatre, whence <hi>Joſephus,</hi> in the lately cited place, ſaith, <hi>He came into the Theatre. Every place,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, that is raiſed higher than the reſt, is by the</hi> Greeks <hi>called</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>and by the</hi> Syrians <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>which word the Syriack Tran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſlation here uſes.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Made an Oration to them.</hi> To wit, To the Am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>baſſadors of <hi>Tyre</hi> and <hi>Sidon,</hi> that for the future he might keep thoſe people under.</p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>But the people gave a ſhout.</hi> Fooliſhly flattering him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The voice of a God, and not of a Man. Joſephus</hi> thus expreſſes the meaning of this flattering Acclamation: <hi>Preſently,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>theſe pernicious flatterers ſhouting. ſalute him as a God, praying that he would be propitious to them: That they had hitherto reverenced him as a Man, but that now they did acknowledge, and confeſs that there was ſomething in him more excellent than mortal frailty can attain unto.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And immediately the Angel of the Lord ſinote him.</hi>
                  <pb n="362" facs="tcp:192139:187"/>With a grievous pain about his Heart and Entrails, as appears from <hi>Joſephus,</hi> 19 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 7. whoſe words are theſe: <hi>Not long after he looking upwards, perceived an Owl perched upon a Cord, which he thought was</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>a Meſſenger of his misfortune; whereas formerly he had denounced unto him his felicity, and conceived thereupon a moſt hearty and inward grief: and ſuddenly he was ſeized with a terrible griping in his belly, which began with very great vehemen<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>y.</hi> For when long ago <hi>Herod</hi> being bound by the command of <hi>Tiberius,</hi> leaned on a Tree, on which an Owl ſate, a certain <hi>German</hi> foretold that the face of Affairs changing, he ſhould ſhortly be raiſed up to the higheſt Dignity. <hi>But yet remember,</hi> ſaith he in <hi>Joſephus,</hi> 18 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 8. <hi>that whenſoever thou ſhalt ſee this bird again, thou ſhalt die within five days af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter.</hi> Therefore <hi>Agrippa,</hi> being near his death, cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led the ſame Owl <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the Meſſenger</hi> of Evil, where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>as before it was the Meſſenger of Good. Yet <hi>Euſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bius</hi> hath deſcribed the mentioned place of <hi>Joſephus,</hi> 19 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 7. about <hi>Agrippa</hi> going to die, without mentioning the Owl, as if <hi>Joſephus</hi> meant the Angel, by whom <hi>Herod</hi> is here ſaid to be ſmitten, which is no ſmall overſight.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Angel of the Lord.</hi> In inflicting Evil, God makes uſe of the Miniſtry of Angels, <hi>Exod.</hi> 12.7. 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 24.19. 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 19.35.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Becauſe he gave not God the Glory.</hi> That is, Becauſe he had neither reproved, nor rejected theſe impious flatterers, as may be ſeen in <hi>Joſeph.</hi> 19 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 7. God did not puniſh <hi>Herod</hi> preſently for <hi>James</hi>'s death, and the ill treatment of other Chriſtians, becauſe in thoſe Actions he might have ſome pretence of Ignorance, and inconſiderate Zeal: But for his ſinning againſt the Majeſty of the Deity, in not hindring thoſe impious flatterers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Eaten of Worms.</hi> In a very Ancient Greek Manu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcript of <hi>Beza,</hi> is added, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>as yet alive. Joſephus</hi>
                  <pb n="363" facs="tcp:192139:187"/>ſaith that <hi>Herod</hi> was tormented with the Gripes for five days together, without intermiſſion, <hi>Luke</hi> tells the cauſe of thoſe Gripes, by the Worms gnawing his Entrails to pieces, that being alive, he might be ſenſible he was not a God. Hence it was, that look<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing upon his Friends. <hi>Behold</hi> (ſaith he, <hi>Joſeph.</hi> 19 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 7.) <hi>I, whom you eſteem a God, am commanded to leave this life, fatal neceſſity refuting your Lye; and I whom you have ſtiled immortal, am by death ſnatch't a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>way. But the Will of the Coeleſtial Deity muſt be indur'd: Neither have I liv'd obſcurely, but in ſuch Felicity, as all may proclaim me bleſſed.</hi> So we read of <hi>Antiochus Epi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phanes,</hi> when he was about to die, 2 <hi>Mac.</hi> 9. &amp;c. <hi>So that Worms in abundance came out of the body of this wicked man, and while he was yet living, his Fleſh drop<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> off amidſt his Akes and Torments, ſo that the ſtench of his Rottenneſs was noyſom to his whole Army. So that he who but a while before conceited himſelf as high as the Stars, could not now be carried, becauſe of his intolerable filthy ſmell. Then it was that he began to abate his haugh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty Pride, being ſmitten by an hidden wound, and admo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niſhed by a Divine Rod to come to know himſelf, ſince that his Torments every moment grew greater and greater. And when even he himſelf could not indure his own ſtink, he ſpoke thus: It is but juſt that we ſhould be ſubject to God, and a mortal Man ſhould not in his proud Thoughts equaliſe himſelf to him. Joſephus</hi> writes that <hi>Herod</hi> the Great a little before his death, was troubled with crawling Worms about his rotten privy Members, 17 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 8. In the <hi>Melpomene</hi> of <hi>Herodotus, Pheretima,</hi> the Queen of the <hi>Cyrenians, though living, ſwarmed with Worms.</hi> In the Boeoticks of <hi>Pauſanias, Caſſander</hi> the Son of <hi>Antipater, his skin was fill'd with Water, and from all parts of his body, yet alive, Worms broke out.</hi> In the Pſeudomantes of <hi>Lucian,</hi> the Impoſtor <hi>Alexander died as the Son of</hi> Podalirius, <hi>his foot being putrified up to the Groin, and
<pb n="364" facs="tcp:192139:188"/>ſwarming with Worms. Euſebius</hi> 8 <hi>Hiſt.</hi> 16. ſays, that out of the Emperour <hi>Galerius Maximianus</hi>'s <hi>bowels came out infinite quantities of Worms, which cauſed a deadly ſmell.</hi> Diocleſian, <hi>ſaith</hi> Cedrenus, <hi>before he died, had his Tongue putrified, and great heaps of Worms came out of his Jaws. His body,</hi> ſaith <hi>Eutychius Alexandrinus</hi> of the ſame Emperour, <hi>was ſo full of Worms, that it dropt them on the ground, and his Tongue, with his Jaws, were conſumed, and ſo he died.</hi> Concer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning <hi>Julian,</hi> Unkle of <hi>Julian</hi> the Apoſtate, <hi>whoſe privy Members rotted off,</hi> Sozomenus, lib. 5. c. 8. <hi>And there the putrified fleſh was turned into Worms, and the malignity of his Diſtemper was above the Phyſicians Art. Neſtorius</hi> alſo, if we may believe <hi>Evagrius. lib.</hi> 1. <hi>c.</hi> 1. <hi>having his Tongue eaten out with Worms, paſſed out of the miſeries of this life, to ſuffer more grievous puniſhments inflicted on him by God's juſt Judgments, and thoſe to laſt to all Eternity.</hi> Like to this is that which <hi>Baronius,</hi> (out of <hi>Surius,</hi>) <hi>ad Annum</hi> 698. relates of <hi>Dodon,</hi> who had ſlain <hi>Lambert</hi> the Biſhop of <hi>Tongres. All</hi> Dodons <hi>bowels of a ſudden putrified, and he voided them out at his mouth, ſtinking ſtrangely: At length his body being corrupted by a Conſumption, and the Worms, stunk ſo intolerably, that it was thrown into the</hi> Meuſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He gave up the Ghost.</hi> In the fifty fourth year of his Age, the ſeventh of his Reign, and the fourth year of <hi>Claudius Caeſar,</hi> the fifth day after thoſe vehe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment Gripes, which the Lord by his Angel inflicted on him, becauſe he had not left Gods honour un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>touched, as <hi>Peter</hi> before, <hi>ch.</hi> 10.26. And <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas</hi> hereafter, <hi>ch.</hi> 14.14 &amp; 15. The Children which <hi>Herod Agrippa</hi> left, were one Son named <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>grippa,</hi> about ſeventeen years of Age, who at that time was educated at <hi>Rome</hi> by <hi>Claudius:</hi> But he had three Daughters: Of which <hi>Berenice</hi> was ſeventeen years old, and Married to her Unkle <hi>Herod,</hi> King of <hi>Chalcis</hi> in <hi>Syria.</hi> The other two were then Virgins:
<pb n="365" facs="tcp:192139:188"/>
                  <hi>Mariamne</hi> Aged ten years, and betrothed by her Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther to <hi>Julius Archelaus,</hi> the Son of <hi>Chelcias:</hi> and <hi>Druſilla</hi> ſix years old, and betrothed to <hi>Epiphanes,</hi> the Son of <hi>Antiochus,</hi> the King of <hi>Comagena, Joſeph.</hi> 19 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 7.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>But the Word of God grew and multiplyed.</hi> That is, This Enemy of the Servants of Chriſt being dead in this manner, the Preachers of the Goſpel gathe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red new ſtrength, and every day more and more were converted to the faith.</p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>When they had fulfilled their Miniſtry.</hi> That is, When by a ſupply of Money ſent them by the <hi>Antiochians,</hi> as before, <hi>ch.</hi> 11.29 &amp; 30. they had re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieved the neceſſities of the Brethren dwelling at <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And taken</hi> John <hi>with them, whoſe ſirname was</hi> Mark. The Son of that Matron, which is deſcribed by him before, <hi>v.</hi> 12.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="13" type="chapter">
               <pb n="366" facs="tcp:192139:189"/>
               <head>CHAP. XIII.</head>
               <p>
                  <hi>PRophets.</hi> Who being by Inſpiration made privy to hidden things, did alſo foretel things to come, to know which, the Church was concerned.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Teachers.</hi> Who did find out, and interpret the meaning of the Word of God, which was not obvious to every one.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With</hi> Herod <hi>the Tetrarch. Herod Antipas,</hi> Tetrarch of <hi>Galilee,</hi> is ſimply called <hi>Herod</hi> the Tetrarch, <hi>Mat.</hi> 14.1. <hi>Luke</hi> 9.7.</p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>And they ministred.</hi> That is, Publickly diſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>charged their Office. This Office ſeems to have been that of Propheſying, and Teaching, for in the verſe immediately preceeding, they are called Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets and Teachers. So cardinal <hi>Cajetan</hi> underſtood it, therefore <hi>Chryſostom, Theophylact,</hi> and <hi>Oecumenius</hi> render the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Ministring, by</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Preaching,</hi> But the <hi>Syrian,</hi> and <hi>Arabian</hi> interpret it <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Praying.</hi> For they reſtrained here the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, to publick Prayers only, becauſe of the Faſt mentioned next to it, to which, in the next following verſe Prayer is joined. In the ſame ſenſe <hi>Eraſmus</hi> renders <hi>Sacrificing;</hi> for Prayers, and the Praiſes of God are eſteemed as Sacrifices, <hi>Heb.</hi> 13.15. <hi>There is none,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, that is indifferently verſed in the Greek Tongue, who knows not that</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>is mainly ſaid of publick Offices. Hence</hi> Paul <hi>himſelf,</hi> Rom. 13. <hi>calls Magistrates ſometimes</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>and ſometimes</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And fasted.</hi> Faſting is acceptable to God, when it is for a good end, to wit, to tame the body, that the mind may be the fitter for works of Piety. See our Literal Explanation, <hi>Mat.</hi> 6.16.</p>
               <pb n="367" facs="tcp:192139:189"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Holy Ghoſt ſaid.</hi> To wit, To the Prophets of the Church of <hi>Antioch,</hi> and by them to the whole Church.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Separate me,</hi> &amp;c. The Holy Ghoſt bids to ſep<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rate <hi>Barnabas</hi> and <hi>Saul,</hi> not to the Lord, but to him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelf, whereby is meant that the Lord, and the Holy Ghoſt hath the ſame vertue and power; which if he were leſs then the Lord, he would have ſaid, Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parate <hi>Saul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas</hi> to the Lord, or to God. He commands them to be ſeparated to him for that, to which he himſelf called them. He therefore conſtituted them Miniſters to himſelf, he calls them his own Servants. But as we cannot be Mens Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vants in ſuch things as concern Religion and Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcience, ſo neither can we be the Servants of Angels; for the ſame reaſon which <hi>Paul</hi> adduces, 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 7.23. <hi>Ye are bought with a Price, be ye not the Servants of Men,</hi> militates againſt both theſe Services. The Servant of Men there is oppoſed to the Servant of Chriſt, who ſubjects his whole ſelf, Soul and Body to him: For he Redeemed us, and addicted us to his ſervice, by the Price of his own Blood. He who thus is the Servant of Chriſt, cannot in the ſame ſenſe be the Servant of Men; he is therefore bound by Chriſt for his Servant. So for the ſame reaſon he cannot be the Servant of Angels, who are our Fel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low Servants. Therefore the Holy Ghoſt, who ſo bound <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas</hi> to his own Service, is not an Angel, nor a company of Angels, but Lord of all, <hi>who hath the ſame worſhip and glory with the Father and the Son,</hi> as the Fathers of the ſecond Occumenick Council at <hi>Conſtantinople,</hi> ſay in the Symbol of that Council.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For the work,</hi> &amp;c. That work which they ought to do for the Holy Ghoſt, is deſcribed in this Chap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter and the next, unto the 26th verſe, where they are ſaid to have fulfilled that work. They were ſent by
<pb n="368" facs="tcp:192139:190"/>the Holy Ghoſt to Preach the Goſpel, and bring many to the obedience of the Faith. This work is peculiarly the work of the Holy Ghoſt, who is the Author, and uſeth to be called the worker of Faith, which yet is the gift of God, <hi>Eph.</hi> 2.8. therefore the Holy Spirit is God, which worketh, and produceth that Faith in the Saints; and ſo the whole work of Regeneration, by the ſuper-abundant Riches of his Grace.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I have called.</hi> That is, Appointed.</p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>And then,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Having prayed and faſted, they bleſſed <hi>Saul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas,</hi> ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parated by the Holy Ghoſt, in the name of God and Chriſt, by the ſolemn Rite of impoſition of hands, and then bad them farewel. <hi>The laying on of hands,</hi> ſaith famous <hi>Heidegger, upon</hi> Paul <hi>and</hi> Barnabas, <hi>by the reſt of the Teachers of the Church of</hi> Antioch, <hi>does not properly belong to their Ordination: For</hi> Paul <hi>was not called of men, neither by men,</hi> Gal. 1.1 &amp; 2. <hi>It was therefore a token not of their deputation to the Miniſtry, but meerly of the Churches great deſire that</hi> Paul <hi>and</hi> Barnabas <hi>ſhould ſucceed in their Miniſtry.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They ſent them away.</hi> That is, They bad them farewel. See <hi>Matth.</hi> 14.15, 22 &amp; 23.15.23.</p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>So they.</hi> To wit, <hi>Saul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Being ſent forth by the Holy Ghoſt.</hi> That is, Having taken Journey by the command of the Holy Ghoſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Departed into</hi> Seleucia. A Neighbouring City to <hi>Antioch,</hi> built, and ſo called by <hi>Seleucus Nicanor,</hi> King of <hi>Syria.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And from thence they ſailed to</hi> Cyprus. An Iſland in the <hi>Mediterranean</hi> Sea, adjoyning to <hi>Syria,</hi> the Country of <hi>Barnabas.</hi> See above, <hi>ch.</hi> 4.36.</p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>And when they were at</hi> Salamis. The Metropo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lis of <hi>Cyprus,</hi> built by <hi>Teucris</hi> the Son of <hi>Telamon,</hi> and by him ſo called, from the name of his Country. This City was afterward called <hi>Conſtantia,</hi> or <hi>Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtantina,</hi>
                  <pb n="369" facs="tcp:192139:190"/>then <hi>Nova Juſtinopolis,</hi> or <hi>Juſtinianopolis;</hi> and this day it is called <hi>Famauguſta.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They Preached the Word of God.</hi> To wit, That great Goſpel of Jeſus Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the Synagogues of the Jews.</hi> Which were many in <hi>Cyprus.</hi> The Author of the Hebrew places of the Acts, under the name of <hi>Jerome:</hi> Salamis, <hi>a City in the Iſle of</hi> Cyprus, <hi>now called</hi> Conſtantia, <hi>which the Jews in the time of</hi> Trajan <hi>defaced, having killed all the Inhabitants.</hi> The ſame ſaith <hi>Jerom</hi> in <hi>Euſebius</hi>'s Chronicle about <hi>Trajans</hi> time.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They had,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, And <hi>John</hi> ſir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>named <hi>Mark,</hi> of whom above, <hi>ch.</hi> 12.12. was their helper in Preaching the Goſpel.</p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>And when they had gone thorough the Iſle.</hi> To wit, <hi>Cyprus,</hi> whoſe Metropolis <hi>Salamis,</hi> toward the Eaſt, was famous among the Nations for the Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples of <hi>Jupiter.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto</hi> Paphos. A City of the ſame Iſle of <hi>Cyprus,</hi> toward the Weſt,
<note place="margin">Hiſt. lib. 2. ch. 2.</note> famous for the Temple of <hi>Venus,</hi> to ſee which, <hi>Veſpaſian</hi> longed, <hi>Tacitus</hi> ſaith.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A falſe Prophet.</hi> That is, Falſly boaſting himſelf to be a Prophet.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whoſe name was</hi> Barjeſus. Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Seeing this wicked man is ſaid to have been a Jew, the Etymolo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gy of this word muſt be taken from the Hebrew Tongue. It is therefore the conjecture of the moſt famous <hi>Ludovicus de Dieu,</hi> that this Impoſtors name was <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and with a very ſmall alte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ration <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which the Arabian hath literally ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſſed out of the Greek, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the Son of Health;</hi> becauſe he profeſſeth the art of procuring health and ſoundneſs. So in the Syriack he is called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the Son of <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>lcers;</hi> that is, a Phyſician that profeſſed to cure Ulcers; for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſignifies only ſuch a tumor, as is incident to Ulcers and old ſores.</p>
               <pb n="370" facs="tcp:192139:191"/>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>Which was with the Deputy.</hi> The word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, properly ſignifieth a Proconſul, or the Vicar of the <hi>Roman</hi> Conſul, who governed the Province as a De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>puty. But ſeeing that he, who governed <hi>Cyprus,</hi> was not Proconſul, but Vice-Praetor, here is a Cata<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chreſis, or abuſe of the word. <hi>But,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, it is no wonder that the</hi> Greeks <hi>being great flatterers, gave the moſt honourable Title to the Governors of their Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vinces. The name of Preſident is general, which may be here uſed in the Latin.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>Elymas.</hi> There are many derivations, and ſig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nifications of this name. <hi>To us it ſeems,</hi> ſaith <hi>Ludovi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cus de Dieu, that</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>is a Hebrew, or Chaldaick</hi> Name <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>a healer,</hi> or a <hi>curer, from</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to cure, in which ſenſe it is taken, not only among the</hi> He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brews, <hi>but alſo frequently among the</hi> Syrians; <hi>nor doth it differ from</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the Son of Health,</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the Son of Boils, of which above,</hi> v. 6. <hi>Neither is it unuſual to render the letter</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>of a moſt hard aſpiration by</hi> E. <hi>ſuch are</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp;c. <hi>nor to change the letter</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>in</hi> as, <hi>ſuch as</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sorcerer.</hi> Or Magician. The <hi>Perſian</hi> Name <hi>Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gie,</hi> and <hi>Magician,</hi> for Sorcery, and Sorcerers, not evil in themſelves, are applyed by an abuſe to marvel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lous, but wicked Arts, wrought by the help of De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vils, and to thoſe that are given to ſuch Arts. See our literal explication on <hi>Matth.</hi> 2.1.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For ſo is his name by interpretation.</hi> Which in <hi>v.</hi> 6. is <hi>Barjeſus;</hi> therefore <hi>Elymas</hi> is not the Arabick name <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> rendred <hi>Sorcerer,</hi> and which agrees to all ſuch as are given to Magick, ſeeing the <hi>Syriack, Arabick</hi> and <hi>Aethiopick</hi> Tranſlation do not begin the word <hi>Elymas</hi> with <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Ain,</hi> but with <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Aleph;</hi> but it is an interpre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tation of this Sorcerer <hi>Barjeſus</hi> his name, as the Text faith, and the Syrian Interpreter confirms. See what we have juſt now cited of <hi>Ludovicus de Dieu.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="371" facs="tcp:192139:191"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Seeking,</hi> &amp;c. That is, With great ſtudy and in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deavour he turned aſide <hi>Sergius Paulus,</hi> the Vice-Prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tor, from receiving the faith of Chriſt.</p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>Then</hi> Saul, <hi>who alſo is called</hi> Paul. He hath a two-fold name for his two-fold relation, his <hi>Hebrew</hi> name <hi>Saul,</hi> becauſe he was an <hi>Hebrew</hi> by birth; his <hi>Roman</hi> name <hi>Paul,</hi> becauſe he had the freedom of a <hi>Rom<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>n. <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nder the ſame notion,</hi> ſaith famous <hi>Lightfoot,</hi> S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>las <hi>is alſo called</hi> Silvanus, <hi>for he alſo was a</hi> Roman, <hi>as may be gathered from</hi> Acts 16.37. The ſame upon 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 1.1. <hi>It was common,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>for them in the Jewiſh Nation to be called among the Jews by a Jewiſh name, but by another name among the</hi> Ethnicks, <hi>or by the ſame name tranflated into the</hi> Ethnick <hi>language: as</hi> Thomas <hi>among the</hi> Jews, <hi>was</hi> Dydimus <hi>among the</hi> Greeks, <hi>and perhaps</hi> Silas <hi>among the</hi> Jews, <hi>was</hi> Tertius <hi>among the</hi> Romans, Rom. 16.21. <hi>that is, from</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>and</hi> Jaſon, Secundus. <hi>Compare</hi> Rom. 16.21. <hi>with</hi> Acts 19.4. <hi>or by ſome other different name: as he whom</hi> Luke <hi>calls</hi> Herod, Acts 12.1. <hi>is by</hi> Joſephus <hi>called</hi> Agrippa: <hi>and</hi> John <hi>is alſo called</hi> Mark, Acts 12.12. Hence that gloſs upon <hi>Maimonides</hi> in <hi>Geruſhin, c.</hi> 3. Per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>haps he hath two names, to wit, a Jewiſh name, and that, by which, they who are not Jews, called him. <hi>And that of the</hi> Jeroſolymitan <hi>Talmud, in the Treatiſe called</hi> Gittin, <hi>fol.</hi> 43.2. the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> without the Land of <hi>Iſrael</hi> have the ſame names with the <hi>Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles. Yea, hear what they ſay in the ſame Treatiſe,</hi> fol. 45.3. <hi>of the Jews alſo living in the Land of</hi> Iſrael: Perhaps one of them hath two Wives, one living in <hi>Judaea,</hi> the other in <hi>Galilee.</hi> And perhaps alſo he hath two names, one in <hi>Judea,</hi> another in <hi>Galilee:</hi> if he ſubſcribe his name by which he is called in <hi>Judea,</hi> to ſend her who is in <hi>Galilee</hi> away, or ſubſcribe his name, by which he is called in <hi>Galilee,</hi> to put her a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>way, that is, in <hi>Judea,</hi> it is no Divorce. <hi>It is no won<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der therefore; if</hi> Saul, <hi>who was born out of the Land of</hi>
                  <pb n="372" facs="tcp:192139:192"/>Iſrael, <hi>and was a</hi> Roman, <hi>ſhould have a</hi> Roman <hi>name, together with his</hi> Jewiſh <hi>name, And it is worth obſer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vation, that he being now made the Apoſtle of the</hi> Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles, <hi>does always call himſelf by his</hi> Gentile, <hi>never by his</hi> Jewiſh <hi>name; and that</hi> Luke <hi>writing his</hi> Acts, <hi>doth call him</hi> Saul, <hi>while the ſcone of the Hiſtory was among the</hi> Jews, <hi>but</hi> Paul, <hi>while among the</hi> Gentiles.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Filled with the Holy Ghoſt.</hi> As much as to ſay, Finding himſelf full of a Prophetick Spirit, that he might foretel Gods vengeance againſt <hi>Elymas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>Subtilty.</hi> The Greek word, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſignify<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth <hi>eaſineſs of doing,</hi> from the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>eaſy,</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>I work:</hi> and ſo it is taken here by <hi>Eraſmus</hi> for <hi>craftineſs,</hi> but by others for <hi>a ready boldneſs for any wickedneſs.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thou Child of the Devil.</hi> As much as to ſay, Thou who reſembleſt, and imitateſt the perverſe inclinati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons, and wicked temper of the Devil, even as if thou hadſt been born of him. See <hi>John</hi> 8.39, 40, 41 &amp; 44.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Enemy of all righteouſneſs.</hi> As much as to ſay, Who art contrary to all juſt and righteous things.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Wilt thou not ceaſe to pervert the right ways of the Lord.</hi> As much as to ſay, Wilt thou always with thy blaſphemous Cavils traduce the Righteous Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctrine which came from God, full of equity and goodneſs, as deformed, vitious, and full of unrighte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ouſneſs, <hi>Paul</hi> ſeems to allude to <hi>Hoſ.</hi> 14.10. where ſee our Literal Explanation.</p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>And now.</hi> That is, And now therefore, as above, <hi>ch.</hi> 10.5.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Behold.</hi> Beſide your expectation.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The hand of the Lord is upon thee.</hi> That is, The ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rible hand of a revenging God is lifted up againſt thee to give thee a terrible blow.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And thou ſhalt be blind, not ſeeing the Sun.</hi> The ſame thing expreſſed with a double phraſe, beats the more ſtrongly upon the Ears of the hearers, and
<pb n="373" facs="tcp:192139:192"/>demonſtrates the efficacy of him that ſpeaketh.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For a ſeaſon.</hi> Defined, and limited.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And immediately.</hi> As much as to ſay, <hi>Paul</hi> had ſcarcely foretold the imminent ſtroak of God upon <hi>Elymas,</hi> when the prediction took effect.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>Then,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, When <hi>Sergius Paulus</hi> ſaw the Doctrine of the Goſpel Preached by <hi>Paul,</hi> confirmed by the ſudden blindneſs of <hi>Elymas,</hi> its great Oppoſer, he believed the Goſpel, being ſtruck with admiration, that this Doctrine of Chriſt was joyned with ſuch marvellous Vertue.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>Now when</hi> Paul <hi>and his Company.</hi> That is, His Companions. <hi>When,</hi> ſaith <hi>Calvin, he ſaith that</hi> Pauls <hi>Companions looſed from</hi> Paphos, <hi>he in the firſt place means</hi> Paul <hi>himſelf, then the reſt, excepting one. Thus by obſer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving that ones delicateneſs, he praiſed others, who with unwearied conſtancy followed</hi> Paul.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They came to</hi> Perga <hi>in</hi> Pamphilia. <hi>Perga</hi> was one of the moſt famous Cities of <hi>Pamphilia,</hi> which the Temple of <hi>Diana,</hi> called by <hi>Cicero,</hi> Verrina ſexta, <hi>The moſt Holy, and most Ancient,</hi> did beautify. To this Temple, as <hi>Strabo</hi> tells us, <hi>lib.</hi> 14. there was a Sacred Gathering every Year. <hi>Appollonius Pergeus,</hi> (whoſe four Books of <hi>Cones</hi> are extant in Greek and Latin, as <hi>Andreas Quenſtedt</hi> ſaith, <hi>de patriis illust. vir.</hi> whence he was called by the Men of that Age, <hi>The Great Geometrician</hi>) owes his Birth to this City. Of <hi>Pamphilia</hi> we have ſpoken above, <hi>ch.</hi> 2.10.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>John.</hi> Mentioned above, <hi>v.</hi> 5.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Departing from them.</hi> Perhaps ſhunning the pains, and the danger of the reſt of the Journey. See be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low, <hi>ch.</hi> 15.38.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Came to</hi> Jeruſalem. To his Mother.</p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>They came to</hi> Antioch <hi>in</hi> Piſidia. Which was called the <hi>Caeſarean Colony,</hi> as <hi>Pliny</hi> ſaith, <hi>Nat. Hist. lib.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 27. <hi>He added,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, the name of</hi> Piſidia, <hi>to distinguiſh this</hi> Antioch <hi>from that other in</hi> Syria, <hi>from
<pb n="374" facs="tcp:192139:193"/>whence they went. Piſidia</hi> was to the North of <hi>Pam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>philia,</hi> and it had <hi>Lycaonia</hi> upon the Eaſt, which of old was a part of <hi>Piſidia,</hi> upon the Weſt <hi>Phrygia Pacatiana,</hi> being ſituated between theſe two Provin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces; it was formerly governed by a Preſident, then by a Praetor under <hi>Justinian, Nov.</hi> 24.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And went into the Synagogue.</hi> That is, Into the meeting place of the Jews.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>On the Sabbath day.</hi> The Evangeliſts in Greek uſe to call the Sabbath day, <hi>Sabbata,</hi> in the plural, accor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding to the Cuſtom of the Septuagint. See their Tranſlation, <hi>Exod.</hi> 20.10.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſate down.</hi> To wit, To hear ſomething taken out of the Law and Prophets read, as was uſual to be read in the Synagogues, according to the moſt Anci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ent Jewiſh Cuſtom, as may be ſeen below, <hi>v.</hi> 27. &amp; <hi>ch.</hi> 15.21.</p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>And after the reading of the Law.</hi> The reaſon why the five Books of <hi>Moſes</hi> only are called the Law, are given by the Author of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, becauſe theſe Books of <hi>Moſes</hi> were given to all Ages. But the Prophets Sermons are <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, becauſe they received every Propheſy from the Holy Ghoſt, according to the exigence of the time, or of any fact. <hi>Whichreaſon,</hi> ſaith <hi>Ludovicus de Dieu, is not al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>together to be deſpiſed.</hi> But the five Books of <hi>Moſes,</hi> being divided into fifty four Sections, which they call <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, are read yearly by the Jews in their Synagogues. They begin the reading of them the next Sabbath after the Feaſt of Tabernacles, and thenceforward they read one Section every Sab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bath day, except two, whereon they join two leſſer Sections, to be read together at once, that ſo in a years time, all may be read over, and may be fini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhed the ninth day of the Feaſt of Tabernacles, which therefore the Jews call <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the glad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs of the Law.</hi> There are ſome that do not read
<pb n="375" facs="tcp:192139:193"/>over the whole Law but once in three years: <hi>but this is not the common Cuſtom,</hi> ſaith <hi>Maimonides, In ſumma Tal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mudica tract. de precibus &amp; Benedict. ſacerdotum cap.</hi> 13.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the Prophets.</hi> Every Sabbath-day the Jews read a Section taken out of the Prophets in their Synagogues, anſwering to the leſſon read out of the Pentateuch. And they call it the <hi>Diſmiſſion,</hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe the Prophetical Section being read, the People are diſmiſſed. <hi>Antiochus Epiphanes,</hi> ſaith <hi>Elias</hi> in his <hi>Thisbi, did by an Edict forbid the</hi> Iſraelites <hi>the rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding of the Law. What did the</hi> Iſraelites <hi>do? They took one Section out of the Prophets, whoſe matter was like the things which were treated of in that Section of the Law which was aſſigned for that Sabbath. As for exam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple, upon that Sabbath whereon that Section</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>ſhould be read, they read out of the Propheſy of</hi> Iſaiah, <hi>ch.</hi> 42.5. Thus ſaith the Lord, the Lord that created the Heavens <hi>&amp;c. but when the Section of</hi> Noah, Gen. 6.1. <hi>was to be read, they ſubſtituted a Section anſwering to it out of</hi> Iſai. 54.9. For this is as the waters of <hi>Noah</hi> unto me. And ſo alſo of the reſt of the Secti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons. But now, though this Decree of <hi>Antiochus</hi> be void, yet that Cuſtom of reading Sections taken out of the Prophets, accommodated to the Sections of the Pentateuch, is not taken away; for even to this day, they read ſuch Sections as theſe of the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets, after the Section of the Law.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Rulers of the Synagogues ſent unto them.</hi> That is, They who did Adminiſter, and overſee the Affairs of the Synagogue. <hi>Grotius</hi> upon <hi>Matth.</hi> 9.18. <hi>It is to be obſerved,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>that men of known goodneſs were ſet over the Jewiſh Synagogue, who were called in the</hi> Chal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>daick <hi>language</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>that is,</hi> Paſtors <hi>which word is alſo frequently read in</hi> Benjamins <hi>Itinerary. Or alſo</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Maſters, <hi>as the</hi> Syrian <hi>put it in</hi> Mark, <hi>or</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>which ſignifies</hi> Gatherers, <hi>or</hi> Arbitrators, <hi>which is read in the</hi> Syrian <hi>in the</hi> Acts. <hi>The</hi> Helleniſts
<pb n="376" facs="tcp:192139:194"/>
                  <hi>called them</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Rulers of the Synagogue, <hi>as we are taught from</hi> Acts 13.15. <hi>where mention is made of many Rulers of the Synagogue in one and the ſame Society. But there was one eminent among them, prefer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red to the reſt for learning, whoſe proper office it was to ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pound the Law, and to recite the words of the publick Pray<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ers, as</hi> Juſtin <hi>againſt</hi> Trypho <hi>teacheth us. Him the</hi> Hebrews <hi>call</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the Chief, or alſo</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>in</hi> Syriack <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the Prince of the Synagogue, <hi>and by excellency</hi> Archiſynagogus, <hi>Luke</hi> 13.14. <hi>Philo calls him</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the Praeſes, <hi>ſometimes alſo</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the Eldeſt, <hi>to whom he attributes the Office of ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plaining the things that were obſcure in their Books, and of debating the matters, and of reciting before the People the words of the Hymn they were to ſing.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ye men and brethren.</hi> Hence it appears that ſuch as ſeemed able to Preach, were extraordinarily invited to it; at leaſt that it was uſual to ſuffer others to do it beſide the ordinary Rabbins, is plain by Chriſts example, <hi>Luke</hi> 4.15 &amp; 17.</p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>Then</hi> Paul <hi>ſtood up.</hi> That he might be the better heard by the Congregation.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And beckning with his hand.</hi> See what we have ſaid above, <hi>ch.</hi> 12.17.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Men of</hi> Iſrael. That is, Ye Poſterity of <hi>Abra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ham, Iſaac,</hi> and <hi>Jacob,</hi> or <hi>Iſrael,</hi> who by your birth are reckoned the Lords People.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ye that fear God.</hi> As much as to ſay, And ye who of the <hi>Gentiles</hi> have embraced the Worſhip of the living God.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Give ear.</hi> Devoutly, and Religiouſly.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>The God of this people of</hi> Iſrael. Of the Peo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple deſcended of <hi>Jacob,</hi> who was called <hi>Iſrael,</hi> whence alſo all his Poſterity are called <hi>Iſrael.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Choſe our Fathers. Abraham, Iſaac,</hi> and <hi>Jacob,</hi> peculiarly to be his Servants and Friends.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And exalted the people.</hi> That is, He bleſſed the
<pb n="377" facs="tcp:192139:194"/>people, which came of them with great increa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Exod.</hi> 1.7. a Metaphor taken from Buildings which are finiſhed to the top.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>When they dwelt as ſtrangers in the land of</hi> Aegypt. As much as to ſay, Where the people were oppreſſed by the <hi>Aegyptians</hi> in whoſe Land they dwelt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And with an high arm.</hi> That is, With his great power ſignally exerted. It is a metaphor taken from men, who when they are to do any thing with force, eſpecially to ſmite one, they uſe to lift their Arm high.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Brought he them.</hi> Lying under a bitter ſlavery.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Out of it.</hi> To wit, <hi>Aegypt,</hi> when they could hard<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly bear longer their moſt heavy bondage in it.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>And about the time of fourty years.</hi> It is ſaid <hi>about,</hi> becauſe there ſeems one year to be wanting of the compleat forty years.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Suffered he their manners,</hi> &amp;c. That is, He deſtroy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed not that perverſe and obſtinate people, while they were in the Wilderneſs, betwixt <hi>Aegypt</hi> and <hi>Canaan,</hi> which was promiſed to their Fathers.</p>
               <p n="19">19 <hi>And. when they had deſtroyed ſeven Nations in the land of</hi> Canaan. God, <hi>Gen.</hi> 15.19, 20, 21. promi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſed unto <hi>Abraham</hi> ten Nations, the <hi>Kenites,</hi> the <hi>Keni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zites,</hi> the <hi>Cadmonites,</hi> the <hi>Hittites,</hi> the <hi>Pereſites,</hi> and the <hi>Rephaims,</hi> the <hi>Amorites,</hi> the <hi>Canaanites,</hi> the <hi>Gir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gaſites,</hi> and the <hi>Jebuſites.</hi> But <hi>Paul</hi> numbers ſeven Nations only here, which the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> by Divine aſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſiſtance overthrew, nor is there any mention of the <hi>Kinites,</hi> or the <hi>Kenites,</hi> nor of the <hi>Kinizites,</hi> or <hi>Kene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zites,</hi> nor of the <hi>Cedmonites,</hi> or <hi>Cadmonites,</hi> in the diſtribution of the Land, and the preceeding War. See <hi>Deut.</hi> 7.1. <hi>Joſh.</hi> 3.10. &amp; 24.11. ſometimes ſix only are mentioned, as <hi>Exod.</hi> 3.8 &amp; 17. <hi>Judg.</hi> 3.5. <hi>Neh.</hi> 9.8. where beſide the <hi>Kenites,</hi> the <hi>Kenezites,</hi> and the <hi>Cadmonites,</hi> in the two firſt places the <hi>Girga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſites,</hi> and in the third place <hi>Rephaim,</hi> or the <hi>Hivites,</hi>
                  <pb n="378" facs="tcp:192139:195"/>are paſſed over in ſilence. <hi>Rabbi Salomon Jarchi,</hi> upon the fore-cited place in <hi>Geneſis</hi> ſaith: <hi>There are ten Nations mentioned here, but he gave them but ſeven. And the other three, to wit, the</hi> Edomites, <hi>the</hi> Moabites, <hi>and the</hi> Ammonites, <hi>who are the</hi> Kenites, Kenizites, <hi>and the</hi> Cadmonites, <hi>ſhall at laſt fall into the inheritance of the people, becauſe it is ſaid,</hi> Iſaiah 11.14. <hi>They ſhall lay their hands upon</hi> Edom <hi>and</hi> Moab, <hi>and the Children of</hi> Ammon <hi>ſhall obey them.</hi> This is the common Opini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on of the Jews. Others underſtand by them the <hi>Ara<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bians, Salmaeans, Nuthaeans:</hi> others <hi>Damaſcus, Aſia,</hi> and <hi>Spain:</hi> ſome alſo <hi>Aſia, Turky,</hi> and <hi>Carthage.</hi> But all the Jews with one conſent maintain that theſe three Peoples are yet to be ſubjugated by the Meſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſiah. They alſo argue, that ſeeing they are not al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ready overcome, the Meſſiah is not yet come. But paſſing by Jewiſh Fables, who loving an Earthly Kingdom, do fancy dreams to themſelves, it is very probable that the <hi>Kenites,</hi> and <hi>Kenizites</hi> in that inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>val of time betwixt <hi>Abraham</hi> and <hi>Moſes,</hi> were ei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther quite extinguiſhed, or loſt their name, or were little famous, and ſo counted among other Nations; for <hi>Joſhua</hi> mentions them no where, either in the diviſion of the Land, nor in the account of the Nati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons, which he overcame. <hi>Euſtathius,</hi> Biſhop of <hi>An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioch, in Hexaemero,</hi> writes indeed, that the <hi>Kenites</hi> did inhabit the Mounts <hi>Libanon,</hi> and <hi>Amanus,</hi> but whence he drew this, is uncertain. After the time of <hi>Joſhua,</hi> mention is made of the <hi>Kenites,</hi> 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 27.10. &amp; 30.29. But that they are the ſame with theſe, whom God ſpeaking to <hi>Abraham</hi> in the fore-cited place, <hi>Gen.</hi> 15. mentions, is not certain. As to the <hi>Cadmonites,</hi> they were the ſame with the <hi>Hivites.</hi> They are called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Eaſt Countrymen,</hi> becauſe they dwelt upon Mount <hi>Hermon,</hi> verging towards the Eaſt parts of the Land of <hi>Canaan.</hi> They ſeem after <hi>Abrahams</hi> time to have been reckoned with them,
<pb n="379" facs="tcp:192139:195"/>whom God ſpeaking to <hi>Abraham</hi> himſelf, called <hi>Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phaims,</hi> as may be gathered from <hi>Joſh.</hi> 12.4 &amp; 5. <hi>It is credible,</hi> ſaith <hi>Maſius,</hi> upon <hi>Joſh.</hi> 3.10. <hi>that in a moſt populous Country many different Kindreds dwelt, and that the ſame Kindreds were not always called by the ſame names, is certain; for they who in the Covenant with</hi> Abraham, <hi>are called</hi> Rephaims, <hi>ſeem now by</hi> Joſhua <hi>to be called</hi> Hivites.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the land of</hi> Canaan. This moſt famous Country in <hi>Aſia</hi> the greater, was inhabited by <hi>Chanaan</hi> the Son of <hi>Cham,</hi> and divided among his eleven Sons, and their Poſterity, moſt of them retained their names in <hi>Moſes</hi> times. 'Tis commonly called by Chriſtians, <hi>The Holy Land,</hi> namely, becauſe they Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verence, with <hi>Helena,</hi> the Mother of <hi>Conſtantine</hi> the Great, the ground whereon of old the footſteps of our Saviour were imprinted, <hi>Euſeb. lib.</hi> 3. <hi>de vita Conſtant. Magn.</hi> 42. Its borders are towards the Eaſt, the River <hi>Jordan;</hi> toward the Weſt, <hi>Aegypt,</hi> and the great Sea, which is called the <hi>Mediterranean;</hi> toward the South, the Deſert of <hi>Arabia;</hi> toward the North, Mount <hi>Libanon.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He divided their Land to them by Lot.</hi> By <hi>Joſhua</hi> their Captain, the Succeſſor of <hi>Moſes,</hi> with <hi>Eleazar</hi> the High-Prieſt, <hi>Joſh</hi> 13.7. &amp; 14.1 &amp; 2.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>About,</hi> &amp;c. We find the number of Four hundred and fifty years conſtantly kept in the Greek, Latin, Syriack, Aethiopick, and Arabick Books; but the place and order of the number is various and different in the different Editions. <hi>For in the Anci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ent vulgar Latin Tranſlation,</hi> ſaith the Reverend <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ſher,</hi> Arch-biſhop of <hi>Armagh, Chron. Sac p.</hi> 1. <hi>cap.</hi> 12. <hi>They are thus rendred:</hi> He divided their Land to them by Lot, about four hundred and fifty years after, and afterwards he gave them Judges: <hi>even as</hi> Joannes Mariana <hi>teſtifieth, he found it written in ſome Greek Manu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcripts: to wit, in the Manuſcripts of</hi> Petrus Taxardus,
<pb n="380" facs="tcp:192139:196"/>
                  <hi>Marqueſs of</hi> Veleſio, <hi>which are greatly ſuſpected to have been deſignedly both here, and otherwhere, con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>formed to the vulgar Latine Tranſlation. But the</hi> Alexandrian <hi>Copy, which we have in</hi> England, <hi>written in great letters, and is of far greater Antiquity than thoſe cited by</hi> Mariana, <hi>reads it thus:</hi> He divided their Land to them by Lot in about Four hundred and fifty years, and after that he gave them Judges. <hi>The very ſame thing is alſo found in thoſe divers readings, which</hi> Robert Stephen <hi>added to the New Teſtament, which he printed in Greek at</hi> Paris, A. D. 1568. <hi>Alſo a certain Greek Copy publiſhed at</hi> Paris, <hi>and cited by</hi> Beza <hi>in his Annota<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions upon this place, agreeing with it, and another Manu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcript of the new Colledge of</hi> Oxford, <hi>except only that in this, wants the Pronoun</hi> their <hi>after</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Land in the other the Pronoun</hi> them <hi>is added after the Verb</hi> he gave. <hi>In all which, it is manifeſt that thoſe four hundred and fifty years relate not to the continuance of the Judges, but to the time of the diviſion of the Land. Moreover, ſome very lear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rned Men of our Age, as</hi> Francis Junius <hi>relates, did think that this circumſcription of Times doth belong to the former part of this ſpcech, even retaining the vulgar reading of the Greek Copies; to wit, that as they think ſome fit Participle muſt be underſtood, as if it were thus read:</hi> After the four hun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dred and fifty years were <hi>(ended)</hi> he gave Judges. <hi>By this means the beginning of this account will depend upon the firſt words of the Apoſtles ſpeech,</hi> V. 17. The God of this People <hi>Iſrael</hi> choſe our Fathers. <hi>But when God had promiſed to</hi> Abraham, <hi>as yet not having a Son, that he would give the Land of</hi> Chanaan <hi>to his Seed,</hi> Gen. 12.7. Acts 7.5. <hi>Afterwards</hi> Iſhmael <hi>his firſt born being excluded, the choice of the Fathers was made in</hi> Iſaac, <hi>according to that,</hi> In <hi>Iſaac</hi> ſhall thy ſeed be called, <hi>Gen.</hi> 21.12. <hi>Further, from the birth of</hi> Iſaac, <hi>until the going of his Poſterity out of</hi> Aegypt, <hi>there paſſed four hundred years and five, to which, add forty ſix years and a half, which were betwixt that and the dividing of the Land,
<pb n="381" facs="tcp:192139:196"/>they make up four hundred fifty one years and a half, which</hi> Paul <hi>calls about four hundred and fifty years.</hi> Famous <hi>Ludovicus de Dieu</hi> ſaith ſomewhat otherwiſe. <q>I altoge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther agree with them, <hi>ſaith he,</hi> who will not have reckoned here the years wherein the Judges ruled; (for thus it ſeems impoſſible to make the four hun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dred and fifty agree with the four hundred and eigh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty years, which were from the coming out of <hi>Aegypt,</hi> to the beginning of the Temple of <hi>Solomon,</hi> 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 6.5.) but theſe which paſſed from the Birth of <hi>Iſaac,</hi> till the time of the Judges, as if it were written, <hi>And afterwards, about Four hundred and fifty years, he gave Judges.</hi> To tell, not how long the Judges ruled, but when God gave them; to wit, after theſe things which were declared, <hi>v.</hi> 17, 18 &amp; 19. which were acted in about Four hundred and fifty years. The Account agrees. For from <hi>Iſaac</hi> to <hi>Jacobs</hi> birth, are ſixty years; thence to the going into <hi>Aegypt</hi> an hundred and thirty; thence to the coming out of <hi>Aegypt</hi> two hundred and ten; thence to the entring into the Land of <hi>Canaan</hi> fourty; thence to the dividing of the Land ſeven years; which together make four hun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dred forty and ſeven years; that is, about four hundred and fifty, for there are only three wanting. For that in v. 17. <hi>God choſe our Fathers,</hi> is rightly re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferred to the time of <hi>Iſaacs</hi> birth: becauſe that then God, who had already choſen <hi>Abraham</hi> of all the People of the Earth, did of all <hi>Abrahams</hi> Chil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dren chuſe <hi>Iſaac,</hi> in whoſe Family the Covenant ſhould ſtand, ſaying, <hi>In</hi> Iſaac <hi>ſhall thy Seed be called.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He gave unto them Judges.</hi> Theſe <hi>Judges</hi> among the <hi>Hebrews</hi> were directly like to the <hi>Roman Interreges,</hi> and afterwards to the <hi>Dictators,</hi> neither did they differ in any thing from the <hi>Hebrew</hi> Kings, but that they had not a Guard, and Royal Pomp, and there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore exacted not Taxes nor Tributes; nevertheleſs they were, as <hi>Joſephus</hi> ſpeaks, <hi>Governors with a Sove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>raign
<pb n="382" facs="tcp:192139:197"/>Power,</hi> and therefore are called <hi>Kings, Judg.</hi> 9.16. <hi>They made</hi> Abimelech <hi>King,</hi> that is, Judge. When <hi>Samſon</hi> was dead, <hi>Judg.</hi> 18.1. <hi>In thoſe days there wat no King in</hi> Iſrael, that is, <hi>Judge.</hi> And as the Kings had power of killing without the Sanhedrin, as the Talmudick Title <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp; 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 1.15. and other places teach; ſo had alſo theſe Judges, as appears from the examples of <hi>Gideon, Judg.</hi> 8.16 &amp; 17. and <hi>Jephta, Judg.</hi> 12.6. which things are rightly obſerved by <hi>Abarbaniel</hi> in the beginning of the Book of the <hi>Judges. Joſephus</hi> uſeth alſo to call thoſe <hi>Judges</hi> by the name of <hi>Prophets,</hi> becauſe they were immediate<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly given of God, and therefore indued with Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetical gifts.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ntil</hi> Samuel <hi>the Prophet.</hi> Who was the laſt of thoſe Judges.</p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>And afterward,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, But afterward, to wit, when <hi>Samuel</hi> had governed the Common-wealth one and twenty years, they after the example of other Nations asked a King, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 8.5. &amp; 19. and at the importunate deſire of the peo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple, God gave them a King in his anger, <hi>Hoſ.</hi> 13.10 &amp; 11. <hi>Saul</hi> the Son of <hi>Kiſh,</hi> of the Tribe of <hi>Benja<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>min,</hi> but not of the Tribe of <hi>Juda,</hi> for whom the Scep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter ſeems to have been appointed of old, <hi>Gen.</hi> 49.10.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By the ſpace of fourty years.</hi> Seeing that <hi>Iſhboſheth,</hi> when he ſucceeded his Father <hi>Saul</hi> in the Kingdom, was forty years of age, 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 2.10. we underſtand that <hi>Iſhboſheth</hi> is born at the ſame time as <hi>Saul</hi> was firſt privately Anointed, then publickly declared King before the people at <hi>Mizpeh,</hi> 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 10.1.24 &amp; 25. <q>Nor was it long after, <hi>as ſaith</hi> Uſher <hi>in his</hi> Annals <hi>upon the year of the World, two thouſand nine hundred and nine,</hi> as appears from 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 12.12. to wit, about a month after, as it is expreſly in the ſeventy Inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preters, and <hi>Joſephus</hi> 6 <hi>Antiq.</hi> 5. that <hi>Jabeſh Gilead</hi> was beſieged by <hi>Nahaſh,</hi> and by <hi>Saul</hi> delivered, ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving
<pb n="383" facs="tcp:192139:197"/>ſcattered the <hi>Ammonites.</hi> Whence at a meeting the whole people had at <hi>Gilgal,</hi> the Kingdom was renewed to <hi>Saul,</hi> 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 11.14 &amp; 15. <hi>Samuel</hi> con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firming his integrity in the execution of his Office, complaining of the injuries done him, terrifying the people with Thunder and Rain in the time of Wheat-Harveſt, and then comforting them by propoſing the mercy of God, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 12.17, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> Whence it appears that theſe things came to paſs about the Feaſt of <hi>Pentecoſt,</hi> and at the beginning of the third month, one and twenty years after the Ark, which the <hi>Philiſtines</hi> had carried away, was reſtored at the ſame time of the Harveſt, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 6.13. whereby we may gather, that as there were twenty years be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>twixt the bringing again of the Ark, and the ſub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>duing the <hi>Philiſtines,</hi> from 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 7.2. &amp; 13. ſo al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſo that there paſſed a year betwixt the freeing of the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> Land from the <hi>Philiſtines,</hi> and <hi>Saul<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </hi> being declared King, is gathered from theſe words, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 13.1. Saul <hi>Reigned one year, and when he had Reigned two years over</hi> Iſrael. Whereof a better ſenſe cannot be given then that: that one year was paſt ſince the ſubduing of the <hi>Philiſtines</hi> by <hi>Samuel,</hi> when <hi>Saul</hi> began to Reign; and that he Reigned two years after free from the yoke of the <hi>Philiſtines.</hi> For in after-times <hi>Saul</hi> was by the <hi>Philiſtints</hi> ſtrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ped of his Authority, and the people of <hi>Iſrael</hi> op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſſed by them with a heavy and long bondage. Which being at length removed, <hi>Saul</hi> is ſaid to have taken the Kingdom over <hi>Iſrael,</hi> that is, to have again recovered it, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 14.47. It is a proof that this oppreſſion laſted many years, that it having began eight years before <hi>David</hi> was born, yet before it was ended, <hi>Samuel</hi> named him to ſucceed in the Kingdom of <hi>Saul,</hi> 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 13.14. <hi>The Lord hath ſought him a man after his own heart, and the Lord hath commanded him to be a Captain over his People.</hi> For
<pb n="384" facs="tcp:192139:198"/>that the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> might be paſt all hopes of recove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ring their liberty, leſt they might have Weapons, the <hi>Philiſtines</hi> carried away all the Smiths from them: ſo that when the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> came to Battel among all them, <hi>Saul</hi> and <hi>Jonathan</hi> only were found armed with Sword and Spear,</q> 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 13.19 &amp; 22. <hi>Daniel Brenius</hi> in his Friendly debate againſt the Jews, <hi>Quaeſt.</hi> 26. <q>How, <hi>ſaith he,</hi> is that conſiſtent, which is written, <hi>Acts</hi> 13.21. that <hi>Saul,</hi> who was the firſt King of <hi>Iſrael,</hi> Reigned fourty years, when the Scripture mentions only two years? <hi>Anſwer.</hi> Theſe two years mentioned, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 13.1. may be ſo taken, as not to note the whole ſum of <hi>Sauls</hi> Adminiſtration, but that time of his Government, until he choſe theſe three thouſand, which are mentioned there, <hi>v.</hi> 2. otherwiſe if we will abſolutely that the whole time of <hi>Sauls</hi> Reign is deſcribed, <hi>v.</hi> 1. then will ariſe this dif<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficulty: To wit, how <hi>David,</hi> who began to Reign at thirty years of Age, 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 5.4. and therefore if <hi>Saul</hi> Reigned 2 years only, appears manifeſtly to have been twenty eight years of Age, when <hi>Saul</hi> began to Reign, and conſequently when he killed <hi>Goliah,</hi> is adviſed, by <hi>Saul,</hi> 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 17.33. not to fight with <hi>Goliah,</hi> becauſe he was yet but a Youth; likewiſe he is called a Youth, <hi>v.</hi> 42. How, I ſay, is he called a Youth, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing in his nine and twentieth year? Not to ſpeak of thoſe many Battels that are ſaid to have been fought againſt ſo many People, during <hi>Sauls</hi> Reign, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 14.46. and in them the various Conflicts be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>twixt <hi>David</hi> and the <hi>Philiſtines,</hi> 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 18.25. Then afterward his flight, and his changing of his lurking places ſo often, becauſe of <hi>Sauls</hi> manifold Perſecutions: Laſtly, <hi>Davids</hi> dwelling among the <hi>Philiſtines</hi> one year and four months, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 27.7. compared with <hi>ch.</hi> 29.2. where <hi>Achiſh</hi> ſaith that <hi>David</hi> was with him theſe days, or theſe years, that is, ſome days, or ſome years, and other things are
<pb n="385" facs="tcp:192139:198"/>mentioned to have fallen out in <hi>Sauls</hi> Reign, all which do abundantly demonſtrate that there was more then two years ſpace betwixt <hi>Sauls</hi> Reign and <hi>Davids.</hi> And theſe things are thus far ſo de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bated, as if that place in <hi>Samuel</hi> were eſteemed intire and incorrupt in the Editions which are now extant. But now indeed we muſt know that the Hebrew Copies ſhew this place to be im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perfect, when betwixt the word <hi>Schanah</hi> and <hi>Ben,</hi> they leave a void place; for ſome of them have it thus written, <hi>Ben—ſchana Schaoul.</hi> It is probable the numerical note is wanting, which expreſſed the number of the years of <hi>Sauls</hi> Age, when he began to Reign: for it is uſual in theſe Books of Kings, to inſert the Ages of the Kings, and the time of their Reign, in the beginning of the Hiſtory of their Acts, as 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 2.10. where we read thus written: Iſhboſheth, Sauls <hi>Son, was fourty years old when he began to Reign over</hi> Iſrael, <hi>and Reigned two years.</hi> Which ſame thing is done in <hi>David,</hi> and other Kings. Hence ſome Greek Copies ſupplying the number here, do write: <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Son of thirty years.</hi> Seeing there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore that the beginning of the verſe here is judg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed defective, what wonder is it that the like fault doth happen as to the number in the latter part of it, which defines the time of <hi>Sauls</hi> Reign, and that therefore the number expreſſed by the Evangeliſts, who might as yet ſee the place en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tire, did differ ſo much from what is this day ſeen in our Copies? Eſpecially ſeeing that in the end of the ſixth Book of <hi>Joſephus</hi>'s Antiquities, <hi>Saul</hi> is ſaid to have Reigned eight years, while <hi>Samuel</hi> lived, and two and twenty after his death. Which is a token that of old there was another reading of this place extant, having the notes of the numbers, though not ſo much diſſering.</q>
               </p>
               <pb n="386" facs="tcp:192139:199"/>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>And when he had removed him.</hi> That is, <hi>Saul</hi> being rejected, while yet alive, for a puniſhment of his diſobedience, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 13.14. &amp; 15.28. &amp; 16.1.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He raiſed up unto them</hi> David <hi>to be their King.</hi> That is, That <hi>Jacobs</hi> Propheſy, <hi>Gen.</hi> 49.10. might be made good, he promoted <hi>David,</hi> of the Tribe of <hi>Judah,</hi> hitherto a mean and obſcure man, to the Kingly Dignity, who upon <hi>Sauls</hi> death ſhould ſucceed in the Kingdom. See the fore-cited pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces, and <hi>Pſalm</hi> 78.70 &amp; 71. <hi>Pſalm</hi> 113.7 &amp; 8.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To whom he alſo gave teſtimony, and ſaid.</hi> 1 Sam. 13.14. &amp; Pſal. 88. in the Hebrew 89.20, 21.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I have found.</hi> As much as to ſay, I have gotten ſuch a man as I would wiſh in the Perſon of <hi>Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vid,</hi> who, to wit, will do whatever I command him, whereas <hi>Saul</hi> againſt my expreſs command ſpared the King of the <hi>Amalekites,</hi> and the fatteſt of the Cattel. See 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 15.22 &amp; 28.</p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>Of this mans.</hi> To wit, <hi>Davids.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Seed.</hi> That is, Poſterity and Off-ſpring.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>According to his promiſe.</hi> 2 Sam. 7.12. 1 Chron. 7.11, 12, 13. Pſal. 89.37 &amp; 38. Iſa. 11. 1 &amp; 2. Jer. 23.5 &amp; 6. Mic. 5.2.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Raiſed unto</hi> Iſrael <hi>a Saviour, Jeſus.</hi> That is, He raiſed the promiſed Saviour to the people of <hi>Iſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rael,</hi> which is Jeſus, who ſaves his people from their ſins. See <hi>Matth.</hi> 1.21. God of old raiſed Saviours for <hi>Iſrael, Judg.</hi> 3.9 &amp; 15. who delivered them from Bodily Bondage, and Earthly Miſeries; but he raiſed up Jeſus to be the Author of Eter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nal Savlation to all them that obey him, <hi>Heb.</hi> 5.9. to confer the cauſes, means, and ways of repen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tance, and to grant time and place, and to pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chaſe for repenting ſinners a remiſſion of their ſins, by his Merits and Prayers. See what we have ſaid above, <hi>ch.</hi> 5.31.</p>
               <pb n="387" facs="tcp:192139:199"/>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>Preached,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, <hi>John</hi> as his fore-runner, had prepared his way, according to the Propheſy of <hi>Malachy, c.</hi> 3.1. when Jeſus was to enter forthwith upon his Office, by the Preach<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing of Baptiſm, to teſtify repentance of ſin, which not only includes the avoiding of evil, but the fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowing of good, or works of Piety.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Before his coming.</hi> The Greek hath it, <hi>Before his entring.</hi> That is, Before the Lord Jeſus had entred upon his Office, <hi>So,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, Lawyers ſay alſo,</hi> to enter upon the Conſulſhip.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To all the people of</hi> Iſrael. That is, publickly, ſo that many came to <hi>John</hi> to be Baptized, <hi>Matthew</hi> 3.5.</p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>And as</hi> John <hi>fulfilled his courſe.</hi> That is, ſaith Learned <hi>Heinſius, when</hi> John <hi>was to execute his Calling.</hi> This, <hi>Col.</hi> 4.17. is called, <hi>To fulfil the Miniſtry that one received from the Lord.</hi> Col. 1.25. <hi>To fulfil the Word of God.</hi> Rom. 15.19. <hi>Fulfil the Goſpel of Christ.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whom think ye that I am.</hi> To wit, The Meſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſiah, promiſed in the Law, and in the Prophets. <hi>Paul</hi> related not the very words, but the ſenſe which is in <hi>John</hi> 1.20.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>There cometh one after me.</hi> That is, There is one to enter upon his Office after me.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whoſe ſhoes of his feet I am not worthy to looſe.</hi> Pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tronius ſaid, <hi>To looſe the ſtrings of his ſhoes.</hi> The Baptiſt would expreſs the baſeſt kind of Service. <hi>Suetonius</hi> in his <hi>Vitellius: He ſought from</hi> Meſſalina <hi>for a very great Office, that ſhe would allow him to pull her ſhoes off her feet.</hi> See our literal explanation, <hi>Mat.</hi> 3.11.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>Whoſoever among you feareth God.</hi> See what we have ſaid above, <hi>v.</hi> 16.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To you is the word of this ſalvation ſent.</hi> As much as to ſay, We have a Command from the Lord
<pb n="388" facs="tcp:192139:200"/>to Preach to you who are of the ſtock of <hi>Abra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ham,</hi> or taken into his Family, as Proſelytes, this ſaving Doctrine of Jeſus the Saviour, to which <hi>John</hi> gave ſo honourable a Teſtimony.</p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>For they.</hi> This word <hi>for</hi> is in this place put for <hi>but.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That dwelt at</hi> Jeruſalem, <hi>and their Rulers.</hi> That is, Not only the common people at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> but alſo the Prieſts, Scribes, and Phariſees, and the whole Sanhedrin.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Becauſe they knew him not.</hi> To wit, To be the promiſed Meſſiah. See what we have ſaid above, <hi>chap.</hi> 3.17.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Nor yet the voices of the Prophets,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Neither underſtanding the Propheſies of the Prophets, which uſed to be read every Sabbath to them in the Synagogues. See what we have no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted above, <hi>v.</hi> 15.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Condemning.</hi> Viz. To death, <hi>him,</hi> to wit, Jeſus.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Fulfilled.</hi> That is, brought to paſs, ſupply, theſe voices of the Prophets, whereby it was foretold that the Meſſiah ſhould be by <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> deſpiſed, re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>proached, mocked, afflicted, pierced, and ſlain, as <hi>Iſa.</hi> 53. <hi>Dan.</hi> 9.24, &amp;c.</p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>And though they found no cauſe of death in him.</hi> As much as to ſay, Could find no true Crime wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thy of death in him, who did well explain the Law, and beſtowed many favours upon the peo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Yet deſired they</hi> Pilate <hi>that he ſhould be ſlain.</hi> That is, They perſuaded <hi>Pilate</hi> that he would adjudge him to death.</p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>And when they had fulfilled all,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, And when they had brought upon Chriſt all the puniſhments, and reproaches which the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets foretold the Meſſiah was to ſuffer, <hi>Joſeph</hi> of
<pb n="389" facs="tcp:192139:200"/>
                  <hi>Arimathea,</hi> and <hi>Nicodemus,</hi> having taken him from the Croſs, laid him in a Sepulchre, <hi>John</hi> 19.38. &amp; 39.</p>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>But God,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, The Jews at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> and thoſe who were chief among them, the Prieſts, Scribes, and Phariſees delive<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red Jeſus to be put to death unjuſtly, but the juſt God being againſt them, did bring him back from death to life.</p>
               <p n="31">31. <hi>He.</hi> To wit, Jeſus being raiſed from the dead.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Was ſeen many days.</hi> That is, Fourty days.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who are his Witneſſes to the people.</hi> As much as to ſay, The Eye-witneſſes, who are remaining, do to this day openly, and publickly profeſs that Jeſus Chriſt being riſen from the dead, did appear to them fourty days.</p>
               <p n="32">32. <hi>And we.</hi> To wit, I and my Companion <hi>Barnabas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Declare unto you,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, We now Preach unto you the promiſe made to our Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers of the Meſſiah to come, becauſe that God hath now fulfilled it to us, who are their Children. Time therefore perſuades, and preſſes us, that what he hath fulfilled to us, we ſhould declare unto you.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The promiſe which was made to the Fathers.</hi> To wit, <hi>Abraham, Gen.</hi> 22.18. Iſaac, <hi>Gen.</hi> 26.4. Juda, <hi>Gen.</hi> 49.10. David, 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 7.12. <hi>Iſaiah</hi> 11.1.</p>
               <p n="33">33. <hi>God hath ſulfilled.</hi> That is, Really perfor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>med.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To us their Children.</hi> That is, To us who are their Children.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In that he hath raiſed up Jeſus.</hi> Gloriouſly, whom they had undeſervedly put to a barbarous, and igno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minious death.</p>
               <pb n="390" facs="tcp:192139:201"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>My Son,</hi> &amp;c. Although theſe words in their literal meaning, do in ſome reſpect agree to <hi>Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vid</hi> as to the Figure, who is, as it were, begotten again of God, that he might be his Son, when he was delivered from the ſnares of his Enemies, 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 5.12. &amp; 19.22. The firſt-born, or chief among the Kings of the Earth, who are called the Sons of God, <hi>Pſal.</hi> 82.6. appointed of God, <hi>Pſal.</hi> 89.27 &amp; 28. yet upon a far more honourable account were they fulfilled in the firſt-born from the dead, <hi>Col.</hi> 1.18. <hi>Rev.</hi> 1.5. in Chriſt who was ſhadowed by <hi>Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vid,</hi> &amp; called by <hi>Davids</hi> name, <hi>Jer.</hi> 30.9. <hi>Ezek.</hi> 34.23. <hi>Hoſea</hi> 3.5. ſeeing that being riſen from the dead, all power was given him in Heaven and in Earth, <hi>Matthew</hi> 28.18. This <hi>Paul</hi> teacheth here, and the Author of the Epiſtle to the <hi>Hebrews, chap.</hi> 5.5. <q>Theſe words, <hi>ſaith</hi> Camero, are not to be ſo ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken, as that Chriſt after his Reſurrection had begun to be the Son of God, and to be begotten by him, but becauſe that God did then moſt powerfully declare Chriſt by his Reſurrection to be his own Son. For this is the manner of Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture, that things be then ſaid to be done or born, when they are manifeſted, &amp; do appear, as when <hi>Solo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon, Prov.</hi> 17.17. ſaith, A friend is born in a day of adverſity; that is, he then diſcovers himſelf, when our ſtreights preſs us. For although the Father al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſo before the Reſurrection gave Teſtimony to him, yet becauſe until his Reſurrection Chriſt was as it were, incompaſſed with infirmities, and liable to death, his calling to the Mediatory Of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fice was ſomewhat obſcure until that day. But when, having laid aſide his Mortality, he glori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ouſly roſe again, and aſcended into Heaven, then did he properly, as it were, openly declare unto all, that Chriſt is both his Son, and called to the Prieſtly Office. But God until that very day, as
<pb n="391" facs="tcp:192139:201"/>he ſaw becoming his own Wiſdom, delayed to make this myſtery known. Hence it is that <hi>Paul</hi> ſaith in this place, that God at laſt, after Chriſts Reſurrection, ſaid to him, <hi>Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee.</hi>
                  </q> 
                  <hi>Juſtin</hi> in his Colloquy with <hi>Trypho: Saying he was born from thence, where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of it was to come to paſs he ſhould be born.</hi> From this place of <hi>Juſtin,</hi> and from <hi>Rabbi David Kimchi,</hi> it appears that the Jews of old looked upon the ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cond <hi>Pſalm,</hi> as upon a Propheſy concerning the Meſſiah.</p>
               <p n="34">34. <hi>That,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, But that he raiſed Jeſus from the dead, not to die again, as they which <hi>Elijah,</hi> and <hi>Eliſha</hi> raiſed, did die, that he might be the eternal King of his people, whom he ſhould make eternal partakers of glory with him; ſo he ſaid in <hi>Iſaiah</hi> the Prophet, <hi>ch.</hi> 55.3.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I will give you the ſure mercies of</hi> David. The LXX render in <hi>Iſaiah</hi> the Hebrew word, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the holies,</hi> but 2 <hi>Chr.</hi> 6.42. they render it <hi>mercies.</hi> There<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore <hi>holies,</hi> and <hi>mercies</hi> are the ſame, in both are un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derſtood the free promiſes of God made to <hi>David. For which,</hi> ſaith Ludovicus de Dieu, <hi>he will not won<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der that the Helleniſts called them</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, holies, <hi>who knows when they would call God</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, bountiful, <hi>they call him</hi> holy, Pſalm 17.28. <hi>and render the Hebrew word</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>indifferently</hi> mercy <hi>and</hi> righteouſneſs; <hi>and leſt any ſhould think that they mean any other thing by</hi> righteouſneſs, <hi>then they do by</hi> mercy, <hi>they fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quently render</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>which properly denotes</hi> righte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ouſneſs <hi>by</hi> mercy, <hi>and</hi> alms, <hi>as</hi> juſtice <hi>is alſo fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quently put by the</hi> Arabians <hi>for</hi> bounty; <hi>therefore by the cuſtom of the Helleniſts, the</hi> holies, <hi>the</hi> righteous, <hi>and the</hi> mercies <hi>are the ſame.</hi> Now, that by <hi>David,</hi> in the place of <hi>Iſaiah,</hi> cited here by <hi>Paul,</hi> is under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood the Meſſiah, is well obſerved by the Rabbins, <hi>Kimchi,</hi> and <hi>Abeneſra. Therefore,</hi> ſaith famous
<pb n="392" facs="tcp:192139:202"/>
                  <hi>Lightfoot, the Reſurrection of Chriſt as the Apoſtle interprets it, is called</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>God alſo by the Prophet, from whom theſe things are taken, promi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſeth a Reſurrection, and the benefits of the Reſurrection of Chriſt: He promiſed, and foretold his death,</hi> chap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter 53. <hi>But what inercies are to be expected by a dead Meſſiah, if he ſhould be always dead? His benefits are weak and infirm, if death ſhould put an end to them. Therefore he promiſeth benefits, and mercies which are firm, ſtable, and ſhall never end, which ſhall flow from his Reſurrection.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sure.</hi> The Greek hath <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that is, according to <hi>Heſychius</hi>'s interpretation, <hi>firm,</hi> and ſtable. In that very ſenſe this Greek word is uſed by the Hel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>leniſts, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 25.28. 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 11.38. and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, for to <hi>confirm</hi> and <hi>eſtabliſh,</hi> 1 Chron. 17.14.</p>
               <p n="35">35. <hi>Wherefore alſo in another Pſalm.</hi> To wit, <hi>Pſal.</hi> 16.10.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He ſaith.</hi> To wit, <hi>David</hi> himſelf by the Spirit of Propheſy, concerning the promiſed Meſſiah which was to come of his Seed, and to Reign for ever, 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 7.13. 2 <hi>Chron.</hi> 6.42. directing his ſpeech to God.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thou ſhalt not ſuffer.</hi> See what we have ſaid above,
<note place="margin">Rel. Chriſt. Inſtitut. lib. 5. cap. 3. n. 7.</note> 
                  <hi>ch.</hi> 2.27. <hi>Although,</hi> ſaith <hi>Curcellaeus, I deny not but theſe things were in ſome reſpect fulfilled in</hi> Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vid, <hi>as in the Type, when God delivered him from the hands of his Enemies, and ſuffered them not to take away his life, that he might afterward <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> in his <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>race; yet doth it far more emi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nently <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> to Chriſt, who was but for a ſhort time left in the grace, in which he felt no corruption, nor did he afterwards return any more unto it; when</hi> David, <hi>who, though he felt <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> corruption at that time, when his Enemies <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> death, yet afterward he, as all other men, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> to the neceſſity of nature.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="393" facs="tcp:192139:202"/>
               <p n="36">36. <hi>After he had ſerved his own Generation by the will of God.</hi> That is, In governing his People, and advancing Religion in ſome meaſure.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Fell aſleep, and was laid unto his Fathers.</hi> That is, died, and was buried, even as his Fathers were.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſaw corruption.</hi> That is, And his Corps rot<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted in the Grave.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whom,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, But Jeſus Chriſt was in ſo ſhort a time reſtored from death to life, that his Body laid in the Sepulchre, was no ways vitiated with rottenneſs.</p>
               <p n="38">38. <hi>Through this man is preached unto you remiſſion of ſins.</hi> As much as to ſay, It is preached to you by me and <hi>Barnabas,</hi> that the Penitents ſhall have a free pardon of their ſins from God, being recon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciled by this only Mediator betwixt God and Man, the Man Jeſus Chriſt.</p>
               <p n="39">39. <hi>And by him.</hi> That is, By the merits and in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terceſſion of this Man, to wit, Jeſus Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>All that believe are juſtified.</hi> That is, Whoſoever ſhall by a lively faith adhere to Chriſt, as to a Teacher ſent from Heaven, the Redeemer, and Mediator of Men, ſhall by his Merits and Interceſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſion, obtain pardon, and remiſſion of his ſins from God.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>From all things,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Seeing the Law of <hi>Moſes</hi> gives no hope of pardon, ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cept of ſins committed through infirmity, or igno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rance, but denounceth the puniſhment of death without mercy upon greater Crimes, <hi>Numb.</hi> 15.22, &amp;c. <hi>Heb.</hi> 10.28. but if any man repenting of his former life, will with a ſincere faith imbrace Chriſt, he ſhall through him be abſolved from any ſins whatſoever committed againſt the law of God.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Be juſtified.</hi> That is, Purged and expiated, as <hi>Daniel</hi> 8.14. or freed, as <hi>Rom.</hi> 6.7.</p>
               <p n="40">40. <hi>Beware,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Therefore
<pb n="394" facs="tcp:192139:203"/>take heed, leſt if ye imbrace not the faith of Chriſt, the ſame happen to you, which of old hap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pened to your Fathers, foretold by <hi>Habakkuk,</hi> in the Book of the ſmaller Prophets, to have your City and Temple overthrown, and your ſelves car<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ryed away, for your contempt of Heavenly Admo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nitions.</p>
               <p n="41">41. <hi>Behold ye deſpiſers.</hi> The Hebrew Original hath <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Habbak.</hi> 1.5. Moſt Interpreters render the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as a double diction com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pounded of a Praepoſition and a Noun, among the Heathen. But the LXX, whom the Apoſtle ſeems to have followed here, as alſo the Syrian Interpre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter taking it for one ſingle diction, rendred it <hi>de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſpiſers,
<note place="margin">Not. Miſc. ad portam Moſis cap. 3.</note> arrogant,</hi> or <hi>inſolent.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſaith incomparable <hi>Pocockius, for a plural taken from the ſingular</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, bago, <hi>termined like</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, kano, a Zea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lot, <hi>namely from the root</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>which though we do not find elſewhere in the Hebrew Bible, (which is the only treaſure of the pure and Ancient Hebrew that remains among us) yet the uſe of the Arabick Language added to the Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thority of theſe Interpreters, doth abundantly confirm me that it hath been uſed by the Hebrews of old.</hi> And a little after: <hi>I believe,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>it will trouble no man more, that</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>is not written with an</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>altogether latent and idle in the pronouncing, then to ſee if he will imbrace the other reading, written</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>not</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>or otherwhere</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>not</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>or that the ſame letter, (to wit,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) <hi>ſhould often be taken away in other words, where it is radical. The Maſora notes that</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>is thirteen times wanting in the derivatives from that one Verb</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And wonder and periſh.</hi> The Hebrew hath, <hi>Ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bakkuk</hi> 1.5. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Rabbi <hi>Tanchum</hi> in the forecited place of <hi>Pocockius: The repeating of
<pb n="395" facs="tcp:192139:203"/>the ſame Verb in different Conjugations,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>is for con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firmation ſake, and perhaps by one of the Conjugations he meant admiration, by the other aſtoniſhment, confuſion, ſuch as admiration at ſome ſtrange thing uſeth to beget. There<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore</hi> addeth <hi>Pocockius, the ſimple word</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>ſeems to ſignify ſomewhat more then either</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>among the Hebrews, or</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>among the Syrians; neither is it ſeldom I think, that among both the Hebrews and Ara<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bians, increaſed Conjugations ſignify ſomewhat leſs, though different, then the ſimple Theme doth.</hi> The Greek hath: <hi>And wonder, and disfigure,</hi> ſupply, as <hi>Grotius</hi> hath very well obſerved, <hi>your faces,</hi> ſo that the ſenſe is the ſame as <hi>Mat.</hi> 6.16. <hi>wax very pale,</hi> to wit, out of fear.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For I work,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, For the work which I am to work in your time, ſhall be ſo great, that if any ſhall at this time foretel it, they will not eaſily believe him. This the Prophet means of Gods ſtirring up the <hi>Chaldeans,</hi> a fierce Nation, to lay <hi>Judaea</hi> waſte for the ſins of its Inhabi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tants. But the Apoſtle turns, and accommodates theſe words to the Jews of his time for rejecting Jeſus the Meſſiah ſent from God, unleſs they re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pented, and imbraced him, whom God hath exalted, by faith, and ſays that they likewiſe ſhall be grie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vouſly puniſhed by a powerful Forreign Nation.</p>
               <p n="42">42. <hi>The Gentiles beſought.</hi> That is, Such as among the Gentiles did Judaize, and did therefore fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quent the Jewiſh Aſſemblies, although they were Uncircumciſed, ſuch was <hi>Cornelius,</hi> and at that time not a few, they, I ſay, beſought <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That theſe words might be Preached to them.</hi> That is. That they might more fully explain what they ſaid of the Meſſiah, and the benifits that were to be obtained by him.</p>
               <p n="43">43. <hi>Now when the Congregation was broken up.</hi> That is, When the Aſſembly being diſmiſſed, every one went to their own Houſes.</p>
               <pb n="396" facs="tcp:192139:204"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Religious Proſelytes.</hi> That is, Such as of other Nations had come over to the Jewiſh Religion.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To continue in the grace of God.</hi> That is, To per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſevere in the Doctrine of the Goſpel about Jeſus Chriſt. The Doctrine of the Goſpel is by a Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tony my called <hi>the Grace of God,</hi> which is come unto men merely by the Grace of God. See <hi>He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brews</hi> 12.1. 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 5.12.</p>
               <p n="44">44. <hi>The Word of God.</hi> That is, The Doctrine revealed from Heaven, and Preached by <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas,</hi> concerning the attaining eternal Salvation through faith in Chriſt.</p>
               <p n="45">45. <hi>The Jews.</hi> Who were obſtinately incredu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lous.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The multitudes.</hi> That is, The multitudes of men which gathered to hear <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They were filled with Envy.</hi> That is, They burſted with Envy, that Forreigners converted to the Jew<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>iſh Religion, were made equal with them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſpake againſt thoſe things which were ſpoken by</hi> Paul. To wit, Concerning Jeſus Chriſt and his Doctrine.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Contradicting and blaſpheming. There is,</hi> ſaith <hi>Ludo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>icus de Dieu, a very emphatical Hebraiſm in this <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>aſe,</hi> ſuch as you have, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 6.12. <hi>which the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>X render,</hi> They went going and lowing: <hi>That is, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> went with a conſtant lowing:</hi> So they ſpake a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gainſt, contradicting and blaſpheming. <hi>That is, with a conſtant blaſpheming attending their contra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dicting.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="46">46. <hi>Waxed bold.</hi> That is, Fearleſs, no wiſe diſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>couraged with the contradiction of their Adverſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ries.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>It was neceſſary.</hi> By Chriſts Command and Example, <hi>Matthew</hi> 10.6.15.24. <hi>Luke</hi> 24.47. and above, <hi>ch.</hi> 1.8.</p>
               <pb n="397" facs="tcp:192139:204"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>That the Word of God ſhould firſt have been ſpoken to you.</hi> That is, That forgiveneſs of ſins, and eter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nal Salvation to be obtained from God through the only Mediator betwixt God and Man Jeſus Chriſt, who is the Meſſiah promiſed in the Law and the Prophets, ſhould firſt be Preached to you.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And judge your ſelves unworthy of everlaſting life.</hi> It is a phraſe of the Greek elegance, whereby the ſame is meant, as if it were ſaid, Ye contemn and deſpiſe eternal life, which is given to men by God, through Jeſus Chriſt alone.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Lo we turn to the Gentiles.</hi> As much as to ſay, The Preaching of the Goſpel by our Miniſtry ſhall be transferred from you, who are unthankful, to For<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reign and Uncircumciſed Nations, in hopes of bet<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter growth and fruit there.</p>
               <p n="47">47. <hi>For ſo hath the Lord commanded us.</hi> Above, <hi>ch.</hi> 1.8. <hi>Mat.</hi> 28.19. <hi>Mark</hi> 16.15. <hi>Luke</hi> 24.47. and that to this <hi>Saul</hi> or <hi>Paul</hi> there was a command gi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven by Chriſt concerning his Embaſſage, which he was to undertake for Chriſt to Forreign Nations, to Preach them the Goſpel, appears below, <hi>ch.</hi> 22.21.26.17 &amp; 18. <hi>Gal.</hi> 1.16.2.8.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I have ſet,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, For what is ſpoken of <hi>Iſaiah,</hi> as Chriſts Type in ſome meaſure, <hi>Iſa.</hi> 44 6. is truly fulfilled in Chriſt the Lord, whom he did ſhadow. For the vertue of Chriſt ſhall in no caſe be reſtricted to the people of <hi>Iſrael</hi> only, but as the words of God ſound in <hi>Iſaiah,</hi> his light will ſend forth its beams to the far ends of the Earth, by the Preaching of his Diſciples, for the Salvation of ſuch, who of any Nation in any part of the Earth ſhall believe in him.</p>
               <p n="48">48. <hi>And when the Gentiles heard this. Piſidians</hi> by birth, Aliens from the people of <hi>Iſrael,</hi> that Salva<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion was promiſed to them many Ages before by the coming of Chriſt.</p>
               <pb n="398" facs="tcp:192139:205"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>They were glad.</hi> That it was at length fulfilled, which was foretold ſo many Ages before.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And glorified the Word of the Lord.</hi> That is, They praiſed the goodneſs of God, which ſhined forth in the Goſpel, preached to them by <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And as many as were ordained to eternal life.</hi> That is, As many as were Candidates of eternal life, as <hi>Mede</hi> excellently expounds it, <hi>Serm.</hi> 3. <hi>in Act.</hi> 17.4. or as many as were ſincerely, and honeſtly diſpoſed, to perform whatever God requires of men, to give them eternal life. The Verb <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is uſed of an Army, and placing of Soldiers, of the regiſtring them in order or rank. Hence the Books that treat of ordering, and drawing up an Army, are called <hi>Tacticks.</hi> And ſo may <hi>Lukes</hi> words be rendred here, as <hi>Mede</hi> excellently notes in the forecited place. <hi>As many as had given up their names to eternal life, belie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved: or by an Ellipſis of a Participle, who were of the band and company of ſuch as hoped, and earneſtly in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deavoured to attain eternal life; otherwiſe, as many as were in readineſs for eternal life; finally, and moſt conve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niently, if it be taken in a military ſenſe, and not of deſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nation or appointment, As many as were ordained to eter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nal life.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="49">49. <hi>The word of the Lord.</hi> That is, The Goſpel of Chriſt preached by <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas</hi> at <hi>Antioch,</hi> the Metropolis of <hi>Piſidia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Throughout all the Region.</hi> To wit, of <hi>Piſidia.</hi> So was ſpread the Doctrine of Jeſus Chriſt, oppoſed in vain by his Enemies, he ruling in the midſt of them, <hi>Pſal.</hi> 110.2.</p>
               <p n="50">50. <hi>But the Jews.</hi> Obſtinately reſiſting the Truth.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Stirred up the devout.</hi> That is, Certain Women of the Gentiles, who had ſubmitted to the Law of <hi>Moſes.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And honourable Women.</hi> Not of the common ſort, but Nobles.</p>
               <pb n="399" facs="tcp:192139:205"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the chief men of the City.</hi> As much as to ſay, Theſe malicious Jews having abuſed the blind zeal, and imprudent ſimplicity of theſe Matrons, by their means inſtigated the Nobility, or chief Men of <hi>Antioch</hi> againſt <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And raiſed,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, And they brought the matter ſo far, that <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas</hi> themſelves were with a ſtrong hand born down and afflicted, and at length expelled from the Borders of <hi>Antioch</hi> in <hi>Piſidia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="51">51. <hi>But they. Paul,</hi> to wit, and <hi>Barnabas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Shook off the duſt off their feet.</hi> By this Rite ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording to Chriſts Precept, <hi>Mat.</hi> 10.14. <hi>Luke</hi> 9.5. &amp; 10.11. They teſtified that they having diſchar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ged their duty, were free from the puniſhment that was abiding the Inhabitants of <hi>Antioch</hi> in <hi>Piſidia,</hi> for rejecting the Doctrine of the Goſpel, which was Preached to them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Againſt them.</hi> That is, For a Teſtimony againſt them, as it is, <hi>Luke</hi> 9.5.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And came unto</hi> Iconium. The Metropolitan City of <hi>Lycaonia,</hi> ſituated at Mount <hi>Taurus,</hi> where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of among others, the famous <hi>Amphilochius</hi> was Biſhop, who under <hi>Theodoſius</hi> the great, was moſt vehement againſt Hereſies, and of an eminent Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thority, as it doth appear even by the third Law, <hi>De fide Catholica. Lycaonia</hi> of old, a part of <hi>Piſidia,</hi> hath <hi>Piſidia</hi> upon the Weſt, <hi>Iſauria</hi> upon the South, <hi>Cappadocia</hi> the ſecond upon the Eaſt, and upon the North, <hi>Galatia Secunda,</hi> called alſo <hi>The Healthy.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="52">52. <hi>And the Diſciples,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, But ſuch as at <hi>Antioch</hi> in <hi>Piſidia</hi> did believe in Chriſt by the Preaching of <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas,</hi> were filled with joy, for the entrance which was opened for them to eternal life, and with the gifts of the Holy Ghoſt for the ſealing of their Faith.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="14" type="chapter">
               <pb n="400" facs="tcp:192139:206"/>
               <head>CHAP. XIV.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>AND it came to paſs in</hi> Iconium. <hi>Viz.</hi> The Metropolis of <hi>Lycaonia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That they went both together. Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Spake.</hi> That is, Preached the Goſpel.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A great multitude both of the</hi> Jews, <hi>and alſo of</hi> Greeks. Whoſoever profeſſed not the Jewiſh Reli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gion, were by the <hi>Jews</hi> called <hi>Greeks,</hi> ſince they li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved under the <hi>Greek</hi> or <hi>Macedonian</hi> Empire, divi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding all the men of the World into <hi>Jews</hi> and <hi>Greeks,</hi> in reſpect of Religion, not of Country.</p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>Stirred up.</hi> Or incenſed, made them evil affected.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Gentiles.</hi> That is, Men profeſſing another Religion than the Jewiſh, whom <hi>Luke</hi> in the pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceding verſe calls <hi>Greeks,</hi> and likewiſe did oppoſe the <hi>Jews</hi> to them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Their minds.</hi> That is, Their wills, as <hi>Pſal.</hi> 41.3. in the Hebrew Text.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Againſt the Brethren.</hi> So are all Believers in Chriſt called, becauſe they have one Father in Heaven, which is God, whoſe Children they are after the Spirit, to whom they have got acceſs through Chriſt, and they themſelves have one for another a recipro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cal, brotherly love, though they be gathered out of divers Nations.</p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>Abode they.</hi> At <hi>Iconium.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Speaking boldly,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Being incouraged by the Lord boldly to Preach the Goſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pel, whereby the great Grace of God concerning the Remiſſion of ſins, and the gift of eternal life to ſuch as believe in Chriſt, and repent, is declared; for the Lord himſelf approved the Goſpel Preached by them, and did by Signs and Miracles wrought by their Miniſtry, vindicate it from reproach.</p>
               <pb n="401" facs="tcp:192139:206"/>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>With the Apoſtles.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>With their Rulers.</hi> That is, With their Nobles.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To ſtone them.</hi> To wit, The Apoſtles <hi>Paul</hi> &amp; <hi>Barnabas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>They were aware of it.</hi> That is, <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bas</hi> were aware of this conſpiration againſt them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And fled.</hi> According to Chriſts Precept, <hi>Mat.</hi> 10.33. leſt they might raſhly run themſelves upon death.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto</hi> Lyſtra <hi>and</hi> Derbe, <hi>Cities of</hi> Lycaonia. This place may be two ways interpreted; one way is, that he might tell that <hi>Lyſtra</hi> and <hi>Derbe</hi> are Cities of <hi>Ly<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>caonia,</hi> the other, that he might tell that they fled to the Cities of <hi>Lycaonia,</hi> and to <hi>Lyſtra,</hi> and to <hi>Derbe; Which Expoſition,</hi> ſaith <hi>Druſius, ſeems more true. For</hi> Lyſtra <hi>and</hi> Derbe <hi>are Cities of</hi> Iſauria, <hi>which although it be near</hi> Lycaonia, <hi>yet is it diſtinguiſhed from it. Chry<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſoſtom</hi> writes, <hi>hom.</hi> 8. <hi>in</hi> 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 3.11. that <hi>Timothy, Pauls</hi> Diſciple, was of <hi>Lyſtra.</hi> But <hi>Geiſner</hi> is an Authorleſs Author, that he was of <hi>Derbe.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Round about.</hi> To wit, <hi>Lyſtra</hi> and <hi>Derbe.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>And there they preached the Goſpel.</hi> That is, They left not off their Office of Preaching the Goſpel which God had impoſed upon them.</p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>The ſame heard</hi> Paul <hi>ſpeak.</hi> That is, Preaching the Goſpel.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who.</hi> Paul.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And perceiving that he had faith to be healed.</hi> That is, Seeing the lame man ſtirred up by his Preaching and Signs hope, that his inbred lameneſs ſhould be healed.</p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>Said with a loud voice.</hi> That he might be heard of all that were preſent.</p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>The Gods,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, The Gods are come to us in human ſhape. This the <hi>Ethnick<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieved ſometimes to have fallen out, as may fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quently be ſeen in their Poets.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>And they called</hi> Barnabas, Jupiter. For <hi>Jupiter,</hi> in <hi>Ovid, Met.</hi> 1. compaſſeth the earth in human ſhape.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Paul, Mercurius. Whom <hi>Jupiter</hi> uſed to lead
<pb n="402" facs="tcp:192139:207"/>with him, as may be ſeen in <hi>Plautus</hi>'s <hi>Amphitruo.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Becauſe he was the chief ſpeaker.</hi> As much as to ſay, Becauſe it was his charge to ſpeak. For <hi>Mercurius</hi> was eſteemed as the God of Eloquence; and the Meſſen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ger of the Gods, whence <hi>Claudian</hi> ſaith of him, <hi>That he is a God common to the Gods of Heaven and Hell,
<note place="margin">Carm. 33. de raptu Proſer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pinae v. 89, 90, 91.</note> who alone hath a right and power to enter both in Heaven and in Hell, and maintains the communication between the Princes of both Kingdoms, Heaven and Hell.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Then the Prieſt of</hi> Jupiter, <hi>which was before their City.</hi> It ſeems that the Temple conſecrated to <hi>Jupiter,</hi> ſtood near the Gates of this City, in which Temple the Image of <hi>Jupiter</hi> was alſo ſeen, ſeeing <hi>Jupiter</hi> was accounted the Governor and Defender of this City. For the Idolatrous Nations uſed to dedicate almoſt every City to the peculiar care, &amp; chief Tutelage of particular Gods.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Oxen and Garlands.</hi> Oxen and Garlands are Oxen Crowned with Garlands. <hi>Minutius</hi> in his <hi>O<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>avius, The Beaſts for Sacrifices, are fattened to be ſlain, the Hoſts are Crowned to be tormented.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto the Gates.</hi> That is, When he brought the Oxen Crowned with Garlands, to the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> of the City, where <hi>Paul</hi> Preached, and the lame Man, whom he re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtored, did ſit, or to the door of the houſe where <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas</hi> lodged. <hi>For this was,</hi> ſaith <hi>Lud. de Dieu, the faſhion of their houſes in all the Eaſtern Countries, that the firſt door being opened, which looked into the ſtreet, you preſently come to another covered with a Vail, which the</hi> Arabians <hi>call</hi> a covering, <hi>leſt he that enters, may ſee into the Bed-chamber, where the Maſter of the Family ſtays.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With the people.</hi> That is, a great multitude of the common people following him.</p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>They rent their clothes.</hi> Very many Nations had this Cuſtom, to rent their Garments in grief, or vehe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment anger: firſt, in great grief and ſadneſs, as may be ſeen, <hi>Gen.</hi> 37.29 &amp; 34. <hi>Num.</hi> 14.6. <hi>Judg.</hi> 11.35. 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 4.12.
<pb n="403" facs="tcp:192139:207"/>2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 1.11.13.19. Then, when they heard any, eſpecially a Jew blaſpheme. Hence the learned among the Jews gather that <hi>Rabſhakeh</hi> the King of <hi>Aſſyria</hi>'s Chamber<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lain, was a Jew, and Apoſtatized to Ethniciſm, becauſe King <hi>Ezechiah</hi> rent his cloaths, when his blaſphemous words were told him, 2 <hi>King.</hi> 19.1. So <hi>Cajaphas</hi> rent his Garment, when he believed that by Chriſts Confeſſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on God was blaſphemed, <hi>Mat.</hi> 26.65. But they are mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtaken, who conclude from <hi>Lev.</hi> 10.6.21.10. that the High-Prieſt was altogether forbidden to rent his cloaths. For the diſcourſe there is concerning mour<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning over the dead, not of the publick and univerſal mourning of the whole people: that in this caſe it was lawful for him to rent his cloaths, is evinced from the example of <hi>Jonathan</hi> the High-Prieſt, when he was overcome in Battle, 1 <hi>Mac.</hi> 11.71. But the moſt learned among the Rabbins, ſay that the High-Prieſt uſed to rent his Garment from the bottom of it, but the reſt of the Jews from the top.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ran in among the people.</hi> Earneſtly, and vehemently to deprecate their too great honour.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Crying out.</hi> That is, Speaking with a loud voice.</p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>Men,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Ye men of <hi>Lyſtra,</hi> why would you prepoſterouſly worſhip us mortal men inſtead of God? We are lyable to infirmities of the ſame nature with you, to whom we Preach, that caſting away all theſe feigned Deities, with which the world hath hitherto been deluded, ye may turn to that living God, who hath life in himſelf, and communi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cates the ſame to others.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>From theſe vanities.</hi> That is, <hi>Idols,</hi> which are without life, ſtrength, and profit, and therefore are called <hi>vain,</hi> and <hi>vanities.</hi> See 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 12.21.15.23. 1 <hi>King.</hi> 16.26. <hi>Iſ.</hi> 66.3. <hi>Jer.</hi> 2.5.10.14. &amp; 15.16, 19. <hi>Amos</hi> 2.4. <hi>Jon.</hi> 2.9.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which made,</hi> &amp;c. The Heatheniſh Gods did not make Heaven and Earth, being all born ſince they were made. See <hi>Jer.</hi> 10.11.</p>
               <pb n="404" facs="tcp:192139:208"/>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>Who in times paſt.</hi> That is, In former Ages.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Suffered all Nations to walk in their own ways.</hi> That is, Suffered all Nations to live after what manner they pleaſed, not giving them a Law, as he did to the <hi>Iſraelites,</hi> to keep them thereby cloſe to their duty, and his Wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhip, &amp; ſeldom ſent to other Nations, than the <hi>Iſraelites,</hi> Prophets to recal them from their Errours.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>Nevertheleſs,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Yet God did not at any time let the Nations want a Teſtimony of his goodneſs. For the benefits which God by nature, his ordinary Hand-maid, confers upon men, do every moment reach their ſenſes, and draw the attentive con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſiderers to love and worſhip the beſtower of them. For reaſon imprinted upon mens hearts, teacheth them that they ought to be thankfull to ſuch as are moſt benefici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>al, and liberal to them, and to worſhip and honour God greatly, for the benefits they daily receive, and expect from him. But after what manner God is eſpecially to be worſhipped, the ſame reaſon with which all are in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dued, doth abundantly declare, to wit, that the beſt worſhip of God is a pious &amp; honeſt life, with which he is better pleaſed, then with any gifts, as <hi>Perſius</hi> ſaith ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cellently, Sat. 2. <hi>Tell me, you Prieſts, what profit do the Gods receive of the Gold that is conſecrated to them in their Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples? Even as little as</hi> Venus <hi>receives of the Puppets, that the Maids being about to Marry, offer to her. Why don't we offer that to the Gods, which the vicious off-ſpring of great</hi> Meſſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>la <hi>cannot offer out of all their great riches? To wit, an inno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cent life, conform unto the divine and human laws, ſpotleſs thoughts of our minds, and a heart thoroughly honeſt and virtuous; grant that I bring to the Altars of the Gods true piety, and a pure mind, and I ſhall pleaſe the Gods with a very ſmall Sacrifice, even with a Cake made of meal &amp; ſalt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In that he did good.</hi> Although the power &amp; wiſdom which ſhine forth in the works of God, are ſufficient to perſuade his being, &amp; that he muſt be loved, feared &amp; worſhipped; yet the deſpiſers of that might ſeem to
<pb n="405" facs="tcp:192139:208"/>be excuſable, had they not experienced God to be ſo beneficial to them. Therefore <hi>Paul</hi> in this place omit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ting to mention Gods power &amp; wiſdom, he is content to admoniſh the <hi>Lyſtrians</hi> of his great bounty, which they at all times have taſted, that they might know how much they were beholden to him upon that account.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And gave us rain from Heaven.</hi> Whereby the Earth is made fertile to bring forth fruit.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And fruitful Seaſons.</hi> Appointed for bringing forth certain fruits, as the Spring, Summer and Harveſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Filling our hearts with food and gladneſs.</hi> Some read it in the Gr. <hi>your hearts. Calvin</hi> ſaith excellently; <hi>To fill the heart with food, is nothing elſe but to beſtow food, which may ſatisfy the deſires of men. By gladneſs,</hi> Paul <hi>and</hi> Barnabas <hi>mean, that God according to his great fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vour, bestows more upon men then their neceſſities call for: as if it were ſaid, That food is given to men, not only to re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pair their ſtrength, but to rejoice their hearts.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>And with theſe ſayings,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas</hi> could ſcarcely with theſe ſayings re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtrain the <hi>Lyſtrians</hi> from Sacrificing to them.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>From</hi> Antioch. To wit, The Metropolis of <hi>Piſidia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Jews.</hi> Obſtinately unbelieving, who envied <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who perſuaded the people.</hi> Some Copies add: <hi>Saying, that they tell no truth, but lie in every thing.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And having stoned</hi> Paul, &amp;c. As much as to ſay, <hi>Paul,</hi> becauſe he was the chief ſpeaker, was ſo violently aſſaulted with ſtones, that he was thought dead. This ſtoning <hi>Paul</hi> doth mention. 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 11.25.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>Howbeit as the Diſciples stood round about him.</hi> As much as to ſay, The Chriſtians <hi>came to ſtand about his Funeral,</hi> as <hi>Apuleius</hi> ſpeaketh.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He roſe up, and came into the City.</hi> That is, Having recovered from the ſtupefaction, which the many wounds he received by the ſtones, had put him in, he raiſed up himſelf from the ground, where he lay for
<pb n="406" facs="tcp:192139:209"/>dead, and being by the marvellous vertue of Chriſt re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>freſhed, ſtrengthened, and as it were brought to life again, he returned to <hi>Lyſtra. Pauls</hi> words, 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 1.8, 9 &amp; 10. do ſeem to relate to this.</p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>Had taught many.</hi> The Gr. hath it: <hi>Had formed ſufficient Diſciples,</hi> that is, when they had brought a fit number of Auditors over to this, that they might re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceive the faith of Chriſt, and become his Diſciples. In this ſenſe the ſame active verb here uſed, is put, <hi>Mat.</hi> 28.19. and its paſſive, <hi>Mat.</hi> 27.57.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They returned again to</hi> Lyſtra. Where a little before <hi>Paul</hi> was aſſaulted with ſtones.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And to</hi> Iconium. Whence above, <hi>v.</hi> 5 &amp; 6. they fled for fear of danger.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Antioch. Of <hi>Piſidia,</hi> whence they were expelled, above, <hi>chap.</hi> 13.50.</p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>Confirming. Gregory</hi> the great ſaith excellently, <hi>lib.</hi> 31. <hi>Mor. in Job c.</hi> 15. <hi>Behold</hi> Paul <hi>was overwhelmed with ſtones, yet he is not removed from preaching the truth. He may be killed, but he cannot be overcome. He is caſt out of the City as dead, but he is found another day within the City an unhurt preacher of the Goſpel. O how ſtrong is in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firmity within this man! O how conquering his torment! O how maſterly is his patience! By the repulſe he is ſtirred up to diſpute: by ſtroaks he is raiſed up to preach the Goſpel: he is refreſhed by his torment to drive away the weariſom<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs of his labour.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Through much tribulation,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Whoever enters into the Kingdom of God, or labours to live according to the Goſpel, ſtirreth up the worlds hatred againſt himſelf, &amp; therefore muſt lie in the way of many, yea, &amp; grievous vexations. Which appeared in the Author of this way of living, even the Lord Jeſus Chriſt himſelf, who foretold that the ſame ſhould be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fall his followers, <hi>Mat.</hi> 10.17 &amp; 18.23.34. <hi>Joh.</hi> 16.33.17.14.</p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>And when they had ordained.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>when with ſwetched out hands they had ordained,</hi> or <hi>choſen
<pb n="407" facs="tcp:192139:209"/>by votes.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, properly ſignifieth <hi>to chooſe with the hand ſtretched forth.</hi> When Aſſemblies for chooſing of Magiſtrates were to be kept, they appointed one whom they thought the moſt fit for that Dignity, and having produced him upon the Theatre, his name was proclai<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>med by a Cryer, and it was ſaid, to whomſoever this ſeems good, or pleaſeth, let him lift up his hand: and then ſuch as approved of the Election, by lifting up their hands, teſtified that the man Elected, ſeemed to them a fit man to bear the Office of a Magiſtrate, but they who diſapproved it, kept in their hand: which Party ſoever had the greater number, had the Election decreed accordingly. Hence came that word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and he who became Magiſtrate by ſuch ſuffrages, was called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. This <hi>Elias</hi> the <hi>Cretian</hi> doth teſtify upon <hi>Gregory Nazianzen, Orat.</hi> 3. and <hi>Zonaras</hi> upon the Canons of the Apoſtles, teacheth us, that firſt the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> did ſignify the ſuffrages; but afterwards, (the Ancient Rites being aboliſhed) was uſed for Conſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cration. In this ſenſe the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is taken, 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 8.19.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Elders.</hi> Famous <hi>Frederick Spanhemius</hi> in his <hi>Iſagogick</hi> Epitome to the Hiſtory of the New Teſtament: <hi>The Biſhops,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>which were ordained in every Church, were ſo called from the care</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, of overſeeing, <hi>as the ſame are called</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Elders, <hi>from their age &amp; gra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vity,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Paſtors, <hi>from their Office of feeding,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Doctors, Miniſters, <hi>from their Office of teaching, &amp; miniſtring to Chriſt,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſet over, Governors, <hi>from their right to govern.</hi> Compare below, <hi>ch.</hi> 15.2, 4 &amp; 6.20.17 &amp; 28. <hi>Tit.</hi> 1.5 &amp; 7. 1 <hi>Theſ.</hi> 5.12. <hi>Ire<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>naeus</hi> in his Epiſtle to <hi>Victor,</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Rome</hi> in <hi>Euſebius, lib.</hi> 5. <hi>hiſt. Eccl. ch.</hi> 26. <hi>The Elders, who before</hi> Soter <hi>go<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verned the Church, that you now govern, were, I ſay,</hi> Ani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cetus, Pius, Hyginus, Teleſpore, Sixtus. <hi>Irenaeus</hi> calls them Elders every where, whom others do frequently call Biſhops, &amp; to whom he attributes the government
<pb n="408" facs="tcp:192139:210"/>of the Church of <hi>Rome.</hi> Alſo <hi>Victor</hi> himſelf in an Epiſtle under his name to an unknown <hi>Deſiderius</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Vien<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>na</hi> in <hi>France,</hi> expreſſeth himſelf thus: <hi>As thy fraternity hath been taught by the Elders, who did ſee the Apoſtles in the fleſh, and who governed the Church until thy time.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And had prayed with faſting.</hi> See what we have ſaid above, <hi>ch.</hi> 13.3.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They commended them to the Lord.</hi> To wit, To be protected.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>And after they had paſſed through</hi> Piſidia. See what we have ſaid above, <hi>ch.</hi> 13.14.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They came to</hi> Pamphylia. See our Commentary a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove, <hi>ch.</hi> 2.10.</p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>And when they had preached the Word in</hi> Perga. As much as to ſay, And when they had preached Chriſts Goſpel in <hi>Perga,</hi> of which City, ſee our Notes, <hi>ch.</hi> 13.13.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They went down into</hi> Attalia. The City <hi>Attalia</hi> having its name from <hi>Attalus Philadelphus</hi> its builder, is by <hi>Stra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bo</hi> mentioned among the Cities of <hi>Pamphylia, Geog. l.</hi> 14.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>And thence ſailed to</hi> Antioch. The Metropolis of <hi>Syria.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whence they had been recommended to the grace of God,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Whence having gone forth to preach the Goſpel, they were recommended to God by the prayers of the Church, that he would put forth his grace to advance the labors of the Apoſtles of the <hi>Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles,</hi> whom himſelf had appointed. See above, <hi>ch.</hi> 13.3.</p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>Had gathered the Church together.</hi> Of Chriſtians dwelling at <hi>Antioch.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They rehearſed.</hi> Even as ſuch who return from an Am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>baſſage, uſe to give an account of what they have done.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>All that God had done with them.</hi> An Hebraiſm; the meaning whereof is, <hi>all that God did to them.</hi> To wit, What grace he conferred upon them, how great help and ſtrength was preſent with them in converting men, and working miracles.</p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>And there they abode long time.</hi> To wit, At <hi>Antioch.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With the Diſciples.</hi> That is, Chriſtians. See what we ſaid above, <hi>ch.</hi> 11.26.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="15" type="chapter">
               <pb n="1" facs="tcp:192139:210"/>
               <head>CHAP. XV.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>AND.</hi> That is, then, at that time.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Certain men.</hi> Of the Jews profeſſing Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtianity, whoſe Ring-leader herein <hi>Phila<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtrius</hi> and <hi>Epiphanius</hi> ſay, was <hi>Cerinthus,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>De Haereſ. c.</hi> 87. <hi>Hereſ</hi> 28.</note> a Diſciple of <hi>Simon Magus</hi> and of <hi>Carpo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crates.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which came down from Judaea. viz.</hi> To <hi>Antioch</hi> the <hi>Metropolis</hi> of <hi>Syria.</hi> Theſe Perſons the Apoſtle <hi>Paul, Gal.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 4. calls in the Greek Text, <hi>Irreptitious falſe Brethren,</hi> that is, <hi>falſe Brethren brought in unawares, and who came in privily to ſpy out the Liberty of the Church.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Taught the Brethren.</hi> To wit, Thoſe of the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles which were converted to Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Except ye be Circumciſed after the manner of Moſes.</hi> That is, according to the Rite preſcribed by God to <hi>Abraham,</hi> which <hi>Moſes</hi> deſcribes, <hi>Gen.</hi> 17. <hi>v.</hi> 10. And again Commands, <hi>Lev.</hi> 12. <hi>v.</hi> 3. Some Books here have it, <hi>Except ye be Circumciſed and walk after the manner of Moſes.</hi> So that other Ceremonial Laws of <hi>Moſes</hi> might be underſtood to be added, to which they bind themſelves whoever they be that are Circumciſed, <hi>to obey the Law of</hi> Moſes. See <hi>Gal.</hi> 5.3.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ye cannot be ſaved.</hi> That is, obtain Eternal Salva<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion.</p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>When therefore</hi> Paul <hi>and</hi> Barnabas. Who had rightly inſtructed the Gentile Converts in the Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctrine of Chriſtian Liberty, and taught that they were not bound to Circumciſe themſelves.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Had no ſmall Diſſenſion and Diſputation with them.</hi> To wit, thoſe rigid Perſons, who burning with too
<pb n="2" facs="tcp:192139:211"/>great a Zeal for the Ceremonial Moſaical Laws, con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tended, that Chriſtians were not freed by Chriſt from that too grievous Yoke.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They determined. Viz.</hi> The Chriſtians of <hi>Antioch.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That</hi> Paul <hi>and</hi> Barnabas. Who were as one Party in this Controverſie. 'Tis credible that <hi>Paul,</hi> when it was thus decreed by the Church of <hi>Antioch</hi> that he ſhould go to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> was admoniſhed by <hi>Revelation,</hi> that he ſhould altogether do what the Church had ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pointed: For <hi>Paul, Gal.</hi> 2.2. ſpeaking of this his Jour<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ney, ſaith, That he went up to <hi>Jeruſalem by Revelation.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And certain others of them.</hi> That is, of them who urged the Neceſſity of Circumciſion. Concerning which matter the Jews themſelves were not altogether agreed.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Joſeph.</hi> 20. <hi>An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiq.</hi> 2.</note> For when <hi>Izates</hi> King of the <hi>Adjabenes</hi> being inſtructed in the Religion of the Jews by one <hi>Ananias,</hi> thought he could not be a perfect Jew unleſs he were Circumciſed; his Tutor diſſwaded him therefrom, ſaying, <q>That he might without Circumciſion piouſly worſhip God, if he zealouſly embraced and followed the Jewiſh Inſtitutions; For therein did Religion conſiſt rather than in Circumciſion.</q> But yet the ſame King a while afterwards by the advice of another Jew named <hi>Eleazar</hi> (whom <hi>Joſephus</hi> reports to have been famous for his Skill in the Law) did cauſe himſelf to be Circumciſed. Likewiſe <hi>Tryphon</hi> the Jew in <hi>Juſtin Martyr,</hi> does not exclude the Uncircumciſed from all Hopes, ſaying, <hi>If thou continue in the Courſe of Philoſo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phy, and a blameleſs Life, there remains an hope of the better Portion.</hi> And this favourable Opinion ſeems to be re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceived amongſt the Jews at this day, as may be gathe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red from <hi>Menaſſeh ben Iſrael,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>De Reſurrect. l.</hi> 2. <hi>cap.</hi> 9. <hi>De Capit. fidei, cap.</hi> 24.</note> yet <hi>Iſaac Abrabanel</hi> approves the Tradition of the Ancients in theſe Words, <hi>Whoever is not Circumciſed ſhall inherit Hell.</hi> 'Tis cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain the Jews that lived whilſt yet their
<pb n="3" facs="tcp:192139:211"/>ſtate was flouriſhing, had more rigid Sentiments in this matter, than thoſe whom the ſenſe of Calamities hath ſince humbled and rendred leſs apt to Cenſure; For theſe dare not deny all participation of Bliſs to the Gentiles in the Life to come, tho ſtill they eſteem that they ſhall be as much more happy than all other Peo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple, as the <hi>Gibeonites</hi> of old were inferiour to them in the Land of <hi>Canaan;</hi> whence aroſe their murmuring againſt Chriſt, when in the Parable, <hi>Matt.</hi> 20. he ſeem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed to equal the Gentiles with them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To the Apoſtles.</hi> Thoſe who had daily lived with our Lord Jeſus, and followed him as his Domeſticks, whom he was pleaſed to make Witneſſes of his Reſurrection, and to ſend them through all the World to preach the Goſpel, to whoſe number <hi>Paul</hi> was afterwards added, being called to that Office by Chriſt after his Aſcenſion; as before, <hi>Cap.</hi> 9. So that he was inferiour in no reſpect to any of them, <hi>Gal.</hi> 2.9. Some add alſo <hi>Barnabas</hi> as one of the Apoſtles, from the foregoing Chapter, <hi>v.</hi> 13. <hi>The Apostles</hi> (ſaith <hi>Spanhemius</hi>) <hi>had an equal Dignity and their cure was univerſal,
<note place="margin">In Epitom. Iſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gogica ad Hi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtor. N. Teſt.</note> not of one Church only, but of all,</hi> Matth. 28.19. 2 Cor. 11.28. <hi>So that Apoſtles are no more to be reckoned in the Order of Biſhops of a particular Church, than the Pretorian Prefects or Vicar Generals of old, in the Rank of Governours of one City or Province.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Elders.</hi> In the Apoſtles Age there were <hi>Presby<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teries,</hi> or Colledges of Biſhops or Presbyters in every Church, <hi>who</hi> (ſaith the ſame <hi>Spanhemius</hi>) <hi>had the Admi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niſtration and Guidance thereof in Common, to wit, ordina<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rily, of which Presbyters (as there were then diſtinct Gifts) ſome gave themſelves more to the Word and Doctrine,</hi> 1 Tim. 5.17. <hi>Others to Government and Diſcipline,</hi> Rom. 12.8. 1 Cor. 12.28.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>About this Queſtion.</hi> That is, to conſult them; whe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther Circumciſion of the Foreskin were neceſſary to the attainment of Eternal Salvation?</p>
               <pb n="4" facs="tcp:192139:212"/>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>Being brought on their way by the Church.</hi> That is, <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas</hi> and the reſt of the Deputies of the Church of <hi>Antioch</hi> to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> accompanied by the <hi>Antiochean</hi> Brethren ſome ſmall part of their Journey; As afterwards, <hi>Ca.</hi> 20. <hi>v.</hi> 38. <hi>Ca.</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 15.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They paſſed through</hi> Phoenice <hi>and</hi> Samaria. In which there already dwelt ſome Chriſtians, ſee before Ch. 8. v. 5. and 14. And Ch. 11. v. 19.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Declaring the Converſion of the Gentiles.</hi> That is, that very many of the Gentiles in divers places by their Preaching, which God had been pleaſed divinely to aſſiſt, were converted to the Faith of Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they cauſed great Joy unto all the Brethren.</hi> This tidings of ſuch Numbers of the Gentiles converted, cauſed the faithful much to rejoyce.</p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>Received of the Church, and of the Apoſtles and of the Elders.</hi> That is, they were welcomely received as well by the Chriſtians in general that dwelt at <hi>Jeruſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem,</hi> as particularly by the Apoſtles, and by the Elders, or proper Paſtors of the <hi>Jeruſalem</hi>-Chriſtians.</p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>But there roſe up, &amp;c.</hi> Theſe are the Words of <hi>Luke,</hi> willing to ſignifie unto us, that there were ſome Phariſees at <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> who believed in Chriſt, that ſided with thoſe that moved this Debate at <hi>Antioch,</hi> and urged that the Gentiles converted to Chriſt ought to be Circumciſed. For thoſe men whoſe <hi>Sect</hi> had hi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>therto been the Chief in the Jewiſh Religion, ſeem to have reckoned, that they were to be uppermoſt too in the Chriſtian Church, and their Opinions to prevail a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove the reſt; But others conſcious of their own Li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>berty, gave not place <hi>to them for an hour,</hi> Gal. 2.5.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of the Sect of the Phariſees.</hi> In Greek it is, <hi>of the Hereſie of the Phariſees;</hi> for that Word of old was of a middle ſignification, and ſometimes uſed in good, ſometimes in evil part; whence <hi>Paul</hi> afterwards, <hi>Ch.</hi> 26.5. calls Phariſaiſme, <hi>the moſt exquiſite or ſtricteſt Hereſie of the Judaical Religion;</hi> Nay, he gives Chriſtianity it ſelf the ſame title, <hi>Ch.</hi> 24.14.</p>
               <pb n="5" facs="tcp:192139:212"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>That it was needful to Circumciſe them.</hi> Thoſe Zea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lots that would have ſubjected the Gentiles to the Yoke of the Ceremonial Law, did chiefly preſs Circum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciſion, becauſe they knew, that <hi>That</hi> being once received, there could afterwards nothing hinder their being ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liged to the other Legal Ceremonies; for there was nothing that did more keep men of riper years from Judaiſm than the fear of Circumciſion; Beſides, who<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever did take that upon them, did bind themſelves to the obſervation of the whole Law, Gal. 5.3.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To keep the Law of</hi> Moſes. <hi>Viz.</hi> The <hi>Ceremonial,</hi> as a Condition of obtaining Salvation; for here was no Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>troverſie moved touching <hi>Moral</hi> Works neceſſary to Salvation.</p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>And the Apoſtles came together.</hi> Whether <hi>all the Apoſtles</hi> were then at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> or only <hi>ſome</hi> of them, and <hi>who,</hi> is hard to ſay; <hi>For 'tis certain</hi> (ſaith the in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>comparable <hi>Curcellaeus</hi>) <q>That the Apoſtles did re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>main there a pretty while after the Receiving of the Holy Ghoſt; nor did they, it ſeems, depart thence, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore the Perſecution ſtirred up at the Death of <hi>Ste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phen</hi> the firſt Martyr; For all the Twelve were yet at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> when the Choice was made of the ſeven Deacons, <hi>Acts</hi> 6.2. yet in that grievous Perſecution they did not preſently remove, <hi>Acts</hi> 8.1. But amongſt the Ancients there is a conſtant Fame, that the Apoſtles did not long after continue their Reſidence there, but divided the Parts of the World between them by Lot, in which each of them ſhould repair to preach the Goſpel; Concerning which may be conſulted <hi>Ori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gen</hi> on <hi>Geneſis,</hi> and <hi>Eucherius</hi> of <hi>L ons,</hi> who write, that the Eaſt fell to <hi>Thomas</hi> and <hi>Bartholomew;</hi> The South to <hi>Simon</hi> and <hi>Matthew;</hi> The North to <hi>Philip</hi> and <hi>Thad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deus;</hi> The Midland Regions to <hi>Matthias,</hi> and <hi>James</hi> ſurnamed the <hi>Juſt;</hi> The Provinces of the Mediterra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nean Sea to <hi>John</hi> and <hi>Andrew;</hi> The Weſt to <hi>Peter</hi> and <hi>James</hi> the Son of <hi>Zebedee,</hi> but all the World alike to
<pb n="6" facs="tcp:192139:213"/>
                     <hi>Paul;</hi> whence in ſome Calendars of the <hi>Roman</hi> Church, the ſeparation of the Apoſtles is celebrated on the Fifteenth of <hi>July;</hi> But as to the year when the ſame happened, there is almoſt every where a to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tal ſilence. There is another Diviſion of their Work made amongſt the Apoſtles mentioned, <hi>Gal.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 7. <hi>viz.</hi> how the Goſpel of the Uncircumciſion was committed to <hi>Paul,</hi> and that of the Circumciſion to <hi>Peter,</hi> but that relates not to this place. This Council at <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> ſeems to have been holden after that firſt ſeparation of the Apoſtles, and that there were then no more Apoſtles reſiding in that City but <hi>Peter</hi> and <hi>James,</hi> who alſo a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lone are read to have delivered their Sentence in that Council; Although I think we ought to add unto them, <hi>John,</hi> who is mentioned, <hi>Gal.</hi> 2.9. For that which <hi>Paul</hi> ſays there, <hi>v.</hi> 1. that he after fourteen years went up to <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> with <hi>Barnabas,</hi> taking alſo <hi>Titus</hi> with them, appears by the Circumſtances which he there recounts, to be meant of this Journey which he made thither, that he might be preſent at this Council whereof we are treating. So that at leaſt four Apoſtles appeared there, <hi>Peter, James, John,</hi> and <hi>Paul,</hi> beſides thoſe A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſtolical Preachers, <hi>Barnabas, Judas</hi> ſurnamed <hi>Bar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſabas</hi> and <hi>Silas</hi> of whom we find mention, <hi>Acts</hi> 15.22. As alſo <hi>Titus,</hi> as appears, <hi>Gal.</hi> 2.2. and other famous men, of whom conſiſted the Church at <hi>Jeru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſalem;</hi> So that there never was a more eminent Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vention than this, unleſs when the Apoſtles were all preſent.</q> Thus <hi>Curcellaeus.</hi> Others conceive all the Twelve Apoſtles were here actually preſent, and that the diſtribution of the Provinces of the World, which the Ancients ſpeak of, was made afterwards amongſt the Apoſtles when the Gentiles all abroad began to flock into the Church.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Elders,</hi> Who are elſewhere called <hi>Biſhops. Preſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>byters</hi> (or Elders) and Biſhops were then the ſame; ſee what is ſaid before on Verſe the ſecond. But in this
<pb n="7" facs="tcp:192139:213"/>Council beſides the Apoſtles and Presbyters of <hi>Jeruſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem</hi> there were preſent other Members of the Church, <hi>viz. meer Brethren,</hi> as we find afterwards, v. 22. and 23.</p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>And when there had been much diſputing.</hi> On both ſides.</p>
               <p>Peter <hi>roſe up.</hi> To make an Oration to the Synod.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſaid to them.</hi> That is, to all the Chriſtians of what Calling or Condition ſoever that were preſent in the Synod.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Men Brethren.</hi> So <hi>Peter</hi> calls not only the Apoſtles and Elders, but all other Chriſtians preſent in the Coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cil, being ſo taught by Chriſt, <hi>Matth.</hi> 23.8.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ye know that a good while ago.</hi> According to the Greek, <hi>from the ancient or firſt days.</hi> The famous <hi>Light<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>foot</hi> doubts not but in theſe Words <hi>Peter</hi> had reſpect to what Chriſt ſaid to him, Matth. 16.19. <hi>I will give unto thee the Keys of the Kingdom of Heaven;</hi> which is as he the ſaid <hi>Lightfoot</hi> Interprets it, <hi>Thou firſt ſhalt open the Door of Faith to the Gentiles.</hi> 
                  <q>Then the Lord choſe him, that by his mouth the Gentiles might firſt hear the Word of the Goſpel, and Believe; And this he ſays was done, a good while ago, or in the firſt days, that is, as he ſpeaks before in the firſt <hi>Ch. v.</hi> 21. in the time when the Lord went out and in among us; which time is expreſſed, <hi>Luke</hi> 1.2. by theſe Words, <hi>from the beginning.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Among us.</hi> Who of the Circumciſion believed in Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That the Gentiles by my mouth ſhould hear.</hi> To wit, firſt.</p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>And God who knoweth the hearts, &amp;c.</hi> As if he ſhould ſay; Which when I performed, God the ſearch<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>er of hearts, witneſſed by a manifeſt Sign, that he had adopted the uncircumciſed Gentiles that embraced the Faith of Chriſt, communicating to them the ſame Gifts of the Holy Spirit, which he hath imparted to us who are Believers Circumciſed. 'Tis plain <hi>Peter</hi> here re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſpects
<pb n="8" facs="tcp:192139:214"/>the Hiſtory of the Converſion of <hi>Cornelius</hi> by his Miniſtry, ſet forth at large in the tenth and ele<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venth Chapters.
<note place="margin">In Diatrib. de Eſu Sang.</note> 
                  <q>Between the Conver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſion of <hi>Cornelius</hi> the Centurion (ſaith <hi>Curcellaeus</hi>) and this Council of <hi>Jeruſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem,</hi> about twenty years, as moſt Chro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nologers acknowledge, were elapſed, and 'tis very ſtrange, that in ſo long a ſpace, after God by that moſt illuſtrious Example, had manifeſted his Will to admit the uncircumciſed into his Church, and to par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>take of all Spiritual Bleſſings; yet the Opinion, that Circumciſion was ſtill neceſſary to pleaſe God, would not be rooted out of the hearts of the believing Jews; But the Reverence of thoſe Rites of the Law, as being divinely inſtituted, had made ſuch Impreſſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on on their Minds, that it was not eaſie preſently to remove them; and to convince them of the Liber<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty purchaſed for us by the Blood of Chriſt. For e<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven after this celebrated Council, the ſame Opinion ſeems to have remained in many of the Church of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> as appears, <hi>Acts</hi> 21.20. and other Monu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments of Eccleſiaſtical Hiſtory, particularly in <hi>Sul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pitius Severus,</hi> who in the ſecond Book of his Sacred Hiſtory, treating of the Emperour <hi>Hadrian,</hi> ſaith; <hi>That then almoſt all did believe Chriſt to be God, under the Obſervation of the Law.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Purifying their Hearts by Faith.</hi> That is, when he had cleanſed the Minds of theſe uncircumciſed Gentiles from the ſins, wherewith they were defiled, by a lively Faith on Chriſt; with which whoſoever is endued, pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſently reſolves to renounce all Impiety and worldly Deſires, and to live ſoberly, juſtly and godlily in this World.</p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>Now therefore why tempt ye God?</hi> That is, why do you grievouſly offend God? <hi>He that offends God</hi> (ſaith <hi>Grotius</hi>) <hi>tempts his Patie<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ce, and he offends him, who oppoſes his Will ſufficiently revealed.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="9" facs="tcp:192139:214"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>To put, &amp;c.</hi> As going about to impoſe the Yoke of all the Ceremonies of the Law on the Necks of all ſuch Gentiles as have believed on Chriſt, which the Iſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>raelites themſelves, were never able to bear but with the greateſt moleſtation.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Yoke.</hi> To wit, <hi>of Bondage,</hi> as <hi>Paul</hi> calls the Le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gal Rites, <hi>Gal.</hi> 5.1. becauſe they conſiſted in things indifferent, which of themſelves were neither good nor requiſite, but depended only on the pleaſure of the Law-giver, ſo that they ſeemed ſuited rather to the ſtate of Servants, than to men of a free Condition. 'Tis true the Precepts of Chriſt are alſo called a <hi>Yoke,</hi> but an <hi>eaſie one,</hi> and a <hi>Burthen,</hi> but a <hi>light one,</hi> Matth. 11.30. <hi>For what</hi> (ſays <hi>Salvian</hi>) <hi>does he require of us, what does he command us to follow, but only Faith, Chaſtity, Humili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty, Sobriety, Mercy and Holineſs, all which do not Burthen, but Beautifie us?</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of the Diſciples.</hi> That is, of the Gentiles converted to Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which neither our Fathers, &amp;c.</hi> As much as to ſay, which Yoke of the Ceremonial Law for the vaſt multi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tude of Ritual Precepts, ſeemed inſupportable to our Anceſtors, as well as to us.</p>
               <p>Note, We are often ſaid not <hi>to be able</hi> to do that which we do with grievance and difficulty, as <hi>Mark</hi> 1.45. <hi>Luke</hi> 11.7. <hi>John</hi> 6.60.</p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>But by the Grace of our Lord Jeſus, &amp;c.</hi> Even we our ſelves who are Jews originally having embraced the Faith of Chriſt, are moſt certainly perſwaded, that not by Circumciſion or other Rites of the Moſaical Law, but by the gracious Reconciliation of us to God, we ſhall obtain Eternal Salvation purchaſed by the Sacrifice of the Death of Chriſt. The ſame <hi>Paul</hi> teaches, <hi>Gal.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 15. <hi>and</hi> 16.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Even as they.</hi> To wit, the Diſciples lately converted to Chriſt out of the Gentiles, of whom was treated before, <hi>v.</hi> 7, 8, 9, <hi>and</hi> 10. do believe that they by the
<pb n="10" facs="tcp:192139:215"/>ſame free gracious Benefit exhibited to them by God in Chriſt, ſhall enjoy Eternal Salvation. Where note, That <hi>Relative Pronouns</hi> are not always referred to that which next goes before, but to that which is chiefly handled in the whole Diſcourſe, as you may ſee before, <hi>Ch.</hi> 7.19. and <hi>Ch.</hi> 10.6. and in divers other places. Now here that which is principally and profeſſedly treated of, is of thoſe who from Heathens were of late made Chriſtians, and not of the Ancient Iſraelites, of whom there was no Queſtion moved, but only men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion made of them, as by <hi>the By</hi> in the Verſe next before-going.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>All the Multitude kept ſilence.</hi> That is, when <hi>Peter</hi> had finiſht his Speech, all the Brethren, who were there Aſſembled,
<note place="margin">Above <hi>v.</hi> 5.</note> even thoſe who before did urge Circumciſion to be neceſſary to the obtaining Salvation, ſtood ſilent.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And gave Audience to</hi> Paul <hi>and</hi> Barnabas <hi>declaring.</hi> Their Narrative did much conduce to confirm what <hi>Peter</hi> had delivered, that the Gentiles were not to be bound to obſerve the Ceremonies of the Law, ſince God performing amongſt them ſuch great Signs and Wonders by the Miniſtry of <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas,</hi> did plainly enough ſhew that he regarded not Circumciſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on and other Rites of that kind wherein the Gentiles were not initiated, and that in Chriſt neither Circum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciſion availeth any thing nor Uncircumciſion, but a new Creature, <hi>Gal.</hi> 6.15.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>And after they had held their peace.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>James <hi>anſwered. Anſwered</hi> here, is an Hebraiſm fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miliar in Scripture, and ſignifies only, <hi>began to ſpeak</hi> This <hi>James</hi> was the Son of <hi>Alpheus,</hi> and ſurnamed the <hi>Leſſer,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>In Tractat. de Eccleſ. Ca.</hi> 8. <hi>N.</hi> 9.</note> and the Brother of the Lord. <q>To <hi>James</hi> (ſaith <hi>Curcellaeus</hi>) was the Church of <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> peculiarly committed, as appears, <hi>Acts</hi> 21. where 'tis ſaid, that
<pb n="11" facs="tcp:192139:215"/>
                     <hi>Paul</hi> when he was come to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> went to <hi>James</hi> and the Elders of the Church. He alſo ſeems to have preſided, or been Chairman in the firſt Coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cil held at <hi>Jeruſalem, Acts</hi> 15. and that becauſe it was celebrated in his peculiar Diſtrict. For 'tis he that there in the Name of the whole Aſſembly pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nounces the Sentence concerning the Controverſie that was ariſen amongſt the Gentiles, which is the Of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fice of a Preſident. He alſo at laſt there conſumma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted his Courſe with Martyrdom. Nor need it ſeem ſtrange, if he to whom (with the reſt of the Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtles) the whole World was committed, did permit himſelf to be as it were ſhut in one City; ſince by teaching at <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> he did after a ſort, teach the whole World, ſuch was the vaſt Concourſe of both Jews and Gentiles to that City. See what is ſaid be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore, <hi>Ch.</hi> 12. <hi>v.</hi> 17.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>Simon. Viz.</hi> Who by Chriſt was named <hi>Peter,</hi> ſee <hi>Matth.</hi> 4.18. and 10.2. <hi>John</hi> 1.43. 2 <hi>Peter</hi> 2.1. The Hebrew Name <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is writ both here, and in <hi>Luke</hi> 2.25. in Greek Letters <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. But the Greeks for the ſame do uſe <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, a Greek name of like ſound, as <hi>Eccleſiaſticus, Ch.</hi> 50. <hi>v.</hi> 1. <hi>Joſephus,</hi> and others. <q>But here <hi>Luke,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius,</hi> followed the Hebrew Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nunciation, becauſe he brings in an Hebrew ſpeaking to Hebrews; The Syriack here and elſewhere ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſſes the Name after the ſame manner. They err that think here is meant that <hi>Simeon</hi> mentioned <hi>Luke</hi> the Second; <hi>James</hi> briefly repeats what had been ſaid by <hi>Peter.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>Simeon <hi>hath declared.</hi> Before, <hi>v.</hi> 7.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>How God at the firſt.</hi> To wit, in <hi>Cornelius</hi> and his Relations.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Did viſit.</hi> That is, by powring upon them his Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly Spirit, declared.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To take out of them a People for his Name.</hi> That the Gentiles which before were not his People, he would
<pb n="12" facs="tcp:192139:216"/>now take to be his People. See afterwards, <hi>v.</hi> 17. and <hi>Rom.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 25. and 26.</p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>And to this agree the Words of the Prophet.</hi> That is, to this ſaying of <hi>Simon Peter</hi> are conſonant the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miſes made long ſince in the Writings of the Prophets, concerning the Gentiles being to be received for the People of God.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As it is written.</hi> That is, as by this one Teſtimony amongſt many for brevity omitted, which is extant, <hi>Amos</hi> the 9. <hi>v.</hi> 11. and 12. plainly appears; For there God not only promiſes, that by his <hi>Meſſias</hi> the Houſe and Kingdom of <hi>David</hi> ſhould be reſtored to its for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mer ſtate, but alſo ſhould be advanced to a much great<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>er Magnificence, ſince the Gentiles aliens to that Cove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nant ſhould be brought in thereunto, the partition-wall of the Ceremonies of the Moſaical Law being broken down, as is ſaid, <hi>Epheſ.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 14. and 15.</p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>After this I will return. James</hi> cites the Senſe, not the Words of <hi>Amos,</hi> ſee our Literal Explication on <hi>Amos Ch.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 11. and 12. In theſe Words reſpect is had to the Words which in <hi>Amos</hi> preceed, wherein God threatens grievous puniſhment to the Iſraelitiſh Sinners. But to thoſe Menaces adds a Promiſe, that it ſhould come to paſs, that being reconciled to them, he would at the time by himſelf preappointed, viſit them again with his Benefits.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I will Build again the Tabernacle of</hi> David. That is, the Houſe or Kingdom of <hi>David.</hi> The Hebrews call every Habitation, <hi>a Tabernacle,</hi> becauſe that was the moſt Ancient Habitation. The Senſe of this Verſe is, as if he ſhould ſay; The Kingdom of <hi>David</hi> firſt di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vided by the cutting off of ten Tribes, and afterwards wholly decayed, I will reſtore, ſo as that it ſhall again flouriſh, as in the paſt times of <hi>David</hi> and <hi>Solomon.</hi> This Prophecy was firſt and in the groſſer ſenſe fulfil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led in <hi>Zorobabel</hi> a Type of Chriſt, but was perfectly ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>compliſht in Chriſt himſelf, and ſhall be yet more fully, when of all the Tribes of <hi>Iſrael</hi> many ſubmitted, and
<pb n="13" facs="tcp:192139:216"/>ſhall unto the end of the World ſubmit and adhere unto him the Son of <hi>David,</hi> and acknowledge his Soveraign<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty ſhadowed by <hi>David</hi>'s Throne. See our Literal Explanation on <hi>Amos</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 11. and <hi>Hoſ.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 11. and <hi>Ch.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 5.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>That the reſidue of men might ſeek, &amp;c.</hi> The Kingdom of <hi>David</hi> ſhall be reſtored to ſo great Splen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dor, that beſides the People of <hi>Iſrael</hi> heretofore ſubject to it, the reſt of the Nations ſhall ſubmit thereunto, and be numbred amongſt the People of God. This in the Literal and Typical Senſe was made good when the <hi>Maccabees</hi> ſubjected to themſelves great Numbers of the <hi>Iſhmaelites, Ammonites</hi> and <hi>Moabites.</hi> And when <hi>Hyrcanus</hi> ſubdued the <hi>Edomites.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Joſeph.</hi> 12. <hi>Antiq.</hi> 11. <hi>&amp;</hi> 12. <hi>Idem.</hi> 13. <hi>Ant.</hi> 17.</note> But in the Myſtick Senſe intended by the Holy Ghoſt ſpeaking by the mouth of <hi>Amos,</hi> is fulfilled in the Converſion of the Gentiles to Chriſt, that they together with the Jews embracing Chriſtianity, may ſincerely and religiouſly worſhip him, and live according to his Requirements. This Verſe is often expounded of the Call of the Gentiles in <hi>Bereſchith Rabah, Sect.</hi> 88.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Seek.</hi> In the Hebrew Text of <hi>Amos</hi> it is, <hi>Jirſhou, might poſſeſs,</hi> for which the Seventy read <hi>Jidreſhou, might ſeek;</hi> unleſs perhaps they took the Verb of <hi>poſſeſſing,</hi> for the ſtudy and endeavour of poſſeſſing, as it is taken, <hi>Deut.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 24. and 31.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The reſt of men.</hi> The Hebrew Text of <hi>Amos</hi> is wont to be tranſlated, <hi>The reſt of</hi> Edom; But the Seventy took the Hebrew Particle <hi>Eth,</hi> which for the moſt part is ſet before the Accuſative, to be here a Note of the Nominative Caſe, as 'tis uſed, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 17. <hi>v.</hi> 34.2 <hi>Kings</hi> 6.5. and <hi>Ch.</hi> 9.25. <hi>Nehem.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 32 and 34. <hi>Jer.</hi> 33.5. and <hi>Ch.</hi> 38.16. <hi>Ezech.</hi> 39.14. <q>And for <hi>Edom</hi> they ſeem to have read <hi>Adam, or rather,</hi> ſays the famous <hi>Ludovicus De Dieu,</hi> as often elſewhere, ſo here they might think <hi>Edom</hi> to be taken in a larger ſenſe than for the People
<pb n="14" facs="tcp:192139:217"/>properly ſo called; for as of the Two Sons of <hi>Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>becca, Jacob</hi> repreſented the Church, ſo the elder Son, <hi>viz. Eſau</hi> or <hi>Edom</hi> ſhadowed out all the reſt of man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kind that were Aliens from the Church; For which reaſon in the Writings of the Rabbins, the Roman Empire, eſpecially as it extended far and wide through almoſt the whole World, was ſtiled <hi>the Kingdom of</hi> Edom, and to this day, by <hi>Children of</hi> Edom, they mean <hi>all Chriſtians.</hi> Since therefore here the Prophet op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſes to the Tabernacle of <hi>David,</hi> that is, the King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom of <hi>Iſrael,</hi> the Reliques of <hi>Edom,</hi> they fitly e<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nough thereby underſtood, the reſt of men.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Lord.</hi> The Words of <hi>Amos</hi> as tranſlated by the Seventy, bear no ſenſe, unleſs underſtood, as juſt be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore was ſaid of the Tabernacle of <hi>David</hi> reſtored, in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtead of which <hi>James</hi> puts, <hi>The Lord,</hi> that is, God the Reſtorer and Maſter of this Tabernacle; for whom men ſeek that Tabernacle.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>pon whom my Name is called.</hi> See what was ſaid on <hi>Amos</hi> 9.12. In the Greek by an Hebrew Pleonaſm is added <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> upon them, which Word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferred to <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>the Nations;</hi> for ſince by Nations, are underſtood <hi>Men</hi> of the Nations, there is in the Gender of the Adjective more regard had to the ſence of the Subſtantive, than to the Subſtantive Word. See <hi>Matth.</hi> 28.19. <hi>Rom.</hi> 2.14.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>Known unto the Lord are his Works, &amp;c.</hi> As much as to ſay; 'Tis nothing ſtrange that God ſhould here<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tofore about 800 years ago by his Prophet <hi>Amos</hi> pub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liſh his Intention of calling the Gentiles, which now he executes; for whatever God does or is any time to do, was foreſeen and ordained by him before the be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginning of the World. That <hi>from the beginning,</hi> or <hi>before the beginning of the World</hi> are uſed in one and the ſame ſenſe, will be evident to any that ſhall compare, <hi>Eph.</hi> 1.4. and 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 1, 9. with 2 <hi>Theſſ.</hi> 2.13. and <hi>Rev.</hi> 13.8.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>Wherefore, &amp;c.</hi> As much as to ſay, Therefore
<pb n="15" facs="tcp:192139:217"/>from the Word of God I judge that the importune Yoke of Legal Ceremonies is not to be obtruded upon Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tile Chriſtians, but an Epiſtle Exhortatory to be ſent to them, that they abſtain from thoſe things which can<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>not be done without Detriment to Piety. <hi>Heſychius</hi> a Presbyter of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> ſpeaks of this our Apoſtle <hi>James</hi> deciding here the Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>troverſie of the neceſſity of obſerving the Ceremonial Laws, in this manner;
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Apud Photium in Bibliothecâ Cod.</hi> 275.</note> 
                  <q>How ſhall I celebrate <hi>James</hi> the Servant and Brother of Chriſt, the chief Captain of New <hi>Jeru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſalem,</hi> the Prince of Prieſts; Head of the Apoſtles; amongſt the Heads, the Crown; amongſt the Lamps, over-ſhining; and amongſt the Stars the moſt Illu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtrious? <hi>Peter</hi> preaches, <hi>James</hi> decrees, and a few Words diſpatch the Queſtion, <hi>I judge that they ſhould not be diſquieted, &amp;c.</hi> I judge whoſe Judgment it is not lawful to abrogate nor deprave the Decrees; for in me the Judge both of Quick and Dead ſpeaketh by my Organ; I yield indeed a Tongue, but the Voice proceeds from him who is the Father of Lan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guage and Giver of Speech.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>That they abſtain from the Pollutions of Idols.</hi> That is, from things that have been offered to Idols, as ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pears <hi>v.</hi> 29. <q>
                     <hi>Meats offered to Idols,</hi> (ſaith <hi>Curcellaeus) James</hi> calls <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<note place="margin">In Diatriba de Eſu Sang.</note> Pollutions of I<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dols; For <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> ſignifies Polluti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on, but not of any ſort promiſcuouſly, but only that which proceeds from unclean Meats, ſuch as were thoſe that <hi>Moſes</hi>'s Law did forbid unto the Iſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>raelites, and ſpecially things offered to the Gods of the Heathen. Whence God, <hi>Mal.</hi> 1.7. Complains that the Jews offered upon his Altar, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, bread polluted; And we read of <hi>Daniel</hi> and his Companions, whom <hi>Nebuchodonoſor</hi> appointed to be fed daily with his Victuals, and of the Wine
<pb n="16" facs="tcp:192139:218"/>whereof himſelf drank, that they reſolved not to be polluted from the King's Table, nor from his Wine <hi>Dan.</hi> 1. Becauſe they feared that amongſt the ſame there might be ſomewhat forbidden them by the Law, <hi>Lev.</hi> 11. <hi>Deut.</hi> 14. or offered to Idols, touching which they had this Command.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Exod.</hi> 34.15.</note> 
                     <hi>Thou ſhalt not make a Covenant with the Inhabitants of the Land</hi> [of <hi>Canaan] leſt when they have committed Whoredom with their Gods and adored their Images, ſome of them ſhould invite thee to eat of what they have ſacrificed;</hi> A dangerous Example of which there is <hi>Numb.</hi> 25.1. <hi>&amp;c.</hi> Now things offe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red to Idols may be conſidered two ways, when the Queſtion is put about eating them; 1. As Fleſh to be ſold in the Market, or privately offered to us by an Infidel that has invited us, at his own private Houſe. 2. As Fleſh conſecrated to Idols, and ſo ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving a peculiar Sanctity, eſpecially when in the place where Idols are kept they are eaten in honour of ſome certain falſe God, as 'twas the manner to celebrate Banquets in the Sacrifices of the Heathen. And in both theſe reſpects they are conſidered by St. <hi>Paul,</hi> 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 8. and the 10. As to the former reſpect, to feed on <hi>Idolothytes</hi> (or things offered to Idols) is a thing altogether midling or indifferent, provided it be done without adminiſtring Scandal to the weak, 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 10. <hi>v.</hi> 24.25. <hi>&amp;c.</hi> But in the latter regard it is a thing Evil, as being conjoyned with the Profeſſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on of Idolatry, or which may at leaſt ſo be taken, by thoſe who know not our mind and ſo may give them a grievous occaſion of Scandal; And hereunto ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pertain thoſe Texts. <hi>The things which the Gentiles ſacrifice,
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 10.20, 21.</note> they ſacrifice to De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vils, and not to God; but I would not that ye ſhould have fellowſhip with Devils; ye cannot drink the Cup of the Lord and the Cap of Devils; ye cannot be partakers of the Lord's Table
<pb n="17" facs="tcp:192139:218"/>and of the Table of Devils.</hi> Where we may ſee that the Apoſtle, did not look upon it as an indiffe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rent Action, and lawful out of the Caſe of Scandal, to eat of theſe things in the Idols Temple, but as a moſt wicked thing, and for which there could be no good Plea. But you will ſay, what then is the mean<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing of thoſe Words, 1 Cor. 8. v. 9. and 11. <hi>But take heed leſt this Liberty of yours</hi> [of eating <hi>Idolothytes] become a ſtumbling block to the weak, &amp;c.</hi> I Anſwer, the Apoſtle ſo ſpeaks by way of Conceſſion, in reſpect of thoſe who boaſted of their Knowledge, and did de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fend an Action unworthy of Believers, <hi>viz.</hi> their ſitting down to meat with the Gentiles in the Idols Temple, with this vain pretext, That they knew that an Idol was nothing, and therefore by that which was nothing they could not be defiled; whoſe reaſo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nings the Apoſtle here meets with thus: Be it as you ſay, yet you ought to abſtain from thoſe Idol-feaſts, if it be but for the ſake of your weak Brethren, who perhaps do not ſo well as you underſtand that an Idol is nothing, and to them you may adminiſter a moſt dangerous ſtumbling-block or ſcandal; And there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore in frequenting ſuch Feaſts, you ſin againſt your Brethren whom you caſt into peril of Eternal Dam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nation; And alſo againſt Chriſt himſelf, who has re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deem'd them with his Death. As for my own part, I am far otherwiſe minded, for I would abſtain for ever, not only from thoſe Sacrifices, but even from the eating of any ſort of Fleſh whatſoever, rather than offer any offence to my Brother. <hi>Paul</hi> therefore for a double cauſe would have Chriſtians refrain the Feaſts of Heathens kept in their Idol-Temples; Firſt, becauſe they were in themſelves evil, and none could be preſent thereat without Approbation, of ſeem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing to joyn therein; And Secondly, becauſe by going thither they gave grievous offence to weak Brethren. But this laſt reaſon he preſſes chiefly, 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 8. Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferring
<pb n="18" facs="tcp:192139:219"/>the other unto Chapter the tenth, where ſo vehemently, (as we have ſeen) he thunders againſt thoſe Ethnick Banquets, charging ſuch as haunt them to be partakers of the Table and Cup of Devils. And the Apoſtle ſeems to have fallen into this Diſcourſe from an occaſion adminiſtred by the Corinthians themſelves, who had conſulted him by an Epiſtle touching certain matters, and particu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>larly concerning Meats offered to Idols;
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 7.1.8. 1. <hi>&amp; ſeq.</hi>
                     </note> And perhaps, how the Decree of the Apoſtles not long before made at <hi>Jeru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſalem</hi> was to be underſtood. Here therefore the beſt Interpreter that could be wiſht of that Conſtituti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on, from whom we may learn how far the Prohibiti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on of things offered to Idols does extend, and what force it has to bind the Conſciences of faithful Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtians. For there being divers kinds of <hi>Idolothytes,</hi> the Queſtion cannot be ſolv'd but by uſing a Diſtin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ction; Some <hi>Idolothytes</hi> there are from which we are to abſtain only for fear of, or to avoid the ſcandal that may thence happen to ariſe; ſuch are thoſe, which are commonly ſold in the Market, or which are ſet before us in the private Treats of our Friends. But there are other <hi>Idolothytes</hi> from which we muſt abſtain, becauſe it is ſimply and in it ſelf evil to eat thereof; As thoſe which are eaten in an Idol-Temple, which is always done with ſome either open or ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cite approbation of Idolatry. To this of the latter kind, as being of greater moment, the Apoſtles no doubt in their famous Council had chiefly an Eye. Yet ſometimes it may happen, that to eat even of thoſe <hi>Idolothytes</hi> which are ſet to ſale in the Market may not be without danger; As we are taught in the Hiſtory of <hi>Julian</hi> the Apoſtate, who out of his reſt<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>leſs deſire to propagate the Pagan Religion, or rather to vex the Chriſtians, caus'd all the Meat in the Shambles to be polluted with Sacrifices offered to his
<pb n="19" facs="tcp:192139:219"/>God's, that ſo the Chriſtians might be forced to feed on <hi>Idolothytes,</hi> unleſs they would ſtarve; Of which very thing we read in <hi>Theodoret</hi> thus. <hi>He</hi> (that is,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Eccleſiaſt. Hiſt. Lib.</hi> 3. <hi>Cap.</hi> 14.</note> 
                     <hi>Julian) firſt defiled all the Fountains, that were either in the City of</hi> Antioch, <hi>or at</hi> Daphne (moſt famous Suburbs of the ſame City) <hi>with wicked Conſecra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions, ſo that whoever drank the Water thereof ſhould likewiſe be infected with the ſtains of Idolatry. And at laſt, whatever was expoſed to ſale in the Market, he pol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>luted in like manner. For all the Bread, Fleſh, Fruits, Herbs, and other Eatables, he cauſed to be ſprinkled with Holy-water; which when the Chriſtians ſaw, though they could not but grieve, lament, and heartily deteſt thoſe A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bominations, yet they refuſed not to eat thereof in Obe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dience to that Rule of the Apostle, What<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever is ſold in the Shambles that eat,
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 10.25.</note> ask<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing no queſtion for Conſcience ſake.</hi> O<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>therwiſe 'tis well known how much eating of Idol-Sacrifices was commonly abhorred amongſt Chriſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans; Inſomuch that our Lord Jeſus layeth <hi>Jezabel</hi>'s Charge as a moſt hein<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous wickedneſs,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Rev.</hi> 2.20.</note> that ſhe had ſeduced his Servants to commit Fornication, and to eat things ſacrificed unto Idols. And <hi>Leo</hi> the Great Decreed, <hi>That whether Fear or Hunger prevailed with any to eat of things ſacrificed,
<note place="margin">
                           <hi>Epiſt.</hi> 79. <hi>c.</hi> 5.</note> thoſe that did it ſhould be purged by ſatisfaction of Pennance.</hi> So in <hi>Minutius Faelix,</hi> when <hi>Caecilius</hi> objects to the Chriſtians, <hi>That they abhorred thoſe pieces of Meat which were taken from the Sacrifices, and thoſe Drinks wherewith there had been Libations made on the Altars. Octavius</hi> preſently anſwers, <hi>That we contemn the Reliques of Sacrifices, and Idol-offered Cups, proceeds not from Fear, but is an Aſſertion of our true Liberty; For although every thing that is brought forth, as it is the inviolable Gift of God, cannot be corrupted by your
<pb n="20" facs="tcp:192139:220"/>doings, yet we abstain leſt any ſhould think either that we give place to thoſe Devils to whom you offer, or that we are aſhamed of our Religion.</hi> Yea, <hi>Augustine</hi> ſhews him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelf ſo ſcrupulous in eating of <hi>Idolothytes,</hi> that he ſeems to praiſe a man for chuſing to ſtarve rather than touch them; For thus he writes; <hi>It remains that we ſpeak ſomething of that Chriſtian Traveller whom you ſpeak of,
<note place="margin">
                           <hi>Epiſt.</hi> 154. <hi>ad Publicolam.</hi>
                        </note> overcome with neceſſity of Hunger, if he can no where find any thing but meat that is placed in an Idol's Temple, and where no other Perſon is preſent, whether it be better for him to chuſe to dye for Hunger, rather than take the Food for his refreſhment. In which Queſtion, it doth not neceſſarily follow that the meat ſo found is offered to the Idol. For it might by ſome travelling that way and turning in there to refreſh themſelves, be either by forget<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fulneſs or voluntarily be left behind, or ſet there on ſome other occaſion. Therefore I briefly Anſwer; Either he is certain that the meat is</hi> Idolothyte, <hi>or certain that it is not, or the ſame is unknown.</hi> If he be certain it is, it is better he <hi>ſhould with Christian Courage refuſe it;</hi> even with manifeſt hazard of his Life, as the Queſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on ſuppoſes. <hi>But if he knows it is not, or is ignorant whe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther it is or no, then let him take it without any ſcruple of Conſcience for the uſe of his Neceſſity;</hi> where it appears that <hi>Auguſtine</hi> did in no wiſe eſteem the eating of <hi>Ido<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lothytes</hi> as a thing indifferent, and from which we are to abſtain only for fear of Scandal; but lookt upon it as a thing altogether evil in it ſelf, and to be avoid<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed though no man were privy thereunto. For he ſuppoſes no other man to be preſent, whom there might be danger to offend by doing it, and yet in ſuch a Caſe prefers rather out of Chriſtian Vertue to abſtain, than to do any thing unworthy of his Calling though for ſaving of his Life. The ſame did the Ancient Chriſtians that lived amongſt the Pagans always judge, ſo that many of them choſe rather
<pb n="21" facs="tcp:192139:220"/>to die, than to pollute themſelves with any ſuch Food. In the <hi>Roman</hi> Martyrology on the eleventh of <hi>March</hi> is celebrated the Memory of Fourſcore Mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tyrs in <hi>Campania</hi> who would not eat Fleſh ſacrificed, nor worſhip the Head of a Goat. And ſince Abſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nence from eating of Blood is by the Apoſtles in their Decree, placed in the ſame degree of neceſſity with the avoiding things offered to Idols, (of which it were not lawful for us to eat at this day, if we con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verſed amongſt Idolaters) we may conclude the for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mer likewiſe ought not to be counted as only a Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>porary Law, and given to avoid the Scandal of the weak, but to be of perpetual duration even to the end of the World, and that although there were none that by its Violation could be offended.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Fornication.</hi> We take the Word in its moſt uſual ſenſe for the Carnal Commixture of a ſingle Man with a ſingle Woman; which commonly amongſt the Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thens was not lookt upon as any Sin or Evil; And therefore there was reaſon to fear leſt ſome of them who but lately were come over to the Chriſtian Profeſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſion, ſhould yet take undue Liberty therein, unleſs the ſame were expreſly forbidden. For how light the Gentiles made of this Uncleanneſs is known from that Paſſage in <hi>Terence. 'Tis no ſuch heinous Bu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſineſs, believe me,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>In Adelph. Act.</hi> 1. <hi>Sc.</hi> 2.</note> for a young Fellow to Wench a little, &amp;c.</hi> And <hi>Cicero</hi> palliates it after the ſame manner in his Oration on behalf of <hi>Caelius. Let ſomething be indulged to his Age; Let Youth be allowed to be more free; Let not all things be denied to Pleaſure; When was not this done? When was it condem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned? Where not permitted?</hi> Nay ſevere <hi>Cato</hi> himſelf in <hi>Horace,</hi> when he ſaw a Youth entring the Stews, Cries out, <hi>'Tis fit young men ſhould go down thi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Hor.</hi> 1. <hi>Ser.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 34.</note> As if it were an Argument of their probity and honeſty that they went to thoſe <hi>Publick Brothels,</hi> and did not attempt
<pb n="22" facs="tcp:192139:221"/>the <hi>Chastity</hi> of other mens Wives, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> And how much ſome new converted Chriſtians needed a Bridle herein, appears by the ſerious Exhortations <hi>Paul</hi> uſes to avoid Whoredom, 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 6.15. 1 <hi>Theſ.</hi> 4. <hi>v.</hi> 3. &amp; 4. and elſewhere.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And things ſtrangled.</hi> That is, Animals <hi>deprived of Life,</hi> without <hi>letting forth the Blood.</hi> The Learned <hi>Curcellaeus</hi> makes ſome ſcruple whether this be not an Addition to the Primitive Authentick Text; his Words are as follow; <q>We read (ſaith he) the Word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>In Diatrib. de Eſu. Sang. ca.</hi> 11.</note> 
                     <hi>ſuffocated</hi> or <hi>ſtrangled,</hi> in the New Teſtament, which at this day we uſe, amongſt thoſe things which the Apoſtles prohibited to the New-converted Gentiles; But the ſaid Word is by us de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſervedly ſuſpected, ſince it is not acknowledged by many of the Ancient Fathers, yea by ſome ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſly rejected as ſuppoſititious; of whom the firſt and moſt ancient is <hi>Irenaeus</hi> in his Third Book againſt Hereſies, <hi>Cap.</hi> 12. Where largely and Word by Word writing over this whole Place, from Verſe the ſeventh to the thirtieth, he makes not the leaſt men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion either in the Sentence of <hi>James</hi> or the Apoſtles Letter, of <hi>things ſtrangled;</hi> which is a manifeſt token, that in the Book which he uſed that Word was not. For that he did not recite it from his Memory is plain by that accurate Repetition of the Words, in which nothing elſe is wanting. Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>condly,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>De Pudic. cap.</hi> 12.</note> 
                     <hi>Tertullian</hi> where he exactly re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>counts all other things appertaining to this Place, yet makes no mention of theſe things <hi>ſtrangled.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <hi>Ad Quirir. L.</hi> 3.</note> Thirdly, <hi>Cypri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>an</hi> reciting this Text takes no notice hereof. Fourthly, <hi>Jerome</hi> on the fifth of <hi>Galathians</hi> writes thus; <hi>In the Acts of the Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtles the Hiſtory ſets forth that when ſome ariſing from the Circumciſion had aſſerted that thoſe of the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles that had believed, ought to be circumciſed, and keep
<pb n="23" facs="tcp:192139:221"/>the Law of</hi> Moſes; <hi>The Elders which were at</hi> Jeruſalem, <hi>and the Apoſtles, being together aſſembled, appointed by their Letters that the yoke of the Law ſhould not be im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſed upon them, nor further obſerved, but only that they ſhould only keep themſelves from things offered to Idols, from Blood, and from Fornication, or as in ſome Copies it is written, from</hi> things ſtrangled, <hi>or</hi> any thing ſtrangled. Which Note ſhews that Word not to be found in moſt of the Copies which came to <hi>Jerom</hi>'s hands, and that it was not conſtantly ſo read. Fifthly, <hi>Am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>broſe,</hi> or whoever was the Author of the Commenta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ries which paſs under his Name, on the Epiſtles. For on <hi>Gal.</hi> the ſecond he ſays thus. <hi>Laſtly, Here are found three Commands given by the Apoſtles and Elders, whereof the</hi> Roman <hi>Laws take no notice,</hi> viz. <hi>to keep themſelves from Idolatry and Blood, as</hi> Noah (was commanded) <hi>and from Fornication, which ſome Sophiſts of the</hi> Greeks <hi>not underſtanding, and yet knowing that Blood was to be refrained, adulterate the Scripture, adding a fourth Command, that is,</hi> to abſtain from ſtrangled. Now whatever may be offered to dimi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niſh the Authority of this Commentator, yet none of ſound Judgment can be perſwaded, that he would have durſt to ſpeak thus, if the word <hi>ſtrangled,</hi> which he rejects, had been commonly read. And thence at leaſt it appears that this word <hi>ſtrangled</hi> was not then in moſt Copies. Sixthly,
<note place="margin">In Speculo.</note> 
                     <hi>Auguſtine</hi> recites firſt out of <hi>Acts</hi> 15. the words of the Apoſtles Decree, and afterwards out of the 21. Chapter, thoſe which there <hi>James</hi> repeats, but ſtill omitting the mention of <hi>ſtrangled;</hi> Which that he did not by Inadvertency is plain by theſe words which he adds. <hi>We ſee here that the Apoſtles would impoſe no Burthens of the Old Law, as far as it relates to corporal Abſtinence, on the believing Gentiles, but only theſe three things,</hi> viz. <hi>that they ſhould abſtain from what had been of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fered to Idols, and from Blood, and from Whoredom. Whence
<pb n="24" facs="tcp:192139:222"/>ſome think that there are only three deadly Sins, Idolatry, Murther, and Fornication, in which laſt is underſtood A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dultery and all other fleſhly mixtures but with a lawful Wife.</hi> The ſeventh Witneſs ſhall be <hi>Pacianus</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Barcelona,</hi> who <hi>Bellarmine</hi> ſays died whilſt <hi>Theodo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſius</hi> was Emperour; He in his Exhortation to Repen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tance ſpeaks thus. <hi>It ſeems good to the Holy Ghoſt, and to us, to lay no further Weight upon you, but this; 'Tis neceſſary that you keep your ſelves from things ſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crificed to Idols, and Blood, and from Fornication, from which abſtaining you ſhall do well, Farewel; this is the whole Concluſion of the New Teſtament.</hi> In which words there is no mention of ſtrangled. The laſt Evidence ſhall be <hi>Gaudentius</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Brixia</hi> in his Treatiſe of the <hi>Maccabees,</hi> who mentions indeed <hi>Things ſtrangled,</hi> but not as any thing diſtinct from Blood, but comprehends them therein. <hi>Therefore</hi> (ſaith he) <hi>St.</hi> James <hi>with the reſt of the Apoſtles, made a Decree to be obſerved in the Churches, to abſtain from things ſacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficed, from Fornication, and from Blood, that is, from things ſtrangled. They paſſed by Homicide, Adultery, Witchcrafts, becauſe thoſe things needed not to be named in the Churches, which even by the Laws of the Gentiles were puniſht. They pretermitted alſo all thoſe minuter Legal Ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſervations, and eſtabliſht only the things before mentioned to be obſerved,</hi> viz. <hi>That we ſhould not be prophaned with unclean Meats ſacrificed to the Devil; Nor yet be pol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>luted by the Blood of Animals ſtrangled, nor violate our Bodies which are the Temples of God by the uncleanneſs of Whoredoms.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <q>All which Teſtimonies manifeſtly ſhew, That this particular, <hi>of things ſtrangled,</hi> was not anciently in moſt Copies of the New Teſtament, or was com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prehended in the prohibition of Blood, and conſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quently that there is ſome ground to ſuſpect the ſame to have been falſified. For which there is this reaſon of no ſmall moment to be added; That the
<pb n="25" facs="tcp:192139:222"/>eating of things ſtrangled, or (which is tantamount) of that which dyeth of it ſelf, is by the Law of <hi>Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſes</hi> expresſly permitted to Strangers, <hi>Deut.</hi> 14.21. And yet even the Stranger was under pain of death prohibited to eat Blood, <hi>Lev.</hi> 17. <hi>v.</hi> 10, 11, and 12. But it is not credible, that the Apoſtles, who ſo ſtu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diouſly did remove all the reſt of the Burthens of the Moſaical Law peculiar to the Iſraelites, from the con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verted Gentiles, would yet impoſe upon them any more heavy one, than what all <hi>Noah</hi>'s Poſterity were obliged unto. But this they would have done, if they added a prohibition of things ſtrangled, which belonged to the peculiar Diſcipline of the Iſraelites; As alſo did that accurate manner of killing Beaſts, and cleanſing them from their Blood, of which we read, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 14. <hi>v.</hi> 33, and 34. Beſides, it is not dif<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficult, if care be uſed to waſh away and ſeparate the Blood from Creatures ſtrangled, or that die of them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelves; Nor would I otherwiſe, unleſs that be done, have Chriſtians at this day to eat thereof, that they may ſhew how much they regard this Apoſtolical Conſtitution. Although I do not think that Piety conſiſts in thoſe ſmaller Matters, which reliſh of Ju<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>daiſm; But that it ſuffices to avoid ſin if never any Blood ſeparated from the Fleſh be eaten.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Blood.</hi> In ſome Greek Copies there is added, <hi>And whatever they would not have done to themſelves, not to do to others;</hi> Which alſo is repeated (in thoſe Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pies) afterwards at the end of the twenty ninth Verſe, changing the Third Perſon to the Second. Theſe Addi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions both <hi>Irenaus</hi> and <hi>Cyprian</hi> read in the places (of their Works) before quoted; The Aethiopick Inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preter retains them, and the <hi>Complutenſian</hi> Edition of the Greek, <hi>which</hi> (ſaith <hi>Curcellaeus) was Printed according to the moſt Correct and Ancient Copies, and deſervedly ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tains the firſt Place amongſt Modern Editions.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Concerning the Prohibition of Blood we ſhall treat
<pb n="26" facs="tcp:192139:223"/>more largely afterwards, v. 29. This only I here obſerve, that there is <hi>a particular Bleſſing</hi> promiſed to thoſe that abſtain from Eating of Blood, <hi>Deut.</hi> 12.25. And that the very <hi>ſame Phraſe</hi> in the Commination (or Threatning) againſt <hi>Blood-eaters</hi> uſed <hi>Levit.</hi> 17.10. is made uſe of again, <hi>Lev.</hi> 20.5. where moſt grievous Puniſhment is denounced againſt <hi>Idolaters.</hi> And that the ſame is <hi>no where uſed</hi> beſides againſt the Tranſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>greſſors of any third Precept, but only in thoſe two Caſes of <hi>Idolatry</hi> and <hi>Eating of Blood,</hi> is noted by Maimonides, <hi>More Nevochim,</hi> p. 3. Cap. 46.</p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>For</hi> Moſes, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> 'Tis beyond doubt that the inten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of <hi>James</hi> in theſe words, was to give a reaſon for his Judgment, but to which part thereof, it relates, is not very plain. <hi>Curcellaeus</hi> thinks to the laſt Branch, Why 'twas fit to write in this Caſe to the Converted Gentiles, <hi>viz.</hi> Becauſe otherwiſe, unleſs it were ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſly declared unto them, that they were freed from keeping the Rituals of the Law, they may think them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelves ſtill bound thereunto, ſince they uſe to be pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſent in the Synagogues of the <hi>Jews,</hi> where the Law of <hi>Moſes</hi> in which the ſame are ſtrictly Commanded, uſe to be publickly read every Sabbath-day. <hi>Chryſoſtome</hi> conceives <hi>James</hi> here intended to aſſign a Reaſon, why there was no ſuch Reaſon for Writing of this matter to the <hi>Jews</hi> that had embraced the faith of Chriſt, as there was to the new-believing Gentiles; becauſe the former might well enough know their duty from the Law, which according to ancient Cuſtom was read unto them every Sabbath in their Synagogues. <hi>What</hi> (ſays he,)
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Hom.</hi> 33. <hi>in Acta Apoſtol.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>is the meaning of this,</hi> I Judge <hi>as much as I ſay with Authority, that we ought to write to them, that they abſtain from things offered to Idols, and Fornication, and what is ſtrangled and from Blood. For theſe tho Corporal things, are yet neceſſary to be obſerved becauſe they occaſion great Evils. And leſt any ſhould object, And why ſhould
<pb n="27" facs="tcp:192139:223"/>we not Write the ſame things to the Jews? He adds,</hi> Moſes <hi>from ancient time in every City has thoſe that Preach him, that is,</hi> Moſes <hi>continually ſpeaks to them, as being read every Sabbath.</hi> And a little after: <hi>Moreover he ſhews that this Diſcourſe is not made to pleaſe or to ſpare them as weak, but the contrary. For it ſhould have been a great ſhame for the Inſtructers, and a Superfluous burthen. Hugo Grotius</hi> takes the ſenſe of this Verſe to be thus. <hi>For as to</hi> Moſes, <hi>thoſe which are of the</hi> Jews <hi>cannot complain that he is contemned by the Gentiles of our Religion. Since</hi> Moſes <hi>is read in our Aſſemblies no leſs than in thoſe of the</hi> Jews, <hi>as from ancient times has been accuſtomed, and that too, on the Sabbath-Days.</hi> But to me the Interpretation of <hi>Curcellaeus</hi> ſeems moſt Genuine and Probable, ſince thoſe given by <hi>Chryſostome</hi> and <hi>Grotius</hi> look more ſtrained.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Every City.</hi> That is, where the Jews or Chriſtians or both do dwell.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Preach him.</hi> That is, who publickly read his Law to the People. The <hi>Greek</hi> word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which is Tranſlated <hi>to Preach, ſignifies</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, to pronounce with a loud voice like a Cryer. As</hi> Exod. 32, 5. Mat. 3.1. <hi>and elſewhere often.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the Synagogues.</hi> By theſe the Religious Aſſemblies of the Jews are vulgarly ſignified, yet <hi>Grotius</hi> thinks that here it may be underſtood of the Chriſtian Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gregations, as <hi>James,</hi> 2.2. <hi>Theophilus</hi> of <hi>Antioch,</hi> ſpeaks thus, <hi>Synagogues which we call Churches.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Every Sabbath-Day.</hi> It was the ancient manner of the Chriſtians, (which amongſt the <hi>Moſcovites</hi> or <hi>Ruſſians,</hi> the <hi>Syrians</hi> and <hi>Melchites</hi> and <hi>Abyſſines,</hi> yet continues) to meet together, no leſs on the <hi>Sabbath-Days,</hi> commonly called <hi>Saturdays,</hi> than on the Lords<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>days, Vulgarly called <hi>Sundays.</hi> So the Author of the Conſtitutions Apoſtolical, under the Name of <hi>Clement</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Rome, L.</hi> 7. <hi>Ca.</hi> 23. injoyns. <hi>The Sabbath Day and the Lords Day keep ye Feſtivals, or Holy; becauſe
<pb n="28" facs="tcp:192139:224"/>that is dedicated to the memory of the Creation, this of the Reſurrection. Conſtantine</hi> the Great as <hi>Euſebius</hi> Witneſſes in his Life, <hi>L.</hi> 4. <hi>Ca.</hi> 18. Ordained: <hi>That all who lived in the</hi> Roman <hi>Empire, ſhould on the Days called by the Name of our Lord, reſt from all work, and ſhould alſo in like manner keep Holy the Sabbath-days. Gregory Nyſſenus</hi> in his Oration againſt thoſe that took Reproofs unkindly: <hi>With what Eyes canſt thou behold the Lords-day, who haſt deſpiſed the Sabbath? Doſt thou not know that theſe days are Brethren? So that, if thou undervalueſt one, thou offendeſt the other. Aſterius</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Amaſea,</hi> in his Homily of Divorce: <hi>The joyning together and Concourſe of theſe two days is Famous amongſt Chriſtians, of the Sabbath I mean, and the Lords-Day, which in a Circle returning time brings about every Week, For as Mothers and Nurſes of the Church, they both Aſſemble the People, and cauſe the Priests to ſit down together to teach them, and ſo both lead and impel, as well the Diſciples as their Teachers to the care of Souls. Socrates</hi> in his Hiſtory, <hi>L.</hi> 10. <hi>Ch.</hi> 22. Witneſſeth, <hi>That all the Churches every where throughout the World, do as duly as the Weeks come about, Celebrate the Divine Myſteries on the Sabbath-Day, except only the Church of</hi> Rome, <hi>and that of</hi> Alexandria. And in his 6th Book, and 8. <hi>Ch.</hi> ſpeaking of the Tu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mults which the <hi>Arians</hi> ſtirred up at <hi>Conſtantinople</hi> in the time of <hi>John Chryſoſtome,</hi> ſaith, <hi>When the Feaſts of every Week came, to wit, the Sabbath and the Lords-day, in which Aſſemblies uſe to be held in the Churches,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Sozomen Lib.</hi> 7. <hi>Ca.</hi> 19. <hi>Some meet together on the Sabbath-day, and likewiſe on the firſt day of the Week, as at</hi> Conſtantinople, <hi>and amongſt moſt other Chriſtians. But at</hi> Rome <hi>and</hi> Alexandria <hi>they do not do ſo. Anaſta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſius</hi> of <hi>Nica: The Sabboth and the Lords day,
<note place="margin">L. <hi>Quaeſt. q.</hi> 77.</note> are Days Holy and Feſtival. Neither is it lawful on them to faſt.</hi> Theodorus <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>alſamon. <hi>The Sabbath-days are by the Holy Fathers almoſt in all things made equal to the Lords days.</hi>
                  <pb n="29" facs="tcp:192139:224"/>Hence it came to paſs, That as on the Lords days there was no faſting, as being Days of <hi>Rejoycing,</hi> as the Gan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>grenſian Synod teaches, <hi>Can.</hi> 18. So neither on the Sabbath-days, except on one only which was that before Eaſter. In the Canons of the Apoſtles (as they are called, which tho Learned Men know they deſerve not that Title, yet they muſt be confeſſed to be ancient) the 65th Canon runs thus: <hi>If any Clerk ſhall be found Faſting on the Holy Lords-day, or on the Sabbath, except one only, which next precedes the Paſchal Solemnity, on which Chriſt laid in the Sepulchre; let him be depoſed, (or degraded,) but if he be a Layman, let him be, with-drawn from (or Excommunicated.) Ignatius</hi> in an Epiſtle to the <hi>Phillipians</hi> goes higher. <hi>If any one ſhall Faſt on the Lords-day, or on the Sabbath-day, ſave only on the Sabbath before Eaſter, He is a Murtherer of Chriſt.</hi> And to omit for Brevity the reſt of the Teſtimonies of Antiquity, <hi>Tertullian</hi> in his 4th Book againſt <hi>Marcion</hi> ſaith, <hi>That the Sabbath-day from the beginning of the World had this Priviledge, to be free from Faſting.</hi> Therefore when <hi>Juſtin</hi> Martyr, and <hi>Tertullian</hi> deny that the Patriarchs before <hi>Moſes</hi> did Sabbatize, it is to be underſtood not of their aſſembling together on that day, but of a ſtrict reſt during all the day. <hi>Igna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tius</hi> in his Epiſtle to the <hi>Magneſians: Let us not Sabbatize after the manner of the Jews, enjoying Idleneſs. For he that Works not, let him not eat, and in the ſweat of thy Brows thou ſhalt eat thy Bread, ſay the ſacred Oracles. But let every one of you Sabbatize ſpiritually, applying your ſelves with Joy to Meditation on the Law of God, rather then to indulge the Body with reſt, admiring the Works of God, not Eating or Drinking ſuperfluouſly and walking Proudly, or pleaſing your ſelves with Dances and unreaſonable Frolicks. And after the Sabbath is over, let every Christian keep Holy the Lords-day.</hi> Origen Hom. 23. on Numbers. <q>It is neceſſary that every Holy and Righteous Man ſhould alſo obſerve the Feaſt of the
<pb n="30" facs="tcp:192139:225"/>Sabbath. But what is that Feaſt, unleſs what the Apoſtle ſaith, <hi>Hebr.</hi> 4. <hi>There remaineth therefore a Sabbatiſme,</hi> that is, <hi>a keeping of the Sabbath, to the People of God?</hi> Therefore leaving the Judaical Obſerva<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of the Sabbath, let us ſee how a Chriſtian ought to keep the ſame. On the Sabbath-day nothing ought to be done of all Worldly Works. Therefore if thou doſt forbear ſecular Imployments, and doſt nothing Worldly, but ſpendeſt the times in ſpiritual Exerciſes, coming to the Church, hearing the Divine Scriptures read and handled, Imploying thy thoughts on Heavenly things, careful of thy future Hope, and having the approaching Judgment before thine Eyes, ſhall have a regard not to things preſent and viſible, but to thoſe that are future and inviſible; This is the true obſervation of a Chriſtian Sabbath.</q> But on the Sabbaths in the Aſſemblies of the primitive Chriſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans, the Holy Scriptures of the Old Teſtament were wont to be read to the People, even as amongſt the Jews. Which Cuſtom the Synod of <hi>Laodicea,</hi> which was held about the year, 364. altered, eſtabliſhing that on the Sabbath-days, the New as well as Old Teſtament ſhould be read. <hi>Can.</hi> 16.</p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>Then it pleaſed,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſhould ſay, All that were preſent at this <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> Council approving the Sentence of the Apoſtle <hi>James</hi> as moſt equitable, That it might forthwith be put in Execution, and the ſtrife kindled at <hi>Antioch,</hi> which eaſily might ſpread it ſelf to other Churches, be happily Compoſed, by common Conſent, <hi>Judas</hi> and <hi>Silas,</hi> Men of principal note and Authority amongſt the Brethren, and of whom there was no ſuſpicion that they were more addicted to either Party in this Controverſy, were choſen, that they might go along with <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas</hi> to <hi>Antioch,</hi> and carry thither the Epiſtle of the Synod.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With</hi> Paul <hi>and</hi> Barnabas. Since they were as it were one Party in this Controverſie touching the
<pb n="31" facs="tcp:192139:225"/>Obſervation of the Moſaical Rites, and to ſome might be ſuſpected as leſs Impartial, it was not thought ſo fit that they ſhould return to <hi>Antioch</hi> alone.</p>
               <p>Judas <hi>who was Surnamed</hi> Barſabas. Poſſibly the Brother of that <hi>Joſeph Juſtus,</hi> who was alſo called <hi>Barſabas,</hi> before in <hi>Ch.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 23.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Silas. This ſeems to be he who is called <hi>Silvanus,</hi> 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 1.19. 1 <hi>Theſſ.</hi> 1.1. 2 <hi>Theſ.</hi> 1.1. and 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 5.12.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Chief men.</hi> The Greek has <hi>leading Men,</hi> that is, of great Eſteem and Authority.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Wrote Letters,</hi> &amp;c. That is to ſay, A Synodi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cal Epiſtle being written by them to be carried and delivered to the Churches, the Words whereof were as follow; <hi>The Apoſtles, and Elders, and Brethren,</hi> &amp;c. Where 'tis well noted by <hi>Beza,</hi> that the Copu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lative is ill left out in the vulgar <hi>Latin.</hi> For, ſays he, here the Apoſtles and Elders are manifeſtly diſtinguiſh't from the reſt of the Aſſembly, whereas yet the Epiſtle was wrote by the Common conſent and in the name of them all, the matter, after the Apoſtles and Elders had debated it and given their advice, being rati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fied by the General ſuffrages of the whole Church.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To the Brethren,</hi> &amp;c. The Epiſtle is addreſſed to the uncircumciſed Brethren, which were in <hi>Antioch</hi> the Metropolis of <hi>Syria,</hi> and in the reſt of that Country elſewhere, and in <hi>Cilicia</hi> a Region next to <hi>Syria,</hi> in <hi>Tar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſus</hi> the Chief City whereof, <hi>Paul</hi> who was born there, having been Converſant ſince his Converſion to Chriſt, as appears before <hi>Ch.</hi> 9.30. and <hi>Ch.</hi> 11.25. 'Tis not to be doubted but he had there Converted many to the Chriſtian Faith. But that which they write to theſe amongſt whom the Conteſt about keeping the Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſaical Rites began, was to ſerve for the Inſtruction of all other Gentiles embracing the Faith of Chriſt, in the like Caſe; and therefore it is ſaid afterwards <hi>Ch.</hi> 16.4. of <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas,</hi> That as they paſſed
<pb n="32" facs="tcp:192139:226"/>through the Cities, where there were Chriſtian Churches, they delivered to them thoſe decrees, which had been eſtabliſhed by the Apoſtles and Elders, that were at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> with the conſent of the whole Church, to be obſerved. For thoſe were not only Cities of <hi>Syria</hi> and <hi>Cilicia,</hi> but of many other Provinces. And <hi>Paul</hi> writes to the <hi>Corinthians</hi> of the ſame matter 1 <hi>Cor. Ch.</hi> 8. <hi>&amp;</hi> 10. yea even at this Day, and to all Chriſtians whereſover, this Epiſtle ſhews, that they are not obliged to obſerve the Ceremonies of <hi>Moſes</hi>'s Law; Nor is there any ſuch notable place in the whole New Teſtament where the ſame is ſo expreſly and profeſſedly taught.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Greeting.</hi> In Greek, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, To Rejoyce. The forms of Salutations among the <hi>Greeks,</hi> at the beginning of their Epiſtles are theſe <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to Rejoyce,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>to be well,</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>to do well;</hi> the firſt referring to the Mind, the ſecond to the Body, and the laſt to external things; but before all of them is Implyed or underſtood <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſuch a one, or they (who write the Epiſtle) <hi>deſires</hi> or <hi>wiſhes.</hi> In ſtead of which the Latins, for the moſt part uſe, <hi>Salutem, Greeting,</hi> and the <hi>Hebrews</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Peace,</hi> Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prehending in one Word all Felicity and Proſperity, and all good things as well of the Mind as of the Body, and alſo thoſe which are called the Goods of Fortune. <hi>Horace</hi> imitates this <hi>Greeciſme</hi> in that Epiſtle which begins <hi>Celſo gaudere.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>Certain who went out from us.</hi> That is, ſome Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verted Jews that went down from <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> to <hi>An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioch.</hi> See before <hi>v.</hi> 1.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Troubled you with Words.</hi> That is, by their vain talking and arguing have diſquieted your Minds.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Subverting your Souls.</hi> That is, rendring your Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſciences uncertain and doubtful, ſaying, <hi>you muſt be Cir<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> cumcized and keep the Law,</hi> to wit, Ceremonial of <hi>Moſes,</hi> for Touching that only was the debate, none
<pb n="33" facs="tcp:192139:226"/>queſtioning but that all the Moral Precepts are to be obſerved and performed by Chriſtians.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Saying.</hi> 'Tis nothing unuſual to put the Words <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>I ſay,</hi> for I Command or require. See <hi>Matth.</hi> 4.3. <hi>Mark</hi> 5.43. <hi>Luke</hi> 12.13. and <hi>Ch.</hi> 19. <hi>v.</hi> 15. <hi>&amp;c.</hi> So the Hebrew word <hi>Amar,</hi> is taken, 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 11.18. 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 20.17. <hi>Eſther</hi> 1.10. and 11. and elſwhere. <hi>Whence, Lewis de Dieu</hi> ſays, <hi>That with the Arabians it ſignifies nothing elſe but to Command.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To whom we gave no ſuch Command.</hi> The Apoſtles, and Elders of the Church of <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> and other Brethren, proteſt that they were neither the Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thors nor Aſſertors of this Doctrine, that requires Cir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cumciſion and other Legal Rites to be obſerved as ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceſſary to Salvation.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>Men that have hazarded their Lives.</hi> Above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 13.50.14.19.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For the Name of our Lord Jeſus Chriſt.</hi> That is, for our Lord Jeſus Chriſt to propagate his Glory and Goſpel.</p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>Who ſhall tell you alſo the ſame things.</hi> Which are contained in our Synodical Epiſtle.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By Mouth.</hi> That you may be informed of our una<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nimous Decree both by our Writing, and their Speak<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing.</p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>For it ſeemed goed to the Holy Ghoſt and to us.</hi> That is, It ſeemed good to us, who are Inſpired with the Holy Ghoſt. <hi>Hence</hi> (ſaith <hi>Curcellaeus</hi>) <hi>appears what Authority this Apoſtolick Decree ought to have with us, which was not properly dictated by men, but by the Holy Spirit who guided them. For if we greatly eſteem the ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>veral Books of the New Teſtament, becauſe we are verily per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſwaded, that the Writers thereof were Inſpired by the Holy Ghoſt, how much ought we to reverence this Epiſtle, pen'd by ſo many great men filled with that bleſſed Spirit? And there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fort 'tis in no wiſe likely, that therein was only treated of in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>different things, and ſuch as for ſome ſmall time for a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>voiding
<pb n="34" facs="tcp:192139:227"/>of Scandal were to be avoided; ſince the Majeſty of the Authors from whom it came, firſt of the Holy Ghoſt, and then of divers Apoſtles and very many Apoſtolick men, per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſwades the contrary,</hi> viz. <hi>That therein muſt be handled Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctrines moſt grave and important, and which tend to the Edi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fication of the whole Church of Chriſt, even to the End of the World. Had the Decrees of after Councils had ſuch great Authors;</hi> 
                  <q>O with what out-ſpread Arms would they have been embraced by all the Lovers of Divine Truth; But, alas! In many of them which ſay, <hi>It ſeems good to the Holy Ghoſt and us,</hi> there preſided the Spirit of Ambition, Covetouſneſs, Wrath, Envy, Pride, Ignorance, to ſay no worſe, rather than the meek and gentle Spirit of Chriſt; What wonder is it then if no good proceeded from thence, but that inſtead of compoſing Differences they rather multi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plied and encreaſed them more and more?</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To lay upon you no greater Burthen.</hi> By the Word <hi>Burthen</hi> are not to be underſtood the Moral Precepts whoſe Honeſty Nature alone and without the help of an other Tutor, is able preſently to teach any one. <q>For as, ſaith <hi>Curcellaeus,</hi> the Political Laws of the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles will not releaſe any one from them, ſo neither will the Law of Chriſt, which is the Injoyner of a more perfect Holineſs. Nor ought thoſe things to to be counted or called a <hi>Burthen,</hi> which are ſo honeſt and commendable, that of all that know them, even although none ſhould command them, they ought to be obſerved. But certain poſitive Laws are called a <hi>Burthen,</hi> which are indeed founded in natural Honeſty, but yet not ſo plainly as that all ſhould forthwith per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceive it, and are of a middle nature between thoſe that are abſolutely Moral, and ſuch poſitive Laws, as depend meerly on the Will and Pleaſure of the Law-maker, and therefore are neceſſarily to be oft re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>commended, urged, and inculcated, leſt they be un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>known or neglected. Of the Laws of this ſort,
<pb n="35" facs="tcp:192139:227"/>whereof <hi>Moſes</hi> delivered many, it ſeemed good to the Apoſtles, to preſcribe only thoſe here men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioned, to the converted Gentiles, and eſpecially to free them from the Yoke of Circumciſion, which many of them were moſt averſe unto, that ſo the Difficulty of Chriſtian Diſcipline might not retard the Courſe of the Goſpel, and this agreeable to the Sentence of <hi>Peter</hi> and of <hi>James</hi> before <hi>v.</hi> 10. and 19.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Theſe neceſſary things.</hi> The Greek has <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſupply <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>beſides theſe things neceſſarily,</hi> where, <hi>to be <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>ſerved,</hi> is underſtood. <hi>Grotius</hi> notes, that the Phraſe is purely Greek, and by <hi>Demoſthenes</hi> and <hi>Plu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tarch</hi> uſed of things which by Law ought to be done, and ſo he tranſlates this place thus; <hi>Beſides thoſe things which 'tis altogether neceſſary to be done.</hi> Tertullian: <hi>Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſides thoſe things from which there is a neceſſity to abſtain.</hi> Cyprian: <hi>Beſides thoſe things which are of neceſſity.</hi> But <hi>Salmaſius</hi> thinks this place corrupted, <hi>For,</hi> ſaith he,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Libro de Foeno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re trapezitico, p.</hi> 440.</note> 
                  <hi>in the Greek it ſhould be read</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>not as vulgarly,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>which in this Conſtruction is not at all Greek, nor can be made ſo; but</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>I muſt, the Greeks commonly ſay who alſo may ſay</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>but here the Syntaxis will not bear it.</hi> Excellently has that Reverend Dr. <hi>Edward Stillingfleet,</hi> now the moſt worthy Dean of <hi>Pauls</hi> noted on this Text, <hi>That it was not enough for them</hi> (the Apoſtles, and Elders, and Church of <hi>Jeruſalem) that the things would be neceſſary, when they had required them, but they looked on an antece<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dent neceſſity either abſolute, or for the preſent ſtate, which was the only Ground of their impoſing thoſe Commands upon the Gentile Christians.</hi> Thus in the Preface to his <hi>Ireni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cum,</hi> That Perſon of known Piety, who has ſcarce his Equal for Learning Sacred and Secular, Ingenuity and Eloquence, whoſe Liberality to help the Poor and Stran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gers, I do with all Gratitude acknowledge my ſelf to have eminently experienced.</p>
               <pb n="36" facs="tcp:192139:228"/>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>That ye abſtain from Meats offered to Idols. Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtians,</hi> ſaith <hi>Juſtin Martyr</hi> diſputing with <hi>Trypho, will undergo all torment and puniſhment, even Death it ſelf, ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther than either worſhip Images, or eat of things that are offered unto them.</hi> And when <hi>Trypho</hi> had ſaid, <hi>That there were ſome who were called Christians, who would eat of the Idol-Sacrifices, and ſaid that their Conſcience was not bound in that matter.</hi> He anſwers, <hi>That they do indeed uſurp that Name, but teach thoſe things which proceed from the Spirit that is a Seducer.</hi> See our Notes before, <hi>v.</hi> 20.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Blood.</hi> To wit, dreſſed and gathered together of ſet purpoſe, as <hi>Zonaras,</hi> or reſerved for the nonce, as <hi>Balſamon</hi> interprets it. The reaſon why the Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtles would that the converted Gentiles ſhould abſtain from Blood, is aſſigned by the Ancients to be, becauſe they indeed were not obliged by thoſe Precepts of <hi>Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſes</hi> which were given to the Iſraelites, nor by the Law of Circumciſion, which only bound the Poſterity of <hi>Abra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ham;</hi> yet ſtill they were not free from thoſe Commands which God had laid on <hi>Adam</hi> and <hi>Noah,</hi> to which Chriſt added ſome things, but took away nothing. For as <hi>Tertullian</hi> ſpeaks; <q>In Chriſt all things are called back to the beginning,
<note place="margin">Libro de Mono<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gamia.</note> ſo that Faith is reverted from Circumciſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on to the wholeneſs of Fleſh, as it was from the beginning; And the Individuity of Matrimo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ny (that is, to have but one Wife at a time) as it was from the beginning, and Divorce reſtrained, becauſe it was not ſo from the beginning; and laſtly the whole man called back into Paradiſe where he was at firſt.</q> The ſame Author treating of the Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtles forbidding of Blood.
<note place="margin">Libro de Jeju<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niis.</note> 
                  <hi>As after the Deluge, ſo in the Reformation of Mankind ſtill one and the ſame Law ſufficed, That they ſhould abſtain from Blood, the eating of other things be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing permitted.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But this is to be underſtood of meer Blood, and ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parated
<pb n="37" facs="tcp:192139:228"/>from the Fleſh, not of a few drops which by chance being not diligently enough cleanſed away, may remain in the Veins. <hi>And certainly,</hi> (ſaith <hi>Grotius</hi>) <hi>As the Obſervation of this Precept (if it be not too ſuper<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtitiouſly preſſed) is eaſie, ſo there are very honeſt Reaſons for it. For if we regard what is natural, thoſe Nations which uſe ſuch Food are wont to be fierce and wild, as we ſee in</hi> America; <hi>Or if we look on what is Moral, 'tis a moſt excellent and plain ſignification that we ought to abſtain from Revenge, for he that revenges himſelf is ſaid to be fed with Blood. Origen</hi> adds another Cauſe, <hi>becauſe the Devils were believed to be fed with Blood.</hi> When therefore <hi>Paul,</hi> 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 10.25. ſaith, <hi>What is ſold in the Market, eat ye, asking no queſtion for Conſcience ſake,</hi> muſt be reſtrained, as <hi>Clemens Alexandrinus</hi> adviſes, <hi>Conveniently to the Exception of thoſe things which are mentio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned in the Catholick Epiſtle of all the Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtles,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Stromatum, L.</hi> 4.</note> wrote by the Inſpiration of the Holy Ghoſt, recorded in the Acts of the Apostles, and carried by</hi> Paul <hi>himſelf unto the Faithful.</hi> Hence <hi>S. Biblis in Euſebius,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">5. <hi>Hiſt.</hi> 1.</note> being rackt to make her confeſs that the Chriſtians fed upon In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fants, generouſly anſwers, <hi>How ſhould they eat Chil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dren, when 'tis not lawful for them to feed on the Blood even of brute Beaſts?</hi> The Author of the Queſtions and An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſwers to the Orthodox in <hi>Juſtin q.</hi> 145. <hi>Since,</hi> ſays he, <hi>Blood conſiſts of the ſame things as Fleſh does, why does God permit the Fleſh of Animals to be eaten but forbids the Blood, or eating of the Fleſh in the Blood thereof?</hi> Anſwer, <hi>That in that matter alſo God might ſeparate us from the Immanity of Beaſts, who greedily lick up the Blood of thoſe Creatures whoſe Fleſh they devour. Clemens Alexan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>drinus</hi> having related how the Scythians uſe to drink the Blood of their Horſes:
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Paedagog</hi> L. 3. <hi>Ca.</hi> 3.</note> and the Arabians of their Camels, adds, <hi>Then may ſuch ſavage Beaſts periſh, who make Blood their Food; For 'tis not lawful for men to touch Blood, ſince their
<pb n="38" facs="tcp:192139:229"/>Bodies are nothing but Fleſh trimmed up with Blood. Origen</hi> againſt <hi>Celſus, L.</hi> 8. tells us, <hi>That things ſtrangled are A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nimals dead and the Blood not taken out of them, which they ſay are the Food of Devils with the ſmell of which they are fed, and therefore theſe are forbidden to be uſed by us, leſt we ſhould be nouriſht with the Food of Devils, and the evil Spirits ſhould be nouriſhed with us, if we feed as well as they upon ſtrangled things.</hi> The ſame Father on <hi>Matth.</hi> 15. ſays, <hi>That he is fed by Faith, who believes that what he eats was neither offered in the Sacrifices of Idols, nor ſtrang<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led, nor Blood.</hi> And at another place, <hi>Thou ſeeſt that this Law of refraining from Blood,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>In Epiſt. ad Rom. L.</hi> 2, <hi>Ca.</hi> 2.</note> which was given in common to the Children of Iſrael and to the Strangers, muſt alſo be obſerved by us, whom the Scripture uſeth to call Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelytes and Strangers. Tertullian</hi> in his Apologetick, <hi>Ch.</hi> 9. coming to Refute the Scandals of the Gentiles who charged the Chriſtians with killing of Infants and eating them, does it thus; <hi>Let your Error bluſh to object this to the Chriſtians, who allow not ſo much as of the Blood of Animals at our Tables; Nay further, who abſtain from things ſtrangled and that dye of themſelves, leſt we ſhould in any kind be defiled with Blood at leaſt, which is hidden within the Guts. Laſtly, Even you your ſelves amongſt the Tryals of Chriſtians are wont to bring to them ſome Pud<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dings well filled with Blood; well knowing that to them that is unlawful by which you would have them Exorbitate: And how comes it to paſs that you ſhould believe thoſe whom you <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>now to abhor the Blood of a Beaſt, are yet ſo greedy of Humane Blood, unleſs you have by experience found the lat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter to be ſweeteſt?</hi> So <hi>Octavius</hi> in <hi>Minutius Felix: 'Tis neither lawful for us to behold Homicide: nor to hear of it, and ſo wary are we from meddling with humane Blood, that we admit not the Blood of Beaſts amongſt our Viands.</hi> In the Book called the Apoſtles Canons, wherin are contain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed the moſt Ancient Cuſtoms of the Church, the 63. Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>non runs thus: <hi>If any Biſhop, Prieſt or Deacon, or any of the
<pb n="39" facs="tcp:192139:229"/>Holy Order ſhall eat Fleſh in the Blood thereof, or any thing that died of it ſelf, or taken by wild Beaſts, let him be de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>graded, for theſe things the Law forbids, but if he be a Layman, let him be excluded from Communion.</hi> The Council of <hi>Gangre, Anno Chriſti</hi> 325. <hi>Can.</hi> 2. <hi>If any ſhall condemn a man that with Piety and Faith ſhall have eaten of any ſort of Fleſh, which is not defiled with Blood, or offered to Idols, or ſtrangled, as ſuch an one, who for ſuch promiſcuous eating is excluded from hopes of Salvati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on, let him be Anathema;</hi> Behold! here the Fathers be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing to aſſert the uſe of Fleſh againſt certain Hereticks, do yet except <hi>Blood</hi> and <hi>Strangled,</hi> and <hi>Idol-offered. Cy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ril</hi> of <hi>Jeruſalem, Catech.</hi> 4. <hi>The Apoſtles and Elders write a Common general Epiſtle to all the Gentiles, that in the firſt place they forbear Meats conſecrated to Idols, and next from Blood and what is ſtrangled: For many rude and ſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vage People, living brutiſhly do like Dogs delight to lick up Blood, and like the wild Beaſts of the Wilderneſs, abundant<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly devour things ſtrangled. Paciamus</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Barcelona</hi> in his Exhortation to Repentance, tells us, <hi>That 'tis the Epitome of the New Teſtament, to abſtain from Idolothytes, Blood, and what is ſtrangled, and that to do otherwiſe is a great Sin.</hi> See what we cited out of <hi>Chryſoſtom</hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore <hi>V.</hi> 21. In the ſecond Council of <hi>Orleans, Anno Chriſti</hi> 536. <hi>Can.</hi> 19. and 23. It was Decreed, <hi>That Catholicks who revolt to the Worſhip of Idols, or that by un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lawful Preſumption make bold to taſt of Meats conſecrated to the Honour of Idols, ſhall be repell'd from the Aſſemblies of the Church; As alſo thoſe who feed on any thing that which being kill'd by the biting of Beaſts or by any Diſeaſe, or other Chance is ſtrangled. Theodorus,</hi> (as ſome will have him) Archbiſhop of <hi>Canterbury</hi> in his Penitential: <hi>Beaſts that are worried by Wolves or Dogs are not to be eaten unleſs by chance whilſt they are yet alive they be firſt kill'd by ſome man; but let them as well as a Hart or Buck that are found dead be given to the Dogs and Swine: So likewiſe if Birds or other Creatures be ſtrangled in Nets or Gins, they
<pb n="40" facs="tcp:192139:230"/>are not to be eaten, nor if an Hawk have ſeized them and they are found dead; Becauſe in the Acts of the Apoſtles we are commanded to abſtain from Fornication, Blood, things ſtrangled and Idolatry. He that eateth any ſuch Fleſh as either died alone, or killed by any Beaſt, let him do Pennance forty days.</hi> In the Council of <hi>Roan, An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>no</hi> 682.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Burchard. Decr. L.</hi> 19. <hi>C.</hi> 85. <hi>&amp;</hi> 88. <hi>Et Regino L.</hi> 2. <hi>De Eccleſ Diſt. Ca.</hi> 369. compared with <hi>Ch.</hi> 371. <hi>&amp;</hi> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>72.</note> It was ordained, <hi>that Inquiry ſhould be made, whether any one had eaten Blood, or any thing that dyed of it ſelf, or was worried to death by any Beaſts.</hi> In the ſixth General Synod (which was held <hi>An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>no D.</hi> 692. under <hi>Juſtinian</hi> the ſecond Emperor of that Name Sirnamed <hi>Rhino<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>metus,</hi> at <hi>Conſtantinople</hi> in a vaulted Ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>partment of the Emperors Pallace, which Appartment was called <hi>Trullum,</hi> whence it is called <hi>Synodus Trullana</hi>) the ſixty ſeventh Canon runs thus; <hi>The Holy Scripture enjoyns us,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Regino. Ibidem C.</hi> 5. <hi>N.</hi> 46. <hi>Burchard, L.</hi> 1. <hi>Ca.</hi> 94. <hi>M.</hi> 45.</note> that we obſtain from Blood, from things ſtrangled, and from Fornication. Juſtly therefore we condemn thoſe who by any Art dreſs or prepare the Blood of any Animal and ſo eat it: He that is guilty thereof, if he be a Clerk let him be degraded; If a Lay-man Excommunicated. Bede</hi> in his Book of the Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>medies of Sin, <hi>C.</hi> 14. <hi>Whoever ſhall unwittingly eat of any thing that died of it ſelf, let him repent twenty days; He that is poor or dull and ſhall eat any thing</hi> (Fraudatum) <hi>ſtoln or unjuſtly come by, let him do</hi> 4. <hi>days Pennance: But for thoſe that do theſe things knowingly, be they ſick or well, Let them do Pennance</hi> 40. <hi>days; Thoſe that do it often, Let them do</hi> 40. <hi>days or a years Pennance;</hi> Which Place of <hi>Bede Salmaſius</hi> in his Book, <hi>De Famore Trapezitico,</hi> amends, and for <hi>Fraudatum, ſtoln,</hi> reads <hi>Suffecatum, ſtrangled,</hi> or <hi>Afratum,</hi> which is a kind of Pudding: Yet in the Penitential of <hi>Theodorus</hi> we find a Paſſage agreeable to that firſt Text of <hi>Bede,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                              <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                           </gap>. Ca.</hi> 370.</note> If any one ſhall kn<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>wingly eat any thing <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>, or plundered, or
<pb n="41" facs="tcp:192139:230"/>unjuſtly come by, if he be poor let him do Pennance ſeven days; If rich forty.</hi> Clearer yet to our purpoſe is that which the ſame <hi>Regino, L.</hi> 1. <hi>C.</hi> 300 has out of the Penitential of <hi>Theodorus</hi> or <hi>Bede: Haſt thou eaten of any thing that died of it ſelf or worried by Beaſts? do Pennance forty days; The like if thou haſt eaten Blood.</hi> So <hi>Zachary</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Rome</hi> in his twelth Epiſtle to <hi>Bo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niface</hi> Archbiſhop of <hi>Mentz,</hi> forbids thoſe Beaſts to be eaten, which were either ſtrangled or taken by other Beaſts. The Synod of <hi>Worms</hi> under <hi>Ludovious Pius, Ca.</hi> 64. <hi>If an Animal be wounded, and taſted by wild Beaſts, and a man finds it before it be dead and kill it, he may lawfully eat thereof; but if it be dead firſt, let its Fleſh be thrown away.</hi> And Ch. 65. <hi>Animals which are worried by Wolves and Dogs, are not to be eaten by any but Dogs and Hoggs. Nor is a Deer or Goat if found dead: But of Fiſh you may eat, becauſe they are of another Nature; but Birds and other Creatures if they are ſtrangled in Nets are not to be eaten. Rabanus Maurus</hi> Archbiſhop of <hi>Mentz</hi> up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on <hi>Leviticus, L.</hi> 5. <hi>Ca.</hi> 8. <hi>It is therefore neceſſary to keep this Commandment Litterally, and in no wiſe to eat Blood; For thou wilt find that the ſame thing is alſo commanded by the Apoſtles.</hi> Moſt remarkable is that Ordinance of the Emperor <hi>Leo</hi> Sixth of that <hi>name,</hi> Surnam'd the Philo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſopher, <hi>Anno Ch.</hi> 886. <hi>Conſt.</hi> 58. <hi>Although God both of old by</hi> Moſes <hi>the Law-giver commanded that Blood ſhould not be eaten, And by the Preachers of Grace declared that men ought to abſtain from ſuch Food; And although the eating thereof as well under the New Testament as the Old, hath ever been condemned as an infamous and unlawful thing; Yet to that degree of Obſtinacy or rather Madneſs are men grown, that they refuſe to yield Obedience to either Law, but on the contrary ſome for Gain, and ſome for Gluttony, do with the higheſt Impudence contemn the Command, and turn Blood, whereof we are forbidden to eat, into a Food. For Infor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mation hath arrived at our Ears, that ſtuffing Blood into Guts, as in Bags, they preſume to eat the ſame as uſual
<pb n="42" facs="tcp:192139:231"/>Meat; which our Imperial Majeſty judging not fit to be to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lerated, nor enduring that both the Divine Precepts and the Honour of our Commonwealth ſhould be violated by ſuch an ungodly invention of men, whoſe whole Devotion is for their Belly, doth hereby ordain and command, that no Perſon ſhall dare practiſe that wickedneſs in any kind either for his own uſe, or to defile others by ſelling them ſuch deteſtable Food. And let him know whoever he be that ſhall henceforth be found to contemn the Divine Command, and convert Blood into Food, whether Buyer or Seller; He ſhall forfeit all his Goods, and after he ſhall alſo have been ſeverely whipt and his head for diſhonour ſhaven cloſe to the ſkin, he ſhall be ſent in perpetual Baniſhment. Regino</hi> Ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bot of <hi>Pruym</hi> in the Dioceſs of Triers:
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>L.</hi> 2. <hi>de Eccl. Diſcip. cap.</hi> 373. <hi>&amp;</hi> 374.</note> 
                  <hi>If any one ſhall eat the Blood of any Animal, let him do Pennance forty days. The faithful are to be admoniſhed that none of them pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſume to eat Blood.</hi> 
                  <q>For in the beginning when Licenſe to eat Fleſh was granted by God to man, we find Blood is forbidden: For the Lord ſays to <hi>Noah,</hi> and his Sons: <hi>Every thing that moveth and liveth ſhall be to you for Food, except ye ſhall not eat Fleſh with the Blood:</hi> Which not only is very often reinforced in the Old Law, but alſo in the New Teſtament, the Apoſtles upon great Deliberation write to the Gentiles of the Primitive Church, that they ſhould keep themſelves from the Defilements of Idols and Fornication, and what is Strangled and Blood, which <hi>Jerome</hi> expound<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing, ſaith, <hi>That theſe Commands according to the Letter belonging to every Chriſtian, that he eat not what dies of it ſelf, whether of Bird, or Beaſts, to wit, where their Blood is not powred forth,</hi> which the Apoſtles Epiſtle ſent from <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> neceſſarily requires. Nor what is taken and killed by any Beaſt, for that too is likewiſe Strang<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led: And from Blood, that is not to eat it with the Blood: If therefore theſe things were written to ſuch as came over from Heatheniſm, as the very Ru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diments
<pb n="43" facs="tcp:192139:231"/>of Faith, and were ſufficient as to the Salva<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of thoſe who by inveterate Cuſtom had wal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowed in Impiety and Unbelief, with what face can any think light of tranſgreſſing them? Eſpecially conſide<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ring that Blood and things Strangled are there equal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led with Idolatry and Fornication: Whereby all are taught what a grievous ſin it is to eat Blood, ſince it is compared with Idols and Whoredom: Therefore if any ſhall violate theſe Commands of the Lord and his Apoſtles, let him be ſuſpended from the Commu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nion of the Church, until he ſhall worthily have re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pented.</q> Theſe Canons have I alledged under the name of <hi>Regino,</hi> becauſe he has not informed us from whence he collected them. Amongſt the Canons of the Britiſh Church collected by Sir <hi>Henry Spelman,</hi> the fifty ſecond Canon made under <hi>Edgar</hi> King of <hi>England, Anno Chr.</hi> 967. <hi>Requires that no Chriſtian eat Blood of any kind. A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dam</hi> of <hi>Bremen</hi> in the fourth Book of <hi>Eccleſ. Hiſt. Ca.</hi> 20. Amongſt other Errors of the Pagans, wherewith <hi>Adalbert</hi> Archbiſhop of <hi>Bremen,</hi> complained that the Chriſtians of that Place, were infected even unto his days, reckons theſe; <hi>That they licentiouſly did uſe to eat things that died of themſelves, or were ſtrangled, and alſo the Blood, as well as the Fleſh of Cattle that draw or bear burdens, as Mules, Aſſes and Horſes. Johannes Zo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>naras</hi> cites the Fathers of the beforementioned Sixth Council held in <hi>Trullo</hi> at <hi>Conſtantinople,</hi> whoſe ſixty ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venth Canon we cited before, and proves out of <hi>Geneſis,</hi> that they followed the Authority of the Divine Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture. <hi>Theodore Balſamon</hi> on the ſame Canon ſaith; <hi>The Latines without diſtinction eat things ſtrangled, and as I hear the People of</hi> Adrianople <hi>do uſe the Blood of Ani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mals in certain Diſhes.</hi> And on the ſixty third of thoſe that are called the Apoſtles Canons; <hi>As for thoſe Crea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures which are taken by Hawking or Hunting and are ſtrangled, how they are eaten by ſome</hi> (that is, how they dare eat them) <hi>I do not underſtand. Otto</hi> Biſhop of
<pb n="44" facs="tcp:192139:232"/>
                  <hi>Bamberg</hi> in the Year 1124. as <hi>Conrade</hi> Abbot of <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>rſperg</hi> witneſſes, having converted the People of <hi>Pomerania,</hi> injoyn'd them <hi>not to eat any thing unclean, that is, no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing that died of it ſelf, or was ſtrangled, or offered to an Idol, nor yet the Blood of any Animal.</hi> And to this day amongſt the Chriſtians the Greeks do refrain eating of Blood, as is certain from the Teſtimony of <hi>Nilus</hi> Arch<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>biſhop of <hi>Theſſalonica</hi> in his Book of the Primacy of the Pope; And of <hi>Jeremy</hi> the ſecond of that Name Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>triarch of <hi>Conſtantinople.</hi> The ſame thing we are aſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſured of the Muſcovits and Ruſſians by <hi>Sigiſmund</hi> Ba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ron of <hi>Heberſtein;</hi> of the Abyſſines by <hi>Damianus à Goes,</hi> and of the Maronites inhabiting in <hi>Syria</hi> and <hi>Egypt,</hi> by <hi>Edw. Brerewood.</hi> From all which Proofs which I have here brought, 'tis evident, that there is no Opini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on at this day diſputed amongſt Chriſtians, which has been ſo conſtantly and univerſally believed as this, that we are ſtill obliged to abſtain from Blood. Nei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther indeed do thoſe other Texts of Scripture, which only in general grant Liberty to feed on all things, make any thing againſt this particular and expreſs A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſtolical Prohibition of Blood; For 'tis well known that general Laws ought to be limited and reſtrained by particular ones.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And what is ſtrangled.</hi> That it, the Blood being not taken out, as <hi>Origen</hi> ſaith in his 8th Book againſt <hi>Celſus.</hi> See what we have ſaid before <hi>v.</hi> 20. <q>
                     <hi>The Greeks</hi> (ſaith <hi>Grotius</hi>) <hi>and other Nations as we learn from two places in</hi> Athenaeus, eſteemed things ſtrangled amongſt their chiefeſt Dainties, that is, ſuch fleſh wherein the Blood was carefully preſerved and kept in, That the ſame might be boiled together and ſo eat more delicately; which thing was alſo againſt <hi>the Law of not eating Blood.</hi>
                  </q> And that in <hi>Africk</hi> in <hi>Auſtines</hi> time (as he tells us in his 32. Book againſt <hi>Fauſtus</hi> the <hi>Manichee, Ca.</hi> 13.) thoſe were laught at who made it a Religious ſcruple to eat things ſtrangled, <q>Is no Argument, ſaith
<pb n="45" facs="tcp:192139:232"/>
                     <hi>Curcelleus</hi> excellently, of their Error, but rather of the prophaneſs of thoſe who mock't them, and under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>valued and contemned the Commands of God, as often we ſee happen at this day. So thoſe that deſire Baptiſm might be adminiſtred not by ſprinkling, but, as in the ancient Church it was uſed, by an Immerſion of the whole Body into the Water, are ſcofft at. And becauſe they are thus derided by men that have very little or no Religion, others are aſhamed to approve and practiſe it, tho Convinced it ought ſo to be done.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Fornication.</hi> This Sin was prohibited to the <hi>Iſraelites.</hi> In ſome Copies there is added,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Deut.</hi> 28.17.</note> 
                  <hi>And thoſe things which ye would not ſhould be done to your ſelves, do not you do to others;</hi> As we noted before, <hi>v.</hi> 20.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>From which keeping your ſelves you ſhall do well.</hi> The moſt Ancient Copies add <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which the Ancient Interpreter of <hi>Irenaeus</hi> renders, <hi>walking in the Holy Spirit;</hi> And <hi>Tertullian</hi> in his Book of <hi>Pudicitia, You being born or carried by the Holy Ghoſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Fare well.</hi> As the Latines at the cloſe of their Epi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtles uſe the Imperative <hi>Vale</hi> or <hi>Valete,</hi> ſo the Greeks the Verb <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> but this is wanting in thoſe Ancient Books, wherein are the laſt mentioned Words, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>So when they</hi> (that is, <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas</hi>) <hi>were diſmiſſed</hi> (that is by the Synod of <hi>Jeruſalem</hi>) <hi>they came to</hi> Antioch <hi>the Metropolis of</hi> Syria.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They delivered the Epiſtle.</hi> Synodical of the Council of <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> to the Br<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>thren of the Church at <hi>Antioch</hi> being aſſembled together.</p>
               <p n="31">31. <hi>Which when they</hi> (that is the Brethren of <hi>Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>och</hi>) <hi>had read, they rejoyced for the Conſolation.</hi> That is, they rejoyced for the Comfort received by that Epiſtle, whereby they were freed from the Burthen of all Le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gal Ceremonies, and only to obſerve thoſe things which were altogether neceſſary.</p>
               <pb n="46" facs="tcp:192139:233"/>
               <p n="32">32. <hi>Being Prophets alſo themſelves.</hi> That is, inſtru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cted with the Gifts of the Holy Spirit, whereby they were able to apprehend and interpret the true Senſe of the Word of God, where it was not to every one ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vious, they being thus qualified as well as <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Bar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nabas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Did with many Words exhort and confirm the Brethren.</hi> As much as to ſay, They did more largely from the Word of God propoſe to the Antiochean Chriſtians Comforts againſt Dangers and Difficulties, that neither their Faith nor Piety might waver, or fluctuate with uncertain Errors.</p>
               <p n="33">33. <hi>And after they had tarried, &amp;c.</hi> When thoſe ſent from the Church of <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> had for ſome time continued at <hi>Antioch,</hi> they had leave from the Antio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chians to return back to thoſe that ſent them, with wiſhes of <hi>Peace,</hi> in which Word the Hebrews compre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hend all things happy and proſperous. But whereas it is commonly read even in the Greek Copies; That they were let go in Peace from the Brethren <hi>unto the Apoſtles,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; The <hi>Alexandrine</hi> Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nuſcript and many others read it more truly thus, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>To thoſe who had ſent them;</hi> As alſo the Vulgar Latin has it. <q>I conceive, ſaith <hi>Beza,</hi> that in this place, by <hi>Apoſtles</hi> ought to be under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood the Church of <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> in general, not thoſe peculiarly ſo called, of whom 'tis probable very few were then at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> and perhaps none but <hi>James;</hi>
                  </q> For this was ſome pretty while after the Sy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nod held there.</p>
               <p n="34">34. <hi>Notwithſtanding it pleaſed</hi> Silas <hi>to continue there ſtill.</hi> As much as to ſay, Yet after they had leave to re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turn, <hi>Silas</hi> thought fit of his own accord to remain a little longer with <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Barnabas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Judas <hi>returned alone to</hi> Jeruſalem. Theſe Words in moſt Common Greek Copies are only underſtood, but in ſome they are expreſſed.</p>
               <pb n="47" facs="tcp:192139:233"/>
               <p n="35">35. Paul <hi>alſo and</hi> Barnabas <hi>continued, &amp;c.</hi> That is, they ſtay'd at <hi>Antioch</hi> after the departure of <hi>Judas,</hi> where with many others mentioned before, <hi>Ch.</hi> 11. <hi>V.</hi> 19, 20, 27, and 28. and <hi>Ch.</hi> 13. <hi>V.</hi> 1. they daily preached the Doctrine of Jeſus Chriſt contained in the Goſpel, and inſpired unto them by the Holy Ghoſt.</p>
               <p n="36">36. <hi>In every City where we have Preached. Viz.</hi> of <hi>Syria, Pamphylia, Piſidia, Lycaonia</hi> and <hi>Lycia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſee how they do.</hi> That is, whether they conti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nue ſtedfaſt in the Faith received, and grow and profit in Godlineſs.</p>
               <p n="37">37. <hi>And</hi> Barnabas <hi>determined to take with them</hi> John, &amp;c. To be their Companion in this Journey propoſed by <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="38">38. <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ut</hi> Paul <hi>thought not good to take him with them.</hi> The Ethiopick tranſlates it, <hi>But</hi> Paul <hi>deſired</hi> Barnabas <hi>not to take</hi> Mark. Concerning this <hi>John Mark.</hi> See be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore <hi>Ch.</hi> 12. <hi>V.</hi> 12.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who departed from them from</hi> Pamphylia. See <hi>Ch.</hi> 13. <hi>V.</hi> 13.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And went not with them to the Work. Viz.</hi> of Preach<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing the Goſpel through the ſeveral Towns of the leſſer <hi>Aſia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="39">39. <hi>And the Contention.</hi> In Greek <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, A ſharp Commotion, or ſtirring up. That is, by an eager diſpute between <hi>Paul</hi> perſwading what was more Juſt, and <hi>Barnabas</hi> deſiring what was more kind, there aroſe an incenſing to Anger, and an Offence, but with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out any Hoſtile Hatred or Malice.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They departed aſunder.</hi> As <hi>Abraham</hi> and <hi>Lot</hi> did, yet conſerving ſtill their Friendſhip, <hi>Gen.</hi> 13.9. This Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tention ariſing by humane weakneſs between theſe two Apoſtles, otherwiſe moſt agreeing, did by the Divine Providence produce this Good; That thoſe two Emi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nent Preachers of God's Word being ſeparated, and taking different Journeys into Places remote from each other, they the more promoted the Common Work of
<pb n="48" facs="tcp:192139:234"/>their Lord and Maſter, and further propagated the Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctrine of the Goſpel.</p>
               <p>Barnabas <hi>took</hi> Mark. Who was his Siſter's Son, <hi>Col.</hi> 4.10. Yet the ſuppoſitious <hi>Dorotheus Tyrius</hi> in his little Book of the Life and Death of the Prophets, A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſtles and Diſciples of Chriſt, diſtinguiſhes this <hi>Mark</hi> from him mentioned, <hi>Col.</hi> 4. making one Biſhop of <hi>By<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>blos,</hi> the other of <hi>Apollonias.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="40">40. <hi>And</hi> Paul <hi>choſe</hi> Silas. That is, for the Compa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nion of his Journey and Miniſtry, <hi>and departed,</hi> that is, <hi>from</hi> Antioch.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Being recommended, &amp;c.</hi> That is, commended to God by the Prayers of the Chriſtians there, that God would bleſs his Journey and Labours with proſperous Succeſs. <q>We may, ſaith <hi>Calvin,</hi> from the Context collect, that in this Conteſt, <hi>Paul</hi>'s Conduct was moſt approved of by the Church: For when <hi>Barnabas</hi> went away with his Companion, there is no mention of the Bre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thren, as if he had privately withdrawn himſelf with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out taking leave of them; But <hi>Paul</hi> is recommended by the Brethren to the Grace of God, whence it appears that the Church rather took part with him than with <hi>Barnabas</hi> in this matter.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="41">41. <hi>And he went thorough</hi> Syria. The Chief City whereof was <hi>Antioch,</hi> from whence he ſet forth.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Cilicia. In which <hi>Paul</hi> himſelf was born.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Confirming the Churches.</hi> In the Chriſtian Faith and Godlineſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Commanding them to keep the Precepts of the Apoſtles and Elders. Viz.</hi> expreſſed in the Apoſtolical Decree be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore <hi>V.</hi> 29. But note theſe Words are not in our En<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gliſh Tranſlation, as being not in the Greek Text nor in the Syriack Verſion; yet as to the thing it ſelf, that the ſame was done by <hi>Paul,</hi> there is no doubt to be made, ſince that Epiſtle from <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> was directed to the Brethren of <hi>Syria</hi> and <hi>Cilicia,</hi> who walking in Peace and Tranquility, had been troubled and perplex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
<pb n="49" facs="tcp:192139:234"/>with Scruples by thoſe that urged the neceſſity of Circumciſion and other Legal Ceremonies. See before, <hi>V.</hi> 23, 24. and afterwards, <hi>Ch.</hi> 16. <hi>V.</hi> 4.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="16" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. XVI.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>THen came he to</hi> Derbe <hi>and</hi> Lyſtra. Cities of <hi>I<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſauria,</hi> of which ſee above, <hi>Chap.</hi> 14.6.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And behold a certain Diſciple.</hi> That is, a Chriſtian.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Was there.</hi> Either at <hi>Derbe,</hi> or at <hi>Lyſtra.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Son of a certain Woman which was a Jeweſs and be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieved.</hi> That is, whoſe Mother <hi>Eunice,</hi> as alſo his Grandmother <hi>Lois,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 1.5.</note> being of the Jewiſh Nation and Religion, believed in Jeſus Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But his Father was a Greek.</hi> And, as it is apparent, uncircumciſed, not ſuffering <hi>Timothy</hi> to be circumciſed while he was a Child, though begotten by a Jewiſh Mother.</p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>Which.</hi> To wit, <hi>Timothy.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Brethren.</hi> That is, Chriſtian.</p>
               <p n="3">3.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Acts</hi> 19.22. <hi>Rom.</hi> 16.21. 1 <hi>Theſſ.</hi> 3.2.</note> 
                  <hi>Him would</hi> Paul <hi>have to go forth with him.</hi> That he might be his Companion in his Travels, and his Helper, and his Work-fellow in the Goſpel.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And took and circumciſed him becauſe of the Jews, &amp;c. Paul</hi> did not therefore circumciſe <hi>Timothy,</hi> becauſe he laid any weight upon Circumciſion, or thought it ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceſſary to Salvation, ſeeing <hi>Paul</hi> himſelf teacheth expreſly,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Gal.</hi> 5.6.</note> the Jews who have imbraced Chriſt to be no further bound to the Ceremony of Circumciſion; But becauſe he ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ped by his pains many of the Jews not yet converted
<pb n="50" facs="tcp:192139:235"/>might be converted to Chriſt, who would avoid <hi>Timo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thy</hi> being Son of a Jewiſh Mother, as an imitatour of his prophane Father, if he had neglected Circumciſion, by which the Iſraelites were diſtinguiſhed from the reſt of the People of the Earth; for they knew he was begotten by a Father, who was a Gentile.</p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>And as they went through, &amp;c.</hi> As much as to ſay, as they went through the Cities wherein the Chriſtian Churches were, they delivered them thoſe things, which the Synod at <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> had de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>creed as neceſſary to be obſerved by thoſe of the Gentiles who were become Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtians.
<note place="margin">Above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 15.21 <hi>&amp;</hi> 29.</note>
               </p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>And the Churches, &amp;c.</hi> As much as to ſay, And ſo the Churches advanced in the received Faith of Chriſt, and were augmented, the multitude of young Converts dayly increaſing.</p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>When they had gone throughout, &amp;c.</hi> As much as to ſay, Having travelled through <hi>Phrygia</hi> and <hi>Galatia,</hi> Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vinces of the leſſer <hi>Aſia,</hi> they were forbidden by the Inſpiration of the Holy Ghoſt to preach the Goſpel in <hi>Aſia</hi> the Proconſular, or <hi>Aſia</hi> properly ſo called, a Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gion of the ſame leſſer <hi>Aſia,</hi> which borders upon the <hi>Aegean</hi> Sea, and hath upon the North <hi>Bythinia,</hi> upon the Eaſt <hi>Phrygia,</hi> and upon the South <hi>Caria;</hi> ſee what we have ſaid of <hi>Phrygia</hi> and <hi>Aſia</hi> the Proconſular, above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 2.9, 10. <hi>Galatia</hi> otherwiſe called <hi>Gallograecia,</hi> is a Region of the leſſer <hi>Aſia</hi> bordering upon <hi>Phrygia,</hi> ſo called from the <hi>Galls,</hi> who having loſt their Country, burnt <hi>Rome,</hi> and laid waſte <hi>Italy,</hi> fixed their Reſidence here, where of old the Phrygians did inhabit. <hi>It was a Proconſular Province,</hi> ſaith <hi>Spanhemius</hi> in his Introduction to his Sacred Geography, <hi>divided into the firſt and the ſecond under</hi> Theodoſius; <hi>the firſt</hi> Galatia <hi>had upon the Eaſt</hi> Helenopontus, <hi>upon the South</hi> Galatia Salutaris <hi>or the healthy, upon the Weſt</hi> Phyrgia, <hi>of which as</hi> Strabo <hi>witneſſeth, of old it was a part, and upon the North</hi> Paphla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gonia.
<pb n="51" facs="tcp:192139:235"/>
                  <hi>Its Metropolis was</hi> Ancyra, <hi>diſtinct from that</hi> Ancyra <hi>of</hi> Phrygia, <hi>wherein of old was held the Ancyran Synod.</hi> Galatia <hi>the ſecond called alſo</hi> Galatia <hi>the healthy, was governed by the Emperour's Lieutenant, and as it hath been ſaid already, laid more to the South and Eaſt, than the firſt</hi> Galatia; <hi>It had</hi> Paphlagonia <hi>and</hi> Honorias <hi>upon the North, upon the South</hi> Piſidia <hi>and</hi> Lycaonia; <hi>its Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tropolis was</hi> Peſſinus <hi>called alſo</hi> Peſinus. Now the rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſons why God would not that the Goſpel ſhould at that time be preached by <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Timothy</hi> in the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>conſular <hi>Aſia,</hi> whoſe Metropolis was <hi>Epheſus,</hi> are hid from us. He might have had many, either that he would make uſe of their Miniſtry ſome where elſe, or that he had appointed ſome other to that work. What ever it is, certainly the reaſon is not to be brought from God's abſolute Decree of Reprobation, as <hi>Calvin</hi> upon this place doth; for it is certain that the Goſpel was at leaſt ſoon after preached in this place, and that by <hi>Paul</hi> himſelf, ſo that <hi>Demetrius</hi> the Silver-Smith did greatly lament the admirable Progreſs of the Goſpel in <hi>Aſia</hi> by <hi>Paul</hi>'s Miniſtry, ſaying, <hi>Ch.</hi> 19.26. <hi>Ye ſee and hear that not alone at</hi> Epheſus, <hi>but almoſt throughout all</hi> Aſia <hi>this</hi> Paul <hi>hath perſwaded and turned away much People, ſaying that they be no Gods which are made with hands.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>After they were come to</hi> Myſia. <hi>Myſia</hi> is a Region of <hi>Aſia</hi> the leſſer upon the <hi>Helleſpont,</hi> bordering upon <hi>Troas;</hi> whoſe Inhabitants were called <hi>Myſi</hi> and <hi>Myſii,</hi> and in the Aeolick Dialect <hi>Myſadii,</hi> ſaith <hi>Stephanus.</hi> Theſe Myſians were men of a baſe Temper, ſo that they made the place become a Proverb, for when they ſpoke of a man of no worth, they called him <hi>laſt of the Myſians;</hi> and becauſe he who once comes to be con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>temned, is expoſed to the Rapine and Injury of others, therefore from that Nation flowed another Proverb, <hi>The Prey of the Myſians.</hi> This ſecond <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riſtotle</hi> made uſe of,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Rhetorick lib.</hi> 1.</note> as <hi>Cicere</hi> did of the firſt Proverb in his Oration for <hi>Lucius
<pb n="52" facs="tcp:192139:236"/>Flaccus. For,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>as I ſuppoſe your</hi> Aſia <hi>conſists of</hi> Phrygia, Myſia, Caria, Lybia; <hi>whether then is this Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verb, ours or yours,</hi> A Phrygian is made better by ſtripes? <hi>for is not this your common ſaying of all</hi> Cari<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>if ye were to do anything with hazard,</hi> That it ſhould chiefly be done in <hi>Caria? For what is more common and famous among the Greeks, then if a man be brought to deſpight to ſay,</hi> He is the laſt of the Myſians? <hi>Strabo</hi> placeth alſo a People called the <hi>My<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſians</hi> in <hi>Europe</hi> at the Confines of <hi>Panonia</hi> upon the Ri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver <hi>Danubius,</hi> and thinketh that the Myſians in <hi>Aſia</hi> took both their Name and Original from them; but theſe in <hi>Europe</hi> are by <hi>Plinius</hi> called <hi>Moeſi. Myſia</hi> is divided into the leſſer, or <hi>Heleſpontick,</hi> lying towards the <hi>He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>leſpont</hi> and hath <hi>Troas</hi> upon the South; and the greater, which is called <hi>ad Olympum,</hi> or <hi>Olympenica,</hi> where live the People called <hi>Olympeni.</hi> It is bordered upon the Weſt with <hi>Myſia</hi> the leſſer and <hi>Troas,</hi> upon the Eaſt with <hi>Bithynia,</hi> upon the South with <hi>Aſia</hi> Proconſular or <hi>Aſia</hi> properly ſo called. <hi>Ptolomy</hi> makes alſo the Eu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ropean <hi>Myſia</hi> double, the higher and the lower; but the European <hi>Myſia</hi> is more properly called <hi>Moeſia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They eſſayed to go into</hi> Bithymia. <hi>Buhynia</hi> is a Regi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on of <hi>Aſia</hi> the leſſer, which making one Province with <hi>Pontus</hi> (<hi>Pontus</hi> lying Eaſtward of it and <hi>Bithynia</hi> Weſt<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward) it is bounded upon the North by the Euxine Sea, upon the Eaſt by <hi>Galatia,</hi> upon the South by <hi>Aſia</hi> pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perly ſo called, upon the Weſt by the <hi>Propontis. Bi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thynia,</hi> ſaith Thomas de Pinedo, <hi>is a Region upon</hi> Pontus <hi>of old called</hi> Cronia, <hi>then</hi> Theſſalis, <hi>then</hi> Meliande, <hi>as witneſſeth</hi> Plinius, <hi>in which Author I think</hi> Mariandyne <hi>ought to be read for</hi> Maliande,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 5. <hi>Ch.</hi> 32.</note> 
                  <hi>for ſo was</hi> Bithynia <hi>called of old, as</hi> Euſebius <hi>telleth in his Chronical Canon, where at number</hi> 594 <hi>are theſe following Words:</hi> Bithynia <hi>was built by</hi> Phoenix, <hi>be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing firſt called</hi> Mariandyne. <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>pon which place</hi> Scaliger, <hi>to whom few are like in erudition, ſaith that it is not well ſaid in Latin,</hi> Condere Bithyniam; <hi>but his Opinion deceived
<pb n="53" facs="tcp:192139:236"/>him, for the Phraſe is common both among Greeks and La<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tins, as I have noted elſe where; I will not therefore make needleſs Repetitions leſt I become weariſome to my Reader. Servius</hi> ſaith alſo that <hi>Bithynia</hi> was called <hi>Bebricia.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Aeneid. l.</hi> 5. <hi>v.</hi> 537.</note> Plinius</hi> the younger governed this Province with a Proconſular Power under <hi>Trajan.</hi> The moſt famous Cities in <hi>Bithynia</hi> were <hi>Nicomedia,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 17. <hi>c.</hi> 13.</note> which <hi>Ammi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>anus Marcellinus</hi> calleth the Mother of the Cities of <hi>Bithynia; Nice</hi> famous for two Councils, call<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed by <hi>Strabo</hi> the <hi>Metropolis of Bithynia,</hi> and <hi>Chalcedon</hi> where was a Council cele<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brated of ſix hundred and thirty Biſhops,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 12. <hi>Geogr.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>A. C.</hi> 451.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But the Spirit ſuffered them not.</hi> As much as to ſay, But the Lord Jeſus Chriſt revealed to them that he would not that at that time they ſhould go to <hi>Bi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thynia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>Came down to</hi> Troas. <hi>Troas</hi> is thought by ſome to have been the Mediterraneous part of <hi>Phrygia,</hi> whoſe chief City was <hi>Ilium</hi> called <hi>Troy;</hi> but others think that the Town is noted bearing the name of the ſame Region, of which <hi>Plinius, The chief place of</hi> Tro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>as <hi>was</hi> Amaxitus,
<note place="margin">5 <hi>Nat. Diſt</hi> 30.</note> 
                  <hi>then</hi> Cebrenia <hi>and</hi> Troas <hi>it ſelf called</hi> Antigonia, <hi>now</hi> Alexandria <hi>a Colony of the Romans.</hi> It ſeems it may be gathered from <hi>Ch.</hi> 20. <hi>v.</hi> 6. and 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4. <hi>v.</hi> 13. that it was this City <hi>Troas. Paul</hi> came thither to preach the Goſpel of Chriſt, as is clear, 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 2.12.</p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>There ſtood a man of</hi> Macedonia <hi>and prayed him, ſaying.</hi> That is, there appeared as it were the likeneſs of a man cloathed with a Macedonian Garment, and ſpeaking in the Macedonian Language.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Come over into</hi> Macedonia <hi>and help us.</hi> To wit, by the preaching of the Goſpel of Salvation. <hi>Macedonia</hi> one of the largeſt Regions in <hi>Europe,</hi> is bounded upon the Eaſt with the Eugean Sea, upon the South by <hi>Theſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſaly</hi>
                  <pb n="54" facs="tcp:192139:237"/>and <hi>Epirus,</hi> upon the Weſt by the Ionian Sea, up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on the North by Mount <hi>Scardus</hi> and <hi>Orbelus.</hi> It is ſaid to have taken its name from <hi>Macedo</hi> the Son of <hi>Jupiter</hi> begotten by <hi>Thyia Deucalion</hi>'s Daughter. It was alſo called <hi>Ematia</hi> and <hi>Macetia,</hi> whence its Inhabitant is called <hi>Macetes,</hi> and if it be a Woman <hi>Macetis.</hi> The moſt famous Cities of <hi>Macedonia</hi> were <hi>Theſſalonica</hi> for its bigneſs, <hi>Ege</hi> for the Sepulchers of the Kings, and <hi>Pella</hi> for <hi>Alexander</hi>'s Birth. The moſt famous of its Rivers was <hi>Strymon,</hi> of its Mountains <hi>Athos,</hi> which be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe it is ſituate between <hi>Macedonia</hi> and <hi>Thrace,</hi> it is by ſome annexed to <hi>Thrace.</hi> The Kings of <hi>Macedonia</hi> boaſted that they have deſcended of <hi>Hercules.</hi> Hence in ſtead of a Crown and Kingly Purple they appeared crowned with the skin of a Lion's head, in which Or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nament they delighted more than in any precious Stones. This Kingdom began to flouriſh in King <hi>Caranus,</hi> it was inlarged by <hi>Philip, Alexander</hi> the Great's Father; but it increaſed to ſuch Greatneſs under <hi>Alexander</hi> himſelf that he ſubdued <hi>Aſia, Armenia, Iberia, Cappadocia, Syria, Egypt, India, Phoenicia, Media</hi> and <hi>Perſia,</hi> and at length all the Eaſt and <hi>India.</hi> At laſt it decayed under <hi>Perſous</hi> the Son of <hi>Philip,</hi> who being overcome by <hi>Paulus Aemilius</hi> the Conſul, loſt his Kingly Dignity together with his Kingdom; ſuch a difference of Fortune theſe two men ſhewed, both <hi>Philip</hi>'s Sons, the one like Lightning conquered all thoſe Nations, but the other loſt the Kingdom it ſelf, and was carried Captive with his Wife and Children to <hi>Rome</hi> by <hi>Aemilius,</hi> and ſince, <hi>Macedo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nia</hi> was reduced to the form of a Prefe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cture, as <hi>Plinius</hi> rel<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>tes.
<note place="margin">4. <hi>Hiſt. Nat.</hi> 10</note>
               </p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>Immediately we endeavoured.</hi> From this and ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ny places following it appears, that <hi>Luke</hi> who wrote thoſe Acts of the Apoſtles did attend <hi>Paul</hi> as his Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>panion from <hi>Troas,</hi> if not from <hi>Antioch.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Aſſuredly gathering.</hi> The Word in the Original,
<pb n="55" facs="tcp:192139:237"/>ſaith <hi>Heſychius,</hi> ſignifieth <hi>conferring;</hi> That is, ſaying one to another. <q>
                     <hi>Ludowic de Dieu</hi> ſaith, that the Word is al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſo rendred by <hi>Heſychius, to make to joyn,</hi> to induce in Love and Aſſent, in which ſignification it is alſo taken intranſitively, as in <hi>Plato de Repub. lib.</hi> 6. according to the Interpretation of <hi>Budaeus,</hi> and ſo the Greek Word may here be fitly rendred, <hi>conſenting, unanimouſly determining.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To preach the Goſpel unto them.</hi> To wit, to the Inha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bitants of <hi>Macedonia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>We came with a ſtraight courſe.</hi> The Greek hath it, <hi>We ſailed with a proſperous wind.</hi> As below, <hi>Ch</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 21.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To</hi> Samothracia. <hi>Samothrace</hi> is an Iſland in the Aegean Sea bordering upon <hi>Thrace</hi> not far from the mouth of the River <hi>Hebrus,</hi> with a City of the ſame Name. The Latins frequently call it <hi>Samothracia,</hi> as <hi>Virgil.</hi> 7. <hi>Aeneid. v.</hi> 207.</p>
               <p>This Iſland was before called <hi>Dardania</hi> from <hi>Darda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus</hi> the Son of <hi>Jupiter</hi> begotten by <hi>Electra;</hi> who be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe of his Brother <hi>Jaſius</hi> whom he had killed fled thi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther from <hi>Italy.</hi> It was alſo called <hi>Leucadia,</hi> becauſe it appears whitiſh to the Spectators afar off. Afterward <hi>Thracia</hi> from the Thracians that inhabited it. And laſt<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly, it was called <hi>Samothracia,</hi> becauſe that after the Thracians the Samians dwelt therein. <hi>Plinius</hi> ſaith, that this Iſland was the fulleſt of commo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dious Harbors of any of the reſt,
<note place="margin">4. <hi>Nat. Hiſt.</hi> 12.</note> and is raiſed up upon the Mountain <hi>Saoce;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 10.</note> where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore it was alſo called <hi>Saocis,</hi> ſaith <hi>Heſychi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us. Strabo</hi> ſaith likewiſe, it was called <hi>Melite</hi> and <hi>Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mos.</hi> But at this day it is commonly called <hi>Samadrachi.</hi> The Sacrifices of the Samothracians were moſt famous amongſt the Ethnicks of old, the Ceremonies of which <hi>Plinius</hi> calleth moſt Holy:
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 36. <hi>Ch.</hi> 5.</note> Therefore <hi>Germanicus</hi> in <hi>Tacitus</hi> was taken with de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſire of ſeeing the Sacrifices of the Samo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thracians,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 2. <hi>Anal.</hi>
                  </note> but the North winds croſſing him made him change his purpoſe. The
<pb n="56" facs="tcp:192139:238"/>Samothracians were called the Kinſmen of the Romans, becauſe <hi>Dardanus</hi> carried away the Houſhold-Gods from <hi>Italy</hi> to <hi>Samothrace,</hi> and from thence to <hi>Phrygia;</hi> which afterwards <hi>Aeneas</hi> carried back from <hi>Troy</hi> to <hi>Italy,</hi> ſaith <hi>Servius.</hi> The Samothracian Rings were likewiſe famous,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Aeneid</hi> 3.12.</note> which were either all Iron but overgilded, or Gold, but with a little Iron Head, that the Iron might be in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtead of the Jewel, as may be ſeen in <hi>Plinius.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 33. <hi>Nat. Hiſt.</hi>
                  </note> Hence thoſe Rings are called <hi>Samothracia ferrea</hi> by <hi>Lucretius, lib.</hi> 6. The Ancients believed that thoſe Samothracian Rings had ſome preſervative Vertue: As alſo the natural Rings of the Greeks which were hollow and void within, as <hi>Artemidorus</hi> writes. In the Ceremonies of the Prieſt of <hi>Jupiter,</hi> it was written, <hi>Do not uſe a Ring unleſs it be hollow and void.</hi> That famous Grammarian <hi>Ariſtarchus</hi> is ſaid to have been a Samothracian, who challenged ſuch a right in <hi>Homer</hi>'s Verſes, that he would let none paſs in <hi>Homer</hi>'s name, but ſuch as he approved of; whence the Cenſors of other mens Writings are called <hi>Ariſtarchi.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the next day to</hi> Neapolis. A Sea Town of <hi>Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cedonia</hi> upon the Confines of <hi>Thrace</hi> at the Gulf <hi>Stry<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monicus,</hi> which now is commonly called <hi>Chriſtopoli.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>And from thence to</hi> Philippi. This City is pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ced betwixt Mount <hi>Pangaeus</hi> and the Coaſt of the Aege<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>an Sea. Some adjoyn it to <hi>Theſſaly,</hi> others to <hi>Thrace,</hi> and others to <hi>Macedonia;</hi> For that thoſe Regions were joyning. It became moſt famous by the Fight of <hi>Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guſtus</hi> and <hi>Antonius</hi> with <hi>Brutus</hi> and <hi>Caſſius, Caeſar</hi>'s Mur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derers. <hi>Stylax</hi> ſpeaking of <hi>Thrace</hi> ſaith, that this City was firſt built by <hi>Calliſtratus</hi> the Athenian, which when afterward it was repaired by <hi>Philip</hi> King of <hi>Macedon</hi> and Father of <hi>Alexander</hi> the Great, was called <hi>Philippi.</hi> It was formerly called <hi>Datus</hi> or <hi>Datum;</hi> Alſo <hi>Crenides</hi> from <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which ſignifies Fountains, becauſe of the
<pb n="57" facs="tcp:192139:238"/>many Fountains that ſpring there, as witneſſeth <hi>Appi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>an. Next to</hi> Theſſalonica <hi>and ſubject to it was the City</hi> Philippus <hi>or</hi> Philippi,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Iib.</hi> 4. <hi>de Bell. Civil.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>twixt</hi> Apollonia <hi>and</hi> Amphipolis, <hi>famous for</hi> Paul<hi>'s Epiſtle, the firſt Fruits of the Chriſtian Church, and, as is commonly thought, for</hi> Epa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phroditus <hi>his Epiſcopacy,</hi> ſaith <hi>Frederick Spanhemius</hi> in his Introduction to Sacred Geography.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which is the chief City of that part of</hi> Macedonia Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lonie. Theſe Words muſt be read ſo, neither muſt there be any diſtinction put between <hi>City</hi> and <hi>Colony,</hi> as thoſe Learned men <hi>Bertamus Cornellius</hi> and <hi>Hugo Grotius</hi> hath noted. Such as go to <hi>Macedonia</hi> from the Iſle of <hi>Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mothrace,</hi> the firſt City they meet that is a Colony upon the Coaſt of <hi>Edonis</hi> (which is a part of <hi>Macedonia</hi> ſitu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ated upon both ſides of the River <hi>Strymon,</hi> not far from its mouth in the Confines of <hi>Thrace</hi>) is <hi>Philippi. Neapolis,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, is a City of</hi> Edonis <hi>which is a part of</hi> Macedonia <hi>in which alſo is</hi> Philippi: But <hi>Neopolis</hi> is in the Strymonick Gulf it ſelf, <hi>Philippi</hi> farther toward the inner part of it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of that part of</hi> Macedonia. That is, that part of the Country of <hi>Macedonia,</hi> to wit, <hi>Edonis.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A Colony.</hi> To wit, of the Romans which was much eſteemed, becauſe of the many Prerogatives granted to the Inhabitants of the Colonies. <hi>Paul,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, chiefly followed the Colonies, becauſe there were moſt men there, and that of divers Nations. Celſus</hi> ſaith,
<note place="margin">In leg. colon. D. de cenſ.</note> the Philippian Colony enjoyeth the priviledge of <hi>Italy. <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>lpian,</hi> in the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vince of <hi>Macedonia</hi> the Dirreachens, Caſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſandrians, Philippians,
<note place="margin">In lege, in Luſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tania eodem tit.</note> Dienſes and Sto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>benſes enjoyed the ſame Priviledges with the Italians.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Abiding certain Days.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> The Greek Verb here uſed ſignifies not only ſimply to tarry in any place, but to be inſtant in
<pb n="58" facs="tcp:192139:239"/>working, to be bent upon a thing with greateſt indea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vour, as <hi>Aretius</hi> noted upon <hi>John</hi> 3.22. Hence, <hi>exerciſe,</hi> is called in Greek, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, whence we may ſee that <hi>Paul</hi> with his Companions tarried ſome days at <hi>Philippi</hi> to preach the Goſpel.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>And on the Sabbath.</hi> That is, upon a certain Sabbath.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We went out of the City.</hi> Either becauſe the Jews made choice of a place remote from the multitude for their Meetings, or becauſe they were not allowed to meet within the City.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By a River ſide.</hi> To wit, by the River <hi>Strymon,</hi> as ſome will have it,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>L.</hi> 4. <hi>Nat. Hiſt.</hi> 10.</note> of which <hi>Plinius</hi> ſaith; <hi>The River</hi> Strymon <hi>is the Border of</hi> Macedonia <hi>riſing in</hi> Hemo a Mountain of <hi>Thrace: It is obſervable that it emptieth it ſelf in ſeven Lakes before it diverts its Courſe.</hi> They being afterward gathered into one Channel, it runs by <hi>Amphipolis</hi> into the Gulph of the Aegean Sea, which alſo from it is called the Strymonick Gulph.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Where Prayer was wont to be made.</hi> The Greek Word, <hi>Enomiſeto,</hi> is rendred, <hi>was wont,</hi> by <hi>Beza</hi> and <hi>Piſcator,</hi> and is alſo ſo uſed frequently by Greek Authors, as <hi>Henricus Stephanus</hi> confirms by Inſtances. I would not ſtrain the Word if I ſhould render it, <hi>it was reported,</hi> or <hi>it was thought,</hi> to wit, by us, that is, <hi>we thought,</hi> as the Ethiopick renders it; <hi>Budaeus</hi> telleth out of <hi>Plato,</hi> ſaith <hi>Ludovicus de Diew; That,</hi> Nomiſeſthai, <hi>is uſed to be taken for, to be eſteemed and in fame.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Prayer.</hi> The Greek word, <hi>Proſeuche,</hi> rendred, <hi>Prayer,</hi> ſignifies both Prayer and the Place of Prayer. Hence the <hi>Scholiaſt</hi> interprets the Word <hi>Proſeucha,</hi> uſed by <hi>Juvenal Sat.</hi> 3. <hi>A placewherein the Jews pray. Philo</hi> calls the Sy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nagogues <hi>Proſeuchas,</hi> becauſe there the Law was read, and Prayer was made. <hi>But alſo,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, in ſuch places as had no Synagognes, to wit, where the number of the Jews was ſmall, or where the Magiſtrate did not tolerate Sy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nagogues,
<pb n="59" facs="tcp:192139:239"/>the Jews had places appointed for Prayer, far off from the Multitude, and eſpecially by the River and Sea ſide.</hi> We alſo may gather from the next, <hi>Ch.</hi> 17. <hi>That at</hi> Philippi,
<note place="margin">In Hereſ. Maſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſalianorum.</note> 
                  <hi>there was no Sy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nagogue.</hi> At <hi>Sichem,</hi> now called <hi>Neapolis,</hi> ſaith <hi>Epiphanius, The place of Prayer is in a Plain about two ſtones caſt without the City, made in the form of a Theater under the open Heaven by the Samaritans, who endeavour to follow the Jews in all things.</hi> For the Jews, as <hi>Chryſostom</hi> noteth, <hi>did not only pray where the Synagogue was, but alſo without it in a place as it were ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pointed for that end.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And we ſat down and ſpoke.</hi> They uſed to ſit down, when they began a long Diſcourſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto the Women which reſorted thither.</hi> In the Jewiſh Synagogues the Women are ſeparated from the men by a grated Wall.</p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>A Seller of Purple of the City of</hi> Thyatira. That is, born in the City of the Thyatirians. <hi>Thyatira,</hi> ſaith <hi>Strabo, A Colony of the Macedonians, which ſome ſay was the laſt of the Myſians.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Lib.</hi> 13.</note> Ptolemy</hi> calls it a <hi>Metropolis. lib.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 2. The Author of that Book which treats of the Pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces of the Acts of the Apoſtles, under <hi>Jerom</hi>'s Name, ſaith, Thyatira <hi>a City of</hi> Lydia <hi>which is a Province of the leſſer</hi> Aſia, <hi>once famous for</hi> Aeſculapius <hi>his Temple; of which that</hi> Lydia <hi>the Seller of Purple, who at</hi> Philippi <hi>imbraced the Faith of Chriſt, was a Citizen. Pliny</hi> deſcribeth the Province of <hi>Lydia</hi> thus;
<note place="margin">5. <hi>Nat. Hiſt.</hi> 29.</note> Lydia <hi>overſpread with the windings of the River</hi> Meander, <hi>reacheth above</hi> Ionia, <hi>and borders with</hi> Phrygia <hi>upon the Eaſt, with</hi> Myſia <hi>upon the North, and with</hi> Caria <hi>upon the South, being formerly called</hi> Maeonia. <hi>Stephanus</hi> alſo adjoyneth <hi>Thyatira</hi> to <hi>Lydia,</hi> and ſaith, it was called <hi>the further<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moſt City of the Myſians. Plinius</hi> ſaith,
<note place="margin">
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>bi ſupra.</note> 
                  <hi>It is waſhed by the River</hi> Lycus, <hi>and ſometimes ſurnamed</hi> Pelopia <hi>and</hi> Eurippa.</p>
               <pb n="60" facs="tcp:192139:240"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which worſhipped God.</hi> That is, devout, and as is credible,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Supra Ch.</hi> 13.33. <hi>Infra Ch.</hi> 17, 4.</note> a Proſelyte, who having left the Ethnick imbraced the Jewiſh Religion; for ſo were ſuch Proſelytes wont to be called.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Heard.</hi> To wit, our Holy Conference with the Women.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whoſe.</hi> Religious Woman deſirous to be ſaved.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Heart the Lord opened.</hi> As much as to ſay, God did inwardly knock at her heart that ſhe might obey the outward Call which ſhe had by <hi>Paul</hi>'s preaching: Ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording to that which the Royal Pſalm<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>iſt ſaith;
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Pſ.</hi> 25.14.</note> 
                  <hi>The ſecret of the Lord is with them that fear him, and he will ſhew them his Covenant:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Jo.</hi> 7.17.</note> And Chriſt Jeſus, <hi>If any man will do his Will, he ſhall know of the Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctrine whether it be of God, or whether I ſpeak of my ſelf;</hi> meaning that he who deſireth to be certain of the Truth of Religion, ought firſt to be poſſeſſed with an ardent deſire to do the Will of God, and that then God would not ſuffer him to be toſſed with Doubtings, but would reveal to him what he ought to follow in order to his Salvation. Yet it cannot be ſaid for certain that <hi>Lydia</hi> alone believed <hi>Paul</hi>'s preaching, for that <hi>Luke</hi>'s making mention of her only ſeems only to tend to ſhew what moved <hi>Paul</hi> with his Company to go to her Houſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That ſhe attended unto the things which were ſpoken of</hi> Paul. <hi>Calvin</hi> ſaith excellently; <hi>The manner of ſpeaking is to be noted that</hi> Lydia<hi>'s heart was opened, that ſhe might at<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tend to the Words of an external Teacher; for as preaching alone is nothing elſe but a dead letter, ſo upon the other hand we are to take heed that no falſe imagination, nor the likeneſs of any ſecret Revelation take us off from the Word, whence our Faith depends, and in which it reſteth. For many that they may inlarge the Grace of the Spirit, deviſe I know not what Enthuſiaſms to themſelves that there may be no uſe for the external Word; But the Scripture allows not ſuch a Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vorce,
<pb n="61" facs="tcp:192139:240"/>which joyns the Miniſtry of men with the ſecret in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſpiration of the Spirit. Except</hi> Lydia<hi>'s mind had been ope<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned,</hi> Paul<hi>'s preaching had been but literal, yet God does not inſpire her naked Revelations only, but Reverence to his Word. That the Word of man which otherwiſe would evaniſh in the Air might penetrate into the Soul endued with heavenly Light. Theſe fanatical men are therefore miſtaken, who under pretext of the Spirit caſt off external Doctrine. We therefore muſt obſerve the temperature made here by</hi> Luke, <hi>that we can profit nothing by the bare hearing of the Word without the Grace of the Spirit, and that the Spirit is con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferred on us, not to beget contempt of the Word, but rather to inſtil the Faith of it in our Minds, and write it in our hearts.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>And when ſhe was baptized. Calvin</hi> ſaith notably, <hi>Hence it appears how effectually God in a little moment of time wrought upon</hi> Lydia<hi>'s heart; for it is not to be doubted but ſhe truly imbraced the Faith of Chriſt, and gave up her name to him before ſhe was admitted to Baptiſm by</hi> Paul.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And her Houſhold.</hi> That is, and her Domeſticks, who believed the Preaching of the Goſpel were bapti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zed alſo. <hi>Lydia,</hi> ſaith <hi>Calvin, had not the hearts of all her Family in her hand, ſo as at her pleaſure to convert whom ſhe would to Chriſt; but the Lord bleſſed her Holy Endeavours, ſo that her Domeſticks became obedient.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>She beſought us.</hi> That is, ſhe prayed and obteſted us with many Prayers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Saying, if ye have judged me to be faithful to the Lord.</hi> As much as to ſay, Seeing ye have approved my Faith in Chriſt by the Seal of Baptiſm. The Particle <hi>If</hi> de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>notes not doubting but confirming,
<note place="margin">See <hi>Acts</hi> 49.11.17. <hi>Mat.</hi> 12.27. <hi>Jo.</hi> 10.35.13.32.18.8, <hi>Gal.</hi> 5.25. 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 1.17. <hi>&amp;c.</hi> 5. <hi>Ad Attic.</hi> 14.</note> and ſignifies <hi>ſeeing, foraſmuch as.</hi> So <hi>Cicero, I would have thee, if thou think me no leſs di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligent to learn what paſſeth in the Common<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wealth than thou, to write to me what ever comes to paſs.</hi> Alſo <hi>If</hi> is put for <hi>foraſmuch as,</hi> by <hi>Virgil,</hi> 1. <hi>Georgick</hi> 7. <hi>&amp;</hi> 17. as <hi>Servius</hi> hath noted.</p>
               <pb n="62" facs="tcp:192139:241"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Come into my Houſe and abide there.</hi> That is, lodge with me.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſhe conſtrained us.</hi> By her Prayer that we ſhould go in and lodge with her. So the two Diſciples that were going to <hi>Emaus,</hi> conſtrained Jeſus by friendly perſwaſions,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Luke</hi> 24.29.</note> inſtantly intreating him to tarry with them. So by earneſtneſs of entreaty the Gueſts were bidden to be compelled, <hi>Luke</hi> 14.23. So <hi>Geneſ.</hi> 19.23. <hi>Lot</hi> com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pelled the Angels to come into his Houſe. So alſo by their Prayers his Servants compelled King <hi>Saul</hi> to eat:
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 21.23.</note> So <hi>Lucius Apuleius, By chance ſhe greatly preſſed that I ſhould be with her at her little Supper,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Aſ. Aur. lib.</hi> 2.</note> and when I would have excuſed my ſelf as being chargeable, ſhe de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nied me leave.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 3.</note> And again, <hi>Milo my Hoſt, Adjuring me by the great force, vertue and power of this day, that I ſhould engage to ſup with him this day, neither went he away himſelf, nor ſuffered me to be gone.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>To Prayer.</hi> Or, to the place of Prayer, the Word in the Greek ſignifieth both.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A Damſel.</hi> That is, a little Maid Servant.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Poſſeſſed with a Spirit of Divination.</hi> So the Syriack Interpreter hath it; but the Greek hath it, <hi>A Spirit of</hi> Python. <hi>Plutarch</hi> ſaith, That all men that were accuſed as having a Spirit of For<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tune-telling were called <hi>Pythons.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Lib. de def. orac.</note> Famous <hi>Bochart</hi> proves that <hi>Pethen</hi> is an Aſp,
<note place="margin">2 <hi>Hieroz.</hi> 3.5.</note> and ſeeing in <hi>Egypt</hi> Aſps grew to the ſmalleſt bulk of a Dragon, which is five foots, that the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew Word <hi>Pethen</hi> was common to the Dragon and the Aſp. <hi>And to this,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>the Greek name</hi> Python, <hi>which the Poets give the Dragon that was killed in</hi> Parnaſſus, <hi>doth allude. Yet</hi> Ephorus <hi>hath written that it was not a Dragon but a man,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Lib.</hi> 9.</note> from whom</hi> Strabo <hi>reports, that</hi> Apollo <hi>with Arrows killed a
<pb n="63" facs="tcp:192139:241"/>fierce man named</hi> Python, <hi>ſurnamed</hi> Draco, <hi>after that for a long time he had infeſted the Inhabitants of</hi> Parnaſſus <hi>with Murders and Robberies. The ſame man inſtead of</hi> Python <hi>is named</hi> Delphynes <hi>by</hi> Suidas <hi>after</hi> Apol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lonius. <hi>If I ſee any thing in this darkneſs,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Argon. lib.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 708.</note> This man was a great Robber in</hi> Pho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cis, <hi>whoſe true Name was</hi> Delphynes; Python <hi>was a Surname given him by the Phoenicians, who then inhabited the neighbouring</hi> Boeotia, <hi>becauſe of the tu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mults which he ſtirred up, and the robberies he committed. Indeed with the Arabians who have</hi> Phe <hi>inſtead of</hi> Pe, <hi>be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe they want the Letter</hi> p. <hi>the Word</hi> Phathana <hi>ſignifieth to ſtir up Tumults;</hi> Phithna, <hi>Sedition, Slaughter;</hi> Phathan, <hi>Seditious, a Thief, or Robber; but the ſame man is of a Robber made a Dragon by the Inventers of Fables, becauſe in Syriack</hi> Pithun <hi>or</hi> Pethen <hi>ſignifieth a Dragon, and therefore is he alſo called</hi> Python. <hi>From this</hi> Python <hi>were the Pythian Playes, and the City of the Delphs</hi> Pytho <hi>or</hi> Phython, <hi>and</hi> Apollo <hi>himſelf called</hi> Py<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thon. <hi>Macrobius</hi> ſaith,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 1. <hi>c.</hi> 20.</note> that the Greeks prattle, <hi>that this Name</hi> Python <hi>was given to the God for killing the Dragon. Therefore the Spirit of</hi> Python, Acts 16.16. <hi>is the Spirit of</hi> Apollo, <hi>by which</hi> Daemon <hi>it was believed that Woman-Conjurer was poſſeſſed. Hence the very Conjurers themſelves who were of old called</hi> Eurycleae, <hi>are now called</hi> Pythones, <hi>ſaith</hi> Plutarch <hi>in his Book of the ceſſation of the Oracles.</hi> In this ſenſe the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brews, <hi>inſtead of</hi> Python <hi>write</hi> Pithom, <hi>by a ſmall change of the Word, and dream that thoſe kind of South<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſayers did not ſpeak out of the Belly, but out of the Armpits.</hi> See pray <hi>Maimonides</hi> his Treatiſe concerning Idolatry, <hi>ch.</hi> 6.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which brought her Maſters much gain.</hi> Perhaps to her Maſter and Miſtreſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By Soothſaying.</hi> That is, by receiving the Rewards of her Southſaying from thoſe who conſulted her con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning hidden matters, as things ſtollen, the ſucceſs of a Journey, and the like. The Scholiaſt obſerveth upon
<pb n="64" facs="tcp:192139:242"/>
                  <hi>Ariſtophanes, That</hi> Eurycles <hi>did, as ſpeaking out of his Belly, foretel true things to the Athenians by the help of the</hi> Daemon <hi>which was in him. Hence all Southſayers are called</hi> Ventriloqui &amp; Euryclitae, <hi>from</hi> Eurycles <hi>the firſt Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thor of the thing.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>The ſame followed</hi> Paul <hi>and us. Silas, Timothy</hi> and <hi>Luke, Paul</hi>'s Companions.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Theſe men are Servants of the moſt High God.</hi> An un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clean Spirit ſometimes ſpeaketh Truth, but not for a good end.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>When an evil man counterfeits good, then is he moſt evil.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which ſhew unto us.</hi> Philippians.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The way of Salvation.</hi> That is, the way by which eternal happineſs is to be attained.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>And this did ſhe.</hi> That is, reiterated it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But</hi> Paul <hi>being grieved.</hi> That the Truth ſhould be rendred ſuſpected by the Teſtimony of a lying Spirit ſo often repeated. See what we have noted upon <hi>Mark</hi> 1.25.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Turned.</hi> To the Damſel that had the Spirit of Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vination,</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To the Spirit.</hi> To that Spirit of Divination, to wit, which poſſeſt this Damſel.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I command thee, &amp;c.</hi> As much as to ſay, Uſing the power given, <hi>Mark</hi> 16.17. by the Authority which Jeſus Chriſt, and I from him have over you: I com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mand you preſently to come out of that Woman.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And he came out the ſame hour.</hi> As much as to ſay, That unclean Spirit being daſhed with the Authority of Chriſt, preſently obeyed, <hi>Paul</hi> commanding him to come out of the Damſel whom he poſſeſſed; as preſently it was evident in her by the effects. There are Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>amples of the power of caſting out Devils by Chriſt's Authority granted by him to his Servants to be ſeen, above, <hi>Chap.</hi> 5.16. and 8.7.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>And when her Maſters ſaw.</hi> To wit, the Maſter and Miſtreſs of the poſſeſſed Damſel, or alſo her Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſters Children.</p>
               <pb n="65" facs="tcp:192139:242"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>That the hopes of their gains was gone.</hi> That is, that no hope remained, the Damſel being left by the Spirit of Divination, that they could get any more Riches by her art of South-ſaying.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They caught</hi> Paul <hi>and</hi> Silas. Who being ſtirred up by a holy Zeal, and by the inſtinct of the Spirit of God, did caſt the unclean Spirit out of the Maid, although it flattered them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And drew them into the Market place unto the Rulers.</hi> That is, to the Governours of the City, Keepers of the publick peace and Judges of the Guilty.</p>
               <p n="20">20 <hi>And brought them to the Magiſtrates.</hi> The words in the original ſignifie <hi>Captains of the Guard.</hi> Who had the charge of Seizing, Puniſhing and Impriſoning the Guilty, the Sentence, to wit, of the Rulers, that is, of the Judges, preceeding. Others will have thoſe who were called Princes or Rulers in the preceeding verſe, to be called in this verſe, with a more honourable title of <hi>Magiſtrates,</hi> and in both places they underſtand the <hi>Duumvirs</hi> of the Colony.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Saying theſe Men,</hi> &amp;c. They ſlandered the holy men as troublers of the publick Peace; while they ſought to revenge their own private loſs, for which they were much grieved;
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Kings</hi> 18.17.</note> ſo of old the ungodly <hi>Achab</hi> ſlandered the Godly Prophet <hi>Elias.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Being Jews.</hi> Whoſe name was hateful to the <hi>Romans</hi> becauſe of their different Religion and Manners.</p>
               <p n="21">21 <hi>And teach Cuſtoms.</hi> The <hi>Romans</hi> among the Laws in the twelve Tables ordered. <hi>Let none have Gods apart, neither let new or ſtrange Gods be privately worſhipped, unleſs publickly received. Let the Cuſtoms of the Country and Family be obſerved, let ſacred private things always continue.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Liv. Lib.</hi> 4.</note> Therefore it was given in charge to the</hi> Aediles, <hi>that they ſhould obſerve leſt any other than the</hi> Roman <hi>Gods ſhould be Worſhipped, nor after any other manner than that of the Country.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="66" facs="tcp:192139:243"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Being</hi> Romans. That is, our City being a Colony of the <hi>Romans,</hi> and therefore are we called by the name of <hi>Romans.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the multitude roſe up together againſt them.</hi> As much as to ſay, And they were ſtirred up againſt <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas,</hi> who tho innocent were charged with forged Crimes by the Maſter and Miſtreſſes of her, who had the Spirit of Divination, or alſo by her Maſters Children.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the Magiſtrates.</hi> The <hi>Greek</hi> hath it the Captains of the <hi>Soldiers</hi> or of the <hi>Guards,</hi> as above, <hi>v.</hi> 20.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Rent off their Cloths,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Not regarding their cauſe aright, they commanded the Officers both to tear off the innocent Mens cloths, and to ſcourge their bodies with Rods. It was a cuſtom among the <hi>Jews</hi> as you may read in <hi>Miſhnah</hi> in the Treatiſe <hi>Macoth,</hi> as alſo among the <hi>Romans,</hi> as is to be ſeen in <hi>Livie, Plutarch,</hi> and other Hiſtorians, not to take off the cloths of ſuch as were to be whipt, but to tear them off, that their bodies might be naked to receive the Laſhes.</p>
               <p n="23">23 <hi>And when they had laid many,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas</hi> being beaten with many ſtroaks, the <hi>Duumviri</hi> or Magiſtrates of the City commanded them to be led to Priſon. Adding further their Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mands to the Jaylor, that he would keep them cloſe, leſt they might eſcape, and ſo they not be able to puniſh them farther.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Jaylor.</hi> The <hi>Greek</hi> hath it, <hi>keeper of the Priſoners. Paulus Juris-Conſultus</hi> calls him <hi>Governour of the Priſon,</hi> Ambroſe <hi>the Deputy of the Priſon,</hi> others <hi>the Jaylor.</hi> Now the <hi>Greeks</hi> think the Jaylor ſpoken of here to have been <hi>Stephanus</hi> whom <hi>Paul</hi> mentions 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 1.16. <hi>&amp;</hi> 16.15, 17. but this is uncertain, becauſe <hi>Stephanus</hi> with his houſe is <hi>called the firſt fruits of</hi> Achaia.
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 16.15.</note> But <hi>Achaia</hi> is a diſtinct and ſeparate Region from <hi>Macedonia</hi> where the
<pb n="67" facs="tcp:192139:243"/>Jaylor lived at <hi>Philippi,</hi> where he was converted to <hi>Chriſt:</hi> unleſs one ſhould ſay that he was born at <hi>Achaia</hi> and removed to <hi>Philippi,</hi> whence perhaps he returned back again to <hi>Achaia,</hi> to wit, to <hi>Corinth.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="24">24 <hi>Who.</hi> To wit, the Jaylor.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thruſt them into the inner Priſon.</hi> That, to wit, being incloſed within ſo many Gates they might be the more ſecurely kept.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Made their feet faſt.</hi> The word in the original is, <hi>he guarded their feet,</hi> that is, <hi>made them ſecure.</hi> By a <hi>Metonymy,</hi> as <hi>Grotius</hi> ſaith, <hi>for a Guard ſecures us.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the Wood.</hi> that is, (as it is interpreted in the <hi>Engliſh</hi> Tranſlation) <hi>in the Stokes,</hi> which <hi>Plautus</hi> calls a <hi>Wooden Guard.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>And at Midnight.</hi> When men are as it were buried in deep ſleep.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sang praiſes unto God. Ruff.</hi> Presbyter of <hi>Aquilia</hi> in the Title of the 72 Pſalm ſaith, <hi>Hymns are Songs which contain the praiſe of God. If it be praiſe and not of God, it is not a hymn: if it be praiſe, and of God, if it be not ſung it is not a Hymn. It muſt therefore that it may be a Hymn have theſe three things, Praiſe, and of God, and a Song.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">In Lib. de fide.</note> And therefore deſerved<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly doth <hi>Gregorius Baeticus</hi> Biſhop of the City <hi>Granata</hi> in <hi>Spain,</hi> call <hi>David Hymnidicus. Paul</hi> then and <hi>Silas</hi> ſung Praiſes to God for the honour put upon them,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Ch.</hi> 5.41.</note> in that they ſuffered innocently for promoting the Glory of Chriſt. See above.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>And ſuddenly there was a great Earthquake.</hi> By the great Power and Might of God.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>So that the Foundations of the Priſon were ſhaken.</hi> Not only did the Edifice of the Priſon it ſelf totter, but alſo the very ground upon which it was built was greatly ſhaken; by ſuch an Earthquake God ſhews that he himſelf is preſent with his Servants, and that by his ſtrength they ſhall be reſcued from the Severity of furious Magiſtrates.</p>
               <pb n="68" facs="tcp:192139:244"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And immediately.</hi> That is, aſſoon as by the Earth<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quake the whole Priſon was ſhaken.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>All the Doors were opened.</hi> To wit, of that Priſon.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And every ones bands.</hi> To wit, who were bound in that Priſon.</p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>And the keeper of the Priſon awaking.</hi> To wit, by the great Earthquake.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He drew out his Sword and would have killed himſelf.</hi> For fear of the Magiſtrate, leſt by him he ſhould be put to a more cruel death. <hi>If the Priſoners eſcaped,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, the Jaylors uſed to undergo the ſame Pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niſhment that they were to ſuffer.</hi> L. ad Commentarienſem, C. de cuſtodia Vinctorum.</p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>Do thy ſelf no harm.</hi> For fear of a worſe Death.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For we are all.</hi> Who were bound in this Priſon, before all its Doors were opened by the Earth<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quake.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Here.</hi> Perhaps they who beſide <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas</hi> were bound in that Priſon, liſtning to their unlooked for Songs, and aſtoniſhed with the wonderful Earth-quake, did not obſerve that their bands were looſed, nor that all the Priſon-Doors were opened.</p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>Then he called for a light.</hi> From his Domeſticks, who were in his houſe adjoyning the Priſon.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſprang in.</hi> To the Priſon, with Force and Speed, to ſee if all the Priſoners were there.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And came trembling.</hi> For fear of Divine Judg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And fell down before</hi> Paul <hi>and</hi> Silas. Worſhipping, after the cuſtom of the Eaſtern Kingdoms, and thence brought to <hi>Macedonia,</hi> from the time of <hi>Alexander</hi> the Great, when he Conquered <hi>Aſia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>And brought them out.</hi> From the Cloiſter of the inner Priſon to ſome open place of the Priſon, where they might more freely breath.</p>
               <pb n="69" facs="tcp:192139:244"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſaid.</hi> Like thoſe who were mov<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed with <hi>Peters</hi> Sermons,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Acts</hi> 2.37. <hi>Luk.</hi> 3.10, 12.</note> the People and Publicans converted by <hi>John.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sirs.</hi> Thus the Jaylor gave them this honourable Compellation, knowing them to be men of great Holineſs, in that when they were ſo ſtrictly kept, and had deliverance offered them from Heaven, their bonds being looſed and the doors ſet open to them, ſo that they might flee, eſpecially if they had ſuffered him to kill himſelf, as he would have done; yet they fled not, but were more ſolicitous for his Life than for their own. <hi>To call them Sirs whom we would honour,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, was a cuſtom then received both among the</hi> Greeks <hi>and</hi> Romans, <hi>as witneſs</hi> Martial <hi>and others.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>What muſt I do.</hi> As much as to ſay, I have heard you declare the way to attain the greateſt happineſs, neither doth the Miracle which God wrought concern<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing you, ſuffer me to doubt of the truth of it, ſhew me therefore I beſeech you what courſe I ſhall take that I may attain to this happineſs?</p>
               <p n="31">31. <hi>Believe on the Lord Jeſus.</hi> That is, reſt upon Jeſus Chriſt whom God appointed to be the only Saviour, with true confidence of heart, firmly believing, that repenting of your former converſation, and ſeriouſly propoſing to paſs the reſt of your life, conform to the Rule of his Doctrine, you ſhall be diſcharged from all your Sins.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And you ſhall be ſaved.</hi> That is, and you ſhall obtain the chief happineſs in eternal life according to Chriſts promiſe.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Job.</hi> 3.15, 16, 36.6.47.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And thy houſe.</hi> That is, and your houſhold upon the ſame condition, to wit, if they alſo imbrace Chriſt with the ſame faith, which inclines the heart to repentance and amendment of Life, conform to the rule of his Doctrine.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they ſpake unto him the word of the Lord,</hi> &amp;c. That
<pb n="70" facs="tcp:192139:245"/>is, the Goſpel of Jeſus Chriſt, what that Jeſus the Son of God is, what he did upon Earth, and ſuffered for the Redemption of Mankind, how great Miracles he wrought, how he lived again tho by the Inſtigation of the <hi>Jews</hi> he was Crucified, and aſcended above all the Heavens, and was made Lord of all: what Promiſes and Precepts he propoſed. Theſe things they briefly held out to him. For it was uſual with the A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſtles to declare ſuch things in their Sermons.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And to all that were in his houſe.</hi> As much as to ſay, They not only imparted a clear and diſtinct knowledge of Chriſt and of his Doctrine to the Jaylor, but alſo to all his Domeſticks, who went with him from his houſe to the Priſon, to ſee if any of the Priſoners had eſcaped, the Priſon Doors being broke open with the Earthquake.</p>
               <p n="33">33. <hi>And he took them the ſame hour of the Night and waſhed their Stripes.</hi> That is, ſaith <hi>Grotius, having led them to ſome Pool, which was within the Bounds of the Priſon, he waſhed off the Blood which the rods had drawn.</hi> Blood is waſhed off with water, and by its coldneſs the flux thereof is ſtanched; alſo by waſhing, wounds are cleanſed and diſpoſed for healing; therefore it is uſual to waſh wounds with Water.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And was baptized.</hi> As much as to ſay, Both the Jaylor himſelf and all his Domeſticks, who heard the word of the Lord Preached in the next following verſe, without delay were according to Chriſts inſtruction dipped in Water, that by this ſign they might profeſs that they would die to Sin and lead a new and godly Life for the future.</p>
               <p n="34">34. <hi>And when he had brought them into his houſe.</hi> Joyning to the Priſon, as Jaylors houſes uſe to be.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He ſet meat before them.</hi> That is, he refreſhed them with a Treat as <hi>Levi</hi> did, <hi>Luke</hi> 5.29. &amp; <hi>Zaccheus</hi> 19.6.</p>
               <pb n="71" facs="tcp:192139:245"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And rejoyced believing in God with all his houſe.</hi> The Participle here gives the reaſon of his joy, as much as to ſay, He rejoyced and was exceeding glad, that not only himſelf, but his whole houſhold had acknowledged and received the faith of the true God, of whom he was formerly ignorant. So the <hi>Ethiopian</hi> Eunuch, when he embraced the truth,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Acts</hi> 8.37.</note> is ſaid to have been full of Joy.</p>
               <p n="35">35. <hi>The Magiſtrates ſent.</hi> The word <hi>Magiſtrates</hi> ſignifieth in the <hi>Greek, Captains of the Soldiers.</hi> See what we have ſaid above, v. 20.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sergeants. Grotius</hi> thinks that in the <hi>Latin</hi> Tranſlation the <hi>Greek</hi> word <hi>Rabduchos</hi> ſhould be retained. <hi>For although,</hi> ſaith he, Plutarch <hi>and the</hi> Gloſſarie, <hi>call Sergeants Rabduchos in</hi> Greek, <hi>yet the</hi> Greek <hi>word it ſelf ſignifieth any of the Magiſtrates Officers that carryed a ſtaff, which is in</hi> Greek, <hi>called Rabdos, as a ſign of their Office. Calvin</hi> renders the word, <hi>apparitores. Beza &amp; Stephanus, Viatores.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Saying, let theſe men go.</hi> The City Judges repented that for the ſake of the incenſed multitude, they had commanded ſtrangers to be beaten without hearing their cauſe, as if they had been convicted Malefactors, contrary to the <hi>Roman</hi> Laws, and of all Civilized Nations.</p>
               <p n="36">36. <hi>Go in Peace.</hi> That is, go with Freedom, and fare you well.</p>
               <p n="37">37. <hi>But</hi> Paul <hi>ſaid unto them.</hi> Who were ſent by the Magiſtrates.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They have beaten us openly.</hi> The Magiſtrates are ſaid to have done this, becauſe they commanded it to be done.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ncondemned.</hi> That is, unheard, contrary to the order of Law, whereby, whoſoever determineth any thing before he hath heard both Parties, tho his De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>termination be juſt, he hath been unjuſt in Deter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mining.</p>
               <pb n="72" facs="tcp:192139:246"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Being Romans.</hi> Againſt the <hi>Porcian</hi> and <hi>Sempronian</hi> Laws. <hi>Cicero</hi> for <hi>Rabirius. The</hi> Porcian <hi>Law takes away rods from the Bodies of all the</hi> Roman <hi>Citizens.</hi> And in his fifth Oration againſt <hi>Verres. There was a</hi> Roman <hi>Citizen whipt with rods in the Market-place of</hi> Meſſena. <hi>All the while notwithstanding his pain and the noiſe of the rods nothing was heard from this Wretch but theſe words, I am a</hi> Roman <hi>Citizen, thinking with the remembrance of his City, to repel the ſtroaks and abate the pain.</hi> And then. <hi>O ſweet name of Liberty! O great Priviledge of our City! O Law of</hi> Porcia <hi>and Laws of</hi> Sempronia! And a little after: <hi>It is a Crime to bind a</hi> Roman <hi>Citizen, heinous wickedneſs to beat him.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And have caſt us into Priſon.</hi> As if they intended to inflict more cruel puniſhments upon us.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And now do they thruſt us out privily.</hi> As much as to ſay, And now having publickly and openly diſgraced us, do they privately and clandeſtinely thruſt us out with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out any reparation of our honour.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Nay verily,</hi> &amp;c. But truly we ſhall not now go out of Priſon, unleſs the Judges themſelves take us honourably, that it may appear that we were unde<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſervedly beat and put in bonds.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they feared, when they heard that they were</hi> Romans. That is, they were afraid leſt they ſhould be accuſed of Treaſon, with which <hi>Cicero</hi> threatens <hi>Verres</hi> to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards the end of his fifth Oration againſt him. For it was declared by the Law, that if a <hi>Roman</hi> Citizen was hurt, the very Majeſty of the <hi>Roman</hi> People ſhould be accounted as hurt. <hi>They were not moved,</hi> ſaith <hi>Calvin</hi> excellently, <hi>with the other head, that they wrongfully raged againſt innocent Men, without any tryal of their cauſe: And yet that was a greater reproach. But becauſe they ſeared no revenger among Men, they were not moved with the Judgment of God. And hence it was they ſo unconcernedly paſſed by, that which was objected concerning the unjuſtneſs of it; they were only afraid of the</hi> Roman <hi>axes,
<pb n="73" facs="tcp:192139:246"/>for violating the Liberty of a Citizen. They knew this was Capital to the greateſt of their Deputies, what then would it be to the Decurions of one Colonie? Such is the fear of wicked Men, who have a ſtupid Conſcience before God, greatly indulging themſelves in all Sins, until revenge from Men threaten them.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="39">39. <hi>And they came.</hi> To wit, the City Judges, to the Priſon to <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas,</hi> who, as it pleaſeth <hi>Grotius,</hi> are called <hi>Romans</hi> by a Synecdoche, ſeeing <hi>Paul</hi> only had the priviledge of the City of <hi>Rome.</hi> Such a Synecdoche is in <hi>Matth.</hi> 27.44.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And beſought them.</hi> Some render it, <hi>and comforted them.</hi> To wit, they intreated them with fair words, that they would forgive the wrong which they did them undeſervedly, being forced to it by the clamour of the People; and ſo acknowledging their innocency they comforted them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And brought them out and deſired them to depart out of the City.</hi> As much as to ſay, Having brought them out of Priſon, they urged them with intreaties that they might depart out of <hi>Phillipi,</hi> leſt they might ſuffer worſe from the angry <hi>Philippians.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="40">40. <hi>And they went out.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And entred into the houſe of</hi> Lydia. That Godly Woman of <hi>Philippi,</hi> of whom ſee above <hi>v.</hi> 14.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And when they had ſeen the Brethren.</hi> That is, the Chriſtians who were met in <hi>Lydia</hi>'s houſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They comforted them.</hi> With an exhortation to Conſtancy in the Chriſtian Religion, ſeeing God doth even beyond expectation, by Miracles aid and aſſiſt ſuch as for this Religions ſake are perſecuted.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And departed.</hi> From <hi>Philippi,</hi> as the City Judges requeſted them in the verſe immediately preceeding. <hi>To wit,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, partly that they might not bring them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelves into unneceſſary troubles, partly becauſe</hi> Macedonia, <hi>which God had recomended to them, is of a far greater extent.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div n="17" type="chapter">
               <pb n="74" facs="tcp:192139:247"/>
               <head>CHAP. XVII.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>NOw when they had paſſed through.</hi> To wit, <q>
                     <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Amphipolis.</hi> A City of <hi>Macedonia</hi> near <hi>Philippi,</hi> bordering upon <hi>Thrace,</hi> which as <hi>Thu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cydides</hi> ſaith,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 1. <hi>&amp;</hi> 4.</note> was firſt called <hi>Nine ways,</hi> but being taken by <hi>Agnon</hi> the <hi>Athenian</hi> General it was called <hi>Amphipolis,</hi> becauſe it is waſhed on both ſides by the River <hi>Strymon.</hi> It was afterward by the <hi>Grecians</hi> called <hi>Chriſtopolis,</hi> the Chriſtians commonly called it <hi>Chriſtopoli,</hi> the <hi>Turks</hi> calls it now <hi>Emboli,</hi> it is an Archiepiſcopal City of <hi>Macedonia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Apollonia. A City of <hi>Macedonia</hi> in that part of it called <hi>Mygdonia,</hi> upon the River <hi>Chidor,</hi> about twelve Miles diſtant from <hi>Theſſalonica,</hi> which now is called <hi>Ceres.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They came to</hi> Theſſalonica. The largeſt City of <hi>Macedonia,</hi> and a moſt Famous place of trading.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 7.</note> 
                  <hi>Which</hi> as we read in <hi>Strabo</hi>'s excerptions, <hi>was firſt called</hi> Therme, <hi>it was built by</hi> Caſſander, <hi>who called it</hi> Theſſalonica <hi>after the Name of his Wife the Daughter of</hi> Philip <hi>the Son of</hi> Amynta, <hi>having carryed thither the Inhabitants of the neighbouring Cities, ſuch were the</hi> Chalaſtrians, Aeneans, Ciſſians, <hi>and alſo ſome others.</hi> It bordered upon the <hi>Thermean</hi> Gulf, ſo called from <hi>Thermes,</hi> whence it is ſuppoſed to be that which the <hi>Italians</hi> now call <hi>Golpho di Salonichi,</hi> for they call <hi>Theſſalonica Salonichi.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Where was a Synagogue of the Jews.</hi> There being none, to wit, in <hi>Amphipolis,</hi> nor <hi>Appollonia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>As his manner was.</hi> Which, to wit, <hi>Paul</hi> had of going in into the Jews to their Synagogues.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Reaſoned with them out of the Scriptures.</hi> To wit, of the old Teſtament which was received by the Jews as Canonical.</p>
               <pb n="75" facs="tcp:192139:247"/>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>Opening.</hi> As much as to ſay, Openly explaining as well the expreſs Propheſies concerning the Meſſias, as the types by which he was ſhadowed, that he might make it clear to them, that he was to ſuffer ſtroaks, wounds and a ſhamefull Death, and again to return to Life. And that therefore, Jeſus whom he preached, is this Meſſias foretold by the Prophets, ſeeing all that the Prophets foretold of his terrible Sufferings, bitter Afflictions, ignominious Death, and glorious Reſurrecti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on, are by the event found fitly to quadrat in him alone. Whoever ſights for Chriſt ſake againſt Hereticks, uſeth this method of <hi>Paul's, he threatens with heavenly Weapons, he draws up a Scripture-Army, with theſe Swords he forces Hereticks to their Duty, with theſe Croſſes and Torments, he ſubdues and breaks their hardneſs,</hi> ſaith the Learned <hi>Nic. Rigaltius</hi> our Country<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man upon <hi>Tert. Scorp. Cap.</hi> 2.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And that this Jeſus whom I Preach unto you is Chriſt.</hi> That is,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See below v.</hi> 17. <hi>&amp; Ch.</hi> 26.9. <hi>&amp; above Ch.</hi> 5.39.</note> that Meſſias of whom the Prophets foretold, that being put to an ignominious Death, he would riſe again.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whom I Preach unto you.</hi> The diſcourſe paſſeth from an oblique Perſon to direct, as it is frequent in any Author, and eſpecially in ſacred Writers.</p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>And ſome of them.</hi> Of the Jews, who were preſent at the diſputes which <hi>Paul</hi> had in the <hi>Theſſalo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nican</hi> Synagogue.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Believed.</hi> To wit, that Jeſus is the Meſſias promiſed in the Law and in the Prophets, who would ſave ſuch as believed in him from their Sins.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And conſorted with</hi> Paul <hi>and</hi> Silas. There is in the word in the <hi>Greek</hi> ſomewhat more meant ſaith <hi>Grotius,</hi> and it ſignifies that they were wholly addicted to <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas,</hi> as things hereditary among the Jews. <hi>Lucan</hi> uſeth this verb: <hi>Ariſtides</hi> alſo uſeth <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> for the ſame.</p>
               <pb n="76" facs="tcp:192139:248"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And of the devout</hi> Greeks. That is, ſuch as were Gentiles by birth, who having forſaken vain Idols, imbraced the worſhip of the true God before the Goſpel was preached to them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A great Maltitude.</hi> It ſeems to point out that few of thoſe who were Jews by birth, but many of the Gentiles who formerly deſerted Gentiliſme and went over to the Jewiſh Religion were converted to Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And of the chief Women.</hi> Of the chief men of the Cities Wives, who of Heathens were made Proſelytes as were alſo their husbands.</p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>Moved with envy,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, But the Jews who were moſt obſtinate in oppoſing the Goſpel Preached by <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas,</hi> being inraged to ſee it believed by ſo great a multitude; and having got together moſt wicked Scoffers and ſuch as were given up to all kind of wickedneſs, ſtirred up the People in Companies againſt <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas,</hi> and having beſet <hi>Jaſon</hi>'s houſe, who took them in to lodge with him, tumultuouſly endeavoured to draw them out thence, and to expoſe them to the fury of the incenſed rabble to be by them killed and torn in pieces.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Certain lew'd followers of the baſer ſort.</hi> The word in the Original ſignifies <hi>certain Juglers. Tacitus</hi> calls thoſe Jugglers <hi>a baſe rabble frequenting the Games and Theaters.</hi> Cicero <hi>the dreggs and mire of the City.</hi> Apuleius <hi>the homely dreggs of the mean People.</hi> Horace a Dreg, <hi>that is, born where the common People reſort and almoſt in the Market-place.</hi> Livius, <hi>a Market faction.</hi> Plautus, <hi>Buffoons,</hi> which he thus paints out in theſe words: <hi>Indeed there is nothing more ſottiſh nor dultiſh, nor more lying, nor more tatling, nor more bold in ſpeaking, nor more perjured, than thoſe buſie homebred Citizens, which they call Buffoons.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Lewd.</hi> To wit, ſuch as delighted in all miſchief and wickedneſs.</p>
               <pb n="77" facs="tcp:192139:248"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And gathered a Company.</hi> That is, And having gather<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed together the multitude of the rabble.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And aſſaulted the houſe of</hi> Jaſon. That is, they beſet the houſe of <hi>Jaſon</hi> a Citizen of <hi>Theſſalonica</hi> with whom <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas</hi> lodged. Some think this <hi>Jaſon</hi> to be the ſame with him mentioned <hi>Rom.</hi> 16.10. though he then dwelt at <hi>Corinth.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſought.</hi> That is, they endeavoured with all their might.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To bring them out to the People.</hi> That is, in ſight of the People that in their rage they might tear them to pieces.</p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>And when they found them not.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And certain Brethren.</hi> In Chriſt, that is, Chriſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To the Rulers of the City.</hi> That is, to the Magiſtrates of <hi>Theſſalonica.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Crying.</hi> Like Jangling fellows in a Court, whoſe cuſtom is to fill the Court with bawling, and cryes even to hoarſneſs, to deafen the Judges ears.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 1. <hi>de orat.</hi>
                  </note> Hence <hi>Cicero</hi> calls them both baulers and outcryers. <hi>We ſeek not for I do not know what Lawyer, nor Bauler nor Jangler in this our diſcourſe.</hi> And <hi>Lib.</hi> 3 <hi>de orator.</hi> he ſaith of <hi>Pericles, But no bauler hath taught him to bark out his hour.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Lib.</hi> 12. <hi>Inſtit.</hi>
                     </note> Quintillian</hi> alſo calls them <hi>Barkers. Above all things that modesty periſheth which brings Authority and Belief to an Orator, if he of a good man become a Jangler and a Barker.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Theſe that have turned the World upſide-down are come hither alſo.</hi> As much as to ſay, Theſe vagabonds who by introducing their new Religion ſtir up Sedition in every Nation, are alſo come to this City of <hi>Theſſalonica,</hi> to the end they may trouble us, who are at peace, with their new Doctrines. Well ſaith <hi>Calvin, This is the State of the Goſpel, to have theſe <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>proars, which
<pb n="78" facs="tcp:192139:249"/>Satan raiſeth by oppoſing it, imputed to it. This alſo is the maliciouſneſs of Chriſts Enemies, to lay the blame of Tumults upon holy and modeſt teachers, which they themſelves have procured. Certainly the Goſpel is not preached to this end, to ſtir up men to ſtrifes among themſelves, but rather that it may keep them in peace being reconciled to God. When Chriſt Liberally invites us there to come unto him, Satan and the wicked rage; therefore</hi> Paul <hi>and</hi> Silas <hi>might eaſily have defended themſelves, but it was requiſite for them to undergo this falſe ſlander for a time, and ſo long as they were not heard, ſilently to paſs it by. And the Lord by their example meant to teach us not to give place to ſlanders or falſe reports, but rather to ſtand ſtout in aſſerting the truth, being content to be evil ſpoken off, for what was well done. Therefore away with the perverſe wiſdom of ſome, who to eſcape falſe ſlanders, ſtand not to betray Chriſt and his Goſpel by their treacherous moderation, as if their good name were more precious than</hi> Pauls, <hi>and ſuch like, yea than the ſacred name of God, which is not free from Blaſphemies.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>Whom</hi> Jaſon <hi>hath received.</hi> That is, <hi>Jaſon</hi> their Favourer hath received them to his houſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And theſe all do contrary to the Decrees of</hi> Caeſar. The People of <hi>Rome,</hi> and afterward the <hi>Caeſar,</hi> who trans<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferred to themſelves the Government of the People of <hi>Rome,</hi> ſuffered none in the Provinces ſubject to their Government, of which <hi>Macedonia</hi> at that time was one, to be called King without their own ſermiſſion. <hi>A great and Odious Crime,</hi> ſaith <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> too impu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dently forged.</hi> Paul <hi>and</hi> Silas <hi>ſought to <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rect the Kingdom of Chriſt which is ſpiritual, the Jews knew well that this might be done without any injury to the</hi> Rom<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>n <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>rpire. They knew that they meant nothing leſs than to overthrow the publick State, or to deprive</hi> Caeſar <hi>of his Authority; the Jews therefore maliciouſly catch <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> this preceive that they might procure hatred to theſe Innovents. The</hi> Macedonians <hi>had no ſuch reſpect for Religion, much leſs for the Jewiſh;
<pb n="79" facs="tcp:192139:249"/>that for its cauſe they ſhould forthwith drag Perſons unknown to the ſlaughter, the Jews then catch at the pretence of Treaſon to oppreſs theſe Innocents with the Odiouſneſs of that Crime alone. Neither doth Satan ceaſe to this day to ſpread ſuch miſts before mens dazled eyes. The Papiſts know very well, and are ſufficiently convinced before God, that it is more than falſe which they lay to our charge, That we overthrow all Civil Government, that Laws and Judg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments are taken away, that the Power of Kings is ſubverted by us. And yet they are not aſhamed to the end they may make the whole World to hate us, falſly to report us to be Enemies to publick Order. For we muſt note that the Jews not only alledge that</hi> Caeſar's <hi>Commands were violated, becauſe</hi> Paul <hi>and</hi> Silas <hi>durſt preſume to innovate ſomewhat in Reli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gion, but becauſe they ſaid there was another King. This crime was altogether forged. Moreover if at any time Religion force us to reſist tyrannical Edicts, which forbid us to give due honour to Chriſt and due worſhip to God, we may then juſtly ſay for our ſelves that we do not violate the Power of Kings. For they are not ſo exalted that they may en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deavour like Gyants to pull God out of his Throne. That excuſe of Daniels was true, that he had not offended the King, while yet he obeyed not his wicked Command<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment, neither had injured mortal Man, becauſe he had preferred God to him. So let us faithfully pay to Princes their Tributes, let us be ready to any Civil Obedience, but if not content with that degree, they would pluck out of our hands the Fear and Worſhip of God, there is no reaſon why any ſhould ſay we deſpiſe them, becauſe we make more account of the Power and Majeſty of God.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>King.</hi> To wit, of all humane kind. <hi>For,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius,</hi> the Chriſtians <hi>called Jeſus</hi> Lord, <hi>which frequent<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly occurrs in this Book, moſt frequently in</hi> Pauls <hi>Epiſtles. But this word in the</hi> Greek <hi>is the ſame with that, that is rendred</hi> King. <hi>Rev.</hi> 1.8.15.3.17.14.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Another King.</hi> To wit, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>n <hi>Caeſar. Who,</hi> ſaith the ſame <hi>Grotius, called</hi> himſelf Lord of the World.</p>
               <pb n="80" facs="tcp:192139:250"/>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>And they troubled.</hi> As much as to ſay, By theſe falſe accuſations againſt <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas,</hi> they both raiſed a ſuſpicion in the People who were gathered together in the Court, and in the Magiſtrates before whom they were accuſed.</p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>And.</hi> This Particule, which otherwiſe is a Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pulative, is here taken for the Adverſative Particule <hi>but,</hi> as it is often elſewhere.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>When they had taken Security.</hi> That <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas</hi> ſhould appear in Judgement when ever it ſhould be needful.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of</hi> Jaſon. <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas</hi>'s Hoſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And of the others.</hi> Chriſtians, to wit, who, <hi>v.</hi> 6. together with <hi>Jaſon</hi> were drawn before the Magiſtrates of <hi>Theſſalonica.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They let them go.</hi> That is, ſuffered them to go free.</p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>But the Brethren.</hi> That is, the Chriſtians who lived in <hi>Theſſalonica.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Immediately.</hi> Leſt the incenſed People, ſtirred up by the perverſe Jews, ſhould uſe Violence and Force upon <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sent away</hi> Paul <hi>and</hi> Silas <hi>by night unto</hi> Beraea. That is, in a Clandeſtine way having taken the advantage of the darkneſs they led and accompanied them out of the City, that they might paſs to another City of <hi>Macedonia</hi> called <hi>Beraea.</hi> The <hi>Macedonick Beraea</hi> lyeth betwixt <hi>Theſſalonica</hi> and the <hi>Candavian</hi> Hills, which divide <hi>Illyria</hi> from <hi>Macedonia,</hi> near the River <hi>Lydia</hi> in the Region of <hi>Emathia.</hi> This City is now commonly call<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed <hi>Veria,</hi> for ſo do the preſent <hi>Greeks</hi> pronounce it. The <hi>Turks</hi> call it <hi>Boor,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">4 <hi>Nat. hiſt.</hi> 10.</note> as <hi>Leunclavius</hi> ſaith. <hi>Plinius</hi> among the Cities of <hi>Macedonia</hi> reckons <hi>Pella</hi> in the firſt place, the Coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>try of <hi>Philip</hi> and <hi>Alexander</hi> the Great, Kings of the <hi>Macedonians,</hi> ſecondly <hi>Beraea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who. Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Coming thither.</hi> To <hi>Beraea.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="81" facs="tcp:192139:250"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Went into the Synagogue of the Jews.</hi> To try if they could convert any of the <hi>Beraean</hi> Jews to Chriſt.</p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>Theſe.</hi> The Jews dwelling in <hi>Beraea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Were more noble then thoſe in</hi> Theſſalonica. That is, they ſurpaſſed the <hi>Theſſalonians</hi> in excellency of Diſpoſition and Nobleneſs of Mind.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In that they.</hi> The Jews of <hi>Beraea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Received the word of God with all readineſs.</hi> That is, with bended ears and ready minds, they attended the Goſpel Preached by <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſearched the Scriptures daily.</hi> That is, ſearch<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing out moſt diligently the meaning of thoſe things, which were foretold of Chriſt, in the Law, and in the Prophets.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whether theſe things were ſo.</hi> That is, that they might ſee through it, whether what was Preached by <hi>Paul</hi> concerning Jeſus, did agree with the written Oracles of <hi>Moſes,</hi> and the Prophets, concerning the <hi>Meſſias.</hi> Yea as <hi>Cyril</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> ſaith excellently,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Catech.</hi> 4.</note> 
                  <hi>nothing of the Divine and holy Myſteries of Faith ought to be delivered by Gueſs without Scripture Authority, nor be ſpoken upon meer probability and dreſs of Words.</hi> Hence it is clear againſt the Papiſts, that there is no blind obedience owing to the Paſtors of the Church, but that they indeed are to be eſteemed noble among Chriſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans, who diligently examin by the Teſtimony of the Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly Scripture, what ever is Preached by their Paſtors. <hi>We pretend to no blind obedience due to Church-mens di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rections, and account them nohle Chriſtians, who ſearch and try all they ſay by that teſt of the Scriptures,</hi> ſaith that Man of a moſt ſolid Judgment, and in defending the Principles of the Orthodox Faith, againſt Popery and Irreligion, ſhort of none, the moſt Religious
<pb n="82" facs="tcp:192139:251"/>and moſt Learned <hi>Gilbert Burnet,</hi> Doctor of Divinity,
<note place="margin">In his excel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lent Book en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>titled the My<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtery of ini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quity unvail<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed.</note> to whoſe large Charity to the Poor and Strangers I profeſs myſelf greatly indebted.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>Therefore many of them Believed.</hi> As much as to ſay, But when the Jews of <hi>Beraea</hi> had by this Scrutiny of the Scriptures diſcovered the moſt marvellous Harmony and Agreement of <hi>Paul</hi>'s Doctrine with the Propheſies of <hi>Moſes</hi> and the Prophets, a great many more of them believed the Goſpel Preached by <hi>Paul,</hi> and acknowledged Jeſus to be the Meſſias, promiſed in the Law, and in the Prophets, than of the <hi>Theſſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lonians</hi> born Jews.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And alſo of honourable Women,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Yea and very many honeſt and reſpected <hi>Ethnicks</hi> of both Sexes at <hi>Beraea,</hi> believed in Jeſus Chriſt.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>The Jews.</hi> Obſtinately reſiſting the Word of God, or the Goſpel Preached by <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſtirred up the People.</hi> Againſt <hi>Paul</hi> at <hi>Beraea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>And then immediately,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, But the Chriſtians at <hi>Beraea,</hi> that <hi>Paul</hi> might be deli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vered from the ſnares of the unbelieving <hi>Theſſalonian</hi> Jews, took care to convey him to the Sea Coaſt, entring into a Ship as if he were to ſail from theſe Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gions, while <hi>Timothy</hi> and <hi>Silas</hi> abode at <hi>Beraea,</hi> that they confirm in the Faith, theſe who were newly converted. But what <hi>Luke</hi> did or where he was at that time, ſince he himſelf is ſilent, is raſh to conjecture.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To go as it were to the Sea.</hi> The <hi>Syrian, Arabick,</hi> &amp; <hi>Ethiopick,</hi> render it ſimply <hi>to the Sea,</hi> either <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, being put by a Pleonaſm; for ſaith <hi>Ludo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vicus de Dieu,</hi> the particle <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is uſed by the Atticks with the Accuſative in ſtead of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and is often in <hi>Xenophon, Ariſtophanes, Demoſthenes,</hi> and
<pb n="83" facs="tcp:192139:251"/>other Writers. <hi>Euſtathius</hi> notes upon <hi>Homer,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Iliad. B.</note> that Orators frequently put <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>as it were,</hi> redundant.</p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>And they.</hi> Who by Command from the Bre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thren at <hi>Beraea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Conducted Paul.</hi> To the Sea Shore. The <hi>Greek</hi> words ſignifie <hi>ſerling</hi> Paul, that is by their Company ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cured <hi>Paul</hi> from the ſnares of his Enemies, or <hi>undertook to put him in a ſafe place,</hi> as Famous <hi>Beza</hi> renders it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Brought him unto</hi> Athens. To wit, the Attick, where <hi>Paul</hi> ſeemed ſecure from the implacable hatred of the <hi>Theſſalonian</hi> Jews. <hi>In my moſt ancient Copy,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, after</hi> unto Athens, <hi>it is written,</hi> and he paſſed by, <hi>(to wit, tarrying no where there)</hi> Theſſalie: becauſe he was forbidden to Preach the Goſpel to them, <hi>to wit, to the</hi> Theſſalians. Certainly it were ſtrange other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wayes, that <hi>Paul</hi> ſhould have paſſed by ſo many Regions, as are betwixt <hi>Theſſalonica</hi> and <hi>Athens,</hi> to wit, <hi>Theſſalie, Baeotia</hi> and <hi>Attica,</hi> having no where Preached the Goſpel, or that <hi>Luke</hi> who was <hi>Paul</hi>'s Companion as appears above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 16. <hi>v.</hi> 10. ſhould have omitted that Hiſtory of what was ſaid and done there.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And receiving a Commandment,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, And when they who had conveyed <hi>Paul</hi> from <hi>Beraea,</hi> had received a Commandment from him to <hi>Silas</hi> and <hi>Timothy,</hi> who were left at <hi>Beraea,</hi> that with all ſpeed they would come to him, they departed from <hi>Athens</hi> to return to <hi>Beraea. Athenae Atticae,</hi> is a Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mous City of <hi>Greece,</hi> upon the River <hi>Ilisſus,</hi> near the <hi>Saronick</hi> Gulf, and the chief Metropolis of <hi>Attica,</hi> from whence the <hi>Romans</hi> thought Humanity, Learning, Religion, Fruits, Laws and Rights to have had their riſe,
<note place="margin">Cic. pro. Lucil. Flac.</note> and from thence diſtributed over all the Earth. Hence <hi>Lucretius</hi> in his Sixth Book.</p>
               <pb n="84" facs="tcp:192139:252"/>
               <q>
                  <l>Athens <hi>firſt gave us</hi> Laws, <hi>and chang'd our</hi> Food.</l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>For</hi> Acorns <hi>tender</hi> Fruit <hi>and</hi> Corn <hi>beſtow'd</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>On</hi> wretched <hi>Man;</hi> each was a mighty Good.</l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>But then ſhe taught us how to Live at eaſe,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>She taught the Joys of Life, and ſhew'd us Peace.</hi>
                  </l>
               </q>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>Now while</hi> Paul <hi>waited for them at</hi> Athens. That is, for <hi>Silas</hi> and <hi>Timothy,</hi> that they might help him to promote the work of the Goſpel.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Was ſtirred,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, he was vexed with great trouble of Spirit, that walking the Streets of <hi>Athens,</hi> he ſhould meet with ſo many Images of Gods in ſo many places. The <hi>Greek</hi> hath it, <hi>his Spirit was grieved.</hi> So <hi>Aſaph</hi> ſaid. <hi>My heart is grieved.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Pſal.</hi> 73.21.</note> It muſt needs be that what is wicked ſhould diſpleaſe a good and juſt Man, and whom evil diſpleaſeth,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Lib. de ira Dei Cap.</hi> 17.</note> muſt be grieved when he ſeeth it done,</hi> ſaith <hi>Lactantius.</hi> And a little after. <hi>It is natural to a good Man to be grieved and ſtirred up at the Sin of another.</hi> So <hi>Mattathias</hi> ſeeing a Jew ſacrificing to Idols was inflamed with great Zeal.
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Macc.</hi> 2.24.</note> So righteous <hi>Lot</hi> ſeeing the Wickedneſs of the <hi>Sodomites</hi> was dayly vexed.
<note place="margin">2 <hi>Pet.</hi> 2.8.</note> So <hi>Rev.</hi> 2.2. the Angel of <hi>Epheſus</hi> cannot bear them which are evil. <hi>Apuleius</hi> ſeeing an Adulterer coming daily to his Miſtriſs, ſaid, <hi>But this did wholly break my heart.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Given to Idolatry. Cauſabon</hi> renders the <hi>Greek</hi> word here <hi>filled with Idols. Petronius</hi> facetiouſly expoſing the <hi>Athenians,</hi> introduced one ſaying, <hi>Verily our Country is ſo full of Deities ready to help, that you may eaſier find a God then a Man in it.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>Therefore diſputed he.</hi> To wit, of Religion and its concerns. The Apoſtle of Chriſt does not begin with a violent hand to pull down their Idols, but with
<pb n="85" facs="tcp:192139:252"/>a nervous diſcourſe to remove the Idolatry out of their hearts. <hi>Let Hereticks,</hi> ſaith <hi>Ber<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nard, rather be taken, then put to flight,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Serm.</hi> 64. <hi>in Cantic.</hi>
                     </note> taken I ſay, not with Arms, but let their Errors be refelled with ſtrong Arguments.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Serm.</hi> 66.</note> And again. <hi>Faith muſt be perſwaded, not commanded.</hi> Lactantius.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Inſtit. Lib.</hi> 5. <hi>Cap.</hi> 19.</note> 
                  <hi>There is no need of Force and injury, becauſe Religion cannot be forced, the buſineſs indeed is to be done with words, rather then mith ſtroaks to make People willing.</hi> A little after, <hi>We Chriſtians do not inveigle Men, as the Ethnicks themſelves charge us with, but we teach, prove and demonſtrate; therefore we hold none againſt his will, for he is unprofitable to God, that wants Faith and Devotion; and yet none leaves us while the truth it ſelf retains him.</hi> See what is noted above, <hi>v.</hi> 3. <hi>&amp; Ch.</hi> 5.39. and below <hi>Ch.</hi> 26.9.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the Synagogue with the Jews and with the devout Perſons.</hi> That is, with ſuch as were Jews by birth, and alſo with the Proſelytes, who being deſcend<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed of Foreign Nations, did imbrace the Jewiſh Religion.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See above.</hi> v. 4.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With all that met with him.</hi> That is, with all that went to the Market.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>Certain Philoſophers of the</hi> Epicureans <hi>and of the</hi> Stoicks. He names two ſorts of Philoſophers who were moſt averſe from the Chriſtian Religion. For <hi>Epicurus</hi> thought that it was below the Majeſty of God to care for humane affairs. For this cauſe <hi>Cicero, Plutarch,</hi> and others have expunged <hi>Epicurus</hi> out of the Liſt of Philoſophers. <hi>For the</hi> Epicureans, ſaith <hi>Grotius, they neither believed that the World was made by God, nor that he had any care of humane Affairs; nor that there is any reward or puniſhment after Death; neither any good but what is perceived by the Senſes.</hi> The <hi>Stoicks</hi> all to a Man excepting perhaps <hi>Socrates</hi> alone, were of a High and Proud Spirit, they proudly and madly
<pb n="86" facs="tcp:192139:253"/>boaſted that the Wiſe Man whom they feigned in their <hi>Idea,</hi> was equal with God, yea in ſome repects beyond him. <hi>The Wiſe man,</hi> ſaith <hi>Seneca, knows as much of his own age,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Epiſt.</hi> 53.</note> as God does of all ages. There is ſomething wherein the wiſe man ſurpaſſes God; God by the Prerogative of his nature fears nothing, the Wiſe man by his acquired Pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rogative. Behold a great thing, to have the Weakneſs of a Man, and the Security of a God. And Epiſt.</hi> 73. Sextus <hi>uſed to ſay, That</hi> Jupiter <hi>was nothing more Powerful than a good Man.</hi> Jupiter <hi>hath more to give to Men, but of two good Men he is not the beſt that is the richeſt. Wherein does</hi> Jupiter <hi>excell a good Man? He is longer good. A good man eſteemeth himſelf nothing the leſs, that his Vertues are bounded within a ſhort ſpace of time.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Encountred him.</hi> That is, they ſharply aſſaulted him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Babler.</hi> That is, a Sower of words, and as <hi>Plinius</hi> ſaith, one who willingly waſteth words. The <hi>Greek</hi> word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is uſed by <hi>Ariſtotle,</hi> for a little bird called in <hi>Latin Frugilega,</hi> for that with its Bill it gathers the ſeeds that are digged up, and feeds upon them. Hence ſaith <hi>Euſtathius,</hi> It was by the <hi>Atticks</hi> Tranſlated to thoſe Beggers that went about the Markets, that they might gather what dropt from the Sacks and thereby feed. Hence it is uſed as a reproach upon Men of no Eſteem, who are deſpiſed by all. <hi>Paul</hi> then is called by the <hi>Athenian</hi> Philoſophers, <hi>Spermologus,</hi> not as a Babler, <hi>Who</hi> as <hi>Gellius</hi> ſaith, <hi>comes off with moiſt and ſlippery Words, without any reſpect to matter.</hi> But as a man of a low Fortune, and very meanly clothed. As much as to ſay, What will that vile Fellow ſay?</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He ſeemeth to be a ſetter forth of ſtrange Gods.</hi> Theſe unclean Spirits, which the <hi>Ethnicks</hi> Eſteem and Worſhip as Gods, are called in the Scripture <hi>Daemonia,</hi> which is their honourable name in <hi>Greek,</hi> as if ye would call
<pb n="87" facs="tcp:192139:253"/>them <hi>knowing</hi> and <hi>Wiſe,</hi> becauſe of the Oracles given by them: Indeed the title of <hi>knowing,</hi> doth admirably agree with the Hiſtory of the Tree of knowledge of Good and Evil.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Gen.</hi> 3.</note> More<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>over among the ſame <hi>Athenians, Socrates</hi> the Philoſopher was alſo accuſed of old; that he did take away the received Gods, <hi>introducing others and new</hi> Demons, that is, Deities, As <hi>Diogenes Laertius</hi> writes in his Life.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>And they took him.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul,</hi> that he might go with them to ſuch a place, wherein he might more decently declare what new things he alledged, than in the Market among the Promiſcuous Multitude.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Brought him unto</hi> Areopagus. <hi>Areopagus</hi> was one of the five Regions in <hi>Athens,</hi> in which the whole City was ſometimes divided. Theſe were <hi>Martius Pagus</hi> or <hi>Areo-Pagus, Saturni Pagus, Panis Pagus, Neptuni Pagus, Mercurii Pagus. Areo-Pagus</hi> was named from <hi>Mars</hi> who in <hi>Greek</hi> is called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as much as to ſay, the hillock of <hi>Mars,</hi> becauſe there at firſt, <hi>Mars</hi> having killed <hi>Halirrhotius Neptunes</hi> Son, being ſummoned as guilty of Death, anſwered his charge, as ſaith <hi>Pauſanias;</hi> or becauſe it was conſecrated to <hi>Mars,</hi> that <hi>Mars</hi> his Temple ſhould be there, as <hi>Saturns, Pans Neptunes &amp; Mercuries</hi> were in the other four. The Judgments inſtituted by <hi>Cecrops</hi> the firſt King of <hi>Athens,</hi> about weighty Crimes and Cauſes, were exerciſed in <hi>Areo-Pagus</hi> by the Judges. Hence <hi>Heſychins,</hi> Areo-Pagus <hi>at</hi> Athens <hi>is a Tribunal in its Caſtle.</hi> The Caſtle of <hi>Athens</hi> was called by its proper name <hi>Acropolis</hi> and <hi>Polis,</hi> as the moſt Learned <hi>Thomas de Pinedo</hi> hath obſerved. <hi>Juvenal</hi> calls its Tribunal <hi>Curia Martis.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Sat.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 100.</note> Upon which place <hi>Thomas Farnabius</hi> ſays, that the Judges of that Court, were uſed to give their ſentence without opening their Mouth, in writing ſome Letters or
<pb n="88" facs="tcp:192139:254"/>Characters. See <hi>Perſ. Sat.</hi> 4.13. It is called <hi>Areo-Pagus</hi> from <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Mars,</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, a Rock, a Hillock; <hi>for</hi> Mars <hi>being here accuſed of Murther before twelve Gods, was abſolved by ſix Sentences.</hi> The Judges of this Court were Upright and Uncorrupt; whence theſe ſayings, <hi>more ſevere then an</hi> Areopagite; <hi>and more ſilent then an</hi> Areopagite. Cicero. <hi>The affairs of</hi> Rome <hi>ſtand thus,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Lib.</hi> 1. <hi>ad attic. Epiſt.</hi> 14.</note> nothing more ſevere, nothing more conſtant, nothing more ſtrong, then the Senate, which is like</hi> Areopagus <hi>of</hi> Athens.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>May we know.</hi> As much as to ſay, Go on now, if you pleaſe declare unto us this new Doctrine which you Preach.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>Strange,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, for you Preach Doctrine unheard of by us till now, the which we have a great deſire to know fully.</p>
               <p n="21">21. Athenians. That is, the Citizens born in <hi>Athens.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Strangers.</hi> That is, ſuch as from other Nations had come to <hi>Athens,</hi> which was famous for Arts, and for its Harbour, and reſided there, and alſo conformed themſelves to the Cuſtoms of the Natives.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Spent their time in nothing elſe,</hi> &amp;c. That is, they ſpent their time in ſearching after and ſpreading new Rumours.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 3.</note> In <hi>Thucydides, Cleon</hi> charges the <hi>Athenians</hi> that they are always Slaves to unaccuſtomed things, but deſpiſers of the accuſtomed. The like is to be found in <hi>De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mosthenes.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Some new thing.</hi> The <hi>Greek</hi> here uſeth the Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parative for the Poſitive. So alſo <hi>Plato,</hi> and <hi>De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moſthenes</hi> uſe it.</p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>Then</hi> Paul <hi>ſtood in the midſt of</hi> Mars <hi>hill and ſaid.</hi> As much as to ſay, When <hi>Paul</hi> ſtood in the midſt of that Famous place called <hi>Mars hill,</hi> filled with the con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>courſe
<pb n="89" facs="tcp:192139:254"/>of Men, with a ſtedfaſt Countenance thus he ſpake to them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ye men of</hi> Athens. So their own Orators, ſuch as <hi>Demoſthenes</hi> and <hi>Oſchines</hi> uſe to call them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I perceive that in all things ye are too Superſtitious. Eraſmus</hi> hath noted that in this diſcourſe <hi>Paul</hi> ſhewed Admirable Policy and Prudence. Whoſe words ſee<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing they greatly illuſtrate this place, we ſhall not think it a trouble to inſert them. <q>The Apoſtle, ſaith, <hi>ſaith he,</hi> Preaching the Goſpel at <hi>Athens,</hi> had to do with men of diverſe Opinions; here were the <hi>Epicureans,</hi> that deny that there are any Gods, or deny that they take any care of humane Concerns: And the <hi>Stoicks</hi> unprofitable hearers of Goſpel grace; for that they make their own Wiſe man equal with the Gods, and place Mans chief good in his own ſtrength. The reſt of the multitude in miſerable blindneſs, worſhipped all kinds of <hi>Demons</hi> for the true God. How doth he temper his Speech at ſuch a Theater? Does he begin to execrate their crime of Idolatry? Does he call the Gods of the <hi>Athenians, Wood</hi> or <hi>Stone,</hi> or which is worſe then theſe, <hi>wicked Spirits, hateful to God and Enemies to all humane kind?</hi> Does he upbraid them with their wicked Crimes, by which they were given over to a reprobate ſenſe, as he twiſts it in, in his Epiſtle to the <hi>Romans?</hi> Nowiſe, for it was not as yet expedient, but very moderately ſaith, That he underſtood by their Images and Monuments, that the <hi>Athenians</hi> were altogether given to Superſtition. The word Superſtition is ſmoother then idolatry, and this ſame he mitigates by the Comparative, <hi>too Superſtitious:</hi> And this again he leſſens by adding <hi>as if,</hi> what means this Civility of the Apoſtles? Whither does he look, what does he catch at, did he fear the <hi>Athenians?</hi> Not at all, but it is their gain that he deſigns and follows; he knew the <hi>Athenians,</hi>
                     <pb n="90" facs="tcp:192139:255"/>as the other Nations, to have been given to the worſhipping of Images, even before he came to <hi>Athens.</hi> But that he might not ſeem to have brought with him a bad report of the <hi>Athenians,</hi> or to be Inquiſitive in another common-wealth; he ſaith that he perceived their Superſtition, by the Ima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges ſet up in publick, and that not deſignedly, but paſſing by accidentally. Neither does he call them Idols or Monuments of Impiety, but in a ſmoother Term <hi>Sebasmata,</hi> which alſo is taken in a good mean<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing: And it was deſignedly that he ſaid that he ſaw an Altar with that Inſcription; <hi>to the unknown God.</hi> What did he do with this Policy, that he might make uſe of their readineſs to hear, if he would not ſeem to be the Author of new Gods, which by the <hi>Athenians</hi> was puniſhed with death, but he would Preach that which they long ago, though ignorantly worſhipped. Now conſider with what words he Preacheth the unknown God: He does not ſay, the God of <hi>Abraham,</hi> the God of <hi>Iſaac,</hi> the God of <hi>Jacob;</hi> As <hi>Peter</hi> did ſpeaking to the Jews, but with a diſcourſe ſo tempered that he might with patience be heard even by <hi>Ethnicks;</hi> God that made the World and all things therein.</q> 
                  <hi>Paul adds,</hi> Seeing that he is Lord of Heaven and Earth, dwelleth not in Temples made with hands; neither is he wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhipped with mens hands as though he needed any thing, ſeeing he giveth to all Life and breath and all things. <hi>Hitherto hath he ſaid nothing that may not be ſuffered, neither do you hear the Teſtimonies of the Prophets here, which</hi> Peter <hi>made uſe of to the Jews; but he produceth the Teſtimony of</hi> Aratus, for we are his offspring, <hi>not naming him indeed, but what was more fit to perſwade them,</hi> As, <hi>ſaith he,</hi> certain alſo of your own Poets have ſaid. <hi>Though I ſuſpect the word</hi> Poets <hi>hath been added by latter Authors, for this reaſon, that the moſt ancient Author</hi> Irenaeus, <hi>citing this place does not add</hi> Poets, <hi>nor yet</hi>
                  <pb n="91" facs="tcp:192139:255"/>Auguſtine. <hi>Now obſerve with what Prudence, he accommo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dates this Teſtimony of</hi> Aratus <hi>to his purpoſe: If God be not far from every one of us, by whoſe favour we Live and Breath, he is not then Viſible or Corporeal, or perceptible by any ſenſe, far leſs then our Souls are, ſeeing he is as it were the Soul of our Soul. Then, if we be his Children, it becomes us not being Children to have low thoughts of ſo great a Father: For it is certain the Soul is the far nobler part of Man, without which the Body is nothing: but the Body of Man is better by far then Images of Wood, Stone, Braſs, Silver, Gold, in which there is no ſenſe of any thing, nor motion, neither were they made by God, but by the Tradeſman; therefore they who worſhip Images, they have that for a God, which is viler then the baſeſt part of Man. Ye ſee with how much caution, and with how much Temperance, he Demonſtrates the Worſhipping of Images not to be Religion, but Superſtition. Certainly here was room to be incenſed at the blindneſs of the</hi> Athe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nians, <hi>who having learned theſe things from their Authors, yet would worſhip Dead and Dumb things inſtead of God. Yet neither here doth he ſpeak any ſharp Word: He refers the madneſs of former ages to the times, and Gods winking at them, that he might excuſe what had been done heretofore, by the ignorance in which God ſuffered men to be blinded for a time; only that they might now repent at the ſhining light of the Goſpel. Neither does he properly here direct his diſcourſe to the</hi> Athenians, <hi>but ſpeaks in general that he might the leſs offend.</hi> That all men, <hi>ſaith he,</hi> might every where repent, <hi>he ſheweth that a pardon for what was paſt, was ready for ſuch as would betake themſelves to better; otherwiſe that ſevere Judgment was near to ſuch as would deſpiſe ſo great a favour from God. Neither doth he ſpeak thus, We declare to you that Gods Judgment is at hand, and that they ought to flee to repen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tance. But God declares. No mention is made as yet of Chriſt, of whom they had no knowledge. Now a natural way of teaching begins with known things. Here obſerve,</hi>
                  <pb n="92" facs="tcp:192139:256"/>Paul <hi>who in his Epiſtles with ſo loud a Trumpet, perſonated the Majeſty of Chriſt, how ſparingly he touches him. No mention of the Divine Nature, alſo as to the Croſs which was fooliſhneſs to the Nations, ſilence. He calls him only a Man, whom God hath ſet out in this World, that the truth being by him cleared, the Penitent ſhould be freely pardoned, and the unbelieving being now innexcuſable ſhould be juſtly puniſhed. Neither does he adduce the Teſtimonies of the Prophets here; but only with one argument proves what he ſaid, becauſe God raiſed him from the Dead. Only at the mentioning of the Reſurrection ſome mocked, others being more modeſt, ſaid, We will hear thee again of this matter. He who deſireth to be more fully taught, hath profited in ſome meaſure. Here alſo it ſeems the Apoſtles Diſcourſe was interrupted, his Auditors leaving him, neither would he preſs them any further.</hi> But departed from among them, <hi>ſaith</hi> Luke, <hi>waiting a more fit occaſion. Alſo this ſame happened by</hi> Paul<hi>'s Wiſdom, that he was neither miſuſed, nor railed at, nor hurt by any ſeizing upon him, but departed ſafe, but not without gain. Them who cleaved to him he more fully inſtructed, among which were</hi> Dionyſius, <hi>and a certain Woman named</hi> Damaris, <hi>and others with them. Hence it apears how great force a diſcourſe tempered with prudent meekneſs hath.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Superſtitious.</hi> The <hi>Greek</hi> hath it <hi>too Superſtitious.</hi> 
                  <q>They are called <hi>Superſtitious,</hi> ſaith <hi>Lactan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tius,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <hi>Lib.</hi> 4. <hi>inſtit. Cap.</hi> 28.</note> who worſhip the ſurviving memo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry of the deceaſed, or who ſurviving their Parents, honour their Images as houſhold Gods. For they called them <hi>Super<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtitious,</hi> who aſſumed to themſelves new Rites, that they might inſtead of Gods honour the Dead, whom they thought were from men received into Heaven: but them who worſhiped the Publick and Ancient Gods, they called <hi>Religious. Virg. Aen.</hi> 8. <hi>v.</hi> 187.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Fooliſh Superſtition, which knoweth not the Ancient Gods.
<pb n="93" facs="tcp:192139:256"/>But,</hi> ſaith <hi>Lactantius</hi> further, <hi>ſeeing we find alſo the old Gods, in the ſame manner conſecrated after Death, they are therefore Superſtitious who worſhip many, and falſe Gods. But we are Religious, who ſupplicate one, and the true God. Servius</hi> upon the forecited out of <hi>Virgil Evanders</hi> words to <hi>Aeneas.</hi> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>Superſtition,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>is a fooliſh and Superfluous fear,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <hi>Aeneid.</hi> 8.</note> or it is denominated from little old Women, who ſurviving many, dote for age, and become fools. Or according to <hi>Lucretius,</hi> Superſtition is a vain and ſuperfluous fear of Divine and heavenly things which are above us.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>Your Devotions.</hi> The Word in the <hi>Greek</hi> ſig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nifieth <hi>thoſe Deities which are worſhipped.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I found an Altar.</hi> The word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in the <hi>Greek</hi> Bible, and Fathers, and <hi>Ara</hi> in the vulgar <hi>Latin</hi> Tran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſlation of the Bible and the <hi>Latin</hi> Fathers, is uſed only of an Altar erected for the honour of Idols, ſeeing the Altar erected under the old Teſtament for wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhipping the true God, is conſtantly and always called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in <hi>Greek,</hi> and <hi>Altare</hi> in <hi>Latin.</hi> One Ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble was wont to be placed in the midſt of every meet<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing Place of the Primitive Chriſtians, upon which every one laid what he beſtowed for the uſe of the Poor, as we are informed by <hi>Theodoret;</hi> and becauſe Alms are noted with the name of Sacrifice,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 5. <hi>Cap.</hi> 18. <hi>Heb.</hi> 13.16.</note> that table upon which they were laid was called by the ancient Chriſtians an Altar. This Table alſo was appointed for the uſe of the Lords Supper, and hence it came to paſs that by little and little, they which did partake of the Bread and Wine of the Lords Supper at this Table, which for the Alms laid upon it, was called an Altar, were ſaid to have partaked of the Altar. Of this table <hi>Paul</hi> ſpeaks, and <hi>Athanaſius</hi> in his Epiſtle to ſolitary Livers.
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 18.21.</note> This alſo is to be obſerved that when
<pb n="94" facs="tcp:192139:257"/>Chriſtians in the time of <hi>Conſtantine</hi> the Great, did begin to build ſumptuous Churches to God, then alſo in place of that one Wooden Table, almoſt in every Church of God, there was one of Stone erected, which yet ſerved for the ſame uſe, that the Wooden Table did before.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With this Inſcription, to the unknown God.</hi> The God of the Jews, was by the Gentiles called <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nknown,</hi> becauſe he had no name, by which they knew him. It was not lawful commonly to pronounce the ſacred name of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, by which the Jews called him. Hence he is called by <hi>Lucan</hi> in his ſecond Book of the <hi>Pharſalian</hi> War, the <hi>uncertain God.</hi> By <hi>Trebellius Pollion</hi> in the Life of <hi>Claudius,</hi> Moſes <hi>his uncertain Deity.</hi> By the <hi>Ethnicks</hi> in <hi>Juſtin Martyr</hi> in his Paraeneſis to the <hi>Greeks, altogether hidden.</hi> By <hi>Caius Cali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gula</hi> in <hi>Philo,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Lib. de Lega<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tione ad ipſum</note> the <hi>unnamed God.</hi> And by <hi>Iſaiah</hi> the Prophet himſelf, <hi>Ch.</hi> 45.15. <hi>A God that hideth himſelf. As the In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>habitants of Mount Carmel in</hi> Tacitus,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Hiſt. Lib.</hi> 2. <hi>Cap.</hi> 78.</note> 
                  <hi>gave neither an Image, nor a Temple to this God, but only an Altar and Reverence: So</hi> alſo ſaith <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ſher, the</hi> Athenians <hi>did place their Altar of Piety in the middle of their Town without any Image, as</hi> Statius <hi>ſaith in the twelfth Book of his</hi> Thebaids. The Author of the Dialogne, whoſe Title is <hi>Philopater,</hi> and by ſome is aſcribed to <hi>Lucian,</hi> Swears by the <hi>unknown God,</hi> which was in <hi>Athens;</hi> and at the end of the ſame Dialogue he ſaith, <hi>We having found an unknown God at</hi> Athens, <hi>and Worſhipping with hands ſpread out to heaven, to him we will give thanks.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Him therefore,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Therefore that Deity which confuſedly known ye Worſhip, I declare to you diſtinctly and clearly to be God, the Maker and Governour of this Worldly Fabrick.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>God,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, This true God who created and made Heaven and Earth, and produced
<pb n="95" facs="tcp:192139:257"/>all things that are contained within the compaſs of Heaven and Earth, ſeeing he is Lord of this Univerſe as of his own work, cannot be incloſed in Temples made with mens hands, as the Earthly Kings are in the Palaces wherein they dwell. See what is cited out of the <hi>Greek</hi> Poet <hi>Euripides</hi> in the <hi>Latin</hi> Edition of this Commentary.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Dwelleth not in Temples made with hands.</hi> See what we have ſaid above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 7.48. The ancient Chiſtians called the places of their Meetings, <hi>Churches, Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venticles, Dominica, Oratories, Baſilics,</hi> and <hi>Gods houſes.</hi> But they gave the name of <hi>Temple</hi> commonly to the Idols places only, although <hi>Lactantius</hi> calls the <hi>Temple of God,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">5 <hi>Inſtit.</hi> 2.</note> a building dedi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cated by the Chriſtians to Religious Worſhip. S. <hi>Jerome</hi> in his Epiſtle to <hi>Riparius,</hi> ſaith of <hi>Julian</hi> the Apoſtate, <hi>that either he deſtroyed the Baſilics of the Saints,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>De Idolo. Cap:</hi> 15. <hi>&amp; Coron. Militis Cap.</hi> 11.</note> or turned them to Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples.</hi> And <hi>Tertullian,</hi> he is ſaid to re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nounce the <hi>Temples,</hi> who hath renounced the Idols.</p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>Neither is he worſhiped with Mens hands, as though he needed any thing.</hi> That is, neither do Religious Men offer their worſhip to God, as it were with their hands, as if he had need of that Worſhip, but becauſe it is a humane duty. The ſame is the meaning of <hi>Pſal.</hi> 50. <hi>v.</hi> 10.11, 12, <hi>&amp;</hi> 13.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Seeing he.</hi> The meaning is, ſeeing he by his free bounty, is the cauſe of Life to all living, and ſup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plies them with abundance and Plenty of all things that nature wanteth.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Life and Breath.</hi> That is, the breath of Life, as is clear from <hi>Gen.</hi> 2.7. <hi>God,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, the Father of Spirits,</hi> Numb. 16.22. <hi>that is, the Author of Life to all Living, eſpecially to Men, as having like God gotten the Dominion of themſelves and of other things.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="96" facs="tcp:192139:258"/>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>All Nations of Men.</hi> To wit, as <hi>Lactantius</hi> ſaith,
<note place="margin">6. <hi>Inſtit.</hi> 10.</note> 
                  <hi>We are all ſprang of one Man whom God made.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For to dwell on all the face of the Earth.</hi> That is, that Men being multiplyed and diſperſed over all the Regions of the earthly World, ſhould inhabit all the Parts of the habitable Earth. See <hi>Gen.</hi> 11. <hi>v.</hi> 8. <hi>One Man,</hi> ſaith <hi>Lactantius</hi> in the forecited Chapter, <hi>was made by God, and by this one the whole Earth was filled with Mankind.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And hath determined.</hi> That is, having determined the times wherein every People were to inhabit every Region, which cannot be prevented nor paſſed over.</p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>Seek the Lord.</hi> As much as to ſay, God by Creating Men, and diſtributing the Earth to them to dwell in, propoſed this end to himſelf, that Men ſhould ſeek God, who is Lord and Creator of Heaven and Earth, and of all things that are in them. To ſeek the Lord is nothing elſe, but by worſhiping of him earneſtly to ſeek his Grace and Favour, and to indeavour to be reconciled to him, as appears from theſe words of the Epiſtle to the <hi>Hebrews.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Heb.</hi> 11.6.</note> He that cometh to God muſt believe that God is, and that he is a rewarder of them, that diligently ſeek him.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>If happily they might feel after him.</hi> That is, if happily they might fix upon God, who being by his nature incorporeal, yields himſelf and his Goodneſs ſo many ways to be felt, and injoyed, that he ſeems as if made bodily in aſpectable things; to make himſelf in ſome meaſure known even by feeling.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And find him.</hi> That is, and ſeeking after him, find him. <hi>To ſeek after God,</hi> ſaith <hi>Curcelleus</hi> in his diſſerta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of the neceſſity of the knowledge of Chriſt,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Numb.</hi> 19.</note> 
                  <hi>is the ſame as to give him due Worſhip and Honour. Witneſs that of the
<pb n="97" facs="tcp:192139:258"/>holy Writer,</hi> that he is a rewarder of them that diligently ſeek him.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Heb.</hi> 11.6.</note> 
                  <hi>And to find him is to be partaker of his favour; as the Prophet ſheweth when he ſaith,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Iſay</hi> 55.6.</note> Seek ye the Lord, while he may be found; call upon him, while he is near.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Though he be not far from every one of us.</hi> As much as to ſay, tho he be ſo near us with his benefits, that he does demonſtrate that he is eaſily found, if we ſhift not the pains of ſeeking after him.</p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>For in him we live and move and have our being.</hi> This Phraſe <hi>In him,</hi> is an <hi>Hebraiſm,</hi> ſignifying no more than <hi>by him.</hi> As when the Phariſees charged Chriſt, that, <hi>by the Prince of Devils he did caſt out Devils.</hi> The vulgar <hi>Latin</hi> hath it,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Matth.</hi> 9.24. <hi>&amp;</hi> 12.24.</note> 
                  <hi>In the Prince.</hi> As alſo below <hi>v</hi> 31. he is to Judge the World by that man whom he hath appointed, there it is alſo, <hi>In that Man,</hi> mean<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing our Lord Jeſus Chriſt. The meaning then is, by Gods Power we are Created, and being Created are preſerved, nouriſhed, ſuſtained, and enjoy what is ſufficient both for Neceſſity of Life, and Pleaſure.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As certain alſo of your own Poets have ſaid.</hi> He men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions many of them, becauſe, In <hi>Homer, Heſiod, Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nander, Callimachus, Pindarus,</hi> are ſomethings, which make to this purpoſe. But <hi>Paul</hi> being a <hi>Cilician,</hi> cites only the words of his own Countryman, <hi>Aratus</hi> the <hi>Cilician.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For we are all his Off ſpring.</hi> This half verſe is read in <hi>Aratus</hi> his <hi>Phaenomena,</hi> which were tranſlated out of <hi>Greek</hi> into <hi>Latin</hi> by <hi>Cicero,</hi> while he was but very young, as he ſaith himſelf;
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>De natur. deor. Lib.</hi> 2.</note> And ſince by <hi>Sextus Ruffus Avi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>nus.</hi> It is agreed upon among the Learned, that <hi>Aratus</hi> being a man ignorant of <hi>Aſtrology,</hi> did ſpeak moſt excellently and ornately of the Heavens
<pb n="98" facs="tcp:192139:259"/>and Stars, as <hi>Cicero</hi> ſaith. This <hi>Aratus,</hi> ſurnamed <hi>Solenſis,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>De Orat. Lib.</hi> 1.</note> was born at <hi>Solis,</hi> a City of <hi>Cicily,</hi> which being afterward repaired by <hi>Pompey</hi> the Great, was called <hi>Po<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>ciopolis;</hi> he was Famous in the time of <hi>Prolomeus Philadelphus,</hi> and lived ſplendidly in the Palace of <hi>Antigonus Gona<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>a,</hi> the Son of <hi>Demetrius Poliorceta,</hi> who took the Govern<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment of the <hi>Macedonians,</hi> about the hundred fifty and fifth Olympiad. <hi>Suidas</hi> makes a Catalogue of his works, among which his <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>hanomena</hi> are the moſt eſteemed, whoſe admirable beginning <hi>Virgilius</hi> hath imitated in his third Eclogue, <hi>v.</hi> 60. <hi>What,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, was ſaid by</hi> Aratus <hi>of Jupiter,</hi> Paul <hi>adop<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>eth to the true God, becauſe by</hi> Jupiter <hi>the wiſeſt among the</hi> Greeks <hi>did underſtand the moſt high God. Thus</hi> Ariſtaeus <hi>in</hi> Joſephus <hi>ſays, that the Jews Worſhip the God of the <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>niverſe, whom the</hi> Greeks <hi>call</hi> Jupiter.</p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>For as much then as we are the Offſpring of God.</hi> That is, foraſmuch as we are the Children of God. <hi>Paul,</hi> ſaith <hi>Gro<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ius, accommodat<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> hi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> ſelf to a P<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>tical way of ſpeaking, meaning that we <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> God in our mind, and for this <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> his Children. But in the new Teſtament we are <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> Children upon a more weighty account, becauſe we <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> Goodneſs; again we ſhall at our Reſurrection <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> his Children, by parta<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ing of his <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We ought not to think,</hi> &amp;c. As <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap> to ſay, None that is in his right mind ſhould <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap> to wit, Silver, Gold, and Stone, to God, though Graven with the beſt Art that man can invent. For Silver, Gold, and Stone, are things far below man, and are cannot be, but more <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>gnoble then the Arti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>er.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See Iſay</hi> 40.18.44.13.46.5.</note> 
                  <hi>M<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>er,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, we muſt know that by the</hi> Greek <hi>word</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> Work, but alſo by a Synecdo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> all ſuch things <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> uſe to <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> repreſenting God.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="99" facs="tcp:192139:259"/>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>And the times,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, But God whoſe pureſt honour is in a worſhip that is far from the Senſes, ſeeing he hath hitherto paſſed by thoſe Sins which in thoſe former times the Idolatrous Nations through groſs ignorance committed, now the darkneſs of former times being driven away, does by the Preaching of the Goſpel, ſtrictly charge all Men every where without diſſerence or choice of Nations, to amend their former Sins and Miſtakes, and lead a new Life according to the rule of Gods Command<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Winked.</hi> The Word in the <hi>Greek</hi> ſignifies <hi>diſſembled. By the verb</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſaith <hi>Beza, is meant him who makes as if he ſlightly ſaw the outſide of things.</hi> This <hi>Hor<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tius</hi> calls ſomewhere <hi>Pervidere, that is,</hi> ſays the ſame <hi>Beza, if I am not miſtaken,</hi> per tranſe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>am et leviter videre, <hi>ſee by the by and ſlightly.</hi> Now God is ſaid to have deſpiſed, overlookt and winked at thoſe times of Ignorance; either becauſe he compoſed not a form of Religion for the Nations, as he did for the <hi>Iſraclues,</hi> by which they were to be bounded in his Service and Worſhip; neither ſent he any Prophets to them to drive away their darkneſs, but ſuffered them to walk in their own ways, as is ſaid above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 14.16. or be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe he did not then ſeverely puniſh them, but patient<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly ſuffered them. See <hi>Rom.</hi> 3.26.</p>
               <p n="31">31. <hi>Becauſe.</hi> A reaſon is given why men ought to amend themſelves.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He hath appointed a day.</hi> That is, he hath limited a certain day, though he hath kept from our knowledge, when it is to come.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the which he will Judge the World.</hi> That is, the Inhabitants of this World.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In Righteouſneſs.</hi> That is, Juſtly, according to every ones works, without reſpect of Perſons.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Rom.</hi> 2.6, 7, 8.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By that Man whom he hath ordained.</hi>
                  <pb n="100" facs="tcp:192139:260"/>That is, by that Man whom he hath conſtituted Judge of the Quick and Dead. See above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 10.42.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whereof he hath given aſſurance unto all Men.</hi> That is, hath by a ſure Argument, and worthy of credit, proved that Chriſt was to be judge of the World, when he raiſed him from the Dead. <hi>God,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, by raiſing Chriſt again from the dead, gave the greateſt Teſtimony to his Doctrine that he could give, but this alſo was in this Doctrine that he was to be Judge of Mankind.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Matth.</hi> 25.31. <hi>&amp; Seq. Joh.</hi> 5.25.</note>
               </p>
               <p n="32">32. <hi>And when they heard of the Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſurrection of the Dead.</hi> That is, that a Man was raiſed from the Dead.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Some mocked.</hi> As they uſe to do, who give no faith to what is ſpoken. An <hi>Ethnick</hi> in <hi>Minutius</hi> deriding the Chriſtians, <hi>They build,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>and knit together old Wives Fables, they ſay they are to riſe up again, after they are dead and in Aſhes, and I know not with what bold<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs they believe one another, their own lies; you might think they are riſen again already.</hi> Neither did the <hi>Platonicians,</hi> who thought that bodies were given to Souls for Puniſhment, believe the Reſurrection of bodies; nor yet the <hi>Epicureans</hi> nor the <hi>Peripateti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cians,</hi> who taught that God had no care of humane things; theſe more openly, but thoſe in their ſecret diſcourſes.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And others.</hi> Who thought it not repugnant, as Man might at firſt be made by God, ſo alſo he might again be renewed by him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Said, we will hear thee again of this matter.</hi> To wit, when we are at leaſure.</p>
               <p n="33">33. <hi>So</hi> Paul <hi>departed from among them.</hi> As much as to ſay, <hi>Paul</hi> being put off to another day, went from <hi>Areopagus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="34">34. <hi>Howbeit certain Men.</hi> Of them who heard <hi>Paul</hi> Preach in <hi>Areopagus.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="101" facs="tcp:192139:260"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Cleave unto him.</hi> That is, ſaith <hi>Grotius, having inſinuated themſelves more into his acquaintance.</hi> So <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is taken above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 5.13.9.26.10.28.</p>
               <p>Dionyſius <hi>the</hi> Arcopagite. That is, one of thoſe Senators of <hi>Areopagus,</hi> who judged with ſuch integrity of Capital matters, that they judged only in the night, not in the day time; that ſo they might take notice of what was ſpoken, not of who ſpoke. Euſebius <hi>ſaith that ſaith this</hi> Dionyſius <hi>the</hi> Areopagite <hi>was appointed the first Biſhop of the Church of</hi> Athens,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Hiſt. Eccleſ. Lib.</hi> 3. <hi>Cap.</hi> 4.</note> 
                  <hi>as ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther</hi> Dionyſius <hi>Biſhop of the Church of</hi> Corinth, <hi>a moſt ancient Writer witneſſeth.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And a Woman named</hi> Damaris. This Woman was the Wife of <hi>Dionyſius</hi> the <hi>Areopagite,</hi> if we believe <hi>Ambroſe, Chryſoſtome</hi> and <hi>Auguſtine.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And others.</hi> Leſs Famous <hi>Athenians.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With them.</hi> To wit, with <hi>Dionyſius</hi> and <hi>Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maris.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div n="18" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. XVIII.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>After theſe things. Paul</hi> having ſent <hi>Silas</hi> and <hi>Timotheus,</hi> who came to him from <hi>Beraea,</hi> back again to <hi>Macedonia,</hi> ſtayed alone at <hi>Athens,</hi> and him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelf alſo again and again intended to go to <hi>Theſſalonica,</hi> but could not accompliſh it, being hindred by <hi>Satan,</hi> therefore he ſent <hi>Timothy</hi> thither to comfort and ſtrengthen the <hi>Theſſalonians</hi> in the Faith. In the mean while having left <hi>Athens,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1 <hi>Theſſ.</hi> 2.17, 18.3.1, 2.</note> he came to <hi>Corinth,</hi> which the moſt elo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quent of the <hi>Romans</hi> in his Oration for
<pb n="102" facs="tcp:192139:261"/>the <hi>Ma<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ilian</hi> Law, calls <hi>the light of all</hi> Greece, was a City of <hi>Achaia</hi> or <hi>Peloponneſus,</hi> for <hi>Peloponneſus</hi> was contained in <hi>Achaia,</hi> ſituated in the <hi>Isthmus,</hi> w<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap> took its name from it; the <hi>Greeks</hi> call any narrowneſs of ground, betwixt a Peninſula and the main Land, an <hi>Isthmus,</hi> but it was by way of excellency ſaid of the <hi>Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rinthian</hi> or <hi>Peloponneſian,</hi> wherein Plays were celebrated to <hi>Neptune.</hi> This City of <hi>Corinth</hi> was Famous for two Ports, of which the one was called the Port of <hi>Lechea,</hi> the other of <hi>Cenchrea;</hi> the one was uſed to traffick with the <hi>Europeans,</hi> the other to negotiate with the <hi>Aſians;</hi> the former layd near the <hi>Ionian,</hi> the other the <hi>Aegean</hi> Sea; therefore it was called by the <hi>Latins bimaris,</hi> by the <hi>Greeks</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, its Caſtle was called <hi>Acrocorin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thus.</hi> For as <hi>Strabo</hi> reports, it was a Hill ſo incompaſſed with Walls,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 8.</note> that it was as uſeful as a Caſtle. There was <hi>Pyrene</hi> a Fountain Sacred to the Muſes. This ſame City was formerly called <hi>Ephyra.</hi> Authors do not agree about its builder, though <hi>Plutarch</hi> in his Book of the Malice of <hi>Herodotus,</hi> calls it <hi>the City of</hi> Glaucus, as if it had been built by <hi>Glaucus,</hi> of whom mention is made by <hi>Stephanus;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">In <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> having by its trading acquired great Riches, it was by the Father of the Poets ſurnamed <hi>the Rich,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Iliad.</hi> 2.</note> by <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> it is called, <hi>Bleſſed</hi> Corinth, <hi>the threſhold of</hi> Neptunes <hi>I<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>hmus <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>ous for young Men.</hi> By its riches it became to ſuch an exceſs, that hence aroſe that Proverb, <hi>It is not every one that may ſail to Corinth.</hi> But the <hi>Corinthians</hi> were always much addicted to Whores, eſteeming this ſo far from being baſe, that Whores were admitted to their publick Prayers, and it was a part of their Prayer, that the Gods would increaſe the number of the Whores, and their Income. Some alſo vowed to bring in more Whores, as we have it from <hi>Athenaeus</hi> and <hi>Aelianus.</hi> There, <hi>Lais</hi> exacted the tribute of her Luſt of all
<pb n="103" facs="tcp:192139:261"/>
                  <hi>Greece,</hi> proſtituting her ſelf for ten thouſand <hi>Drachmaes,</hi> who when ſhe died had a Tomb made Famous with the Verſes of all the Poets. And hence it is that <hi>to play the Corinthian,</hi> is commonly among the <hi>Greeks to Whore.</hi> And a <hi>Corimbian Maid</hi> with <hi>Plato,</hi> is one that Proſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuteth her ſelf. The <hi>Scholiaſt</hi> of St. <hi>Gregory</hi> of <hi>Nazianz</hi> upon his firſt Oration againſt <hi>Julian</hi> notes, that there were always moſt Famous Whores at <hi>Corinth. Aelianus</hi> alſo ſaith, that the <hi>Corinthians</hi> were Drunkards. Pride uſeth to accompany Riches, which <hi>Plutarch</hi> obſerves was very great at <hi>Corinth.</hi> It was always their Language, <hi>the</hi> Corinthian <hi>born of</hi> Jupiter <hi>will not ſuffer theſe things.</hi> This their pride when it had puffed them up even to contemn the <hi>Roman</hi> Name, brought Ruin up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on them, <hi>L. Mummius</hi> having vanquiſhed them. But the City being repaired by <hi>Julius Caeſar,</hi> as <hi>Strabo</hi> and <hi>Diodorus Siculus</hi> in his Fragments, ſaith, In a very ſhort time as their Riches returned to them, ſo did their Vices. The Studies of <hi>Philoſophy</hi> of old ſlouriſhed there, <hi>Periander</hi> Prince of the City being r<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ckoned among the ſeven wiſe men of <hi>Greece,</hi> and <hi>Diogenes</hi> the great derider of the opi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nions received among men being much converſant there.</p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>And found a certain</hi> Jew. To wit, by birth, but now a Chriſtian by Religion, as is clear from what follows.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Born in</hi> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ontus. A Region of <hi>Aſia</hi> near the Sea, which they call the <hi>Euxi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </hi> Sea.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Lat<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ly come.</hi> To wit, to <hi>Cori<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>h.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>From</hi> Italy. <hi>Italy</hi> is a moſt famous Region in <hi>Europe;</hi> It hath the Name of <hi>Italus</hi> a certain King of the <hi>Arcadians,</hi> as ſaith <hi>Thuc<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>dides,</hi> being ſormerly called <hi>Auſonia, A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſonis, Heſperia, Saturnia,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Lib.</hi> 6.</note> Latium,</hi> and <hi>Ocnotria.</hi> it hath for its bounds upon the North, the <hi>Alps,</hi> upon the Eaſt, <hi>Arſya,</hi> a River of <hi>Hiſtria</hi> and the upper Sea, which alſo is called the <hi>Adr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tick</hi> Sea, upon the South the lower Sea or the <hi>Tyrrbenian</hi> and <hi>Tuſcan</hi> Sea, upon the Faſt again the <hi>Alps,</hi> even to the <hi>Medi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="4 letters">
                        <desc>••••</desc>
                     </gap>an</hi> Sea. <hi>Italy,</hi> ſaith <hi>C. Julius
<pb n="104" facs="tcp:192139:262"/>Solinus, was ſpoken of with ſo much care by all, eſpecially by</hi> Cato,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Cap.</hi> 8.</note> 
                  <hi>that now nothing can be found which the diligence of ancient Authors did not take before, having ſo large a ſubject for praiſing its excellent ground, while the moſt excellent Writers conſider the wholſomneſs of its places, the temperateneſs of its Air, the fruitfulneſs of its ground, the warmneſs of its Hillocks, the thickneſs of its Woods, harmleſs Forreſts, the increaſe of its Vines and Olives, its Folds, Herds, ſo many Rivers, ſo great Lakes, the banks of Violets bearing twice a year, and among other things the Mount</hi> Veſuvius, <hi>which burneth and caſteth out Flame,</hi> Baias <hi>with its warm Fountains, ſo frequent Colonies, the continual beauty of new Cities, ſo ſplendid Ornament of ancient Towns, who were firſt built by the</hi> Aborigines, <hi>the</hi> Aurunci, Pelaſgians, Arcadians, Sicilians, <hi>and afterwards by the Strangers of</hi> Greece, <hi>and at last by the</hi> Roman <hi>Conquerors.</hi> To all theſe advantages of <hi>Italy</hi> is oppoſed the crime of Debauchery with Males, ſaith <hi>Thomas de Pinedo</hi> in his notes upon <hi>Stephanus de <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>rbibus. Nico<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>laus Leonicus</hi> ſaith,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>De Var. Hiſt. Lib.</hi> 3. <hi>Cap.</hi> 25.</note> 
                  <hi>that the</hi> Italians <hi>by the long warlike expeditions forced of nece<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſſity, were the firſt that abuſed Males. But I think this Vice had its riſe from the</hi> Greeks,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 1. <hi>Cap.</hi> 135.</note> 
                  <hi>ſeeing that</hi> Herodotus <hi>ſaith, that the</hi> Perſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans <hi>being taught by the</hi> Grecians <hi>were given to love Boys, from them its probable this Vice hath crept in among other Nations, though Vices are alſo learned without a Maſter.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With his Wife</hi> Priſcilla. This eminently Pious Woman and her husband <hi>Aquil<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </hi> born in <hi>Pontus,</hi> are mentioned with commendation, <hi>Rom.</hi> 16.3. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 16.19. See alſo 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4.19.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Becauſe that</hi> Claudius <hi>had Commanded.</hi> The fifth Emperor of the <hi>Romans,</hi> a doltiſh man, who was al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>together governed by his Wives, and the Servants he had made free.</p>
               <pb n="105" facs="tcp:192139:262"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>All the Jews to depart from</hi> Rome. Under Jews were alſo comprehended Chriſtians born of Jews. <hi>The Jews,</hi> ſaith <hi>Suetonius, making dayly Tumults,</hi> Chreſtus <hi>ſtirring them up,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>In Claud. Cap.</hi> 25.</note> were by</hi> Claudius <hi>expelled out of</hi> Rome. <hi>If I miſtake not,</hi> ſaith Biſhop <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ſher,</hi> Suctone <hi>only makes mention of this</hi> Chreſtus, <hi>for that here he meant Chriſt our Lord, from whom he elſewhere names the Chriſtians, I cannot as yet perſwade my ſelf.</hi> From the latter part of this Book of the Acts of the Apoſtles we may gather, that this edict of <hi>Claudius,</hi> was not long obſerved at <hi>Rome,</hi> which perhaps was the reaſon why <hi>Joſephus</hi> did not mention it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>From</hi> Rome. The moſt Famous City of <hi>Italy,</hi> was called by the <hi>Greeks</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> (which ſignifies the ſame as <hi>Valentia</hi> in <hi>Latin</hi>) by the <hi>Latins Roma. Plinius</hi> ſaith,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 3. <hi>Nat. Hiſt. Cap.</hi> 5.</note> it had alſo another name, which by the Secrets of the Ce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>remonies, was eſteemed a crime to ſpeak. The ſame ſays <hi>Servius.</hi> Which name a certain Tribune of the People having ventured to ſay, was put to Death, as <hi>Solinus</hi> ſaith,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Ad Aeneid. Lib.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 281. <hi>Cap.</hi> 1.</note> or was hang<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed, as ſaith <hi>Servius</hi> upon the firſt of <hi>Virgils</hi> Georgicks, <hi>v.</hi> 499. This Tribunes name was <hi>Valerius Soranus,</hi> about whom beſides the cited Authors, you may ſee <hi>Plutarch,</hi> Quaeſt. Problem. 60.</p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>For by occupation they were Tent-makers.</hi> That is, they exerciſed the Trade of making Tents or Shades, in which Men not only encamp in time of War, but alſo at home in time of Peace, did live in the Summer time. Theſe they made either of Linnen, or of skins ſewed together. The <hi>Syriack</hi> renders the <hi>Greek</hi> word <hi>Can<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nopy-makers. Vatabius</hi> and others, <hi>Arras-makers.</hi> See what we have noted upon <hi>Ch.</hi> 9.43.</p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>And he reaſoned,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Yet <hi>Paul</hi> did debate about the Chriſtian Religion in the
<pb n="106" facs="tcp:192139:263"/>Place, which was conſecrated for the meetings of the Jews every ſeventh day, in which the Jews did chiefly and of purpoſe apply their mind to Religion, and brought over to his Judgment both Jews, and <hi>Greeks</hi> or Gentiles, who went to the Synagogue of the Jews either through curioſity, or to ſearch into the truth. Alſo <hi>Sueton</hi> writes, that the <hi>Greeks</hi> uſed to diſpute upon the Sabbath Day.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>In Tiberio Cap.</hi> 32.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Interpoſing the name of</hi> Jeſus. Theſe words are not in the <hi>Greek</hi> Text, nor in the <hi>Syriack</hi> Tranſlation.</p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>And when</hi> Silas <hi>and</hi> Timotheus <hi>were come from</hi> Macedonia. Whom, to wit, <hi>Paul,</hi> as we ſaid above <hi>v.</hi> 1. had ſent from <hi>Athens.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Paul <hi>was preſſed in Spirit.</hi> That is, being by the Inſpiration of the Spirit as it were, ſuddenly caught, he Preached with great Zeal.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Teſtifying,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>See below Ch.</hi> 20.22.</note> &amp;c. That is, firmly a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verring that Jeſus was that Chriſt or Meſſias, promiſed in the Law, and in the Prophets.</p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>And when they oppoſed themſelves,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, But when the obſtinate Jews reſiſted <hi>Paul</hi> while he Preached, and blaſphemed Chriſt whom he Preached, that he might teſtifie that he had nothing in common with them, did in their preſence ſhake his Ray<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment, that there might not ſo much as any of the duſt ſtick to him, and ſaid unto them, <hi>Your Blood,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Shoke his Rayment.</hi> That is, his upper Garment. So <hi>Matth.</hi> 26.65. <hi>the chief Prieſt rent his Cloaths,</hi> that is, his upper Garment. <hi>Mark</hi> 5.30. <hi>who touched my Cloaths,</hi> that is, my Garment, as it is a little before in the ſingular number.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>V.</hi> 27, 28.</note> 
                  <hi>Joh.</hi> 13.4. Chriſt <hi>riſeth from Supper, and laid aſide his Garments,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Joh.</hi> 19.23.</note> that is, his Garment, or upper Cloak. When the Soldiers had
<pb n="107" facs="tcp:192139:263"/>Crucified <hi>Jeſus, they took his Garments, and made four Parts,</hi> where is meant one Cloak, from which the Coat is preſently diſtinguiſhed, as it is demonſtrated in <hi>Gerard</hi>'s Evangelical Harmony in the Hiſtory of the Paſſion.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Blood,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>This,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, is a kind of obteſtation, as if</hi> Paul <hi>ſhould ſay,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Cap.</hi> 14.</note> I ſee ye run into your own deſtruction. There<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore I take God to witneſs before you, that not I, but your ſelves are the cauſe of your own ruin. So ſpeaketh</hi> David, 2 Sam. 1.16. <hi>For by Blood is meant ſometimes ſlaughter, ſometimes all kind of deſtruction, the cauſe of which according to the manner of the Hebrews, he is ſaid to be, upon whoſe head, that I may ſpeak ſo, it is laid, that is, to whom it is imputed, as if he had ſhed his own Blood, that is, killed himſelf, whence that horrible outery of the Jews,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Matth.</hi> 27.25.</note> His Blood be on us and on our Children.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Henceforth I will go unto the Gentiles.</hi> As much as to ſay, From this time, becauſe ye repell the Grace of God offered to you, I will turn aſide from you to the Gentiles.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See above Ch.</hi> 13.46.</note>
               </p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>And he departed thence.</hi> To wit, from the Synagogue.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Into a certain Mans houſe named</hi> Juſtus. The <hi>Syriack</hi> and <hi>Arabick</hi> read only <hi>Titus.</hi> The vulgar <hi>Greek</hi> Copies have <hi>Juſtus</hi> only, but ſome <hi>Greek</hi> Copies have both <hi>Titus Juſtus,</hi> as alſo the vulgar <hi>Latin</hi> Interpreter.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>One that worſhipped God.</hi> That is, who of an <hi>Ethnick</hi> was made a Proſelyte to the Jewiſh Religion.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See above Ch.</hi> 16.14. <hi>&amp;</hi> 17.4.</note>
               </p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>Believed on the Lord.</hi> That is, by <hi>Pauls</hi> Preaching he was perſwaded that Jeſus was the Meſſias, the Redcemer of the World promiſed in the Law and in the Prophets.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With all his houſe.</hi> That is, with all in his Family that were capable of Faith. The like Phraſe is in <hi>Joh.</hi> 4.5.</p>
               <pb n="108" facs="tcp:192139:264"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And many of the</hi> Corinthians. As much as to ſay, But a great many more of the <hi>Ethnicks,</hi> who dwelt in <hi>Corinth,</hi> then of the Jews.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Hearing.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul</hi> Preaching.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Believed.</hi> That is, received the Faith of Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And were Baptized. Criſpus</hi> the Ruler of the Syna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gogue, and <hi>Gaius</hi> whom <hi>Paul</hi> calls his hoſt were indeed baptized with <hi>Pauls</hi> own hands,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Rom.</hi> 16.</note> as he himſelf witneſſeth, but the reſt by <hi>Pauls</hi> Companions and Helpers,
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 1.14.</note> 
                  <hi>Timothy</hi> and <hi>Silas,</hi> that by a holy dipping into the Water, they might openly before the World profeſs and declare their Faith,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Mark</hi> 16.16.</note> according to Chriſts Pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcript, <hi>Whoſoever believeth and is baptized ſhall be ſaved.</hi> Upon which place of <hi>Mark</hi> the well Learned <hi>Paulus Columeſius</hi> of <hi>Rochell</hi> in his Sacred Obſer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vations, Printed <hi>A. D.</hi> 1679. and dedicated to the Right Honourable <hi>Henry Compton</hi> Lord Biſhop of <hi>London</hi> for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>merly my greateſt and moſt liberal Benefactor. "Hence, <hi>ſaith he,</hi> you may not underſervedly obſerve that only the adult are capable of Baptiſm. <q>That the Ancients were of this Judgment,</q> 
                  <hi>Valefridus, Strabo,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Lib. de reb. Eccleſ. c.</hi> 26.</note> Ludovicus Vives, Eraſmus</hi> in a certain Epiſtle, which <hi>Paulus Merula</hi> 
                  <q>publiſhed with others in the year 1607.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Ad Aug. de Civ. dei, Lib.</hi> 1.27.</note> 
                     <hi>Grotius,</hi> in his Epiſtles to ſeveral <hi>French-men, Salmaſius</hi> in his Book of Tranſubſtantiation,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Pag.</hi> 418. <hi>edit. ſecundae. as alſo Matth</hi> 19.14.</note> and <hi>Joannes Baptiſta Thiers</hi> in his moſt uſeful Book concern<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing the diminiſhing of Feſtival days, do plainly confeſs. With theſe ancients <hi>Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rengarius</hi> that great man may be reckon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed,</q>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Pag.</hi> 494.</note>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Pag.</hi> 264.</note> whom <hi>George Caſſander,</hi> who was moſt skillful in thoſe things, in the Preface to his Book concerning Pedo-baptiſm, and the moſt worthy
<pb n="109" facs="tcp:192139:264"/>Profeſſor and Doctor in Law of the Royal Univerſity of <hi>Angiers, Francis de Roy</hi> in <hi>Berengarius</hi> his Life, report to have oppoſed Pedo-baptiſm. The <hi>Albigenſes</hi> did exactly follow <hi>Berengarius;</hi> for <hi>Joannes Chaſſanio</hi> a <hi>French</hi> Divine in the Hiſtory of the <hi>Albi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>genſes, reports out of the Hiſtory of</hi> Triers,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 1. <hi>Ch.</hi> 6.</note> 
                  <hi>which</hi> Dominus Lucas Dachery <hi>a Bene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dictin Monk, a Man who daily deſerves greatly at the Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monwealth of Learning, did three years ago inſert in the twelfth tome of his</hi> Spicilegium. <hi>The place cited by</hi> Chaſſanio <hi>occurs, Pag.</hi> 243. There were at that time in <hi>Ivodium,</hi> which belongs to the Dioceſs of <hi>Triers,</hi> Hereticks who denyed that the ſubſtance of the Bread and Wine, which is conſecrated by the Prieſts upon the Altar, did really change into the Body and Blood of Chriſt, and they ſaid that the Sacrament of Baptiſm does not profit infants to their Salvation. Thus far our Countryman <hi>Colmeſius,</hi> a Man of vaſt Learning. See what is ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſerved above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 2.41. <hi>&amp;</hi> 8.12. <hi>&amp;</hi> 37.</p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>Then ſpake the Lord.</hi> That is, Jeſus Chriſt, to whom all Power is given in Heaven and Earth.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Matth.</hi> 28.18.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the Night by a Viſion.</hi> That is, in a Night Viſion.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Ch.</hi> 2.17.</note> See above what I have noted upon theſe words, <hi>they ſhall dream Dreams.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Be not affraid.</hi> As much as to ſay, Let not the fear of being diſturbed fright you from Preaching the Goſpel here.</p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>I am with thee.</hi> According to my promiſe, <hi>Matth.</hi> 28. <hi>v.</hi> 20. See what we have noted there.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And no Man,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Neither will I ſuffer you to be wronged or hurt by any of thine Enemies.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, I would not have you ceaſe from Preaching the Goſpel in this Luxurious City, becauſe there are many in it, beſide thoſe already con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verted,
<pb n="110" facs="tcp:192139:265"/>who are yet to be converted by thy Preaching and reckoned with my People and my Sheep. As Chriſt calls them here his People, and <hi>Joh.</hi> 10.16. his Sheep from the future, <hi>So,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, thoſe names are given from the time paſt, as</hi> Matth. 21.31. <hi>This ſeems to relate to the Propheſie of</hi> Iſaiah 54.15.</p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>And he continued there,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, <hi>Paul</hi> therefore being confirmed by this admonition of Chriſt's, ſpent a year and Six Moneths at <hi>Corinth,</hi> in Preaching the Goſpel to the <hi>Corinthians.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>And when</hi> Gallio <hi>was the Deputy of</hi> Achaia. This <hi>Gallio</hi> was Brother to <hi>L. Annaeus Seneca</hi> the Philoſopher <hi>Nero</hi>'s Maſter. When he was younger, he was called <hi>M. Annaeus Novatus,</hi> but afterward <hi>L. Junius Gallio</hi> having adopted him for his Son, he took this Name with his Family. <hi>Seneca</hi> his Brother wrote to this Man his Book of a bleſſed Life, and he writing to his Mother ſaith, that he had obtained honours. <hi>Achaia,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, was a Proconſular Province under</hi> Auguſtus, Tiberius <hi>adjoyned it to</hi> Macedonia, <hi>and made it a</hi> Caeſarean <hi>Province. But</hi> Claudius <hi>reſtored theſe Provinces to the Senate, that is, made them again Proconſular, as witneſſeth</hi> Sentonius, <hi>in</hi> Claudius, <hi>Chap.</hi> 25. <hi>and Dion Book,</hi> 60. <hi>Spanhemius</hi> in his Introduction to his Holy Geography: <hi>Among the Provinces,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>of the</hi> Macedonian <hi>Dio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceſs</hi> Achaia <hi>hath the firſt place in the rotice of the Empire, being ſubject to the Proconſul, while the reſt were Conſular or Preſidial. Alſo we muſt underſtand this</hi> Achaia <hi>to be of larger extent, then it is in</hi> Ptolomy, <hi>containing the ancient</hi> Greece, <hi>to wit,</hi> Aetholia, Locrus, Phocis, Boeotia, Attica, <hi>and all the bounds, in which</hi> Peloponneſus <hi>extended it ſelf.</hi> Corinth <hi>was its Me<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ropolis, being of old the richeſt of its Cities, the common Market Town of all</hi> Aſia <hi>and</hi> Europe, <hi>the entry, and as it were the door of</hi> Peloponneſus, <hi>ſituated in the middle of the Isthnuts. Among the other Cities of this</hi> Achaia, <hi>which were Famous for Biſhops and Churches, and ſaluted by St.</hi> Paul, <hi>in his ſecond Epiſtle to
<pb n="111" facs="tcp:192139:265"/>the</hi> Corinthians, <hi>next to the</hi> Corinthian <hi>that of the</hi> Atheni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans <hi>in</hi> Attica, <hi>for antiquity, ſplendor of the City, (having been inlarged with priviledges by the</hi> Pompeys, Antonies, Hadrians) for the foundation of its Church by St. <hi>Paul, for the Converſion of</hi> Dionyſius, (<hi>not to ſpeak of</hi> Hiero<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thens <hi>the</hi> Areopagite, <hi>whom they ſay was</hi> Dionyſius <hi>his Maſter) for the Epiſcopacy of the ſame</hi> Dionyſius <hi>in</hi> Eu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſebius, <hi>and of</hi> Publius Quadratus, &amp;c. <hi>was deſervedly among the firſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Jews made in ſurrection with one accord.</hi> To wit, the unbelieving, of whom above <hi>v.</hi> 6. being ſtirred up partly becauſe <hi>Paul</hi> had withdrawn ſome from them, of which ſee above, <hi>v.</hi> 8. partly becauſe he joyned with the Jews, who believed in Chriſt, the <hi>Ethnicks</hi> who believed in him though not Circumciſed into the ſame People of God.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And brought him to the Judgment.</hi> Of <hi>Gallio</hi>'s De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>puty-ſhip.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>Contrary to the Law.</hi> To wit, of <hi>Moſes,</hi> accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing to which it is by the <hi>Romans</hi> allowed to us Jews to live in <hi>Greece.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>This fellow.</hi> A Jew by birth.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Perſwadeth Men to worſhip God.</hi> Without the obſer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vation of legal Ceremonies, eſpecially Circumciſion. <hi>Therefore,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, the Jews came to the Deputy, becauſe in</hi> Achaia <hi>they had not ſuch a Power of chaſtiſing thoſe of their People, as they had in</hi> Judea <hi>and the neighbour<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing Regions.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>And when</hi> Paul <hi>was now about to open his Mouth.</hi> That he might anſwer the accuſation drawn up againſt him.</p>
               <p>Gallio <hi>ſaid unto the</hi> Jews. <hi>Pauls</hi> accuſers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>If it were a matter of wrong.</hi> That is, if any of you had been wronged contrary to the Civil Laws.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Or wicked Lewdneſs.</hi> That is, if a miſchief were committed through a wicked deſign.</p>
               <pb n="102" facs="tcp:192139:266"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Bear with you.</hi> As much as to ſay, That I ſhould patiently hear your accuſation, and Judge the Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>troverſie.</p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>But if it be a queſtion of words.</hi> That is, but if there be any debates among you about dubious expreſſions.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And names.</hi> If, to wit, that Jeſus whom <hi>Paul</hi> Preacheth ſhould be named Meſſias or not.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And of your Law.</hi> Supply, rites.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Look ye to it.</hi> That is, I leave it to you and permit that either ye compoſe theſe Controverſies among your ſelves, or that ye diſpute them, with what words ye pleaſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For I will be no Judge of ſuch matters.</hi> As much as to ſay, For I have no mind to imploy my ſelf to take up Controverſies in your Religion. <hi>It belongs not,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, to the</hi> Roman <hi>Magiſtrates to meddle with theſe things, no more than with the debates of the</hi> Epicureans <hi>and</hi> Stoicks <hi>among themſelves.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>And he drove them from the Judgment Seat.</hi> That is, ſaith <hi>Grotius, he removed them from the place of Judg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment, as bringing nothing which came within his Cogni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſance.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Then all the</hi> Greeks <hi>took.</hi> That is, the Gentiles of the People of <hi>Achaia,</hi> who ſtood before the Judg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment Seat, and ſaw the Jews therefore driven out from thence with Contempt, becauſe that with triffling queſtions of their Law they interrupted the Deputy, who was taken up with other things.</p>
               <p>Soſthenes <hi>the chief ruler of the Synagogue.</hi> Who was either with <hi>Criſpus,</hi> of whom above, <hi>v.</hi> 8. a great while ago, among the chief Rulers of the Synagogue, of ſuch it is ſhewed above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 13.15. that there were many in one Jewiſh Synagogue, or that, <hi>Criſpus</hi> having imbraced the Faith of Chriſt, he was ſubſtituted in his room, or that he was chief Ruler <hi>of another Synagogue,</hi> as <hi>Grotius</hi> ſaith, <hi>than that whereof</hi> Criſpus <hi>was Ruler;
<pb n="113" facs="tcp:192139:266"/>for in great Cities there were many Synagogues, of which each had their own chief Rulers. For the ſame reaſon there were of old at</hi> Rome, Antioch <hi>and other great Cities, except</hi> Alexandria, (<hi>where, ſaith</hi> Epiphanius, <hi>there was always another cuſtom,</hi>) <hi>many Biſhops according to the different limits of Cities and aſſemblies of Chriſtians. But the Synod of</hi> Nice <hi>did forbid that, for the future.</hi> This <hi>Soſthenes</hi> ſeems to have been chief man among <hi>Pauls</hi> accuſers, whom nevertheleſs ſome ſay to have been afterward converted to Chriſt, and think him to have been that <hi>Soſthenes,</hi> who with <hi>Paul</hi> wrote the firſt Epiſtle to the <hi>Corinthians.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Beat him before the Judgment Seat.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>See</hi> 1. <hi>Coriath.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 1.</note> Thinking to gratifie the Deputy, if they ſhould beat a Man of great Authority among the Jews, who that they might be gone the ſpeedier, were reproachfully driven from the Judgment Seat.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Gallio <hi>cared for none of theſe things. The Deputies,</hi> as Famous <hi>John Pricaus</hi> obſerves, <hi>uſed willingly to look over ſuch Petulancies, as did not directly impair the Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jesty of the</hi> Roman <hi>Name, that the yoak might ſit the ſofter upon the Subjects, neither were reaſons wanting to</hi> Gallio <hi>beyond the Deputies of other Provinces; he to wit, being Governour of</hi> Achaia, <hi>of that true, and as</hi> Cicero <hi>calls it, meer</hi> Greece, <hi>which affectected to lay hold on Images and ſhadows of Liberty.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>And</hi> Paul <hi>after this tarryed there yet a good while.</hi> As much as to ſay, <hi>Paul</hi> tarryed yet a good while at <hi>Corinth,</hi> after that Tumult, which was made at <hi>Gallio</hi>'s judg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment Seat, gathering and confirming the Church of Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Took his leave of the Brethren.</hi> That is, he did bid thoſe whom he converted to Chriſt at <hi>Corinth,</hi> farewel.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſailed thence to</hi> Syria. That is, he looſed from the Port of <hi>Cenchrea,</hi> being to Sail thence into <hi>Syria.
<pb n="114" facs="tcp:192139:267"/>Syria</hi> of old contained very many Provinces, among which were, <hi>Aſſyria, Comagena, Adjabena, Meſopo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tamia, Phoenicia, Paleſtine, judea</hi> and others.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 5. <hi>Nat. Hiſt. Ch.</hi> 12.</note> Hence it is ſaid by <hi>Plinius, to have been of old the greateſt part of the Earth, and diſtinguiſhed by many Names.</hi> Its ſituation is variouſly deſcribed by Geographers, accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing to the number of the Regions they aſſigned it. The Ancients divided it into three <hi>Syria</hi>'s, <hi>Phoenticia, Paleſtine,</hi> and <hi>Caeles.</hi> The head of this Region of old was <hi>Damaſcus,</hi> afterward <hi>Antioch,</hi> now a City which is called <hi>Tripolis,</hi> Famous for the <hi>European</hi> Commerce. Its inhabitants were as well by the <hi>Rom<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ns</hi> as by the <hi>Grecians</hi> eſteemed a Cowardous and Vile People, ſo that they named their Slaves <hi>Syrians. M. Tullius Cicero</hi> ſaith,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 3. <hi>de Nat. Deor.</hi>
                  </note> that the <hi>Syrians</hi> worſhipped a Fiſh. <hi>Hence the fearful</hi> Syrians,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 2. <hi>faſt. v.</hi> 473.</note> 
                  <hi>eſteem it a crime to ſet of this kind upon their Tables, neither do they pollute their Mouth with Fiſh.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And with him</hi> Priſcilla <hi>and</hi> Aquila. To whom he went in, when he came firſt to <hi>Corinth,</hi> and tarrying with them occupyed himſelf in the ſame Trade of Tent-making with them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Having ſhorn his head.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>See above v.</hi> 2, 3.</note> Grotius</hi> refers this to <hi>Aquila,</hi> but others to <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In</hi> Cenchrea. <hi>Cenchrea</hi> was a Town of the <hi>Corinthians,</hi> having a Famous Port upon the <hi>Aegean</hi> Sea toward the Fuſt or upon the <hi>Saronick</hi> Gulf, even as the other Port <hi>Lechea</hi> was towards the Weſt, upon the <hi>Chriſſean</hi> Gulf, the diſtance in the midſt betwixt theſe two Ports is called <hi>Iſthmus,</hi> and is five Miles in length.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See what we ſvid above, v.</hi> 1.</note> That there was a Church of the <hi>Corinthians</hi> at <hi>Cenchrea,</hi> is evident from <hi>Rom.</hi> 16.1. <hi>Appt<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>l<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ius,</hi> Aſ. Am. Lib. 10. <hi>I paſs thorough</hi> Cencnrea, <hi>in which City a moſt noble Colony of</hi> Corinthians <hi>do reſide,
<pb n="115" facs="tcp:192139:267"/>it is waſhed with the</hi> Aegean <hi>and</hi> Saronick <hi>Sea, where alſo the Port being a moſt ſafe harbour for Ships, is fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quented with many People.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For he had a vow.</hi> That is, he put himſelf under a Vow. <q>This Vow, <hi>ſaith</hi> Salmaſius, cannot be meant for a Religious Vow, becauſe the devoted hair was to be laid aſide at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> and to be put under the Sacrifice of the Peace-Offering. It ſeems that it was a Civil vow, that either <hi>Paul</hi> or <hi>Aquila</hi> took, ſuch as the Jews did many times like it. I will not ſhave my hair before I come to that place, which were the Pilgrims Vows. So <hi>Paul</hi> made a Vow to cut his hair when he came to <hi>Cenchrea.</hi> Of this kind were the Vows or Curſes which they took upon themſelves, not to take meat nor drink unleſs they did ſuch a thing. As they who bound themſelves under a curſe neither to eat nor drink until they had killed <hi>Paul.</hi>
                  </q>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Acts</hi> 23.12.</note> Yet there are many who underſtand this of the Holy Vow of the <hi>Nazarites,</hi> by which ſome bound themſelves for a certain time, as others did forever. For ſo long as they were bound by this Vow, it was a heinous crime to ſhave their hair. See <hi>Numb.</hi> 6.5. But whereas there <hi>v.</hi> 18. <hi>&amp;</hi> 19. the <hi>Nazarite</hi> having fulfilled his Vow, is com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>manded to ſhave the hair of his head at the door of the Tabernacle of the Congregation, and to put it in the fire, which is under the Sacrifice of the Peace-offering, and to offer Sacrifice unto God, This, while the Jews poſſeſſed the Land of <hi>Canaan,</hi> ought to be done at <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> where the Tabernacle was ſeated. <hi>But,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, thoſe Precepts with others concerning Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifices, did not oblige them who lived without</hi> Jeruſalem. Laſtly, others refer this vow not to <hi>Pauls</hi> ſhaving of his head, but to his Sailing into <hi>Syria.</hi> 
                  <q>He Sailed into <hi>Syria, ſaith the Learned</hi> Samael Petit, that he might keep the feaſt at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> and it was that which St. <hi>Paul</hi> vowed, therefore a little after, he told
<pb n="116" facs="tcp:192139:268"/>the <hi>Epheſians</hi> that he behoved by all means to keep the approaching feaſt at <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi> But why muſt he do that <hi>by all means?</hi> It was not for that Law of <hi>Moſes,</hi> that obliged all to celebrate three Feaſts at <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi> For he tarryed almoſt two years at <hi>Gorinth,</hi> and three whole years at <hi>Epheſus,</hi> and went not to <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> to keep the Feaſt. What therefore <hi>Paul</hi> ſaith in this place, that he was put to it of neceſſity to go to <hi>Jeru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſalem</hi> to the Feaſt, he was put to it by his Vow, not that he was now any more bound by the <hi>Moſaical</hi> Law. But one may ask, why in the Hiſtory of <hi>Paul</hi>'s going to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> are theſe words inſerted, <hi>And having ſhorn his head at</hi> Cenchrea, And what was the reaſon why <hi>Paul</hi> did ſhave his head? We will eaſily give the reaſon, God willing, it is therefore to be noted what was <hi>Pauls</hi> cuſtom among the common People, to wit, he became a Jew to the Jews, as under the Law to theſe who were under the Law,
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 9.1.</note> from this uſual cuſtom we doubt not but <hi>Paul</hi> ſo long as he was among the <hi>Corinthians</hi> did make much of his hair, for among the <hi>Greeks</hi> this was a ſign of a Free-born Man, as appears by the verſe of <hi>Ariſtophanes</hi> which went in a Proverb.
<l>
                        <hi>Beſides indeed thou being a ſervant hath hair.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>For as much as it belongeth to free Perſons to let grow their hair.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <q>As the ancient Maſters obſerve, but that the Jews had a contrary cuſtom, not to cheriſh their hair, but to ſhave it to the quick, appears from the <hi>Nazarites,</hi> who for the Religion of their Vow, abſtained thirty days from ſhaving their hair, therefore they who were lyable by no Religion of a Vow to cheriſh their hair, they cheriſhed it not, but were ſhaved again and again or perhaps oftener every Month. Seeing therefore <hi>Paul,</hi> who let his hair grow according to the
<pb n="117" facs="tcp:192139:268"/>cuſtom of the <hi>Corinthians,</hi> was going from <hi>Corinth</hi> to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> before he would looſe from the Port, laid by his hair, and ſhaved his head to the quick, after the manner of the Jews. For he doubted not to have to do with them at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> therefore he who reſembled the <hi>Corinthian,</hi> ſo long as he was at <hi>Corinth,</hi> would alſo reſemble the Jews, coming to <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> their Metropolis.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And he came to</hi> Epheſus. To wit, <hi>Paul</hi> with <hi>Aquila</hi> and <hi>Priſcilla</hi> being gone from <hi>Corinth</hi> came to <hi>Epheſus,</hi> the Metropolis of the Province which is moſt ſtrictly called <hi>Aſia.</hi> See what we ſaid above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 9.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And left them.</hi> To wit, <hi>Aquila</hi> and <hi>Priſcilla</hi> his Companions in his Journey.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>There.</hi> At <hi>Epheſus,</hi> to wit, when he went from thence to <hi>C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſarea,</hi> below <hi>v.</hi> 21, <hi>&amp;</hi> 22.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But he himſelf. Paul</hi> thinking it an occaſion offered to him, to turn Men to Jeſus Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And reaſoned with the</hi> Jews. As his cuſtom was, concerning the truth of the Chriſtian Religion.</p>
               <p n="20">20 <hi>When they deſired him.</hi> The Jews at <hi>Epheſus,</hi> who were not diſpleaſed at his reaſoning.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To tarry longer time.</hi> Supply <hi>with them</hi> out of the <hi>Greek</hi> Text, that they might conſer with them longer about Religion.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He conſented not.</hi> To do then, what they deſired, for the reaſon which he preſently brings.</p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>But bad them farewel, ſaying I muſt by all means keep this feaſt that cometh in</hi> Jeruſalem. An Inſtance not unlike this, is cut off with the like anſwer, <hi>Luke</hi> 4.42, 43. But he ſaith that he behoved to celebrate the Feaſt that was then coming at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> either for his Vow, as we ſaid above, <hi>v.</hi> 18. was the judgment of moſt famous <hi>Samuel Petit,</hi> or becauſe he had ſo purpoſed, having weighty reaſors eſpecially ſpiritual ones, that in ſuch a confluence of Jews he might advance the Goſpel of Chriſt.</p>
               <pb n="118" facs="tcp:192139:269"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>I will return again unto you.</hi> Having ended my propoſed Journey, which promiſe <hi>Paul</hi> fulfilled, below, <hi>Ch.</hi> 19.1.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>If God will.</hi> Such a Caution St. <hi>Paul</hi> hath uſed alſo elſewhere, not as it were in a Proverbial way of ſpeak<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing, but in Piety, as may be ſeen <hi>Rom.</hi> 1.10.15.32. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 4.19.16.7. <hi>Heb.</hi> 6.3. and <hi>James</hi> puts us excel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lently in mind that this caution is to be uſed.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Jam.</hi> 4.15.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And he ſailed from</hi> Epheſus. Towards <hi>Syria.</hi> See above, <hi>v.</hi> 18.</p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>And when he had landed at</hi> Caeſarea. That is, when he came to that <hi>Caeſarea,</hi> which is ſituated upon the <hi>Mediterranean</hi> Sea, of which above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 8.40. that he might from thence go to <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And gone up.</hi> Supply to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> otherwiſe it does not appear from what follows, when he performed that Journey to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> to that approaching Feaſt. That Verb <hi>to go up</hi> is frequently uſed of <hi>Judea,</hi> and eſpecially of its Metropolis <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> which in reſpect of the Maritim places are ſeated higher, and alſo of the Temple, as <hi>Matth.</hi> 20.17. <hi>Luke</hi> 2.4.18.10 <hi>&amp;</hi> 31.19.28. <hi>John</hi> 2.13.5.1.7.8. <hi>&amp;</hi> 10.11.55. above <hi>Ch.</hi> 11.2. below <hi>Ch.</hi> 21.15.24.11. and elſewhere.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſaluted the Church.</hi> To wit, that principal Church of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> that is, Chriſts diſciples, who lived at <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He went down to</hi> Antioch. Of <hi>Syria.</hi> It is not pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bable that <hi>Paul</hi> having departed from <hi>Caeſarea,</hi> ſhould paſs <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> which was nearer to <hi>Caeſarea,</hi> to go to <hi>Antioch</hi> of <hi>Syria.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>And after he had ſpent ſome time there.</hi> That is, when he had tarryed ſome time at <hi>Antioch.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He departed.</hi> From <hi>Antioch</hi> to viſit other Churches.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And went over all the Country of</hi> Galatia <hi>and</hi> Phrygia, <hi>in order.</hi> In which he had been already, above <hi>Ch.</hi> 16.6.</p>
               <pb n="119" facs="tcp:192139:269"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Strengthening all the diſciples.</hi> That is, confirming the Chriſtians which lived in thoſe places in the true Faith and Godlineſs by his admonitions. <hi>Paul</hi> was ſo received by the <hi>Galatians,</hi> as if he had been an Angel of God, or Chriſt himſelf. As he witneſſeth, <hi>Galat.</hi> 4.14. And among other things he appointed that the collection for the Poor ſhould be laid by every Lords day.
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 16.12.</note>
               </p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>Apollos.</hi> This name hath an <hi>Attick</hi> termination, and is the ſame with <hi>Apella,</hi> which is a Jewiſh name in <hi>Horatius,</hi> and <hi>Apelles, Rom.</hi> 16. <hi>v.</hi> 10. as the learned <hi>Grotius</hi> hath obſerved.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Born at</hi> Alexandria. That is, at <hi>Alexandria</hi> in <hi>Aegypt.</hi> This City was built by <hi>Alexander</hi> the Great, from whom it hath its name, and that there ſhould no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing be wanting to its Glory, they relate that its place was ſhewed to <hi>Alexander</hi> in a Dream. For it was the ancient cuſtom of the <hi>Ethnicks</hi> to relate the original of their Cities and Country to the Gods, that they might be the more noble and happy, which things though they were very like Poetical Fables, yet they were eſteemed as true, ſuch was both the fooliſhneſs of the common People, and the craftineſs of Men. There were divers names given to the ſame place; for it was not only called <hi>the</hi> Aegyptian Alexandria, but alſo <hi>Libyſſa, Rhacotis, Pharus, Leontopolis,</hi> becauſe that the Womb of <hi>Olympias</hi> the Mother of <hi>Alexander,</hi> for <hi>Alexander</hi>'s own Glory, was feigned to have been marked with the Image of a Lyon. The <hi>Romans</hi> called it <hi>A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>ita, ulta, Claudia, Domitiana,</hi> after the names of theſe Emperors. It was called by the <hi>Greeks</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that is, pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſervative againſt evil, and he<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>ing. The air is ſo temperate in that place, that the Sun is every day ſeen there. It was alſo by excellency called <hi>the City,</hi> that ſo by fame it might be equal to <hi>Athens</hi> and <hi>Rome,</hi> who by an <hi>Antonomaſia</hi> were known by this name. <hi>Troy</hi> alſo is by <hi>Homer</hi> called <hi>the City</hi> without any
<pb n="120" facs="tcp:192139:270"/>Epithete. Hence <hi>Alexander</hi> admirer of <hi>Homer</hi> called thus <hi>Alexandria,</hi> as <hi>Euſtathius</hi> ſaith. It was the Royal Seat and Metropolis of <hi>Egypt.</hi> It had the Temple of <hi>Serapis,</hi> which was the moſt Famous in the <hi>Ethnick</hi> World, except the <hi>Capitolium</hi> at <hi>Rome. Strabo</hi> ſaith:
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 17.</note> it was of old the greateſt Fair town in the whole World, at whoſe Port <hi>Prolomy</hi> (ſome aſcribe it to <hi>Cleopatra</hi>) built a high Tower, which was called <hi>Pharos,</hi> from an Iſland of that name near <hi>Alexandria:</hi> being in the night uſeful for Ships by its lights, whence ſuch Towers were afterwards called by that name. See above our anno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tations upon <hi>Chap.</hi> 6. <hi>v.</hi> 9.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>An eloquent Man. Conſtantines</hi> Lexicon, renders the <hi>Greek</hi> word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>eloquent, prudent, learned, full of Words. Heſychius</hi> turns it, <hi>skilful in History, Learned.</hi> Skilfulneſs in Hiſtory begets Prudence, and ſo the <hi>Aethiopick</hi> renders it here out of the <hi>Greek, a prudent or a wiſe Man,</hi> as famous <hi>Lud. de dieu,</hi> has ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſerved.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Mighty in the Scriptures.</hi> That is, very much verſed in the Prophetical Scriptures of the old Teſtament.</p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>This Man was inſtructed in the way of the Lord.</hi> That is, ſomewhat inſtructed in the Chriſtian Religion. Inſtruction of any Doctrine is wont to be called, <hi>the way,</hi> as may be ſeen above. <hi>Becauſe,</hi> ſaith <hi>Wozogenius,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Ch.</hi> 9.2. &amp; 13.10, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                     </note> by it we go any whither in a ſpiritual manner.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Fervent in the ſpirit.</hi> That is, burn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing with Zeal and deſire of advancing Gods Glory.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He ſpake and taught diligently the things of the Lord.</hi> To wit, according to the meaſure of knowledge with which he was indued.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Knowing only the Baptiſm of</hi> John. That is, knowing no more of Chriſt, except ſo much as might be under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood
<pb n="121" facs="tcp:192139:270"/>by the Doctrine, which <hi>John</hi> the Baptiſt Chriſts forerunner Preached, and ſealed with the Symbole of Baptiſm.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>And he began to ſpeak boldly in the Synagogue.</hi> That is, more freely to utter all he knew of Chriſt, in the Holy aſſembly of the <hi>Jews</hi> at <hi>Epheſus,</hi> than he uſed to do formerly in publick aſſemblies.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whom when</hi> Aquila <hi>and</hi> Priſcilla <hi>had heard.</hi> Diſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>courſing of Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They took him unto them.</hi> To lodge with them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And expounded unto him the way of the Lord more per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fectly.</hi> That is, they taught this great Man more exactly the Will of God, revealed unto Man by Chriſt.</p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>And when he was diſpoſed. Apollos</hi> being accurate<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly and exquiſitely inſtructed in the Chriſtian Religion, by <hi>Aquila</hi> a Tradeſman, and his Wife <hi>Priſcilla,</hi> both lay Perſons bearing no Office in the Church.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To paſs into</hi> Achaia. That is, to paſs from <hi>Epheſus,</hi> to that Region of <hi>Greece,</hi> whoſe Metropolis was <hi>Corinth.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Brethren.</hi> That is, the Chriſtians of <hi>Epheſus,</hi> having exhorted <hi>Apollos</hi> to perform quickly his generous purpoſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Diſciples.</hi> That is, the Chriſtians living in <hi>Achaia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To receive him.</hi> That is, that they might entertain him kindly, Hoſpitably and Brotherly.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who.</hi> Apollos.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>When he was come.</hi> Into <hi>Achaia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Helped them much.</hi> That is, was very helpful to them of the <hi>Achaians</hi> and <hi>Corinthians,</hi> who were by <hi>Pauls</hi> means,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Above v.</hi> 47.8. <hi>&amp;</hi> 11.</note> converted to be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieve in Jeſus Chriſt; whom being plant<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed by <hi>Paul, Apollos</hi> watered, as <hi>Paul</hi> wrote 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 3.6. that is, they being by <hi>Paul</hi> inſtructed and informed, were confirmed and advanced more in
<pb n="122" facs="tcp:192139:271"/>the Faith by <hi>Apollos. And that ſeems alſo to be declared,</hi> ſaith <hi>Wolzogenius, that when thoſe Chriſtian</hi> Corinthians <hi>did with great pains conteſt with the obſtinate Jews,</hi> Apollos <hi>helped them greatly in confuting them.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who had believed through Grace.</hi> The <hi>Syrian</hi> inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preter refers the Word, <hi>through Grace,</hi> to the verb <hi>helped,</hi> that the ſenſe may be that thoſe <hi>Achaian</hi> Chriſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans, were not a little helped by <hi>Appollos,</hi> through the great gifts, which God had beſtowed upon him, which are above mentioned, and that God by his favour and bleſſing gave ſucceſs to his labours.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>v.</hi> 24, 25.</note> It may alſo be put with the verb <hi>believed,</hi> that the meaning may be, that thoſe <hi>Achaians</hi> were indued with Faith by the free favour of God.</p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>Mightily,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, He with ſtrong arguments confuted and convinced the errors of the Jews, demonſtrating not by any uncertain tradition, but by the moſt firm Oracles and Teſtimonies of the Scriptures of the old Teſtament that Jeſus of <hi>Nazareth</hi> is the Meſſias promiſed of old by God, who ſhould ſave his People from their ſins. <hi>From ſuch things,</hi> ſaith <hi>Wolzogenius, as are here written of this</hi> Apollos, <hi>that he was an eloquent Man, and fervent in Spirit, and mighty in the Scriptures of the old covenant, and that he valiantly confuted the Jews; it ſeems a conjecture may be taken, that he is the Author of the Epiſtle to the</hi> Hebrews, <hi>being written ſo eloquently and clearly, beyond the reſt of the Wri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tings of the new Teſtament, and with fervor of Spirit, alſo frequent allegation and accommodation of the holy Scriptures of the old Teſtament, that theſe</hi> Hebrews <hi>or</hi> Jews, <hi>which wavered in the Chriſtian Religion might be ſtrongly con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firmed.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div n="19" type="chapter">
               <pb n="123" facs="tcp:192139:271"/>
               <head>CHAP. XIX.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>WHile</hi> Apollos <hi>was at</hi> Corinth. Watering Chriſtianity there, which was planted by <hi>Paul</hi> and diligently promoting the work of the Lord.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Having paſſed through the upper Coaſts.</hi> That is, <hi>Ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>latia</hi> and <hi>Phrygia, Mediterranean</hi> Countries of the leſſer <hi>Aſia,</hi> and more Northerly ſituated.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Came to</hi> Epheſus.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See above, Ch.</hi> 18.23.</note> From whence he departed and promiſed he ſhould return again, above <hi>Ch.</hi> 18. <hi>v.</hi> 19. <hi>&amp;</hi> 21.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And finding certain Diſciples.</hi> That is, Jews belie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving in Chriſt, who came from other Countries to <hi>Epheſus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>Have ye received the holy Ghoſt ſince ye believed?</hi> As much as to ſay, Whether or no, ſince ye imbraced the faith of Chriſt, were theſe great gifts of the Holy Ghoſt powred out upon you, which according to <hi>Joels</hi> Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pheſie, did every where begin to be much uſed, and ſet by in the Church of Chriſt?</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We have not ſo much as heard whether there be any Holy Ghoſt.</hi> That is, we have not ſo much as heard it reported, that thoſe gifts of the Holy Ghoſt, which <hi>Joel</hi> foretold ſhould in great meaſure be powred out upon believers, have already every where been poured. The like ſaying is <hi>Jo.</hi> 7.39. <hi>for the Holy Ghoſt was not yet given, becauſe that Jeſus was not yet glorified.</hi> That is, thoſe Illuſtrious Gifts of the Spirit, with which the beginning of the Church was to be by the Meſſias indued, were not as yet fallen from Heaven upon any. See what we have ſaid above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 8.16.</p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto what then were ye Baptiſed?</hi> As much as to ſay, With what Doctrine were ye inſtructed, when ye
<pb n="124" facs="tcp:192139:272"/>were initiated by Baptiſm? <hi>It was not doubted,</hi> ſaith <hi>Wolzogenius, but they were baptized in Water who were called Diſciples, but</hi> Paul <hi>asked in the Profeſſion of what Doctrine?</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto</hi> Johns <hi>Baptiſm.</hi> That is, unto the profeſſion of that Doctrine, which <hi>John</hi> Preached and ſigned by Baptiſm. <hi>The anſwer is moſt pertinent,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, by which they meant that they in Baptiſm, profeſſed the Doctrine propoſed by</hi> John, <hi>and ratified by Baptiſm adminiſtred to them; hence they acknowledged Chriſt, but very ſlenderly, neither having heard Chriſt himſelf nor his Apoſtles, as is alſo ſaid of</hi> Apollos <hi>a little before: So that it is no wonder that they</hi> (<hi>who as appears by their own anſwer, that having only heard</hi> John, <hi>they were Baptized and returned to their own Country</hi>) <hi>ſhould be ignorant of this Holy Ghoſt, which was not ſent out into the Church but ſince that Day of Pentecoſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="4">4. John <hi>verily.</hi> Famous <hi>Solomon Glaſſius,</hi> theſe adverſative conjunctions,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Gram. Sacr<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tract.</hi> 7. <hi>Can.</hi> 14.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>verily, indeed, truly,</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>but</hi> do in Speech mutually follow one another, and ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceſſarily one another as mutual correlatives. <hi>Mat.</hi> 3.11. <hi>I indeed Baptize with Water unto Repentance; but he that cometh after me,</hi> &amp;c. 9. <hi>v.</hi> 37. <hi>The Harveſt truly is plen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teous, but the Labourers are few.</hi> And thus the Scripture ſpeaketh in many other places. <hi>See the Concordancies of the new Teſtament. Hence it happears that</hi> Acts 19.4, 5. <hi>the words are connected together and hold out one continued diſcourſe of</hi> Pauls; <hi>connected by theſe Particles</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Then ſaid <hi>Paul, John</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>verily</hi> Baptiſed with the Baptiſm of Repentance, ſaying unto the People, that they ſhould believe on him, who ſhould come after him, that is, on Chriſt Jeſus <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. But thoſe that heard this (Johns <hi>report of Chriſt</hi>) they were Bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiſed, (<hi>by</hi> John) in the name of the Lord Jeſus. <hi>The fifth verſe then expreſſeth not</hi> Pauls <hi>fact or any rebaptiſing, but it follows in the ſixth verſe concerning</hi> Pauls <hi>fact,</hi> that he
<pb n="125" facs="tcp:192139:272"/>laid his hands on thoſe Diſciples, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> compare <hi>Ch.</hi> 8. <hi>v.</hi> 14, 15, 16. <hi>&amp;</hi> 17. Bellarmin <hi>calls this explanation,</hi> however witty, yet no wiſe pious nor probable. <hi>But why is it neither Pious nor Probable? Johns</hi> Baptiſm is mentioned in <hi>v.</hi> 4. therefore it were ſuperfluous to re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peat it, <hi>v.</hi> 5. <hi>This is the ſtrength of the Argument, but it is no Superfluous repetition. For he firſt ſets forth</hi> Johns <hi>intire Miniſtry in general, which conſiſts in the Baptiſm of Repentance, which Phraſe includes both the adminiſtration of the Sacrament it ſelf, and the Preaching of Repentance. Compare</hi> Mark. 1. <hi>v.</hi> 4. <hi>Afterward he more particularly expreſſeth the order of his Miniſtry, that firſt he inculcated Faith in Chriſt, and then his auditors being informed of Chriſt, he Baptiſed them in the name of Jeſus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Baptiſed with the Baptiſm of Repentance.</hi> That is, when he ſtirred up the People to Repentance, to them who confeſſed their Sins and ſincere Converſion and amendment of Life, he was the firſt that admini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtred Baptiſm, which is the Symbol of Repentance. See <hi>Mat.</hi> 3.2, 5, 6. <hi>&amp; ſeq.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Saying,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, When he admoniſh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed them, to imbrace by Faith Jeſus, who ſoon after him, was happily to enter upon his Office of Preaching the Goſpel, as the Meſſias, or Chriſt promiſed in the Law and in the Prophets.</p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>When they heard.</hi> The <hi>Greek</hi> hath it, <hi>but they who heard,</hi> that is, they who believed the Doctrine which <hi>John</hi> Preached.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They were baptized in the name of the Lord Jeſus.</hi> That is, them, <hi>John</hi> initiating by Baptiſm did dedicate unto Chriſt. Among others, Famous <hi>Dru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſius</hi> obſerved, that this verſe is taken,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 1: <hi>Quaeſt. Ebraic. q.</hi> 8.3.</note> as if they were <hi>Lukes</hi> words, which they are not. <hi>The Apoſtle</hi> Paul, ſaith he, <hi>ſpeaks of</hi> Johns <hi>Baptiſm, which he proves to be the ſame with Chriſts Baptiſm, partly by his doings, partly by his ſayings, as being one that Preached Chriſt to come, and
<pb n="126" facs="tcp:192139:273"/>Baptized ſuch as believed in him: And this is it which he ſaith,</hi> They were Baptized in the name of Jeſus. <hi>Such as, to wit, while</hi> John <hi>Preached, imbraced the Faith of Chriſt, of which number thoſe Diſciples were: But becauſe thoſe believers had not as yet received the gifts of the Holy Ghoſt, therefore the Apoſtle asks them, by whoſe Baptiſm they were initiated, and when he knew the matter, laid his hands upon them, and immediately the Spirit coming down upon them they began to ſpeak with tongues and to pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pheſie, even as</hi> Luke <hi>mentions in the Context of this Hiſtory.</hi> Moreover that <hi>John</hi> uſed to Baptize in the name of Jeſus Chriſt, that moſt ancient writer <hi>Gregory</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Neocaeſarea</hi> in <hi>Pontus,</hi> ſurnamed <hi>Tharmaturgus,</hi> who flouriſhed in the year of our Lord two hundred thirtieth and third doth witneſs.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>In Serm. in S.</hi> Theophania.</note> He expounding theſe words of <hi>John</hi> to the Lord Jeſus: <hi>I have need to be Baptized of thee,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Mat.</hi> 3.14.</note> and comeſt thou to me?</hi> he brings in <hi>John</hi> ſpeaking thus: <hi>While I Baptize others, I Baptize them in thy name, that they may be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieve in thee coming with Glory, but when I Baptize thee whom ſhall I mention? In whoſe name ſhall I Baptize thee? Shall I in the name of the Father? but thou haſt the whole Father in thy ſelf, and thou art wholly in the Father? Shall I in the name of the Son? but there is no other S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>n of God by nature beſides thee. Shall I in the name of the Holy Ghoſt? but he is always together with thee, as Con-ſubſtantial to thee, and of the ſame Will and judgment, and of equal Power and alike Honour, and with thee he receive<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> Worſhip from all Men.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>And when</hi> Paul <hi>had laid his hands upon them.</hi> As both approving the Doctrine Preached <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>y <hi>John,</hi> which they received by Faith, and alſo the Baptiſm con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferred upon them, upon their confeſſing that Doctrine.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Holy Ghoſt came on them.</hi> That is, the Illuſtrious Gifts of the Holy Ghoſt came down from Heaven upon
<pb n="127" facs="tcp:192139:273"/>them. <hi>Laying on of hands,</hi> ſaith famous <hi>Heiddegger</hi> in his Hiſtorico-Theological Anatomy of the Council of <hi>Trent,</hi> upon the Canons of the Seventh Seſſion about that one queſtion concerning confirmation, <hi>was freely uſed by the Apoſtles, that the Baptized might receive the extraordi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nary Gifts of the Holy Ghoſt, and that thereby the Goſpel might be confirmed,</hi> Heb. 2.3, 4. <hi>until it were ſo fortified and confirmed in the publick knowledge of all, that none but an obſtinate and impudent Man could call its Divinity in queſtion. But it ſufficeth us that by Faith we have received the Spirit of Sonſhip.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Gal.</hi> 3.14. <hi>&amp;</hi> 4.6.</note> See what we have noted concerning the laying of hands above, Chap.</hi> 8.17.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they ſpake with Tongues.</hi> To wit, ſtrange Tongues, which they did not learn, as the Apoſtles above <hi>Ch.</hi> 2.4. And <hi>Cornelius</hi> and his fellows, <hi>Ch.</hi> 10.44, <hi>&amp;</hi> 46.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And propheſied.</hi> Declaring at length and with Praiſes celebrating the great and wonderful works of the Lord, as above <hi>Ch.</hi> 2.11. <hi>&amp;</hi> 10.46. and perhaps foretelling things to come, which is the moſt proper ſignification of Propheſie. See <hi>Luke</hi> 1.67.</p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>And all the Men,</hi> &amp;c. Who were before Baptized by <hi>John,</hi> were at that time by the laying on of <hi>Pauls</hi> hands at <hi>Epheſus,</hi> gifted with thoſe extraordinary Gifts of the Holy Ghoſt, which are frequently called <hi>Holy Ghoſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>And he went into the Synagogue.</hi> As much as to ſay, But <hi>Paul</hi> himſelf that he might gain the Jews, who lived at <hi>Epheſus,</hi> to Chriſt, went into their Syna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gogue.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſpake boldly for the ſpace of three Moneths.</hi> That is, he publiſhed the Doctrine of the Goſpel to the Jews without fear openly, and without turning and winding about for the ſpace of three Months.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Diſputing and perſwading the things concerning the Kingdom of God.</hi> That is, by ſolid reaſons proving
<pb n="128" facs="tcp:192139:274"/>that this eminent and happy Kingdom is now raiſed up by Jeſus; which God had appointed that the Meſſias ſhould erect, of which <hi>Iſaias Ch.</hi> 52.7. <hi>Dan.</hi> 2.44. <hi>&amp; Ch.</hi> 7.27. even as is ſaid above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 3.21. all the Prophets Propheſied. By the Kingdom of God, <hi>We know,</hi> ſaith <hi>Calvin</hi> here, <hi>is often meant that reſtoring which was promiſed to our Fathers, and which was to be fulfilled by the coming of Christ. For ſeeing that without Chriſt, there is a de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>formed and confuſed ſcattering of all things, the Prophets did attribute this, not in vain to the Meſſias, who was to come, that it ſhould come to paſs, that he ſhould eſtabliſh the Kingdom of God in the World. And now becauſe this Kingdom doth reduce us from our backsliding to the obedience of God, and of Enemies maketh us Sons, it conſiſteth firſt in the free forgiveneſs of Sins, whereby God doth reconcile us to himſelf, and adopteth us to be his People; then, in newneſs of Life, whereby he conformeth us to his own Image.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>But when divers were hardened.</hi> Of the Jews, to wit, being by a wilful obſtinacy, diſobedient to the voice of the Lord inviting them to Repentance.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And believed not.</hi> That is, contumaciouſly de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſpiſed the Goſpel Preached to them by <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Speaking evil of that way.</hi> That is, with railing words inveighing againſt the Will of God revealed to Men by Chriſt.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See above, Ch.</hi> 18.25, 26.</note> Thus alſo above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 13.45. the obſtinate Jews did with Blaſphemies againſt Chriſt and the Chriſtian Religion, oppoſe and reſiſt the Truth Preach<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed by <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Before the Multitude.</hi> That they might diſcourage and withdraw ſuch as were perſwaded of the truth of the Chriſtian Religion from profeſſing it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He departed from them.</hi> Which with inflexible obſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nacy did cry out againſt, and rail at the Truth of the Goſpel.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſeparated the Diſciples.</hi> That is, he ſeparated the Chriſtians, who as yet were intermixed with
<pb n="129" facs="tcp:192139:274"/>thoſe reproaching railers, and aſſembled in the ſame Synagogue with the Jews who obſtinately reſiſted the Goſpel.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And diſputing daily.</hi> As much as to ſay, And in preſence of this company of Chriſtians ſeparated from the refractory Jews, <hi>Paul</hi> not only upon the Sabbath days or every Seventh, but every day without any intermiſſion, declared the things relating to Faith in Chriſt Jeſus and true Godlineſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the School of one</hi> Tyrannus. That is, in the School of a certain Sophiſter whom they called <hi>Ty<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rannus. Perhaps,</hi> ſaith <hi>Pricaeus, becauſe that by the Force of his Eloquence he thruſted down and lifted up his hearers.</hi> Some <hi>Greek</hi> Copies add, <hi>from five a Clock till ten.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>And this continued.</hi> As much as to ſay, And <hi>Paul</hi> continued his daily expoſition of the Chriſtian Religion, in <hi>Tyrannus</hi> his School.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which dwelt in</hi> Aſia. To wit, more ſtrictly ſo called, whoſe chief Metropolis was <hi>Epheſus,</hi> as we have noted above, upon <hi>Ch.</hi> 2.9.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Word of the Lord Jeſus.</hi> That is, the Goſpel of Chriſt Preached by <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Both</hi> Jews <hi>and</hi> Greeks. That is, as well they which being deſcended of the <hi>Hebrew</hi> Patriarchs, were reckoned among the People of God, as the profane Nations, who before this were aliens from the People of God.</p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>Miracles,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, And that the truth of the Goſpel Preached by <hi>Paul</hi> might become the more Famous, God frequently confirmed it by Miracles wrought by the ſame <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>From his Body were brought.</hi> To wit, <hi>Pauls.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Sick.</hi> That is, weakened by Sickneſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Handkerchiefs.</hi> Which are appointed to wipe off the ſhot, the ſweat, and the tears.</p>
               <pb n="130" facs="tcp:192139:275"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Or Aprons.</hi> An Apron is a cloth that covers ones Belly, or as <hi>Auguſtine</hi> calls it, <hi>a girding Garment,</hi> wherewith handicraftsmen, of whoſe number <hi>Paul</hi> was, as is to be ſeen above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 18.3. uſed to cover the fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>part of their cloths. Women alſo are wont to uſe this Apron, and our Countrymen in <hi>France</hi> call it <hi>Tablier</hi> and <hi>Devantier;</hi> but the <hi>Piccards</hi> calls it <hi>De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miceint.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the Diſeaſes departed from them.</hi> Upon what ſick People, to wit, <hi>Paul</hi> being abſent, his handker<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chiefs, or Aprons were put, that ſuch as had never ſeen him, might nevertheleſs in his abſence reverently imbrace his Doctrine. <hi>Calvin</hi> ſaith excellently. <hi>The Papiſts are blockiſh who wreſt this place unto their Relicks, as if</hi> Paul <hi>ſent his handkerchiefs, that Men might Worſhip them, and kiſs them in honour of him, as in Popery they Worſhip</hi> Francis <hi>his Shoos and Breeches,</hi> Roſes <hi>girdle, St.</hi> Margarets <hi>Comb, and ſuch like trifles. Yea rather he did chooſe moſt ſimple things, leſt any ſuperſtition might ariſe by reaſon of the Price, or Pomp; for he reſolved entirely and fully to give all the Glory to Chriſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the evil Spirits went out of them.</hi> Out of their Bodies, which by Gods permiſſion they poſſeſſed.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>Took upon them,</hi> &amp;c. That it may the more certainly appear that by thoſe Miracles, juſt now men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioned, <hi>Paul</hi>'s Apoſtleſhip was confirmed from Heaven, <hi>Luke</hi> teacheth now that when ſome did raſhly take upon them, to do the ſame things, they were grievouſly puniſhed for ſuch raſhneſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of the Vagabond Jews.</hi> Who did run about to and fro; and did creep into all publick places, being to ſhew ſome great thing to the People, as Jugglers or Mounte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>banks uſe to do.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Exorciſts.</hi> The gloſs in the <hi>Latin</hi> Manuſcript, <hi>Exor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciſt, adjuring.</hi> Hence in Eccleſiaſtical Writers to <hi>Exor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciſe,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">8 <hi>Ant.</hi> 2.</note> is to expel Diabolical Force ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>juring it by Divine things. <hi>Flavius Joſephus</hi>
                  <pb n="131" facs="tcp:192139:275"/>tells, that ſuch adjurations were compoſed by <hi>Solomon,</hi> and that he in the preſence of <hi>Veſpaſian</hi> found the Copies of theſe adjurations, which had been uſed by one <hi>Eleazar.</hi> See what we have noted upon <hi>Matth.</hi> 12.27.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We adjure you by Jeſus whom</hi> Paul <hi>Preacheth.</hi> That, to wit, reverencing his Divine Perſon ye remove far hence.</p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>And there were.</hi> Theſe juggling Exorciſts or Adjurers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Seven Sons.</hi> The <hi>Greek</hi> hath <hi>certain ſeven Sons.</hi> So <hi>Apuleius</hi> ſays, <hi>certain ſeven witneſſes.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of</hi> Sceva <hi>a Jew and chief of the Prieſts.</hi> That is, who was chief of one of the twenty four Sacerdotal Families, in which <hi>Aaron</hi>'s poſterity were diſtributed by <hi>David.</hi> See our literal explanation upon <hi>Matth.</hi> 2.4. for neither is <hi>Sceva</hi> mentioned in the Catalogue of the high Prieſts, nor is it probable that ſo many Sons of one high Prieſt, ſhould have lived ſo far from <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which did ſo.</hi> That is, uſed ſuch adjurations by Jeſus whom <hi>Paul</hi> Preached.</p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>And the evil Spirit anſwered.</hi> By the Mouth of that Man whom he poſſeſſed.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſaid.</hi> Unto <hi>Sceva</hi>'s ſeven Sons, God compel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Jeſus I know.</hi> To have the vertue to caſt out Devils.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Paul <hi>I know.</hi> To be the great Apoſtle of Jeſus Chriſt, at whoſe Prayers, that Power and Vertue which is proper to Chriſt alone, uſeth frequently to put forth it ſelf above the order of Nature.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But who are ye?</hi> That, to wit, ye dare adjure De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vils, by Jeſus the Son of the living God, as if ye were endowed with an Apoſtolical right to expel Devils.</p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>And prevailed againſt them.</hi> That is, Powerfully
<pb n="132" facs="tcp:192139:276"/>put forth his ſtrength, violently aſſaulting, tearing, and beating them with ſtroaks.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>So that they fled out of the houſe.</hi> In which either for praiſe or gain they indeavoured to drive away and expel the Devil. Otherwiſe the Lord Jeſus would not have him forbidden, who, <hi>Mark</hi> 9.38, 39. did in his Name caſt out Devils, becauſe he did it for no evil intent, although he was not ſo addicted to Chriſt as to be his Diſciple.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Naked.</hi> That is, deprived of their Cloths.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Wounded.</hi> That is, and Wounded in their Body.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>For all the</hi> Jews <hi>and</hi> Greeks. See above, <hi>v.</hi> 10.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Fear fell on them,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, All of them were taken with ſuch reverence to Chriſt, that they celebrated his Power over unclean Spirits with Illuſtrious Praiſe.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>And many that believed.</hi> That is, that by <hi>Pauls</hi> Miniſtry were perſwaded of the truth of the Chriſtian Religion.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Came.</hi> To <hi>Paul</hi> and his Companions.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Confeſſed and ſhewed their deeds.</hi> There are ſome who interpret the <hi>Greek</hi> word here rendred <hi>Deeds,</hi> not of their Sins, but of the Miracles wrought by believers;
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>So Chryſ. hom.</hi> 41. <hi>upon the Acts.</hi>
                  </note> but let it be a confeſſion of Sins, yet that it was made before, not after Baptiſm, and therefore doth no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wiſe countenance the Sacramental and Auricular confeſſion of the Papiſts, <hi>Petrus Lintrenſis,</hi> and <hi>Lorinus</hi> the Jeſuit do confeſs, and prove by evident Arguments, ſuch as theſe are: that the Series of the Narration from the eleventh to the twentieth verſe, doth evince this: That in the like manner thoſe that were Baptized of <hi>John,</hi> confeſſed their ſins before they were Baptized:
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Mat.</hi> 3.6.</note> that the Doctors of the ancient Church, namely,
<pb n="133" facs="tcp:192139:276"/>
                  <hi>Baſil, Euſebius, Auguſtine, Beda, Arator</hi> expound this Text of Perſons not Baptized: that none of the ancient Divines, nay, not the Council of <hi>Trent</hi> it ſelf did uſe this place to prove the Sacramental confeſſion; that alſo <hi>Cajetan, Michael a Palatio, Andreas Vega</hi> think ſo: laſtly, that it is not probable that thoſe newly converted Chriſtians did ſo ſoon after Baptiſm, <hi>Paul</hi> with his companions being as yet preſent and dayly Preaching, return to their old Sins, and among them to their Magical Arts, and to have gotten Magical Books and read them. <hi>Grant that Confeſſion to have been after Baptiſm,</hi> ſaith moſt famous <hi>Heideg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ger, yet</hi> Cajetan <hi>will anſwer for us,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Upon the Council of</hi> Trent, <hi>Seſſ.</hi> 14.9.7.</note> that here are deſcribed ſome confeſſing their ſins in general, or publickly, and that it was not a Sacramental confeſſion, but a profeſſion of Repentance for their former Life. <hi>That if they did alſo confeſs ſome ſpecial Sins, yet they did not either mumble them over in the ear of any Prieſt as judge, nor confeſs all their Sins with their circumſtances, but thoſe groſſer ones or curious arts, which are mentioned in the following nineteenth verſe.</hi> See what we have noted upon <hi>Matth.</hi> 3.6. about Auricular confeſſion.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>Many alſo of them which uſed curious Arts.</hi> That is, who applyed their mind to the Study of Magick. So in <hi>Auguſtine, curious Viſions</hi> ſeems to be put for Magical Viſions.
<note place="margin">10 <hi>Confeſs.</hi> 42.</note> That the <hi>Epheſians</hi> were given to theſe damnable Studies, the ancient naming <hi>the</hi> Epheſian <hi>Letters</hi> doth ſhew, by which certain Characters and ſmall Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gical Words were ſignified, whereby the Magicians uſed to free thoſe from the Power of Daemons, who were vexed with them. <hi>Plutarch</hi> in <hi>Alexandro</hi> makes mention of the Magicians, which were at <hi>Epheſus.</hi> And about the beginning of <hi>Nero</hi>'s Empire, as <hi>Philoſtra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus</hi> witneſſeth in his Life, <hi>Appollonius Tyanaeus</hi> a Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mous Magician ſet up a publick School of Magick art at <hi>Epheſus.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="134" facs="tcp:192139:277"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Brought their Books together.</hi> In which, to wit, their <hi>curious things,</hi> or Magical ſubtleties were written.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And burned them before all them.</hi> Freely, that they might leave it witneſſed in Mens Mind, that now being converted to Chriſt they willingly and heartily hated thoſe Magical Curioſities. But it does not follow hence, as ſome think, that the Books which are ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>counted Heretical, are to be forcibly taken from their Poſſeſſors, and with publick cenſure burnt. For firſt it is harder to Judge of Hereſie and Errors, reſpect<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing heads of Faith, than of Magick which is plainly Diabolical, and many ones judgment is condemned for erroneous and falſe, becauſe of divers preconceived contrary opinions, which are evidently diſproved as falſe and erroneous. Further, there is a vaſt difference, in that the <hi>Epheſians</hi> of their own accord and without any violence, burnt thoſe Books, which they themſelves acknowledged unworthy of light or reading, and that Books againſt the owners Will without being convicted of their impiety, ſhould by violence be forced from them, and caſt into the fire. This they uſe to do who cannot find out good reaſons, to confute the Ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guments of ſuch Books.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they counted the price of them.</hi> Of the Books to wit, which the <hi>Epheſians</hi> who were ſincerely converted to Chriſt, did conſume with fire.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And found it fifty thouſand pieces of Silver.</hi> The <hi>Greek</hi> hath word for word, <hi>They found it fifty thouſand Myriads of Silver or Money. Silver</hi> is uſed by the <hi>Greek</hi> interpreters as in <hi>Hebrew</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> for any Mony, becauſe, as <hi>Iſidore</hi> ſaith, their Mony was firſt Coined of Silver. So in the common <hi>French</hi> Tongue, <hi>Argent</hi> ſignifieth any Mony, as <hi>Argentum</hi> in <hi>Plautus</hi> is frequently put for any Mony, while in other Authors of the <hi>Latin</hi> Tongue, <hi>as</hi> is commonly taken for any Mony. Therefore <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Silver</hi> when Jewiſh Mony is ſpoken of, as
<pb n="135" facs="tcp:192139:277"/>
                  <hi>Matth.</hi> 26.15. after the Jewiſh cuſtom denotes <hi>a Shekel of Silver,</hi> which was every way equal to the <hi>Athe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>an Stater,</hi> and valued two Shillings ſix pence of the now <hi>Engliſh</hi> Mony.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 4. <hi>Demonſt. Evang.</hi>
                  </note> Hence <hi>Euſebius</hi> tranſcribed that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which <hi>Matthew</hi> called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which are three Pounds fifteen Shillings Sterling. But here <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> ſignifieth the <hi>Greek</hi> Coin and is of the value of an <hi>Attick Drachma,</hi> which was the fourth part of a <hi>Jewiſh Shekel,</hi> and of the ſame value with the <hi>Roman</hi> Penny, and with ſeven pence farthing of our <hi>Engliſh</hi> Money. <hi>For the</hi> Greeks, ſaith Learned <hi>Brerewood, numbred the Sums of Money by Drachmaes, as the Jews did by Shekels, and the</hi> Romans <hi>by Seſtertios; but</hi> Epheſus, <hi>whoſe thoſe Pieces of Money were, was a</hi> Greek <hi>Chy, a Colony of the</hi> Athenians, <hi>as</hi> Strabo <hi>and</hi> Panſanias <hi>Write.</hi> Fifty thouſand <hi>Attick</hi> Drachmaes are equivalent to one thouſand five hundred ſixty two Pounds ten Shillings <hi>Engliſh</hi> Money.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>So mightily grew the Word of God and pr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>v<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>ed.</hi> That is, The Goſpel of Jeſus Chriſt did daily get it ſelf new Diſciples,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See above Ch.</hi> 6, 7. <hi>&amp;</hi> 12.24.</note> who profited more and more in the obedience there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>After theſe things were ended.</hi> As much as to ſay, When the Chriſtian Faith had taken deeper roots at <hi>Epheſus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Paul <hi>Purpoſed in the Spirit.</hi> That is, <hi>Paul</hi> gave his mind to it. The Spirit is put for the Mind, as <hi>Joh.</hi> 13.21. <hi>Rom.</hi> 1.9. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 2.11.5.5.6.20. <hi>&amp;</hi> 7.34. <hi>Epheſ.</hi> 4.23. <hi>Phil.</hi> 3.3. <hi>Col.</hi> 2.5. Yet it is not to be doubted, but <hi>Paul</hi> did take upon him this reſolution, by the inſtinct of the Holy Ghoſt, as himſelf witneſſeth in the like matter, below, <hi>Ch.</hi> 20.22. and as at length the thing it ſelf doth ſhew, <hi>Ch.</hi> 20.1.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>When he had paſſed through</hi> Macedonia. Wherein he planted Chriſtianity in <hi>Philippi, Theſſalonica</hi> and
<pb n="136" facs="tcp:192139:278"/>
                  <hi>Beraea,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Above Ch.</hi> 16. <hi>&amp;</hi> 17.</note> he would therefore return to ſee the Chriſtian Inhabitants there.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Achaia. A Region of <hi>Peloponneſus,</hi> whoſe Metropolis was <hi>Corinth,</hi> where alſo <hi>Paul</hi> taught the Goſpel long enough. <hi>Achaia</hi> here is by ſome taken for whole <hi>Greece,</hi> the ancient <hi>Romans</hi> called all <hi>Grecians</hi> by the name of <hi>Achaei</hi> and <hi>Achivi.</hi> Alſo the Proconſul of <hi>Achaia</hi> governed both <hi>Peloponneſus</hi> and <hi>Greece.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To go to</hi> Jeruſalem. To viſit the chief Church and to carry the Alms collected in the <hi>Grecian,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>See Rom.</hi> 15.25. <hi>&amp;</hi> 26.</note> Macedonian,</hi> and <hi>Achaian</hi> Churches.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Saying.</hi> By the impulſe of the Holy Ghoſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>After I have been there.</hi> To wit, at <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I must alſo ſee</hi> Rome. That is, go to <hi>Rome,</hi> that alſo in this Metropolis of the World I may gain ſome to Chriſt.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See Rom.</hi> 1.10.11.13 <hi>&amp;</hi> 15.15.23.</note>
               </p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>So he ſent into</hi> Macedonia <hi>two of them that miniſtred unto him.</hi> As much as to ſay, Having ſent two of his helpers in Preaching the Goſpel into <hi>Macedonia,</hi> whither he himſelf was to go.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Timotheus.</hi> Of whom before <hi>Ch.</hi> 16.1. <hi>&amp;</hi> 17.14 <hi>&amp;</hi> 15 <hi>&amp;</hi> 18.5. None liker <hi>Paul</hi> for holding, adorning, profeſſing, teaching and defending the Chriſtian Faith, then <hi>Timothy;</hi> hence the Apoſtle calls him <hi>his beloved Son,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 1.2.</note> or as the <hi>Greek</hi> text hath it, <hi>his own Son in the Faith. Becauſe,</hi> ſaith <hi>Chryſoſtome, of his exact likeneſs to him in the Faith,</hi> whence love ariſeth. For otherwiſe <hi>Paul</hi> had not made, but found <hi>Timothy</hi> a believer, as is clear from 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 1.5.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Eraſtus. It ſeems to be him of whom mention is made, <hi>Rom.</hi> 16.23, <hi>&amp;</hi> 2. <hi>Tim.</hi> 4.20.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But he himſelf ſtayed in</hi> Aſia <hi>for a ſeaſon.</hi> To wit, at
<pb n="137" facs="tcp:192139:278"/>
                  <hi>Epheſus,</hi> as appears from what follows, which was the chief Metropolis of <hi>Aſia,</hi> more ſtrictly ſo called.</p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>The ſame time.</hi> To wit, when <hi>Paul</hi> ſtayed at <hi>Epheſus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>No ſmall ſtir.</hi> That is, A great uproar.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>About the way.</hi> That is, Becauſe of that Doctrine of Chriſt, which <hi>Paul</hi> Preached. So by occaſion of good Doctrine,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See above v.</hi> 9.</note> evil Men ſtir up evil Tumults, by which that Doctrine is oppoſed.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>A Silverſmith.</hi> Who works in cutting, in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>graving and moulding of Silver, ſuch workmen from the excellency of the matter in which they work, we call <hi>Goldſmiths.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which made Silver ſhrines for</hi> Diana. That is, Little houſes of Silver, wherein <hi>Diana</hi>'s little Images, which were commonly bought by them who viſited <hi>Diana</hi> of the <hi>Epheſians,</hi> were laid up. <hi>And perhaps,</hi> ſaith <hi>Cauſabon, theſe little houſes reſembled the cunning Work of the Temple of</hi> Epheſus. The Caskets or little Boxes, in which the Images of the Gods or Goddeſſes were kept, were called <hi>Aediculae, Shrines.</hi> Petronius: <hi>Moreover, I ſaw a big Cage in a Corner, in whoſe Shrines were Silver houſhold-Gods.</hi> Apuleius. <hi>I beheld at the middle Pillar,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Lib.</hi> 3. <hi>Mileſ.</hi>
                     </note> which upheld the beams of the Stable, almoſt in the very midſt, the Image of the Goddeſs</hi> Hippona,
<note place="margin">36. <hi>Nat. Hiſt.</hi> 5.</note> 
                  <hi>dwelling in a ſhrine. Plinius</hi> ſpeaking of the Image of <hi>Venus</hi> carved by <hi>Praxiteles</hi> at <hi>Gnidos,</hi> ſaith, <hi>While its ſhrine is opened, that the Image of the Goddeſs may be ſeen round about, which is believed to have been made by her own help, it is equally admired on every ſide.</hi> See alſo <hi>Juvenal</hi> in his eighth Satyr. <hi>Tertullian. If you furniſh its Temple, its Altar, or its Shrine,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>De Idol. Cap.</hi> 8.</note> it is no matter whether you build or adorn it. Tibullus</hi> calls a Shrine, <hi>exigua aedes, a little houſe. The wooden
<pb n="138" facs="tcp:192139:279"/>God ſtood in a little houſe;</hi> by <hi>Arnobius</hi> theſe Shrines or little houſes are called <hi>little Cottages, Conclaves, little Cells, Tuguriola, Conclavia, Cellulae.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For</hi> Diana. The Daughter of <hi>Jupiter,</hi> by <hi>Latona,</hi> brought forth in the ſame birth with <hi>Apollo</hi> upon Mount <hi>Cynthus,</hi> ſituated in <hi>Delos</hi> an Iſland in the <hi>Aegean</hi> Sea. She is ſaid for love of her Virginity, to have ſhunned the company of Men, and that ſhe might remove from her ſelf the itch of luſt, to have lived in woods hunting, contented with the company of a few Virgins; ſhe is in Hell called <hi>Hecate,</hi> in the Woods <hi>Diana,</hi> in Heaven <hi>Luna, Phaebe, Delia, Cynthia.</hi> Labouring Women in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>voked her, by the name of <hi>Juno Lucina.</hi> She had a famous Temple at <hi>Epheſus,</hi> which is ſaid to have been one of the ſeven wonders of the World, whoſe Architect was <hi>Cherſiphron,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 14.</note> as <hi>Strabo</hi> ſaith. <hi>Plinius</hi> ſaith, that in four hundred years time,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Nat. hiſt. Lib.</hi> 16. <hi>Ch.</hi> 40.</note> (all <hi>Aſia</hi> building it) it was finiſhed, and ſeven times repaired; but he agrees not with himſelf, for Book 36. <hi>Ch.</hi> 14. he ſaith it was finiſhed by all <hi>Aſia</hi> in the ſpace of two hundred and twenty years, there alſo he draws the ſtructure of it. This ſo ſumptuous and Magnificent a Temple <hi>Heroſtratus</hi> burnt, that the memory of his wickedneſs might ſpread his fame, as <hi>Solinus</hi> ſaith, whoſe words out of his 43. <hi>Chap.</hi> I will here ſubjoyn. <hi>The Temple of</hi> Diana, <hi>the Ornament of</hi> Epheſus, <hi>the building of the</hi> Amazons, <hi>ſo Magnificent that</hi> Xerxes <hi>when he burnt all the Temples of</hi> Aſia, <hi>he ſpared this alone: But this</hi> Xerxes <hi>his Clemency kept not the ſacred houſe long from evil. For</hi> Heroſtratus <hi>that the Memory of his wickedneſs might ſpread his fame, did with his own hands fire this noble Fabrick, out of a deſire, as he himſelf confeſſed, of acquiring greater fame. It is obſerved that the Temple of</hi> Epheſus <hi>was burnt the ſame day on which</hi> Ale<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>xander <hi>the Great was born at</hi> Pella. <hi>Who as</hi> Nepos <hi>ſaith, was born when</hi> M. Fabius Ambuſtus, <hi>and</hi> T. Quinctius Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pitolinus
<pb n="139" facs="tcp:192139:279"/>
                  <hi>were Conſuls, three hundred ninety and nine years after the building of</hi> Rome. <hi>When the</hi> Epheſians <hi>rebuilded this Temple for a more reverent Worſhip,</hi> Dinocrates <hi>was the chief Workman over the Work, which</hi> Dinocrates, <hi>we told already, did by</hi> Alexander's <hi>orders meaſure out</hi> Alex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>andria <hi>in</hi> Aegypt. <hi>Timaeus</hi> ſaid wittily in his Hiſtory, as <hi>Cicero</hi> relates,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>De Nat. Deor. Lib.</hi> 2.</note> 
                  <hi>It is no wonder if</hi> Diana<hi>'s Temple at</hi> Epheſus <hi>was burnt the ſame night that</hi> Alexander <hi>was born, becauſe that when ſhe would be at</hi> Olympias <hi>her labour, ſhe was from home.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Brought no ſmall gain to the Craftsmen.</hi> That is, To the Maſters of the ſame craft with <hi>Demetrius.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>Whom.</hi> To wit, his Collegues.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With the Workmen of the like occupation.</hi> That is, With the Workmen which <hi>Demetrius</hi> with his Col<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>legues, the Maſters of the Craft, made uſe of, in work<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing thoſe Silver Shrines for <hi>Diana.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By this craft.</hi> That is, by the gain of this Trade.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We have our Wealth.</hi> That is, We grow rich. So Riches is their Goddeſs, and to this Goddeſs they ſpread their Sails under colour of <hi>Diana</hi>'s Sacred<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>Ye ſee.</hi> That is, yee ſee what is done in your preſence before your Eyes.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And hear.</hi> What is done elſewhere.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That not only at</hi> Epheſus. Where we live and exer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciſe our Trade.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But almost throughout all</hi> Aſia. More ſtrictly ſo called, of which our <hi>Epheſus</hi> is chief Metro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>polis.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>This</hi> Paul. This wanderer.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Hath perſwaded and turned away much People.</hi> That is, by his perſwaſion took off very many from Worſhiping their Gods.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Saying,</hi> &amp;c. That is, denying that there was any
<pb n="140" facs="tcp:192139:280"/>Divine Vertue in Images of either Gods or Goddeſſes, which are made with hands.</p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>So that not only this our Craft.</hi> That is, our Trade by which we have our gain.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To be ſet at nought.</hi> That is, become a reproach as if it were a Wicked and deteſtable thing, to our great loſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But alſo that the Temple of the great Goddeſs</hi> Diana <hi>ſhould be deſpiſed.</hi> That is, ſhould be neglected and forſaken. <hi>Diana</hi> is called a great Goddeſs, becauſe that among the great and indefinite number of Gods, which the Gentiles religiouſly Worſhipped, ſhe was of the twelve chief Gods, which <hi>Ennius</hi> comprehends in theſe two Verſes.</p>
               <q>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Juno, Veſta, Minerva, Ceres, Diana, Venus, Mars,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Mercurius, Jovis, Neptunus, Vulcanus, Apollo.</hi>
                  </l>
               </q>
               <p>
                  <hi>And her Magnificence ſhould be destroyed.</hi> That is, And the very Majeſty of the Goddeſs her ſelf will be vilified.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whom all</hi> Aſia <hi>and the World worſhippeth. Apuleius</hi> ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſſed this in theſe Words, <hi>whoſe ſole Diety is Wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhipped through the whole World, though not under the ſame name, or figure, neither with the ſame rites.</hi> This erro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neous Superſtition and abominable Idolatry, did reign ſo far, that it was thought by the Inhabitants of the habitable World the Catholick or univerſal Religion, as Popery is this day.</p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>And when they heard theſe things.</hi> From <hi>Deme<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trius.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They were full of Wrath.</hi> That is, the Tradeſmen, <hi>Demetrius</hi> his Colleagues, and the Workmen were ſtirred up with fury.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And cryed out.</hi> They defend not their Idolatry with reaſons, but with clamours, as alſo the Papiſts do theirs this day.</p>
               <pb n="141" facs="tcp:192139:280"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the whole City was filled with confuſion.</hi> The whole multitude of the People running together to ſuch crying, as above.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Ch.</hi> 2.6.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They ruſhed with one accord.</hi> That is, And they run in together with Force.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Into the Theatre.</hi> Where Shows, Comedies and Tragedies uſed to be acted.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Having caught</hi> Gaius. This <hi>Gaius</hi> or <hi>Caius,</hi> is reckoned with the <hi>Macedonians,</hi> becauſe although he ſeems to have been born in <hi>Derbe,</hi> which is a City of <hi>Lycoania,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Below Ch.</hi> 20.4.</note> yet he dwelt in <hi>Macedonia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Ariſtarchus. A <hi>Theſſalonian,</hi> of whom, below, <hi>Ch.</hi> 20.4. <hi>&amp;</hi> 27.2. <hi>Col.</hi> 4.10. <hi>Philem.</hi> 24.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Men of</hi> Macedonia, Paul<hi>'s Companions.</hi> As much as to ſay, Who went from <hi>Macedonia,</hi> that they might accompany <hi>Paul,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>See</hi> 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 8.19.</note> who wandred and Travelled over divers Coaſts Preaching the Goſpel.</p>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>And when</hi> Paul <hi>would have entred in unto the People.</hi> That with vehement diſcourſe he might defend his followers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Diciples ſuffered him not.</hi> That is, The Chriſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans, which <hi>Paul</hi> by the Doctrine, which he Preached, converted to Jeſus Chriſt at <hi>Epheſus,</hi> diſſwaded his going into ſuch a Tumult of the incenſed and raging People, where he might hazard his Life without doing any good.</p>
               <p n="31">31. <hi>And certain of the chief of</hi> Aſia. Theſe <hi>Aſiarchae</hi> or chief Men of <hi>Aſia,</hi> were Men choſen by common conſent of the <hi>Aſiatick</hi> Cities, for manag<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing their publick affairs.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Strabo Lib.</hi> 14.</note> This Word is uſed in Law Books, as alſo of <hi>Syriarchs,</hi> for ſo were ſome Prieſts called whoſe Office was to act Stage-plays, in honour of the Gods, whom there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore <hi>Ruffinus</hi> in <hi>Euſebius</hi> interprets <hi>makers of ſhews,</hi> as <hi>C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>jacius</hi> a learned Lawyer obſerveth. Their Office
<pb n="142" facs="tcp:192139:281"/>was called <hi>Aſiarchia,</hi> as that of the <hi>Bithynarchs, Bithy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>narchia,</hi> and <hi>Lyciarch Lyciarchia,</hi> they alſo were called <hi>Preſidents:</hi> Alſo <hi>Princes</hi> partly from their name, and partly from their Dignity, which was more eminent and of greater honour; the ſame word frequently ſignifieth as well <hi>Princes</hi> as <hi>Prieſts.</hi> Hence at <hi>Athens</hi> the <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, at <hi>Rome</hi> the <hi>King</hi> managed holy things. See <hi>Seldens Marmora Arundeliana.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which were his Friends.</hi> Although they did not wholly aſſent to the Doctrine of Chriſt, ſo as to joyn themſelves to his Diſciples.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That he would not adventure himſelf into the Theatre.</hi> Whither the raging multitude tumultuouſly did run together.</p>
               <p n="32">32. <hi>Some therefore cryed one thing, and ſome another.</hi> As it uſeth to be in Tumults.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For the aſſembly was confuſed.</hi> That is, a mixed multitude without any order.</p>
               <p n="33">33. <hi>They drew</hi> Alexander. That is, Some drew him out to a place whence he might be heard by all.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Alexander.</hi> Some think this to be him of whom <hi>Paul</hi> afterwards complains that he made Ship<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wrack of Faith,
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 1.20. 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4.14.</note> there he is called the <hi>Copper-Smith.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Out of the Multitude.</hi> That is, Out of the multitude of the People.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The</hi> Jews <hi>putting him forward.</hi> Some think this Man, being a <hi>Jew,</hi> as in the following Verſe he is called, that therefore he was by the <hi>Jews</hi> thruſt forward into the midſt of the Aſſembly, that by pleading the common cauſe, he might pacifie the Multitude. But others that ſeeing he was of a <hi>Jew</hi> become a Chriſtian, and at that time <hi>Paul</hi>'s Companion, the Jews being inraged againſt <hi>Paul</hi> and the Chriſtians, would expoſe him to the incenſed Multitude to be abuſed: and that they, though otherwiſe Enemies to the Idols of the
<pb n="143" facs="tcp:192139:281"/>Nations, might ſhew themſelves averſe from <hi>Paul</hi> and his Companions, and free from thoſe things which were objected againſt them. Laſtly, others, that they would, that he, to excuſe the <hi>Jews</hi> in this matter, though in a common cauſe with the Chriſtians, ſhould lay the whole accuſation upon <hi>Paul,</hi> and the Chriſtians his Companions.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Alexander <hi>beck'ned with his hand.</hi> See above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 12.17. and <hi>Ch.</hi> 13.16.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Would have made his defence unto the People.</hi> To take away the accuſation.</p>
               <p n="34">34. <hi>But when they knew that he was a</hi> Jew. By birth, and as others alſo would have it, by Religion.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>All with one Voice cryed out.</hi> That is, all the <hi>Epheſian</hi> Idolaters cryed out together.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For the ſpace of two hours.</hi> That they might deafen ſuch as oppoſed their Idolatry.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Great is</hi> Diana <hi>of the</hi> Epheſians. See what we have ſaid above, <hi>v.</hi> 28.</p>
               <p n="35">35. <hi>Clerk.</hi> That is, The publick Notary of the City, or skilful in the Law, as it were an Advocate, a Man of no ſmall Authority among the Citizens, and as appears by his Speech, both a Wiſe Man, and a Friend to <hi>Paul</hi> and his Companions,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>V.</hi> 31.</note> as thoſe <hi>Aſiarchs</hi> of whom above.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Yee Men of</hi> Epheſus. So their Orators uſed to accoſt them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>What Man is there,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, Ye have no reaſon to mutiny, ſeeing none calls it in queſtion, but that the <hi>Epheſians</hi> are the Wardens of the great Goddeſs <hi>Diana,</hi> and of her Image, which was not made with hands, but fell down from Heaven.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That the City of the</hi> Epheſians <hi>is a Worſhiper.</hi> The <hi>Greek</hi> hath it, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>a City of A diles,</hi> or <hi>the adorner of the Temple.</hi> It is ſo called becauſe the care of ſweeping and cleaning the Temple was committed to its Citizens, from <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> a Temple, a <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to
<pb n="144" facs="tcp:192139:282"/>adorn or ſweep with Beeſoms. Cicero</hi> ſaith of <hi>Enna</hi> a City in <hi>Sicily, That they ſeemed not to me, Citizens of that City, but all of them Prieſts, all of them Neighbours, all of them Rulers of</hi> Ceres. <hi>Grotius</hi> addeth, that the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is alſo uſed in this ſenſe, upon the Marbles of <hi>Arundel,</hi> and often upon Coins.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of the Image which fell from</hi> Jupiter. It is common with the <hi>Greeks</hi> to put <hi>Jupiter</hi> for Heaven. Hence <hi>Horace</hi> ſaid alſo, <hi>ſub Jove frigido,</hi> which is rendred, <hi>under the cold Heaven.</hi> The Idolatrous Prieſts, pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moters of <hi>Diana</hi>'s Idols, feigned that its Idol, which was poſſeſſed and Worſhipped in <hi>Epheſus,</hi> was not made with humane hands, but that it miraculouſly fell from Heaven, as was reported of the <hi>Trojan Palladium,</hi> or the Image of <hi>Pallas. Cicero</hi> of the Image of <hi>Ceres</hi> at <hi>Enna</hi> ſaith, <hi>It was ſuch that Men thought, either they ſaw</hi> Ceres <hi>her ſelf, or an Image of</hi> Ceres, <hi>not made with humane hands, but fallen from Heaven.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Lib.</hi> 16. <hi>Nat. Hiſt. Cap.</hi> 40.</note> Plinius</hi> admires that <hi>Mutianus</hi> who was three times Conſul, ſays, That the name of the Artiſt, who ingraved <hi>Diana</hi>'s Image at <hi>Epheſus,</hi> was <hi>Demonicos,</hi> ſeeing he ſaid that this Image was not only ancienter then Father <hi>Bacchus,</hi> but then <hi>Minerva</hi> alſo, whoſe figment they report, not being made by the hands of any Artiſt, to have fallen from Heaven. Many of the Ancients doubted what matter the <hi>Epheſian</hi> Idol of <hi>Diana</hi> was made of, many gave out that it was of Wood, but differ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed about the kind of Wood. But <hi>Xenophon</hi> reported it was of Gold, which is made the more probable, ſeeing that when <hi>Diana</hi>'s Temple at <hi>Epheſus</hi> was burnt, that Image was not conſumed by the fire, neither was it ever changed, though the Temple was ſeven times repaired.</p>
               <p n="36">36. <hi>Seeing then that thoſe things cannot be ſpoken againſt.</hi> As much as to ſay, Whatever be ſaid of Images made with hands, cannot prejudice the Image of <hi>Diana</hi>
                  <pb n="145" facs="tcp:192139:282"/>of the <hi>Epheſians,</hi> ſince it is manifeſt that it was made by the hands of no Artiſt, but fallen from <hi>Jupiter.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>You ought to be quiet.</hi> That is, to quiet the Multitude.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And to do nothing raſhly.</hi> Without full diſcerning and clear knowledge of the cauſe.</p>
               <p n="37">37. <hi>For ye have brought hither theſe Men.</hi> To wit, <hi>Gaius</hi> or <hi>Caius</hi> and <hi>Ariſtarchus,</hi> of which ſee above, <hi>v.</hi> 29.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Neither robbers of Churches.</hi> To wit, of <hi>Diana</hi>'s Temple, ſeeing they were never within it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Nor yet Blaſphemers of your Goddeſs.</hi> To whoſe Image ſince it was ſent from Heaven its Worſhip is beyond debate, although it were granted they are no Gods, nor to be Worſhipped for Gods, which are made with hands, as has been ſaid, <hi>v.</hi> 26.</p>
               <p n="38">38. <hi>Wherefore if</hi> Demetrius, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> Moſt like to which, is that of <hi>Horace:</hi>
               </p>
               <q>
                  <hi>If any make lew'd verſes againſt any, there is Law and Judgment.</hi>
               </q>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Law is open.</hi> That is, there are times and places appointed, in which Juſtice is done, and Controverſies decided.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And there are Deputies.</hi> There uſed to be one De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>puty in each Province, but here are more mentioned, either becauſe at divers times one ſucceeded another; or becauſe that with the Proconſul his Vicar or Lieute<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nant judged.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Let them implead one another.</hi> To wit, <hi>Demetrius</hi> thoſe Men which ye brought hither, or they him. <hi>Quintilian:
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Declam.</hi> 13.</note> We have received Magiſtrates and Laws from our Predeceſſors for this end, that every Man may not be judge of his own wrong, and the daily complaints of miſchief ſhould refute them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelves, if revenge reſemble the Crime.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="146" facs="tcp:192139:283"/>
               <p n="39">39. <hi>But if ye inquire any thing concerning other matters.</hi> That is, If beſide your private quarrel, ought elſe come in controverſie.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>It ſhall be determined.</hi> That is, The controverſie ſhall be ended.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In a Lawful Aſſembly.</hi> That is, Not in a tumultu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ary concourſe, but in an aſſembly of the People law<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fully called.</p>
               <p n="40">40. <hi>For we are in danger,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, For it is to be feared leſt we be accuſed of Sedition for this days tumultuary concourſe, being there is no cauſe for it, which can in reaſon juſtify it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He diſmiſſed the Aſſembly.</hi> So by Gods providence this tumultuary convention of the People is diſſolved, and the tumult ſtirred up by <hi>Demetrius</hi> againſt <hi>Paul</hi> and his Companions, vaniſhed without effect.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="20" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. XX.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>AND after the uproar was ceaſed.</hi> Which <hi>Deme<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trius</hi> ſtirred up in <hi>Epheſus</hi> againſt <hi>Paul</hi> and his Companions.</p>
               <p>Paul <hi>called unto him the Diſciples.</hi> That is, <hi>Paul</hi> called the Chriſtians, who were at <hi>Epheſus</hi> unto him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And imbraced them.</hi> Having by that ſign of Bro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>therly love wiſhed them health, and biding them fare<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wel; and alſo, as is probable, (as was the cuſtom of thoſe Nations) kiſſed them. Hence the <hi>Syrian,</hi> inſtead of imbracing them, tranſlates here, <hi>kiſſed them.</hi> Neither is it to be doubted, but <hi>Paul</hi> being to depart from the <hi>Epheſian</hi> Chriſtians, did when he wiſhed them health, exhort them to the duties of Piety, and
<pb n="147" facs="tcp:192139:283"/>to conſtancy in the Faith of Chriſt, which they had received.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And departed.</hi> From <hi>Epheſus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For to go into</hi> Macedonia. In which at <hi>Philippi, Beraea</hi> and <hi>Theſſalonica,</hi> he had converted ſome to Chriſt.</p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>And when he had gone over thoſe Parts.</hi> To wit, the Cities of <hi>Macedonia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And had given them much exhortation.</hi> To wit, To the Chriſtians who lived in <hi>Macedonia</hi> that they ſhould retain the Faith and perſevere in Godlineſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He came unto</hi> Greece. That is, To that part of <hi>Greece</hi> where <hi>Athens</hi> and <hi>Corinth</hi> were. <hi>Greece,</hi> ſaith <hi>Auguſtine Lubine</hi> Geographer to the <hi>French</hi> King, in his Geographical Index to <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ſhers</hi> Annals, <hi>The moſt famous Country in</hi> Europe, <hi>which of old was by its In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>habitants called,</hi> Hellas, <hi>containing</hi> Macedonia, Epyrus, Theſſalie, Achaia, <hi>which is properly called</hi> Greece, Pelo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ponneſus <hi>and neighbouring Iſlands about it, is for its bounds incloſed upon the Eaſt by the</hi> Aegean <hi>Sea, upon the South by the Sea of</hi> Crete, <hi>upon the Weſt by the</hi> Ionian <hi>Sea, upon the North it is parted from</hi> Illyria <hi>and</hi> Maeſia <hi>by the</hi> Scardonian <hi>Mountains, and from the</hi> Thracians <hi>by the River</hi> Strymon; <hi>it is now commonly called</hi> Romeli <hi>by the</hi> Turks, <hi>to whom it is Subject.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>And there abode three Moneths.</hi> That is, And ſpent three Moneths there.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And when the</hi> Jews <hi>laid wait for him.</hi> The unbelie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving <hi>Jews</hi> being incenſed againſt him, for that he led away many from the Law of <hi>Moſes</hi> to the Faith of Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As he was about to Sail unto</hi> Syria. Toward <hi>Judea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He purpoſed,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, To the end he might ſhun the ſnares laid for him, he takes a very wife reſolution, not to Sail directly from <hi>Achaia,</hi> or <hi>Greece</hi> properly ſo called, unto <hi>Syria,</hi> but to take his way
<pb n="148" facs="tcp:192139:284"/>back again through <hi>Macedonia,</hi> from whence he came to <hi>Achaia</hi> three Moneths ago.</p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>And there accompanied him into</hi> Aſia. Strictly ſo called, whoſe chief Metropolis is <hi>Epheſus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sopater.</hi> This <hi>Soſipater,</hi> and by Syncope <hi>Sopater,</hi> is reckoned among <hi>Paul</hi>'s kindred, <hi>Rom.</hi> 16.21.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Son of</hi> Pyrrhus. This is wanting in the vulgar <hi>Greek</hi> Copies.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of</hi> Beraea. Of the number of thoſe noble men ſpoken of above <hi>Ch.</hi> 17.10, 11 <hi>&amp;</hi> 12.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And of the</hi> Theſſalonians. That is, thoſe of <hi>Theſſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lonica</hi> a City of <hi>Macedonia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Ariſtarchus <hi>and</hi> Secundus. The <hi>Syrian</hi> thinks that there were only theſe two <hi>Theſſalonians. Ariſtarchus</hi> alſo accompanied <hi>Paul</hi> not only to <hi>Aſia,</hi> but even to <hi>Syria</hi> alſo, yea and to <hi>Rome,</hi> below <hi>Ch.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>See alſo Col.</hi> 4.10.</note> 27.2.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Gaius <hi>of</hi> Derbe. Of this <hi>Gaius</hi> or <hi>Caius,</hi> ſee what we have ſaid above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 19.29.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Timotheus. Born, if we believe <hi>Geſnere,</hi> in the ſame City of <hi>Derbe.</hi> The <hi>Syrian</hi> and <hi>Arabian</hi> inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preters add, <hi>Who was of</hi> Lyſtra. This ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cellent youth <hi>Timotheus,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>See above Ch.</hi> 14.6.</note> of whom above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 16. <hi>v.</hi> 1, 2. <hi>Ch.</hi> 17.14, 15. <hi>Ch.</hi> 18.5. <hi>&amp; Ch.</hi> 19.22. <hi>Paul</hi> afterward left at <hi>Epheſus,</hi> that there he might overſee the Church in teaching and governing it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And of</hi> Aſia. Strictly ſo called, and alſo its chief City <hi>Epheſus;</hi> for a moſt ancient Copy, which moſt famous <hi>Beza</hi> uſed, hath for <hi>Aſians, Epheſians.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Tychicus. This Man is commended by <hi>Paul Epheſ.</hi> 6.12. <hi>&amp; Col.</hi> 4.7. is ſent to <hi>Epheſus,</hi> 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4.12. to the Iſle of <hi>Crete, Tit.</hi> 3.12. The Suppoſititious <hi>Dorotheus</hi> in his Synopſis of the Lives of the Prophets, and Diſciples of Chriſt writes, that this <hi>Tychicus</hi> was at laſt created Biſhop of <hi>Chalcedon</hi> in <hi>Bithynia.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="149" facs="tcp:192139:284"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Trophimus. Of whom below <hi>Ch.</hi> 21.29. <hi>&amp;</hi> 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4.20.</p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>Theſe going before.</hi> Whither <hi>Paul</hi> was a going.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Tarryed for us at</hi> Troas. That is, waited for <hi>Paul</hi> and me <hi>Luke,</hi> the writer of this Hiſtory. This <hi>Luke</hi> who ſpake otherwiſe in the foregoing Chapters, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe that perhaps he was ſent by <hi>Paul</hi> ſomewhere elſe, ſhews that he was then returned again to <hi>Paul</hi> to accompany him in his Journey, as alſo afterward in the following.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>From</hi> Troas. <hi>Troas</hi> in this place is not taken for that Country which was called <hi>Teucris</hi> and <hi>Dardania</hi> and <hi>Xanthe,</hi> but for a City of the ſame Country which was alſo called <hi>Troas.</hi> See what we have ſaid above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 16.</p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>And we.</hi> That is, I <hi>Luke</hi> and <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>From</hi> Philippi. A City of <hi>Macedonia,</hi> of which we have ſpoken above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 16.12.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>After the days of unleavened Bread.</hi> That is, after the <hi>Jews</hi> feaſt of the Paſſover, which as yet <hi>Paul</hi> with the other <hi>Jews</hi> who were Chriſtians ſeems to obſerve, that he might Lawfully accommodate himſelf to the <hi>Jews:</hi> and doubtleſs he neglected not the occaſion of Preaching Chriſt to the <hi>Jews</hi> at that Feaſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto them.</hi> Our fellow Travellers, who went before us.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To</hi> Troas. A City of the Country of the ſame name.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In five days.</hi> That is, Within five days.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Where we abode ſeven days.</hi> That is, we paſſed ſeven days in the City called <hi>Troas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>And upon the firſt day of the Week.</hi> That is, <hi>That day,</hi> as <hi>Sozomen</hi> ſaith, <hi>which is called the Lords day,
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Hiſt. Eccl. Ch.</hi> 8.</note> which the</hi> Hebrews <hi>called the firſt day of the Week, but the</hi> Greeks <hi>dedi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cated it to the Sun.</hi> See what I have
<pb n="150" facs="tcp:192139:285"/>noted upon <hi>Mat.</hi> 28. <hi>v.</hi> 1. The Table of the Canons lately publiſhed by the famous <hi>John</hi> Baptiſt <hi>Cotelerius.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Ch.</hi> 4.16.</note> It was not before Chriſts Reſurrection called the Lords day, but the firſt day, but after the Reſurrection it was called the Lords day, the Lady of all days and Feſtivities.</hi> We have the name of the Lords day in <hi>Rev.</hi> 1.10. In <hi>Ignatius</hi> his Epiſtle to the <hi>Trallians</hi> and <hi>Magneſians,</hi> and ſome<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times in <hi>Clement</hi>'s Inſtitutions, alſo in that place of <hi>Ireneus,</hi> which the writer of the anſwers to the Or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thodox in <hi>Justin</hi> Martyr hath preſerved to us. The edict of <hi>Theophilus</hi> Patriarch of <hi>Alexandria: Both cuſtom and honeſty requires of us that we ſhould honour the Lords day, and celebrate it, becauſe Chriſt our Lord upon that day executed the eminent Office of his Reſurrecti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 5. <hi>Paſchal. operis Cap.</hi> 20.</note> Sedulius: <hi>In the mean time after that ſad Sabbath, the happy day began to dawn, which being moſt welcome to the triumphing Lord, did take its name from his Majeſty, called for this honour the Lords day; being a day that attained to the Dignity to be the firſt that beheld the Original of the riſing World, and the vertue of Chriſt riſing again.</hi> St.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Epiſt.</hi> 119. <hi>Cap.</hi> 13.</note> Auguſtine: <hi>The Lords day has been by Chriſts Reſurrection declared not to the Jews but to the Chriſtians,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Serm.</hi> 15. <hi>de verb. Apoſt.</hi>
                     </note> and from him it began to have its Feſtivity.</hi> And <hi>this day is called the Lords day, becauſe upon this day, the Lord roſe again; or to teach by the very name of it, that it ought to be wholly conſecrated to the Lord.</hi> St. Maximus Taurinenſis:
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Hom.</hi> 3. <hi>in Pentecoſt.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>The Lords day is therefore venerable and ſolemn to us, becauſe upon it our Saviour, as the riſing Sun having driven away the infernal darkneſs, ſhined with the light of his Reſurrection; and therefore by the common Speech of the World, it is called Sunday, becauſe Chriſt the Sun of righteouſneſs being riſen, did inlighten it.</hi> The <hi>Roman</hi>
                  <pb n="151" facs="tcp:192139:285"/>order and <hi>Iſidor:
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Lib.</hi> 2. <hi>de Eccl. Offic. Cap.</hi> 24.</note> The Apoſtles therefore did with Religious Solemnity ratifie the Lords day, becauſe upon that day our Lord and Redeemer roſe again from the dead; and which alſo is called the Lords day, that in it, abſtaining from earthly works or Worldly inticements, we ſhould give our ſelves only to divine Worſhip, giving, to wit, honour and reverence to this day, for the hope of our Reſurrection, which we have in him.</hi> Gregorius Turonenſis: <hi>This is the day of the Reſurrection of our Lord Jeſus Chriſt,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Lib.</hi> 1. <hi>Hiſt. Cap.</hi> 22.</note> which we properly call the Lords day, for his holy Reſurrection.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>When the Diſciples came together.</hi> From this place, and that which is written, 1 <hi>Corinth.</hi> 16.2. is gathered that the Chriſtians did then uſe upon the firſt day of the week to keep ſolemn Meetings. <hi>Juſtin: <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>pon the day called Sunday,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Apolog.</hi> 2.</note> all that live in Cities or Country meet in one place.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To break Bread.</hi> To wit, that was conſecrated to be a Symbole of the Body of Chriſt, offered for us upon the croſs. Hence the <hi>Syrian</hi> rendred it, <hi>That we might break the Euchariſt.</hi> The <hi>Arabick, That we might deſtribute the Body of Chriſt.</hi> The <hi>Ethiopick, To bleſs the Table.</hi> All underſtood it of this holy Rite by which the Lord Jeſus would have the Memory of his bitter Death to be celebrated by his Diſciples. See what we have ſaid above, <hi>Ch.</hi> 2.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Luke</hi> 22.19. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 11.24 <hi>&amp;</hi> 26.</note> 
                  <hi>v.</hi> 42. <hi>&amp;</hi> 46.</p>
               <p>Paul <hi>Preached unto them.</hi> The word of God, to wit, before they celebrated the Euchariſt, which is denominated from the breaking of Bread.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ready to depart.</hi> From the City <hi>Troas.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>On the Morrow.</hi> That is, The day immediately following.</p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>And there were many lights.</hi> To wit, to diſpel the
<pb n="152" facs="tcp:192139:286"/>Darkneſs of the night, or, as <hi>Jerome</hi> ſaith againſt <hi>Vigilantius, for their comfort in the darkneſs of the Night.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the upper Chamber.</hi> Which, as <hi>Juvenal</hi> ſpeaks, the roof only covers. In this as in the leaſt eſteemed part of the houſe, Men of mean fortunes uſed to live, alſo in the time of the Apoſtles the Church aſſembled there, and in it performed their Worſhip, not in Mag<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nificently built Temples.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Where they were.</hi> To wit, The Chriſtians of <hi>Text.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>ll down from the third loft.</hi> That is, he fell from the third frame or third floor. <hi>Servius. The houſes of old were made de tabulis,
<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> Eneid.</note> of Boards, whence at this day we ſay in houſes, that are <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>uildedhigh, the firſt and ſecond</hi> tabulatum, <hi>ſtory: but the higheſt that which ſupports the roof,</hi> whence what <hi>Juvenal</hi> calls <hi>tabulata tertia,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Sat.</hi> 3.</note> the third ſtory,</hi> or <hi>loft,</hi> is expounded by the Scholiaſt, upper rooms.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And was taken up Dead.</hi> As much as to ſay, And when ſome of them who ſaw <hi>Eutychus</hi> fall, had run from that upper room of the houſe, to take him up, they found him already deſtitute of all ſtrength, and with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out Life.</p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>And</hi> Paul <hi>went down.</hi> His holy diſcourſe being interrupted, that he might reſtore <hi>Eutychus</hi> to Life, who was by an unexpected fall, killed.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſell on him.</hi> As <hi>Elias,</hi> 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 17.21. and <hi>Eliſha</hi> 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 4.34. fell upon them, whom they were about to reſtore to Life.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And imbracing him. Eutychus</hi> by the middle.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Said.</hi> To them, who Lamented <hi>Eutychus</hi> being dead.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>His Life is in him.</hi> That is, now his Body begins to grow warm and revive.</p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>When he therefore was come up again,</hi> &amp;c. As much
<pb n="153" facs="tcp:192139:286"/>as to ſay, When therefore <hi>Paul</hi> was again gone up to that Loft, where he had Preached, and had there celebrated the Rite of the Euchariſt, and taken Meat, he with unwearied Zeal, ſpent the reſt of the night until-day light in Preaching.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>So.</hi> That is, the Night being ſpent. After the ſame manner the Particle <hi>So,</hi> is uſed as a note of what was done, above <hi>Ch.</hi> 7.8. <hi>Ch.</hi> 17.33. below <hi>Ch.</hi> 28.14. <hi>Joh.</hi> 8.59.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He departed.</hi> From the City <hi>Troas</hi> and that on Foot, the reſt being to go in a Ship, as is told below, <hi>v.</hi> 13.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>And they brought.</hi> They, to wit, who came down to take up <hi>Eutychus,</hi> who had fallen from a window of the higheſt Frame of the Houſe, brought him alive to the reſt of the Diſciples, who were aſſem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bled in the upper room whence he fell, to hear <hi>Paul</hi> Preach and to celebrate the rite of the Euchariſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Alive.</hi> That is, Marvellouſly reſtored by <hi>Paul</hi> unto Life.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And were not a little comforted.</hi> As much as to ſay, The ſight of ſo great a Miracle brought great comfort to all.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>But we.</hi> That is, I <hi>Luke</hi> with others of <hi>Paul</hi>'s fellow-Travellers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Went before to a Ship.</hi> To go before <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Sailed unto</hi> Aſſus. A fit Port for Ships. To this Sea-Town of the Country of <hi>Troas,</hi> the way was but ſhort from the City <hi>Troas,</hi> either by Sea or Land. <hi>Strabo</hi> ſaith,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 13.</note> that this was a Famous City, and upon the ſide that looketh to the Sea,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 5. <hi>Ch.</hi> 30.</note> exceeding ſtrong both by Nature and Art. <hi>Plinius</hi> men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioneth the ſame City was otherwiſe called <hi>Apollo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>There intending to take in</hi> Paul. To wit, into the Ship.</p>
               <pb n="154" facs="tcp:192139:287"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Minding himſelf to go a Foot.</hi> From <hi>Troas</hi> to <hi>Aſſos,</hi> a Neighbouring City of the ſame Country.</p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>And when he met with us at</hi> Aſſos. To wit, <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We took him in.</hi> Into the Ship.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And came to Mytilene.</hi> The chief City of the Iſland <hi>Leſbos,</hi> which <hi>Vitruvius</hi> ſaith was magni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficently and ſtately built,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 1.</note> but not wiſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly ſituated: in which when the South Wind blows, Men are Sick: when the North Weſt, they cough: when the North, they are reſtored to Health. This City was Famous for <hi>Pittacus,</hi> one of the ſeven Famous Wiſemen of <hi>Greece, Alcaeus</hi> a Noble <hi>Lyrick</hi> Poet, the Famous Poeteſs <hi>Sapphus,</hi> and that excellent Rhetorician <hi>Diophanes,</hi> who was Maſter to <hi>Gracchus,</hi> and to that <hi>Theophanes,</hi> who wrote the ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ploits of <hi>Pompey</hi> the Great, and was very familiar with him, and received of him the Freedom of the City, in an aſſembly of Soldiers, as <hi>Cicero</hi> ſaith, in his Oration for <hi>Archias</hi> a Poet of <hi>Antioch.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>Over againſt</hi> Chios. Which is an Iſland in the <hi>Aegean</hi> Sea, about Nine Hundred furlongs in compaſs, bordering upon <hi>Ionia,</hi> between the Iſlands <hi>Samos</hi> and <hi>Leſbos.</hi> This Iſland was Famous for Wine, Figs and Marble.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 13.</note> Its Wine was the beſt of all the <hi>Greek</hi> Wines, as <hi>Strabo</hi> and <hi>Horace</hi> do witneſs.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Epod.</hi> 9.</note> The <hi>Chian</hi> Fig is commended by <hi>Martial,</hi> who for its excellency calls it <hi>Chia.
<note place="margin">7 <hi>Epig.</hi> 24.</note> Plinius</hi> commends the <hi>Chian</hi> Marble.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 5. <hi>Ch.</hi> 31.</note> Alſo the <hi>Chian</hi> Earth is by him ſaid to have the ſame effect in Medicine, as the <hi>Samian</hi> Earth. It had Famous Men, <hi>Jon, Orchomenis</hi>'s Son, a <hi>Tragical</hi> and <hi>Lyrick</hi> Poet, and a Philoſopher; <hi>Theopompus</hi> the Son of <hi>Damaſiſtratus,</hi> both an Orator, and a Hiſtorian; <hi>Theocritus</hi> of the ſame age as <hi>Theopompus</hi> and emulating him in governing the Common-wealth. The <hi>Chians</hi> alſo challenged
<pb n="155" facs="tcp:192139:287"/>
                  <hi>Homer</hi> as theirs, by an argument from the Family of the <hi>Homerides</hi> Famous among the <hi>Chians,</hi> who boaſted they were of <hi>Homers</hi> Lineage; and alſo <hi>Prodicus</hi> the Philoſopher, who ſaid that ſuch things as were profitable for Mans Life, have been eſteemed to be a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mong the number of the Gods,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 1. <hi>de nat. deor.</hi>
                  </note> of which <hi>Strabo</hi> in the forecited Book and <hi>Cicero,</hi> are evident Witneſſes.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We came to</hi> Samos. That is, we arrived at the Famous <hi>Samos</hi> over againſt the Iſland <hi>Caria. Samos,</hi> ſaith <hi>Thomas de Pinedo,</hi> Same <hi>and</hi> Samothrace <hi>or</hi> Samothracia <hi>were different Iſlands, although of old</hi> Samothracia <hi>was alſo called</hi> Samos; <hi>for</hi> Samothracia <hi>was in the</hi> Aegean <hi>Sea,</hi> Same <hi>in the</hi> Ionian <hi>near</hi> Zacynthus, <hi>but</hi> Samos <hi>of which we now ſpeak, lays in the</hi> Icarian <hi>Sea. And as</hi> Lemnus <hi>Worſhipped</hi> Vulcan, Delus Appollo, <hi>ſo</hi> Samos <hi>peculiarly Worſhipped</hi> Juno <hi>as the Learnedeſt of Poets doth witneſs.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Aeneid. Lib.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 20.</note> And therefore the</hi> Samians <hi>imprinted a Peacok, a Bird ſacred to</hi> Juno, <hi>upon their Coin,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Lib.</hi> 14.</note> of which matter</hi> Atheneus <hi>is a clear witneſs.</hi> Bochart <hi>does moſt in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>genioſly deduce its Original from the</hi> Phoenician <hi>Language; but ſince the ancient</hi> Greeks <hi>did call high Places</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>as appears out of</hi> Strabo,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 10.</note> 
                  <hi>and</hi> Conſtantine Porphyrogeneta,
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Them.</hi> 16.</note> 
                  <hi>there is no need to derive its Original from the</hi> Phoenician <hi>Language.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>In Atheneus Lib.</hi> 7.</note> Archeſtratus <hi>the Poet, praiſeth the</hi> Tunies <hi>which were taken about this Iſland.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 35. <hi>Ch.</hi> 12.</note> Pliny <hi>commendeth the</hi> Samian <hi>Tile, wherewith the Prieſts of the Mother of Gods, which Prieſts were Surnamed</hi> Galli, <hi>from a River of that Name, cut off their Genitals, neither could they do it otherwiſe without hurt, as the ſame Author re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ports out of</hi> M. Coelius. <hi>Which I eaſily believe, for their knives made of ſtone were fitter for Circumciſion, then Iron ones, becauſe of the ſwelling which ſometime happen, when the Wound is made with Iron knives. Therefore in</hi> Joſhua
<pb n="156" facs="tcp:192139:288"/>5.2. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>muſt be rendred,</hi> knives of Stone, <hi>which ſome wrongfully render,</hi> ſharp knives, <hi>for which you may conſult,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>De Prado Pen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tecontarcho ſuo Cap.</hi> 4.</note> D. Laur. Ramirez. <hi>The</hi> Samian <hi>earthen Veſſels are alſo Famous, and the Phyſicians ſay that the</hi> Samian <hi>Earth is fit for Medicine. In this Iſland reigned</hi> Po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lycrates <hi>that Tyrant ſo happy, that when he threw the Ring that he admired in the Sea, he afterward found it in the Mid<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riff of a Fiſh. But none can be called happy before his Death; foraſmuch as this ſame</hi> Polycrates <hi>was by</hi> Orontes Darius <hi>his General hanged,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>De finibus Lib.</hi> 5.</note> as <hi>Ci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cero</hi> ſaith. <hi>But</hi> Pythagoras <hi>made</hi> Samos <hi>much more renowned, who therefore was called the old</hi> Samian.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And tarryed at</hi> Trogyllium.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 14.</note> 
                  <hi>Strabo</hi> men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions <hi>Trogilios</hi> the Promontory of <hi>Mycale. And the very Promontory</hi> Trogilios, ſays he, <hi>is indeed the foot of</hi> Mycale <hi>ſtretched forth. But</hi> Mycale,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 1. <hi>Ch.</hi> 148.</note> ſaith <hi>Herodotus, is a Promontory of the Continent towards the Weſt Wind, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>longing to</hi> Samos, <hi>at which Promontory, the</hi> Ionians <hi>ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thering together out of all their Cities, Solemnized their Feaſt which they called</hi> Panionia.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the next Day.</hi> That is, the day after we looſed from <hi>Samos.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We came to</hi> Miletus. A moſt Famous City in <hi>Caria</hi> of the <hi>Ionians,</hi> the firſt of all <hi>Ionia</hi> in the Arts both of War and Peace, the Metropolis of eighty and more Cities, and deſervedly renowned for the excellent diſpoſition of its Citizens. <hi>To this purpoſe Apuleius</hi> ſaith,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Floridirum Lib.</hi> 2.</note> Samos <hi>is a ſmall Iſland in the</hi> Icarian <hi>Sea, ſituated juſt againſt</hi> Miletus <hi>upon the Weſt ſide of it, neither is it divided by much of the Sea from it. Two days gentle ſailing will bring one to either of the Ports.</hi> Among the Illuſtrious Men who were born in this City <hi>Miletus,</hi> the moſt Famous were, that <hi>Cadmus, Who,</hi> as <hi>Pliny</hi> ſaith, <hi>was
<pb n="157" facs="tcp:192139:288"/>the firſt that began to compoſe Speeches in Proſe. Thales</hi> the Son of <hi>Examius,</hi> the moſt Famous of the ſeven Famous wiſe men of <hi>Greece,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 5. <hi>Nat. Hiſt. Cap.</hi> 29.</note> who was the firſt among the <hi>Greeks,</hi> that diſcourſed about Nature. He was the firſt, who ſearched into the Secrets of Aſtrology. The firſt, (as <hi>Laertius</hi> reports in his Life) who ſaid that the Souls of mortal Men were immortal. And <hi>Anaximander</hi> the Diſciple of <hi>Thales,</hi> that firſt invented the <hi>Sphaere,</hi> as ſaith <hi>Plinius,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 7. <hi>Ch.</hi> 56.</note> and the firſt that publiſhed a Geogra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phical Map, as <hi>Strabo</hi> ſaith.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 1.</note> The Inha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bitants of <hi>Miletus</hi> acquired great fame by the firſt called the <hi>Branchides,</hi> then <hi>Apollo Didymaeus</hi>'s Oracle, which <hi>Xerxes</hi> the Son of <hi>Darius</hi> and Grandchild of <hi>Cyrus</hi> by his Siſter <hi>Atoſa</hi> burnt, as he did all the reſt of the Temples, that of <hi>Epheſus</hi> only excepted; and becauſe that after <hi>Xerxes</hi> burnt the Temple, they built it the higheſt of all, that for its height it remained without a roof, and <hi>Strabo</hi> reports, that it was moſt ſumptuouſly adorned with gifts of divers ancient arts.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 14.</note> It was alſo Famous for its moſt precious wool, (of which Carpets were made) which for their exceeding ſoftneſs became a Proverb. Hiſtorians tell us that the <hi>Mileſians</hi> of old were ſtout Warriers: But afterward being ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dicted to their pleaſures, they loſt their Warlike vertues, with their Riches and Reputation, whence comes the Proverb, <hi>The</hi> Mileſians <hi>were Stout of old.</hi> Hence alſo <hi>the</hi> Mileſian <hi>Speech</hi> is taken by <hi>Apuleius</hi> for a wanton and merry Speech:
<note place="margin">In Aſino auree.</note> 
                  <hi>But I will ſet out Various Fables for you in this</hi> Mileſian <hi>Speech, and will ſooth your benevolent ears with a pleaſant Whiſper.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>For</hi> Paul <hi>had determined to ſail by</hi> Epheſus. That is, beyond <hi>Epheſus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Becauſe he would not ſpend time in</hi> Aſia. As much as
<pb n="158" facs="tcp:192139:289"/>to ſay, Leſt if he ſhould go then to the chief Metro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>polis of <hi>Aſia,</hi> ſtrictly ſo called, he ſhould by the Chriſtian Brethren Inhabiting there, be detained too long.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For he haſted, if it were poſſible for him.</hi> To wit, for the ſhortneſs of the time, which was to Pentecoſt or the fiftieth day from the Feaſt of the Paſſover, which day was Feſtival, and in it the firſt fruits were offered by the <hi>Jews,</hi> to whom upon the ſame day the old Law was promulgated upon Mount <hi>Sinai.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To be at</hi> Jeruſalem <hi>the Day of Pentecoſt.</hi> That is, that he might be at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> againſt the frequent concourſe of the <hi>Jews</hi> from divers Coaſts to the ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>proaching Feaſt.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>And from</hi> Miletus <hi>he ſent to</hi> Epheſus. Some one or more of his Fellows and Companions.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Called.</hi> That is, ſent for.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Elders of the Church.</hi> That is, ſuch as were ſet over the Government of the Church of <hi>Epheſus,</hi> who were ſo called, becauſe they were of greater age, or be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe by the gravity of their manners, they did reſemble old Men, when they were ſet up like Senators to Go<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vern the Chriſtian Commonalty, without whoſe advice the Church acted nothing. <hi>Jerom</hi> ſays, <hi>We have in the Church our Senate,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>In Is.</hi> 3.</note> a company of Elders.</hi> See what is noted below, <hi>v.</hi> 28. and above <hi>Ch.</hi> 14.23. <hi>&amp;</hi> 15.2, 4, 6 <hi>&amp;</hi> 28.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>And when they.</hi> The Elders of <hi>Epheſus</hi> having the ſame fellowſhip of Power and Honour.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Were come to him.</hi> To wit, to the Apoſtle <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He ſaid unto them.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul</hi> himſelf to the ſame Elders of the Church of <hi>Epheſus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ye know.</hi> That is, Ye are Witneſſes.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>From the firſt day that I came into</hi> Aſia. Strictly ſo called, whoſe chief Metropolis is your <hi>Epheſus.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="159" facs="tcp:192139:289"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>After what manner I have been with you at all Seaſons.</hi> That is, how I have behaved my ſelf among you. See the like Phraſe, 1 <hi>Theſſ.</hi> 2.5 <hi>&amp;</hi> 10.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>Serving the Lord.</hi> That is, With all my might promoting the Glory of God, in Preaching the Goſpel holily, and performing duties of Charity towards God and my Neighbours.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With all humility.</hi> That is, With perfect humility and ſuch modeſty of Mind, as did not deſpiſe others, neither uſurped any Dominion over my Brethren, over which I was ſet a Teacher.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And tears.</hi> Breaking out from my heart, pitying thoſe who were more negligent in their Station.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Temptations.</hi> That is, Vexations and Afflictions,
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Theſſ.</hi> 3.5.</note> with which the Devil who is called by <hi>Antonomaſia, the Tempter,</hi> uſeth by Wicked Men his Inſtruments, to ſollicite and Tempt believers to fall away from Faith and Godlineſs; by Gods permiſſion ſuch things come to paſs to try and prove the Faith and Piety of his own. Like<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wiſe by <hi>Temptations</hi> are underſtood vexa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions and afflictions,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Luke</hi> 22.28. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 10.13. <hi>Gal.</hi> 4.14. <hi>Jam.</hi> 1.2. 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 1.6. 2 <hi>Pet.</hi> 2.9. <hi>Rev.</hi> 3.10.</note> or the things which are called adverſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which befell me by the laying in wait of the</hi> Jews. Obſtinate and unbelieving <hi>Jews,</hi> perſecuting the Diſciples of Chriſt with deadly hatred. See above <hi>v.</hi> 3. and <hi>Ch.</hi> 9.24. <hi>Ch.</hi> 14. <hi>v.</hi> 2. <hi>&amp;</hi> 5.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>And how I kept back nothing.</hi> That is, hid no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing from you either for fear of Dangers, or hope of Gain.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That was profitable unto you.</hi> That is, of ſuch things as I thought to conduce to your Salvation.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But have ſhewed you.</hi> That is, I Preached unto you thoſe wholſome Doctrines.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And have taught you.</hi> That is, and diligently in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtructed you in them.</p>
               <pb n="160" facs="tcp:192139:290"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Publickly.</hi> In the Aſſemblies of the Believers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And from houſe to houſe.</hi> That is, And privately, while I viſited the Believers in every houſe.</p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>Teſtifying both to the</hi> Jews <hi>and alſo to the</hi> Greeks. That is, earneſtly teaching as well the Jews by birth, (who were long ago eſteemed the Lords People, but by their Sins were turned away from God, and would not acknowledge Jeſus to be the Meſſias, nor believe in him) as them who were born of the Gentiles, being aliens from the People of God, and were called <hi>Greeks,</hi> as above <hi>Ch.</hi> 18.4.19.10 <hi>&amp;</hi> 17.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Repentance toward God.</hi> That is, Converſion from an evil and vicious Life, to a good and laudable manner of Living, pleaſing God and conformed to his Precepts,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See below Ch.</hi> 26.20.</note> and meet of repentance.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Faith toward our Lord Jeſus Chriſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>That is, that all your confidence ſhould be placed in that Jeſus of Nazareth, who is the Meſſias promiſed in the Law and in the Prophets, now become the Author of eternal Salvation to all them that obey him.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Heb.</hi> 5.9.</note>
               </p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>And now behold, I go bound in the Spirit unto</hi> Jeruſalem. As much as to ſay, And now the fourth time ſince my converſion to Chriſt, by a certain Inſtinct and Command of the Holy Ghoſt, I go to <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>See above Ch.</hi> 13.4.</note> So <hi>Paul</hi> ſaith of his other Journey to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> that he went up thither <hi>by Revelation,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Gal.</hi> 2.2.</note> which to wit was made to him by the Holy Ghoſt. So our Lord Jeſus is ſaid, <hi>to be led of the Spirit unto the Wilderneſs to be tempted by the Devil.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Not knowing the things that ſhall befal me there.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Matth.</hi> 4.1.</note> That is, Knowing nothing cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tainly of theſe Tortures, which I am to undergo at <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>Save that the Holy Ghoſt witneſſeth in every City.</hi> That is, In every City where I came ſince I directed my courſe towards <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="161" facs="tcp:192139:290"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Witneſſeth.</hi> That is, Poſitively foretells me.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That bonds,</hi> &amp;c. That is, That at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> where of old I greatly perſecuted the Church of Chriſt, I ſhall for the ſame Church be bound in Chains, and all manner of ways tortured.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>But none of thoſe things move me.</hi> As much as to ſay, There is no kind of Torment which I muſt bear to perform my duty, that I ſhall either deprecate or ſhun.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Neither count I my Life dear unto me.</hi> That is, Neither do I value the loſs of my Life. The <hi>Hebrews</hi> ſay, that unto him who ſpares this temporary Life, his Soul is eſteemed precious. <hi>No Man is ſo fearleſs of Death, as that Man that is Crucified to the World, and hath mortified his inordinate deſire of Worldly things. If in the whole courſe of our Life we give up our ſelves to the Laws of Chriſt, if we exerciſe our ſelves to patience, and ſelf-denial, to Meekneſs and Long ſuffering, to Temperance and Chaſtity, to contempt of the World, and an Heavenly Mind, we ſhall find it a very eaſy task, when we ſhall be required to reſign up our Mortal Life, for the ſake of our Lord Jeſus. He that obeyeth Chriſt in all his Holy and ſtricteſt precepts, will be in great readineſs and preparation of Mind, to lay down his Life for him. He that dares kill his Luſts, and crucifie the old Man, will not think much to reſign this Mortal Life, that he may be cloathed with Immortality.</hi> Thus much that moſt Famous Man for his Learning and Piety, the reverend Canon of <hi>Norwich, Richard Kidder,</hi> in <hi>Ch.</hi> 10. of his Book con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning the grounds <hi>of Chriſtian Fortitude,</hi> which not long ago, that patern of an upright and godly conſcience, the noble Lady Vicounteſs <hi>Katharine Ranelaugh</hi> lent me.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>So that I might finiſh my courſe with Joy.</hi> That is, That with that chearfulneſs and earneſtneſs which be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>comes me, I might run toward the mark which Chriſt the Judge hath prefixed for me.</p>
               <pb n="162" facs="tcp:192139:291"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the Miniſtry,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, And might diſcharge my Apoſtolical Office, which Chriſt from Heaven committed to me, that I might bear wit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs to that joyful and happy Meſſage of the exceeding great Grace of God towards Men, to wit, of the moſt happy everlaſting Life, which is to be received in Heaven of the great and liberal God, through mens live<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly Faith in Chriſt Jeſus without the works of the Law.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Joh.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 17. <hi>Rom.</hi> 6.14 <hi>&amp;</hi> 15. <hi>Heb.</hi> 12.15.13.9. 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 5.12.</note> Hence the Goſpel is called Grace.</p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>And now behold I know.</hi> By Reve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lation from the holy Ghoſt, by whoſe impulſe I go from hence to <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That.</hi> After my departure from you now.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ye all,</hi> &amp;c. That is, None of you ſhall ſee me henceforth.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Among them I have gone.</hi> That is, Through whoſe Countries and Cities I have travelled.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Preaching the Kingdom of God.</hi> That is, that moſt bleſſed and worthy State, which by the Grace of God, Believers in Chriſt are to enjoy in Heaven.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>Wherefore I take you to record this day.</hi> That is, I take you all witneſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That I am pure from the Blood of all Men.</hi> That is, That I am not the cauſe of their Deſtruction, who among you have forſaken the Chriſtian Faith and God<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lineſs. See what we have noted con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning this Phraſe above.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Ch.</hi> 18.6.</note>
               </p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>For,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, For in my Sermons I unfolded to you all, and every thing, which God commanded to be by Men hoped, believed, and done, that through Jeſus Chriſt the only Saviour of Men, they might attain to eternal Life.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The whole Counſel of God.</hi> This univerſal ſaying muſt be reſtrained to his Office of Apoſtleſhip, As much as to ſay, All Gods Commands revealed through Jeſus
<pb n="163" facs="tcp:192139:291"/>Chriſt about theſe things, which are neceſſary to be hoped, believed, and done to Salvation. Thus <hi>Luke</hi> 7.30. <hi>Counſel of God</hi> is taken for Gods Commandment made to the Phariſees.</p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>Take heed therefore unto your ſelves.</hi> As much as to ſay, Therefore above all, liſten diligently to your ſelves how ye live, that ye decline not from the true Faith and Piety, nor be careleſs in them. A moſt Learned <hi>Anonymus</hi> Author in a Theological Treatiſe called <hi>The miſchief of Impoſitions, p.</hi> 29. <hi>edit.</hi> 2. obſerved that in the old ordination of Presbyters of the Church of <hi>England,</hi> they were enſtated in their whole Office by reading this verſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And to all the Flock.</hi> As much as to ſay, Then be watchful and diligent about the care of the Souls of the whole Company of the Diſciples, that they may ſo behave themſelves as becomes them. The Church of Believers is by a Metaphor called a Flock, as of Sheep,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Luke</hi> 12.32. <hi>Joh.</hi> 10.16. 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 5.2.</note> that from this Appellation we may learn, that Chriſts Faithful ones, ſhould frequent the holy aſſemblies, and not to be wandering all alone.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Over the which the Holy Ghoſt hath made you.</hi> That is,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See above Ch.</hi> 14.23. 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 1.6.</note> Over which by our Miniſtry and impoſition of hands, he did ſet and conſtitute you.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Overſeers. Auguſtine</hi> ſaith,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>De civit. Dei Lib.</hi> 19. <hi>Cap.</hi> 19.</note> 
                  <hi>Epiſcopus is a</hi> Greek <hi>Word, and thence brought, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe he who is ſet over, overſees them, over which he is ſet, to wit, taking care of them; for</hi> Epi <hi>is over and</hi> Scopus <hi>is intention; therefore if we pleaſe, we way call the Office of a Biſhop in Latin</hi> Superintendere, <hi>to over<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſee diligently, that he may know he is not a Biſhop that de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lights to be over, but not to profit. Eraſmus</hi> in his Eccleſiaſtes:
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 1. <hi>p.</hi> 47.</note> 
                  <hi>Biſhop is a name of an Office not of Dignity, alſo it is a Military Word, hence derived, becauſe he who profeſſeth himſelf the
<pb n="164" facs="tcp:192139:292"/>Captain of an Army ſhould</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>that is, look down that there be nothing wanting to the Soldiers under his Standard. Whence alſo</hi> Homer calls <hi>Hector</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Il.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 729.</note> Biſhop. Further, they who above <hi>v.</hi> 17. were in the ſame City of <hi>Epheſus</hi> called <hi>Elders or Presbyters;</hi> the ſame are now called Biſhops, becauſe in the Apoſtles time a Biſhop and a Presbyter or an Elder, were one and the ſame; and one was the name of their Age, the other of their Office, as <hi>Jerome</hi> in his Commentary upon the Epiſtle to <hi>Titus,</hi> and in his Epiſtles to <hi>Oceanus</hi> and <hi>Evagrius</hi> proves from <hi>Act.</hi> 20.17 <hi>&amp;</hi> 28. <hi>Phil.</hi> 1.1. 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4.14. <hi>Tit.</hi> 1.5. <hi>Heb.</hi> 13.17. 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 5.1, 2. 2 <hi>Jo.</hi> 1. <hi>&amp;</hi> 3. <hi>Jo.</hi> 1. Therefore the moſt Learned and incomparable <hi>Jewel</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Sarisbury</hi> in his Apologie for the Church of <hi>England</hi> againſt <hi>Harding,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Part.</hi> 2. <hi>Ch.</hi> 9. <hi>Pag.</hi> 173.</note> when <hi>Harding</hi> ſaid, They were condemned of Hereſie, who denyed the diſtinction of Biſhop from Presbyter, he ſets in the Margine, <hi>It is falſe, for then S.</hi> Paul, Jerome <hi>and other good Men are condemned of Hereſie.</hi> Neither is Biſhop <hi>Morton</hi> of <hi>Durham</hi>'s anſwer in his Catholick Apologie,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Part.</hi> 1. <hi>Ch.</hi> 33.</note> unlike this. <hi>Jerome,</hi> ſays he, <hi>perhaps was of the ſame Judgment with</hi> Aerius, <hi>neither did the other Fathers think otherwiſe.</hi> Laſtly that <hi>Theodoret, Ambroſe, Auguſtine;</hi> alſo <hi>Chryſoſtome, Primaſius</hi> and <hi>Sedulius</hi> had the ſame opinion as S. <hi>Jerome</hi> about the equality of Elders, or Presbyters and Biſhops, which opinion was Condemn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed in <hi>Aerius,</hi> then in the <hi>Waldenſes,</hi> and laſtly in <hi>Wickliff, Michael de Medina</hi> not only ſaid in his Book <hi>of the original and continency of ſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cred Men,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Chap.</hi> 5.</note>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Diſſert. Lib.</hi> 1. <hi>de Epiſc Dignit. &amp; Juriſdict:</hi>
                  </note> upon which account he was mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſerably abuſed by the Jeſuite <hi>Dionyſius Petavius;</hi> But alſo the ſame <hi>Medina</hi> affirmed the ſame openly in the Council of <hi>Trent,</hi> neither did he ſtick (though many fretted at
<pb n="165" facs="tcp:192139:292"/>it) publickly to contend, that ſo far <hi>Jerome</hi> and <hi>Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guſtine</hi> had a Heritical opinion, <hi>the matter, to wit, not being altogether clear.</hi> Which as it moved others not a little: <hi>So,</hi> ſaith the writer of the Hiſtory of the Council of <hi>Trent, this Doctor ſticking cloſe to his own opinion, maintained it with his might.</hi> Neither is there ought that makes againſt it in <hi>Storcas Pallavicinus</hi> his Hiſtory of the Council of <hi>Trent,</hi> againſt <hi>Paulus Venetus,</hi> publiſhed at <hi>Rome, Anno M. DC. LVII.</hi> Further, <hi>Petavius</hi> himſelf doth alſo witneſs, that <hi>Medina</hi> was not the only Man among the Papiſts, who was of this Judgment,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Theol. Dogm. Tom.</hi> 3. <hi>de Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cleſ. Lib.</hi> 2. <hi>Cap.</hi> 8.</note> but that others alſo did aſcribe the ſaid Hereſy to the forecited Fathers. And <hi>Morton</hi> in the forementioned place of his Apology does adduce ſome of them, <hi>Rivet</hi> alſo.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Sum. Contr. Tract.</hi> 2. <hi>quaeſt.</hi> 22.</note> Therefore <hi>although according to the terms of honour, which the Church now uſeth,</hi> as ſaith <hi>Auguſtine</hi> in his Epiſtle to <hi>Jerome, the Epiſcopacy be greater than the Presbytery,</hi> yet <hi>Richard</hi> of <hi>Armach</hi> ſaid truly, <hi>There is no difference found in the Evangelical or Apoſtolical Scriptures betwixt Biſhops and ſimple Prieſts, who are called</hi> Presbyters;
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 11. <hi>ad quaeſt. Arm. Cap.</hi> 5.</note> 
                  <hi>whence it follows that there is the ſame Power in both. Whether,</hi> ſaith <hi>Caſſander, the Epiſcopacy ought to be put among the orders of the Church, is not agreed upon betwixt the Theologues and the Canoniſts; but it is agreed upon among all,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Conſult. Art.</hi> 14.</note> that in the age of the Apoſtles, there was no difference betwixt Biſhops and Presbyters; but that afterward, to evite Schiſm a Biſhop was ſet over Presbyters.</hi> But as <hi>Muſculus</hi> in his common places ſaith excellently of the Miniſters of the Word;
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Pag.</hi> 246.</note> 
                  <hi>Whether this Counſel whereby ſuch Biſhops are more by cuſtom introduced</hi> (<hi>to uſe</hi> Jerom<hi>'s words) than by the truth of the Lords appointment, to be greater than Presbyters, be profitable for the Church of Chriſt or not, hath been better
<pb n="166" facs="tcp:192139:293"/>manifeſted in the following ages, than when this cuſtom was firſt introduced,</hi> &amp;c. See what follows there,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Alſo Greg. Naz. Orat.</hi> 28. <hi>Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guſt. in Pſal.</hi> 105. <hi>Whitaker quaeſt.</hi> 1. <hi>de pont. Rom. Cap.</hi> 3.</note> and the Hiſtory of Epiſcopacy written in <hi>Engliſh</hi> not long ago by that indefatigable Preacher of Gods Word, the Reverend <hi>Richard Baxter</hi> Famous for Knowledge and Piety.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To feed.</hi> That is, To rule as a Paſtor does his Flock, and it is extended to every part of managing the Flock, ſuch as to Lead, Defend, Rule and Direct them. <hi>The care of the Church is equally di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vided among many,</hi> ſaith <hi>Jerome.</hi> For as he ſaith, <hi>before that by the inſtigation of the Devil, there were Parties made in Religion, and it was ſaid among the People, I am of</hi> Paul, <hi>I of</hi> Apollos, <hi>but I am of</hi> Cephas, <hi>the Churches were governed by the common advice of Presbyters.</hi> Thoſe ſpiritual Paſtors ſet up by God to feed not their own Flock, but the Flock of their Lord and ſupream Paſtor, ought to conſult the good of the Flock, and procure their Salvation, feeding the People with divine Oracles and healthful admonitions, and by ſtrong reaſons refel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling the oppoſers of the Chriſtian Faith.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Church.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>See Tit.</hi> 1.9. 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 5.2, 3, 4.</note> That is, a company of Men profeſſing the ſaving Doctrine of Chriſt. Behold here, as alſo <hi>Phil.</hi> 1.1. the Church is diſtinguiſhed from the Presbyters, who had the overſight of it, which overſight is in the <hi>Greek</hi> called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Epiſcopacy</hi> above,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Ch.</hi> 1.20.</note> therefore the overſeers of the Church, who are frequently called Presbyters in the new Teſtament, and four times Biſhops from their Office, are not alone the Church, much leſs any Biſhop of Biſhops.
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 1.2.10.32.11.16. 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 1.1. 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 5.1, 2, 3.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of God.</hi> The Chriſtian multitude is the Church or Flock of God, and the Church of the Lord Jeſus Chriſt. <hi>Beza</hi> witneſſeth that he read in five
<pb n="167" facs="tcp:192139:293"/>Copies, <hi>of the Lord and of God.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Matth.</hi> 16.18. <hi>Rom.</hi> 16.16.</note> Many other <hi>Greek</hi> Copies have only <hi>of the Lord,</hi> by which Lord after the Apoſtolick manner of ſpeaking is deſervedly meant Jeſus of <hi>Naza<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reth, becauſe,</hi> as it is ſaid above, <hi>God made him Lord and Chriſt,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Ch.</hi> 2.36.</note> which excellently agrees with what followeth.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which he purchaſed.</hi> That, to wit, it might be to him a peculiar People.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With his own Blood.</hi> Poured out upon the Altar of the Croſs. But if by the Word <hi>of God,</hi> be underſtood God the Father, it is the ſame as if he ſhould ſay, with the bloody Death of his only begotten Son Jeſus Chriſt. Hence ſaith <hi>Beza</hi> it is read in one <hi>Greek</hi> Copy, <hi>By this Blood, of this his own,</hi> viz. Son. <hi>The ſtrength of that Article,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, is to be obſerved, whereby the ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cellency of this Blood, and the antitheſis is declared, which is more copiouſly expounded,</hi> Heb. 9.12. <hi>For this Blood was truly holy, yea a truly purifying and Sanctifying Blood, flowing out of him,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>See Eph.</hi> 1.12, 13. <hi>Col.</hi> 1.14. <hi>&amp;</hi> 20. <hi>Heb.</hi> 9.12. <hi>&amp;c.</hi> 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 1.18.19. <hi>Rev.</hi> 5.9.</note> who as he truly is a moſt pure Man, ſo is he alſo truely, and in the moſt perfect manner God. We ought to make of what God has bought ſo dear.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>I know.</hi> The Spirit revealing it to me.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That after my departing.</hi> The <hi>Greek</hi> Word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> here uſed ſays <hi>Ludovicus de dieu, is in the Gloſſary rendred,</hi> Arrival, departing, and is uſed in the <hi>Attick</hi> ſignification by <hi>Demoſthenes,</hi> as well as here.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Wolves.</hi> Heretical teachers, who with their falſe and deadly Doctrine, Corrupt and Deſtroy the Flock of Chriſt, are ſo called by a Metaphor. See our literal explanation <hi>Matth.</hi> 7.15. Such ſpiritual Wolves are according to Chriſts Command to be once and again admoniſhed, <hi>Matth.</hi> 18.16, 17 <hi>&amp;</hi> 18. if that do not avail, we ought to break off familiar correſpondence
<pb n="168" facs="tcp:192139:294"/>with them, but the Apoſtles Inſtitutions and Examples forbid to exaſperate theſe falſe Teachers with Curſes,
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 5.9. <hi>Tit.</hi> 3.10.</note> or to oppreſs them with carnal violence, or to put them to Death.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See</hi> 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 2.24, <hi>&amp;</hi> 25.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Grievous.</hi> That is, Barbarouſly and intolerably cruel.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Not ſparing the Flock.</hi> That is, Who ſhall have no pity upon the Flock. He goes on in his ſimilitude and Allegory begun <hi>v.</hi> 28. meaning by the <hi>Flock,</hi> the Church or company of believers in Chriſt, who are frequently called <hi>Sheep.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>Of your own ſelves.</hi> Lawfully called to the Paſto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral Office, not only the ſame Presbyters to whom the Paſtoral charge of the Church of <hi>Epheſus</hi> is committed, and to whom <hi>Paul</hi> then ſpoke, as appears from <hi>v.</hi> 28. are noted, but alſo ſuch of their Equals and Succeſſors, as ſhould even in other Churches degenerate into Wolves.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ariſe.</hi> That is, Spring up and appear in Pub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lick.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Speaking perverſe things.</hi> That is, Teaching things contrary to the revealed truth, and wreſting the very Words of the Apoſtles into a bad ſenſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To draw away Diſciples after them.</hi> As much as to ſay, That they may draw away ſuch as imbraced the Faith of Chriſt, to follow their own Ficti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons.</p>
               <p n="31">31. <hi>Therefore.</hi> The peril, to wit, of the Churches making Shipwrack of Faith by thoſe falſe Teachers who are to ariſe being at hand.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Watch.</hi> Leſt Gods Flock be corrupted and deſtroy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed by dangerous Doctrines, while either ye ſleep or neglect the care of the Church.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Remember that by the ſpace of three years.</hi> About. <hi>To thoſe two years, to wit,</hi> ſaith <hi>Ludovicus de Dieu, in which he taught in the School of</hi> Tyrannus, <hi>muſt first be added
<pb n="169" facs="tcp:192139:294"/>the three Moneths, in which before theſe two years, he taught in the Synagogue,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Act.</hi> 19.8 <hi>&amp;</hi> 10.</note> then that time alſo though ſhort, in which he taught at</hi> Epheſus,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Act.</hi> 18.19.</note> 
                  <hi>when he came thither with</hi> Aquila <hi>and</hi> Priſcilla. <hi>For</hi> Paul <hi>was come a whole year to</hi> Epheſus, <hi>with</hi> Aquila <hi>and</hi> Priſcilla, <hi>before that ſpace of three Months, although</hi> Paul <hi>ſpent the moſt part of that year in that third journey of his, wherein he went up to</hi> Jeruſalem, <hi>thence he vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſited</hi> Antioch, Phrygia, <hi>and</hi> Galatia,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Act.</hi> 18.21, 21, <hi>&amp;</hi> 23.</note> 
                  <hi>before he came to</hi> Epheſus <hi>the ſecond time.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Act.</hi> 19: 1.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I ceaſed not to warn every one, Night and Day.</hi> As much as to ſay, I left not off for one Night or a Day to warn with tears every one of you of his duty, pittying their lot who were negligent in their Paſtoral care.</p>
               <p n="32">32. <hi>And now.</hi> Being to return to you no more.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I commend you to God.</hi> That is, I commend and commit you to the care and protection of God.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And to the Word of his Grace.</hi> That is, To the Goſpel in which the ſaving Grace of God is declared unto Men.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which.</hi> God by that Word of his Grace, or the Goſpel.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Is able.</hi> That is, Is willing, for the Apoſtle doth not here ſpeak of an Idle Power in God, but of an active, which by the inclination of his Will is bent upon doing good.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Build you up.</hi> Adhering, to wit, to the Evangelical Inſtitutions, which I delivered unto you, to perfect and accompliſh in you that holineſs, which your wonderful calling to the Faith of Chriſt requireth.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And to give you an inheritance.</hi> That is, a firm Poſſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſſion of eternal Life and happineſs in Heaven. <hi>Becauſe that among the</hi> Hebrews, <hi>things only faln by inheritance
<pb n="170" facs="tcp:192139:295"/>could not be alienated, therefore they call every firm and perpetual poſſeſſion an inheri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tance,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Upon Rom.</hi> 4.13.</note> ſaith <hi>Grotius.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Among all them which are ſanctified.</hi> That is, Among all them, who are by the grace of God ſeparated from the rabble of profane for God himſelf, and ſanctified by his Spirit, that they might continue his obedient Sons, in holineſs of Life. The Saints are ſaid to inherit Heavenly bleſſedneſs, <hi>Becauſe,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Upon Eph.</hi> 1.18.</note> God will bestow upon them not only the Fruit, but the very propriety thereof.</hi> See below <hi>Ch.</hi> 26.18. <hi>Eph.</hi> 1.18. and <hi>Col.</hi> 1.12.</p>
               <p n="33">33. <hi>Silver,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Abraham</hi> of old ſhewed a great Spirit, coveting nothing for himſelf of the ſpoil gotten in Battel.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Gen.</hi> 14.22, 23.</note> But <hi>Paul</hi> as much greater, in that he neither re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quired, nor would take any Sallary from the <hi>Epheſians,</hi> to maintain himſelf and his Companions, for his weight<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty and ſaving labours in Preaching the Goſpel among them. So he witneſſeth his own abſtinence, 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 9.12, 15, 18. 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 11.9. <hi>Phil.</hi> 4.15. In like manner <hi>Moſes</hi> proteſted that he lived among the <hi>Iſraelites,</hi> with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out the leaſt appearance of covetouſneſs. Alſo <hi>Samuel</hi> 1 <hi>Sam.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Numb.</hi> 16.15.</note> 12.3. <hi>Gracchus</hi> in <hi>Gellius</hi> being to leave the Province, <hi>I have,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>ſo behaved in the Province, that none can truly ſay, that I have gotten a Shilling or more in gifts. Jerome</hi> being to depart from <hi>Rome, Let them tell,</hi> ſaith he to his ſlanderers, <hi>what they ever found in me otherwiſe then became a Chriſtian. Whoſe Money did I get? did I not deſpiſe gifts either great or ſmall? Did any Mans Money ſound in my hand?</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="34">34. <hi>That theſe hands have Miniſtred.</hi> That is, ſup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plyed. It is Remarkable that one <hi>Abdolonymus,</hi> a Poor Man in <hi>Q. Curtius,</hi> hath ſpoken in the ſame very manner that <hi>Paul</hi> doth here. <hi>Theſe hands,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>ſupplyed
<pb n="171" facs="tcp:192139:295"/>my want.</hi> Concerning <hi>Pauls</hi> earning with the labour of his own hands a living for himſelf and his Compa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nions in the Preaching of the Goſpel, ſee above <hi>Ch.</hi> 18.3. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 4.12. 1 <hi>Theſ.</hi> 2.9. 2 <hi>Theſ.</hi> 3.8. Why may not alſo the teachers among the Chriſtians, like this teacher of the Gentiles, when they can, earn their living by their labour?</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To my Neceſſities.</hi> Food and Raiment.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And to them that were with me.</hi> Rehearſed above, <hi>v.</hi> 4.</p>
               <p n="35">35. <hi>All things.</hi> By all things,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Such a Phraſe is in</hi> 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 9.25.10.33. <hi>Eph.</hi> 4.15.</note> or in all things, or altogether.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I have ſhewed unto you.</hi> In my ſelf as a Pattern. See 2 <hi>Theſ.</hi> 3.9.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>How that ſo labouring.</hi> Night and Day unto wearineſs. See 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 4.12. 1 <hi>Theſ.</hi> 2.9.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ye ought to ſupport the weak.</hi> That is, To hold up as it were with the right hand the ſcrupulous, who have not as yet a firm and ſtrong underſtanding, or have not as yet apprehended what is ſound in the Faith, that they fall not. For ſuch Novices and young Men in Faith and Piety, are I know not how more ſuſpicious, and do eaſily believe that ſuch as they miſtruſt, do all things for bodily gain, and that for this end the Goſpel it ſelf is Preached by them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And to remember the Words of the Lord Jeſus.</hi> That is, The Apophthegm of the Lord Jeſus.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>How he ſaid.</hi> That is, uſed to ſay, as I have it by tradition from thoſe, who heard it from the Lord himſelf. Or he is ſaid to have ſaid it, becauſe that although it be not expreſſed in the ſame very words, yet that it was his Doctrine is gathered from his ſay<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings, which are mentioned by the Evangeliſts.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>It is more bleſſed to give, then to receive.</hi> Firſt becauſe, To give is a ſign of abundance, but to receive a ſign of want, as <hi>Auguſtine</hi> writes. Next becauſe to give is
<pb n="172" facs="tcp:192139:296"/>more honeſt and a mark of a vertue, to wit, bounty or liberality, but to receive is no ſign of vertue, but either of neceſſity or of covetouſneſs. Which <hi>Ariſtotle</hi> alſo obſerved when he wrote that it was more proper for vertue to beſtow a benefit than to have one beſtowed upon it.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Eth. Nicom. Lib.</hi> 4. <hi>Ch.</hi> 1.</note> Laſtly, chiefly becauſe he that liberally gives help to the indigent,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Luke</hi> 12: 33.16.9.18.22. 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 6.19.</note> ſhall, for that he gave, have a great reward from God, but he who receives a benefit ſhall for the re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceiving of it have no reward. But yet it is neither unhoneſt nor unconvenient, if one ſhall re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceive a reward as due to him, for that which by his honeſt labour he deſerved, provided that this receiving may be without offence. See <hi>Matth.</hi> 10.10. and our litteral explanation there. <hi>Luke</hi> 10.7. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 9.14. 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 5.17, <hi>&amp;</hi> 18.</p>
               <p n="36">36. <hi>He kneeled down and prayed.</hi> It is a great ſign of ſubmiſſion to God and reverence towards him, that one who prayeth ſhould kneel. <hi>Solomon</hi> prayed fer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vently with bended knees. Alſo <hi>Daniel Dan.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1 <hi>Kings</hi> 8.52. 2 <hi>Chron.</hi> 6.13.</note> 6.10. And Jeſus Chriſt, <hi>Luke</hi> 22.41. and <hi>Stephen</hi> above <hi>Ch.</hi> 7.60. and <hi>Peter</hi> above <hi>Ch.</hi> 9.4. and <hi>Paul</hi> here and below <hi>Ch.</hi> 21.5. and <hi>Epheſ.</hi> 3.14. But that to pray ſtanding was the moſt commonly received cuſtom a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mong the <hi>Jews</hi> is clear by that in <hi>Nehe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miah,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Ch.</hi> 9.5.</note> the People are commanded to ſtand at Prayer; and <hi>Gen.</hi> 18.22. where it is in the <hi>Hebrew,</hi> Abraham <hi>ſtood before God,</hi> the <hi>Chaldean</hi> renders it <hi>Prayed.</hi> Neither is the Verb <hi>Standing,</hi> otherwiſe uſed in <hi>Jerem.</hi> 15.1.18.20. and <hi>Job</hi> 30.20. So <hi>Mark</hi> 11.25. <hi>when ye ſtand praying.</hi> And <hi>Luke</hi> 18.11. <hi>The Phariſee ſtood and prayed.</hi> See our literal explana<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion, <hi>Matth.</hi> 6.5.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With them all.</hi> To wit, With the Elders or Biſhops of the Church of <hi>Epheſus,</hi> whom he ſent for from
<pb n="173" facs="tcp:192139:296"/>
                  <hi>Epheſus</hi> to <hi>Miletus</hi> to inſtruct them with wholſome admonitions.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Above v.</hi> 21.</note> Doubtleſs among other things, <hi>Paul</hi> in this Prayer to God prayed for Divine aſſiſtance, that he would help the Elders of the Church of <hi>Epheſus</hi> to perform theſe things of which he admoniſhed them.</p>
               <p n="37">37. <hi>And they all wept ſore.</hi> To ſhew their ſorrow for his future abſence.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And fell on</hi> Pauls <hi>neck and kiſſed him.</hi> As a token of their affection to him.</p>
               <p n="38">38. <hi>Sorrowing moſt of all for the Words,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, They were affected with grief, that they could ſcarcely be comforted, for that diſcourſe of <hi>Paul</hi>'s, by which he cut them off from all hopes of ever ſeeing him from that time.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they accompanyed him unto the Ship.</hi> That they might ſee him and ſpeak to him as long as they could.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="21" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. XXI.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>ANd it came to paſs after we had lanched.</hi> I <hi>Luke</hi> and <hi>Paul</hi> and the reſt of his Companions in his Journey were carried forth in the Ship.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Having gotten from them.</hi> Either ſimply parted, as <hi>Luke</hi> 22.41. or as it were forcibly taken from our Friends the Elders of the Church of <hi>Epheſus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We came with a ſtraight courſe unto</hi> Coos. <hi>Cous</hi> or <hi>Coos,</hi> or by a Synaereſis, as <hi>Euſtath</hi> will have it, <hi>Cos</hi> is an Iſland in the <hi>Aegean</hi> Sea,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>On Il. B. v.</hi> 667.</note> on the Confines of <hi>Caria,</hi> as <hi>Pomponius Mela</hi> affirms.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>L.</hi> 2. <hi>C.</hi> 7.</note> Its Inhabitants were anciently called <hi>Meropes,</hi> and the Iſland it ſelf
<pb n="174" facs="tcp:192139:297"/>
                  <hi>Meropis,</hi> as ſaith <hi>Stephen.</hi> It became Famous by the Birth of <hi>Apelle,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">In Merops.</note> that moſt excellent Painter: Whence he is called by <hi>Ovid,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Art. Am. L.</hi> 3.</note> Coan.</hi> It was yet fur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther nobilitatee by being the Native ſoyl of that Divine old Man (ſo do the Phyſicians call <hi>Hippocrates,</hi>) on whom there is extant a <hi>Diſtich</hi> ſingular for its Antiſtrophe.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Florileg. var. Epigr. l.</hi> 1. <hi>c.</hi> 39.</note> 
                  <hi>Pliny</hi> reports that <hi>Greece</hi> inſtituted Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nours to this Prince of Phyſicians, equal to thoſe of <hi>Hercules.</hi> In this Iſland was that Famous Temple of <hi>Eſculapius,</hi> as alſo that of <hi>Juno,</hi> of whoſe Ornaments <hi>Theodorus</hi> wrote, as <hi>Vitrurius</hi> declares.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 1.</note> The Iſlanders were very elo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quent; hence the Proverb, <hi>a</hi> Chian <hi>will not ſuffer a</hi> Coan <hi>to ſpeak,</hi> is applyed to thoſe, who being like the <hi>Chians</hi> addicted to prating, with their talkativeneſs hinder others, that are eloquent in their Speech from ſpeaking. The fineſt apparel, which was wont to be made of Silk, for the Ornament of Women, but not that which is conſiſtent with modeſty, is ſaid to have come firſt from this Iſland, and they were called ſubſtantively in the <hi>Latin Coa,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>De Art: Am. L.</hi> 3. <hi>Horat. Sat. l.</hi> 1. <hi>Sat.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 109. <hi>Hiſt. An. l.</hi> 6.</note> in the Plural Number. <hi>Aristotle</hi> ſaith, that <hi>Pamphila</hi> the Daughter of <hi>Latous,</hi> of the ſame Iſland, was the Inventrix of theſe Garments. The reaſon why they were invented was,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Plin. l.</hi> 11. <hi>c.</hi> 22.</note> that Women might be as little covered with their Garments, as if they were naked.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Chap.</hi> 23.</note> To which <hi>Tibull</hi> ſeems to allude. And <hi>Pliny</hi> in the aforeſaid Book ſaith: <hi>Nor were Men aſhamed to make uſe of theſe Garments, by reaſon of their lightneſs in Summer. So far are they from wearing Armour, that their very Cloaths are a burthen to them.</hi> At this day this Iſland is called <hi>Lango.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the following day unto</hi> Rhodes. A moſt Famous
<pb n="175" facs="tcp:192139:297"/>Iſland, which according to <hi>Ptolomy lib.</hi> 5.2. is ſituated betwixt <hi>Icaria</hi> and <hi>Lycia.</hi> It was Renowned for theſe Cities, <hi>Lindus, Camirus,</hi> and <hi>Rhodes,</hi> as <hi>Pliny</hi> relates, <hi>lib.</hi> 5.31. in which the day is never ſo Cloudy, but the Sun ſhines bright ſome hour or other of it,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Hor. Car. l.</hi> 1. <hi>Od.</hi> 7. <hi>Lucan. Pharſal.</hi> 8.</note> witneſs the ſame <hi>Pliny lib.</hi> 2.62. whence the Poets called it bright. <hi>Rhode</hi> was of old very rich in Shipping, as appears by <hi>Strabo.</hi> Its Inhabitants built <hi>Parthenope,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Lib.</hi> 14.</note> i. e. Naples</hi> among the <hi>Opici,</hi> and <hi>Rhoda</hi> in <hi>Spain.</hi> They firſt taught the <hi>Spaniſh</hi> Mariners to make Ropes, and Maps, very uſeful for Man; they alſo firſt im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ported into <hi>Spain</hi> Money beaten out of Braſs, as <hi>Strabo</hi> in the forecited Book, and <hi>Mariana</hi> teſtifie.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>De reb. Hiſp. l.</hi> 1. <hi>c.</hi> 14.</note> 
                  <hi>Rhodes</hi> was beautified with 100 <hi>Coloſſi,</hi> one of which was reckoned among the ſeven wonders of the World. Now theſe <hi>Coloſſi</hi> were Piles of Statues exactly deviſed, equal to Towers, for which cauſe, as many are of opinion, the <hi>Rhodians</hi> were called <hi>Coloſſians,</hi> to whom the Epiſtle of St. <hi>Paul</hi> was written entituled to the <hi>Coloſſians. Rhodes</hi> has been ſubject to ſeveral viciſſitudes; after this it was ſubject to the <hi>Romans;</hi> the <hi>Sarazens</hi> took it in the year of our Lord 615. The Knights of the Order of St. <hi>John</hi> of <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> recovered it in the year 1308. and kept it till the year 1602. In which year <hi>Solyman</hi> the Second defeated them, and retook it; In lieu whereof, <hi>Charles</hi> fifth Emperor gave the Knights of St. <hi>John</hi> the Iſland of <hi>Malta;</hi> whence they are com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monly called the Knights of <hi>Malta.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And from thence unto</hi> Patara. A City of <hi>Lycia,</hi> ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording to <hi>Hecataeus</hi> in his <hi>Aſia,</hi> which ſtill retains its name,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Geog. Aſiae Com.</hi> 1.</note> as <hi>Niger</hi> affirms, deſcribing the ſituation of <hi>Lycia,</hi> and, as he ſays, not far from the Sea, where there is a Sea-Port-Town eleven Miles diſtant from it,
<pb n="176" facs="tcp:192139:298"/>named <hi>Phoenix,</hi> very dangerous by reaſon of the rocks hanging out from the Mountain <hi>Taurus.</hi> It was firſt called <hi>Sataros,</hi> as <hi>Pliny</hi> relates; afterwards by <hi>Ptolomaeus Philadelphus,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>L.</hi> 5. <hi>C.</hi> 27.</note> after he had en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>larged it, it was named <hi>Arſinoe</hi> of <hi>Lycia,</hi> in honour of his Wife: but the name it had from the beginning prevailed, ſaith <hi>Strabo.</hi> From this City <hi>Apollo</hi> had the Epithet of <hi>Pataraean;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 14.</note> for that in the Winter half year,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Ad. Aeneid. l.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 143. <hi>Vide Horat.</hi> 3. <hi>Car. Od.</hi> 4.</note> he gave <hi>Reſponſes</hi> here, as he did at <hi>Delos</hi> in the Summer, according to <hi>Servius.</hi> His Temple made <hi>Patara</hi> a City of great note, being of equal eſteem with that at <hi>Delphos,</hi> both for its Riches and Veracity of the Oracle;
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>L.</hi> 1. <hi>C.</hi> 15.</note> witneſs <hi>Mela.</hi> Hence poſſibly the <hi>Spaniards</hi> call Fictions <hi>Pataratas:</hi> for the Oracles of the <hi>Greeks</hi> were meer deluſions.</p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>And finding a Ship ſailing over.</hi> That is, Having got the opportunity of a Ship that was about to croſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto</hi> Phoenice. Or <hi>Phoenicia,</hi> a moſt noted Country of <hi>Aſia,</hi> not far diſtant from <hi>Rhodes,</hi> by the <hi>Ethnick</hi> Hiſtorians comprehended under <hi>Syria,</hi> but by the Writers of the New-Teſtament under the Land of <hi>Canaan.</hi> Hence <hi>Stephen</hi> affirmeth that it was anciently called <hi>Chna,</hi> which is nothing elſe but the word <hi>Canaan</hi> cut ſhort. This is alſo confirmed by St. <hi>Auguſtine</hi> in his expoſition of the Epiſtle of St. <hi>Paul</hi> to the <hi>Romans: Whence our Countrymen, being ask't, what Countrymen they are, while they anſwer in the</hi> Carthaginian <hi>Tongue</hi> Canani, <hi>with the Corruption only of one letter, which in ſuch caſes uſually happens, what elſe do they ſay but</hi> Cha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nannites? The Learned are alſo agreed that the <hi>Poeni,</hi> that is, the <hi>Africans</hi> or <hi>Carthaginians,</hi> were at firſt Inhabitants of <hi>Phoenicia,</hi> though they differ much in their Etymology.
<note place="margin">Lib. de Mirabil.</note> 
                  <hi>Ariſtotle</hi> deriveth it from <hi>Phoenixai,</hi> which in the
<pb n="177" facs="tcp:192139:298"/>
                  <hi>Lingua</hi> of the <hi>Perrhaebi</hi> ſignifies <hi>to kill,</hi> becauſe that when they firſt croſt the Seas, at whatſoever place they arrived they put all to the Sword. <hi>But I,</hi> ſaith the moſt Learned <hi>Thomas de Pinedo, cannot aſſent to it, tho the Opinion of ſo great a Man, while reaſon ſo loudly ſpeaks againſt it. For if they were deſirous of Commerce, after they had ſpread their Colonies, it is not likely they would kill the Inhabitants of the Countreys they came to. And although for ſome time they were Pirats, as</hi> Thucyd. <hi>affirms,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Lib.</hi> 1.</note> yet it is not probable that they had that name from the</hi> Perrhaebi. <hi>Others, among whom</hi> Calliſthenes, <hi>whoſe Opinion I willingly em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brace, deduce it from</hi> Phoenix, <hi>which ſignifies a Palm-Tree, which</hi> Ariſtotle <hi>oppoſes, tho againſt reaſon; in which par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticular</hi> Fuller <hi>and</hi> Scaliger, <hi>tho otherwiſe very learned Men, ſhew themſelves very ridiculous, while he derives that name of</hi> Phoenicia <hi>from</hi> Phineſias, <hi>and the other from</hi> Pinnek. Stephanus <hi>deduces it from</hi> Phoenix <hi>the Son of</hi> Agenor <hi>or</hi> Neptune <hi>by</hi> Libye. Dionyſ. Periegeta <hi>aſſerts, that the</hi> Phoenicians <hi>owe their Original to a People that dwelt by the Red Sea; that they firſt invented the Arts of Naviga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion, and Aſtronomy, and did Traffique, ſays he in that never to be enough praiſed Treatiſe of his intituled Periegeſis. In ſteer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing their courſe they obſerved</hi> Cynoſura, <hi>that is, the</hi> leſſer Bear, <hi>whereas the</hi> Grecians <hi>took their directions from</hi> Helice, <hi>that is, the</hi> greater Bear, <hi>as</hi> Ovid <hi>has accurately expreſſed both of them.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Faſt. l.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 107.</note> The</hi> Phoenicians <hi>were the firſt Inveners of Letters. For</hi> Cadmus <hi>is reported to have been the firſt that tranſported them from</hi> Phoenicia <hi>into</hi> Greece, <hi>witneſs</hi> Diodor. Sicul. <hi>Of our Writers</hi> Pliny <hi>ſpeaketh thus of</hi> Phoenicia, <hi>and the Inventions of the</hi> Phoenicians: Thoſe who divide critically will have <hi>Phoenicia</hi> to be incompaſſed by <hi>Syria,</hi> that it is the Maritim border of <hi>Syria,</hi> a part of which is <hi>Idumea</hi> and <hi>Judea,</hi> then <hi>Phoenicia,</hi> finally <hi>Syria.</hi> All the Sea that lies before it has the Name of the <hi>Phoenician</hi> Sea: The people of <hi>Phoenicia,</hi> were of great account
<pb n="178" facs="tcp:192139:299"/>of old, for that they invented Letters, knowledge of the Stars,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 3.</note> and Naval and Military Arts. <hi>Hence Lucan,</hi>
                  <q>Phoenicians <hi>firſt adventured, if we may credit Fame, To eternize the Voice, to grav't on an unpoliſh't Frame.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I am fully perſwaded that thoſe</hi> Phoenician <hi>Letters, were the ſame which of old the</hi> Canaanites <hi>and ancient</hi> Hebrews, <hi>and the</hi> Samaritans <hi>at this day uſe, whatever the Followers of the Jews Rabbies ſay to the contrary.</hi> Thus far <hi>Thomas de Pinedo.</hi> See what we have ſaid above.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 11. <hi>V.</hi> 19.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We went aboard, and ſet forth.</hi> That is, Having got aboard that Ship we were carried forth.</p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>Now when we had diſcovered</hi> Cyprus. That is to ſay, When the Iſland <hi>Cyprus</hi> appeared to us, or was within the reach of our ſight. Of this Iſland, which was inferiour to none in fertility of Wine and Oyl, and affluence of all neceſſaries, ſee above.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Having left it on the left hand.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 4. <hi>V.</hi> 36.</note> That is, Having left this Famous Iſland of <hi>Cyprus</hi> on our left hand.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We ſailed into</hi> Syria. Which the Ancients divided into <hi>Phoenicia, Paleſtina</hi> and <hi>Caele,</hi> as a certain <hi>Ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nymus</hi> Author publiſhed by <hi>Gothofred</hi> affirms.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Chap.</hi> 17.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And landed at</hi> Tyre. The Metropolis. of <hi>Phoenicia.</hi> See what we have ſaid of <hi>Tyre</hi> and <hi>Sidon.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For there the Ship was to unlade her burden.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Mat.</hi> 11. <hi>v.</hi> 20.</note> That is, the Ship was to be emptied of her Goods wherewith it was laden, that they might be expoſed to ſale in this flouriſhing Merchant Town.</p>
               <pb n="179" facs="tcp:192139:299"/>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>And finding Diſciples.</hi> That is, ſome Chriſtians that dwelt at <hi>Tyre,</hi> ſee above. <hi>Beza</hi> conjectures that the word, <hi>Diſciples,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 11. <hi>v.</hi> 19. <hi>&amp;</hi> 26.</note> denoted thoſe that followed Chriſt, when they were diſperſed, and had not yet Churches appointed: But that the word, <hi>Brethren,</hi> ſignified thoſe that had ſetled Churches. But that this diſtinction is without any ſolid foundation is apparent from <hi>Chap.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 26. and <hi>Chap.</hi> 11. <hi>v.</hi> 29. of the Chriſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans of <hi>Jeruſalem;</hi> of thoſe of <hi>Antioch, C.</hi> 14. <hi>v.</hi> 28. &amp;c. 15. <hi>v.</hi> 1-10-36. Of thoſe of <hi>Philippi, C.</hi> 16. <hi>v.</hi> 40.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We tarried there ſeven days.</hi> Being not a little ſolaced with that intimate fellowſhip we had with the Chriſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans at <hi>Tyre.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who ſaid to</hi> Paul <hi>through the Spirit.</hi> As if he had ſaid, When by the Revelation of the Holy Spirit they were informed what great hazards <hi>Paul</hi> would undergo if he went up to <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> being at the ſame time igno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant, that <hi>Paul</hi> was conſtrained thereto by an impulſe of the ſame Spirit, they diſſwaded him from going thither; not by the Indictment of the Holy Spirit, but only from a Principle of Love to <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And when he had accompliſhed thoſe days.</hi> The ſeven above mentioned at <hi>Tyre.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We departed.</hi> From <hi>Tyre.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And went our way.</hi> That is to ſay, Proceeded on our Journey to <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they all brought us on our way.</hi> The Chriſtians at <hi>Tyre,</hi> who had an entire affection to <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And we kneeled down.</hi> Seeing this done within that interval of time, which is betwixt Eaſter and Whit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſuntide, it plainly appears that it was after the times of the Apoſtles, that the Primitive Church did introduce the cuſtom of not worſhipping on their knees, as <hi>Tertullian</hi> and <hi>Hierom</hi> expreſs it, all <hi>Quinquageſima</hi> over, or the fifty days which interveen betwixt the Paſchal
<pb n="180" facs="tcp:192139:300"/>Feaſt, and Pentecoſt, as the moſt Learned <hi>Chriſtoph. Juſtellus,</hi> Father to the very Learned <hi>Henry,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Ad Can.</hi> 20. <hi>Concil. Nicaen.</hi>
                  </note> hath obſerved.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And prayed on the ſhore.</hi> On the Sea ſand in a ſolitary place, apart from the City: Occaſioned indeed by reaſon of <hi>Paul</hi>'s Journey, but alſo agreeable to the cuſtom of the Jews, who were wont on their Faſts to pray on the Shore,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>De Jejun. &amp; l.</hi> 1. <hi>adv. Nation.</hi>
                  </note> as may be ſeen in <hi>Tertullian.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>And when we had taken our leave one of another.</hi> Embracing one another, as was uſual,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 20. <hi>v.</hi> 1.</note> with a kiſs of Charity. See above.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Wee took Ship.</hi> We who were to accompany <hi>Paul</hi> further.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they.</hi> The Chriſtians who inhabited <hi>Tyre.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Returned home again.</hi> Every one to their own Houſes.</p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>And when we had finiſhed our courſe.</hi> That is, got further on our Voyage.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>From</hi> Tyre <hi>we came to</hi> Ptolemais. A Town of <hi>Phoenicia,</hi> formerly called <hi>Ace,</hi> or with a <hi>Latin</hi> termina<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion <hi>Aca.</hi> It is mentioned by <hi>Pliny</hi> in theſe words:
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>L.</hi> 5. <hi>C.</hi> 19.</note> 
                  <hi>Ptolemais, which was formerly called</hi> Ace, <hi>was a Colony of</hi> Claudius Caeſar. <hi>Delecampius</hi> takes notice that it was named <hi>Acon</hi> in an ancient Manuſcript, which cometh nearer the Original name of that Town <hi>Acho</hi> or <hi>Accho,</hi> which we read <hi>Judg.</hi> 1.31. in the <hi>Hebrew</hi> Text, and here in the <hi>Syriack</hi> Verſion. It is ſaid by <hi>Joſephus</hi> to be a City of <hi>Gaillee,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>De Bel. Jud. l.</hi> 2. <hi>C.</hi> 7.</note> but that part of <hi>Galilee</hi> belonged to <hi>Phoenicia.</hi> And <hi>Phoe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nicia</hi> and <hi>Paleſtine,</hi> were comprehended under <hi>Syria;</hi> whence Writers aſcribed their Cities ſometimes to the one, ſometimes to the other. It was an ancient and great City, which the <hi>Perſians</hi> made uſe of as a ſeat of War againſt <hi>Aegypt,</hi> as <hi>Strabo</hi>
                  <pb n="181" facs="tcp:192139:300"/>relateth. The Coaſt betwixt this and <hi>Tyre,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 16.</note> was encompaſſed with Banks of ſand, whence they were furniſhed with ſand for making of Glaſs, as <hi>Strabo</hi> and <hi>Joſephus</hi> report in the forecited places; the latter of whom calls it <hi>Arce</hi> and <hi>Actipus,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Antiq. Jud. l.</hi> 5. <hi>C.</hi> 1.</note> which <hi>Fuller</hi> alledges ought to be utterly explod<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed as Monſters of Words;
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Miſcel. Sacr. l.</hi> 4. <hi>c.</hi> 15.</note> but without any ſolid ground; for according to <hi>Juſtus</hi> the <hi>Hebrew</hi> in <hi>Acho,</hi> this City was likewiſe called <hi>Arce. Ace</hi> therefore and <hi>Arce</hi> was the ſame Individual Town, as <hi>Dameſhek</hi> and <hi>Darmeſhek</hi> was the ſame City which the <hi>Latins</hi> called <hi>Damaſcus.</hi> By <hi>Ptolemy</hi> it is called <hi>Arca,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Geograph. l.</hi> 5. <hi>C.</hi> 15.</note> and reckoned among the <hi>Mediterranean</hi> Towns of <hi>Phoenicia. Elius Lamprid.</hi> in the Life of <hi>Alexander Severus</hi> calls it <hi>Arca Caeſarea</hi> and <hi>Arcena,</hi> who likewiſe ſays, that this Emperor was born there, and that on his Birth day, there was ſeen in the ſame City a Star of the firſt Magnitude from Morn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing till night. <hi>Euſebius</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Ceſarea,</hi> in the firſt Book of his Chronicles reports, that <hi>Alexander</hi> the Empe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ror, Son to <hi>Mammaeas</hi> was alſo born there, in which place he calls this ſame City <hi>Arcas</hi> in the Plural Number. But <hi>Actipus</hi> is derived from the <hi>Hebrew Kepitha,</hi> which was a part of the City <hi>Acho,</hi> as appears by the <hi>Jeruſalem Talmud</hi> in the Treatiſe entituled <hi>Shemuoth. C.</hi> 6. where you'l meet with theſe following words: <hi>Rabbi</hi> (that is, <hi>Jehuda Hanaſi,</hi> or the Prince of the great <hi>Sauhedrin,</hi> whom by way of excellency they call <hi>Rabbi</hi> without any Additament) <hi>was in</hi> Acho, <hi>and there he ſaw a certain man aſcend from</hi> Kepitha. Hence <hi>Joſephus</hi> formed <hi>Actipus,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>L</hi> 95. <hi>C.</hi> 15. <hi>l.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 16.</note> which is changed by <hi>Ptolomy</hi> and <hi>Pliny</hi> un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to <hi>Ecdippa.</hi> It is true that the ſame <hi>Pliny</hi> mentioneth <hi>Ace</hi> and <hi>Ecdippa</hi> as two diſtinct Cities, and <hi>Ptolomy Ecdippa,</hi> and <hi>Ptolemais,</hi> and <hi>Arca</hi> as different Cities of <hi>Phoenicia.</hi>
                  <pb n="182" facs="tcp:192139:301"/>But in this caſe more credit is to be given to <hi>Joſephus,</hi> who affirms that <hi>Arce, Actipus,</hi> and <hi>Ptolomais</hi> are one and the ſame City, in the Portion of the Tribe of <hi>Aſher</hi> or <hi>Aſſer. Bochartus</hi> ſaith of the ſame City, <hi>The</hi> Neotericks <hi>call it</hi> Acre, which is moſt known: <hi>There<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore it is read in</hi> Benjamen, <hi>From</hi> Tyre <hi>it is a days Journey to</hi> Acre, <hi>which is</hi> Accho, <hi>not to</hi> Acde, as vulgarly. In 3 <hi>Mac. Chap.</hi> laſt towards the cloſe it is called <hi>Ptolomais</hi> the Roſary, from the nature of the place.</p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>But another day.</hi> That is, And the next day, as it is in the common <hi>Engliſh</hi> Tranſlation.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Departed.</hi> From <hi>Ptolomais</hi> In the <hi>Gr.</hi> is added here, as alſo in the <hi>Engliſh</hi> Tranſlation, <hi>They that were with</hi> Paul, that is, <hi>Paul</hi> and his Companions in his Journey. The like expreſſion is extant above, <hi>C.</hi> 13. <hi>v.</hi> 13. See our Commentary there.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We came.</hi> A few days after.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto</hi> Caeſarea, &amp;c. Of <hi>Paleſtine,</hi> Of which ſee above, <hi>C.</hi> 8. <hi>v.</hi> 40.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And we entred into the houſe of</hi> Philip. Who had gone thither long ago, after that he had Baptized the <hi>Ethiopian</hi> Eunuch above, <hi>C.</hi> 8. <hi>v.</hi> 40.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Evangeliſt.</hi> That is, The Preacher of the Goſpel. They are called Evangeliſts in the New Teſtament, who having been ſet over no particular Church, aſſiſted the Apoſtles in ſpreading the Goſpel of Chriſt. But in ſucceeding times it grew out of uſe, ſo that they only were called Evangeliſts who com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mitted the Life and Doctrine of Chriſt to Writing. And of thoſe four Penmen of the Goſpel, <hi>John</hi> is in a peculiar manner Surnamed the <hi>Evangeliſt,</hi> to diſtin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guiſh him from <hi>John</hi> the <hi>Baptiſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which. Philip,</hi> a Preacher of the Goſpel. See a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove, <hi>C.</hi> 8. <hi>v.</hi> 3.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Was one of the ſeven.</hi> Deacons, or Stewards of the Church Goods at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> choſen above <hi>C.</hi> 6. <hi>v.</hi> 5. ſee there.</p>
               <pb n="183" facs="tcp:192139:301"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And abode with him.</hi> That is, Were friendly en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tertained in his Houſe.</p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>And the ſame Man.</hi> Excellent Preacher of the Goſpel.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Had.</hi> Not ſhut up in a Monaſtery, but abiding at home with him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Four Daughters.</hi> Beyond all controverſie procreated in and by lawful Marriage.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Virgins.</hi> Who at that time were not Married, but, that they were afterward given in Wedlock, writeth that incomparably Learned Man <hi>Clemens</hi> a Presbyter of <hi>Alexandria.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which did Propheſie.</hi> That is, Did foretel things to come by Divine Inſpiration, as <hi>Debora</hi> the Wife of <hi>Lapidoth, Judg.</hi> 4.4. and <hi>Holda</hi> or <hi>Hulda</hi> the Wife of <hi>Sellum</hi> or <hi>Shallum</hi> 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 22.14. and <hi>Anna</hi> the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pheteſs, <hi>Luke</hi> 2.26.</p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>And as we tarried there many days.</hi> At <hi>Caeſarea</hi> of <hi>Paleſtine,</hi> in the Houſe of <hi>Philip</hi> the Deacon, refreſhing our ſelves after our late Voyage.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>There came down from</hi> Judaea. That is, From the Province belonging to the Tribe of <hi>Juda.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A certain Prophet named</hi> Agabus. See of him above.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 11. <hi>v.</hi> 28.</note>
               </p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>Bound his own hands and feet.</hi> It was uſual with the Prophets, that what they predicted in words, to be perceived by the Ear, they alſo repre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſented to the Eye, by Obvious and palpable things; As you may ſee <hi>Iſa.</hi> 20.2, 3. and <hi>Jer.</hi> 13.1.4.27.2. <hi>Ezek.</hi> 4, 5.-12.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thus ſaith the Holy Ghoſt.</hi> That is, The Holy Spirit hath inſpired me from Heaven, to foretel theſe things to come.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Man.</hi> That is <hi>Paul.</hi> This Prophecy of <hi>Agabus</hi> is eventually fulfilled below, <hi>v.</hi> 33.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>We beſought. Luke, Ariſtarchus, Trophimus,</hi> and the reſt of <hi>Paul</hi>'s attendants in his Journeys.</p>
               <pb n="184" facs="tcp:192139:302"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they of that place.</hi> That is, The Chriſtians who dwelt at <hi>Caeſarea</hi> of <hi>Paleſtine.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That he ſhould not go up.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To</hi> Jeruſalem. The cruel Murdereſs of the Prophets, and who ſtoned them with ſtones that were ſent unto her, <hi>Mat.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 37.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>Then</hi> Paul <hi>anſwered.</hi> To give a check to their unſeaſonable affection to him wards.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>What mean ye to weep, and to break my heart.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Alas! my heart is rent, while I ſee you thus, tho to no purpoſe, endeavour to deter me from going to <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Not to be bound only, but alſo to die.</hi> Not only to endure the bitterneſs of Bonds, but even that of Death it ſelf.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In</hi> Jeruſalem. That is, At <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> where our Lord Jeſus underwent the infamous Death of the Croſs for my Salvations Sake.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I am ready for the name of the Lord Jeſus.</hi> That is, That I may glorifie the Lord Jeſus by my Death. Ones name is uſually put for one, as we have obſerved before.</p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>And when he would not be perſwaded.</hi> That he ſhould not go to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> and expoſed himſelf to ſuch imminent dangers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We ceaſed.</hi> To wit, To diſſwade him any further from this Journey.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Saying, The will of the Lord be done.</hi> Submitting our Affections to the Divine Will; praying that the Event may be, not according to our Wills, but Gods. So <hi>Epictetus</hi> divinely ſaid, <hi>I had rather alway what God willeth come to paſs, than what I. I will be joyned and cleave to him, as a Servant and waiting Man; with him I long, with him I deſire, and ſimply, and in a word, whatever God willeth, that I will.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>And after thoſe days.</hi> Which we paſſed at <hi>Cae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſarea</hi> of <hi>Paleſtine.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="185" facs="tcp:192139:302"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>We took up our Carriages.</hi> Things requiſite for our Journey.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And went up to</hi> Jeruſalem. That is, Took our Journey to <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi> Some think that by the word <hi>[aſcend]</hi> in Journeying toward <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> it is im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plied, that <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> lies higher than other places. But this word is uſed to denote a ſimle Journey to any place whatever, as you may ſee, <hi>Gen.</hi> 35.1.45.9.46.29 <hi>&amp;</hi> 31.</p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>There went alſo certain of the Diſciples.</hi> That is to ſay, Chriſtians.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of</hi> Caeſarea. Of <hi>Paleſtine,</hi> where we lodged, at <hi>Philip</hi> the Deacons houſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With us.</hi> That accompanyed <hi>Paul</hi> to <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Aud brought with them.</hi> That is, Were accompanyed by him, who poſſibly had come from <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> to <hi>Cae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſarea,</hi> and was thence returning home to <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With whom we ſhould lodge.</hi> That is, that I <hi>Luke</hi> and the reſt of <hi>Paul</hi>'s Companions, and <hi>Paul</hi> himſelf ſhould ſo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>journ at his houſe at <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> at the Feaſt of Pentecoſt now approaching.</p>
               <p>Mnaſon <hi>of</hi> Cyprus. Born in the Iſland <hi>Cyprus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>An old Diſciple.</hi> That is, Who now for a conſide<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rable time had been a Chriſtian. Hence we may con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jecture that all the Chriſtians dwelling in <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> did not ſell their Houſes above, for this <hi>Mnaſon,</hi> an old Diſciple of Chriſt,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 4. <hi>v.</hi> 32 <hi>&amp;</hi> 34.</note> who poſſibly heard Jeſus Chriſt himſelf teach, ſeems to have had a houſe of his own at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> in which he could lodge a great many together.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>The Brethren received us gladly.</hi> That is, The Chriſtians that dwelt at <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> ſaluted us moſt lovingly, and congratulated our coming.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With us.</hi> That is, With me <hi>Luke</hi> and other Compa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nions of <hi>Paul</hi> in his Journey.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto</hi> James. The Son of <hi>Alphaeus.</hi> Of whom ſee above, <hi>c.</hi> 12.17. <hi>&amp;</hi> 15.13. See alſo <hi>Gal.</hi> 1.9.2.12 <hi>&amp;</hi> 19.
<pb n="186" facs="tcp:192139:303"/>There is no mention made of <hi>Peter</hi> here, nor of the other Apoſtles; whence it appears, that they had be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore that gone from <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> unto other places, to Preach the Goſpel to them.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>And when he had ſaluted them.</hi> With Brotherly Embraces.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He declared particularly.</hi> That is, He gave an ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>count of every thing in order, or of all, one after another.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>What things God had done among the Gentiles.</hi> That is, Among the Nations which were Aliens to the Common-wealth of <hi>Iſrael.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By his Miniſtry.</hi> Converting them to the Chriſtian Faith.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>And when they heard it.</hi> How great things God had wrought by the Miniſtry of <hi>Paul</hi> among the Forreign Nations.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They glorified the Lord.</hi> That is, They gave thanks, and aſcribed the praiſe to God, the Author of thoſe good things in propagating the Goſpel, and bringing Men to Salvation.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they ſaid unto him.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thou ſeeſt Brother, how many Thouſands,</hi> &amp;c. As if they ſaid, You are not ignorant, Brother, how great a multitude of <hi>Jews</hi> there is, who altho they have em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braced Chriſtianity, yet are all ſo fervently Zealous for the Legal Ceremonies, that if there be any neglect of them, will be highly offended. Of ſuch Zeal or fer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vent Affection, See <hi>Rom.</hi> 10.2. <hi>Gal.</hi> 1.14.</p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>And they are informed,</hi> &amp;c. As if they ſaid, It has been reported to thoſe Zealous avouchers of the <hi>Moſaick</hi> Rites, that thou teacheſt the Jews that dwell diſperſed among the Gentiles, that the ſtatutes, that <hi>Moſes</hi> appointed, are to be rejected, nor are their Sons to be Circumciſed, nor other Rites preſcribed in the Law to be obſerved. So they calumniated <hi>Paul</hi> that being inſtructed by Chriſt, he taught, that the Legal
<pb n="187" facs="tcp:192139:303"/>Ceremonies, now when Chriſt is revealed, were not neceſſary to Salvation, tho, in ſuch things, now not neceſſary but inſtituted by God of old, he thought fit for a while to bear with them, who being not fully enlighted, did think that they were ſtill in force, and accommodated himſelf to them in ſuch things by Chriſtian Charity as you may ſee above.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 16. <hi>v.</hi> 3. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 20. <hi>See above, C.</hi> 15. <hi>v.</hi> 2 <hi>&amp;</hi> 8.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Neither to walk after the cuſtoms</hi> That is, Nor obſerve other Rites appointed in the Law.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>What is it therefore? Supply</hi> to be done, that the Affections of ſo great a Multitude of Believers may be reconciled to thee.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Muſt needs,</hi> &amp;c. That is, It cannot otherwiſe be, but that a multitude of <hi>Jews</hi> converted to Chriſt will come together to viſit you, when they have heard, which cannot be concealed, that you are come hither to <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>Four Men which have a vow on them.</hi> That is, Who have bound themſelves with a vow of a <hi>Nazarite.</hi> Of theſe <hi>Nazarites,</hi> ſee <hi>Numb.</hi> 6.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>Them take, and purifie thy ſelf with them.</hi> That is, Add thy ſelf a fifth to theſe four Men, who of believing Jews have taken a Vow of a <hi>Nazarite,</hi> and be thou with them a <hi>Nazarite</hi> to the Lord, or abſtain from worldly buſineſs; the <hi>Hebrew</hi> Nown <hi>Nazir</hi> ſignifieth one ſanctified, or ſeparated and conſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crated to the Lord.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Numb.</hi> 6. <hi>v.</hi> 2. <hi>&amp;</hi> 5.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And be at charges with them, that they may ſhave their heads.</hi> That is, And when the time of the ſaid Vow of a <hi>Nazarite</hi> is fulfilled, add alſo thy ſhare of the charges for Oblations, which theſe four <hi>Nazarites</hi> ſhall offer to God, that when they have offered them,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Numb.</hi> 6. <hi>v.</hi> 18. <hi>&amp;</hi> 19.</note> they may leave their Hair at the door of the Tabernacle of the Congregation.</p>
               <pb n="188" facs="tcp:192139:304"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And all may know.</hi> Judaizing Chriſtians, who by reaſon of their number ought neither to be deſpiſed, nor offended.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That thoſe things whereof they were informed concerning thee.</hi> That is, The rumour, whereby it was report<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed to them that thou art an Enemy to the Law of <hi>Moſes.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Are nothing.</hi> That is, To be a lying and Malicious famation.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But that thou thy ſelf alſo walkeſt orderly, and keepeſt the Law.</hi> Seing thou art an obſerver of the Rites of the Law.</p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>As touching the Gentiles,</hi> &amp;c. As if they ſaid, There is no cauſe why you ſhould fear, leſt, if thou obſerve theſe Rites of the Law, thoſe of the Gentiles who have embraced the Faith of Chriſt, ſhould by your example be perſwaded, that they alſo are obliged to obſerve the Rites of the Law of <hi>Moſes;</hi> for, as you you very well know, we have ſent unto them a Synodi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cal Epiſtle by the unanimous Judgment of the Church, wherein we have ſignified, that no Legal Rites are neceſſary to be obſerved by them, ſave abſtaining from things offered to Idols, and from Blood, and from Strangled, and from Fornication. See what we have ſaid above.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 15.1, 5, 20, 21, 22, 23, 28, 29 <hi>&amp;</hi> 30.</note>
               </p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>Then</hi> Paul. Hearkening to the advice of the Brethren, that he might avoid giving of offence.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Took the men.</hi> viz. Thoſe four <hi>Nazarites,</hi> of which above <hi>v.</hi> 23.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the next day purifying himſelf with them.</hi> That is, Being together with them ſeparated from them who were accounted common or unclean.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He entred into the Temple.</hi> Of <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To ſignifie,</hi> &amp;c. Declaring to the Prieſts in how many days the Vow of a <hi>Nazarite</hi> taken by him and his Companions would be fulfilled, that having finiſhed
<pb n="189" facs="tcp:192139:304"/>it, the Sacrifices appointed by the Law might be offered for them.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Numb.</hi> 6.14, 15.</note>
               </p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>And when the ſeven days were almoſt ended.</hi> That is, When thoſe ſeven days were now near fulfilled, after which <hi>Paul</hi> and the other four <hi>Nazarites</hi> were to quit their Vow of <hi>Nazarite.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Jews which were of</hi> Aſia. viz. Who had come from <hi>Epheſus,</hi> the Metropolis of <hi>Aſia,</hi> ſtrictlier ſo called, to <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> to celebrate the Feaſt of Pentecoſt there.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>When they ſaw him in the Temple.</hi> That is, Beheld <hi>Paul</hi> in the Temple of <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They ſtirred up all the People.</hi> That is, The Multi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tude of People that were there preſent.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And laid hands on him, crying.</hi> That is, And they laid hold on him violently, thus complaining.</p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>Againſt the People.</hi> Of <hi>Iſrael.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the Law.</hi> Delivered by God to <hi>Moſes.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And this place.</hi> That is, This holy Temple of <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Teacheth all Men every where.</hi> This falſe accuſation and reproach was thrown upon <hi>Paul</hi> here and above, becauſe he taught,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 17. <hi>v.</hi> 6.</note> that not only the Jewiſh Nation were to be ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>counted the People of God, but all who of what Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion ſoever believed in Chriſt, and lived ſoberly righteouſly and Godly; that the Force and Obligation of <hi>Typick</hi> Ceremonies, or thoſe which were previous to the coming of Chriſt had ceaſed; that ſince the time that the Evangelick Law began to be promulged, the Worſhip of God, who muſt be Worſhipped in Spirit and Truth, was not reſtricted to the Temple of <hi>Jeru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſalem.</hi> On the ſame cauſe and occaſion they accuſed and calumniated <hi>Stephen</hi> above.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 6. <hi>v.</hi> 13.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Greeks <hi>alſo.</hi> Profane, and Aliens to the People of God.</p>
               <pb n="190" facs="tcp:192139:305"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>He hath brought into the Temple.</hi> viz. Into that part of the Temple into which it was lawful only for the <hi>Iſraelites,</hi> or thoſe that were initiated in the <hi>Iſraelitick</hi> holy Myſteries to enter: Otherwiſe there was an outer Court, which was apart from the Temple, and that Court was open to Jews and Gentiles alike, nor were any ſhut out of it, ſave Women lately delivered of a Child, and thoſe that were troubled with an Iſſue of Blood, or Monthely flowers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And hath polluted this holy place.</hi> That is, And ſo he hath defiled and profaned that ſtately Temple of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> conſecrated for the Worſhip of the Divine Majeſty.</p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>For they had ſeen.</hi> viz. Some of thoſe <hi>Jews</hi> of <hi>Epheſus, Paul</hi>'s Accuſers, or rather Calumniators.</p>
               <p>Trophimus <hi>an</hi> Epheſian. Known by them that he was a Heathen by Birth, nor had he been initiated in the Jewiſh Religion. Of this <hi>Trophimus</hi> there is mention made above.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 20.4. <hi>&amp;</hi> 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4.20.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the City.</hi> viz. <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With him.</hi> viz. <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whom. Paul</hi>'s very intimate Friend.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They ſuppoſed.</hi> viz. Being blinded with an inſatiable deſire of mocking and Calumniating <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>And all the City was moved,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſaid, In the mean while by the outcry of thoſe <hi>Epheſian</hi> Jews, the report of <hi>Paul</hi>'s accuſation, was come to the Ears of almoſt all Citizens and Inhabitants, and thoſe who at that time ſojourned at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> whereby the People being incenſed, run together, and with a mad violence ruſh upon <hi>Paul,</hi> and draw him forth out of the Temple, with deſign to kill him there, and leſt the Gentiles ſhould make an Irruption into the Temple on his revenge, when they had drawn him out of the Temple, the Levites, the Porters immediately ſhut the Gates of the Temple.</p>
               <p n="31">31. <hi>And as they went about to kill him.</hi> That is, But
<pb n="191" facs="tcp:192139:305"/>when the inraged multitude attempted to beat <hi>Paul</hi> to Death.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Tidings came unto the chief Captain of the Band.</hi> That is, The Colonel of that Regiment, which on Feſtival days, and therefore alſo in Pentecoſt, kept a Guard in the Porches of the Temple, for the ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peaſing of all Tumults,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See Job.</hi> 18.22.</note> if any ſhould ariſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That all</hi> Jeruſalem <hi>was in an <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>proar.</hi> That is, In a furious Tumult.</p>
               <p n="32">32. <hi>Who.</hi> viz. The Governour or Colonel of the Regiment, or, as he is called by the <hi>Greeks, Chiliarchos.</hi> It was an order in the <hi>Roman</hi> Militia, that the Soldiers ſhould meet together in the Morning to ſalute the Centurions, and they the Tribunes or Colonels. Now <hi>Hecatontarchi,</hi> were called the Centurions, who were ſet over an hundred Men: <hi>Pentecontarchi</hi> who were over Fifty: <hi>Decarchi</hi> or <hi>Decurions</hi> who were ſet over Ten.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ran down.</hi> Poſſibly from the Caſtle.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To them.</hi> viz. The Tumultuous Jews.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They left beating</hi> Paul. Being frightened with the coming of the Colonel who had brought with him both common Soldiers and Captains for the appeaſing of the Uproar.</p>
               <p n="33">33. <hi>Then,</hi> &amp;c. As if he ſaid, But when the Colonel was come to that place in which the Jews beat <hi>Paul,</hi> with ſo great an Uproar, having delivered him out of the Jews hands, he commanded him to be bound with Chains, and he bound him hand and foot, he asked who he was, and what he had done, that he might know the cauſe why the Jews hated him ſo extreamely, that they went about to kill him with ſtripes, with ſo great a Hubbub.</p>
               <p n="34">34. <hi>He commanded him to be carried into the Camp.</hi> The <hi>Engliſh</hi> Tranſlation renders here the <hi>Greek</hi> word <hi>Parembole into the Caſtle,</hi> as <hi>Lud. de Dieu</hi> interprets it.
<pb n="192" facs="tcp:192139:306"/>
                  <hi>Caſtrum</hi> in the ſingular Number is a place fenced with Walls, otherwiſe called a Caſtle or Tower; but <hi>Caſtra</hi> in the Plural denotes the place where Soldiers fixed their Tents, or the Tents themſelves in which Soldiers lye. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> ſignifieth both, but ſince Camps uſe not to be ſet up in a City, it ſeems here rather to ſignifie a Caſtle, or that Caſtle which is ſaid to have been called <hi>Antonian,</hi> built by <hi>Herod</hi> the Great in Honour of <hi>Antony.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="35">35. <hi>And when he came upon the Stairs.</hi> By which they went up to the <hi>Antonian</hi> Caſtle.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>So it was,</hi> &amp;c. That is, By reaſon of the great Croud of the multitude that preſſed after, and follow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed, he was rather carried by the Soldiers then led by them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For there followed. Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Away with him.</hi> That is, Puniſh him with a de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſerved Death. <hi>Euſebius</hi> relateth that the Heathens uſed to cry out to the Judge againſt the Chriſtians,
<note place="margin">4 <hi>Hiſt.</hi> 14.</note> when they would have them ſpeedily put to Death <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Take away theſe wicked Men.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="37">37. <hi>And as</hi> Paul <hi>was to be led into the Caſtle.</hi> That is, While he was yet upon the Stairs, in the entry of the <hi>Antonian</hi> Caſtle in a more open place.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He ſaid unto the Captain.</hi> In the <hi>Greek</hi> Tongue. After the <hi>Macedonian</hi> Conqueſt the <hi>Greeks</hi> having extended their Dominion over ſeveral Nations, the <hi>Greek</hi> Language was become as it were common among the Nations of <hi>Aſia</hi> and <hi>Aegypt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who.</hi> The chief Captain hearing <hi>Paul</hi> ask in the <hi>Greek</hi> Tongue leave to ſpeak.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Canſt thou ſpeak</hi> Greek? In the Original it is curtly expreſſed, <hi>knoweſt thou</hi> Greek? The full ſpeech is extant, <hi>Neh.</hi> 13.24. <hi>And they could not ſpeak</hi> He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Art not thou that</hi> Aegyptian. Falſe Prophet.</p>
               <pb n="193" facs="tcp:192139:306"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which before theſe days.</hi> In the beginning of <hi>Nero</hi>'s Reign.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Madeſt an <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>proar.</hi> That is, Stirred'ſt up Sedition.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And leddeſt out into the Wilderneſs.</hi> Such Impoſtors uſed to draw men out into deſart places, that there they might ſafely joyn their Forces, as you may ſee fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quently in <hi>Joſephus.</hi> See <hi>Mat.</hi> 24.26.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Four thouſand Men.</hi> At the firſt indeed that falſe Prophet had but ſo many Followers, but afterwards they encreaſed to almoſt thirty thouſand, whom he led from the Wilderneſs to Mount <hi>Olivet,</hi> promiſing him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelf, that at his Command the Walls of <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> would fall down, whereby he would have an eaſie entrance into the City. But while he was thus puffed up with the vain hopes of thoſe Golden Mountains he promiſed himſelf, his Forces were routed by <hi>Felix</hi> his Army, four thouſand of them being ſlain, two thouſand taken Priſoners, and the reſt together with the falſe Prophet put to flight. This ſtory is related by <hi>Joſephus</hi> and <hi>Euſebius.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">20 <hi>Ant.</hi> 6. 2 <hi>Bell. jud.</hi> 12.2. <hi>Hiſt.</hi> 21. <hi>&amp; in Chronic.</hi>
                  </note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Murtherers.</hi> To expreſs this, A <hi>Latin</hi> Word is made uſe of in the <hi>Greek</hi> Text, derived from <hi>Sica,</hi> which word has great affinity with the <hi>Hebrew</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſignifying a <hi>Knife;</hi> they were called <hi>Sicarii,</hi> who uſed to aſſail innocent Men unawares, and run them throw the Breaſt with a ſhort Sword. <hi>Some are of Opinion,</hi> ſaith the very well Learned <hi>Druſius, that the Sicarii, who were of the followers of</hi> Judas <hi>of</hi> Galilee, <hi>did acknow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledge no Lord but God only,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Orig. Jud. l.</hi> 18. <hi>c.</hi> 2. <hi>&amp; Lib.</hi> 20. <hi>c.</hi> 7.</note> of whom</hi> Joſephus <hi>ſpeaketh. Others will have them to be the ſame with the</hi> Heſſaei, <hi>of which number is</hi> Theophylact. <hi>It is poſſible that ſome of this Sect were</hi> Sicarii. <hi>For the</hi> Heſſaei <hi>did fight very fiercely againſt the</hi> Romans, <hi>and rather than they would call</hi> Caeſar <hi>Lord, did chooſe to undergo moſt bitter Tortures, yea, made no ſcruple of loſing their deareſt Blood, and willingly gave
<pb n="194" facs="tcp:192139:307"/>themſelves over to Death. Of theſe</hi> Sicarii Scaliger <hi>writeth.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Animadve. Eu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſeb. p.</hi> 177. <hi>Col.</hi> 1.</note> Joſephus <hi>ſaith that the followers of</hi> Judas; <hi>ſave in this, that they would give no Man the Title of Lord, were in all other points Phariſees. On the other hand,</hi> Rabbi Abraham Zacuth <hi>of</hi> Salamanca <hi>in the Book</hi> Johaſin <hi>affirm<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth that</hi> Judas <hi>of</hi> Galilee <hi>was the Author of the Sect of the</hi> Eſſens, <hi>who are commonly called</hi> Nazarites, <hi>that is, Holy, and</hi> Aſſideans, <hi>that is, Godly. And alſo that it was by the Inſtigation of the</hi> Eſſens, <hi>that the</hi> Jews <hi>rebelled a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gainſt the</hi> Romans; <hi>for they ſaid that God only had right to Dominion over Men, nor ought any other to aſſume the Title of Lord, but God who alone is bleſſed and to be praiſed.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="39">39. <hi>But</hi> Paul <hi>ſaid, I am a Man who am a Jew.</hi> And not an <hi>Aegyptian.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of</hi> Tarſus, &amp;c. As if he ſaid, But a Citizen of <hi>Tarſus</hi> a City of conſiderable note in <hi>Cilicia.</hi> See what we have ſaid above of <hi>Tarſus,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 7. <hi>v.</hi> 58. <hi>&amp;c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 30.</note> and of <hi>Cilicia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Suffer me to ſpeak unto the People.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 6. <hi>v.</hi> 9.</note> That I may vindicate my innocency as to the crimes they charge me with.</p>
               <p n="40">40. <hi>And when he.</hi> viz. The Chief Captain of the Regiment.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Had given licence.</hi> To <hi>Paul</hi> to plead his cauſe with the People.</p>
               <p>Paul <hi>ſtood on the Stairs.</hi> Of the <hi>Antonian</hi> Caſtle whither by the Chief Captains order he was brought.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He beck'ned with the Hand to the People.</hi> That is, by the beck of his Hand requiring ſilence.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He ſpake.</hi> To the People of the <hi>Jews.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the</hi> Hebrew <hi>Tongue.</hi> Which was then in uſe a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mong the Jews, that is, the <hi>Syro-Hebraean,</hi> as appears from a great many places in the New-Teſtament, where ſeveral ſayings of our Lord Jeſus and his Apoſtles are expreſt in their Mother Tongue. But it ſeems that
<pb n="195" facs="tcp:192139:307"/>
                  <hi>Syro-Hebraean</hi> Speech, or the <hi>Hebrew</hi> mixed with the <hi>Syrian</hi> Dialect, was not unknown at that time to the <hi>Jews,</hi> that were diſperſed among other Nations. For ſeeing very many uſed to come to <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> on days of greater Solemnity, they learned that Speech that was uſual in that City, which was the Metropolis of all the <hi>Jews,</hi> wherever their place of abode was.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="22" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. XXII.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>MEN, Brethren and Fathers.</hi> See above, <hi>c.</hi> 7. <hi>v.</hi> 2.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Hear ye my defence which I now make unto you.</hi> That is, My defence, whereby I vindicate my ſelf from the accuſation of my Adverſaries.</p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>And when they heard that he ſpake in the</hi> Hebrew <hi>Tongue.</hi> See above, <hi>c.</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 40.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They kept the more ſilence.</hi> Becauſe the <hi>Hebrew</hi> was more acceptable to them, as being <hi>Hebrews.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And he ſaith. Paul</hi> further continued his diſcourſe thus.</p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>I am verily a Man which am a Jew.</hi> Deducing my Original from <hi>Abraham, Iſaac,</hi> and <hi>Jacob.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Born in</hi> Tarſus <hi>a City of</hi> Cilicia. See above <hi>c.</hi> 6.9.7.58.9.30.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Brought up.</hi> Not from his Childhood, which 'tis probable he paſt at <hi>Tarſus</hi> in his own Country, but from his Youth; <hi>viz.</hi> that <hi>Paul</hi> having been from a Child carefully brought up in the <hi>Greekiſh</hi> Learning, now become a Youth, came to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> in regard he was a <hi>Jew</hi> by Nation, that he might be there in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtructed more fully in ſacred Learning in the Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pany of <hi>Gamaliel,</hi> by him. Of this <hi>Gamaliel</hi> ſee above <hi>c.</hi> 5. <hi>v.</hi> 34.</p>
               <pb n="196" facs="tcp:192139:308"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>In this City. Jeruſalem,</hi> the chief City of the <hi>Jews.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>At the Feet of</hi> Gamaliel. A very modeſt ſelf-ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tenuating of himſelf. <hi>For he does not,</hi> as the excellent<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly Learned <hi>Jo. Chriſtoph. Wagenſeilius</hi> obſerves, <hi>arrogantly make his boaſt that he had been his Companion and Familiar, and had participated with him in ſacred and profane things as his Fellow; but rather humbly profeſſes that he was proſtrate as it were at the feet of that great Doctor, and whoſe Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mory, being lately deceaſed, was in high veneration among all the</hi> Jews, <hi>and that in this low ſtate, he took his enter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tainment of him. This is uſual among the Jews, that ſpeaking reverently of others, they lay themſelves as it were at their feet.</hi> Abigail <hi>is an excellent inſtance of this,</hi> 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 25.41. And ſhe aroſe, and bowed her face to the Earth, and ſaid, Behold let thine Handmaid be a Servant to waſh the feet of the Servants of my Lord. <hi>To the ſame purpoſe is that excellent ſaying of</hi> Joſe <hi>Son of</hi> Joeſer <hi>in</hi> Pirke Avoth, Let thy houſe be a Receptacle for the Wiſe, and roll thy ſelf in the duſt of their feet. <hi>For this ſaying has no other ſenſe, than what the Commentators have expreſt it in, that is, by the words;</hi> and wallow thy ſelf in the duſt of their feet, <hi>this is injoyned;</hi> Be humble and attend conſtantly on the Wiſe.
<note place="margin">Confut. impii Carminis R. Lipman.</note> Thus far the Learned <hi>Wagenſeilius.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Taught.</hi> Interpreters commit an error while they connect the words, <hi>at the feet of</hi> Gamaliel, with the Word <hi>Taught,</hi> becauſe it rather agre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth with the foregoing Words, <hi>brought up in this City,</hi> and <hi>Paul</hi> ſignifies, that he was fed and was brought up at the feet of <hi>Gamaliel,</hi> but not that he was inſtructed in Learning at <hi>Gamaliel</hi>'s feet. The <hi>Syrian</hi> Interpreter takes the words in the ſame ſenſe, whence it is that he is ſo careful in leaving a difference between <hi>Paul</hi>'s Nativity, Education, and Inſtruction, by Copulative and Diſjunctive Particles. He tranſlateth the words thus: <hi>I am a Man, a Jew, and was born in</hi> Tarſus <hi>of</hi>
                  <pb n="197" facs="tcp:192139:308"/>Cilicia, <hi>but brought up in this City at the feet of</hi> Gamaliel: <hi>and I was perfectly instructed in the Law of our Fathers.</hi> Furthermore, in <hi>Gamaliels</hi> time, the Scholars ſtood as they were taught by their Maſters, who uſed to ſit. For ſo the <hi>Rabbins</hi> deliver in <hi>Megilla, pag.</hi> 21. <hi>a.</hi> that from the time of <hi>Moſes,</hi> to that of <hi>Gamaliel,</hi> Scholars in no other poſtures ſave that of ſtanding, attended the Inſtructions of their Maſters who taught ſitting. But that after the Death of <hi>Gamaliel,</hi> the World was more than ordinarily infeſted with diſeaſes, and ſo that cuſtom was introduced for Scholars to ſit by their Maſters, as they imbibed their Inſtructions. Whence it is ſaid in <hi>Miſhna, that after</hi> Gamaliel<hi>'s Death the reverence of the Law vaniſhed.</hi> But that this was a cuſtom amongſt the ancient <hi>Jews,</hi> that the Teach<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ers ſate, and the Scholars and other Auditors ſtood upright on their Feet, appears plainly from the Goſpel, as you may ſee <hi>Mat.</hi> 5.1, 2, 3. <hi>C.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 2. and if we credit the Authority of the <hi>Syrian</hi> Inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preter, <hi>Mar.</hi> 4.1. But ſince the time that it became a cuſtom for Scholars to ſit by their Maſters, to wit after <hi>Gamaliel</hi>'s deceaſe, a little before the deſtruction of the ſecond Temple, the Maſter uſed to ſit in the head, and the Scholars in time of teaching, uſed to ſit by him on each ſide Semicircle-wiſe; nor did any ſit behind the back of the Teacher, <hi>that they might all behold their Maſter, and hear his diſcourſe,</hi> ſaith <hi>Maimonides.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>In Hilchot. Tal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mud. Tora. c.</hi> 4. <hi>Num.</hi> 2.</note> But tho none of the Phariſees or Scribes before the Deceaſe of <hi>Gamaliel,</hi> uſed ſitting as a common poſture both to Teacher and Hearer, yet that Chriſt ſometimes uſed it, and out of tenderneſs to his hearers, ſometimes permitted them contrary to the received cuſtom, after they had ſtood longer than ordinary, to ſit down, that they might refreſh their Limbs, that were fatigated by long ſtanding, that they might be able more attentively to give ear, appears from <hi>Mar.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 32, 34.</p>
               <pb n="198" facs="tcp:192139:309"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>According to the perfect manner of the Law of our Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers.</hi> In the <hi>Greek</hi> it is, as the Learned <hi>Beza</hi> Interprets it, <hi>according to the exact form of the Law of our Fathers.</hi> Where the Learned <hi>Lud. de Dieu,</hi> extraordinarily well verſed both in the Holy Tongues and Learning, <hi>by the Law of our Fathers</hi> does not ſimply underſtand that Law which their Fathers had received from God by <hi>Moſes,</hi> but that Tradition which they had received from their Fathers. <hi>It,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>denoteth the Religion of the Pha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riſees, which in a great meaſure conſisted of the Traditions they had from their Fathers, of which</hi> Paul <hi>ſays,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Gal.</hi> 1.14.</note> that in times past he was a great Zealot, and when he attributes ſtrictneſs to that Sect, he ſaith the ſame as below,</hi> c. 26. v. 5. <hi>The meaning therefore is, that he was instructed in Phariſaiſm, which is the moſt accurate Form of the Law of the Fathers.</hi> Now this <hi>Gamaliel</hi> was a very Famous Maſter, among others, of the ſect of the Phariſees.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Zealous towards God.</hi> The vulgar <hi>Latin</hi> Interpreter reads it <hi>Zealous of the Law,</hi> whereas the common reading in the <hi>Greek</hi> Text has it <hi>Zealous towards God. Paul</hi> profeſſes that he was a Zealot of God by a Hebraiſm very uſual in Scripture, that is, that he was moved with a hot Zeal againſt thoſe who did not obſerve the Law of <hi>Moſes,</hi> as it is augmented by the Traditions of the Phariſees. See <hi>Gal.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 14.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As ye all are this Day. Paul</hi> compareth himſelf when in this hot Zeal, to the <hi>Jews</hi> that were riſen up againſt him; to whom alſo he attributeth a Zeal of God,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Rom.</hi> 10.2.</note> or ardent Study towards the obſervation of the Law, though not according to knowledge.</p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>This way.</hi> That is, the Chriſtian Religion, for which I am now in Bonds.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 2. <hi>c.</hi> 18. <hi>v.</hi> 25, 28. <hi>c.</hi> 19. <hi>v.</hi> 9, 25.</note> So is <hi>way</hi> taken above.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I perſecuted unto the Death,</hi> &amp;c. That is, I contemned it, and abhorred it as a
<pb n="199" facs="tcp:192139:309"/>loathſome and pernicious Plague, ſo that I caſt the Profeſſors of it into Priſon without regard to ſex, and cauſed them to be cruelly murdered. See above.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 7. <hi>v.</hi> 48. <hi>c.</hi> 8. <hi>v.</hi> 1, 3. <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 1, 2.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As alſo the High Priest.</hi> That is, The Prince of the great <hi>Sanhedrin.</hi> See above, <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 1.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Doth bear me Witneſs.</hi> That is, who knowing theſe things very well, can bear witneſs to the truth of them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And all the Eſtate of the Elders.</hi> That is, And the reſt of the Senators of the great <hi>Sanhedrin. St.</hi> Luke, ſaith <hi>Selden, both in the Goſpel, and alſo in the Acts, made uſe of the Word Presbyterion, which the vulgar Latin Inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preter rendreth</hi> Seniors <hi>or</hi> Elders <hi>to ſignifie the great</hi> San<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hedrin. See <hi>Mat.</hi> 26. <hi>v.</hi> 59. and <hi>Luke</hi> 22.66.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>From whom,</hi> &amp;c. See above <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 1, 2.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I received Letters.</hi> That is, When I had received Letters or having received Letters, whereby Power was given me to do that which I deſigned.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto the Brethren.</hi> That is, to other <hi>Jews</hi> and their Synagogues.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To be puniſhed.</hi> That is, That they might be cruelly tortured and put to Death.</p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>And it came to paſs, that as I made my Journey.</hi> That is, Hurried on with a Blind rage, I might bring my hot Zeal againſt the Diſciples of Jeſus to Effect.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And was come nigh unto</hi> Damaſcus. See above <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 2, 3.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>At Noon.</hi> The <hi>Greek</hi> hath as the <hi>Engliſh</hi> Tranſla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion, about Noon.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Suddenly.</hi> That is, In a trice, beyond my expecta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Shone from Heaven.</hi> Like Lightening.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Me.</hi> Supply from <hi>Chap.</hi> 26. <hi>v.</hi> 13. <hi>And thoſe who were Journeying with me.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="200" facs="tcp:192139:310"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>A great Light.</hi> Much ſurpaſſing the Noon-day brightneſs of the Sun, as you may ſee below <hi>c.</hi> 26. <hi>v.</hi> 13.</p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>And I fell unto the ground.</hi> That is, But when I was ſtricken with that ſudden light, I fell to the ground.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 4.</note> See above.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I,</hi> &amp;c. See above <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 5.</p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>And they that were with me.</hi> My Companions in that Journey to <hi>Damaſcus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Light.</hi> Which deſcended from Heaven, ſhined about me and them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But they heard not the Voice.</hi> That is, They under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood it not. See above <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 7.</p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>What ſhall I do?</hi> That is, What would thou have me do. See above <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 6.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ariſe.</hi> viz. From the ground on which thou lyeſt proſtrate.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Go to</hi> Damaſcus. That is, continue thy Journey to <hi>Damaſcus,</hi> which thou undertookeſt with deſign to deliver over to puniſhment, thoſe who are addicted to my Worſhip, changing only thy purpoſe thou hadſt in thy Journey.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And there it ſhall be told thee.</hi> By <hi>Ananias</hi> my Diſciple.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of all things which are appointed for thee to do.</hi> That is, Which I have revealed to him as by me conſtituted and ordained,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 6.</note> what thou ſhouldſt do. See above.</p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>And when I could not ſee,</hi> &amp;c. See above, <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 8.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>Ananias.</hi> Of him ſee above, <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 10.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A devout Man according to the Law.</hi> That is, Who adores and worſhips God rightly according to the Tenour of the Law delivered from God by <hi>Moſes</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Having a good report.</hi> viz. Of his Devotion to God.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of all the</hi> Jews <hi>which dwell.</hi> Supply there, <hi>viz.</hi> At Damaſcus.</p>
               <pb n="201" facs="tcp:192139:310"/>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>Came unto me.</hi> Into the Street of <hi>Damaſcus</hi> which is called <hi>Straight.</hi> See above, <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 11 <hi>&amp;</hi> 17.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſtood and ſaid unto me.</hi> That is, Having laid his hands upon me, as appears above, <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 17.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Receive thy ſight.</hi> Which thou hadſt loſt, and look upon me.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The ſame hour.</hi> That is, The ſame point of Time. See <hi>c.</hi> 9.18.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I looked up upon him.</hi> That is, Having my ſight, which I had loſt, reſtored again, I beheld him.</p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>The God of our Fathers.</hi> That is, The true God who of old adopted our Forefathers the Patriarchs, maintainers of his Worſhip.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Hath preordained thee.</hi> The <hi>Greek,</hi> as the <hi>Engliſh</hi> Tranſlation have, <hi>he hath choſen thee.</hi> For the <hi>Greek</hi> word properly ſignifies <hi>to take that in your hands which ye would make uſe of,</hi> whether it have a reference to the Thing or Perſon. Hence the <hi>Hebrew</hi> word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>to take,</hi> is by the <hi>Greek</hi> Interpreters tranſlated by this word, <hi>Joſ.</hi> 3.12. <hi>Take unto you twelve Men.</hi> See alſo 2 <hi>Mac.</hi> 3.7, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> 8. <hi>v.</hi> 9. The Famous <hi>Beza</hi> is of opinion that this manner of ſpeaking is borrowed from Artificers, who take the thing that is to be made into their hands, having before deliberated, what to make, and for what end. See above.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 15. <hi>and beneath c.</hi> 26. <hi>v.</hi> 16.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That thou ſhouldeſt know his Will.</hi> Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vealed by Jeſus Chriſt touching the things which are neceſſary to be believed and done in order to eternal Life.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſee that just one.</hi> To wit, The Meſſias pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miſed in the Law and the Prophets, riſen from the dead, whoſe brightneſs did ſo dazle thy Eyes, that thou thereby becameſt blind. See what we have ſaid above.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 14 <hi>&amp;</hi> 7. <hi>v.</hi> 52.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſhouldest hear the Voice of his Mouth.</hi> Directed to you, while enlightened with
<pb n="202" facs="tcp:192139:311"/>a heavenly light, in your Journey to <hi>Damaſcus,</hi> ye ſaw him.</p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>For thou ſhalt,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, And for that end the Lord Jeſus exhibited himſelf, to be heard and ſeen by thee, that before all Nations whither thou ſhalt happen to go, or converſe with, thou mayeſt bear witneſs that he is riſen from the dead, and was ſeen by thee in the ſplendor and brightneſs of that heavenly light, which being darted on thee, did grievouſly dazzle thy Eyes, and that by his own Mouth he Commanded thee to Preach that Goſpel, the knowledge of which thou receivedſt from himſelf, among all Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 26.17, 18.</note> See below.</p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>And now,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, Now therefore without delay be thou initiated by Baptiſm, inſtituted by Chriſt, and by this dipping of thy Body in Water, profeſs that by Faith in Jeſus Chriſt, thou art waſhed, or to be waſhed, from the inward defilements of thy Mind, or from the polluti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons of Sin. See what is ſaid on <hi>c.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 38. <hi>Baptiſm is a dipping, and was celebrated of old according to the import and Notion of the Word: Now only Rhantiſm is in uſe with the generality in the Weſt, not Immerſion or Dipping,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>In Ep. ad Andr. Colv. Script. Kal Jul.</hi> 1644.</note> ſaith the Learned <hi>Salmaſius.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Calling on the Name of the Lord.</hi> To wit, The Lord Jeſus Chriſt. Thoſe that believe in Chriſt, and are obedient to him, and profeſs his Worſhip, are deſcribed thus; that they are thoſe who call upon the name of our Lord Jeſus Chriſt, as you may ſee above. Hence in the Invocation of the name of Chriſt are comprehended,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 14. <hi>&amp;</hi> 21. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 2.</note> Faith in Chriſt, a Religious profeſſion of his Worſhip, and an unfeigned obedience to his Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mands.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>And it came to paſs that when I was come again,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, It happened to me after I had returned
<pb n="203" facs="tcp:192139:311"/>to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> on the fourth year after my Converſion to Jeſus Chriſt, that my bodily ſenſes being benummed, I had been in a rapture out of my ſelf, when embracing an occaſion of conferring with the Jews about Faith in the ſame Jeſus Chriſt, I prayed in the Temple of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> in which the Solemn Worſhip of God uſed to be performed by the <hi>Jews.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 26 <hi>&amp;</hi> 10. <hi>v.</hi> 10.</note> See above.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In a trance.</hi> This Extaſie of his, muſt not be confounded with his rapture into the third Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven. 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 12.2.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>And ſaw him,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, And ſo the Lord Jeſus, whom I ſaw while enlightened with Divine light as I was Sojourning to <hi>Damaſcus,</hi> appear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed again a ſecond time to me, being as it were in a rapture beſide my ſelf, and commanded me to depart quickly from <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> becauſe the <hi>Jews</hi> the Inhabitants thereof would ſtubbornly withſtand my Preaching of him, and bearing witneſs to his Apparitions to me. See above, <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 29.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>And I ſaid,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, But I being very deſirous of Preaching the Goſpel there, where I had oppoſed it before, did urge that I might be per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mitted to ſtay longer at <hi>Jeruſalem;</hi> ſaying; Lord Jeſus, may not ſome of the <hi>Jews</hi> at <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> attributing my Faith in thee to a great and juſt cauſe, embrace it when Preached by me, ſeeing they all know that I was an in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>veterate Enemy to thy Servants, that ſo far as I could or had liberty, I beat and impriſoned them cruelly, and unmercifully in every Synagogue, or Juridical Congregation. See above <hi>v.</hi> 4. and <hi>Grot.</hi> in <hi>Mat.</hi> 10.17.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>And when the Blood of</hi> Stephen <hi>was ſhed.</hi> By Stoning him.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 7.59.</note> Of which above.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thy Martyr.</hi> That is, Who was the firſt of the Martyrs or Witneſſes peculiarly ſo called, who not
<pb n="204" facs="tcp:192139:312"/>only witneſſed with a Verbal confeſſion, as thoſe did whom the Eccleſiaſtick Hiſtorians called Confeſſors, but alſo Sealed and confirmed their Teſtimony with their Blood, that was violently ſhed by their Adverſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ries for their Teſtimony of Chriſt and his Doctrine.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I.</hi> Supply, As the <hi>Jews</hi> at <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> know very well themſelves.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Was ſtanding by and conſenting.</hi> That is, I ſtood by, not only as a Spectator, but alſo as an aprover of what was done.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And kept,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, And that I ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>proved it, I plainly demonſtrated, in that I kept the Cloaks,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See above c.</hi> 7. <hi>v.</hi> 58.</note> or upper Garments of thoſe that ſtoned him, when they were laid down at my Feet.</p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>And he ſaid.</hi> The Lord Jeſus, reiterating his Command.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To me.</hi> Wrangling.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Go.</hi> That is, Be gone quickly from <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I will ſend thee far off unto the Gentiles.</hi> That is, I will have thee preſently to go to the Nations far diſtant from <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> as my peculiar Apoſtle and Ambaſſador to them, that there thou mayeſt Preach the Goſpel among the Nations, Aliens to the Common-Wealth of <hi>Iſrael,</hi> living without the Covenant of God, without the Promiſes, deſtitute of the knowledge of Gods Will, and that thou mayeſt convert them to me, who am rejected indeed by the <hi>Jews,</hi> but, the Author of Eternal Life to all thoſe that are obedient to me.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See Gal.</hi> 1.16.2.8. 2.8. <hi>Eph.</hi> 2.12, 13.3.8. 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 2.7. 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 1.11.</note>
               </p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>And they gave audience unto this Word.</hi> That is to ſay, The <hi>Jews</hi> who were there preſent were attentive, until <hi>Paul</hi> in the now mentioned words, had intimated, according to the Propheſy of <hi>Moſes Deut.</hi> 32.21. and <hi>Iſai. c.</hi> 65.1. that the <hi>Jews</hi> being rejected as unworthy becauſe of their unbelief, the Meſſias, who is promiſed
<pb n="205" facs="tcp:192139:312"/>in the Law and the Prophets, would cull out to himſelf a People out of thoſe ſtrange Nations, which they bore ſuch a deadly hatred to.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And then lift up their Voices.</hi> As if he had ſaid, But as ſoon as <hi>Paul</hi> had ſaid theſe things about the Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verſion of the Gentiles to Chriſt, the <hi>Jews</hi> that were hearing him could not refrain from exclaiming againſt him, out of a bitter hatred and deteſtation.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſaid.</hi> viz. To the chief Captain of the Soldiers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Away with ſuch a fellow from the Earth.</hi> That is, Puniſh this baſe and wicked Villain with a deſerved Death.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For it is not fit that he ſhould live.</hi> That is to ſay, He is unworthy that he ſhould live a minute longer.</p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>And as they cryed out,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, While theſe <hi>Jews,</hi> by their Outragious Outcrys, caſting off their Garments like Madmen, and throwing of duſt into the Air, bewrayed Minds more than ordinarily provoked and inraged.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>The chief Captain commanded him to be brought into the Caſtle.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 34.</note> See a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And bad that he ſhould be examined by ſcourging.</hi> That is, That they might extort a Confeſſion of the Truth from <hi>Paul,</hi> by inflicting of ſtripes on him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That he might know.</hi> That is, That having wreſted a confeſſion from <hi>Paul,</hi> the chief Captain might be informed.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For what cauſe.</hi> That is to ſay,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Mat.</hi> 27.37. <hi>&amp; Mar.</hi> 15.26.</note> For what Crime. <hi>Cauſe</hi> is frequently put for Crime.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They cryed ſo againſt him.</hi> That is, The <hi>Jews</hi> cryed out ſo madly againſt him, when yet they could not charge him with any particular Crime.</p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>And as they bound him with thongs.</hi> In the <hi>Greek</hi> it is, Stretched him out with Cords. That is, but
<pb n="206" facs="tcp:192139:313"/>when the Soldiers had ſtretched forth <hi>Paul,</hi> according to cuſtom bound with Ropes. <hi>In the Tal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mud,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>c.</hi> 3.</note> ſaith the moſt Famous <hi>Lud. de Dien, where the Rites are deſcribed that were uſed to be performed to him that was to be Scourged it is read, How is he Scourged? Both his hands were bound to a Column on either ſide.</hi> That Column was a piece of Wood faſtned in the Ground, of the height of a Cubit and a half, that he that was to be Scourged, might lye bent upon it. For as the <hi>Miſna</hi> expreſſes it, he was not beat ſtanding or ſitting, but bowed down<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Deut.</hi> 25.2.</note> becauſe it is written, <hi>the Judge ſhall cauſe him to lye down.</hi> And that the Executioner might the more conveniently beat him ſo ordered, <hi>a Stone was ſet behind the Criminal, on which the Miniſter of the Synagogue ſtood.</hi> By reaſon of this Rite poſſibly <hi>Luke</hi> uſed this word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that the Prepoſition <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> may denote, that <hi>Paul</hi> was ſo ſtretched out that with the upper part of his Body, he lay prone on the Pillar. <hi>The</hi> Arabian, ſaith the now cited <hi>Lud. de Dieu, ſeems to have had reſpect to another Ceremony, alſo in uſe among the Eaſtern Nations, with whom the Criminal being prostrate was ſo ſtretched out, that on both ſides the Officers did hold his head and feet, that he might not evade or decline the ſtripes of him he was ſcourged by. Hence he tranſlateth it.</hi> And when they had ſtretch<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed him out between the <hi>Lictors, ſome of whom, to wit, held the Criminal with Cords at the head, others by the feet. Nor does the</hi> Aethiopick <hi>much recede from it,</hi> And when having bound him they drew his feet.</p>
               <p>Paul <hi>ſaid unto the Centurion that ſtood by. Paul</hi> bound with Cords, and ſtretched forth, ſtraight ready to be ſcourged, repelled the injury by Lawful helps admi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niſtred by God, ſaying to the Centurion whom the Chief Captain had left in charge with this Torture for the Extorting a Confeſſion of the truth from <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="207" facs="tcp:192139:313"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>If.</hi> That is, Whether, as elſewhere frequently.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A Man that is a</hi> Roman. That is, Who has a right to the priviledge of the <hi>Roman</hi> City. <hi>Tarſus, Paul</hi>'s Native City, ſaith <hi>Grotius, was not a Colony, but a free City, according to the Teſtimony of</hi> Pliny. Appianus <hi>ſaith this freedom was conferred by</hi> Antonius.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>L.</hi> 5. <hi>C.</hi> 27. <hi>Civil.</hi> 5.</note> 
                  <hi>And</hi> Dion Chryſoſtomus, <hi>relateth ſeveral priviledges that</hi> Auguſtus <hi>beſtowed on the City of</hi> Tarſus, <hi>but not the right of a Colony, or Freehold, as belonged to</hi> Roman <hi>Cities, nor does</hi> Ul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pianus <hi>mention</hi> Tarſus <hi>among the Colonies of</hi> Cilicia. <hi>It remaineth, therefore, that ſome of</hi> Pauls <hi>Predeceſſors pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cured that Priviledge to himſelf, in the Civil Wars, that happened betwixt</hi> Caeſar Auguſtus, <hi>and</hi> Brutus, <hi>and</hi> Caſſius, <hi>or betwixt the ſame</hi> Caeſar <hi>and</hi> Antony.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ncondemned. Gr.</hi> Unjudged. That is, without knowing the cauſe.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 16. <hi>v.</hi> 36.</note> See above.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Is it Lawful for you to ſcourge?</hi> The <hi>Porcian</hi> and <hi>Sem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pronian</hi> Laws exempted a <hi>Roman</hi> Citizen from ſtripes in a <hi>Roman</hi> judiciatory, but not ſo in a <hi>Jewiſh,</hi> if any of the <hi>Jews</hi> were to be beat according to their own Laws. Hence <hi>Paul</hi> who by birth was a <hi>Roman</hi> Citizen, yet as a <hi>Jew he received</hi> of the <hi>Jews</hi> five times forty ſtripes ſave one.
<note place="margin">2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 11.24.</note> Learned <hi>Selden</hi> proves that by the favour of the Empe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rors,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Ex C. Tit. de Jud. l.</hi> 8. <hi>Dion. l.</hi> 37. <hi>&amp; Xiphil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in in Pomp.</hi>
                  </note> the <hi>Jews</hi> were allowed even in <hi>Rome</hi> to put ſome of their judicial Laws in execution among themſelves.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>The Centurion.</hi> That is, The Captain of a hundred Soldiers, of whom ſee in the pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceding verſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Went and told the chief Captain.</hi> The Prefect of a thouſand Soldiers,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 31.</note> of whom above.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For this Man.</hi> Of whom ye commanded me to ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tort a confeſſion by infflicting ſtripes on him.</p>
               <pb n="208" facs="tcp:192139:314"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Is a</hi> Roman. Whom the Law forbids to be ſcourged.</p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>Said unto him.</hi> viz. To <hi>Paul</hi> who was bound with Cords.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>If.</hi> That is, Whether, as above.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>V.</hi> 25.</note> And frequently elſewhere.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A</hi> Roman. That is, endowed with the priviledges of the <hi>Roman</hi> City. For the Chief Captain knew very well by <hi>Paul</hi>'s Speech that he was not born at <hi>Rome,</hi> but at <hi>Tarſus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>I.</hi> Chief Captain.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With a great Sum.</hi> That is, With great difficulty, and not without paying a great ſum for it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Obtained this Freedom.</hi> That is, The priviledge of the <hi>Roman</hi> City. This priviledge that before uſed to be freely given, <hi>through the avarice of the</hi> Claudian <hi>times,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 5.</note> as <hi>Tacitus</hi> expreſſes it, began to be ſold. <hi>Salvianus</hi> ſaith, that the Title of <hi>Roman</hi> Citizen was purchaſed at a great rate.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Paul <hi>ſaid; But I was free born.</hi> That is, 'Tis not a late purchaſe hath made me a <hi>Roman</hi> Citizen, but my very birth. For I am deſcended of Progenitors that were free born Citizens. See what we have ſaid a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove. <hi>v.</hi> 25.</p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>Then Straightway.</hi> By the Chief Captains Command.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They departed from him.</hi> viz. From <hi>Paul,</hi> by Birth a <hi>Roman</hi> Citizen, and therefore exempted from being ſcourged by the <hi>Porcian</hi> Law.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which ſhould have examined him.</hi> That is to ſay, Who by the ſaid Chief Captin, before he knew that <hi>Paul</hi> was a <hi>Roman</hi> Citizen, were commanded by ſcourging to extort from <hi>Paul</hi> a Confeſſion of his Crime, for which the <hi>Jews</hi> did in ſo great a rage exclaim againſt him.</p>
               <pb n="209" facs="tcp:192139:314"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And becauſe he had bound him.</hi> The word <hi>And</hi> re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dounds here. For the meaning is not, that the chief Captain alſo knew, that he had bound <hi>Paul,</hi> for this he could not be ignorant of: But that he feared, when he underſtood that <hi>Paul</hi> was a <hi>Roman</hi> Citizen, leſt he ſhould be called to account, for that he had commanded a <hi>Roman</hi> Citizen to be bound with Chains.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 33.</note> See what we have obſerved above.</p>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>The Certainty.</hi> That is,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 16. <hi>v.</hi> 37.38.</note> The cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain Truth.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He looſed him.</hi> That is, He commanded <hi>Paul</hi>'s Chains to be looſed, with which he, when he knew not that he was a <hi>Roman</hi> Citizen, had cauſed him to be bound.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And he Commanded,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, And he called together the chief Prieſts, and the other Sena<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tors of the <hi>Jewiſh</hi> Sanhedrin, and having brought forth <hi>Paul,</hi> he ſet him before them, that he might determine of him and his cauſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Prieſts.</hi> In the <hi>Greek</hi> it is the Chief Prieſts.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Among them.</hi> That is, Before them, as it is in the common <hi>Engliſh</hi> Tranſlation.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="23" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. XXIII.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>AND</hi> Paul <hi>earneſtly beholding the Council.</hi> That is, Faſtening his Eyes ſtedfaſtly on thoſe Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nators who were preſent at the Council. <hi>The Wicked flee when no Man purſueth, but the Righte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous are bold as a Lyon,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Prov.</hi> 20.1.</note> and ſhall not be afraid.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="210" facs="tcp:192139:315"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Said.</hi> Being without doubt permitted to give in his defence to thoſe things which his Adverſaries objected againſt him before the Council. See above <hi>Stephen</hi> is brought before the Coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cil,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Chap.</hi> 6.</note> and accuſed. When his Accuſation had been heard together with the depoſitions of the falſe Witneſſes, he was asked by the Preſident of the Council,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Cap.</hi> 7. <hi>v.</hi> 1.</note> whether theſe things were true which were laid to his charge? Then <hi>Stephen</hi> having liberty to plead his own cauſe, he vindicated himſelf in that admirable Apologetick Diſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>courſe before the Council, of which St.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 7. <hi>v.</hi> 2, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Luke</hi> has related the ſubſtance a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Men,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>C.</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 1.</note> Brethren.</hi> See above. The Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phet <hi>Iſaiah</hi> ſpeaking of the <hi>Jews</hi> whom he forefaw, would reject the Meſſias promiſed in the Law and the Prophets with ungrateful Minds, and ſtubborn obſtinacy, he calls them the Brethren of thoſe <hi>Jews</hi> who were to embrace him by Faith. <hi>Hear,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Iſa.</hi> 66.5.</note> ſaith he, <hi>the Word of the Lord ye that tremble at his Word, your Brethren that hated you, that caſt you out for my names ſake, ſaid,</hi> &amp;c. The <hi>African</hi> Fathers had an Eye to this place, while they called the <hi>Donatiſts,</hi> the moſt malicious Enemies of the Church, <hi>Brethren.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I. Paul,</hi> who now am brought before you as a Criminal.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Have lived in all good Conſcience before God until this Day.</hi> I have ſo behaved my ſelf in my Miniſtry en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>truſted to me, that my Conſcience beareth me wit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs before God, that I, whether in Judaiſm, or Chriſtianiſm, have always until this Day endea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>voured
<q>
                     <hi>To know no Guilt; grow pale for no offence.</hi>
                  </q>
                  <pb n="211" facs="tcp:192139:315"/>See below. But how <hi>Paul,</hi> now a Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vert to Chriſtianity,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 24. <hi>v.</hi> 16. 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 1. 12 <hi>&amp;</hi> 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 1.3.</note> could Glory of his Life while in Judaiſm, and of a good Conſcience that he had kept in the time of his Ignorance, when notwithſtanding he afterwards confeſſeth, 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 15.9. 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 1. 13, 16. that he was a Blaſphemer, a Perſecuter, yea the chief of Sinners, the Famous <hi>Curcellaeus</hi> hath explain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed moſt perſpicuouſly and plainly, by diſtinguiſhing betwixt a <hi>Good</hi> and <hi>Right</hi> Conſcience. A Conſcience may be good tho it be erroneous, and evil; tho it be right, or follow a good Law in judging its Actions. <hi>Paul</hi> therefore appealeth to his good Conſcience, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe he did that which his erring Conſcience dictated, he ought to do, to wit, that he ſhould perſecute the Chriſtians, who, he was perſwaded, were Apoſtates and Revolters from the Law of <hi>Moſes.</hi> Yet he was not innocent, becauſe when he had ſufficient occaſion of informing his Conſcience better, he neglected to do it. Wherefore he that will be free from Sin, muſt take no leſs care that he inſtruct his Conſcience about the Will of God, than that he do nothing contrary to its Dictates.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the High Prieſt.</hi> Offended poſſiby at <hi>Pauls</hi> Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtancy, or that his <hi>Exordium</hi> was more frank than the Pride of the Council, and the High Prieſt himſelf could bear.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ananias.</hi> This High Prieſt was the Son of <hi>Nebe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>daeus,</hi> than whom none was more daring for any enterprize.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 18.20.</note> Of him ſee <hi>Jo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſephus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Commanded them that ſtood by him.</hi> His Servants ready to obey his Commands.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To ſmite him on the Mouth.</hi> viz. <hi>Paul</hi> as if tutering Villainous and Notorious Lyes. This was an unjuſt act of Proud Tyrany, to caſt ſuch a reproach on a Man, who was not yet judged, nor convicted of a
<pb n="212" facs="tcp:192139:316"/>Crime, before Sentence was pronounced againſt him. To ſmite ones Mouth, or as <hi>Juvenal</hi> expreſſeth it, <hi>to give one a blow</hi> was by all People and in all ages accounted a great Affront. Hence he is ſaid to beat one with blows, or, as <hi>Terence</hi> ſpeaketh it, to give one a box on the ear,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See Mat.</hi> 5.39. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 4.11. 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 11.20 &amp; 12.7. 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 2.20.</note> who vexeth one grievouſly and ſpitefully. That in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>humane falſe Prophet <hi>Zedekia</hi> the Son of <hi>Chanaanah</hi> ſmote <hi>Michaiah</hi> the Son of <hi>Imla,</hi> the true Prophet of the Lord on the Cheek, in the preſence of two Kings, <hi>Jehoſaphat</hi> and <hi>Ahab,</hi> becauſe he ſaid, that a lying Spirit was in his,
<note place="margin">1 <hi>King.</hi> 22.24.</note> and the other falſe Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets Mouths. The ſpiteful Prieſt <hi>Paſhur</hi> ſmote <hi>Jeremy</hi> as he Propheſied <hi>Jer.</hi> 20.2. Finally that rude Servant of <hi>Caiaphas</hi> Officiouſly ſmote our Lord Jeſus,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Joh.</hi> 18.22.</note> when he had no order to do ſo.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Then</hi> Paul.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 8. <hi>v.</hi> 20.</note> As <hi>Peter,</hi> above, and <hi>Paul</hi> himſelf elſewhere, 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4.14. prompt<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed by Divine inſtinct,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Gen.</hi> 9.25.</note> and a Prophetick Inſpiration like <hi>Noah, Michaiah</hi> the Son of <hi>Imla,
<note place="margin">2 <hi>Chr.</hi> 18.24.</note> Eliſha, Jeremy,</hi> and <hi>David</hi> fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quently in the <hi>Pſalms.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Said unto him.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">2 <hi>King.</hi> 2.24.</note> viz. That Spiteful, Barbarous and rude High Prieſt <hi>Ananias</hi> the Son of <hi>Nebedaeus.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Jer.</hi> 20.3 <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                  </note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>God ſhall ſmite thee.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Mat.</hi> 7.2.</note> Who, according to the ſaying of Chriſt, uſes to meaſure again unto Men the ſame meaſure they mete out unto others.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Exod.</hi> 1.22.</note>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Exod.</hi> 14.28.</note> So <hi>Pharaoh,</hi> at whoſe Command the Male-Children of the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> newly born were drowned,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Judg.</hi> 1.7. 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 15.32, 33. 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 12.9.10, 11, 12 &amp; 16.22.</note> was himſelf, together with all his Army drowned. The ſame inſtances of Juſtice you may ſee in <hi>Adonibezek, Agag</hi> King of the <hi>Amalekites, David, Joàb,</hi> in thoſe
<pb n="213" facs="tcp:192139:316"/>Men that caſt <hi>Shadrack, Meſhek,</hi> and <hi>Abednego</hi> into the fiery Furnace,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Dan.</hi> 3.22</note> 
                  <hi>Daniels</hi> Accuſers, and in that moſt invertrate Enemy of <hi>Mordecai, Haman.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Dan.</hi> 6.24.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thou Whited Wall.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Eſth.</hi> 7.10.</note> He upbraids <hi>Ana<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nias</hi>'s Hypocriſie with an Apoſtolick and Prophetick Authority in the ſame kind of Speech, which Chriſt did that of the Scribes and Phariſees,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Mat.</hi> 23, 27.</note> when he foretold that they would be puniſhed by a ſpecial Provi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dence.
<note place="margin">1 <hi>King.</hi> 18.18. 2 <hi>King.</hi> 3.13. <hi>Jer.</hi> 1.10, 17, 18. <hi>Ezek.</hi> 3.8, 9.</note> It is the duty of Prophets to re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prove Vices and Sins whoſe ſoever they are, as you may ſee. <hi>A whited Wall,</hi> ſaith St. <hi>Auguſtine,</hi> in <hi>Pſal.</hi> 103. <hi>without is Plaiſter, within Clay. Theophilact,</hi> on this place, <hi>he calls him a whited Wall, becauſe he had a fair aſpect, as an aſſertor of the Law, and one who pretended to judge accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing to the Law: But his Mind was full of Wickedneſs.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Ep.</hi> 115.</note> Truly and elegantly ſaid <hi>Seneca, We admire Walls covered over with thin Marble, when we know what it is that is hid under it, we impoſe upon our Eyes; and when we value things covered over with Gold, what elſe do we but delight in a lye, for we know that under that Gold, baſe Wood is hid? Nor are Walls and beams the only things that are ſet out with Ornaments: the ſeeming happineſs of all thoſe who are exalted to high Promotion is but guilded: Look into them and you'l perceive how much evil lies hid under that thin Membrane of Dig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nity.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For thou.</hi> Among the Senators of the Council.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Doſt thou ſit to judge me after the Law?</hi> That is, That thou mayeſt judge according to the Judicial Law ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pointed by God in the Books of <hi>Moſes.</hi> The <hi>Judicial Law,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, was in force as long as the Common<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wealth of</hi> Iſrael <hi>was in being, and the</hi> Hebrew <hi>Judges were obliged to give Judgment according to it, within thoſe bounds of Cognizance, which the</hi> Romans <hi>allowed them.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="214" facs="tcp:192139:317"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And contrary to the Law.</hi> Unjuſtly beginning Proceſs of Judgment at Execution, whereas the Law enjoyns to preſocute that which is juſt juſtly,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lev.</hi> 19.15. <hi>Deut.</hi> 1.16. &amp; <hi>c.</hi> 16.18, 19.20.</note> and not to commit iniquity in Judgment.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Commandeſt.</hi> Acted by a Barbarous Cruelty and Tyrannical Rage againſt the Profeſſors of Chriſtianity.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Me.</hi> Without hearing my cauſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To be ſmitten.</hi> Contumeliouſly, <hi>viz.</hi> On the Mouth.</p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>And they that ſtood by.</hi> Poſſibly the very ſame Men, who were Commanded by the High Prieſt <hi>Ana<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nias</hi> to ſmite <hi>Paul</hi> on the Mouth.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Said.</hi> Vindicating the High Prieſts Honour.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Revileſt thou Gods High Prieſt?</hi> That is to ſay, Thou foul-Mouth'd railer, doſt thou call him a Painted and Whited Wall, whom God has ſet over his Divine Worſhip?</p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>I wiſt not.</hi> Having been a conſiderable time ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſent from <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi> Others will have, <hi>I wiſt not,</hi> to import the ſame as, <hi>I did not conſider;</hi> viz. being hur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ried with a ſudden perturbation of Mind, when <hi>Ana<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nias</hi> commanded me, without cauſe, to be ſmitten on the Mouth.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That he was the High Prieſt.</hi> That is, That this <hi>Ananias</hi> is now High Prieſt. It is evi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dent by <hi>Joſephus,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">20. <hi>Antiq.</hi> 6 <hi>&amp;</hi> 7.</note> that at that time there was ſo great a Confuſion in the Govern<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> that at every turn the High Prieſts were depoſed at the pleaſure of the <hi>Roman</hi> Governours, and others ſubſtituted into their places. <hi>Than which Confuſions,</hi> ſaith the generally Learned <hi>Heinſius, as nothing was more deteſtable, ſo no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing was more juſt, ſeeing that by the Faction, and lyes of the High Prieſts, the Truth was condemned, the hope of the Fathers was condemned, our great High Prieſt was Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>demned.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="215" facs="tcp:192139:317"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>For it is Writen,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, If I had known or called to Mind, that the Dignity of High-Prieſthood, now become curſory, had been conferred on <hi>Ananias</hi> the Son of <hi>Nebedaeus,</hi> I would not in any wiſe have ſo ſharply upbraided him with Hypocriſie, as that my words ſhould have been con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtrued ſlander and railing;
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Exod.</hi> 22.28.</note> for it is written:</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thou ſhalt not ſpeak evil of the Ruler of thy People.</hi> That is, Do not caſt reproaches upon the Life of him, who holds chief Place and Dignity among thy People.</p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>But when</hi> Paul <hi>perceived that the one part.</hi> viz. Of thoſe of which the great Council conſiſted.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Were Sadduces.</hi> Of theſe and the Phariſees, ſee what we have ſaid in our Literal explanation on <hi>Mat.</hi> 3.7.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the other Phariſees.</hi> Theſe two Sects, tho o<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>therwiſe diſagreeing among themſelves, agreed toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther to oppoſe Chriſt and deſtroy his Diſciples. <hi>Paul</hi> therefore when he ſaw they had conſpired together to condemn him unjuſtly, he wiſely without prejudice to the Truth caſt among them an apple of Contention or Diſcord.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He cryed out in the Council.</hi> That he might be heard by all the Senators of the Council, and all the multitude that was preſent.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I am a Phariſee the Son of a Phariſee.</hi> Or as ſome Copies have it, <hi>of the Phariſees.</hi> As if he had ſaid, I have even from my Forefathers led my Life according to the ordinances of the Phariſees.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>See after. c.</hi> 26. <hi>v.</hi> 5. <hi>Phil.</hi> 3.5.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of the hope.</hi> Of the Reward which the juſt ſhall receive in the other World, which the <hi>Hebrews</hi> call <hi>the Age of Retribution.</hi> For then every Man ſhall be rewarded according to his deeds. The Sadduces denyed that there was any ſuch ſtate, who maintained that there were no Puniſhments or Rewards after this Life.</p>
               <pb n="216" facs="tcp:192139:318"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the Reſurrection of the Dead.</hi> Whom that they ſhould be raiſed again to Life the Old Saduces alſo denyed.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Am called in Queſtion.</hi> That is, Called to Judg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment.</p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>There aroſe a diſſention between the Phariſees and the Sadduces.</hi> While thoſe appoved of <hi>Paul</hi>'s opinion that there ſhould be a Reſurrection of the Dead; and theſe Condemned it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the multitude was divided.</hi> Both of the Senators, and the Standers by, while ſome took part with the Phariſees, others with the Sadduces.</p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>The Sadduces,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, But the Phariſees and the Sadduces were at great variance, and diſcord among themſelves; for whereas the Sadduces denyed the Reſurrection of the Dead, and ſtifly avouch<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed that there was no Angel, and Spiritual or Incorpo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>real Subſtance; but that thoſe things that went under the Denomination of Angel or Spirit, were nothing elſe, but either the Motions which God implanted in Men, or the Demonſtrations he exhibited of his Power; the Phariſees on the contrary ſtoutly maintained the Reſurrection of the Dead, and the Exiſtence of Angels and Spirits, or ſubſtances diſtinct or ſeparate from Matter.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Nor Spirit.</hi> Some reſtrict this to the Spirit of Man, or the Soul; which alſo elſewhere is called <hi>a Spirit,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 7. <hi>v.</hi> 59 <hi>Mat.</hi> 27.50. <hi>Luk.</hi> 23.46. <hi>Heb.</hi> 12.23.</note> as you may ſee above. <hi>This,</hi> ſay they, <hi>the Sadduces conjecture not to be any ſpiritual Subſtance, which could ſubſiſt ſeparate from the body, but only to be a certain craſis and Temperament of the Body and its Humors, and therefore that when a Man dies it is deſtroyed, vaniſhes and dies with the Body.</hi> Others by Spirit here underſtand the Holy Spirit, as <hi>John</hi> 3.5.4.24. <hi>Rom.</hi> 1.4.8.14,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Haer.</hi> 14.</note> 15.19. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 3, 4. <hi>Epiphanius</hi> truly writeth thus of the Sadduces, <hi>But
<pb n="217" facs="tcp:192139:318"/>they are ignorant of the Holy Spirit, for they are unworthy of him.</hi> And <hi>Theophylact</hi> reciting theſe words of the verſe immediately following: <hi>But if a Spirit or an Angel hath ſpoken to him,</hi> ſaith, <hi>It is manifeſt that he was taught the Reſurrection either by the Holy Spirit or by an Angel. Joſeph Scaliger</hi> declares, that as <hi>Angel</hi> in this verſe is put indefinitely for all Angels, ſo <hi>Spirit</hi> is to be taken indefinitely. For <hi>Angel</hi> is the ſpecies, <hi>Spirit</hi> the Genus, foraſmuch as Angels are comprehended under it. <hi>St.</hi> Luke<hi>'s meaning,</hi> ſaith the moſt Learned <hi>Scultetus, ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording to</hi> Scaliger <hi>will be, They are ſo far from believing the exiſtence of an Angel, that they do not indeed believe there is any Spirit. This opinion doubtleſs is the trueſt. For they who affirmed God himſelf to be Cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poreal,</hi> as <hi>Nicolaus</hi> writeth,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>On Act.</hi> 13.</note> and <hi>Theo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phylact:</hi> Poſſibly they did not ſo much as know God, being too groſs: <hi>And therefore by Conſequence muſt altogether deny a Spiritual Creature. Theodor. Beza</hi> obſerves that there are ſome among the Jews who are not aſhamed to ſay that Angels are natural cauſes, per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>forming the Will of God, or producing good or evil Effects.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But the Phariſees confeſs both.</hi> viz. That there is to be a Reſurrection of the Dead, and that Angels, and the Soul of Man, or a Spiritual ſubſtance, ſubſiſt ſepa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rate from the Body. Becauſe Angels which are a Species of Spirit, or Incorporeal ſubſtance, and the Soul of Man are comprehended under the ſame <hi>Genus,</hi> whoſoever grants the exiſtence of Angels ſeems by the ſame confeſſion acknowledge that of Souls, or of a ſubſtance ſeparated from the Body.</p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>There aroſe,</hi> &amp;c. There being a great outcry among the enraged Multitude, the Rabbins or Doctors and Interpreters of the Law, who maintained the opi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nion of the Phariſees, riſing up from their Seats, out of a hatred to their oppoſite Sect the Sadduces, vindi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cated <hi>Paul</hi>'s Integrety and Innocence to the utmoſt of their Power.</p>
               <pb n="218" facs="tcp:192139:319"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Certain of the Phariſees.</hi> In the <hi>Greek</hi> it is, <hi>Thoſe of the Scribes that were of the ſide of the Phariſees.</hi> For there were other Scribes and Doctors of the Law, who had eſpouſed the Tenets of the Sadduces.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Strove.</hi> That is, Contended againſt the Phari<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſees.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We find no evil in this Man.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul</hi> who was brought before their Judgment.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>If a Spirit.</hi> That is, Some Incorporeal Subſtance: Or, as <hi>Theophylact</hi> will have it, the Holy Spirit.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Hath ſpoken to him.</hi> That is to ſay, Hath revealed ſomething to him about the Reſurrection.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Or an Angel.</hi> In the <hi>Greek</hi> is added, as alſo in the <hi>Engliſh</hi> Tranſlation, <hi>Let us not fight againſt God,</hi> viz. by deſpiſing an Angel ſpeaking in his name, things a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>greeable to the Holy Scriptures. <hi>Here,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, the word</hi> Angel, <hi>as more familiar, ſeems to be added to explain the Word</hi> Spirit.</p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>A great Diſſeſion.</hi> That is, A moſt fierce con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tention betwixt the Phariſees and Sadduces touching <hi>Paul</hi>'s Innocence.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Chief Captain fearing leſt</hi> Paul <hi>ſhould have been pulled in pieces by them.</hi> Chiding and Scolding one with another.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He Commanded Soldiers.</hi> That is, a Company of Soldiers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Into the Caſtle.</hi> As being a place where he might be free from danger of the Phariſees and Sadduces, who were contending moſt Spitefully and Malici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ouſly.</p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>The Lord ſtood by him.</hi> That is, The Lord Jeſus, who has all Power in Heaven and Earth given him, appeared to <hi>Paul</hi> unawares.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Be of good Cheer.</hi> That is, Truſt with a firm con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fidence.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For as thou haſt testified of me in</hi> Jeruſalem, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> As if he had ſaid, For as you have bore witneſs the day before
<pb n="219" facs="tcp:192139:319"/>to the <hi>Jews,</hi> of me and my heavenly glory, at <hi>Jeruſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem</hi> the Metropolis of <hi>Judaea,</hi> by far, the moſt Famous City of the Eaſt, ſo muſt you give the ſame Teſtimony,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 22. <hi>v.</hi> 6 &amp; <hi>ſeq.</hi>
                  </note> in the moſt Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mous City of <hi>Italy, Rome,</hi> which at this day has extended its Dominion over moſt Countries of <hi>Europe, Aſia,</hi> and <hi>Africk. Hence,</hi> ſaith the moſt Learned <hi>Lightfoot,</hi> Paul <hi>had both Liberty and intimation of appealing to</hi> Caeſar. <hi>It was very ſeldom that a</hi> Jew <hi>appealed to an Heathen Tribunal, and it be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wrayed the height of Malice, that the Sanhedrin delivered our Saviour to a Gentile Judge:</hi> Paul <hi>therefore is inſtructed by this viſion, what he muſt do, when he ſaw no means or way of eſcaping.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>And when it was day.</hi> But when the day was riſen that ſucceeded that Night in which Jeſus ſaid theſe things to <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Certain of the</hi> Jews <hi>banded together.</hi> That is, ſome of the Jews, eſpecially the Sadduces, <hi>Paul</hi>'s fierceſt Ene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mies met and entered into a Conſpiracy.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And bound themſelves.</hi> With a curſe, to wit, that they would neither eat nor drink till they had murdered <hi>Paul,</hi> whom they Judged to be a vile Apoſtate from the Law of God. The form of this Oath, as ſays <hi>Tertullian,</hi> was a Solemn Imprecation of Divine Vengenance in theſe or the like words, <hi>God do ſo to me and more alſo.</hi> 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 14.44.20.13.25.22. 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 8 &amp; 35.19.13. <hi>&amp;c.</hi> The Acts of St. <hi>Valerian</hi> and <hi>Tiburt. Num.</hi> 14. <hi>Then</hi> Maximus <hi>bound himſelf with a Vow, ſaying, Let me be ſtruck with Thunder, if,</hi> &amp;c. <hi rend="sup">o</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>Had made this Conſpiracy.</hi> To kill <hi>Paul</hi> before they would either Eat or Drink.</p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>Of the Prieſts.</hi> That is, Of the Families of the Prieſts.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Elders.</hi> That is to ſay, Some of the reſt of the Senators of the Great Council, or Sanhedrin.</p>
               <pb n="220" facs="tcp:192139:320"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>With a Vow we have Vowed.</hi> A Hebraiſm; that is, as it is in the <hi>Engliſh</hi> Tranſlation: We have bound our ſelves under a great Curſe. <hi>Joſephus</hi> calls ſuch Imprecations of Divine Revenge, <hi>horrible Oaths.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That we will tast nothing.</hi> viz. Either of Meat or Drink.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Till we have ſlain</hi> Paul. Now was the time in the which they that killed the Diſciple of Chriſt did think they did God good ſervice, as Chriſt himſelf had foretold.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>John</hi> 16.2.</note>
               </p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>Now therefore ye.</hi> Chief Prieſts and Senators of the Great Council, who are here preſent.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Signifie to the Chief Captain.</hi> That you deſire of him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With the Council.</hi> That is, not ye by your ſelves, but together with your Collegues declare ye to the Chief Captain, that it was not requeſted of him by the private Will of a few, but by the Unaminous deſire of the Great Council.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That he bring him down unto you.</hi> In the <hi>Greek,</hi> as alſo in the <hi>Engliſh</hi> Tranſlation it is added <hi>To morrow.</hi> That is, that he would command <hi>Paul</hi> to be brought down to you to Morrow from the Caſtle, or Tower which is called <hi>Antonia,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 22. <hi>v.</hi> 30.</note> as he did before.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As though ye would enquire ſomething more perfectly con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning him.</hi> That is to ſay, as if ye were deſirous to learn, and be better informed as to the Truth of thoſe things, of which <hi>Paul</hi> was accuſed. It was uſual for the Guilty now and then to have a hearing, either that they might diſcover ſomething new of him, or that they might try whether he would be conſtant in the ſame anſwer to his charge.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And we e're ever he come near.</hi> To your Council Chamber.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Are ready to kill him.</hi> That is, We will kill him by
<pb n="221" facs="tcp:192139:320"/>the way, ſo that ye can no ways be charged with his Death. So Bloody Men, and thoſe that are hurried by a fooliſh Zeal, think they may lawfully aſſail thoſe that differ from them in Opinion with lyes or Violence, and ſo they plainly diſcover themſelves to be the Chil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dren of the Devil, who is a Lyar and a Murderer,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>John</hi> 8.44.</note> according to Chriſts ſay<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing.</p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>And,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, But when <hi>Paul</hi>'s Siſters Son, had notice of the Ambuſh they had laid to take away his Life, he went to the Caſtle or Tower, <hi>An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tonia,</hi> where his Uncle was kept Priſoner, and declared unto him what his Malicious Enemies had attempted and undertaken againſt him.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>Bring this Man unto the Chief Captain. Paul</hi> pru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dently took care to diſcover unto the Chief Captain what Conſpiracy they had entred into againſt him, by whom he hoped to eſcape that impending danger, according to the <hi>Roman</hi> Equity. Hence it appears, that the Godly, altho they have a firm confidence of Divine Protection, may yet avert dangers by the honeſt ſervice and Miniſtry of Men.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>So he.</hi> The Centurion who was called on by <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Taking him.</hi> That is, Taking pters Siſters Son.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Brought him to the Chief Captain.</hi> Granting <hi>Paul</hi>'s juſt and honeſt demand.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>Then the Chief Captain took him by the hand.</hi> That is, When he had taken the young Man, who was <hi>Paul</hi>'s Siſters Son by the hand, as they uſe to do, who will take any aſide into a more ſecret place, and ſpeak with them privately.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>And he.</hi> Led apart into a more ſecret place.</p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>But do not thou believe them.</hi> That is to ſay, Do not ſuffer thy ſelf to be perſwaded by them to yield to their requeſt.</p>
               <pb n="222" facs="tcp:192139:321"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>For there lye in wait.</hi> To kill <hi>Paul</hi> by an Ambuſh while he is brought from the Priſon to the Council Privy Chamber.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Looking for a promiſe from thee.</hi> As if he had ſaid, For they do not in the leaſt doubt but that you will pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miſe to perform their requeſt, to wit, that you will Command <hi>Paul</hi> to be brought from the Priſon to the Council Chamber.</p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>Charging,</hi> &amp;c. The Governour would have this ſecret that was declared unto him, kept cloſe, that the <hi>Jews</hi> might not have notice that their Conſpiracy againſt <hi>Paul</hi> was diſcovered, leſt they ſhould take new projects againſt him. It is of great concern that ſecrets be kept, leaſt they be divulged.</p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>Make ready two hundred Soldiers.</hi> To wit, Foot.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To go to</hi> Caeſarea.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 8. <hi>v.</hi> 40.10.1.12.19.18.22.21.8.</note> Situate on the <hi>Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diterranean</hi> Sea, of which ſee above.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Spear-men. Gr. Dexiolabous, holding the right hand,</hi> that is, the Guards, who guard ones right ſide, or who take thoſe with their right hand who are ordered to be apprehended, or who take and carry Arms with their right hand only, not alſo with their left, as the Target-Men uſe, ſo that they were Spear-me<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> To The <hi>Syrian</hi> Interpreter ſeems to have read it, <hi>Dexibolous, throwing with the right hand,</hi> ſuch as the light-armed Soldiers are ſaid to have been, who did throw darts not with a Bow or Sling, but with their hand.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>At the third hour of the Night.</hi> That is, Three hours after Sunſet, that it might not be done openly and mani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feſtly, but clancularly, and ſo might eſcape the know<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledge of the <hi>Jews, Paul</hi>'s Enemies.</p>
               <p n="24">24: <hi>To</hi> Felix <hi>the Governour.</hi> That is, Procurator, or Vice-Governour of <hi>Judea.</hi> This Man who had been the late Servant of <hi>Claudius Caeſar,</hi> was by the Emperor made Governour of <hi>Samaria,</hi> and not long after,
<pb n="223" facs="tcp:192139:321"/>
                  <hi>Ventidius Cumanus</hi> the Procurator of <hi>Galilee,</hi> and <hi>Judea</hi> being ſent into Exile, he was made Procurator of the ſame Provinces of <hi>Judea</hi> and <hi>Galilee,</hi> and he held that Office of Procurator alſo under <hi>Nero,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Joſeph.</hi> 20. <hi>Ant.</hi> 5, 6 <hi>&amp;</hi> 7. <hi>&amp; de Bel. Jud. l.</hi> 2. <hi>C.</hi> 11, 12.</note> Claudius</hi>'s Succeſſor, until <hi>Porcius Feſtus</hi> was ſubſtituted into his place. <hi>He exer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciſed the Royal Power according to his ſervile diſpoſition with all cruelty and libidinouſneſs; he took into Marriage</hi> Druſilla, <hi>Niece to</hi> Cleopatra <hi>and</hi> Antonius; <hi>ſo that</hi> Felix <hi>was Nephew-in-Law to the ſame</hi> Antonius, Nephew to <hi>Claudius</hi> by his Daughter, ſaith <hi>Tacitus.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 5.</note> He Married ſucceſſively three Wives of the Royal Race, as <hi>Suetonius</hi> declareth, who in the Life of <hi>Claudius,</hi> calls <hi>Felix, the Husband of three Queens. Joſephus</hi> and <hi>Suidas</hi> call him <hi>Claudius Felix,</hi> making an addition of this firſt name to his name from <hi>Claudius Caeſar,</hi> who of a Slave made him a Free-man. <hi>Tacitus</hi> gives him the firſt name of <hi>Antonius,</hi> from <hi>Antonia, Claudius</hi>'s Mother, whom he had ſerved. <hi>Pallas,</hi> Brother to this <hi>Felix,</hi> whowas made a Free<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man by <hi>Claudius Caeſar</hi> before him, is reported to have had ſo great influence on <hi>Claudius Caeſar,</hi> that he could ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain any thing of him; he is alſo ſaid to have been richer than <hi>Craſſus,</hi> by nineteen thouſand five hundred thirty one Pounds five Shillings Sterling. See <hi>Plin. l.</hi> 33. <hi>c.</hi> 10. <hi>Tacit. Annal. l.</hi> 12. <hi>Plin. Jun.</hi> 8. <hi>Epiſt.</hi> 5.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For he feard,</hi> &amp;c. What is here added in moſt <hi>Latin</hi> Books of the Vulgar Edition, is not to be found in the <hi>Greek</hi> Copies, nor in the <hi>Engliſh</hi> Tranſlation.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As if he were to receive Money.</hi> That is, As if, for that he had Money promiſed him by <hi>Paul</hi>'s Adverſaries, he had no regard to the ſafety of a <hi>Roman</hi> Citizen.</p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>Writing,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, having written a Letter to <hi>Felix</hi> the Procurator to this purpoſe.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>To the moſt excellent.</hi> He gives the uſual Title of Dignity to a Magiſtrate, whereby they were uſed to be ſaluted. See what is ſaid above, <hi>c.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 1. On theſe words, <hi>O Theophilus.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="224" facs="tcp:192139:322"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Governour.</hi> The word <hi>Praeſes,</hi> which the <hi>Greeks</hi> commonly render <hi>Hegemon</hi> in general, being that where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by any Magiſtrates or Governours of Provinces were called, but eſpecially thoſe who were ſet over them, with Power of inflicting Capital Puniſhment. This Power was for the moſt part given to the Procurators of leſſer Provinces, tho their proper Office was <hi>to re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceive and lay out the Emperors Money,</hi> as <hi>Dio</hi> expreſſeth it. Such Procurators are ſaid to ſupply the place, and diſcharge the Office of a Governour.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Greeting.</hi> In the <hi>Greek chairein</hi> Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>joyce.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 15. <hi>v.</hi> 23.</note> See what we have ſaid above. <hi>Horace</hi> ſaluteth <hi>Celſus Albinovanus</hi> in this form of ſalutation that was uſual with the <hi>Greeks.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>L.</hi> 1. <hi>Epiſt.</hi> 8.</note>
               </p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>This Man.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul,</hi> whom I ſend to thee.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Taken of the Jews.</hi> Tumultuoſly.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And like to have been killed by them.</hi> That is, Deſign<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed by them to a preſent Death.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Having underſtood that he was a</hi> Roman. But he did not therefore deliver <hi>Paul</hi> from the <hi>Jews</hi> that were attempting his Death, ſeeing he did not know that he was a <hi>Roman</hi> Citizen, till after that he had commanded him to be bound and racked, as you may ſee above.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 22. <hi>v.</hi> 25, 27.</note> The Chief Captain therefore conceals that for which he might deſervedly have been reprehended, and turning aſide from the Truth he ſeeketh his own praiſe. <hi>Except,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, after [him] joyning a point to it you read: But having known, that he was a</hi> Roman, <hi>deſirous to be informed,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>But,</hi> continues <hi>Beza, I neither dare, nor would I make any alteration by a meer conjecture.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>The cauſe wherefore they accuſed him.</hi> That is,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 22. <hi>v.</hi> 30.</note> The crime wherewith they charged him. See above.</p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>Whom.</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, And ſo I found
<pb n="225" facs="tcp:192139:322"/>no ſuch crime charged on <hi>Paul</hi> by his Adverſaries, as deſerved to be chaſtiſed by Bonds or puniſhed by Death, but only a falſe Interpretation of the <hi>Jewiſh</hi> Law in points controverted, and debate full among the <hi>Jews</hi> themſelves.</p>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>When it was told me how the</hi> Jews <hi>laid wait for him.</hi> That is, had deſigned againſt <hi>Paul.</hi> For their Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſpiracy was diſcovered to the Chief Captain, when it was only agreed upon, being not yet brought to paſs, for it was not to have been accompliſhed till the day after.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I ſent him to thee.</hi> In the <hi>Greek</hi> is added, <hi>from that ſame,</hi> to wit, hour, that is, immediately without delay I commanded <hi>Paul</hi> to be carried from <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> to <hi>Caeſarea,</hi> to thee who diſchargeſt the Office of Go<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vernour.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Giving alſo commandment to his accuſers.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul</hi>'s.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To ſay.</hi> To wit, What they have againſt him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Before thee.</hi> A Higher Judge than a Chief Captain is.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Farewel.</hi> The Chief Captain wiſheth <hi>Felix</hi> the Governour Health and Happineſs in that accuſtomed concluſion of Letters.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 15. <hi>v.</hi> 29.</note> See above.</p>
               <p n="31">31. <hi>Brought him by Night.</hi> To wit, the ſame Night in the which they who were to carry <hi>Paul</hi> to <hi>Felix</hi> the Procurator or Vice-Governour of <hi>Judea, Samaria,</hi> and <hi>Galilee,</hi> ſet on their Journey from <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> to <hi>Caeſarea</hi> at the third Hour.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To</hi> Antipatris. The Apoſtle was ordered to be carried to <hi>Caeſarea</hi> by the Command of the Chief Captain, as above, <hi>v.</hi> 23. But becauſe that <hi>Caeſarea,</hi> which is ſituate by the Sea, and is commonly called <hi>Caeſarea</hi> of <hi>Paleſtina,</hi> and lies within the Limits of the half Tribe of <hi>Manaſſeh,</hi> is diſtant from <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> 30 Leagues, which could not be travelled over in one Night,
<pb n="226" facs="tcp:192139:323"/>they reſted firſt at <hi>Antipatris,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">13. <hi>Ant.</hi> 23.</note> which was anciently called <hi>Capharſaba,</hi> as <hi>Joſephus</hi> teſtifieth,
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Mac.</hi> 7.31. <hi>&amp; Joſ.</hi> 12. <hi>Ant.</hi> 17.</note> and, as ſome will have it, it is the ſame City, with that called <hi>Capharſalama.</hi> The ſame <hi>Joſephus</hi> telleth us, that the diſtance betwixt <hi>Joppa</hi> and <hi>Antipatris,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">13. <hi>Ant.</hi> 23.</note> is 150 Furlongs,
<note place="margin">16. <hi>Ant.</hi> 9.</note> that is, 17 Miles. He alſo ſaith, that this beautiful and pleaſant City was built by <hi>Herod the great</hi> in a large Field called <hi>Capharſaba,</hi> in a watry ground, and excellent Soil, en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>compaſſed with Trees and a River, and called <hi>Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>patris,</hi> after the name of his Father. And Book 1. <hi>Chap.</hi> 16. of the Wars of the <hi>Jews,</hi> ſpeaking of the Cities and Edifices, repaired and built by <hi>Herod the great,</hi> he ſaith, as <hi>Ruffinus Aquileienſis</hi> interprets him, <hi>He built a City in the beſt Field of the Kingdom, in Memory of his Father, very rich in Rivers and Trees, and called it</hi> Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>patris. <hi>Antipatris</hi> which lyes Weſt from the River <hi>Jordan,</hi> is mentioned by <hi>Ptolemy</hi> the Geo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>grapher,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 16.</note> among the Cities of <hi>Judea.</hi> I cannot therefore conceive, on what ground, and by what Authority, they commonly aſcribe it to the half Tribe of <hi>Manaſſeh,</hi> which is on this ſide of <hi>Jordan,</hi> and will have it ſituate almoſt in the middle of <hi>Samaria.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="32">32. <hi>On the Morrow.</hi> To wit, Of that Night in the which <hi>Paul</hi> defended with a Guard of Soldiers, was brought to <hi>Antipatris,</hi> when now they were got a great way from <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> where they were who had entred into a Conſpiracy to kill <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They left the Horſemen to go with him.</hi> To <hi>Caeſarea.</hi> A Guard of Horſe was ſufficient to defend him from the ordinary hazards that were incident in Jour<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neys.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they returned.</hi> The 200 Footmen that were heavily armed, and the ſame Number of Spear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men.</p>
               <pb n="227" facs="tcp:192139:323"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>To the Castle.</hi> That is, To the Tower, which was at firſt built by the <hi>Maccabees</hi> in the North-Weſt Corner, contiguous to Mount <hi>Moria,</hi> or the Mount whereon the Temple of <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> was built; it was called <hi>Antonia</hi> by <hi>Herod the great,</hi> in Honour of <hi>Marcus Antonius</hi> the <hi>Triumvir,</hi> whereas at firſt it was called <hi>Baris.</hi> See <hi>Joſephus</hi> 15. <hi>Ant.</hi> 14.</p>
               <p n="33">33. <hi>Who.</hi> To wit, the Horſemen that were left to carry <hi>Paul</hi> to <hi>Caeſarea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>When they came to</hi> Caeſarea. That Maritim City in which <hi>Felix</hi> reſided as Vice-Governour.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And delivered the Epiſtle.</hi> Written by <hi>Claudius Lyſias.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To the Governour.</hi> That is, to <hi>Felix</hi> diſcharging the Office of Governour.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Preſented</hi> Paul <hi>alſo before him.</hi> That is to ſay, They alſo brought <hi>Paul</hi> before <hi>Felix,</hi> who was delivered from the Conſpiracy of the Factious <hi>Jews,</hi> by benefit of the Publick Protection. The Fathers in the <hi>African</hi> Council, <hi>c.</hi> 83. <hi>Againſt whoſe fury we may obtain defence which is neither unuſual, nor repugnant to the Holy Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures; even as the Apoſtle</hi> Paul, <hi>as it is to be known in the Faithful Acts of the Apoſtles, avoided the Conſpiracy of his Factious Enemies even by Military Succour.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="34">34. <hi>And when he had read. Felix</hi> had read the Epiſtle directed to him from <hi>Lyſias</hi> the Chief Captain.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And asked of what Province he was.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And when he underſtood that he was of</hi> Cilicia. That is, And when he was informed that <hi>Paul</hi> was of <hi>Cilicia,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Ch.</hi> 6. <hi>v.</hi> 9.</note> of which we have ſpoke above.</p>
               <p n="35">35. <hi>I will hear thee, ſaid he, when thine Accuſers are alſo come.</hi> That having attentively heard both the Accuſation and Defence, I may give Judgment.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In</hi> Herods <hi>Judgment Hall.</hi> That is, Which <hi>Herod the Great,</hi> who repaired <hi>Caeſarea,</hi> cauſed to be built.
<pb n="228" facs="tcp:192139:324"/>The <hi>Latin</hi> word <hi>Praetorium,</hi> ſaith the Learned <hi>Grotius, has its name from the</hi> Roman <hi>Praetor, that is, Emperour; but as it uſually happens, the uſe of this Word was extended more largely, to ſignifie all the Houſes of Famous Men. Praetorium</hi> is by <hi>Quimilian</hi> otherwiſe called <hi>Auguſtale.</hi> With the Writers of Husbandry, it is that part of the Farme, where the Lord uſes to reſide, when he is in the Country.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Him to be kept.</hi> To wit, by ſome Soldiers or other Keepers, that he might not make his eſcape. <hi>Paul,</hi> as it ſeems, was kept at <hi>Caeſarea</hi> in an honourable place, not in a Priſon.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="24" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. XXIV.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>ND after five Days.</hi> Accompliſhed, <hi>viz.</hi> From the time that <hi>Paul</hi> was brought into <hi>Caeſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Deſcended.</hi> From <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> to <hi>Caeſarea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Ananias <hi>the High Prieſt.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 2.</note> Of whom ſee above.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With ſome of the Elders.</hi> That is, with the Elders of the Great <hi>Sanhedrin.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Tertullus <hi>a certain Orator.</hi> That is, A moſt excellent Pleader of Cauſes.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who informed the Governour againſt</hi> Paul. That is to ſay, they ſignified to <hi>Felix,</hi> that they would prove <hi>Paul</hi> Guilty.</p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>And when</hi> Paul <hi>was called.</hi> To Judgment by a Herauld or Apparitor.</p>
               <p>Tertullus <hi>began to accuſe him.</hi> That is to ſay, <hi>Ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tullus</hi> accuſed <hi>Paul</hi> moſt grievouſly. In Holy Writ, often he is ſaid to begin to do a thing who already does it.</p>
               <pb n="229" facs="tcp:192139:324"/>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>Seeing that by thee we enjoy great quietneſs.</hi> As if he had ſaid, With a full acknowledgement of thy worthy deeds to us-ward at every time and in every place, we profeſs, that by your unparallel'd Vigilance and Wiſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom, the Robberies that uſed to be committed in <hi>Judea</hi> are quelled, the Murders are repreſſed in many places, and Peace is ſetled through all the Province, which you are ſet over. <hi>Felix</hi> indeed did overthrow <hi>Eleazar</hi> that Famous Robber, and that <hi>Aegyptian</hi> Impoſtor, mentioned above,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 8.</note> together with their Forces, to the unſpeakable advantage of the Jews, as <hi>Joſephus</hi> de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clares. But otherwiſe he Governed <hi>Judaea</hi> with Covetouſneſs and Cruelty, he cauſed the High Prieſt <hi>Jonathan,</hi> Son to <hi>Annas</hi> to be Murdered by Aſſaſſines, becauſe he uſed frankly to reprove him when he did amiſs; he alſo ſuffered them to commit ſeveral Inſolencies upon the <hi>Jews</hi> without puniſhment, as the ſame <hi>Joſephus</hi> teſtifies in the place but now cited. And ſo the Mercenary <hi>Tertullus</hi> ſeeks to get the favour of <hi>Felix</hi> by an intolerable Flattering.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Many things are amended.</hi> In the <hi>Greek</hi> is added, as alſo in the <hi>Engliſh</hi> Tranſlation, <hi>unto this Nation.</hi> As if he had ſaid, The Outragious Wickednſſes and Cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ruptions, which had crept into this Nation, are by thee amended and rectified with great vigour and happineſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We accept.</hi> That is, We acknowledge.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Moſt excellent</hi> Felix. He flattereth <hi>Felix</hi> with that Title that was uſually given to Magiſtrates, and thoſe that were placed in Dignity. Hence they are alſo called, <hi>Optimates.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>Notwithſtanding, that I be not farther tedious unto thee.</hi> As if he had ſaid, <hi>That I may not hinder thee more than is needful, with far-fetcht Speeches, That I detain thee not with troubleſome diſcourſe, nor Circumlocutions and tedious Exordiums; Leſt I ſhould treſpaſs againſt
<pb n="230" facs="tcp:192139:325"/>the publick good, if I ſhould take up thy time with a prolix Harangue.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I Pray.</hi> Thee encumbred with Multitude of buſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſſes.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Briefly.</hi> That is to ſay, We being reſolved to diſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>patch the heads of our Accuſation laid againſt <hi>Paul,</hi> in a few Words.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That thou wouldeſt hear us.</hi> With a favourable Ear. <hi>The Firſt thing requested by an Orator is that he may have audience in a bad cauſe,</hi> ſaith <hi>Donatus</hi> on <hi>Te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rence.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of thy Clemency.</hi> That is, With thy wonted Courteſie and Humanity. Readineſs to hear, does ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceedingly commend a Judge. <hi>Cicero</hi> to <hi>Q.</hi> his Brother, Proconſul of <hi>Bithynia,</hi> ſaith, <hi>Ye muſt moreover conjoyn readineſs to hear with lenity in paſſing Judgment.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>We have found.</hi> And deprehended.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>This Man a peſtilent Fellow.</hi> Orators frequently call that Man a <hi>Peſt,</hi> who acts perniciouſly to the Common-Wealth. But this foul-mouthed ſlanderer was not aſhamed to aſperſe <hi>Paul</hi> with this Odious name, when notwithſtanding he exhorted all to forſake wicked Courſes, and embrace earneſtly the Vertues that lead to Salvation. So at this day very many are called <hi>Plagues</hi> and <hi>Peſtiferous,</hi> who are falſely branded with the reproach of perverſe Hereſie, becauſe they reject the Doctrines and Commandments of Men, in matters of Faith and Divine Worſhip, that they may ſtand faſt to that alone moſt wholeſome Doctrine, delivered in the Holy Scriptures.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And a mover of Sedition among all the</hi> Jews <hi>throughout the World.</hi> They falſely accuſe <hi>Paul</hi> of ſtirring up Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dition in all the Countries through which the <hi>Jews</hi> were diſperſed. But ſo it uſes to be, that Truth, thwarting the received Opinions and Cuſtoms of Men, when it is not received by Men who account nothing unlawful, provided they can varniſh it over with a counterfeit
<pb n="231" facs="tcp:192139:325"/>pretence of Zeal, but is ſtifly oppoſed, ſeems to ſtir up riotous Tumults and pernicious Seditions. But thoſe very <hi>Jews,</hi> that falſely accuſed <hi>Paul</hi> before <hi>Felix,</hi> did frequently ſtir up Seditions againſt <hi>Paul,</hi> as you may ſee above, <hi>Chap.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 23.13.50.14.5.17.5 <hi>&amp;</hi> 13.18.12.21.30, 31. Here we may appoſitely uſe that of <hi>Juvenal Sat.</hi> 20. <hi>v.</hi> 24.</p>
               <q>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Who the Seditious</hi> Gracchi <hi>can ſustain,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Of others for Sedition to complain?</hi>
                  </l>
               </q>
               <p>
                  <hi>And a Mover of Sedition.</hi> That is, a Leader and Standard-Bearer of the reſt that profeſs the Religion of Jeſus of <hi>Nazareth.</hi> So St. <hi>Cyprian</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Carthage,</hi> and a Champion for the name of Chriſt in the <hi>Africk</hi> Church in thoſe days, in the Proconſular Decree made againſt him, is called, <hi>the Author and Ringleader of that execrable Name.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of the Sect of the</hi> Nazarens. In the <hi>Greek, Hereſie of the</hi> Nazarens. That is to ſay, Thoſe who follow the Sect of the Chriſtians or embrace their Hereſie. Here<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſies are, as <hi>Tertullian</hi> defines them, <hi>the Doctrines of Men, and Devils, ſpringing from itching Ears.</hi> Hereſie for the moſt part is ſaid to be, that Judgment and opinion which is choſen by any, whether it be invented by us, or received from another: Yet uſe has prevailed now, eſpecially among Chriſtians, that this word, that before was uſed either in a good or a bad ſenſe, is for the moſt part now uſed in a bad, to wit, for the chooſing of a falſe and perverſe opinion plainly and altogether re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pugnant to the Word of God. See above <hi>c.</hi> 5. <hi>v.</hi> 17. <hi>Gal.</hi> 5. <hi>v.</hi> 20. and 2 <hi>Pet.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 10. The <hi>Jews</hi> therefore abhorred the Doctrine of the Chriſtians, tho it was a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>greeable to the Law and the Prophets, as Heretical and perverſe, becauſe it diſſented from the common Faith of the Publick Church, which at that time was account<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed the Church of God. So alſo at this very day, they
<pb n="232" facs="tcp:192139:326"/>who follow the Appointments of Chriſt, are called Hereticks, if they vilifie and reject the errors of for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mal Chriſtians, that are crept into the Church by cuſtom. Moreover, as the Learned <hi>Lud. de Dieu</hi> very pertinent<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly obſerves, <hi>That Christ was called</hi> Nazaraeos <hi>or</hi> Naza<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>renos, <hi>and his followers</hi> Nazaraioi, <hi>did not proceed from a miſtake of the Common People, as ſuppoſing him born at</hi> Nazareth, <hi>nor from the mockery of the Wicked, as account<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing it a reproach to him, but from God's own purpoſe and Will, and the uſe of the Godly themſelves. The purpoſe of God is manifeſt,</hi> Mat. 2.23. <hi>Where</hi> Joſeph, <hi>returning from</hi> Aegypt <hi>with the Child Jeſus, is commanded to fix the ſeat of his habitation at</hi> Nazareth, <hi>that, according to the Predictions of the Prophets, he might be called a</hi> Nazarene. <hi>And that the Godly delighted in the uſe of this name plainly appears from</hi> Joh. 1.45. Act. 2.22.3.6 &amp; 4.10. <hi>Yea Chriſt alſo calleth himſelf by this name,</hi> Act. 22.8. <hi>This doubtleſs was his moſt glorious name, whereby he was declared to be</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the Branch, <hi>promiſed by the Prophets, who was brought up in the City called</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Branch, <hi>and brought forth thence to the diſcharge of his Office, he brought forth many</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Nazaraeans, <hi>that is,</hi> ſprung out of the Branch, <hi>Nor will it avail any thing to ſay that the</hi> ξ <hi>in</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>ſeems to evince, that it is derived rather from</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>than from</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>For it is uſual to change</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>into</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>as inſtead of the</hi> Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>juſt the</hi> Syrians <hi>ſay</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>For</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>whence</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Viands, <hi>the</hi> Syrians <hi>ſay</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, he gave <hi>Viands,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Proviſion. For <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, little, <hi>the</hi> Syrians <hi>ſay</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>The Temple.</hi> Of <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> built by <hi>Herod,</hi> which ſurpaſſed in Dimenſion and Magnificence, that of <hi>Solomon.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Hath gone about to profane.</hi> That is to ſay, Endea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>voured to defile it, bringing Strangers within that Pale of Stone, which was raiſed to the height of three Cubits,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Joſ.</hi> 6. <hi>Bel. Jud.</hi> 6.</note> and had theſe words written on its Columns, <hi>That a Stranger ought not to enter into the Holy place.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="233" facs="tcp:192139:326"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whom we took.</hi> But with a Sediti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous and Tumultuous force.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 21.17 <hi>&amp;</hi> 30.</note> See a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And would have judged according to our Law.</hi> They lye notoriouſly, ſeeing the <hi>Jews</hi> went about, againſt all Juſtice and equity, to take away <hi>Paul</hi>'s Life, without ſo much as judging him,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 21.31.</note> as ye may ſee above.</p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>But the Chief Captain</hi> Lyſias <hi>came upon us.</hi> Who reſided at <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> with the Regiments of the <hi>Roman</hi> Soldiers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With great violence.</hi> That is, With violent force.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And took him away out of our hands.</hi> From the time that <hi>Archelaus</hi> was baniſhed to <hi>Vienna</hi> of the <hi>Allobroges,</hi> under <hi>Auguſtus,</hi> to the time that <hi>Claudius Caeſar</hi> added <hi>Judea</hi> to the Kingdom of <hi>Agrippa,</hi> the Elder, and from the Death of the ſame <hi>Agrippa</hi> even till the Deſtructi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on of <hi>Jeruſalem, Judea</hi> was reduced into a Province, and added to <hi>Syria,</hi> and was Governed by Procurators ſent from <hi>Rome,</hi> who had the Power of judging in Matters of Life and Death; which Power was taken away from the <hi>Jews,</hi> as they themſelves anſwered in expreſs words to <hi>Pilate</hi> when he ſought an occaſion of ſetting Chriſt at Liberty. Yet they had a general Grant from the <hi>Romans</hi> to put a ſtranger to Death,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Joh.</hi> 18.31.</note> that entered within the Partition of the Temple. They had alſo Power to ſcourge the Criminals of their own Nation, as appears from <hi>Mat.</hi> 10.17. <hi>Acts</hi> 5.48. 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 11.24. As alſo a Power to take Cognizance of, and judge thoſe of their own People, that were Guilty of any Capital Offence; otherwiſe they could not have given an Account to a <hi>Roman</hi> Magiſtrate, why they required any to be put to Death. So with the <hi>Roman</hi> Inquiſitors, to whom the <hi>Roman</hi> Praetor had committed the taking Cogni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zance of any Cauſe, they could determine, whether one was Guilty or not, but the priviledge of paſſing
<pb n="234" facs="tcp:192139:327"/>final Sentence was peculiar to the Praetor. But if at any time any were put to Death by the <hi>Jews</hi> without the Approbation of the <hi>Roman</hi> Magiſtrate, during that time that the Affairs of the <hi>Jews</hi> were managed by Go<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vernour or Procurators deputed from <hi>Rome,</hi> that was done by a popular Tumult, although ſometimes it was preceeded by a raſh Judgment of the Sanhedrin, where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by they declared that the Parties were worthy of Death.</p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>Commanding his Accuſers.</hi> To wit, <hi>Pauls.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To come unto thee.</hi> Who doubtleſs art Procurator in the place of the Governour.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By whom.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thou mayeſt.</hi> According to thy ſingular Sagacity in deciding of Cauſes.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thy ſelf judging.</hi> That is, Diligently and ſtrictly enquiring into the heads of the Accuſation that are briefly mentioned.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Take knowledge of all theſe things.</hi> That is, Be cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tainly informed.</p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>And alſo aſſented.</hi> That is, gave their Appro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bation to that falſe Accuſation, which <hi>Tertullus</hi> uſed againſt Innocent <hi>Paul.</hi> It was a cuſtom amongſt the Ancients, that, when any Orator pleaded a Cauſe in his own and Fellows name, they profeſſed themſelves his Aſtipulators. As <hi>Virg. Aen.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 163.</p>
               <q>Ilioneus <hi>ſaid, the</hi> Trojans <hi>with one mind gave loud applauſe.</hi>
               </q>
               <p>
                  <hi>The</hi> Jews. To wit, <hi>Ananias</hi> and the Senators, of whom above, <hi>v.</hi> 1.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Saying that theſe things were ſo.</hi> That is, Affirm<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing that <hi>Tertullus</hi> had ſpoken nothing that was falſe.</p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>Then</hi> Paul <hi>anſwered.</hi> Being with his own Mouth to repell the Malicious and Lying Accuſations of his adverſaries, brought againſt him by their Advocate.</p>
               <pb n="235" facs="tcp:192139:327"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>After that the Governour had beckoned unto him to ſpeak.</hi> That is, Having obtained liberty to ſpeak of <hi>Felix,</hi> who would not paſs Sentence without hearing both Parties.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Foraſmuch as I know, that thou haſt been of many years, a Judge unto this Nation.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Being per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſwaded that you are well ſeen in the <hi>Jewiſh</hi> Affairs, ſeeing now for ſeveral years, thou haſt ruled <hi>Judea. This was now the tenth year of his Adminiſtration of</hi> Judea, according to the univerſally Learned <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ſher</hi> Arch-Biſhop of <hi>Armagh.</hi> See our <hi>Annot.</hi> above on <hi>c.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 24. But <hi>Felix,</hi> who was Procurator of <hi>Judea, Samaria,</hi> and <hi>Ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lilee,</hi> is called by <hi>Paul</hi> a Judge, according to the <hi>Hebrew</hi> cuſtom of ſpeaking, who call any <hi>Governour,</hi> eſpecially one that was endowed with Power of Life and Death, <hi>Judge.</hi> So of old, they who had the Supreme Power over the People of <hi>Iſrael,</hi> before the Inſtitution of Kings, were called <hi>Judges.</hi> And <hi>Shaphat,</hi> to Judge, is by the <hi>Hebrews</hi> uſed to ſignifie to Govern.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I do the more cheerfully.</hi> That is, Boldly and Freely.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Anſwer for my ſelf.</hi> That is to ſay, I will defend my ſelf who am hunted with Calumnious Accuſations, with the Protection of Innocence.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Becauſe that thou mayeſt underſtand.</hi> That is, ſearch the matter by Witneſſes.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That there are yet but twelve days.</hi> Compleated but this very day wherein I plead my cauſe before thee.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Since I went up to</hi> Jeruſalem <hi>for to Worſhip.</hi> That is, Since I went from this Maritim Town <hi>Caeſarea</hi> to <hi>Jeru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſalem,</hi> to celebrate there the Feaſt of <hi>Pentecoſt,</hi> and to worſhip God, with the reſt of the <hi>Jews,</hi> in the Temple reverently and holily. There were but twelve days intervened from <hi>Pauls</hi> Arrival at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> till that very day which was the next after his accuſation arrived at <hi>Ceſarea,</hi> wherein he pleaded before <hi>Felix,</hi> they being to be reckoned from <hi>Ch.</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 17, 18 <hi>&amp;</hi> 26. <hi>c.</hi> 22. <hi>v.</hi> 30. <hi>c.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 12 <hi>&amp;</hi> 30. <hi>c.</hi> 24. <hi>v.</hi> 1.</p>
               <pb n="236" facs="tcp:192139:328"/>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>And they neither found me in the Temple.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Not only in theſe ſo very few days, which I as a Stranger and Sojourner paſt at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> there could not be any ſuch Sedition ſtirred up by me, as they falſely accuſe me of, but not ſo much as the ſuſpicion of it agrees to me; nor can any without prejudice to the Truth ſay, that I at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> either ſtirred up the People any where to tumultuous Aſſemblies, or gave occaſion to any Tumult, in the Synagogues or Schools or Diſputations of the <hi>Jews</hi> held either in the Temple, or without the Temple, or in any other place of the City.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>Neither can they prove,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, And before the faces of my Accuſers I affirm, that they have no plauſible Arguments, whereby they can demon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtrate and evince, that it is either probable or likely, that either I ſtirred up Sedition, or brought Strangers into the Temple, as they now falſely accuſe me before you.</p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>But I confeſs,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, But I acknowledge and profeſs that I follow that way of worſhiping God, which my Accuſers brand with the name of the <hi>Hereſie</hi> or <hi>Sect</hi> of the <hi>Nazarites</hi> or <hi>Nazarens. Epiphan.</hi> Haer. 29. <hi>All the Christians were then called</hi> Nazarens. <hi>But it came to paſs, that for a little time the Diſciples were called</hi> Jeſſei, <hi>before they began to be called Christians at</hi> Antioch. <hi>Aurelius Prudentius Clemens</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. in his fifth Hymn induceth <hi>Datian</hi> thus accoſting the Chriſtians;
<q>
                     <l>
                        <hi>You</hi> Nazarenes <hi>be ready bent,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Your Cluniſh rigidneſs relent;</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Ye Deities the Prince invokes,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Appeaſe with Offerings and Smokes.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sect. Gr. Way.</hi> That is, The Religion, or manner of Divine Worſhip.</p>
               <pb n="237" facs="tcp:192139:328"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>So I Worſhip my Father and God.</hi> In the <hi>Greek</hi> it is, as alſo the <hi>Engliſh</hi> Tranſlation <hi>So Worſhip I the God of my Fathers.</hi> That is, I devoutly and holily Worſhip God, whom our Fathers, <hi>Abraham, Iſaac, Jacob,</hi> and the reſt from whom I derive my Original, the Fore-Fathers of the <hi>Iſraelites</hi> long ſince Worſhipped. <hi>Paul</hi> elſewhere alſo mentioneth this Holy Worſhip perform<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed by him to God, as <hi>Rom.</hi> 1.9. 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 1.3.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Believing all things.</hi> Without any Exception.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which are Written in the Law and the Prophets.</hi> That is to ſay, Which <hi>Moſes</hi> and the Prophets that came after him have ſealed with their Writings. See below, <hi>Chap.</hi> 26. <hi>v.</hi> 22. <hi>Paul</hi> doth not challenge them to ſome uncertain Traditions propoſed only by word of Mouth, and delivered down to Poſterity by the hands of Men, not to be confided in; but layeth the Holy Scripture, as a ſure Rule, for the foundation of his Faith. <hi>Atha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>naſius</hi> in his Treatiſe of the Synod of <hi>Ariminum</hi> and <hi>Seleucia,</hi> ſaith, <hi>In vain running up and down do they pretend that Synods were called together for the Faith: For the Holy Scripture is more ſufficient than they are all.</hi> The ſame <hi>Atha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>naſius</hi> againſt the Gentiles, <hi>The Holy and divinely inſpired Scriptures are indeed ſufficient for the declaration of the Truth.</hi> The ſame Father in the ſame place, <hi>If ye will ſpeak other things than theſe that are Written, why do ye contend with us, who will not endure either to hear or ſpeak any things ſave thoſe things that are Written? Euſeb. Pamph.</hi> to a Philoſopher in the Acts of the Council of <hi>Nice, part.</hi> 2. <hi>c.</hi> 19. <hi>Believe thoſe things that are Written: what are not Written neither heed them nor ſearch after them. Chryſoſt. Hom.</hi> of the falſe Prophets <hi>Tom.</hi> 7. <hi>The Holy Scripture hath left out, nor concealed any of thoſe things which are profitable for us. Theodoret, Quaeſt.</hi> 4. againſt the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles. <hi>It ſeemeth to me a preſumptiuous thing, to affirm any thing of thoſe things, of the which the Holy Scripture delivers nothing expreſly. Cyril Lib.</hi> 2. <hi>Glaphyr.</hi> in <hi>Gen. How, I pray, ſhall we receive, and reckon among the Truths, that
<pb n="238" facs="tcp:192139:329"/>which the Holy Scripture hath not ſpoken of?</hi> See our Anno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tations above on <hi>Chap.</hi> 17. <hi>v.</hi> 11. and our Epiſtle writ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ten in <hi>French</hi> and <hi>Engliſh</hi> to the honourable <hi>Robert Boyle</hi> 
                  <abbr>Eſq</abbr> a Gentleman excelling in all manner of Learning and Vertue.</p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>Having Hope.</hi> As much as to ſay, And God himſelf quickeneth me with a lively hope, to expect a general Reſurrection of the Juſt and Unjuſt, which alſo the greateſt part of the Great <hi>Sanhedrin</hi> themſelves who are come hither to accuſe me, do likewiſe look for the accompliſhment of. Hence we may gather, that the Phariſees who were at variance with the Sadduces, and declared <hi>Paul</hi> innocent above, <hi>c.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 9. were now become friends with them again, that they might haſten <hi>Paul</hi>'s Death by their moſt execrable Conſpiracy. Poſſibly this Reconciliation of them to friendſhip was effected by thoſe Men who had curſed themſelves, if they would either eat or drink till they had killed him.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>C.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 12, 13, 14, 15.</note> See above.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That there ſhall be a Reſurrection of the Just and <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>njuſt.</hi> Amongſt the <hi>Jewiſh</hi> Rabbies, there is one of the Ancients <hi>Rabbi Eleazar</hi> a <hi>Capernaite,</hi> who in the <hi>Deciſions of the Fathers</hi> in expreſs words taught, That all the Dead, whether Juſt or Un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>juſt ſhall be called to Life again. His words are theſe: <hi>Thoſe who are born, are born that they may die, thoſe who die, die that they may live again; thoſe who live again, live again that they may be Judged.</hi> Chriſt himſelf, without any far fetcht ſpeeches, taught this General Reſuſcita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of the Dead to Judgment, from which ſome were to be conducted to everlaſting Beatitude,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Joh.</hi> 5.28, 29. <hi>See alſo</hi> 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 5.10. <hi>&amp; Rev.</hi> 20.12, 13.</note> others to perpetual and endleſs Puniſh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments.</p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>In this.</hi> A Hebraiſm; that is, for this; to wit, becauſe I have a certain expectation, that all the Dead ſhall be raiſed to Life again; the juſt indeed to a Heavenly, everlaſting and
<pb n="239" facs="tcp:192139:329"/>every way bleſſed Life; but the Unjuſt to Puniſhments that are to be inflicted on them by the infinitely juſt God, for that they obſtinately deſpiſed his Will reveal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed to them, and were unreaſonably injurious to the lovers of Truth and Holineſs. See 2 <hi>Theſſ.</hi> 1.6, 7. <hi>Rev.</hi> 16.5, 6.18.20.19.1, 2, 3.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Do I exerciſe my ſelf,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, With my whole Soul, and all the vigour of my Mind, I endea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vour after this, that in my Religious and Civil Duties I may never depart a hairs breadth from a right Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcience. By theſe words, <hi>Paul</hi> declareth himſelf Inno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cent of that profanation of the Temple, and ſtirring up of Sedition, of which he was falſely accuſed above.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>V.</hi> 5, 6.</note> It is neceſſary that a Chriſtian, to a true and good Faith add alſo a good Conſcience, that providing things honeſt not only before the Lord, but alſo in the ſight of Men, 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 8.21. he may be charged with no crime, but moſt falſely, by that hatred of the Godly, that is ſeared in Reprobate Minds. See 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 1.19. 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 3.16.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>Now after many Years.</hi> That is, After I had been ſeveral years a great way abſent from <hi>Jeruſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Alms,</hi> &amp;c. As much as to ſay, I returned thither, not with a deſign to move Sedition, or to proſane the Temple, but to relieve my poor Brethren, with con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tributions that I had gathered among other Nations, and to offer ſacrifices to God on the Solemn Feaſt of <hi>Pentecoſt,</hi> in the manner appointed by the Law.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>And Vows.</hi> Being to pay Vows I made to God. Theſe two words are not read in the <hi>Greek</hi> Text, nor in the <hi>Engliſh</hi> Tranſlation.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In which.</hi> That is, which things while I was buſied with, as below <hi>c.</hi> 26. <hi>v.</hi> 12.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They found me purified.</hi> That is, bound by a Vow of <hi>Nazarite</hi> to abſtinence from Wine, and other
<pb n="240" facs="tcp:192139:330"/>things forbidden the <hi>Nazarites.</hi> See above, <hi>c.</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 24, 26.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the Temple.</hi> To wit, when the ſeven Days ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pointed by me to my Vow of <hi>Nazarite</hi> were now almoſt fulfilled. See above, <hi>c.</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 27.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Neither with Multitude.</hi> That is, without any Train of Attendants.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Nor with Tumult.</hi> That is to ſay, And without any Seditious concurſion. See above <hi>v.</hi> 12. <hi>It follows,</hi> ſaith <hi>John Mariana, in ſome Books,</hi> And they laid hands on me, crying, and ſaying, Take away our Enemy. <hi>But this is not in the</hi> Greek, <hi>nor in the vulgar</hi> Latin. <hi>Therefore it is rejected.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Certain</hi> Jews <hi>from</hi> Aſia. Supply, <hi>Are.</hi> See above <hi>c.</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 27.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>Who.</hi> As being Authors of the outrage commit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed againſt me in the Temple.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ought to have been here before thee.</hi> That is, It was meet that they as being the principal Actors, ſhould have appeared before thee.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And object if they had any thing againſt me.</hi> To wit, That was not a crime feigned againſt me through Calumny and Malice.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>Or.</hi> Supply, that the abſence of thoſe <hi>Aſian Jews,</hi> who were the Authors of the Outrage committed upon me, from thy Tribunal, be not ſuſpected.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Let theſe ſame Men.</hi> My Adverſaries, the Prieſts and Senators of the <hi>Jews,</hi> who are here preſent and were not preſent at the beginning of the Outrage done a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gainſt me, but took on truſt from others the Accuſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion brought againſt me.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Say if they have found any evil doing in me.</hi> That is, Let them openly declare, if they have found any thing wherein I have done amiſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>When I ſtood before the Judgment.</hi> In the <hi>Gr. I ſtanding.</hi> The Vulgar and <hi>Eraſmus</hi> render it, <hi>While I ſtand:</hi> As if <hi>Paul</hi> had ſpoke of their then preſent hearing. But
<pb n="241" facs="tcp:192139:330"/>the matter it ſelf plainly declares that it is to be under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood of the former Judgment, when he was brought by the Chief Captain before the Council of the Elders, as above, <hi>c.</hi> 22. <hi>v.</hi> 30. and ſo it is to be rendred, <hi>When I ſtood.</hi> The meaning is the ſame, as if <hi>Paul</hi> had ſaid, When <hi>Lyſias</hi> the Chief Captain had brought me before the <hi>Sanhedrin,</hi> being deſirous to be certainly informed as to the Accuſations brought againſt me by the <hi>Jews.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>Except it be for this one Voice.</hi> That is, Unleſs perhaps this true and innocent word be blame-worthy in me.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That I cryed ſtanding among them.</hi> That is, When I ſtood among them. See above, <hi>c.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 6.</p>
               <p n="22">22. Felix <hi>deferred them.</hi> In the <hi>Gr.</hi> is added, as alſo in the <hi>Engliſh, Hearing theſe things,</hi> or rather, <hi>When he had heard theſe things.</hi> As if he had ſaid, But when <hi>Felix</hi> had heard <hi>Paul</hi> acknowledging that he was of that Sect which was called <hi>Nazarens,</hi> and defending himſelf from the Crimes of profaning the Temple and making an Uproar, objected againſt him, by denial, he was afraid to give Sentence, and deferred the Judgment by putting it off to another time.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The uttermost.</hi> In the <hi>Greek</hi> it is <hi>more certainly, more exactly.</hi> The conſtruction is ſomewhat obſcure by reaſon of the trajection of the Participle, <hi>ſaying,</hi> which will be more plain if it be thus paraphraſtically digeſted into order: <hi>Saying, when I ſhall be better and more fully informed what this Doctrine is, which is objected againſt</hi> Paul <hi>under the name of the Hereſie of the</hi> Nazarens, above <hi>v.</hi> 5. <hi>and the Chief Captain</hi> Lyſias <hi>ſhall come down from</hi> Jeruſalem <hi>to</hi> Caeſarea, <hi>I will again hear you who are Accuſers with the Defendant, and will then paſs Sentence on the cauſe when debated by both Parties.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Having knowledge of that way.</hi> That is, Having further made an enquiry into, and more fully been in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>formed of that Way and Sect, which when objected to
<pb n="242" facs="tcp:192139:331"/>
                  <hi>Paul,</hi> he confeſſed he followed, above <hi>v.</hi> 14. They are the words of <hi>Felix</hi> delaying to Pronounce him Guilty. But frequently in the New Teſtament the Doctrine of the Goſpel, or the Chriſtian Religion is ſignified by this Expreſſion, <hi>This way,</hi> as ye may ſee above <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 2. <hi>c.</hi> 19. <hi>v.</hi> 9.23. <hi>c.</hi> 22. <hi>v.</hi> 4.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Saying. There is no reaſon,</hi> ſaith the Learned <hi>Beza, why any ſhould think that the Trajection of this Participle is wreſted and forced. For neither uſe theſe Particles</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>to be taken in another ſenſe in</hi> Plato<hi>'s Dialogues; and with the</hi> Latins, I ſay, <hi>and,</hi> he ſaith. <hi>But alſo ye may find instances of the like, or even a more harſh Tranſpoſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion in the ſame Verb below,</hi> c. 25. v. 5. Luc. 5. v. 24 &amp; 7. <hi>v.</hi> 42. <hi>Yet I confeſs that this Trajection for the most part occurs in the middle of a Sentence, whereas here it is uſed betwixt two Sentences; but that exact nicety of Speech is not to be expected in inſpired Writers; and the perſpicuity of the Sentence ſeems enough to confirm this Expoſition, although there were no other proofs for it.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>When the Chief Captain</hi> Lyſias. Who, To wit, being acquainted with all things done at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> can fully ſatisfie me, whether this Man who denies that he ſtirred up Sedition, and profaned the Temple, be guilty or not.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Shall come down.</hi> To wit, from <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> to <hi>Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſarea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I will hear.</hi> To wit, to decide the Controverſy.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>You.</hi> To wit, The Accuſers and Defendant in both Cauſes.</p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>And he Commanded.</hi> As if he had ſaid, And having deferred the cauſe, he ordered a certain Cen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turion of <hi>Caeſarea,</hi> that he would keep <hi>Paul</hi> in ſafe Cuſtody, but yet that he would let his Friends have free acceſs to him, to aſſiſt him with their Advice, and Eſtates.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And have liberty. Gr.</hi> Releaſment, To wit, from Bonds, and cloſer confinement.</p>
               <pb n="243" facs="tcp:192139:331"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Nor any of his Acquaintance.</hi> That is, Of thoſe who were his intimate Friends.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Forbid to minister unto him.</hi> In procuring things neceſſary for him. In the <hi>Greek,</hi> as alſo the <hi>Engliſh,</hi> it is added, <hi>or to come to him:</hi> To wit, to confer with him, or comfort him. <hi>Antonia</hi> the younger Daughter to <hi>Antonius</hi> the <hi>Triumvir,</hi> the Wife of <hi>Druſus,</hi> and Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther to <hi>Germanicus</hi> and <hi>Claudius,</hi> and Grandmother to <hi>Caius Caligula</hi> (who as <hi>Pliny</hi> ſays, 7 <hi>Hiſt. Nat.</hi> 19. never did ſpit) obtained the ſame priviledge from <hi>Macro</hi> Prefect of the <hi>Roman</hi> Soldiers by her Petition, for <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>grippa</hi> the elder Nephew to <hi>Herod the great</hi> by <hi>Ariſtobulus,</hi> when he was caſt into bonds by <hi>Tiberius Caeſar,</hi> as you may ſee in <hi>Joſeph.</hi> 18. <hi>Ant.</hi> 8.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>And after certain days when</hi> Felix <hi>came.</hi> To the place where <hi>Paul</hi> was kept largely and at liberty.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With his Wife</hi> Druſilla. The faireſt of Women, Daughter to <hi>Agrippa</hi> the Elder (who above, <hi>c.</hi> 12. is called <hi>Herod</hi>) by <hi>Cyprus</hi> the Daughter of <hi>Phaſaëlus,</hi> whoſe Uncle <hi>Herod the great</hi> was, as ye may ſee in <hi>Joſephus.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">18 <hi>Ant.</hi> 7 <hi>&amp;</hi> 19.7.</note> This <hi>Felix</hi> had another Wife of the ſame name, who was Daughter to <hi>Juba</hi> King of <hi>Maurita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nia,</hi> and Niece to <hi>Anthony</hi> the <hi>Triumvir</hi> and <hi>Cleopatra</hi> Queen of <hi>Aegypt.</hi> This <hi>Druſilla</hi> the Daughter of <hi>Agrippa</hi> the Elder by <hi>Cyprus</hi> was ſix years of Age, when her Father yielded up the Ghoſt, above <hi>c.</hi> 12. <hi>v.</hi> 23. <hi>Epiphanes</hi> Son to <hi>Antiochus</hi> King of <hi>Commagena,</hi> to whom ſhe was eſpouſed by her ſaid Father <hi>Agrippa</hi> the Elder, refuſed her Marriage, becauſe, that having altered his reſolution he would not embrace the Jewiſh Religion, as he had promiſed to her Parents. Whereupon King <hi>Agrippa</hi> the younger, Son to <hi>Agrippa</hi> the Elder, and Brother to the ſaid <hi>Druſilla</hi> gave her in Marriage to <hi>Azizus</hi> King of the <hi>Emeſſens,</hi> who was Circumciſed. But <hi>Felix</hi> Procurator of <hi>Judea</hi> deeply in love or rather luſt after <hi>Druſilla,</hi> ſent to her his Friend <hi>Simon</hi> by Birth
<pb n="244" facs="tcp:192139:332"/>a <hi>Jew</hi> of <hi>Cyprus,</hi> who gave himſelf out for ſome great one, who ſolicited her to forſake her Husband <hi>Azizus</hi> King of the <hi>Emeſſens,</hi> and be Married to <hi>Felix;</hi> pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miſing that ſhe ſhould be bleſſed, if ſhe did not ſet light by him. She being one of no great foreſight, and de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſirous to be freed from the diſturbance of her Siſter <hi>Bernice,</hi> who envied her by reaſon of her excellent and ſurpaſſing beauty, ſhe conſented to tread under foot the Religion of her Fathers, and to be Married to <hi>Felix.</hi> See <hi>Joſeph.</hi> 20. <hi>Ant.</hi> 5. and <hi>Wars of the Jews l.</hi> 2. <hi>c.</hi> 10. and our Annotations on <hi>c.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 24.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which was a Jeweſs.</hi> That is, whoſe paternal Reli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gion was that of the <hi>Jews.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He ſent for</hi> Paul. That he might inquire diligently of that Sect, which was objected to <hi>Paul</hi> as a Reproach and Crime, above, <hi>v.</hi> 5.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And heard him concerning the Faith in Chriſt.</hi> As if he had ſaid, And <hi>Paul</hi> perceiving he had a door of utterance opened to him, nothing afrighted with dangers, declareth to <hi>Felix</hi> in order, what Doctrines the Chriſtan Religion requires to be believed, what good things to be hoped for, what evils to be feared, and finally, what things it requireth us to do, and what to eſchew.</p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>And as he reaſoned of Righteouſneſs and Chaſtity.</hi> In the <hi>Gr.</hi> as alſo the <hi>Engliſh</hi> it is, <hi>and Temperance.</hi> That is, As <hi>Paul</hi> was declaring the Doctrine of the Chriſtian Religion, concerning its reverence to all Virtues, and abhorrence of all Vices.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And of Judgment to come.</hi> Wherein the Lord Jeſus, who is conſtituted by the Father Judge of the Quick and the Dead, will righteouſly Judge all Men, not ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cepting the Potentates, and thoſe who now ſit judging others, then ſtanding before his Tribunal, and will render unto every one due rewards; to the juſt ever<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>laſting, and ineſtimable Joys, to the unjuſt deſerved, ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rible, and never to be ended Puniſhments. <hi>Paul</hi> alſo
<pb n="245" facs="tcp:192139:332"/>concluded his Oration before the <hi>Athenians</hi> in <hi>Mars-hill</hi> with this tremendous Judgment of the Quick and the Dead, above <hi>c.</hi> 17. <hi>v.</hi> 31. As alſo the Preaching of this Judgment is reckoned one of the chief fundamental points of the Chriſtian Religion. <hi>Heb.</hi> 6.1, 2.</p>
               <p>Felix <hi>trembling.</hi> For the Puniſhment that he was at length like to undergo for his wicked Actions, which before he believed he would never account for, as truſt<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing to his Power that was ſo great, as <hi>Tacitus</hi> writeth of him, <hi>Annal. l.</hi> 12.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Anſwered.</hi> Confounded with the Guilt of his Wickedneſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Go thy way for this time.</hi> That is, At preſent I am not at leiſure to hear you reaſon of theſe things.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>When I have a convenient time.</hi> That is, When I ſhall have reſpit from other buſineſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I will call for thee.</hi> To confer with thee.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>He hoped alſo that Money ſhould have been given him of</hi> Paul, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Being an unſatiably covetous Man, he hoped that <hi>Paul</hi> would have redeem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed himſelf with Money, and therefore ſent for him more frequently on pretence to confer with him.</p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>But after two Years.</hi> As much as to ſay, But when <hi>Paul</hi> had been kept in free cuſtody by <hi>Felix</hi> for the ſpace of two whole years.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He had.</hi> From <hi>Nero Caeſar.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A Succeſſor.</hi> In the Office of Procurator of <hi>Judea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Felix.</hi> Accuſed for his Wickedneſs, as <hi>Tacitus</hi> teſtifieth.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Porcius Feſtus. Porcius</hi> was the Surname of the whole Race of <hi>Cato</hi>'s, derived from the Word <hi>Porcus</hi> ſignify<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing <hi>a Hog. Varro</hi> of Husbandry, <hi>Chap.</hi> 1. ſaith, <hi>We have many Surnames from both ſorts of Beaſts, the bigger, and the ſmaller: from the ſmaller,</hi> Porcius, Ovinius, Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prilius; <hi>from the bigger,</hi> Equitius, Tanrus.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Willing to ſhew the Jews a pleaſure.</hi> That is, That he
<pb n="246" facs="tcp:192139:333"/>might ingratiate himſelf to the <hi>Jews,</hi> whom he had in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cenſed by many Oppreſſions.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He left</hi> Paul <hi>bound.</hi> That is, kept in open Priſon. See above <hi>v.</hi> 23. But this did nothing avail <hi>Felix.</hi> For the Elders of the <hi>Jews</hi> that dwelt at <hi>Caeſarea,</hi> went to <hi>Rome,</hi> and accuſed him before <hi>Nero</hi> the Emperor for the many injuries he had done them. Whereupon his Succeſſor <hi>Porcius Feſtus</hi> ſent him bound to <hi>Rome</hi> to <hi>Nero,</hi> who would have put him to Death, had not, as <hi>Joſephus</hi> teſtifies, his Brother <hi>Pallas,</hi> who then was in favour with the Emperor, procured his pardon. Although <hi>Pallas</hi> himſelf is thought to have been poyſoned by <hi>Nero</hi> not long after, <hi>For that he held a vaſt Treaſure in a long old Age. Tacit. l.</hi> 14. <hi>Annal.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div n="25" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. XXV.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>NOW when</hi> Feſtus <hi>was come into the Province.</hi> To wit, <hi>Judea,</hi> committed to his Adminiſtra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion by <hi>Nero Caeſar.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>After three days he went up to</hi> Jeruſalem. The Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tropolis of that Province, that there he might enter upon and diſcharge his Office of Governor.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>From</hi> Caeſarea. Where by reaſon of the convenience of the Sea, thoſe who were Deputed by the <hi>Roman</hi> Emperors to Govern <hi>Judea,</hi> uſed to have their reſidence, as <hi>Tacitus</hi> teſtifieth <hi>Annal. lib.</hi> 18. As alſo it was the firſt Port, as they Sailed from <hi>Italy</hi> to <hi>Judea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>And the High Priest went unto him.</hi> He ſeems to be the ſame <hi>Ananias</hi> that is mentioned above, <hi>c.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 2 <hi>&amp;</hi> 24.</p>
               <pb n="247" facs="tcp:192139:333"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Chief of the</hi> Jews. Theſe heads of the Jewiſh People are above, <hi>c.</hi> 24. <hi>v.</hi> 1. called <hi>Elders,</hi> that is, Senators.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Againſt</hi> Paul. That is, That they might with more advantage accuſe <hi>Paul</hi> before the new Gover<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nour.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And beſought him.</hi> To wit, <hi>Feſtus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That he would ſend him to</hi> Jeruſalem. And there paſs a final Sentence againſt him. The <hi>Roman</hi> Magiſtrates did not always give Judgment in one particular City, but wherever they hap'ned to be.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Laying wait.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Intending to kill <hi>Paul</hi> by Ambuſh in his way from <hi>Caeſarea</hi> to <hi>Jeruſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>Should be kept at</hi> Caeſarea. As if he had ſaid, There is no neceſſity that <hi>Paul</hi> ſhould be brought from <hi>Caeſarea,</hi> where he is in Cuſtody, hither to <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> to be judged by me here, ſeeing I my ſelf am to go ſhortly into <hi>Caeſarea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>In you.</hi> That is, Among you, as it is in the <hi>Engliſh</hi> Tranſlation. <hi>In</hi> is frequently put for <hi>inter</hi> among, as above <hi>c.</hi> 7. <hi>v.</hi> 44. <hi>c.</hi> 18. <hi>v.</hi> 11. <hi>c.</hi> 24. <hi>v.</hi> 21.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who are able.</hi> Supply, To convict <hi>Paul</hi> of his Crimes by ſolid and ſtrong Arguments. <hi>As if he had ſaid,</hi> ſaith <hi>Joh. Pric. The Accuſations of the confuſed multitude are not worthy the taking notice of, the diſordered rabble does deſtroy the very appearance and form of Judgment. Let Men there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore be delegated that are more skilful in managing Impeach<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Go down together.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Let them go down with me from <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> to <hi>Caeſarea,</hi> and accuſe <hi>Paul</hi> of his Crimes.</p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>Among them.</hi> To wit, Among the <hi>Jews</hi> of <hi>Je<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The next Day.</hi> That is, the next day after that <hi>Feſtus</hi> returned to <hi>Caeſarea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sitting in the Judgment Seat.</hi> To give Judgment.</p>
               <pb n="248" facs="tcp:192139:334"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>He Commanded</hi> Paul <hi>to be brought.</hi> That he might judge his Cauſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Many and grievous Complaints,</hi> &amp;c. That is, They laid many grievous Crimes to his Charge, which yet they could not fix upon <hi>Paul</hi> by any plauſible proofs. Excellent is that of <hi>Apuleius, Any innocent Man may be accuſed of a forged Crime, but none but a Guilty Perſon can be convicted.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>While</hi> Paul <hi>anſwered for himſelf.</hi> That is, While he vindicated his own Innocency by moſt ſolid and convincing Arguments, as above, <hi>c.</hi> 24. <hi>v.</hi> 10. <hi>&amp; ſeq.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Againſt the Law of the Jews.</hi> That is, Againſt the Law given by God to the <hi>Jews</hi> through the Miniſtry of <hi>Moſes.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Againſt the Temple.</hi> Of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> which my Ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verſaries calumniate me that I went about to pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phane.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Againſt</hi> Caeſar. Thoſe Accuſers of <hi>Paul</hi> ſeem to have laid the ſame things to his charge, that the <hi>Jews</hi> of <hi>Theſſalonica</hi> and <hi>Corinth</hi> did, above, <hi>c.</hi> 17. <hi>v.</hi> 7. <hi>&amp;c.</hi> 18. <hi>v.</hi> 13.</p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>To do the Jews a pleaſure.</hi> That is, To curry favour with the Jews.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And there be judged of thoſe things before me.</hi> That is, Be judged by the great Council of the Jews in my hearing. <hi>The Sanhedrin,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, had ſome Power of executing the Law, but the right of the</hi> Roman <hi>City, was greater than that of the Sanhedrin, therefore</hi> Paul <hi>could not be compelled to acknowledge them for Judges. The Governors uſed ſometimes to be preſent with the Senate of the City.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>L.</hi> 1. § <hi>ſed etſi D. quando ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pellandum ſit.</hi>
                  </note>
               </p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>But</hi> Paul <hi>ſaid.</hi> To wit, When he underſtood on what deſign and intent <hi>Feſtus</hi> put that Queſtion to him, and fearing ambuſhes laid by the <hi>Jews.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I ſtand at</hi> Caeſar<hi>'s Judgment-Seat.</hi> He calls that
<pb n="249" facs="tcp:192139:334"/>
                  <hi>Caeſar</hi>'s Judgment-Seat, which the Governor held in the Name, and by Authority of <hi>Caeſar. <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>lpianus</hi> Book. 1. of the duty of <hi>Caeſar</hi>'s Procurator, ſaith, <hi>What things are acted and done by</hi> Caeſar<hi>'s Procurator, are ſo approved of by him, as if they had been done by</hi> Caeſar <hi>himſelf.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Where I.</hi> Seeing I am a <hi>Roman</hi> Citizen.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To the Jews.</hi> To wit, Thoſe mine Accuſers, to whoſe importunity you ſeem to yield.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I have done no wrong.</hi> That is, in nothing, have I given them juſt cauſe of offence.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Better.</hi> The Comparative is put for the Poſitive <hi>well,</hi> or the Superlative, as it in the <hi>Engliſh, very well.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>I refuſe not to die.</hi> Terent. Phorm. Act. 1. Sc. 5. <hi>If, <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ncle,</hi> Antipho <hi>has committed ſo great a treſpaſs a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gainſt his own Intereſt, I plead for no favour for him, but that he may ſuffer according to his demerits.</hi> On which place <hi>Donatus</hi> ſaith, <hi>T'is a Rhetorical</hi> Theorem, <hi>which he uſes who is entruſted with a cauſe propoſed: If this or that be, I beg not pardon, I deprecate no puniſhment.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But if there be none of theſe things.</hi> Supply, Wherein I have offended, as I ſaid above, <hi>v.</hi> 8.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which theſe accuſe me.</hi> A <hi>Graeciſm,</hi> For in <hi>Latin</hi> it is more proper to ſay, Of which or whereof they accuſe me.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>No Man may deliver me unto them.</hi> That is, No Man hath Power to grant this liberty to the Jews to judge me againſt my Will. <hi>It was,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, contrary to the</hi> Roman <hi>Laws to deliver up a</hi> Roman <hi>Citizen, and that againſt his Will to Men of a Province, to be judged by them. Pliny</hi> in his Epiſtle to <hi>Trajan,</hi> of the Chriſtians, ſaith, <hi>There were others poſſeſſed with the like madneſs, whom, becauſe they were</hi> Roman <hi>Citizens, I ordered to be ſent back into the City.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I appeal to</hi> Caeſar. That is, as <hi>Grotius</hi> interprets it, <hi>If ye will deliver me to be judged by the</hi> Sanhedrin (<hi>for</hi> Feſtus <hi>ſeemed to intend it</hi>) <hi>I appeal to</hi> Caeſar Nero. <hi>This
<pb n="250" facs="tcp:192139:335"/>was allowed by the</hi> Roman <hi>Laws in ſuch a caſe. For before Sentence Appeal may be made, If the Judge has pronounced an Interlocutory on a Queſtion to be diſcuſſed in a Civil Action, or does it contrary to Law in a Cri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minal.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">L. Ante. D. de appel. recip.</note>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With the Council.</hi> That is, With the Conciliary Aſſiſtants.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Conferred.</hi> That he might ask their Judgment as to this Appeal of <hi>Paul</hi>'s to <hi>Caeſar,</hi> whether it ſhould be admitted, or not.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To</hi> Caeſar <hi>thou ſhalt go. Feſtus</hi> grants that to a <hi>Roman</hi> Citizen, which if he had not granted, he had been guilty of open violence, before <hi>Caeſar,</hi> whoſe honour, that was advanced by that Appeal, he ſhould have ſeemed to ſuppreſs and make light account of.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>And when a few days were paſt.</hi> That is, a few days intervening.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Agrippa.</hi> The Younger, whom <hi>Herod Agrippa Ariſtobulus</hi>'s Son, begot of <hi>Cyprus</hi> Daughter to <hi>Pha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſaelus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>King.</hi> The laſt of the <hi>Jews,</hi> but not of the Province of <hi>Judaea</hi> or <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> or any part of the two Te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trarchies of <hi>Archelaus</hi> his Grand Uncle, but of the Te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trarchies of his other Grand Uncle <hi>Philip,</hi> and of <hi>Lyſanias,</hi> of whom mention is made <hi>Luke</hi> 3.1. <hi>Claudius</hi> the Empe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ror at firſt would have had this <hi>Agrippa</hi> the leſſer, then a young Man, to ſucceed his Father <hi>Agrippa,</hi> but after<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards looking on him as uncapable to govern ſo great a Kingdom, he made <hi>Cuſpius Fadus</hi> Procurator of <hi>Judaea</hi> and of the whole Kingdom of <hi>Agrippa</hi> the Elder (which was larger than the Kingdom of his Grandfather <hi>Herod</hi> the Great.) And ſo <hi>Judaea</hi> was again made a Province, as it was before it was added to the Kingdom of <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>grippa</hi> the Elder by <hi>Claudius Caeſar,</hi> ſince <hi>Auguſtus</hi> had baniſhed <hi>Archelaus,</hi> Uncle to the ſame <hi>Agrippa,</hi> who was accuſed of Tyranny, to <hi>Vienna</hi> of the <hi>Allobroges.</hi> But in the fourth Year from the Death of <hi>Agrippa</hi> the Elder,
<pb n="251" facs="tcp:192139:335"/>which was the eighth of the Reign of <hi>Claudius, Herod</hi> Brother to the ſame <hi>Agrippa,</hi> King of <hi>Chalcis</hi> in <hi>Syria,</hi> died, and <hi>Agrippa</hi> the younger was by <hi>Claudius</hi> ſubſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuted in the room of the deceaſed; and together with the Kingdom of <hi>Chalcis,</hi> he was alſo inveſted with Power over the Temple of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> and the Holy Treaſury, and with the right of chuſing High Prieſts, which the ſame Emperor had granted to his Uncle. This was the beginning of <hi>Agrippa</hi> the younger's Reign. But when he had governed <hi>Chalcis</hi> four Years, <hi>Claudius,</hi> after the twelfth year of his Reign, took it from him, and tranſported him into a greater Kingdom, conſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuting him King of the Tetrarchy (which was his Grand Uncle <hi>Philip</hi>'s) to wit, of <hi>Batanaea,</hi> and <hi>Gaulanitis,</hi> or <hi>Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ranitis,</hi> (which Countries ſeem to be the ſame with <hi>Ituraea, Luke</hi> 3.1.) and <hi>Trachonitis;</hi> adding moreover the Principality, which is Surnamed <hi>Lyſania</hi>'s, becauſe it was of old poſſeſſed by <hi>Lyſanias Ptole<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>my</hi>'s Son, of whom <hi>Joſephus</hi> writeth,
<note place="margin">14 <hi>Ant.</hi> 23. <hi>&amp;</hi> 15. <hi>Ant.</hi> 4.</note> and more recently by the Tetrarch <hi>Lyſanias,</hi> whom <hi>Luke</hi> maketh mention of. To this greater Kingdom of <hi>Agrippa</hi> the younger, <hi>Nero</hi> added <hi>Tiberias</hi> and <hi>Tarichaea</hi> Cities of <hi>Galilee,</hi> and <hi>Julias</hi> in <hi>Ituraea,</hi> ſituated beyond <hi>Jordan,</hi> with fourteen Villages conterminous to it.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Joſ.</hi> 20 <hi>Ant.</hi> 5.</note> 
                  <hi>Euſebius</hi> in his Chronicle declareth that this <hi>Agrippa</hi> reigned 26 years, to whom all Chrono<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>logers give credit. But <hi>Euſebius</hi> commited two miſtakes; Firſt, in that he ſaith that <hi>Agrippa</hi> the younger reigned immediately after his Fathers deceaſe, contrary to what <hi>Joſephus</hi> aſſerts:
<note place="margin">19 <hi>Ant.</hi> 7.</note> And alſo in that he is of opinion, that the King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom of this <hi>Agrippa</hi> ended together with the miſerable deſtruction of <hi>Jeruſalem:</hi> As if, becauſe 26 years in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tervened between the beginning of the ſame King and the overthrow of <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> the King himſelf had been alſo deſtroyed together with the Temple and City.
<pb n="252" facs="tcp:192139:336"/>
                  <hi>But,</hi> ſaith the Renowned <hi>Scaliger, that</hi> Agrippa <hi>the younger died in the third year of</hi> Trajan, <hi>Num.</hi> MMCXVI. <hi>of</hi> Euſebius's <hi>Chronicle, as</hi> Juſtus <hi>of</hi> Tiberias <hi>teſtified, who preſented his Chronological Works to King</hi> Agrippa <hi>himſelf. None therefore could more certainly pronounce about this Kings Death, than he who dedicated his Work to him.</hi> Phocius <hi>ſaith of</hi> Juſtus <hi>of</hi> Tiberias: <hi>He beginneth his Hiſtory from</hi> Moſes, <hi>and continueth it even to the exit of</hi> Agrippa, <hi>the ſeventh of</hi> Herod<hi>'s Family, and laſt of the</hi> Jewiſh <hi>Kings: Who received his Kingdom under</hi> Claudius, <hi>encreaſed it under</hi> Nero, <hi>and further under</hi> Veſpaſian: <hi>But he died in the third Year of</hi> Trajan, <hi>at which time his Hiſtory likewiſe concludes. But there was no cauſe,</hi> ſaith the ſame <hi>Scaliger, why</hi> Euſebius <hi>ſhould limit the Kingdom of</hi> Agrippa <hi>the younger with the Deſtruction of</hi> Jeruſalem. <hi>For neither was he King of</hi> Jeruſalem, <hi>nor had he any Authority over any part of the Tetrarchy of</hi> Ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chelaus. <hi>For</hi> Caeſar<hi>'s Procurator was always ſent to the Patrimony of</hi> Archelaus, <hi>and</hi> Jeruſalem, <hi>who was called</hi> Epiſtropus <hi>of</hi> Judea. Thus <hi>Joſeph Scaliger</hi> in his Ani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>madverſious on <hi>Euſebius</hi>'s Chronicle. With whom not<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>withſtanding the moſt renowned <hi>Scultetus</hi> cannot agree in this, that he ſays, <hi>That there was always a Procurator ſent to the Patrimony of</hi> Archelaus <hi>and</hi> Jeruſalem. For when <hi>Agrippa</hi> the Elder reigned and governed <hi>Judea</hi> it ſelf, he is of opinion that the <hi>Jews</hi> payed Tribute, not to the <hi>Romans,</hi> but to their own King; nor that any Procurator came from <hi>Rome</hi> to <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi> The ſame <hi>Scaliger</hi> on <hi>Euſcbius, Num.</hi> MMLXXXVI. Agrippa <hi>the younger the ſeventh and laſt of the Kings of the Race of</hi> Herod, <hi>lived</hi> 30 <hi>years after the Deſtruction of</hi> Jeruſalem, <hi>his Kingdom continuing ſafe, which he poſſeſſed</hi> 26 <hi>years, and encreaſed by the acceſſion of ſome Towns through the fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vour of</hi> Veſpaſian. <hi>So far was the Fortune of</hi> Jeruſalem <hi>from cauſing any alteration in his Kingdom. What therefore did</hi> Euſebius <hi>mean? Whether that after the Deſtruction of</hi> Jeruſalem, Agrippa <hi>continued in the Station of a private
<pb n="253" facs="tcp:192139:336"/>Perſon, or that he was deſtroyed together with</hi> Jeruſalem? <hi>But theſe things are both already confuted, as alſo they are with this Coin.</hi> ΑΥΤΟΚΡΑΤΩΡ. ΟΥΕϹΠΑϹΙΑΝΟϹ. ΚΑΙϹΑΡ. ΙΟΥΔΑΙΑϹ. ΕΑΛΩΚΙΑϹ. ΕΤΕΙ. ΚΑ. ΑΓΡΙΠΠ. Agrippa <hi>remained King after</hi> Judaea <hi>was taken. Elſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>where it is</hi> ΕΤΟΥΣ Κς. Euſebius <hi>has licentiouſlly enough indulged himſelf in this Fiction. But both the Ancient and Modern Jews are miſtaken, who ſay that their Power of Judgment was taken away from them by the</hi> Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mans 40 <hi>years before the Deſtruction of</hi> Jeruſalem, <hi>that is, in the fifteenth year of</hi> Tiberius Caeſar. <hi>Which is ridiculous. For this befell them</hi> 61 <hi>years before the burning of the Temple; about the time that</hi> Archelaus <hi>was baniſhed to</hi> Vienna. <hi>Whence is that,</hi> It is not lawful for us to kill any Man. <hi>For</hi> Caeſar<hi>'s Governor or Procurator, de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>volving all the Power on himſelf, left very few things, and thoſe of very ſmall moment to the Conſiſtory of the Jews, with theſe moreover, which belonged to their Laws, Rites, Cere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monies and Songs.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Bernice. Siſter <hi>German</hi> to King <hi>Agrippa</hi> the younger, Widow of <hi>Herod</hi> King of <hi>Chalcis</hi> her Uncle. When a rumour went abroad that ſhe lay carnally with her Brother <hi>German Agrippa,</hi> ſhe adviſed <hi>Polemon</hi> King of <hi>Cilicia,</hi> that he would firſt be circumciſed and then marry her, thinking that in ſo doing ſhe would make it appear to be a Lye. Nor did <hi>Polemon</hi> deny her, being eſpecially induced thereto by her riches; yet that Marriage was not of long continuance, by reaſon of intemperance, as it is ſaid, <hi>Bernice</hi> departing from him. Who preſently after he was deſerted by his Wife, deſerted the Jewiſh Religion. <hi>Joſeph.</hi> 20 <hi>Ant.</hi> 5. The ſame <hi>Bernice,</hi> or <hi>Berenice,</hi> or <hi>Bero<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nice,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Joſeph.</hi> 2. <hi>Bell. Jud.</hi> 15.</note> came to <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> barefooted and her Head ſhaven to pay her Vow to God for her ſafety. <hi>Juvenal Sat.</hi> 20.</p>
               <pb n="254" facs="tcp:192139:337"/>
               <q>
                  <l>
                     <hi>And the Rich Diamond that fairer ſhowed,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>On</hi> Berenices <hi>finger, this beſtowed</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>The barbarous</hi> Agrippa, <hi>he to his</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Inceſtuous Siſter once preſented this,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Where barefoot Kings the ſacred Sabbath hold,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>And ancient Pity lets the Hogs grow old.</hi>
                  </l>
               </q>
               <p>
                  <hi>Came down.</hi> Gr. <hi>came unto,</hi> as it is in <hi>Engliſh.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Caeſarea, <hi>to ſalute</hi> Feſtus. That they might pay their Reſpects to the new Governor or Procurator. For thoſe who depended on the <hi>Roman</hi> Emperors as Vaſſals, they officiouſly inſinuated themſelves into the Favour of the <hi>Roman</hi> Procurators.</p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>Had been there.</hi> That is, <hi>Agrippa</hi> and <hi>Bernice</hi> had tarried at <hi>Caeſarea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto the King. Agrippa.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Declared</hi> Paul<hi>'s Cauſe.</hi> That is, He related in order all <hi>Paul</hi>'s concern, in what caſe it was.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Deſiring againſt him.</hi> As if guilty of a Notorious Crime.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Judgment.</hi> Without telling the cauſe why. <hi>Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Sentence, that is, a Juridical Condemnation, as appears by <hi>Feſtus</hi>'s Anſwer ſubjoyned to it. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſaith, <hi>Ribera</hi> on <hi>Hoſ.</hi> 13. <hi>is a Law-term, and ſignifieth a cauſe which is pleaded before the Judge, and Decree of the judge and right or an Action to do or ask any thing, and the Puniſhment which is inflicted, which alſo the</hi> Latins <hi>ſometimes call</hi> dica, <hi>uſing a</hi> Greek <hi>Word for one of their own.</hi> Some <hi>Greek</hi> Copies inſtead of this ſimple Word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> have the Compound <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which ſignifies <hi>Condemnation.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>It is not the manner of the</hi> Romans. Like to Bar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>barous Cruelty, or Tyrannical Impotency, as <hi>Apuleius</hi> ſpeaketh.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To deliver any one to die.</hi> In the <hi>Greek</hi> it is, To gra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tifie one with anothers Deſtruction, to wit, at the re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>queſt of any.</p>
               <pb n="255" facs="tcp:192139:337"/>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>When therefore they were come.</hi> The Elders of the <hi>Jews</hi> intending to proſecute <hi>Paul</hi> with all ſeverity.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Hither.</hi> To <hi>Caeſarea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I Sate on the Judgment Seat.</hi> To give Judgment.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I Commanded the Man to be brought forth.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul,</hi> who was in Priſon.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>When they ſtood up. Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>ſtanding,</hi> that is, when they ſtood before the Judgment Seat.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They brought none.</hi> As if he had ſaid, I ſuſpected, that they ſhould lay ſome heinous Wickedneſs to <hi>Paul</hi>'s charge, but they had nothing to ſay againſt him but ſome frivolous things, I know not what, concerning their own Superſtition. <hi>Gallio</hi> Deputy of <hi>Achaia</hi> ſpoke to the ſame purpoſe in <hi>Paul</hi>'s cauſe, when he was accuſed by the <hi>Jews,</hi> above, <hi>c.</hi> 18. <hi>v.</hi> 14.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>Of their own.</hi> To wit, Jewiſh.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Superſtition.</hi> Superſtition is a vain and ridiculous Worſhip of God, as alſo an anxious and exceſſive dread of him, when he is thought to be offended at thoſe things which yet he is no ways offended at. This pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fane Man ſpeaketh impiouſly of that Worſhip of the True God which the Law of <hi>Moſes</hi> appointeth, <hi>No<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing,</hi> ſaith the Renowned <hi>Beza, reverencing the preſence of King</hi> Agrippa. <hi>For theſe Governors of Provinces uſed to prefer themſelves even to Kings by reaſon of the greatneſs of the People of</hi> Rome, <hi>and it is probable alſo that this</hi> Agrippa, <hi>following the Footſteps of his Fathers, did ſo profeſs the Jewiſh Religion, as that he ſhould not offend the</hi> Romans.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Againſt him.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And of one</hi> Jeſus <hi>which was Dead.</hi> And that inhumane<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly murdered.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whom</hi> Paul <hi>affirmed to be alive.</hi> Raiſed up from the Dead.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>And becauſe I doubted,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Here,</hi> ſaith the Famous <hi>Beza,</hi> Feſtus <hi>palliateth his Sin, and bewrayeth himſelf. For why did he not abſolve a ſuppoſed Criminal
<pb n="256" facs="tcp:192139:338"/>againſt whom nothing could be proved? Or what occaſion was there for his doubting? Therefore if he had declared the plain truth, he would have confeſſed, that he would there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore have had</hi> Paul <hi>carried up to</hi> Jeruſalem, <hi>that he might ingratiate himſelf to the</hi> Jews, <hi>and expoſe an Innocent perſon to the cruelty of his Enemies, to be murthered by them either by the way, or in the City: Wherefore he gave juſt cauſe of appeal, ſeeing the right of appeal of old granted to the People, but afterwards to</hi> Caeſar, <hi>was granted to a</hi> Roman <hi>Citizen by moſt firm Laws.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>But when</hi> Paul <hi>had appealed to be reſerved to the hearing of</hi> Auguſtus. That is, That he might remain in Cuſtody until <hi>Nero</hi> the <hi>Roman</hi> Emperor could cognoſce of his Cauſe and Defence, and determine there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>upon. Now all the <hi>Roman</hi> Emperors were called <hi>Caeſars</hi> from the firſt of their Emperors <hi>Caius Julius,</hi> whoſe families Surname was <hi>Caeſar;</hi> and from their Second Emperor <hi>Octavianus Caeſar</hi> all his Succeſſors to this very day have the name of <hi>Auguſtus.</hi> But <hi>Octavianus</hi> himſelf, for his ſingular Vertue, and many good deeds to the Common-wealth, in the 36 year of his Age, according to the Opinon of <hi>Munatius Plancus,</hi> but the 16 year of his Empire, which he happily governed 56 years, was called <hi>Auguſtus;</hi> an excellent and very honourable Title, which ſignifies one that is venerable, and to be ſacredly revered as God.</p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>I would.</hi> That is, I have a great deſire.</p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>But on the Morrow when</hi> Agrippa <hi>was come.</hi> To wit, into the Judgment Hall.</p>
               <p>Agrippa <hi>and</hi> Bernice. That is, Together with his Siſter <hi>German Bernice,</hi> of whom above, <hi>v.</hi> 13.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With great Ambition.</hi> Gr. <hi>With great Phantaſie,</hi> that is, with moſt ſumptuous Clothing and Royal Ornaments, or as it is in the <hi>Engliſh, with great Pomp,</hi> as the <hi>Gr.</hi> Author ſpeaks 1 <hi>Mac.</hi> 9.37. where alſo the Vulgar <hi>Latin</hi> Interpreter renders it, <hi>with much Ambition,</hi> that is, vain oſtentation.</p>
               <pb n="257" facs="tcp:192139:338"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And entred the place of hearing.</hi> That is, Into the Conclave appointed to take Cognizance of, and judg Cauſes.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With the chief Captains.</hi> To wit, Military, who were ſet over 1000 Souldiers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Principal Men of the City.</hi> That is, The Nobility and Gentry of <hi>Caeſarea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Paul <hi>was brought.</hi> From Priſon to the ſaid Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clave.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>And</hi> Feſtus <hi>ſaid.</hi> Addreſſing himſelf to the Aſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſiſtants.</p>
               <p>Jeruſalem <hi>and here.</hi> To Wit, At <hi>Caeſarea.</hi> See above <hi>v.</hi> 6, 7.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Crying.</hi> Gr. <hi>Crying aloud.</hi> To wit, At <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore <hi>Claudius Lyſias</hi> the chief Captain, above <hi>c.</hi> 22. <hi>v.</hi> 22. But at <hi>Caeſarea</hi> before <hi>Feſtus</hi> the Procurator, where above, <hi>v.</hi> 7. the Jews accuſed <hi>Paul</hi> of heinous Crimes without Cauſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But when I found, &amp;c.</hi> The like Teſtimony the Phariſees alſo bare to <hi>Paul</hi> of his Innocency, above, <hi>c.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 9. King <hi>Agrippa</hi> and his Siſter <hi>Bernice</hi> below <hi>c.</hi> 26. <hi>verſ.</hi> 31.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To ſend him.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul</hi> to <hi>Domitius Nero Cae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſar.</hi> See above <hi>v.</hi> 21.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>No certain thing.</hi> That is, Known and deter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minate.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To write to my Lord.</hi> That is, To the Emperor. <hi>Octavianus Caeſar Auguſtus</hi> by an Edict prohibited the Title of Lord to be given to him, which had its Riſe from Paraſites, and indicated according to the import of the related Words, as if the Roman Citizens were the Emperor's Servants; witneſs <hi>Dion</hi> and <hi>Suetonius.</hi> But after his Deceaſe the Cuſtom became Univerſal, and that even among good Princes and Emperors, of not refuſing this Title, as appears from <hi>Pliny</hi>'s Letters to <hi>Trajan.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I have brought him forth before you.</hi> Who are now come here together.</p>
               <pb n="258" facs="tcp:192139:339"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Eſpecially before thee.</hi> As being well ſeen in the Jew<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>iſh Laws and Controverſies.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Examination had.</hi> Or, as <hi>Pliny</hi> ſpeaks, Inquiſition made.</p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nreaſonable.</hi> That is, Fooliſh and Abſurd.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To ſend Priſoner.</hi> To <hi>Rome,</hi> to the Emperor.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And not to ſignify.</hi> Supply, by Letter.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Crimes laid againſt him.</hi> That is, The Accuſati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons brought againſt him, or Miſdemeanors laid to his Charge.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="26" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. XXVI.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>THou art permitted.</hi> By <hi>Festus</hi> the Governor and me.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To ſpeak for thy ſelf.</hi> That is, To Plead and Defend thy Cauſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Stretched forth his Hand.</hi> As they uſe to do who are to make a large Oration, or a long Diſcourſe; not ſo much that they may procure Silence, as that their Freedom and Ingenuity may thereby be more evident.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Anſwered for himſelf.</hi> That is, He began thus Cou<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ragiouſly to defend his Innocency from the Calumnies of his Adverſaries.</p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>I think my ſelf happy.</hi> This <hi>Ovid</hi> would have ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſſed, <hi>I am glad at this with all my Heart. Apuleius</hi> alſo in the beginning of his firſt Apology to <hi>Maximus</hi> the Proconſul: <hi>I rejoyce, that while thou art Judg, I have both Power and Liberty granted me, to purge Philoſo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phy among the <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nskilful, and approve my ſelf.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>Queſtions.</hi> Which, to wit, are Controverted. What <hi>Paul</hi> ſays here of <hi>Agrippa</hi> the younger, he af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firmed
<pb n="259" facs="tcp:192139:339"/>almoſt the very ſame of <hi>Felix</hi> the Governour, above, <hi>c.</hi> 24. <hi>v.</hi> 10, 11.</p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>Life.</hi> That is, <hi>My Cuſtom of Life and Living,</hi> as <hi>Cicero</hi> ſpeaketh. So <hi>Apuleius</hi> and <hi>Plinius</hi> the younger uſed the Word <hi>Vita,</hi> Life. This <hi>l.</hi> 3. <hi>Ep.</hi> 20. ſpeak<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing of a certain Candidate: <hi>he himſelf ſpoke for himſelf, he declared his Life.</hi> The other, Apolog. 2. <hi>What more copious Commender, what more ſacred Witneſs of my Life can I produce?</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Among my own Nation.</hi> That is, Among the Jews.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Know all the Jews.</hi> Eſpecially they of <hi>Jeruſalem.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>Which knew me from the beginning.</hi> That is, To whom I was very well known long ago.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>If they would teſtify.</hi> To wit, Of my by-paſt Life.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>After the ſtraitest.</hi> That is, Famous above all the other Sects of the Jewiſh Religion, for the Commen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dation of Wiſdom and Skilfulneſs in the Law of God. See what we have ſaid on <hi>Mat.</hi> 3.7.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sect.</hi> Gr. <hi>Hereſie.</hi> See what we have ſaid on this middle or indifferent Word above, <hi>c.</hi> 24. <hi>v.</hi> 5.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of our Religion.</hi> That is, Of the Jewiſh, in which beſides the ſevenfold Sect of the Phariſees, there were the Sects of the Sadduces and Eſſens. <hi>Joſephus</hi> 14 <hi>Ant.</hi> 9. calls <hi>Hereſies, &amp; l.</hi> 18. <hi>c.</hi> 2. <hi>Philoſophies. Hierom</hi> againſt <hi>Jovinian, l.</hi> 2. <hi>c.</hi> 9. Calls them <hi>Dogmata, Opi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nions.</hi> They might alſo be called <hi>Parties,</hi> as the Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nowned <hi>Druſius</hi> obſerves. <hi>For,</hi> ſays he, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Party, Sect, that is <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Act.</hi> 23.6. <hi>&amp;</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Nations. <hi>Truly in the Commentators on Aboth, where ſpeaking of the Sadduces,</hi> They were made a Nation by themſelves, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. The Nation of the Sadduces, <hi>as,</hi> the Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of Gramarians, <hi>&amp;c. The Hebrews properly call a Sect</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>and a Haereſie,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>whence</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Hereticks, <hi>and from thence Minaeus,</hi> that is, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>Sect alſo in the</hi> Acts <hi>is called</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>that is,</hi> Way, <hi>and in</hi> Jochazim <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>that is,</hi> Uſe, Cuſtom.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I lived a Phariſee. Paul</hi> teſtifies the ſame of himſelf
<pb n="260" facs="tcp:192139:340"/>above, <hi>c.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 7. <hi>&amp; Phil.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 5.</p>
               <p n="6">6. <hi>And now,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, But now I am Accuſed, becauſe I maintain the Hope of the Promiſe made to our Fathers. <hi>By Hope,</hi> Saith <hi>Wolzogenius, he ſeems to underſtand metonymically the things hoped for, as appears by what follows. Some expound that hope of the Reſurrection of the Dead, of which above,</hi> c. 23. v. 6. &amp;c. 24.15. <hi>But others take it for the Hope of the Delive<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rance of the Jews by the Meſſiah, or of Salvation to be ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tained by Chriſt. Nor without reaſon; for altho here be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low,</hi> v. 8. <hi>there is expreſly mention made of the Raiſing of the Dead, yet that does not militate againſt this Opinion, which may be ſeen there. Again, The raiſing up of the Juſt that are dead, is comprehended in that hope of Salvation by Chriſt, as being of larger extent. Moreover, it cannot be clearly ſhewn, that the Promiſe of the Reſurrection of the Dead was made by God to the Fathers of the Jews, which is here immediately ſubjoyned. But it is manifeſt that it was made of Chriſt, not obſcurely, but expreſly, as we ſhall ſtraight ſee. To paſs by that, what is ſpoken in the following Verſe, can ſcarce be rightly ſaid of the hope of the Reſurrection, to wit, that the twelve Tribes of Iſrael hoped that they ſhould come to it; ſeeing there were many a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mong thoſe twelve Tribes, who had no perſwaſion of the hope of the Reſurrection of the dead, as the Sadduces, and thoſe who favoured their Opinion.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To our Fathers.</hi> To wit, The Anceſtors of the Jews.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of the Promiſe.</hi> To wit, Of the Meſſiah, or Chriſt the Saviour.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Made of God.</hi> To <hi>Abraham, Gen.</hi> 22.18. To <hi>Iſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ac, Gen.</hi> 26.4. To <hi>Jacob, Gen.</hi> 28.14. To <hi>Juda, Gen.</hi> 49.10. To the Iſraelites, <hi>Deut.</hi> 18.15. To <hi>David.</hi> 2. <hi>Sam.</hi> 7.12. <hi>Pſal.</hi> 132.11. <hi>Iſa.</hi> 7.14.9.6, 7.11.1. <hi>Jer.</hi> 23.5.33.14, 15. <hi>Ezek.</hi> 34.23, 24.37.24, 25. <hi>Hoſ.</hi> 3.5. <hi>Mich.</hi> 5.2, 7, 20. Paul, <hi>ſaith</hi> Wolzogeni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us, <hi>every where preached the Meſſiah promiſed by God of
<pb n="261" facs="tcp:192139:340"/>old, and then as yet hoped for by the Jews, but really already ſhewn, and that that Meſſias was</hi> Jeſus, <hi>whom God raiſed up after that he was Crucified by the Jews: and for this ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry reaſon was he perſecuted by the Jews.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I ſtand and am Judged.</hi> This <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>lpianus</hi> would have ſaid, <hi>I appear perſonally in Judgment.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto which.</hi> That is, For the obtaining of which Promiſe. The Senſe of this whole Verſe, is the ſame as if he had ſaid; But whoſoever of our Nation care<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fully worſhip God, and exerciſe themſelves Night and Day in the Duties of Godlineſs, they are inflamed with this Hope, that they will ſometimes obtain that ever<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>laſting Salvation, and bleſſed Immortality, which the Meſſiah, the Author of Salvation, will beſtow on all them that obey him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Our twelve Tribes.</hi> So are the Poſterity of <hi>Jacob</hi> called, who was <hi>Abrahams</hi> Grandchild, named <hi>Iſrael,</hi> from whoſe twelve Sons the twelve Tribes of the Iſrae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lites are propagated. And altho the ten Tribes that were long ago carried into <hi>Aſſyria,</hi> 2. <hi>Kings</hi> 17.23. <hi>&amp;</hi> 18.1. did not all return together with the 2 Tribes of <hi>Benjamin</hi> and <hi>Juda,</hi> yet that not a few of them were ſcattered among the two Tribes that returned from the Babyloniſh Captivity, is declared <hi>Ezra</hi> 6.17. <hi>&amp;</hi> 8.35. See alſo <hi>Kimchi</hi> on <hi>Jer.</hi> 50.4.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Night and day.</hi> That is, Without Intermiſſion.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Serving.</hi> To wit, The living God. In the Gr. is added <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which is the ſame as <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 1.22. Earneſtly, Inſtantly, Fervently.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Hope to come.</hi> Or, To attain.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For which Hope I am accuſed of the Jews.</hi> As if he had ſaid, It is imputed a Crime to me by the Jews, becauſe I declare that the Hope which they all have of Chriſt, from the Promiſes of God, is already fulfilled, and that the promiſed Chriſt is already exhibited by God, and that he is that very Jeſus of <hi>Nazareth,</hi> whom after he had ſuffered a cruel Death, God raiſed from
<pb n="262" facs="tcp:192139:341"/>the Dead; and gave him all Power in Heaven and Earth.</p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>Why? So,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, the Greek Annotations diſtinguiſh: Nor do I doubt but this is the Genuine Read<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing: but beſides that otherwiſe the Sentence would be inco<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>herent, this Speech is alſo full of ſolid Gravity.</hi> For it ſtrenuouſly and nimbly anticipates their tacit Objecti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on, who among his Hearers were either Heathens or Sadduces; for they might imagine and ſay; Thou Preacheſt that Jeſus of <hi>Nazareth,</hi> after that he was ſlain by a cruel Death, reſumed life again, which can<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>not be believed.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Should it be thought a thing uncredible with you?</hi> Judg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing by the mean Capacity of Human Intellect.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>If.</hi> That is, <hi>That,</hi> as below, <hi>v.</hi> 23. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>if,</hi> ſaith <hi>Daniel Brenius</hi> for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>that,</hi> as <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> with the Hebrews, <hi>Gen.</hi> 47.9. <hi>Num.</hi> 3.30. <hi>Pſal.</hi> 63.7.139.10. <hi>Iſa.</hi> 4.5.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>God.</hi> Whoſe Immenſe Power is not bounded with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in the narrow Limits of Human Underſtanding.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Should raiſe the dead?</hi> To wit, by his Efficacy, or as the vulgar Latin Interpreter ſpeaketh, <hi>Phil</hi> 3.21. <hi>ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording to the working of his Power, whereby he is able to ſubdue all things unto himſelf.</hi> See that Golden Phyſico-Theological Treatiſe <hi>of the Poſſibility of the Reſurrection,</hi> written by the Honorable <hi>Robert Boyl</hi> 
                  <abbr>Eſq</abbr> a very great Man by the Suffrages of all.</p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>I verily.</hi> Before that I certainly knew that Je<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſus who was Crucified, lived again, and that he is the Meſſiah promiſed in the Law and the Prophets.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thought.</hi> By a prepoſterous Zeal for the Law of <hi>Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſes,</hi> and burning with a pertinacious and mad Rage. <hi>Lactantius</hi> the moſt famous for Eloquence amongſt the Aſſertors of Chriſtian Verity; thus refels the Gentiles who defended their Religion by tormenting thoſe that diſſented from them. <q>But, <hi>ſay they,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <hi>Inſtit. l.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 19.</note> Sacred Rites publickly profeſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſed are to be defended. O with how honeſt a Deſire do theſe miſerable men err! For they
<pb n="263" facs="tcp:192139:341"/>think that there is nothing in humane Affairs more excellent than Religion, and that it muſt be defended with the utmoſt Power; but as they are miſtaken in the Religion it ſelf, ſo are they in the kind of Defence. For Religion muſt be defended not by killing, but by dying; not by Cruelty, but by Patience; not by Wicked<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs, but by Faith. For thoſe are the Deeds of Evil Men, theſe of Good; and it is neceſſary that good be practi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſed in Religion, not evil. For if ye will defend your Religion by Blood, if by Torments, or Evil, it will no more be defended, but polluted and violated. For there is nothing ſo voluntary as Religion, in which, if the Mind of its Profeſſor is averſe, it is ſtraight vaniſh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed, it is now none. There is therefore good Reaſon, that ye ſhould defend Religion by Patience or Death, in which if Faith be preſerved, it is both well pleaſing to God, and addeth Authority to Religion.</q> 
                  <hi>Socrates</hi> Relateth, 3 <hi>Hist.</hi> 21. that <hi>Jovinian</hi> the Emperor was mightily commended, becauſe he permitted every man to profeſs Religion as he thought fit, <hi>and every one to worſhip as he pleaſed.</hi> So <hi>Flavius Joſephus</hi> in his Life writ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth, that every one ought <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>according to his own Choice worſhip God,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>but not by conſtraint, neither ought we to act ſo as to give cauſe to others to repent that they came over to us on the ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>count of Security.</hi> Athanaſius Apol. 2. <hi>Deaths and Bonds are far from being allowed by our Religion. Tertullianus</hi> to <hi>Scapula c.</hi> 11. <q>We worſhip one God whom ye Natural<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly know, at whoſe Lightnings and Thunder ye trem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble, at whoſe Benefits ye Rejoyce; ye alſo fancy the reſt to be Gods, which we know are Devils. Yet it is of humane Right and natural Liberty, that every man Worſhip what he thinks fit, nor does ones Religion either incommodate or advantage another. But nei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther is it the duty of Religion to impoſe Religion, which ought to be embraced willingly, not by Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtraint. Council of <hi>Tolet.</hi>
                  </q> IV. <hi>Can.</hi> 56. <q>As Man
<pb n="264" facs="tcp:192139:342"/>died by obeying the Serpent out of his own Free-will, ſo, in the Call of the Grace of God every Man is Saved, through Faith, by the Converſion of his own Mind. Wherefore the Jews are not to be compelled by force, but are to be perſwaded, that they may be Converted out of their own Free-will.</q> 
                  <hi>Nicolas</hi> the firſt Roman Biſhop of this Name anſwering the demands of the <hi>Bulgarians, c.</hi> 41. <q>But as concerning thoſe who refuſe to embrace the Chriſtian Religion, and Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fice, and bow their Knees to Idols, we can write no other thing to you, but that ye convince them to em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brace the true Faith by Admonitions, Exhortations, and that ye endeavor to perſwade them that they are vainly wiſe, rather by Reaſon than by Violence.</q> See what is ſaid above, <hi>c.</hi> 5. <hi>v.</hi> 39. <hi>&amp;c.</hi> 17. <hi>v.</hi> 3. <hi>&amp;</hi> 17.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With my ſelf.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, in, or to my ſelf, which the Syriack, Arabick, and the famed <hi>Beza</hi> conſtrue with the Verb immediately going before <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as if it were put for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſo that the Sence is, <hi>I judged with my ſelf,</hi> or as the vulgar Latin Interpreter, <hi>I thought.</hi> But the ſaid vulgar Latin and <hi>Eraſmus,</hi> refer it to the Verb <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>I behoved</hi> or <hi>ought,</hi> which follows. The moſt learned <hi>Lewis de Diu,</hi> is of Opinion that this is not to be altogether deſpiſed. <q>For altho, <hi>ſaith he,</hi> it is more uſual to ſay <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, yet the Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tive Caſe is ſometimes uſed even by the moſt appro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved Authors. <hi>Ariſtotle</hi> in his Problems, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>it is neceſſary that Salt undergo the Fire.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Contrary to the Name of Jeſus of</hi> Nazareth. Name is here taken either for his very Perſon whoſe Name it is, as above, <hi>c.</hi> 4. <hi>v.</hi> 12. or for the whole Profeſſion of the Goſpel or Religion delivered by Jeſus, as above, <hi>c.</hi> 5. <hi>v.</hi> 41. <hi>Mat.</hi> 10.22. 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 4.14. <hi>Rev.</hi> 2.3.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ought.</hi> As of bounden Duty, in regard I thought that Jeſus was a Seducer, Impoſtor and grand Adver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſary to God.</p>
               <pb n="265" facs="tcp:192139:342"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>To do many things.</hi> By vexing, afflicting and perſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cuting them, who profeſſed themſelves the Diſciples and Worſhippers of Chriſt.</p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>Which thing I alſo did.</hi> With an <hi>Impetus</hi> of blind Zeal, and inflexible Obſtinacy.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In</hi> Jeruſalem. In which Metropolis of <hi>Judea</hi> and of all the Eaſt, I was taken and caſt into Bonds.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And many of the Saints.</hi> That is, Of thoſe who fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low the Way and Doctrines of Jeſus of <hi>Nazareth,</hi> who are called Saints, becauſe they are ſeparated from the profane Multitude of Men, by the Profeſſion of that Religion and Doctrine which Chriſt delivered to them. But when <hi>Paul</hi> Perſecuted them with outragious Vio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lence, he accounted them Profane, and every way de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teſtable Villains. See above, <hi>c.</hi> 8.3. <hi>&amp;</hi> 22.4.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And when they were put to Death.</hi> To wit, The Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtians by the unbelieving Jews.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I gave my Voice.</hi> That is, I gave my Approbation to the Madneſs of thoſe unbelieving Jews, and by my Suffrage, approved of their bloody Cruelty whereby they deſtroyed the Chriſtians. See above, <hi>c</hi> 8. 1. <hi>c.</hi> 22. 20.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And in every Synagogue.</hi> By the name of Synagogue are uſually denoted the Places where the Jews made their publick Prayers, as alſo frequently their Juridical and Civil Conventions, as, 1 <hi>Mac.</hi> 7.12. the Additions to <hi>Daniel</hi> 13.41. It is alſo uſed for Chriſtian Aſſemblies met to perform Divine Service, <hi>Jac.</hi> 2.2. Here there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore by Synagogues may be underſtood, either thoſe Meeting Places of the Chriſtians, into which <hi>Paul</hi> ſome<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times violently broke in, and haled them forth to in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſupportable Torments; or the Juridical and Civil Aſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſembling places of the Jews, before whom the Chriſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans that were apprehended by <hi>Paul</hi> were brought; or fi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nally, the Places appointed for Prayer, in which, it is not improbable, that ſometimes the Puniſhment decreed againſt the Guilty, was put in Execution. For <hi>Epipha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nius</hi> makes mention of a certain Jew that was ſcourged
<pb n="266" facs="tcp:192139:343"/>in a Synagogue, when he was deſerting the Jews and turning over to the Chriſtians. And in <hi>Euſebius,</hi> Hiſt. <hi>Eccleſ. l.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 15. a Book is cited written againſt the Montaniſts in the Reign of <hi>Commodus,</hi> where it is ſaid, that no Woman of that Flock, <hi>was either puniſhed with Stripes, or ſtoned in the Synagogues of the Jews.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I puniſhed them oft, and compelled them to blaſpheme.</hi> That is, I frequently cauſed the Chriſtians to be put to Torments, that by the ſharpneſs of them I might drive them to curſe Chriſt. That this was done in the time of the Perſecutions by ſome, that were not ſound Chriſtians <hi>Pliny</hi> witneſſeth <hi>Lib.</hi> 10. <hi>Epiſt.</hi> 97. to <hi>Trajan</hi> the Emperor.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And being exceedingly,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, But fur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther, my mad Rage againſt the Chriſtians encreaſing e<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>very day, I was not ſatiated with tormenting them all manner of ways at <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> only, but carried on that Inhuman Proſecution of them further, even to Cities ſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuate without <hi>Judea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>Whereupon.</hi> That is, In the mean while that I was a doing theſe things, or exerciſing my ſelf in theſe things, as above, <hi>c.</hi> 24.18.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As I went.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>and going,</hi> that is, Whiile I went with that purpoſe or Mind.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To</hi> Damaſcus. The Metropolis of <hi>Syria,</hi> of which above, <hi>c.</hi> 9 2.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With Authority.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Having obtained from the Chief Prieſts Letters of Proxy, whereby I had full Authority, and alſo the Care was committed to me of doing that which I went about. See above, <hi>c.</hi> 9.1, 2 <hi>&amp;</hi> 14. <hi>&amp;</hi> 22.5.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Commiſſion.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Permiſſion.</p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>At mid Day.</hi> That is, About Noon, as it is the Gr. Text above. <hi>c.</hi> 22. <hi>v.</hi> 6.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the way.</hi> To wit, When I was not far from <hi>Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maſcus.</hi> See above, <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 3. <hi>&amp;</hi> 22.6.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I ſaw,</hi> &amp;c. See above <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 3. <hi>&amp;</hi> 22. <hi>v.</hi> 6.</p>
               <pb n="267" facs="tcp:192139:343"/>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>I heard,</hi> &amp;c. See above, <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 4. <hi>&amp;</hi> 22. <hi>v.</hi> 7.</p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>I,</hi> &amp;c. See above, <hi>c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 5. <hi>&amp;</hi> 22. <hi>v.</hi> 8.</p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>But riſe, and ſtand upon thy Feet.</hi> Becauſe both he and all thoſe who were preſent with him, Compani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons in his Journey, being dazled with the Brightneſs of the Light, which exceeded that of the Sun, were fallen down upon the Earth. See above, <hi>v.</hi> 14.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For I have appeared unto thee for this Purpoſe.</hi> That is, For this end have I, who am taken up into Heaven, and there ſit at the Right-hand of God, whom the Heavens muſt contain until the times of the Reſtituti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on of all things, and who muſt at the laſt day come down from Heaven; I, I ſay, Jeſus of <hi>Nazareth,</hi> whoſe Countenance while I was on Earth, ſhone as the Sun, <hi>Mat.</hi> 17. <hi>v.</hi> 2. now reigning in Heaven, have ſhewn my ſelf to thee in the brightneſs of Light more reſplendent than that of the Sun.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To make thee.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>that I may take thee in my hands.</hi> See what we have noted on this Greek word above, <hi>c.</hi> 22.14.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A Minister and a Witneſs,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, As him whom I will employ for a Preacher and Witneſs, both of thoſe things which thou haſt now ſeen, and al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſo of thoſe things which ſhall afterwards be ſhewed thee by me. Paul<hi>'s many Viſions,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, are had re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſpect unto above, c.</hi> 18.9.23.11. <hi>&amp;</hi> 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 2.2. See what we ſaid above, <hi>c.</hi> 22.15.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>Delivering thee from the People and the Gentiles.</hi> That is, Promiſing my Protection, whereby thou ſhalt be delivered from thoſe Dangers which ſhall attend thee from the Jewiſh People, and ſtrange Nations, for the diſcharge of that Miniſtry.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto whom now I ſend thee.</hi> Firſt indeed to the Jewiſh Nation, but eſpecially afterwards to the Gentiles, of which I peculiarly make thee an Apoſtle. See above, <hi>c.</hi> 22.21.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>To open.</hi> That is, That by the Preaching of the Goſpel thou mayeſt open.</p>
               <pb n="268" facs="tcp:192139:344"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Their Eyes.</hi> Not of the Body, but of the Mind; a Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>taphor taken from the Body, as <hi>Iſa.</hi> 42.7. <hi>Eph.</hi> 1.18.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To turn them from darkneſs.</hi> To wit, Of Ignorance and Wickedneſs. See <hi>Col.</hi> 1.13.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To light.</hi> That is, To the perfect Knowledg of Go<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſpel Truth, and Godlineſs flowing thence. In the Gr. <hi>in</hi> is again put for <hi>ad,</hi> as in the Verſe immediately pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceding.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And from the Power of Satan.</hi> Which wicked and envious Spirit, while he maliciouſly fights againſt God and Men, by his Errors that he ſows, and Vices that reſult from them, he keeps Men, that are ignorant of the Truth Revealed by God, in his own Power and Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minion, as under Tyranny in miſerable Slavery, draw<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing them into utter Deſtruction.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To God.</hi> That is, To the true and ſound way of worſhipping God.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That they may receive,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, That Believing in me, they may receive a free Pardon of their Sins, and be Partakers of the everlaſting Inheritance which God hath appointed to thoſe who are ſeparated from the Multitude of the Profane.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Lot.</hi> That is, As it is in the Engliſh, Inheritance, becauſe Inheritances uſed to be diſtributed by Lot. By that Lot or Inheritance is underſtood everlaſting Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>munion in that Heavenly Beatitude which God himſelf enjoys.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Among the Holy.</hi> Gr. <hi>In the Sanctified.</hi> That is, as it is in the Engliſh, Among them that are Sanctified, or among them who by the Efficacy of the Holy Spirit, are ſeparated to God from the Ungodlineſs and Igno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rance of worldly Men.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By Faith.</hi> Excellently ſaith <hi>Calvin, Some read wrong in one Context,</hi> Among thoſe that are Sanctified by Faith; <hi>becauſe this Particle is extended to the whole Complex; there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore the meaning is, That by Faith we come to the Poſſeſſion of all the good things that are offered in the Goſpel.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="269" facs="tcp:192139:344"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>That is in me.</hi> Faith in Jeſus Chriſt, or Confidence repoſed in him as a Saviour, and in his Promiſes, and that lively and working by Charity and Obedience to his Commands, joyned with a ſincere Repentance of their by-paſt Life, of which below, <hi>v.</hi> 20. and above, <hi>c.</hi> 20. <hi>v.</hi> 21. This Faith, I ſay, is the Means by which through the Grace of God are obtained thoſe excellent Benefits above mentioned, <hi>viz.</hi> Remiſſion of Sins, deliverance from the Puniſhments deſerved by them, eſpecially from the ſecond or everlaſting Death, the Gift of the Heavenly Inheritance and everlaſting Life. See <hi>Gal.</hi> 5.6. <hi>Jam.</hi> 2.17, 22, 26. <hi>Joh.</hi> 3.23. But that Faith in Chriſt, and Hope joyned therewith, through Chriſt, goeth to the ſame God whom the Jews profeſs themſelves to be Worſhippers of. See <hi>Joh.</hi> 12.44. <hi>&amp;</hi> 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 1.21.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>Whereupon.</hi> That is, Wherefore, as <hi>Heb.</hi> 3.1.7.25.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Incredulous.</hi> In the Greek, as alſo the Engliſh it is, <hi>Diſobedient,</hi> to wit, By Stubbornneſs and Inflexible Ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtinacy. <hi>As powerful as that Call was,</hi> ſays <hi>Grotius, yet it did not take away the Power of Reſiſting. God will have voluntary Obedience, not forced.</hi> See <hi>Iſa.</hi> 50.5. <hi>Pſal.</hi> 95.7. <hi>Heb.</hi> 3.7, 8, 15. <hi>&amp;</hi> 4.7.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto the Heavenly Viſion.</hi> That is, The divine Will, which I learned from Chriſt ſhewing himſelf to me, a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove <hi>v.</hi> 16.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>But.</hi> Obedient to the Heavenly Revelation in all things.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Firſt unto them of</hi> Damaſcus. See above <hi>c.</hi> 9.19, 20, 22.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And at</hi> Jeruſalem. <hi>Ibid. v.</hi> 28.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And throughout all the Country of</hi> Judea. That is, Through other Cities of <hi>Judea,</hi> beſides the Metropolis; yea, alſo without <hi>Judea,</hi> among the Jews that inhabited other Countries. See above, <hi>c.</hi> 13.5, 14, 16.14.1.17. 2, 10.18.4, 19.19.8.</p>
               <pb n="270" facs="tcp:192139:345"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the Gentiles.</hi> Strangers to the Jewiſh People. See above, <hi>c.</hi> 13.42, 48.14.1, 15, 21, 25, 26.15.35.16.13, 32.17.17, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> 18.4.19.10.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Declared.</hi> The Evangelical Doctrine of Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That they ſhould Repent.</hi> That is, That they might be ſorry that they have offended God.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And be turned.</hi> To wit, From the Wickedneſs of their Ways.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To God.</hi> To wit, The true God who is to be wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſhipped devoutly and piouſly.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Works meet for Repentance.</hi> That is, Works agree<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>able to Virtue, and becoming a Perſon who repents ſin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerely of a Vicious and Flagitious Life. See what I have ſaid on <hi>Mat.</hi> 3.2 <hi>&amp;</hi> 8.</p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>For this cauſe.</hi> That is, Becauſe I Preached theſe things among the <hi>Jews</hi> and other Nations.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Jews caught me while I was in the Temple.</hi> See a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove <hi>c.</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 27, 30.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Went about to kill me. Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>they attempted to kill me with their hands.</hi> That is, by Force and violence to kill me uncondemned.</p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>But having obtained help. Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>therefore,</hi> as alſo the <hi>Engliſh,</hi> inſtead of the adverſative Particle <hi>but,</hi> as <hi>Mat.</hi> 12.12.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of God.</hi> Who verily, according to Chriſts promiſe above, <hi>v.</hi> 17. having a deſign to deliver me from the ſnares that were laid for me, out of his Mercy provided thoſe means for me to eſcape out of the hands of my Enemies, of which ſee above <hi>c.</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 31, 32, 33.22, 23, 24.23, 6, 9, 10, 16, 24.25.10, 11.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I continue unto this day.</hi> Safe and Sound.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Witneſſing both to ſmall and great.</hi> That is, inſtruct<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing and teaching all ranks of Men from the higheſt to the loweſt, thoſe things that I have known of Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To the leſſer and greater. Gr.</hi> as alſo the <hi>Engliſh, ſmall and great.</hi> A Hebraiſm, as <hi>Deut.</hi> 1.17. 1 <hi>Sam.</hi>
                  <pb n="271" facs="tcp:192139:345"/>30.2.5. <hi>v.</hi> 9.30. <hi>v.</hi> 2 <hi>&amp;</hi> 19. 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 22.31. 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 23.2.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Saying none other things.</hi> Of Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Than what the Prophets did ſay ſhould come.</hi> And ſet down in their Writings.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Moſes The principal of all the Prophets, both by his Prophecies, and alſo by his Types and Figures inſerted in his Pentateuch, hath foretold of the Meſſia, See <hi>Luke</hi> 24.27.</p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>If.</hi> That conditional Conjunction is taken in this place affirmatively, and ſignifies <hi>that,</hi> as above <hi>v.</hi> 8. <hi>Paul</hi> therefore explains thoſe things which <hi>Moſes,</hi> and the Prophets foretold were to come of Chriſt, to wit, that he ſhould ſuffer very great pains, and ſhould riſe firſt to immortal Life, and would beſtow the Light of Truth on the Jews firſt and then alſo on the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Should ſuffer.</hi> That is, Was deſigned to undergo the utmoſt Torment. All the Sacrifices of the Old Covenant, and all <hi>David</hi>'s Calamities did typifie this. <hi>David</hi> Propheſied the ſame <hi>Pſal.</hi> 22. As alſo <hi>Iſaiah, c.</hi> 53. and <hi>Daniel c.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 26.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>If.</hi> That is, <hi>That,</hi> as immediately above.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Firſt of the Reſurrection of the Dead.</hi> That is, The firſt that ſhould be raiſed from the Dead to immortal Life. See <hi>Pſal.</hi> 16.10.22.32. <hi>Iſa.</hi> 53.10. The Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pheſie of <hi>Jonah</hi> has alſo a reference hereto, <hi>Mat.</hi> 12.40. Hence Chriſt raiſed up to Perpetuity of Life, 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 15.20. is called <hi>the First Fruits of them that Sleep. and</hi> Col. 1. v. 18. <hi>the firſt begotten among the Dead, and</hi> Rev. 1.5. <hi>the firſt begotten of the Dead.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Light.</hi> Of moſt ſound Doctrine and true Godlineſs. See <hi>Mat.</hi> 4.16. <hi>Joh.</hi> 1.4.8.12. 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 1.10.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Should ſhew.</hi> That is, Chriſt himſelf after he is riſen will ſhew it by the Miniſtry of the Apoſtles Preaching, according to the Propheſie of <hi>Iſaiah, c.</hi> 42.6. <hi>&amp;</hi> 49.6. See <hi>Eph.</hi> 2.17. 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 3.18, 19.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto the People.</hi> Of the <hi>Jews</hi> firſt.</p>
               <pb n="272" facs="tcp:192139:346"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>And to the Gentiles.</hi> That is, And then to the reſt of the Nations. See above <hi>c.</hi> 13.46, 47. and <hi>Luke</hi> 2.32.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>And as he thus ſpake for himſelf.</hi> As if he had ſaid, But when <hi>Paul</hi> defended his cauſe by the lively Oracles of the Law of <hi>Moſes</hi> and the Prophets, and proved his defence by the evidence of his reaſons.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Feſtus.</hi> Procurator of <hi>Judaea,</hi> unwilling to be per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſwaded that the Doctrine of the Goſpel was divine, leſt afterward his Conſcience ſhould endite him, that he muſt lead his Life according to its Preſcript, and Torment, and prick him, when he was negligent in his duty.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Said with a loud Voice.</hi> That is, Cryed out.</p>
               <p>Paul, <hi>thou art beſide thy ſelf.</hi> Worldly Men who are addicted to fleſhly pleaſures, and this Life, and there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore refractory to the Goſpel, think it a madneſs to profeſs the Religion of Chriſt, and the Doctrine of ſo contemptible and abject a Man, who was crucified even by his Country-Men, and put to ſo infamous a Death; to acknowledge him for a Heavenly King and Lord and Worſhip him, even when he is riſen from the Dead, and on his account to deſpiſe all things, and ſuffer hard things, and finally to expect from him the reward of everlaſting Life and Glory. See 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 1.18, 23.2.14.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Much Learning.</hi> That is, Moſt profound Erudition and Science.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Doth make thee Mad.</hi> Or drives thee to madneſs. Thoſe who ſequeſtring themſelves from the care of other things, give themſelves wholly over to ſtudy, uſe ſometimes, Melancholy being thereby encreaſed in their Bodies, to be reduced to Madneſs and Phrenſy. See <hi>Ariſtotles</hi> Problems, <hi>Sect.</hi> 30.</p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>Moſt excellent</hi> Feſtus. See what is ſaid above <hi>c.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 6 <hi>&amp;</hi> 24.3. <hi>Paul</hi> giveth <hi>Feſtus</hi> the Procurator moſt honourable Titles, although he opprobriouſly
<pb n="273" facs="tcp:192139:346"/>twitted him with his mad Wiſdom. Let us learn hence to give Magiſtrates their due Honour, even then when they take away our good name, tho unde<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſervedly.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I ſpeak the words of Truth and ſoberneſs.</hi> A Hebraiſm. That is, I ſpeak true words, and which flow from a ſound Mind.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>For he knoweth of theſe things.</hi> To wit, Of the undeſerved Death of Jeſus Chriſt, and of his Glorious Reſurrection to Immortality, and of the Preaching of his Evangelical Doctrine, that was made Famous by the Miracles which were wrought by his Diſci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The King.</hi> To wit, <hi>Agrippa</hi> the Leſſer or Younger, Son to <hi>Agrippa</hi> the Greater or Elder who is here preſent. It was reckoned by Orators to be the beſt defence Criminals could make, to appeal even to the Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcience of their Adverſaries, or the Judges. <hi>Paul</hi> had recourſe to this Succour here, and above, <hi>c.</hi> 25.10.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Before whom alſo I ſpeak freely.</hi> As if he had ſaid, And on this confidence, to wit, that the King is igno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant of none of theſe things I ſpeak, I freely appeal to his Conſcience.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For this thing was not done in a Corner.</hi> To wit, Any of theſe things which I ſaid of Jeſus of <hi>Nazareth</hi> was not done in ſecret, but all were brought about in very noted places. And although Chriſt, after he was raiſed from the Dead, was not ſhewn but to his Diſciples, yet it ſeems very likely from what happened to the watch of his Sepulchre, who being aſtoniſhed at the admirable approach of the bright Angel to his Sepulchre, at the time of his Reſurrection, told what was done there to the Chief Prieſts, and afterward being bribed with Mony, denied it, <hi>Mat.</hi> 28.4, 11, 15. that afterward by degrees the report of this matter ſpread amongſt Men, that the ſame was carried a great deal further
<pb n="274" facs="tcp:192139:347"/>by ſo many of Chriſt's Diſciples, who ſpoke it openly very confidently and conſtantly, as being Eye-wit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſſes thereof, nothing terrified with the vehement Afflictions they by reaſon thereof expoſed themſelves to.</p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>King</hi> Agrippa, <hi>believeſt thou the Prophets?</hi> Who have plainly Propheſied to us thoſe things of the Meſſia a long time before, which I my ſelf affirm are fulfilled in Chriſt Jeſus, with all aſſeveration.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I know that thou believeſt.</hi> It is a frequent Cuſtom both in Civil Affairs, and common diſcourſe to ask one and to anſwer for him. <hi>Plinius</hi> the Younger, <hi>Lib.</hi> 9. <hi>Epiſt.</hi> 12. ſaith, <hi>Hark ye, did ye never do that, which you Fathers could reprove you for? I ſay ye have done it.</hi> Cic. 1. de Nat. Deor. <hi>Do ye think God ſuch a one as I or you are? Certainly you don't.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>But</hi> Agrippa <hi>unto</hi> Paul. Supply, out of the <hi>Gr.</hi> Text, <hi>ſaid.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In a little.</hi> That is, As it is in the <hi>Engliſh,</hi> Almoſt. <hi>It is,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, an elegant</hi> Greek <hi>Speech, For even</hi> Plato <hi>ſaid in his Apologetick,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>: <hi>In a little,</hi> that is, almoſt, <hi>I have known the ſame of the Poets.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thou induceſt me to be a Chriſtian.</hi> That is, As it is in the <hi>Engliſh,</hi> thou perſwadeſt me to be a Chriſtian. Nothing ſtood in the way of it, why he did not receive the Doctrine of Chriſt more fully, but his Vices, which <hi>Agrippa</hi> would not part with: Not unlike to his Grand Uncle <hi>Herod Antipas</hi> who feared <hi>John the Baptiſt,</hi> and ſometimes heard him gladly, <hi>Mark</hi> 6.20. but would not obey him when he enjoyned him to put away <hi>Hero<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dias</hi> his Brother <hi>Philip</hi>'s Wife. Paul<hi>'s defence,</hi> ſaith <hi>Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niel Brenius, did ſo far prevail with</hi> Agrippa, <hi>that altho he did not embrace the Christian Religion, yet, as Eccleſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>aſtical Histories relate, he granted to the Chriſtians, who during the</hi> Roman <hi>War againſt the Jews, fled into Cities ſubject to his Government, liberty to ſtay there and have
<pb n="275" facs="tcp:192139:347"/>their meetings without moleſtation.</hi> Yet it is very like that this was ſpoke in a ſmiling way by <hi>Agrippa</hi> to <hi>Paul,</hi> and that by a Politick craft, leſt <hi>Feſtus</hi> and the reſt that were preſent, ſhould judge him to be mad with <hi>Paul,</hi> whom the ſame <hi>Feſtus</hi> had but now in plain and expreſs terms upbraided with madneſs.</p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>And</hi> Paul. Anſwering <hi>Agrippa</hi> with a ſedate Mind ſaith.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I would to God.</hi> That is, I pray God who is the turner of hearts.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Both in little and great.</hi> That is, not only almoſt, but plainly and altogether.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Not only thou.</hi> Who haſt ſaid this.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But all that hear this day.</hi> Me diſcourſing of Jeſus Chriſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Be ſuch as I am.</hi> That is, Become the Diſciples of the ſame Jeſus Chriſt, like to me in all things.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Except theſe Bonds.</hi> That is, Save in my Priſon and Keepers that are ſet about me. For <hi>Paul</hi> was kept free from bonds in open Priſon, ſee above, <hi>c.</hi> 24.23. But, as <hi>Grotius</hi> well obſerves, <hi>Vulgar Speech did not take Bonds in ſo ſtrict a ſenſe, as Lawyers.</hi> Such is that of <hi>Virgil, Aeneid.</hi> 8. <hi>v.</hi> 651.</p>
               <q>
                  <hi>And</hi> Clelia <hi>ſcap't from bonds the River took.</hi>
               </q>
               <p>
                  <hi>For Pledges are never bound,</hi> ſaith <hi>Servius.</hi> Excellent here is that of <hi>Calvin,</hi> as for moſt part his uſe is, <q>Truly it is very requiſite that all the Godly be en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dowed with this Meekneſs, that they may calmly bear their Croſs; but that they may deſire that others do well, and as much as in them lies endeavour to eaſe them of all their trouble, but that by no means they envy their reſt and joy. This mild Temper and Mode<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ration is very far different from the bitterneſs of thoſe, who by wiſhing their evils may befall others, comfort themſelves with the thoughts thereof.</q>
               </p>
               <pb n="276" facs="tcp:192139:348"/>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>And.</hi> Supply out of the <hi>Gr.</hi> Text, <hi>When he had thus ſaid,</hi> to wit, <hi>Paul,</hi> as it is alſo in the <hi>Eng<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liſh.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The King roſe up. Agrippa</hi> from the place whereon he ſate attentively and patiently hearing <hi>Paul</hi>'s ſtrong and irrefutable defence.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the Gevernour. Feſtus</hi> Procurator of <hi>Judaea.</hi> See our <hi>Annot.</hi> above, <hi>c.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 26.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And</hi> Bernice. Siſter to K. <hi>Agrippa.</hi> Of whom above, <hi>c.</hi> 25. <hi>v.</hi> 13.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they that ſate with them.</hi> The Chief Captains and Principal Men of <hi>Caeſarea.</hi> Of whom ſee above, <hi>c.</hi> 25. <hi>v.</hi> 23.</p>
               <p n="31">31. <hi>And when they were gone aſide.</hi> Into ſome place where they might conſult what to do with <hi>Paul,</hi> apart, and where none might over-hear their diſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>courſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Bonds.</hi> That is, Priſon. See above, <hi>v.</hi> 29.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>This Man.</hi> To wit, <hi>Paul,</hi> whom they had juſt now heard plead his cauſe. <q>That <hi>Paul,</hi> ſaith <hi>Calvin,</hi> was abſolved by the Judgment of all, did not a little tend to the credit of the Goſpel. And <hi>Feſtus</hi> aſſenting with the reſt condemned himſelf, as having caſt <hi>Paul</hi> into theſe ſtraits by his Injuſtice, in betraying his Life to the Plots of his Enemies, under pretence of changing of place. But altho an appeal ſeems to be dangerous to the Holy Man, yet, in regard this was his only ſhelter to ſave him from Death, he reſts con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tented, nor goes about to extricate himſelf out of that Trap: not only becauſe it was not candid for him to do ſo, becauſe he was admoniſhed by a Viſion, that he ſhould be alſo called by God to bear Teſtimony at <hi>Rome.</hi>
                  </q> See above <hi>c.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 11.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>This Man might have been ſet at liberty.</hi> Freed from his Confinement, as being Innocent, and not convicted of any Crime.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>If he had not appealed unto</hi> Caeſar. By Appeal, the
<pb n="277" facs="tcp:192139:348"/>Power of the Judge from whom the Appeal is made, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>comes is altogether null, not only to condemn, but alſo to abſolve, that the whole cauſe may be reſerved to the Cogniſance of the Superiour Judge to whom the Appeal is made.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="27" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. XXVII.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>B<g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>T when it was determined.</hi> To wit, <hi>Feſtus</hi> Governour of <hi>Judaea</hi> now alſo decreeing it, as he did before, <hi>c.</hi> 25.12.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That he ſhould Sail.</hi> The Vulgar <hi>Gr.</hi> Codex's have <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>We.</hi> That is, that <hi>Paul</hi> ſhould ſet Sail from <hi>Caeſarea,</hi> together with his Companions, to wit, <hi>Luke</hi> who committed theſe things to writing, and <hi>Ariſtar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chus</hi> the <hi>Macedonian</hi> of the City <hi>Theſſalonica,</hi> who is men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioned in the immediately following verſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And to deliver</hi> Paul. That is, And that <hi>Paul</hi> ſhould be delivered, <hi>Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>and they delivered</hi> Paul, to wit, they who kept him in open Priſon.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Into</hi> Italy. That Famous Country of <hi>Europe,</hi> in whoſe Metropolis <hi>Rome, Caeſar</hi> whom <hi>Paul</hi> appealed to, had his reſidence. See what we have ſaid of <hi>Italy,</hi> above, <hi>c.</hi> 18. <hi>v.</hi> 2.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With other Priſoners.</hi> That is, With ſome others who were kept in Cuſtody, and by reaſon of the Intri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cacy of their cauſe that were to be cognoſced, were ſent to <hi>Rome</hi> to <hi>Caeſar.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of</hi> Auguſtus <hi>Band.</hi> That is, Of the Band of the <hi>Auguſtan</hi> Legion. <hi>For,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius,</hi> Auguſta <hi>was the
<pb n="278" facs="tcp:192139:349"/>Name of a Legion in the ancient Stone, in</hi> Lipſius <hi>on the ſecond Book of</hi> Tacitus <hi>Hiſtories.</hi> A Legion under the <hi>Caeſar</hi>'s was divided into Ten Regiments, every Regi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment, into three Maniples, and every Maniple, into two Companies. This Legion therefore conſiſted of 6000 Soldiers, and it had 10 Regiment, 30 Maniples, 60 Companies. See <hi>Salmaſius</hi> of the Military Affairs of the <hi>Romans, c.</hi> 2 <hi>&amp;</hi> 3.</p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>And entring into a Ship of</hi> Adramyttium. As if he had ſaid, But ſeeing there was no Ship there, which was bound ſtraight for <hi>Italy,</hi> we went abroad of a Ship, which ſet forth from <hi>Adrumetum,</hi> or, as the <hi>Gr.</hi> Text has it, <hi>Adramyttium</hi> to traffick on the Coaſt of <hi>Judaea. Adrymes,</hi> or <hi>Adrymetus,</hi> or <hi>Adrumetum</hi> was a City of <hi>Libya; Pliny</hi> makes mention of it, <hi>l.</hi> 5. <hi>Nat. Hiſt. c.</hi> 4. <hi>Strabo, l.</hi> 17. calls it, <hi>Adryme.</hi> That it was a fortified City, appears out of <hi>Diodorus Siculus, l.</hi> 20. of his Hiſtorical Library, ſeeing <hi>Agathocles</hi> laid Siege to it; <q>While, ſays he, theſe things were in hand, <hi>Agathocles</hi> now having the Plains in his hands, he took the Caſtles near <hi>Carthage</hi> by force, and brought the Cities over to his ſide, ſome through fear, others by reaſon of their Hatred of the <hi>Carthaginians,</hi> and having forti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fied his Camp near <hi>Tunis,</hi> and left a ſufficient Gar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riſon, he advanced to the Cities near the Sea, and having taken a new City at his firſt aſſault, he ſhewed himſelf very merciful towards the Captives, whence going forward to <hi>Adrymes,</hi> he beſieged it.</q> But <hi>Adramyttium</hi> was a City of <hi>Myſia,</hi> near <hi>Caicus</hi> a River of the ſame <hi>Myſia,</hi> as <hi>Pliny</hi> teſtifies, <hi>l.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 30. <hi>Ptolemy, l.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 2. of his Geography, reckoneth <hi>Adramyttium</hi> among the Cities of the greater <hi>Phrygia;</hi> now <hi>Phrygia</hi> the greater was conterminous to <hi>Aeolis,</hi> which in an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cient times was alſo called <hi>Myſia. Adramyttium</hi> was a very noted City, a Colony of the <hi>Athenians,</hi> it had a Harbour and Road for Ships, as <hi>Strabo</hi> has committed to Memory, <hi>l.</hi> 13. where he ſays the Famous Orator <hi>Xenocles</hi> had his Birth.</p>
               <pb n="279" facs="tcp:192139:349"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Meaning to Sail by the Coaſts of</hi> Aſia. As if he had ſaid, Which Ship was bound for the Maritim Towns of <hi>Aſia</hi> the leſſer, of which <hi>Myſia</hi> is a part. The <hi>Gr.</hi> Vulgar Codex's have <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>beginning to Sail,</hi> or, as <hi>Beza</hi> renders it, <hi>about to Sail.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We lanched. Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>we were carried away,</hi> as above, <hi>c.</hi> 16.11.18.21.20.3. <hi>&amp;</hi> 13. and below, <hi>v.</hi> 4.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>One</hi> Ariſtarchus <hi>being with us.</hi> This Man had accom<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>panied <hi>Paul</hi> from <hi>Macedonia</hi> even to <hi>Judaea,</hi> above, <hi>c.</hi> 19.29. <hi>&amp;c.</hi> 20.4. The ſame Man would freely accom<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pany <hi>Paul</hi> now in Cuſtody out of love to him, and to the Truth he Preached, and was the firſt that aſſiſted him at <hi>Rome, Philem.</hi> 24. and became his fellow Priſoner, <hi>Col.</hi> 4.10.</p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>And the next day we touched. Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>we were carried.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sidon.</hi> That Famous City of <hi>Phoenicia,</hi> of whoſe largeneſs and Antiquity the ſacred Scriptures will have us in nowiſe doubt, for <hi>Joſ.</hi> 19.18. it is called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Sidon <hi>the large.</hi> See what we have ſaid of <hi>Sidon</hi> and <hi>Tyre</hi> in our Literal Explanation on <hi>Joel</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 4. and <hi>Mat.</hi> 11.21.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Gave him Liberty,</hi> &amp;c. At <hi>Paul</hi>'s entreaty he gave him liberty to go to viſit his Chriſtian Friends in that part of <hi>Phoenicia</hi> at his pleaſure, that they might take care and provide what was neceſſary for him.</p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>And when we had lanched thence.</hi> That is, Parted from <hi>Sidon.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We Sailed unto</hi> Cyprus. If the Wind had favoured, they would have ſteered their Courſe ſtraight from <hi>Sidon</hi> to <hi>Myra</hi> above the Iſland <hi>Cyprus,</hi> leaving it on the Right Hand. But now they muſt fetch a compaſs, and turn under the Iſland, leaving it on the left hand, and ſo in a manner compaſs the Iſland. Hence the <hi>Syriack</hi> and <hi>Arabick</hi> render it, <hi>we compaſſed near</hi> Cyprus. Which the <hi>Syriack</hi> renders more plainly below, <hi>v.</hi> 7. where <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<pb n="280" facs="tcp:192139:350"/>the <hi>Syriack</hi> has, <hi>and becauſe the Wind ſuffered us not to go the neareſt way, we tacked about near</hi> Crete: That is; when we could not by reaſon of the Wind go a ſtraight courſe from the Iſland <hi>Cnidus</hi> into the <hi>Adriatick</hi> Sea, above <hi>Crete,</hi> and leaving it on the left hand, we turned below it, and ſo having it on the right hand, we encompaſſed it. <q>Theſe Phraſes, ſaith <hi>Lewis de Dieu,</hi> are ſtill in uſe with Mariners, that as they Sail by any place that is in their view; they are ſaid to Sail above it when they are carried a ſtraight courſe, under it, when they are forced to decline and tackle. The former is ſignified in <hi>Gr.</hi> by the Word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the other by <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. And there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore we applaud the moſt renowned <hi>Beza,</hi> who below, <hi>v.</hi> 16.</q> renders, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>and carried under a certain little Iſland.</hi> See what we have ſaid above of the Iſland of <hi>Cyprus, c.</hi> 4. <hi>v.</hi> 36.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Becauſe the Winds were contrary.</hi> That is, Becauſe we could not keep a ſtreight courſe by the Iſland of <hi>Cyprus</hi> for the Wind.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Sea of</hi> Cilicia <hi>and</hi> Pamphilia. <hi>Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>and having Sailed over the Sea that is by</hi> Cilicia <hi>and</hi> Pam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phylia. See what we had ſaid of <hi>Cilicia</hi> above, <hi>c.</hi> 6. <hi>v.</hi> 9. and of <hi>Pamphylia, c.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 10.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We came to</hi> Lyſtra <hi>which is of</hi> Lycia. <hi>Lyſtra</hi> is not a City of <hi>Lycia</hi> but of <hi>Lycaonia,</hi> ſituate in the continent far from the Sea; and therefore the Vulgar <hi>Latin</hi> Edition ſhould be amended, and ſhould be read, <hi>we came to</hi> Lymira, <hi>or</hi> Limyra, <hi>or</hi> Lamira, <hi>or</hi> Myra. <hi>Pomponius Mela</hi> maketh mention of a River called <hi>Lymira,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>L.</hi> 1. <hi>c.</hi> 15.</note> and a Town of the ſame name in <hi>Lycia</hi> near the Sea, and <hi>Pliny,</hi> 5 <hi>Nat. Hiſt.</hi> 27. <hi>Lymira</hi> a City of <hi>Lycia</hi> having its name from the River <hi>Lymirus,</hi> which it is ſi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>uate by, is mentioned by <hi>Strabo, l.</hi> 14. by <hi>Pto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lemy, l.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 1. by <hi>Scylax</hi> in <hi>Lycia,</hi> and by <hi>Stephanus Byzantius,</hi> who alſo writeth of <hi>Lamyra</hi> a City of <hi>Lycia</hi> in its own
<pb n="281" facs="tcp:192139:350"/>place, but ſeeing this Author uſes of one and the ſame City to make ſeveral, I eaſily believe that it is the ſame Town. Finally, the Metropolitan City of <hi>Lycia,</hi> ſituate near the River <hi>Lymira,</hi> and a Town of the ſame name on a Hillock, diſtant twenty Miles from the Sea-Shore, commonly called <hi>Strumita,</hi> by <hi>Ptolemy l.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 3. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, by <hi>Pliny</hi> and others 'tis called <hi>Myra</hi> in the Neutr-Plural, <hi>Myroi</hi> in the Rationary, and by <hi>Stephanus</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>Lycia</hi> was a part of the <hi>Aſian</hi> Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vince. "Firſt it was governed by the Emperors Lieu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tenants, then under <hi>Juſtinian</hi> it was reckoned among the Conſular Provinces, being divided into the Inner and Outer or Maritim; it had on the Weſt <hi>Caria,</hi> on the North a part of <hi>Lydia,</hi> and of <hi>Pacatiana</hi> the Souther<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly, <q>on the Eaſt <hi>Pamphylia,</hi> on the South the <hi>Rhodian</hi> Sea, ſaith <hi>Frid. Spanhem.</hi>
                  </q> in his Introduction to ſacred Geography. Beſides <hi>Stepan. Mela</hi> teſtifies that this Province had its name from King <hi>Lycus,</hi> Son to <hi>Pandion.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>L.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 15.</note> The Monſter <hi>Chimaera</hi> was feigned to be on <hi>Cragus</hi> the moſt famous Mountain of this Country, which frequently caſts up Fire, as <hi>Aetna</hi> of <hi>Sicily</hi> does, which the Father of Poets graphically deſcribes <hi>Il.</hi> 6. <hi>v.</hi> 181. which deſcription <hi>Lucrece</hi> has thus imitated, <hi>lib.</hi> 8.
<q>
                     <hi>A Lyons Head, a Dragons Tail, its middle the</hi> Chimaera <hi>it ſelf.</hi>
                  </q> Where <hi>Lucrece</hi> has imitated, and rendred more to the Life, <hi>Homer</hi>'s deſcription, than <hi>Ovid</hi> Metam. 6.
<q>
                     <l>
                        <hi>On whoſe tops</hi> Chimera <hi>fed, her parts who takes,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Middle of Buck, upper from Lyon, tail of Snakes.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q> That Mountain gave occaſion to the Poets of feighning this Monſter, in whoſe top Lyons abode, in its middle Goats, at bottom of it Serpents, whoſe Fable they
<pb n="282" facs="tcp:192139:351"/>applyed to Love, which invadeth one as a Lyon, nor doth it leave one till Luſt be ſatisfied, which the Goat, being a libidinous Animal, repreſenteth, but in the end it leaveth the bitter Sting of Remorſe, which is like to the biting of a Serpent. They fable that this Mon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſter was killed by <hi>Bellerophon,</hi> whoſe Deſcription ſee in <hi>Strabo l.</hi> 14. <hi>&amp; Ptolemy l.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 3. <hi>Stephanus</hi> makes menti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on of an other <hi>Lycia</hi> by <hi>Cilicia, in which,</hi> ſaith he, Sarpe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>don <hi>Reigned.</hi> But <hi>Strah. l.</hi> 12. Where he mentions two ſort of <hi>Lycians,</hi> he placeth neither of them near <hi>Cilicia.</hi> For he calls the one of them <hi>Troicks,</hi> and the other In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>habitants of a Country near <hi>Caria.</hi> 
                  <q>Moreover the two ſorts of People called by the Name of <hi>Lycians,</hi> give grounds to ſuſpect that the ſame Nation, either of the <hi>Troicks,</hi> or of thoſe that dwelt upon the Borders of <hi>Caria,</hi> ſent Colonies into the other ſo called.</q>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>ad Per. v.</hi> 857.</note> 
                  <hi>Euſtathius</hi> declareth the ſame. It is probable that <hi>Virgil</hi> ſpeaks of <hi>Troick Lycia, Aen.</hi> 4. <hi>v.</hi> 143. when he ſaith,
<q>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Returning from cold</hi> Lycia, <hi>ſo appears</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>Phoebus, <hi>when he to native</hi> Delia <hi>goes.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q> But <hi>Servius</hi> knew nothing of <hi>Troick Lycia,</hi> nor of that of <hi>Cilicia,</hi> and he Interprets that of <hi>Lycia</hi> abſolutely ſo called, as alſo does <hi>La Cerda. Lycian</hi> Arrows and Qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vers are alſo made mention of by the Poets, of which ſee the ſame Author on <hi>Virgil</hi>'s <hi>Aeneid. l.</hi> 7. <hi>v.</hi> 814.</p>
               <q>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Her Royal Habit wondering to behold,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Her Treſſes plated with a Jem of Gold.</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Then how her Lycian Quiver ſhe did bear.</hi>
                  </l>
               </q>
               <p>
                  <hi>And there the Centurion finding a Ship of</hi> Alexandria. That is, A Ship which was come thither from <hi>Alexan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dria</hi> in <hi>Egypt.</hi> See what we have ſaid of this City a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove, <hi>c.</hi> 6. <hi>v.</hi> 9. <hi>&amp;c.</hi> 18. <hi>v.</hi> 24.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sailing.</hi> Straight.</p>
               <pb n="283" facs="tcp:192139:351"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Into</hi> Italy, Whither frequently both Victuals and much Merchandiſe were tranſported from <hi>Egypt</hi> in <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lexandrian</hi> Ships.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He put us.</hi> From the Adrumetin or Adramytten Ship, which we had gone aboard of, above, <hi>v.</hi> 2.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Into her.</hi> Which was going ſtraight to <hi>Italy,</hi> nor was ſhe to touch any where by the way.</p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>And when.</hi> By reaſon of contrary Winds.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We had ſailed ſlow many days.</hi> That is, When we be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>held how ſmall a Space of the Sea we had got over in ſo long a time. <hi>Nor was it any wonder,</hi> ſaith <hi>Pricaeus, that they complained of this, who compaſſed the Bays, ſeeing they, who have favourable Winds, think they make ſmall enough Progreſs.</hi> Even ſwift Paſſage ſeemeth ſlow to thoſe that are Sailing, ſaith <hi>Servius</hi> on <hi>Aeneid.</hi> 5.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſcarce were come over against</hi> Gnidus. That is, Come near <hi>Cnidus,</hi> or <hi>Gnidus</hi> a Maritim Town in <hi>Doris,</hi> a <hi>Peninſula</hi> of <hi>Caria,</hi> and ſituate on a Promontory, over againſt the Iſland of <hi>Crete.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Wind not ſuffering us.</hi> Supply out of the Syriack Interpreter, <hi>To go a ſtraight Courſe.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We Sailed to</hi> Crete. Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>We ſailed under</hi> Crete. See above, <hi>v.</hi> 4. <hi>Crete,</hi> a very great Iſland, which is now commonly called <hi>Candy,</hi> was in ancient times famous, by reaſon of many Fables, as the Arrival of <hi>Europa,</hi> the Loves of <hi>Paſiphae</hi> and <hi>Ariad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ne,</hi> the Cruelty and Fate of the <hi>Minotaur,</hi> the Works and Flight of <hi>Daedalus,</hi> and the Sepulchre of <hi>Jupiter,</hi> whereon the Inhabitants ſhewed his Name Engraven, as <hi>Mela lib.</hi> 2. has committed to Memory. Therefore <hi>Sal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>luſtius</hi> in <hi>Servius</hi> on that of <hi>Virgil, Aen.</hi> 8. <hi>v.</hi> 349.
<q>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Then did a reverential Terror move,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>And Rusticks Tremble at the Rock and Grove.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q> Saith, that the Cretians firſt found out Religion, becauſe that <hi>Jupiter</hi> is fabled to have been born among them. It
<pb n="284" facs="tcp:192139:352"/>was called by Writers <hi>Hecatompolis,</hi> becauſe it contain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed a hundred Cites, which <hi>Horace</hi> calls Towns. And therefore <hi>Paul</hi> left <hi>Titus</hi> in <hi>Crete,</hi> that he might ordain Elders <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>in every City,</hi> or, as <hi>Eraſmus</hi> renders it, <hi>Town by Town.</hi> According to <hi>Ptolemy. lib.</hi> 3. <hi>c.</hi> 17. It was bounded on the Weſt by the Gulph of <hi>Venice,</hi> on the North by the <hi>Cretian</hi> Sea, on the South by the <hi>Ly<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bick,</hi> on the Eaſt by the <hi>Carpathian.</hi> Its principal Ci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ties were <hi>Gortyna, Phalaſarna, Cydonia, Cnoſſus,</hi> the Palace of <hi>Minos. Virgil</hi> 3 <hi>Aen. v.</hi> 104.
<q>
                     <l>Jove<hi>'s Birth Place</hi> Crete <hi>lies circled in the Main,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>There is Mount</hi> Ide <hi>the Nurſery of our Race;</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>A hundred Cities hath this wealthy Place;</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Our Grandſire firſt hath not my Memory fail'd,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>Teucrus <hi>from thence to</hi> Rhoetian <hi>Confines Sail'd.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q> For it was accounted a certain Truth, that the Tro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jans departing from the Iſland of <hi>Crete,</hi> under the Lead<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing of <hi>Teucrus,</hi> came into <hi>Phrygia,</hi> and gave Name to <hi>Ida</hi> a Mountain in <hi>Troy,</hi> from <hi>Ida</hi> a Mountain of <hi>Crete,</hi> in which Mountain, <hi>Varro</hi> affirms in his Book, which he compoſed of Maritim Places, that even in his Days <hi>Ju<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>piter</hi>'s Sepulchre was viſited there, as <hi>Solinus</hi> reporteth <hi>c.</hi> 17. In Teſtimony whereof they ſaid that <hi>Teucrus</hi> con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſecrated a Temple to <hi>Sminthian Apollo.</hi> For the Creti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans called a Mouſe <hi>Sminthus,</hi> which the Trojans had in great Reverence, as <hi>Strabo</hi> affirms, <hi>l.</hi> 13. <hi>Crete</hi> was alſo Renowned for that moſt famous Labyrinth framed by <hi>Dadalus</hi> at the Command of <hi>Minos. Minos</hi> and <hi>Rhada<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>manthus</hi> have made it famous, who for their extraordi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nary Juſtice, were fabled by the Poets to be Judges of the Infernal Regions; of whom <hi>Minos</hi> alſo gave Laws to the Cretians. <hi>Lycurgus</hi> alſo, the Lacedemonian Legiſlator, extended its Fame by his Voluntary Exile. <hi>Epimenides,</hi> and <hi>George</hi> the <hi>Trapezuntian,</hi> a famous Phi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>loſopher, were alſo Cretians; the former wrote of the
<pb n="285" facs="tcp:192139:352"/>Nature of things in Verſe, as <hi>Lucrece</hi> did amongſt the Latins, <hi>George</hi> the <hi>Trapezuntian,</hi> altho he was born in <hi>Crete,</hi> yet he would rather have his Name from <hi>Trape<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zunt</hi> a City of <hi>Capadocia,</hi> whence his Fathers Family had their Original; he very much admired <hi>Ariſtotle,</hi> but made light Account of <hi>Plato;</hi> he Tranſlated many Pieces out of the Greek into Latin, nor did he write a few in Latin. They ſay that in his utmoſt old Age, he forgot all things, even his own Name, of which ſee <hi>Voſſius</hi> of the Latin Hiſtorians, <hi>l.</hi> 3. <hi>c.</hi> 8.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Overpaſt</hi> Salmon. The Eaſtern Promontory of <hi>Crete,</hi> over againſt <hi>Gnidos</hi> and <hi>Rhodes,</hi> which otherwiſe they call <hi>Salmonium. Therefore,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, they were forced to turn aſide to the left hand, that they might turn in from the Eaſtearn Point of</hi> Crete <hi>to the Southern Coaſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>And ſcarcely.</hi> That is, And with great difficulty, by reaſon of contrary Winds.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sailing near it.</hi> That is, Sailing or paſſing by that Promontory. <hi>Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>coaſting by.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is a Word uſed Mariners. <hi>Virg. Aen.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 127. <hi>crebris legimus,</hi> &amp;c.
<q>
                     <hi>Paſs through Seas ſow'd thick with Iſles.</hi>
                  </q> Where <hi>Servius, Praeterimus. We paſs by. A Speech drawn from Mariners, becauſe that by hailing up their Cable, that is, by gathering it in, they eſcape rough places.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We came to a certain place.</hi> Of the ſaid Iſland of <hi>Crete.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which is called the good Havens</hi> In <hi>Gr.</hi> As alſo the Eng. It is fair Havens. <hi>Cale Acte,</hi> That is,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>l.</hi> 3. <hi>c.</hi> 15.</note> 
                  <hi>Pleaſant Shore,</hi> a City of the <hi>Cretians,</hi> as <hi>Stephan</hi> and <hi>Ptolemy</hi> ſay, of <hi>Euboea</hi> as <hi>Herodot. l.</hi> 6. <hi>c.</hi> 23. Of <hi>Cicilia,</hi> which by <hi>Cicero</hi> is cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led <hi>Calata,</hi> and its Inhabitants <hi>Calatini.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Nigh whereunto was the City</hi> Thalaſſa. <hi>Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <q>There is no Mention, ſaith <hi>Beza,</hi> of the City <hi>Laſaea</hi>
                     <pb n="286" facs="tcp:192139:353"/>in any Geographers that I ever read. <hi>Pliny</hi> reckon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth <hi>Laſon</hi> alſo among the Cities of <hi>Crete,</hi> but an In-land Town. <hi>Ptolemy</hi> alſo calleth a certain City <hi>Liſſon,</hi> but next to the Eaſtern part of it. The Vulgar Latin in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtead of <hi>Laſaea</hi> has <hi>Thalaſſa,</hi> which <hi>Jerom</hi> ſays, is cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rupted, and would have it read <hi>Laraea.</hi> But what if this, as well as that, be corrupted? For in <hi>Stephan</hi> I find the City <hi>Thalaſſa,</hi> but its Situation is not deſcri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bed. I had rather therefore read it <hi>Elaia,</hi> which is reckoned by <hi>Pliny</hi> among the principal Maritine Ci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ties of <hi>Crete.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>Now when much time was ſpent.</hi> Paſt in ſlow and in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>commodious Sailing, contrary to the expectation of Mariners and Paſſengers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And when Sailing was not ſafe.</hi> As if he had ſaid, And Sailing began to be dangerous.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Becauſe the Faſt was now already paſt. Luke</hi> deſcribes the Time according to the Cuſtom of the Jews, and u<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſes the Faſt for the time that the Faſt was kept. <q>But ſeeing, <hi>ſaith the Famed</hi> Heinſius, it is ſaid abſolutely <hi>Jejunium</hi> Faſt, there is no doubt but that it is to be underſtood of that Faſt which is called <hi>great,</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; which is alſo called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Faſt-Day, abſo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lutely and compendiouſly <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which is, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Day of Purification,</hi> or Expiation. On which day the Jews gave themſelves over to very great Lamentati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on, ſo that for above the ſpace of 24 Hours, they, cloathed with white Garments, Pray and Faſt with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out Interruption: that ſo they may deteſt the memo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry of that horrid Sin, to wit, that <hi>of making the Calf,</hi> and may avert the Puniſhment due to ſo great a Wick<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>edneſs. Which Faſt falleth on the tenth Moon of <hi>September;</hi> in which Month, as the ſeven Stars called <hi>Pleiades</hi> ſet, ſo alſo the Sea begins to be Tempeſtuous.</q> Of this ſolemn Annual Faſt of the Jews, ſee <hi>Lev.</hi> 16.29, <hi>&amp;c. c.</hi> 23.27, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Encouraged.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Exhorted, Admoniſhed,</hi> To
<pb n="287" facs="tcp:192139:353"/>get the Ship into ſome Harbor, and make a little ſtay in their Courſe.</p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>With hurt.</hi> That is, Not without much Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mage.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Not only of the Burthen.</hi> Wherewith the Ship is laden.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And of the Ship.</hi> Which by being toſſed with Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peſts and Storms, will be endamaged.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But alſo of our Lives.</hi> Which will be endangered.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>This Voyage begins to be.</hi> In the <hi>Gr.</hi> Theſe Words are expreſſed by the Infinitive <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the Voyage to be,</hi> for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the Voyage will be.</hi> Hence it appears that the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> put after the Verb <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in the beginning of this Verſe is either re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dundant, as <hi>Mat.</hi> 26.72. <hi>Mar.</hi> 12.19. or is taken for the affirmative Particle <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>tique</hi> certainly, as 1 <hi>John</hi> 3.20.</p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>But the Centurion. Julius,</hi> of whom above, <hi>v.</hi> 1. <hi>&amp;</hi> 3.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Maſter.</hi> That is, He who directed the ſteering of the Ship.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And owner of the Ship.</hi> That is, Who was ſet over the Ship, and appointed every Mariner his Office. He that diſcharges this Naval Office, is by <hi>Cicero</hi> called <hi>Naviculator,</hi> and <hi>Navicularius.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Believed more.</hi> That is, Thought it more reaſonable to harken to them, as being expert in Naval Affairs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Than thoſe things which were ſpoken by</hi> Paul. By Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vine Preſage.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>The Haven.</hi> Which they call, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Fair</hi> or <hi>Good Haven,</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Pleaſant Harbor.</hi> See above, <hi>v.</hi> 8.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To winter in.</hi> That is, To paſs over in that place the Winter Seaſon, no ways convenient for Sailing.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The more part adviſed.</hi> That is, It was determined by the Advice of the greateſt part.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To depart thence.</hi> That is, To looſe from that Har<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bor,
<pb n="288" facs="tcp:192139:354"/>very inconvenient to winter in. Supply, being deſirous to try.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>If by any means they might attain to</hi> Phoenice. Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>Ptolemy,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, calls the Town it ſelf ſo,</hi> but the Harbor he calls <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, in the Southern Shore of <hi>Crete.</hi> See <hi>Ptolemy l.</hi> 3. <hi>c.</hi> 17.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To winter.</hi> That is, To paſs over the Winter time there.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>An Haven of</hi> Crete. An Iſland, of which above, <hi>v.</hi> 7.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Lying towards the South-Weſt.</hi> That is, The Wind from <hi>Africa</hi> or <hi>Libya,</hi> which bloweth betwixt the South and the Weſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And to the North-West.</hi> That is, The Wind that blow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth betwixt the Weſt and the North. <q>If, <hi>ſaith</hi> Lewis de Dieu, we believe the Maps, that Harbor lay in that part of <hi>Crete,</hi> which look'd directly to <hi>Africk,</hi> and therefore to the South. How then did it lie to the North-Weſt and South-Weſt, which are two Weſt<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ern Winds, the one compoſed of the Weſt, verging to the North, the other to the South? I anſwer, that the Harbour was full of windings and turnings, which if ye look to it wholly in itſelf, lyes directly to the South; but if ye have reſpect to its windings and uſe, it is towards the South-Weſt, that is, that Point of Weſtern Meridian, where the South-Weſt is op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſed to the North-Weſt in a direct Line, and there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore this Harbour was very convenient for their Voyage; for that Way had a ſtraight Courſe into the <hi>Adriatick</hi> Sea.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>And when the South Wind blew.</hi> As if he had ſaid, When a moſt gentle South Wind blew very fair for us.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Suppoſing that they had attained their Purpoſe.</hi> That is, The Mariners now nothing doubting but that all things were according to their Deſire.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Looſing thence.</hi> Their Anchors, or, when they had looſed from the Harbour, as it was agreed upon by moſt of them, above, <hi>v.</hi> 12.</p>
               <pb n="289" facs="tcp:192139:354"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>They Sailed Cloſe.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Without any Prepoſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion, which ſufficiently indicates that <hi>Aſſon</hi> here is an Ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verb ſignifying <hi>cloſe,</hi> and not a little Town of <hi>Crere,</hi> which by <hi>Stephanus</hi> is called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Aſus</hi> with a ſingle <hi>Sigma,</hi> or that In-land Town, which by <hi>Pliny</hi> is ranked a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mong the principal Cities of <hi>Crete,</hi> and is by him called <hi>Aſum</hi> in the Neuter Gender, <hi>l.</hi> 4. <hi>Nat. Hiſt. c.</hi> 12. much leſs that City called <hi>Aſſon,</hi> that is near <hi>Troas,</hi> very far diſtant from the Iſland of <hi>Crete,</hi> whoſe Coaſt they were now Sailing by, of which above, <hi>c.</hi> 20. <hi>v.</hi> 13.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By</hi> Crete. That is, As above, <hi>v.</hi> 8. They Sailed along <hi>Crete,</hi> or Sailed along the Coaſt of it; but, as is ſaid, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>cloſe,</hi> ſo that they as it were ſhaved the very Coaſt of <hi>Crete.</hi> As being in no wiſe afraid leſt they ſhould daſh upon the Shore, Sailing as near as could be by it, becauſe the South Wind breathed ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry gently, as appears by what's ſaid immediately before.</p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>There aroſe againſt it.</hi> That is, Beat in upon the Iſland of <hi>Crete,</hi> or ruſhed violently upon it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A Tempeſtuous Wind.</hi> A violent &amp; raging Whirlewind.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Called</hi> Euro-aquilo. Gr. <hi>Euroclydon. Eurus</hi> is the Eaſt Wind, flowing from the Winter Eaſt, from whence this compound Name, adding the Word <hi>Clydon,</hi> which in Greek ſignifies a <hi>Wave,</hi> becauſe this Wind raiſeth up huge Waves by its Blaſt. In the Vulgar Interpreter it is <hi>Euroaquilo,</hi> North-Eaſt, as it were, the Eaſt Wind, inclining to the North. <q>Whether, <hi>ſaith</hi> Beza, that he read it <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, For ſo likewiſe <hi>Luke</hi> calls <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quila</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; or that he thence judged that this was North-Eaſt, or a Wind blowing from the Eaſt towards the Summer Solſtice, becauſe the Ship was driven from the Shore of <hi>Crete,</hi> partly towards the Weſt, and partly towards the South, to wit, towards <hi>Malta,</hi> which lies between <hi>Africk</hi> and <hi>Sicily:</hi> Eſpecially ſeeing they are ſaid to have feared, leſt they ſhould be driven in upon the quick-ſand towards the South. Therefore this Conjecture does not altogether diſſatisfy me, ſee<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
<pb n="290" facs="tcp:192139:355"/>
                     <hi>Virgil</hi> alſo calls the Eaſt Wind Tempeſtuous, and this Wind is very ſuitable to the Winter Seaſon. Yet I have retained the Word <hi>Euroclydon,</hi> which I have found in all Greek Copies I met with: whence it is underſtood that this was an Eaſt Wind, and that very Stormy. For the Greeks calls Wave <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. This therefore is that which the Hebrews call <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the Latin Poets, <hi>Watry, Cloudy, Black, Raging, Thundring.</hi> Therefore altho the Eaſt Wind did drive the Ship towards the Weſt, that is, into <hi>Italy;</hi> yet it is no wonder that in ſo great a Storm they could not keep a ſtraight Courſe, but were driven hither and thither by the force of the Waves. But if this Wind was North-Eaſt, it beat them back from <hi>Italy;</hi> and it was a wonder that the Ship was not driven in upon the Coaſts of <hi>Africk.</hi> The Syriack retained the ſame Greek Names: The Arabick cancelled the Word <hi>Euroclydon,</hi> as being a Word altogether un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>known to him.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>And when the Ship was caught.</hi> To wit, By the moſt violent Whirlpools, <hi>whereby the toſſed Ship was dri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven crookedly, ungovernably,</hi> as <hi>Quintus Curtius</hi> expreſſeth it, <hi>l.</hi> 9.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And could not bear up unto the Wind.</hi> That is, <hi>With<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtand the Wind,</hi> as the Syriack renders it. Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>ſtand before the Wind.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, properly ſignifies, according to <hi>H. Stephan. I look upon one that beholdeth me:</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>I look over againſt me,</hi> as <hi>Suidas</hi> hath it. <hi>Gaza</hi> in <hi>Scipio</hi>'s Dream, interpreted <hi>Solem adverſum intueri,</hi> to look up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on the Sun over againſt them, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> metaphorically is, <hi>to Reſiſt, to Strive a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gainſt.</hi> Eccleſ. 19.5. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that is, as <hi>Druſius</hi> Interprets it, <hi>But he that reſiſteth Pleaſures, crowns his Life.</hi> Alſo <hi>Gro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tius</hi> obſerves that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is frequently ſo uſed by <hi>Joſephus.</hi> The Original of the Metaphor ſeems to be
<pb n="291" facs="tcp:192139:355"/>hence, that he who oppoſes any, turns his Eyes on him, and a Ship going againſt the Wind, has its Prore turn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed towards it, a certain part whereof is called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the Eye,</hi> as the Famous <hi>Beza</hi> has noted out of <hi>Pol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lux. Virg. Aen.</hi> 5. <hi>v.</hi> 20.</p>
               <q>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Guſts rifing ſhift, the black Weſt grows more Loud,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>And the whole Air condens'd into one Cloud.</hi>
                  </l>
               </q>
               <p>
                  <hi>We let her drive.</hi> Not whither we would, but whi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther the impetuous Violence of the Wind drove us.</p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>And running under a certain Iſland.</hi> Gr. <hi>Being carried under a certain little Iſland.</hi> See what is ſaid a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove, <hi>v.</hi> 4.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which is called</hi> Clauda. Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. In ſome Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pies <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. So alſo ſome Copies of the Vulgar Latin Edition have <hi>Cauda.</hi> The Arabick <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Iclauda.</hi> The Syriack <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Cauro,</hi> but the Famous <hi>Bochart</hi> will have us read it <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Caudo. Suidas.</hi> Caudo <hi>is an Iſland near</hi> Crete, <hi>wherein are brought forth very great Wild Aſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſes.</hi> But that this Iſland was by <hi>Mela, l</hi> 2. <hi>c.</hi> 7. and <hi>Pliny l.</hi> 4. <hi>c.</hi> 12. called <hi>Gaudon,</hi> by <hi>Ptolemy Claudon,</hi> after <hi>Joachim Vadian</hi> the now cited <hi>Bochart</hi> obſerves. There was alſo another Iſland, which by <hi>Strabo l.</hi> 6. is called <hi>Gaudos,</hi> but by <hi>Stephan</hi> and others <hi>Gaulos,</hi> in the Sicilian Sea towards <hi>Africk,</hi> as <hi>Mela</hi> declareth <hi>l.</hi> 2. <hi>c.</hi> 7. one of the three Iſlands, in old times Inhabited by the Carthaginians, which, according to <hi>Scylax,</hi> were, <hi>Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lite, Gaulus,</hi> and <hi>Lampas. Solinus, c.</hi> 32. reporteth al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moſt the ſame of this <hi>Gaudo,</hi> or rather, <hi>Gaulus</hi> of the <hi>Carthaginians,</hi> as <hi>Pliny</hi> ſays of the Iſland <hi>Galata,</hi> near to the ſaid <hi>Gaulus, that neither is any Serpent brought forth there, nor if it be tranſported thither does it live, wherefore the duſt of this Iſland being caſt upon any other ground, driveth away Serpents, and being thrown upon Scorpions, it imme<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diately kills them.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We had much Work to come by our Boat.</hi> That is, We
<pb n="292" facs="tcp:192139:356"/>could hardly take in our Ship-Boat toſſed with the Winds from the raging Waves, leſt it ſhould be beat to pieces on the Ship. <hi>Scapha,</hi> a Ship-Boat is called a ſmall Veſſel, which was drawn after the Ship, where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by, if neceſſity ſo require, they Sail where a great Ship cannot come. It was called <hi>Scapha</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, a Verb ſignifying to make hollow, becauſe they firſt were uſed to be made of a whole great Tree, by making it honow.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>Which.</hi> To wit, Ship-Boat.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>When they had taken up.</hi> To wit, From the Sea into the Ship, to which it was faſtened. <hi>They are contraries,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotiu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>to take up the Ship boat, and</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to let it down.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They uſed helps.</hi> To wit, Of the Mariners, or, as ſome will, of Ropes, Chains, and Hooks.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ndergirding the Ship.</hi> To wit, putting Ropes on both ſides, underneath the Boat, and ſo binding the ſides of the Ship on <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> ſides that it might not be beat to pieces by the force of the Winds and Waves.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And fearing leſt they ſhould fall on the quick Sands.</hi> That is, Leſt the Ship together with them, ſhould be driven upon ſhallows and the Syrtes, and ſhould ſtick faſt thereon, and be overwhelmed with a Heap of Sand. Syrtes or quick Sands, are called all Shallow places, which as it were draw the Ships that are driven on them, and keep them faſt, and at laſt ſwallow them up. <hi>Lucan</hi> has deſcribed the nature of theſe <hi>Syrtes, l.</hi> 9.304. Which is thus <hi>Engliſhed</hi> by Sir <hi>Arthur Gorges;</hi>
                  <q>
                     <l>
                        <hi>When Nature did at firſt diſpoſe,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Theſe</hi> Syrts <hi>and ſhap't their Figure out,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>She left it to the World in doubt,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Whether it ſhould be Land or Seas;</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>For utterly it doth not pleaſe,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>To Sink it ſelf beneath the Main:</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Nor yet the Land cannot reſtrain</hi>
                     </l>
                     <pb n="293" facs="tcp:192139:356"/>
                     <l>
                        <hi>The Waves, but they will have a Share,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>And ſuch a dangerous place prepare,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>That there to travel none ſhall dare.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>For here the Sea doth Channels ſtrain,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>And there the Lands do riſe again.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Here is a long ſtretch't Tract of Shore,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>And there the ſwallowing whirlpools rore,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>So nature wretchedly deſigned,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>This portion of her proper kind.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <lg>
                        <l>
                           <hi>
                              <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nto no uſe, or elſe of Old,</hi>
                        </l>
                        <l>
                           <hi>Thoſe Syrts more Waves in them did hold,</hi>
                        </l>
                        <l>
                           <hi>And with the Seas were over-roll'd.</hi>
                        </l>
                     </lg>
                     <l>
                        <hi>But that Attractive</hi> Titans <hi>Beams,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>(Feeding upon the</hi> Oceans <hi>Streams,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>That to the Torrid Zone were nigh)</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Some of the weltring Waves did dry.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>And yet the</hi> Ocean <hi>in deſpight,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Reſisteth</hi> Phaebus <hi>parching might.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <lg>
                        <l>
                           <hi>But yet his beams (as they draw near)</hi>
                        </l>
                        <l>
                           <hi>And wearing time thoſe Seas will clear,</hi>
                        </l>
                        <l>
                           <hi>And make the Syrts firm Land appear.</hi>
                        </l>
                     </lg>
                     <l>
                        <hi>For ſcarcely now a little Boat,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Can on the Superficies float,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Of thoſe drown'd Sands where Water ſtays,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>And more and more that Sea decays.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>They are the moſt famous of the <hi>Syrts</hi> which <hi>Salluſt</hi> deſcribes thus. <q>There are two Gulphs almoſt to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards the utmoſt parts of <hi>Africk</hi> of unequal bigneſs, but of the ſame nature, of which thoſe that are next the Land are very deep, but the reſt, as it chanceth at one time are deep, at another Shallow. For when the Sea begins to ſwell and rage with the Winds, the Waves draw Slime, Sand and great ſtones together in heaps; and ſo the figure of theſe places is changed toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther with the Winds.</q> They are called <hi>Syrtes</hi> from draw<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing. From theſe two <hi>Syrtes</hi> that part of the <hi>Lybian</hi> Sea,
<pb n="294" facs="tcp:192139:357"/>which floweth by <hi>Africk</hi> properly ſo called, is named the <hi>Syrtick</hi> Sea, in <hi>Seneca, lib. de vit. beat.</hi> See more concerning theſe in <hi>Mela, l.</hi> 1. <hi>c.</hi> 7. <hi>Plin. l.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 4. <hi>Solin c.</hi> 30.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Letting down the Veſſel.</hi> That is, When we had taken down the Sail-yard with the Sail faſtened to it. <hi>For,</hi> as ſaith <hi>Seneca, when the Wind is grown too ſtrong, and too great to bear Sail to, the Yard is taken down.</hi> Hence that of <hi>Ovid,</hi>
                  <q>
                     <hi>The Yard let down eſcapes the Winter Storms.</hi>
                  </q> It is a Hebraiſm very frequent in the Scripture, where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by any moveable thing is called a Veſſel.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>So.</hi> To wit, having taken in our Sails from the Storm.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Were driven.</hi> That is, floated on the Waves, whitherſoever their force drave us.</p>
               <p n="18">18. <hi>And we being exceedingly toſſed with a Tempest.</hi> As if he had ſaid, But when our Ship toſſed with the furious Tempeſt, now was lifted up as it were to the Heavens, anon was tumbled down between the gaping Waves, as it were into a Pit or Gulph. See a lively deſcription of a dreadful Tempeſt, <hi>Pſal.</hi> 107.25, 26. which <hi>Virgil</hi> imitating hath elegantly expreſſed in theſe words, <hi>Aen.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 564.</p>
               <q>
                  <l>
                     <hi>At Heaven we tilt, then ſuddenly we fell,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Watry Foundations ſinking low as Hell.</hi>
                  </l>
               </q>
               <p>
                  <hi>The next day they lightened the Ship.</hi> That is, The Mariners caſt out of the Ship the heavieſt Lading, and the more weighty Merchandiſe, that the Ship, being lightened of its burden might draw leſs water, and ſo might not ſo eaſily be overwhelmed by the Waves.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>And the third day.</hi> To wit, From the riſing of that dreadful Tempeſt.</p>
               <pb n="295" facs="tcp:192139:357"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>They cast out with their own hands the tackling of the Ship. Gr.</hi> as alſo the <hi>Engliſh,</hi> we caſt out with our own hands the tackling of the Ship. To wit, we who were Paſſengers in the Ship together with the Mariners. Some Copies have <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>they cast out.</hi> To wit, the Maſter and Mariners. Now all Marine Utenſils wherewith a Ship is accoutred, as the Maſt, Yard, Oars, Cables, and ſuch like, are called the Tackling.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>And when neither Sun nor Stars appeared.</hi> As if he had ſaid, But when the Firmament was darkned Night and Day with a black Fog. An uſual deſcription of a very great Storm. So in <hi>Virgil, Aen.</hi> 1. <hi>v</hi> 92.</p>
               <q>
                  <l>
                     <hi>When from the</hi> Trojans <hi>ſight dark Clouds restrain</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Heaven and the Day, black Night broods on the Main.</hi>
                  </l>
               </q>
               <p>
                  <hi>In many days.</hi> Without intermiſſion.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And no ſmall Tempeſt lay over us.</hi> That is, Lay upon us. As if he had ſaid, And when a Turbulent and Thundring Tempeſt did now afflict and diſtreſs us.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>All hope that we ſhould be ſaved was then taken away. Grotius</hi> excellently obſerveth, <hi>that this was ſpoken accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing to all humane probability, ſuch as are many other things in Holy Writ.</hi> The meaning therefore is the ſame, as if he had ſaid, All hopes ſeemed to be cut off, of eſcaping Death, which now all appearances portended to be impending over us.</p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>But after long abſtinence.</hi> That is, And when they who were in the Ship, being toſſed with the Tempeſt had endured a long hunger through want of Appetite, but not through ſcarcity of Food, as appears afterwards, <hi>v.</hi> 36 <hi>&amp;</hi> 38.</p>
               <p>Paul <hi>ſtood forth in the midſt of them.</hi> With whom he was aboard in that toſſed Ship.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>You ſhould have hearkened to me.</hi> By giving heed to me when I preſaged this ſtorm we are now toſſed with.</p>
               <pb n="296" facs="tcp:192139:358"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Not have looſed.</hi> Supply, Anchors.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And to have gained.</hi> That is, have prevented. He that evites the damage that he was like to ſuſtain is ſaid to gain, and be fortunate, according to <hi>Ariſtotle, l.</hi> 2. <hi>Mag. Moral. c</hi> 9. Hence by <hi>Pliny,</hi> 7. <hi>Nat. Hiſt.</hi> 39. <hi>Sutorius Priſcus</hi> is ſaid to have gained an injury, which he committed unpuniſhed, and ſuffered no puniſhments for inflicting it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>This harm.</hi> That is, This boiſterous rage of the Winds.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And loſs.</hi> To wit, of the Merchandize, and Tack<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling or Furniture of the Ship.</p>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>And now.</hi> That is, Now therefore, as above, <hi>c.</hi> 5. <hi>v.</hi> 38. or, but now, to wit, ſeeing that, as <hi>Silius</hi> expreſſeth it, <hi>the cruel ſtorm groweth worſe and worſe.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I exhort you to be of good cheer.</hi> I again and again beſeech you, who by the event have had experience of the Truth of my former ſayings, that ye be not de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jected in your Minds.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For there ſhall be.</hi> In this Voyage, how dangerous ſoever.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The loſs of no Mans Life.</hi> That is, Perſon, as a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove, <hi>v.</hi> 10.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Among you.</hi> To wit, as appears below, <hi>v.</hi> 31. if ye hearken to me, otherwiſe than ye did before. <hi>Such Speeches,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, are every where in the Holy Scripture, which contain in them a tacit condition, eaſie to be under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood, either from the words preceeding and ſubſequent, or from the Nature of the thing it ſelf,</hi> 1 Sam. 2.30.13.13, 14.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But of the Ship.</hi> That is, But the Ship only ſhall be caſt away. <hi>An exceptive particle,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, inſtead of an adverſative,</hi> as, <hi>Luke</hi> 23.28. <hi>John</hi> 8.10. <hi>in the Greek,</hi> 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 11.11. <hi>Phil.</hi> 1.8.3.16.4.12. <hi>Rev.</hi> 2.25.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whoſe I am.</hi> That is, To whom I am devoted.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And whom I ſerve.</hi> That is, And whom I worſhip with true Piety. <hi>Jonas</hi> ſaid the ſame of himſelf of
<pb n="297" facs="tcp:192139:358"/>old, when he Sailed in the Company of Heathens, <hi>Jon.</hi> 1.9.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>Thou muſt be brought before Caeſar.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Thou ſhalt be preſented alive before <hi>Caeſar,</hi> to whom thou appealedſt above, <hi>c.</hi> 25.11.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Lo,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, God has ſo liberally granted thy requeſt, that not one of them that are carried with thee in this Ship ſhall periſh, provided they obey thy wholeſome advice, and uſe all means that in them lie for their preſervation. See below <hi>v.</hi> 31. The Verb <hi>give</hi> is taken in another contrary ſenſe above, <hi>c.</hi> 25 <hi>v.</hi> 11. but is uſed in a like ſenſe to this above <hi>c.</hi> 3.14.</p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>For I believe God.</hi> Without the leaſt doubt or heſitation.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>Howbeit we muſt be caſt upon a certain Iſland. Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>fall on.</hi> How this praediction was fulfilled is declared below, <hi>c.</hi> 28. <hi>v.</hi> 1.</p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>Fourteenth Night.</hi> To wit, From the raiſing of the ſtorm by the Winds.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As we were Sailing. Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>driven up and down,</hi> as it alſo is in the <hi>Engliſh, toſſed hither and thither. Plutarch,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius,</hi> hath uſed <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, for to be carried hither and thither.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In</hi> Adria. That is, In the <hi>Adriatick</hi> Gulph or Sea, which is deſcribed by the Poets as very tempeſtuous. <hi>Adria</hi> or <hi>Hadria,</hi> a City belonging to the <hi>Picentes</hi> or <hi>Piceni</hi> according to <hi>Ptolemy, Geog. l.</hi> 3. <hi>c.</hi> 1. was a Colony of the <hi>Tuſcans,</hi> who before the <hi>Romans</hi> attained the Government, commanded all by Land and Sea, as <hi>Livius</hi> recordeth in his Book 5. <hi>c.</hi> 3. <hi>Adrian C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſars</hi> Progenitors had their Original from this City, as <hi>Aelius Spartianus</hi> in his Life declareth. The ſame City, after the <hi>Tuſcan</hi> Empire was buried in Oblivion, was made a Colony by the <hi>Romans,</hi> as you may ſee in the <hi>Epitome</hi> of <hi>Livy, l.</hi> 11. From this City alſo the Sea, which by the <hi>Greeks</hi> is called, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>or</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<pb n="298" facs="tcp:192139:359"/>the <hi>Latins</hi> call the <hi>Adriatick</hi> or <hi>Adrian</hi> Sea or Gulph. The Poets alſo call it <hi>Adria</hi> after the manner of the <hi>Greeks,</hi> and <hi>Adriacum,</hi> which anciently was called <hi>Atriacum,</hi> as alſo the City <hi>Atria,</hi> as <hi>Pliny</hi> reports, <hi>l.</hi> 3. <hi>c.</hi> 16 in theſe words. <hi>The</hi> Tuſcans <hi>began to make firſt out of</hi> Sagis <hi>all theſe Rivers and Ditches, diverting the Impetus of the River into the</hi> Adrian <hi>Marſhes, which are called the ſeven Seas, and made a famous Haven of</hi> Atria, <hi>a Town of the</hi> Tuſcans, <hi>from whence that was before called the</hi> Atriatick, <hi>which now is called the</hi> Adriatick <hi>Sea. Pliny</hi> ſpeaketh of the River <hi>Po,</hi> which the <hi>Greeks</hi> call <hi>Erida<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus,</hi> which emptied twenty Rivers with it ſelf into the Sea. But whether <hi>Adria</hi> and <hi>Atria</hi> were the ſame City we leave to the Learned to judge. <hi>Stephan. Byzantius</hi> thinketh that they were different Cities, for he mentions each of them in their peculiar place; but it is uſual with him to make two of one and the ſame City, as <hi>Thomas de Pinedo</hi> hath obſerved. But this is certain from <hi>Strabo, Ovid, Statius,</hi> and <hi>Ptolemy,</hi> that not only that Gulph which-lies betwixt <hi>Venice</hi> and <hi>Corcyra</hi> is called <hi>Adria,</hi> or <hi>Adrian,</hi> and moſt uſually <hi>Adriatick,</hi> but that that name is extended even to the <hi>Ionian</hi> Sea. <hi>Therefore,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius,</hi> Procopius <hi>calls the Sea reaching from</hi> Methon <hi>to</hi> Sicily, <hi>and elſewhere from</hi> Cephalenia <hi>to</hi> Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>labria, <hi>by the name of</hi> Adria, <hi>and in another place he makes a part of it, the Gulf of</hi> Adria; <hi>and expreſly in his firſt of the</hi> Vandals, <hi>he placeth as well</hi> Gaulon <hi>as</hi> Melite <hi>in</hi> Adria.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That ſome Country appeared to them.</hi> In the <hi>Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>that ſome Country drew near them.</hi> A kind of Speech peculiar to Mariners, becauſe to their ſight, when Sailing, the Land ſeems to come near, or depart from them, when they in their Voyages, draw near to Land, or make from it. Such is that of <hi>Virgil, Aen.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 72.</p>
               <pb n="299" facs="tcp:192139:359"/>
               <q>
                  <l>—<hi>We lanch, and fill the Strands,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>And Sail from Cities, and retreating Lands.</hi>
                  </l>
               </q>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>Who alſo leting down their line.</hi> Bolis is the Sea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mans Plumb-line, or Lead faſtened to the end of a Rope; by throwing of it into the Sea, which by reaſon of its weight moves quickly downward, the Mariners ſearch out the depth thereof, and they beſmear it with Fat, when they have a mind to try whether the Ground is Rocky or Sandy.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Found it twenty Paces. Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Fathoms.</hi> A Fathom is a meaſure very well known to Mariners when they ſearch out the Shallows, containing ſo much bounds, as when both Arms are ſtretched out aſide, may be com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prehended between the tip of one middle Finger to that of the other Hand. <hi>This Interſtice,</hi> ſaith <hi>Beza, conſiſting of five</hi> Roman <hi>Foot, among the</hi> Greeks <hi>conſiſteth of ſix of their own Foot, that is,</hi> 6¼ <hi>Roman. Paſſus,</hi> Paces, there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore uſed twice in this Verſe for the <hi>Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, is taken for the interval of the Arms when ſtretched out, but not for the interval of the Feet when ſtretched out in walking.</p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>Should have fallen on Rocks. Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, we ſhould have fallen off, or they ſhould. That is, leſt the Ship ſhould daſh upon rugged or Rocky places.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Out of the Stern.</hi> That is, The hinder part of the Ship.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Caſting four Anchors.</hi> To wit, that the Ship being kept ſtedfaſt at the four Corners by the four Anchors, might not be driven by the Waves.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They wiſhed for the Day.</hi> The Light is moſt deſirable to any that are afflicted with any evil. <hi>Suetonius</hi> ſaith, <hi>Caligula, ſometimes ſitting upon his Bed, ſometimes wandring through very long Galleries, he uſed frequently to Invocate, and deſirouſly wait for the Light.</hi> Curt. l. 5. <hi>The much deſired Day diminiſhed the frightfulneſs of all things,
<pb n="300" facs="tcp:192139:360"/>which the Night rendred more Terrible.</hi> But the Words of <hi>Germanicus</hi> in <hi>Arataeus,</hi> are very pertinent to this Pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſe.</p>
               <q>
                  <l>
                     <hi>And when black Night the Seaman's Fears encreaſt,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>He in vain beheld the much deſired Eaſt.</hi>
                  </l>
               </q>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>And as the Mariners were about to flee out of the Ship.</hi> That they might eſcape the impending Danger of Shipwrack. <hi>Cic. l.</hi> 2. <hi>de Invent. Afterwards alſo the Storm began to toſs them more vehemently, ſo that the Maſt<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>er of the Ship, who was alſo the Director of its Courſe, fled into the Ship-Boat.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>When they let down the Boat into the Sea.</hi> Which they had taken up out of the Sea into the Ship, above, <hi>v.</hi> 16. <hi>&amp;</hi> 17.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nder Colour, &amp;c.</hi> As if he had ſaid, They pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tended that they had let down the Boat, that they might go into it, and caſt Anchors alſo out of the Fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>caſtle, or Forepart of the Ship, for they had need of many Anchors when the Sea was Boyſterous.</p>
               <p n="31">31. Paul <hi>ſaid.</hi> Being ſenſible of the raſh Reſolution of the Seamen, and the Promiſe of God made to him Conditionally, above, <hi>v.</hi> 22.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To the Centurion. Julius,</hi> of whom above, <hi>v.</hi> 1.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And to the Souldiers.</hi> Who knew no more of the intended Flight of the Mariners than the Centurion did.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Except theſe Men abide in the Ship.</hi> That is, Unleſs ye prevent the Flight of the Mariners out of the Ship.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ye cannot be ſaved. Paul</hi> indeed, and thoſe who were in the Ship with him, were not ſaved by the Mariners Induſtry, which could not preſerve them from Ship<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wrack; yet it was not without its own Advantage, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe they brought the Ship ſo far, that it was very near Land, ſo that after the hipwrack they might all get ſafe to it. Which could not have been, had the
<pb n="301" facs="tcp:192139:360"/>Mariners fled in the Boat when they deſigned it, and were yet a great way from Land. Hence it appears, that altho we muſt not lay too much ſtreſs on ſecond <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>auſes, nor give our ſelves over to Deſperation, it by the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vidence of God we are deprived of them, yet that they ought not be neglected for our Preſervation when they may be had.</p>
               <p n="32">32. <hi>Then.</hi> To wit, When the Centurion and Soul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diers underſtood by <hi>Paul</hi>'s Words, how diſadvantage<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous the Flight of the Mariners might prove to them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Souldiers cut off the Ropes of the Boat.</hi> By which it was as yet made faſt to the Ship, that they might go out into it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And let her fall off.</hi> That is, Drive far into the Sea, leſt the Mariners ſhould make that bad Uſe of it, as to get away.</p>
               <p n="33">33. <hi>And while the Day was coming.</hi> That is, In the Morning Twilight.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To take Meat.</hi> To recover the Strength of their Bodies.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>This is the fourteenth Day that ye have tarried and con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinued Fasting.</hi> That is, This is the fourteenth Day ſince you, toſſed with the Storm, have continued with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out taking that Suſtenance that is requiſite for uphold<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing your Bodies.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Having taken nothing.</hi> To wit, That was ſufficient for repairing your Strength. This is a Hyperbolick Speech, for without the uſe of all Food, in a Body o<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>therwiſe Sound, a Man cannot according to the ordi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nary courſe of Nature protract his Life above ſeven Days. By the like Hyperbole, <hi>John</hi> who abſtained from ordinary Meat and Drink, is ſaid, <hi>Matt.</hi> 11.18. <hi>Neither Eating nor Drinking.</hi> See what we have ſaid in our literal Explication on that place.</p>
               <p n="34">34. <hi>Wherefore,</hi> &amp;c. Here <hi>Paul</hi>'s Exhortation is ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſſed, from whence we may again obſerve, that his Judgment was, that Means were not to be neglected, but were to be made uſe of, altho he nothing doubted
<pb n="302" facs="tcp:192139:361"/>but that God, as he had bountifully promiſed, would preſerve all thoſe who were in the Ship with him by his Favours, ſo that not one of them ſhould Periſh in the Shipwrack.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For your Health.</hi> That is, That your former Strength that is impaired by you Faſting, may be repaired. If they had not refreſhed their Strength with Food, they had not been able to endure Labour, nor to ſwim out in the approaching Shipwrack.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For.</hi> If ye follow my Advice.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>There ſhall not a Hair fall from the Head of any of you.</hi> A proverbial kind of Speech, whereby it is ſignified, that they ſhould not ſuffer the leaſt Damage. The like Speech is to be ſeen 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 14.45. 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 14.2. 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 1.52. <hi>Luke</hi> 21.18.</p>
               <p n="35">35. <hi>He took Bread.</hi> As if he had ſaid, <hi>Paul,</hi> that he might invite them by his Example to ſhake off the fear of Death, and take Food convenient for keeping up their Strength; He took the Seamen's, or common Bread in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to his Hands; and when he had taken it:</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He gave Thanks to God.</hi> God hath granted Man Food for the keeping up his Body, on this Condition, that he may ſhew himſelf thankful for ſo great a Mercy, and not come near to take it without firſt giving Thanks for it, as <hi>Paul</hi> himſelf Exhorteth, 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4.3, 4, 5. Hence we read that even Chriſt himſelf when he went to eat gave Thanks, <hi>Mat.</hi> 14.19.15.36. <hi>John.</hi> 6.11.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In Preſence of them all.</hi> Shewing an Example which they might follow.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And when he had broken.</hi> That Sea or courſe Bread; which being broad and not very thick, was ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther broken then cut with Knives, as <hi>Mat.</hi> 14.19.15.36. <hi>Mar.</hi> 8.6-19. <hi>Luke</hi> 24.30.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He began to Eat.</hi> That is, Heate; a Hebraiſm very uſual in Scripture, of which we have ſpoken above, <hi>c.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 1.</p>
               <p n="36">36. <hi>Then were they all of good Cheer.</hi> That is, When
<pb n="333" facs="tcp:192139:361"/>they were incouraged by <hi>Paul</hi>'s Words and Example, of the Truth of whoſe Predictions they had already had Experience, laying aſide all Cares, and removing Sad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs a little from their Hearts.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They alſo took Meat.</hi> To Appeaſe their craving Sto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>machs. Pertinently ſays <hi>Petronius, None unwillingly hears when he is either urged to take Meat, or to Live.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="37">37. <hi>We were in all Two hundred ſeventy ſix Souls.</hi> That is, Perſons, as above, <hi>c.</hi> 2. <hi>v.</hi> 41. <hi>&amp; v.</hi> 10. <hi>&amp;</hi> 22. of this Chap.</p>
               <p n="38">38. <hi>And when they had eaten enough.</hi> That is, As <hi>Vir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gil</hi> expreſſes it, <hi>Aen.</hi> 1. <hi>v.</hi> 220.</p>
               <q>
                  <hi>When Hunger was allay'd and Boards Remov'd.</hi>
               </q>
               <p>
                  <hi>They lightned the Ship.</hi> That is, They caſt out the Ships Lading, that the Ship ſailing more Light, they might get the nearer to Land, and ſo eaſiler eſcape to Shore.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Caſting out the Wheat into the Sea.</hi> It appears that this Alexandrian Ship carried Corn or Wheat from <hi>E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gypt</hi> into <hi>Italy,</hi> and that ſhe was laden with that Mer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chandiſe. But this Method is uſed in lightning a Ship, which alſo we have in this Hiſtory. Firſt, the more weighty Fardels and ponderous Goods are caſt out, as above <hi>v.</hi> 18. then the Furniture, or Materials of the Ship, as above <hi>v.</hi> 19. and finally, the Food, as in this 38. Verſe.</p>
               <p n="39">39. <hi>And when it was Day.</hi> And the Sun Beams had expelled the Darkneſs.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They did not know the Land.</hi> That is, The Mariners knew not what Climate they were in, or how that Land was called, to which they ſuſpected that they were come near, above, <hi>v.</hi> 27. but now they ſaw that they were upon it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But they diſcovered a certain Creek with a Shore.</hi> That is, But they perceived a certain part of the Sea that
<pb n="304" facs="tcp:192139:362"/>was not beſet with ſteep Rocks, but intercepted by Shores not far diſtant one from another. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>in the Greek,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius,</hi> in Latin <hi>Sinus, A Bay or Creek, ſometimes is ſpoken of the Sea, ſometimes of the Land, as here; for it is diſtinguiſhed from the Shore. But theſe are ſome Bays of the Sea, which have no ſhore, but are encom<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>paſt with ſteep Rocks.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Into which.</hi> Seeing the Gr. Word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which ſignifies the Shore or Border of the Sea, is of the Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſculine Gender, the Relative Pronoun, may as well here be referred to <hi>Sinum, Creek,</hi> as to <hi>Littus, Shore.</hi> The Seamen indeed were deſirous to get the Ship to the Shore, as is declared in the next Verſe, but poſſibly they firſt deſired to get to that Creek of the Sea that was en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>compaſſed with Shores.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They thought.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, They were minded. That is, They unanimouſly determined.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To thrust in the Ship.</hi> That is, That they might get free of the Toſſings of the Sea into a ſafe place.</p>
               <p n="40">40. <hi>And when they had taken up.</hi> Cutting the Ropes to which they were made faſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Anchors.</hi> The four that were caſt into the Sea, above, <hi>v.</hi> 29.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They committed themſelves unto the Sea,</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>they let into the Sea.</hi> It ſeems to ſignify that their Anchors that were cut off were left in the Sea, or, as <hi>Grotius</hi> ſaith, <hi>It is a compendious Speech for,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, They let their Ship go in the Sea, to wit, That which was betwixt the Place where their Ship was and the Land.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Looſed the Rudder-bands.</hi> That is, The Bands wherewith the Rudders are joyned and faſtened to the Ships. <hi>When theſe Bands,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, are looſened, then the Rudders fall down into the Waters, and by their Weight keep the Ship from being overwhelmed with the Winds.</hi> As alſo when the Junctures or Rudder Bands are looſed, the Marriners can with greater eaſe drive the Ship
<pb n="305" facs="tcp:192139:362"/>whither ſoever they will. Moreover they are called here Rudders by <hi>Luke</hi> in the Plural Number, either, becauſe in general, the Rudders of any Ships are deſign<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed, or becauſe, as <hi>Grotius</hi> hath noted, ancient Ships had two Rudders, one in each ſide of the Stern.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And hoiſing up the main Sail to the Wind.</hi> That is, And ſpreading out the ſmall Sail to a Gale of Wind, that the Ship might go ſoftly and eaſily. <hi>Luke</hi> here, ſaith <hi>Grotius, calls that Sail that is next to the Forecaſtle,</hi> (<hi>which</hi> Pollux <hi>calleth</hi> Dolon <hi>and</hi> Livy <hi>in two Pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces</hi>) Artemo, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<note place="margin">L. Malum de verb. Signif.</note> becauſe it is hung up. It is rather an Additament to, than a part of the Ship, <hi>ſaith</hi> Javo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>len. <hi>Mariners make uſe of it, when they fear lest the grea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter Sails ſhould take in too much Wind, and overſet the Ship. But it was here ſo much the more neceſſary, becauſe we have heard above <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>hat the Maſt was cut down.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To the Wind.</hi> For theſe three Words, the Dative Caſe of the Participle Feminine, is in the Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, blowing, and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, blaſt, is underſtood. <hi>Nor,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, is it leſs incongruous to ſay</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, to blow a Blaſt, <hi>than</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, to Sail a Ship.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Made to Shore.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>Pliny, Herodotus,</hi> and <hi>Plutarch,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius,</hi> uſe <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> for to make toward.</p>
               <p n="41">41. <hi>And falling into a place where two Seas met.</hi> That is, Into a double-Sea'd <hi>Iſthmus,</hi> or into Land riſing in the Sea like an <hi>Iſthmus,</hi> which was waſhed on both ſides by the Sea.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They ran the Ship.</hi> On a long Row of Rocks, <hi>which uſually are in great Numbers,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, not far from the Shore, yet ſo as that the Sea flows betwixt them and the Shore.</hi> Of theſe ſort of Rocks, <hi>Pliny</hi> ſaith in his Proem to his natural Hiſtory, <hi>The numerous Rocks of the white Shallow frighten the Ships.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the Forepart ſtuck faſt.</hi> That is, And the Fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>part of the Ship indeed, ſeeing it ſtuck faſt on the Rock.</p>
               <pb n="306" facs="tcp:192139:363"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Remained unmovable.</hi> That is, Tho beat upon by the ſtormy Sea, yet it was not ſo much as moved.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But the Hinderpart was looſed by the force of the Sea.</hi> That is, But the hinder-part gaped with chinks, and was broken by the beating of the Waves into Planks and Boards, of which it was made up.</p>
               <p n="42">42. <hi>But the Souldiers.</hi> Who guarded thoſe who were ſent bound to <hi>Rome.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Counſel.</hi> That is, Purpoſe or Deſign.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Leſt any.</hi> To wit, Of the Priſoners, or Fettered, if their Bonds were looſed, ſhould ſwim to Land.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Should ſwim out and eſcape.</hi> And ſo eſcape their de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſerved Puniſhments.</p>
               <p n="43">43. <hi>But the Centurion. Julius,</hi> of whom above <hi>v.</hi> 1.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Willing to ſave</hi> Paul. Towards whom he had ſhewn himſelf Kind and Courteous, above <hi>v.</hi> 3.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Kept them from doing it.</hi> That is, He forbid his Soul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diers to kill the Priſoners, or Chained.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who could Swim.</hi> That is, who were skilled in ſwim<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ming, and were of Strength enough to perform it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Should caſt, &amp;c.</hi> That is, Should jump off the Ship into the Sea, that they might ſwim out to the Shore, that was not far from them.</p>
               <p n="44">44. <hi>And the reſt.</hi> Who had not Skill or Strength to Swim.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Some on Boards, &amp;c.</hi> That is, They got to Shore on Joiſts or Planks, which uſe to be had in Rowers Seats, Hatches of the Ship, or place where the Oars are faſtned.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Some upon thoſe which were of the Ship.</hi> That is, But others they ſaved from the Shipwrack, on broken pie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces of the ſplit Ship.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſo it came to paſs that all the Souls.</hi> That is, The Two hundred ſeventy ſix Perſons which were in the Ship, as is ſaid above, <hi>v.</hi> 37.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Eſcaped to Land.</hi> Safe and Sound, as <hi>Paul</hi> had fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>told above, <hi>v.</hi> 24 <hi>&amp;</hi> 34.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="28" type="chapter">
               <pb n="307" facs="tcp:192139:363"/>
               <head>CHAP. XXVIII.</head>
               <p n="1">1. <hi>AND when we were eſcaped.</hi> From the dreadful Shipwrack to Land.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Melita.</hi> It was already foretold by <hi>Paul Cap.</hi> 26. <hi>v.</hi> 26. that the place of their Eſcape, after the vio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lence of the Storm driving them thither, in their de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſigned Voyage, ſhould be an Iſland which is now called by its Name <hi>Melita.</hi> There are two Iſlands recorded of this Name, one being attributed to <hi>Sclavonia,</hi> or to <hi>Dalmatia,</hi> a part of <hi>Sclavonia,</hi> and the other to <hi>Africk, Pliny</hi> makes mention of the former, <hi>lib.</hi> 3. <hi>cap.</hi> 27. (Whence he alledges that <hi>Callimachus</hi> calls little pretty Dogs for Women to play withal by the Name of <hi>Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuli Melitaei</hi>) and ſaith that it is ſituate betwixt <hi>Corzola,</hi> or <hi>Melena,</hi> and <hi>Sclavonia,</hi> but <hi>Scylax</hi> placeth it near <hi>Corzola.</hi> The latter lyeth betwixt <hi>Sicily</hi> and <hi>Africk,</hi> and that from thence little pretty Dogs are called <hi>Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>litaei Catelli</hi> is aſſerted by <hi>Strabo</hi> in his ſixth Book, where he ſays, <hi>That before</hi> Pachynus <hi>a Promontory of</hi> Sicily, Melita <hi>is to bee ſeen, whence little Dogs are called</hi> Melitaei. This Expreſſion, <hi>Catelli Melitaei, Malta Bitlings,</hi> became a Proverb, applyed to things that men purchaſe to them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelves meerly for Pleaſure, without reſpect to any ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rious Matter, as being of no uſe thereto. The Afri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>can <hi>Melita</hi> far ſurpaſſing that of <hi>Dalmatia</hi> or <hi>Sclavonia,</hi> paſſes now ſomewhat corruptly under the Name of <hi>Malta,</hi> the Habitation of the Croſs-bearers, called the Knights of St. <hi>John,</hi> which <hi>Charles</hi> the firſt King of <hi>Spain</hi> Vouchſafed them, after they had been expelled <hi>Rhodus</hi> their former Reſidence, by <hi>Solyman</hi> the Emperour of the <hi>Turks.</hi> It appears by <hi>Diodorus Siculus lib.</hi> 4. <hi>Bibl.
<pb n="308" facs="tcp:192139:364"/>Hiſt.</hi> that it was a Colony of the <hi>Phenicians.</hi> Where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore <hi>Bochart</hi> in his firſt Book of the <hi>Phenician</hi> Colo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nies <hi>cap.</hi> 26. ingeniouſly derives it's Etymology from the Hebrew Word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Malat,</hi> whence ariſes <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Melita,</hi> That is to ſay, <hi>evaſion, Refuge,</hi> in re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gard that it was a place of Refuge for the Phenician Merchants, as <hi>Diodorus</hi> doth atteſt in the places we juſt now cited, declaring, <hi>That this African Iſle</hi> Malta <hi>is a Colony of the Phenicians, whoſe Traffique being propaga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted even to the Weſtern Ocean, had this Iſland for a Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fuge, ſince it had a moſt convenient Harbour, and was ſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuate in the middle of the Sea.</hi> This Iſland was alſo <hi>Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>litan,</hi> that is, a Place of Refuge to <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>lyſſes,</hi> if <hi>Melita</hi> be, as <hi>Cluverius</hi> endeavors to prove at large, not di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtinct from <hi>Ogygia Calypſo</hi>'s Iſland. Beſides, <hi>Ovid lib.</hi> 3. <hi>Fast.</hi> gives us account that <hi>Anna</hi> Siſter to <hi>Dido,</hi> that died at <hi>Carthage,</hi> being driven thence, withdrew to this Iſland, which long ſince had been the King's dwelling Place. Again, it's commonly believed that <hi>Paul</hi> arrived hither after Shipwrack. Indeed <hi>Conſtantine</hi> ſurnamed <hi>Porphyrogonnet,</hi> thinketh that the Sclavonian or Dalma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tick <hi>Melita,</hi> was the place of Refuge to <hi>Paul</hi> in his Ship<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wrack. <hi>This Opinion,</hi> ſaith <hi>Bochart,</hi> in the Place above quoted, <hi>ſeems to ſome probable.</hi> Firſt, <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>pon Conſiderati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on that</hi> Paul <hi>is driven up and down in</hi> Adria <hi>before his Arrival to</hi> Melita, Act. 27. <hi>v.</hi> 27. <hi>Hence they conclude that mention is made of an Iſland in the Adriatick Sea.</hi> Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>condly, <hi>Foraſmuch as Barbarians Inhabited the ſame,</hi> Act. 28. <hi>v.</hi> 2 <hi>&amp;</hi> 4. <hi>Whileas the Greeks had the African</hi> Melita <hi>in their Poſſeſſion long ago.</hi> Thirdly, <hi>Becauſe</hi> Luke <hi>makes no men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of any Town in the Iſland</hi> Melita, <hi>and yet in the Afri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>can there's a Town of the Iſland's Name remaining to this very Day. But theſe ſmall Objections are not of ſuch weight, as that thereby the Aſſent of any Man ſhould be denyed to the common Opinion confirmed by the moſt ſolid Arguments.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For, in the firſt Place, while</hi> Paul <hi>was ſailing cloſe by</hi> Crete, <hi>as you have it</hi> Act. 27. <hi>v.</hi> 13 <hi>&amp;</hi> 14. <hi>There aroſe
<pb n="309" facs="tcp:192139:364"/>a tempeſtuous Wind, called</hi> Euroclydon, <hi>or as the vulgar Latin Interpreter reads it,</hi> Euroaquilo, <hi>That is, The North-Eaſt Wind: which reading being admitted, the Concluſion is plain, for the Ship could not be driven by the North-Eaſt Wind from</hi> Crete <hi>into</hi> Sclavonia. <hi>The Situation of the places makes evident that this could have been brought about by the South-Eaſt Wind, and not by the North-Weſt direct<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly oppoſite to the former. But Read it which way you pleaſe, it is plain that this Wind</hi> Euroclydo <hi>drove them rather to the South than to the North, ſeeing that the Mariners feared to be caſt upon the Quick-ſands of</hi> Africk <hi>by the Violence of this Wind,</hi> Act. 27. v. 17. <hi>Now there had been no Grounds for ſuch a Fear, ſuppoſing the Ship to be driven by this Wind to</hi> Sclavonia, <hi>a Coaſt oppoſite to</hi> Africk, <hi>and the forementioned Quicksands.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Secondly, Act.</hi> 27. <hi>v.</hi> 41. Having fallen into a place where two Seas meet, they ran the ſhip aground: <hi>into a place where two Seas meet,</hi> that is to ſay, into an Iſthmus; hence is that of <hi>Horace Od.</hi> 7. <hi>lib.</hi> 1.
<q>
                     <l>To <hi>Epheſus</hi> or the ſtrong Walls</l>
                     <l>Of <hi>Corinth</hi> where an Iſthmus ſwells.</l>
                  </q> 
                  <hi>Ovid</hi> alſo <hi>Eleg.</hi> 10. <hi>lib.</hi> 1. <hi>Fast.</hi>
                  <q>We ſail'd by the <hi>Iſthmus</hi> where two Seas Meet.</q> 
                  <hi>This</hi> Iſthmus <hi>lies to the ſummer Eaſt of the Iſland, and at this Day paſſes by the Inhabitants under the Name of</hi> la ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>la di S. Paolo, <hi>which being interpreted, is</hi> St. <hi>Paul</hi>'s Ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rival.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Thirdly. Act.</hi> 28. <hi>v.</hi> 7. In the ſame Quarters were Poſſeſſions of the Firſt of the Iſland, whoſe Name was <hi>Publius. Him I take to be whom the Romans made Gover<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nour of the Iſland. For it may be gathered from this Place, that the chief Governours of this Iſland were commonly ſo called, as alſo from an ancient Inſcription which</hi> Quinti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus
<pb n="310" facs="tcp:192139:365"/>
                  <hi>reports himſelf to have ſeen at</hi> Malta <hi>written in</hi> Greek <hi>on Marble.</hi> Λ ΚΑ. ΥΙΟΣ. ΚΥΡ. ΙΓΓΕΥΣ. ΡΩΜΑΙΩΝ. ΓΡΩΤΩΣ. ΜΕΛΙΤΑΙΩΝ. <hi>L. Ca. the Son of</hi> Cyrus <hi>a</hi> Roman <hi>Knight, the Firſt of</hi> Malta. The <hi>Carthaginian</hi> Governours had certainly before the ſame name, being ſtiled by a Phraſe <hi>peculiar to that place</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the Firſt. So <hi>Dan.</hi> 10. <hi>v.</hi> 13. <hi>Michael</hi> is reckoned one of the Firſt or Chief. <hi>Therefore</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Head, General, Prince,</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Firſt, are words of one Original and Importance.</hi> And in this very place for <hi>Firſt, the</hi> Syriack <hi>hath</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>and the</hi> Arabick <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>head. A further con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firmation of this, is, that as</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>ſignifies in the</hi> Arabick, <hi>the, firſt, thus</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>denotes to ſet over, alſo to Govern a Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion, as if one ſhould ſay, to be the Firſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Fourthly.</hi> Paul <hi>with the Centurion and the reſt tarried in that Iſland three whole Moneths,</hi> Act. 28. v. 11. <hi>the number of the Men was two hundred threeſcore and ſixteen Souls,</hi> Act. 27. v. 37. <hi>this hardly any perſon can believe to be ſaid of</hi> Dalmatian Melita, <hi>which is but four Miles diſtant from the main land, and having</hi> Epidaur <hi>a moſt famous harbour and moſt convenient for ſtrangers within ſight, The</hi> Roman <hi>Centurion had rather steer his courſe thither, than take up his Winter quarters in a pitiful Iſland, where it was impoſſible for ſo many ſtrangers to be entertained without great incommodities.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Fifthly. The account of their being carried to</hi> Puteoli <hi>in a Ship of</hi> Alexandria <hi>that wintered in the ſame Iſland,</hi> Act. 28. v. 11. <hi>is inconſiſtent with its being underſtood of the</hi> Dalmatian Malta, <hi>ſince it is almoſt impoſſible to avoid the</hi> African Malta, <hi>when ye Sail from</hi> Aegypt <hi>to</hi> Puteoli. <hi>But whoſoever Sailing from</hi> Alexandria <hi>to</hi> Puteoli, <hi>directs his courſe to</hi> Dalmatian Malta, <hi>he may be ſaid to wander out of the way, if not ſo far as Heaven is removed from the Earth, yet at leaſt the breadth of the whole Sea.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sixthly. This is further affirmed by</hi> Luke <hi>declaring that after their ſetting forth from</hi> Malta, <hi>they arrived first at</hi> Syracuſe, <hi>and then at</hi> Rhegium, Act. 28. v. 10 &amp; 13.
<pb n="311" facs="tcp:192139:365"/>
                  <hi>which way as it is ſtraight upon the ſuppoſal of their ſetting Sail from the</hi> African Malta, <hi>ſo it will prove preposterous and full of wandrings, if it be once granted that they de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parted from the</hi> Dalmatian Malta; <hi>for</hi> Rhegium <hi>being nearer to the</hi> Dalmatian Malta, <hi>than</hi> Syracuſe, <hi>the way is rather by</hi> Rhegium <hi>to</hi> Syracuſe, <hi>than by</hi> Syracuſe <hi>to</hi> Rhegium.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Seventhly. Now if we will diſpute by Authority,</hi> Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtantin Porphylogonetta <hi>is not comparable for antiquity to</hi> Arator Subdiaconus, <hi>who in the ſecond Book of his Apoſtolical History ſays, that</hi> Melita <hi>into which</hi> Paul <hi>was cast, when he ſuffered Shipwrack, is the Iſle</hi> Malta <hi>by</hi> Sicily. <hi>Neither is it a work of any difficulty to diſſipate what may be objected to the contrary. For the Ship arriving at</hi> Malta <hi>is ſaid to be toſſed in</hi> Adria, Act. 27. v. 27. <hi>Yet not in the Gulph of</hi> Venice, <hi>the</hi> Adriatick <hi>Sea having far greater extent than that Gulph; for the Gulph of</hi> Venice <hi>ends with</hi> Sclavonia, <hi>but the</hi> Adriatick <hi>Sea comprehends all that part of the</hi> Mediterranean <hi>Sea, which is called</hi> Ionian. Heſychius: Ionium, a Sea now known by the nama of <hi>Adria.</hi> Juvenal<hi>'s ancient Scholiaſt:</hi> Being about a tedious Voyage from the Sea of <hi>Thuſcany</hi> to <hi>Adria: made uſe of</hi> Adria <hi>for</hi> Ionium. <hi>For</hi> Juvenal <hi>expreſſeth himſelf thus:</hi>
                  <q>
                     <l>He underwent the raging <hi>Thuſcany,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>And likewiſe the fierce <hi>Ionian</hi> Sea.</l>
                  </q> 
                  <hi>Hence</hi> Ptolemy <hi>affirms that the</hi> Adriatick <hi>Sea boundeth</hi> Sicily <hi>on the East,</hi> Epirus <hi>and</hi> Achaia <hi>on the South, and</hi> Peloponneſus, <hi>and conſequently</hi> Crete <hi>on the Weſt.</hi> Ovid <hi>alſo makes frequent mention of the</hi> Archipelago<hi>'s being di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vided from</hi> Adria <hi>by the</hi> Corinthian Iſthmus. <hi>Thus he ſpeaks,</hi> lib. 4. Faſt.</p>
               <q>
                  <lg>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Wide</hi> Adria, <hi>and</hi> Corinth <hi>where the Land</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>An</hi> Iſthmus <hi>hides, and dreadful makes by Sand.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <pb n="312" facs="tcp:192139:366"/>
                     <l>
                        <hi>And in the firſt Book of his Triſt. and tenth Elegy.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </lg>
                  <lg>
                     <l>When th' bluſtering ſtorms of Winter toſt me ſore</l>
                     <l>In <hi>Adria,</hi> the Muſes I implore.</l>
                     <l>Or after that the <hi>Isthmus</hi> danger's paſt,</l>
                     <l>And one Ship's us'd for ſaving us in haſt.</l>
                  </lg>
               </q>
               <p>
                  <hi>In purſuance hereof</hi> Philoſtratus <hi>lib.</hi> 2. <hi>Imaginum</hi> in <hi>Palemone,</hi> atteſts that the forenamed <hi>Iſthmus</hi> is betwixt the <hi>Egean</hi> and the <hi>Adriatick</hi> Sea. <hi>Again the ſame Author in his</hi> Apollonius <hi>lib.</hi> 4. cap. 8. <hi>records that</hi> Nero <hi>had a Mind to cut this</hi> Iſthmus, <hi>to the end that</hi> Adria <hi>might diſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>burthen it ſelf into the</hi> Archipelago. <hi>The ſame appears by</hi> Suidas <hi>on the Word</hi> Alpheus, <hi>and again on the Word</hi> Arethuſa, ſaying, that the River <hi>Alpheus</hi> does flow from <hi>Peloponneſus</hi> into the Fountain <hi>Arethuſa</hi> of <hi>Sicily,</hi> entring into the Main Sea through the <hi>Adriatick</hi> Sea. <hi>Hence</hi> Pauſanias <hi>in his</hi> Arcadicks <hi>ſays of the River</hi> Alpheus: Neither could <hi>Adria</hi> ſtop its courſe. <hi>See more at large there. Moreover the</hi> Adriatick <hi>Sea has its extent even to</hi> Africk, <hi>if credit may be given to</hi> Aethicus <hi>and</hi> Oroſius, <hi>by whoſe testimony the Province of</hi> Tripolis, <hi>where be</hi> Ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zuges <hi>and</hi> Leptis <hi>the great, has the</hi> Adriatick <hi>Sea on the North, and on the South</hi> Crete <hi>is bounded with the</hi> Lybian <hi>Sea, which is alſo called the</hi> Adriatick. Jerome <hi>alſo in the Life of</hi> Hilario <hi>is of this opinion, where its ſaid that ſuch as purpoſe to arrive at Pachynus in</hi> Sicily <hi>from</hi> Paraetonium <hi>in</hi> Aegypt <hi>ſail through the midſt of the</hi> Adriatick <hi>Sea. But</hi> Procopius <hi>in his Vandalicks lib.</hi> 1. <hi>makes moſt of all for our purpoſe in aſſerting that the Iſlands</hi> Malta <hi>and</hi> Gaul <hi>divide the</hi> Adriatick <hi>and</hi> Thuſcan <hi>Sea. The ſacred Writer therefore wittily and anſwerably to the conſtant verdict of Geographers aſſerts, that after their being driven from</hi> Crete <hi>to</hi> Malta, <hi>they were toſſed in the</hi> Adriatick <hi>Sea, by the violence of the imminent Winds. Moreover we obſerved that the Inhabitants of</hi> Malta <hi>were ſtiled by the name of</hi> Barbarians <hi>from a remnant of</hi> Carthaginians <hi>that inhabited
<pb n="313" facs="tcp:192139:366"/>their Fields.</hi> Luke <hi>makes no mention of the Town of</hi> Malta, <hi>it being altogehter needleſs. Even ſo,</hi> Act. 21. <hi>v.</hi> 1. Paul <hi>is ſaid to have arrived at the Iſlands</hi> Choos <hi>and</hi> Rhodus <hi>without the mention of any Cities, tho in each of them there were Cities of the Iſlands name.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="2">2. <hi>The Barbarous People.</hi> That is, The <hi>Carthaginians</hi> that came from <hi>Africk</hi> to <hi>Malta,</hi> or the Inhabitants of <hi>Melita</hi> deſcended of the <hi>Carthaginians.</hi> By the ancients all ſuch as were not <hi>Greeks</hi> by Birth or Language, were called <hi>Barbarians.</hi> Whence <hi>Plautus,</hi> according to <hi>Festus,</hi> called <hi>Naevius</hi> the <hi>Latin</hi> Poet a <hi>Barbarian.</hi> And in his Prologue of his Comedy termed <hi>Aſinaria, Marcus vortit Barbaré,</hi> That is, <hi>Plautus</hi> rendred it into <hi>Latin.</hi> And in the <hi>Capteiveis</hi> you may read the <hi>Barbarian Law,</hi> for the <hi>Latin</hi> Law. After the ſame manner the <hi>Latin</hi> Authors, called all that uſed not the <hi>Roman</hi> Tongue <hi>Bar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>barians,</hi> as <hi>Cicero</hi> in his Epiſtles to his Brother <hi>Quintus</hi> denominates the <hi>Africans, French,</hi> and <hi>Spaniards.</hi> More<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>over it's obſerved by <hi>Euſtathius</hi> on the third <hi>Iliad,</hi> that the <hi>Lacedemonians</hi> called all Gueſts, and Strangers, <hi>Bar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>barians.</hi> The <hi>Greeks</hi> indeed and <hi>Romans</hi> were wont to give this name to other Nations, becauſe of the harſh and confuſed ſound of their Words; for <hi>Barbar</hi> denotes <hi>a Mumbling or Muttering Noiſe,</hi> as <hi>Julius Caeſar Scaliger</hi> a Man of an accurate Judgment and Univerſal Learning relates; Or, as the ſame worthy Author conjectureth, they were therefore called <hi>Barbarians,</hi> becauſe they in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>habited the Deſarts, living after the cuſtom of Wild Beaſts; for <hi>Bar</hi> ſignifies a <hi>Deſart</hi> in the <hi>Arabick.</hi> The Apoſtle 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 14. <hi>v.</hi> 11. calls him a <hi>Barbarian</hi> that uſeth a ſtrange and unknown Tongue, in which ſenſe the Author of the <hi>Chaldaick</hi> Tranſlation uſes the word <hi>Pſ.</hi> 104. <hi>v.</hi> 1. In the <hi>Syriack Bar</hi> imports <hi>without;</hi> hence in the opinion of <hi>Druſius</hi> ariſes <hi>Barbar</hi> by doubling the Syllables, as from <hi>Rab, rabrab. Ovid Amorum</hi> 3. <hi>Eleg.</hi> 7. takes <hi>Barbarity</hi> for Clowniſhneſs or Rude<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs.</p>
               <pb n="314" facs="tcp:192139:367"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of old Wit was priz'd above pure Gold:</hi>
                  <q>
                     <hi>But now to be poor is reckoned the greateſt Clowniſhneſs in the World.</hi>
                  </q> That is to ſay, He's eſteemed Rude and Clowniſh that's Poor.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Shewed us no little Kindneſs.</hi> As if he had ſaid, We met with kind Entertamment at their Hands, beyond their barbarous Cuſtom, ſince we were Strangers and Shipwrack'd Gueſts.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For they kindled a Fire.</hi> That is, A Bundle of Sticks. Among the chief Acts of Kindneſs uſually Demonſtra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted, eſpecially in the Winter Seaſon, is the preſenting of Fire to warm Men.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And refreſhed us. Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>they received.</hi> That is, They kindly admitted us to the uſe of the Fire, that we might be warmed.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Becauſe of the preſent Rain.</hi> That is, Which violent<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly aſſailed, and ſorely vexed us.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And the Cold.</hi> Wherewith we were Chill'd by rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſon of the winter Seaſon of the Year, as alſo, becauſe we not only Sailed, but were likewiſe conſtrained to ſwim in the cold Waters, and were at laſt expoſed to the Violence of the preſent tempeſtuous. Rain.</p>
               <p n="3">3. <hi>When</hi> Paul <hi>had gathered. Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>when he had rolled round together.</hi> Either that he might ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther into a Bundle the ſmall Sticks ſcattered up and down, or that being once gathered, he might roll them to the Fire, ſeeing <hi>Paul</hi> was not able to carry the Bundle.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of Sticks. Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>of Bruſh-Wood, ſo called be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe of their aptneſs to Burn,</hi> Being they eaſily catch fire and produce a Sparkling, tho ſhort laſting heat. This Name is not only attributed to Sticks and ſuperfluous ſhrubs of the rank Vine, but alſo to any kind of Twigs, dry and ready to take Fire. <hi>Baſil</hi> in one Word calls a gatherer of Bruſh-Wood <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which in the
<pb n="315" facs="tcp:192139:367"/>Hebrew would be <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as it is <hi>Num.</hi> 15. <hi>v.</hi> 32. whoſe Feminine <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, we read 1 <hi>Kin.</hi> 17. <hi>v.</hi> 10.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And laid them on the Fire.</hi> That is, When he had thrown into the Fire the Twigs or Sticks once gathered, to the end that by the grater heat thereof, both the Bodies of thoſe that did ſwim out of the Waters might be warmed, and their wet Cloths dried.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A Viper.</hi> This poiſonous and noiſome kind of Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pent is ſo called, becauſe it brings forth by Violence as it were, or rather, for that it brings forth young ones alive; for the Vipers Travel is therefore the harder, becauſe ſhe brings forth living or quick Brood, while o<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther Serpents lay Eggs only.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And coming out of the Heat.</hi> It is very well known that Vipers, and other ſuch like Serpents uſe to leap violently out of Buſhes and Twigs. Hence in <hi>Palladius</hi>'s <hi>Lauſiakes cap.</hi> 20. <hi>Macarius</hi> digging a Well, <hi>was bitten by an Aſp nigh the Ruſhes and Shrubs, or Twigs that lay there.</hi> And <hi>Lucian</hi> in his Philopſeudes, gives us account that <hi>Midas</hi> the Vine-dreſſer lay'd dead after he was bit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ten by a Viper. <hi>For while he was a tying the Vine-branches, and ſupporting them with Forks,</hi> ſays he, <hi>a Beaſt creeping out from thence, did ſting the great Toe of his Foot. Thua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus de vita ſua lib.</hi> 3. When we came the next morning from the Church, every one approaching in all haſt to the Fire, not throughly kindled as yet, there leapt a Serpent out of a Bundle, moiſt either by reaſon of the Rain, or the low Celler whence it was brought, and af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter its being expoſed to open view, we had well conſide<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red it, we thought it like an <hi>Amphisbaena,</hi> a Serpent which hath an Head on both ends, and goeth both ways. In like manner <hi>Paul</hi>'s Viper broke out of the Twigs, nei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther did ſhe aſſail him while he was gathering the Sticks, being then benum'd with Cold; for it was Winter. Hence <hi>Prudentius</hi> in the Preface of his firſt Book againſt <hi>Symmachus, v.</hi> 28.</p>
               <pb n="316" facs="tcp:192139:368"/>
               <q>
                  <l>
                     <hi>While</hi> Paul <hi>of Twigs an Heap did make,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>To diſſipate the Cold.</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>He to the Fire the Shrubs did take,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>To cauſe the Flame wax bold.</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>He careleſly his Hand did ſet,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Into the heap of Wood;</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>In which a Viper cold, did get</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>A place for her aboad.</hi>
                  </l>
               </q>
               <p>But when <hi>Paul</hi> caſt the Twigs or Sticks, in which the Vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>per did lurk, into the Fire, ſhe being either refreſh'd by a gentle Heat, or exaſperated by the exceſs thereof, aſſail'd <hi>Paul.</hi> Thus <hi>Phaedrus lib.</hi> 4. <hi>fal.</hi> 18.</p>
               <q>
                  <l>
                     <hi>One having brought a frozen Snake to life,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>By heat's approach; he made himſelf a Knife,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>To cut his Throat. For when the Heat ſhe ſmelt,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Her poiſonous Smart the patient Soul ſoon felt.</hi>
                  </l>
               </q>
               <p>
                  <hi>Aſſail'd his Hand. Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, That is, as the engliſh Tranſlation renders it, <hi>Faſtned on his Hand,</hi> to wit, that ſhe might ſting with her raging Tooth. The Aethiopick reads it, <hi>hung on his Hand.</hi> The Syriack, and both Arabicks, <hi>did bite his Hand;</hi> of which Opinion were ſome of the Fathers. To this pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſe, <hi>Tertullian</hi> ſpeaking of <hi>Paul,</hi> in his Book entituled <hi>Scorpiacus</hi> or little Scorpion: <hi>He ſet at nought the Viper's Sting.</hi> And <hi>Ambroſe</hi> in his <hi>Hexaëmeron lib.</hi> 6. <hi>cap.</hi> 6. <hi>A Viper did bite</hi> Paul. <hi>Prudentius</hi> alſo in the forecited Place.</p>
               <q>
                  <l>
                     <hi>The ſmoke of th' Fire reviv'd the Viper's Senſe,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Whence ſtretching forth her Neck, ſhe do's commence</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>A demonstration of her Rage; the Hand</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Of</hi> Paul <hi>ſhe ſtings, and ſticks cloſe to the Wound,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>That all might hear the Poyſon's hiſſing ſound;</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>So that each one at this amaz'd did ſtand.</hi>
                  </l>
               </q>
               <pb n="317" facs="tcp:192139:368"/>
               <p>And <hi>Arator</hi> in his ſecond Book of the Apoſtolical Hiſto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry.</p>
               <q>
                  <l>—<hi>On whom the Snake</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Her devliſh Darts at th' Fires approach did ſhake,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>A Wound by wonted Rage and Poiſon cold,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>His Hand ſuſtains as all behold.</hi>
                  </l>
               </q>
               <p>
                  <hi>Oecumenius</hi> alſo: <hi>A Viper having thruſt her Teeth into the Apoſtles Hand.</hi> But the moſt famous <hi>Bochart,</hi> is (with far greater probability) of Opinion, that the Viper was reſtrained from faſtning her noiſome Teeth into the Apoſtle's Hand by the ſame God, that by his Angel ſhut up the Mouths of Lions, inſomuch that they could not hurt with their Teeth the Prophet, <hi>Dan.</hi> 6. <hi>v.</hi> 22. <hi>Which,</hi> ſays he, <hi>Hierozoici p.</hi> 2. <hi>lib.</hi> 3. <hi>cap.</hi> 3. <hi>The words of</hi> Luke <hi>ſeem plainly to declare,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, he ſuſtained no Hurt. <hi>For he could not be ſaid to ſuſtain no hurt, that was ſtung by a Viper. Neither, for ought I know, do's</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>import to bite or ſting, nor to aſſail or hang, but to faſten, as the ſimple Word</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Having proved by divers Authorities, which you may ſee cited at large in the Latin Edition of this literal Explication on the Acts of the Holy Apoſtles, he concludes thus. <hi>Where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore,</hi> Stephen <hi>adds</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>to the Words of</hi> Luke <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>rendering it thus,</hi> ſhe tied herſelf to his Hand, or faſtned on it. <hi>So</hi> Baſilius <hi>thought good to ſay, while he gives account of the ſame Story in his ninth Homily on the</hi> Hexaemeron, <hi>or ſix Days,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>underſtand</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, The Viper having faſtned on <hi>Paul</hi> while he was a gathering of Sticks. <hi>Ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vertheleſs by othersit is rendered,</hi> hang, <hi>becauſe</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>ſignify</hi> to hang by or on: <hi>and here it's imme<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> ately ſubjoin'd,</hi> when the Barbarians ſaw the venemous Beaſt hang on his Hand. <hi>Others again chooſe rather to ſay,</hi> did bite or Sting, <hi>as if it ſhould be read</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>For</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>in the paſſive Conjugation is to</hi>
                  <pb n="318" facs="tcp:192139:369"/>bite, <hi>yet not with Teeth, but with Cavils and ſcoffing Taunts. And indeed</hi> Chryſoſtom <hi>on this place, for</hi> for <hi>reads</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>Which notwithſtanding he takes in ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther Senſe, to wit, for ſimple</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>that is,</hi> aſſaulted, ſet upon. <hi>For he expreſſeth himſelf to this Purpoſe in the ſubſequent Expoſition:</hi> A Viper coming out of the Fire ſet on his Hand: What follows makes it manifeſt that he was aſſailed. <hi>By all means</hi> Chryſoſtom <hi>muſt be ſo ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dered. In regard that</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, is to aſſail a Man, <hi>as</hi> Stephanus <hi>makes apparent out of</hi> Plato, Thucydides <hi>and</hi> Plutarch. <hi>Whence it is that a great many render</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, aſſail'd his Hand, <hi>as if</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>were not diſtinct from</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>But there's no need to change any thing, nor to add ſtrange unuſual Notions to the common Word, ſince it's moſt pertinent to ſay that the Viper faſtned on</hi> Paul's <hi>Hand. For a Serpent is ſaid to tie whatever is compaſſed with her Windings. Hence the Prince of Poets</hi>
                  <q>
                     <l>Two Serpents fierce <hi>Laocoon</hi> aſſail'd,</l>
                     <l>And bound him faſt by Windings that prevail'd.</l>
                  </q> Nicander <hi>likewiſe in his Thieriacks or Antidotes against Poiſon v.</hi> 475. adviſes to take care that the little ſpot<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted Serpent burn thee not, tying faſt thy Body by the ſtrokes of her Tail. Leo Byzantius <hi>alſo in</hi> Boeoticis <hi>by the Teſtimony of</hi> Plutarch <hi>in his Book of Rivers, ſpeaking concerning the Boy</hi> Cythaeron, inſinuates that he was kil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led by a Serpent that tied him with her windings. <hi>And</hi> Cicero <hi>of</hi> Roſcius <hi>in his firſt Book on Divination:</hi> The Nurſe in the Night being awakned by the Light that was brought, ſaw a Serpent winded cloſe about the Child. <hi>Again in his ſecond Book:</hi> It may be an Untruth that <hi>Roſcius</hi> himſelf was tied faſt by the windings of a Serpent. <hi>This is farther confirmed by</hi> Aelian, <hi>in the ſixth Book, cap.</hi> 21. <hi>of his Hiſtory, where he aſſerts that the Dra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gon that ſet upon an Elephant,</hi> having crept up to his Neck,
<pb n="319" facs="tcp:192139:369"/>and ſtriking him with one part of his Tail, and bind<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing him faſt with the other, ſtrangled the Beaſt with an unuſual Halter. Macrobius <hi>in the Deſcription of</hi> Her<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cules<hi>'s Knot, lib.</hi> 1. <hi>Sat. cap.</hi> 19. Thoſe Dragons tie one another towards the middle by a Knurle called <hi>Hercu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>les</hi>'s Knot.</p>
               <p n="4">4. <hi>And when the Barbarians ſaw.</hi> That is, The In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>habitants of <hi>Malta.</hi>
                  <q>Thoſe Men, <hi>ſays</hi> Bochart, were accounted Barbarians, becauſe the moſt of them who inhabited the Iſland <hi>Malta,</hi> were neither Greeks nor Romans, <hi>but Phenician or Carthaginian Inhabitants,</hi> as is proved elſewhere by the Teſtimonies of <hi>Scylax, Dio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dorus,</hi> and <hi>Stephanus.</hi> Wherefore if Credit may be given <hi>Oroſius</hi> in his fourth Book <hi>cap.</hi> 8. <hi>Atilius</hi> the Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man Conſul in his Sea-Expedition againſt the Cartha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginians in time of the firſt Punick War, paſſing through <hi>Sipara</hi> and <hi>Malta,</hi> noble Iſlands of <hi>Sicily,</hi> quite over<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>threw them.</q> And at the ſecond Punick War, <hi>T. Sem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pronius</hi> ſailed over from <hi>Lilibaeum</hi> now called <hi>Mazara,</hi> into the Iſland <hi>Malta</hi> poſſeſt by the Carthaginians. As ſoon as he arrived, <hi>Amilcar</hi> the Son of <hi>Giſcon,</hi> Gover<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nour of the Gariſon, together with two Thouſand Souldiers, or thereabouts, and the Town of the Iſland were ſurrendered to him. Thus <hi>Livius</hi> in his firſt Book of the third <hi>Decade.</hi> Beſides, we obſerved already that <q>
                     <hi>Melita</hi> is a Carthaginian Name. It remains then that the Inhabitants of <hi>Malta,</hi> as alſo the other African-Car<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thaginians, were a part of the Barbarians, from whom the Country itſelf was at length named <hi>Barbary.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The venemous Beaſt hung on his Hand.</hi> On which, to wit, ſhe had faſtned. <hi>Bochart</hi> ſays that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>denotes not only a</hi> Beaſt <hi>in general, but alſo a</hi> Serpent, <hi>or</hi> Veno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mous Beaſt. <hi>Eccleſiaſt. c</hi> 12. <hi>v.</hi> 17. Who ſhould ſhew Pity to an Enchanter bitten by a Serpent, or any ſuch as approach to Beaſts? <hi>underſtand</hi> Venomous, that is, Vipers, or Serpents. <hi>Dioſcorides l.</hi> 1. <hi>c. de vitice, or Park-Leaves,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<pb n="320" facs="tcp:192139:370"/>which <hi>Pliny</hi> renders thus, <hi>lib.</hi> 24. <hi>cap.</hi> 9. The Leaves once perfumed or ſtrow'd drive a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>way venomous Beaſts. <hi>Hence in the Books of Phyſicians</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>and</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>are every where</hi> ſpoken of one bitten by a Serpent, and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, are ſuch Medicines as cure Men of Serpents Venome. In this Senſe <hi>Joſephus</hi> in the ſecond Book, and fifth Chapter of his Antiquities, calleth <hi>Ethiopia</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, becauſe it brings forth many Serpents. And the <hi>Marſi</hi> that feed on Serpents, are by <hi>Galen</hi> ſtiled <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Likewiſe <hi>Dionyſius Halicarnaſſeus</hi> calls the Greek <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>a ſerpentine Letter, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe it reſembles Serpents hiſſing. Moreover the word</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>importing any wild Beaſt to the Hebrews, is a</hi> Serpent <hi>in the Arabick Language. Neither obſerve the Chaldees much dif<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ference in the Words</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>and</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the former ſignifying</hi> a Beaſt in general, <hi>and the latter</hi> a Serpent. So that <hi>Luke's</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is a Serpent, and conſequently a Vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>per.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A Murderer.</hi> That is to ſay, One guilty of Slaugh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter, or ſome other great Offence. The particular, ſays <hi>Bochart,</hi> is here put for the general. <hi>By which Figure one of the Furies gets the Name of</hi> Tiſiphone, from <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, puniſhing Murderers. And yet ſhe was not thought an avenger of Murder alone, but alſo of all o<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther Offences.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Vengeance.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Juſtice the Goddeſs. <hi>Dice</hi> was the Name the Ancients gave the Goddeſs Juſtice, ſays <hi>Bochart. Heſiod</hi> in his Husbandry, <hi>v.</hi> 254. Dice <hi>is a Virgin deſcended of</hi> Jupiter, <hi>famous and venerable in the Eys of the Gods inhabiting Heaven.</hi> And whenſoever any revile her unjuſtly, ſhe forthwith tells her Father <hi>Jupiter</hi> the Son of <hi>Saturn,</hi> the Evil Thoughts of ſuch Men. <hi>Orpheus v.</hi> 349. of the <hi>Argonauticks, v.</hi> 344. Let the Governeſs <hi>Dice</hi> with the avenging Furies be wit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſſes to this <hi>Oath.</hi> In <hi>Euripides</hi> his <hi>Medea, Jaſon</hi> curſes <hi>Medea,</hi> whoſe Hands were polluted with the ſlaughter
<pb n="321" facs="tcp:192139:370"/>of the Children with this Imprecation, <hi>v.</hi> 1389. But may <hi>Erinnys</hi> the Avenger of ſlain Children, and <hi>Dice</hi> of Slaughter, deſtroy thee. <hi>Ariſtotle,</hi> or whoever paſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſes by that Name, in the Cloſe of the Book <hi>De mundo,</hi> ſpeaking of the great God, obſerves that <hi>he is attended by</hi> Dice <hi>the Avenger of the Tranſgreſſors of the Divine Law.</hi> In <hi>Orpheus</hi> his Hymn on hours, <hi>Dice is one of the Daughters of</hi> Themis <hi>and</hi> Jupiter <hi>the King. We are preſented with a curious and exact picture of her by</hi> Chry<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſippus <hi>in</hi> Gellius <hi>lib.</hi> 14. <hi>cap.</hi> 4. She is ſaid to be a Virgin, which betokeneth her being undefiled, and un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>exorable by the wicked, ſuffering no ſpecious Oration or Prayer, or flattery, or any ſuch like thing. Where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore ſhe is deſervedly painted with a grave and frown<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing countenance, that ſhe may be a terror to the Wick<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed, yielding hope and confidence to the Juſt, ſince ſuch an aſpect is pleaſant to the Juſt, and grievous to the Unjuſt. Plutarch <hi>in his Book of the late divine Vengeance,</hi> If there be any that ſuffer not condigne Puniſhment, for their miſdoings in this Life, they are given up to <hi>Dice</hi> after Death to be puniſht more ſeverely. In <hi>Aratus</hi>'s <hi>Phoenomena</hi> ſhe is ſaid in the Golden age to have lived familiarly with Men; and alſo in the Silver Age, tho more ſeldom; but in the brazen Age when they began to eat the working Oxen, ſhe withdrew her ſelf to Heaven.
<q>
                     <l>
                        <hi>First they began to eat the labouring Oxen;</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Then</hi> Dice <hi>hating the vain Race of Men,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Went up to Heaven.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q> 
                  <hi>Nazianzen alluding</hi> Hereunto <hi>in his third Metree.</hi> Virginity leaving ye ſhall return to Chriſt, as <hi>Dice</hi> did of old after the ſlaughter of the plowing Ox. <q>Nor is it to be wondered that the fame of the <hi>Greek</hi> Goddeſs ſhould come to the Inhabitants of <hi>Malta,</hi> the moſt of whom were <hi>Phenicians:</hi> Foraſmuch as before the <hi>Romans</hi> invaſion of <hi>Malta,</hi> the Government of the Iſland
<pb n="322" facs="tcp:192139:371"/>did change by courſes ſo among the <hi>Greeks</hi> and <hi>Phenicians,</hi> that ſometimes the one, ſometimes the other command<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed in chief, as we have made appear elſewhere by the teſtimony of competent witneſſes. The Worſhip therefore of this Goddeſs being borrowed from the <hi>Greeks,</hi> they attribute to her that <hi>Paul</hi> being delivered from the peril he was in upon the Sea, ſell into another danger no leſs than the former. Their opinion is ſo far allowable, as they hold it impoſſible for tranſgreſſours to go unpuniſhed. <hi>Plato</hi> ſpoke a great truth in his fifth Book of Laws, where he ſays that all injuſtice is attend<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed with Puniſhment. And <hi>Horace</hi> in the ſecond Song of his third Book.
<l>
                        <hi>The Wicked Man that walks with braz'n Face,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Is ſeldom left by Vengeances halting Pace.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <q>Further, that Vipers are uſed by God for the Puniſh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment of the Wicked is recorded, <hi>Eccleſ.</hi> 39. <hi>v.</hi> 35, <hi>&amp;</hi> 38. The teeth of wild beaſts, and Scorpions, with Vipers, and the Sword that diſpatcheth the Wicked. <hi>The</hi> Aegyptians <hi>were fully of the ſame mind with reference to the Aſp named</hi> Thermuthis, <hi>Aelian lib.</hi> 10. <hi>cap.</hi> 31. They ſay of her, that ſhe does no hurt to the good, while as ſhe kills the wicked. Which if it be ſo, ſays <hi>Aelian,</hi> the juſtice of the Univerſe has highly honoured this Aſp. That is, <hi>The Goddeſs Dice,</hi> that puniſhes a great many by this inſtrument. Therefore there was ſomething in the <hi>Barbarians</hi> Judgment of <hi>Paul</hi> not altogether to be deſpiſed. But yet it's manifeſt that they judged amiſs in many reſpects. As firſt in that they do not attri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bute the Puniſhment of the Wicked to the true God, but to an Idol the Work of Men's hands, which by ſome is named <hi>Dice,</hi> by others <hi>Themis,</hi> by other ſome <hi>Aſtrea,</hi> or <hi>Erigone,</hi> as alſo <hi>Nemeſis,</hi> or <hi>Adraſtia.</hi> Secondly, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe by this courſe they hold that the wicked are al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ways puniſhed in this Life, while as they are very often
<pb n="323" facs="tcp:192139:371"/>reſerved for the future, where God makes up the ſlow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs of his Judgments by their Weight. Thirdly, becauſe they think none falls into any heavy Calamity, but he is proportionably Guilty: not knowing or conſidering that affliction is the lot of the beſt, as we find in the inſtances of <hi>Job,</hi> and him that was born blind, though neither he, nor his Parents were guilty of any notorious Sin, <hi>Jo.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 3. Wherefore Proſperity nor Adverſity are not to be reckoned as the meaſures of any Mans Vertue or Wickedneſs. But the Judgment of what is unrevealed muſt be left to God alone the great Judge of all Men. Fourthly, they alſo ſinned in their raſh Judgment of <hi>Paul,</hi> without expecting the event. Whereupon they conclude him utterly undone, with no leſs confidence than if they had ſeen his death in the event. Whence they ſay in the preterit tenſe, Juſtice or <hi>Dice</hi> has not ſuffered him to live: As by others it was ſaid of <hi>David, Pſ.</hi> 41.8. An evil diſeaſe cleaveth faſt unto him, and now that he lieth, he ſhall riſe no more. Nevertheleſs <hi>David</hi> roſe out of his Bed beyond their thoughts and expectation. Even ſo it befel <hi>Paul</hi> at this time. For he died not of the Vipers bite, which the <hi>Barbarians</hi> ſaw hang on his hand.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Suffereth not him to live. Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſuffered, in the Praeterit. See what we have but now obſerved. A certain Man ſuffering Shipwrack, got ſafe to Land in <hi>Libya;</hi> where ſleeping on the Shore he is ſaid to have been killed by the biting of a Viper. Of whom <hi>Sta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tilius Flaccus</hi> has a very eloquent Poem, <hi>Antolog. l.</hi> 3. <hi>c.</hi> 2. to this purpoſe.
<q>
                     <l>
                        <hi>From raging Sea one Shipwrackt ſeapt to Land,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>And laid him down upon the</hi> Libyan <hi>Sand,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Cloſe by the Shore dead Sleep did him 'oretake,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Naked, and wearied after his dire Wrack;</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Where he was killed by a Deadly Snake.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Why did he vainly with the Waves contend?</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>On Land he meets with his deſerved End.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q>
                  <pb n="324" facs="tcp:192139:372"/>An accident very like this happens to <hi>Paul.</hi> For a Viper aſſails him when he ſcarce had eſcaped from Ship<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wrack into <hi>Malta</hi> an Iſland near <hi>Libya;</hi> but with a very different event. For this Encounter was no ways fatal to <hi>Paul,</hi> but to the Viper, as immediately fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lows.</p>
               <p n="5">5. <hi>And he ſhook off the Beaſt into the Fire.</hi> If we will give credit to <hi>Oecumenius,</hi> the Viper of its own accord threw it ſelf into the Fire, as puniſhing itſelf, for that it had ſet upon a Body, it ought not to have medled with. <hi>It leapt,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>into the Fire, as acting revenge on it ſelf, becauſe it had invaded a Body that did not at all belong to it.</hi> But <hi>Luke</hi> expreſly affirms, that <hi>Paul</hi> ſhook it off, and that into the fire that was near, not far off into the Air, as it is aſſerted in <hi>Prudentius</hi>'s Preface to Book 1. againſt <hi>Symmachus.</hi>
                  <q>
                     <l>
                        <hi>He ſhook a great way off the Venemous Snake:</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>It thus beat off its way through the Air did take.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q> This by ſome is referred to the old Serpent, to wit, the Devil, who in vain ſetting upon the Faithful is at laſt thrown into Hell Fire. <hi>Arator</hi> in his Apoſtolick Hiſtory, <hi>l.</hi> 2.
<q>
                     <l>"— For the Beaſt hanging on his hands,</l>
                     <l>Shak't off is thrown into the burning Brands;</l>
                     <l>It's rightly caſt into the Fire which it</l>
                     <l>Occaſioned firſt, which Sin did firſt commit,</l>
                     <l>A Fire which heated hath the Infernal Pit.</l>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Felt no harm.</hi> That which Chriſt promiſed to his Apoſtles, <hi>Mar.</hi> 16.18. that they ſhould deſtroy Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pents, was fulfilled by this Miracle unexpected by the <hi>Barbarians. And it ſeems,</hi> ſaith <hi>Bochartus, that that Serpent faſtened it ſelf on</hi> Paul<hi>'s Hand, not with deſign to hurt him, but to adorn him. For a Serpent twiſted about
<pb n="325" facs="tcp:192139:372"/>the Wriſt, or Arms, was by the ancients uſed among the kinds of Bracelets, which is recorded by</hi> Nicoſtratus <hi>in</hi> A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thenaeus, Philoſtratus <hi>in his thirty ninth Epiſtle,</hi> Heſy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chius <hi>and others: as by</hi> Nonnus <hi>l.</hi> 5. Dionyſiac. <hi>a Bracelet is deſcribed, which</hi>
                  <q>
                     <hi>Like Serpents had its Body twiſted round.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But they thought that he ſhould have ſwollen.</hi> That is, That <hi>Paul</hi> would ſwell to a vaſt bigneſs. <hi>The Gr. Word</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>properly is,</hi> ſaith <hi>Bochart,</hi> to burn and be inflamed; <hi>as alſo,</hi> to be blown up and ſwell by reaſon of heat. <hi>Heſychius,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to inflame, to puff up, to burn. Aelian, l.</hi> 1. <hi>c.</hi> 57. ſaith that the People called Pſylli <hi>cure eaſily thoſe that are bitten by a Serpent, having horns like a Ram, and a little Body, provided they are called, before the whole Body is ſwollen. For</hi> Dioſcorides <hi>writeth that the whole Body of thoſe that have been bitten by ſuch a Serpent, riſeth into a Tumour like that of the</hi> Varix's. The Etymologian, ſpeaking of <hi>Bupreſtis</hi> a kind <hi>of Herb, ſaith, Bupreſtis</hi> is ſo called, as they ſay, becauſe thoſe who eat of it do ſwell exceedingly, which in the <hi>Greek</hi> is <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>And</hi> Nicander <hi>ſaith of the Animal</hi> Bupreſtis <hi>in the</hi> 344 <hi>verſe of his</hi> Alexipharmacks.
<q>
                     <hi>Sometimes the Heifers, ſometimes gor-bellied Calfs, She doth inflame.</hi>
                  </q> And in his <hi>Theriacae</hi> ſpeaking of the <hi>Haemorrhons, v.</hi> 306.
<q>
                     <hi>When ſhe doth bite, the gums all over are huge rais'd, or alſo inflamed.</hi>
                  </q> For ſo the Scholiaſt, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>it is inflamed, burnt and ſcorched.</hi> And a little after <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>they grow fiery and boyling hot. Nor is it other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wiſe taken in</hi> Lucian, <hi>when ſpeaking of the</hi> Dipſas <hi>a kind of Serpent, he ſaith,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>makes it inflamed. For
<pb n="326" facs="tcp:192139:373"/>it follows,</hi> And they cry out, <hi>to wit, thoſe who are bit,</hi> as thoſe do who are lying in the Fire. <hi>It may therefore be rendred either way in</hi> Luke. <hi>And therefore one of the</hi> Ara<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bicks <hi>in this place has,</hi> they expected that it would burn. And, <hi>Caſtalio,</hi> While they expected that it ſhould burn. <hi>But</hi> Jerome, They thought that he would be turned into a tumour, <hi>that is, that he would ſwell. Which</hi> Arias <hi>and</hi> Beza <hi>follow, and many other of the Neotericks. Nor with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out reaſon, ſeeing this is one of the principal and moſt notable Symptoms, that attend the ſtinging of Serpents, that the part ſtung immediately ſwelleth. Dioſcorides l.</hi> 6. <hi>ſaith,</hi> Thoſe who are bit by a Viper, their Body ſwells, and is ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceedingly dried up. Nicander, <hi>ſpeaking of thoſe that are ſtung by a Viper in his</hi> Theriaca, <hi>v.</hi> 240, <hi>ſaith,</hi> Noiſome Tumours bubble up, as if the Body were burnt with Fire. <hi>So alſo</hi> Paul Aegineta, Bliſters break forth in the part that is bitten, as in thoſe that are burnt. <hi>And</hi> Aetius <hi>writeth of a Wound inflicted by a Viper,</hi> that a bilious tumour enſued, very hot full of Bubles, ſomewhat red, &amp;c. <hi>And</hi> Avicenna <hi>in the Chapter of the biting of Serpents towards the bottom of Page</hi> 137. <hi>ſaith,</hi> Then appeareth a hot tumour red, full of Pimples and Puſhes as from the burning by fire. Thus far <hi>Bochartus. The Learned,</hi> ſaith <hi>Joh. Price, diſpute, whether the word</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>denote a Tumour or Inflammation. I think it ſigni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fieth both. Excellent is that place of</hi> Lucan <hi>to this purpoſe, and ſo far as I know, untouched, l.</hi> 9. <hi>v.</hi> 780, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> Thus <hi>En<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gliſhed</hi> by the above mentioned Sir <hi>A. Gorges.</hi>
                  <q>
                     <l>
                        <hi>The fiery</hi> Preſter <hi>(with his ſting)</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>Naſidius <hi>to his end doth bring.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>Naſidius <hi>that (with his Plough ſhares)</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>The</hi> Marſian <hi>fields for grains prepares.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>His face is couloured Fiery red.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>His puff't ſwoln skin at large is ſpread.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>All form and ſhape his looks hath lost,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>The tumour ſo his Corps imboſt.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <pb n="327" facs="tcp:192139:373"/>
                     <l>
                        <hi>And ſo his Veins the Poiſon feeds,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>That humane meaſure he exceeds.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>One lump doth all his parts confound,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Within a formleſs body drown'd.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>His harbergeon was not of ſpace,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>His ſwollen Carcaſe to embrace.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>The boyling Caldrons frothy Scum,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Doth not in Bubbles riſe ſo plum;</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Nor yet the Sail doth ſwell ſo Faſt,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>When it is puff't with windy blaſt.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>The miſhap't Corps could ſcarce contain,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>The Limbs that ſo with ſwelling ſtrain.</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>And that ſame Trunks confuſed heft,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>They durſt not to the Funeral weft,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>But to the Fowls untouch't it left,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>And for a Prey unto wild Beasts,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>If thereon they durſt make their Feaſts.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q> 
                  <hi>The import of that Word</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>could not be more accurately ſet forth. Even from that place (beſides the ſo clear deſcription of both the Symptoms) you may ſee, how em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phatically the ancient</hi> Latin <hi>Interpreter tranſlates here,</hi> ſhould be turned into tumour; <hi>to wit, that he is no more the ſame Man, but altogether a Tumour; or, to uſe the words of</hi> Lucan, that his form and ſhape ſhould be loſt.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Or ſuddenly fall down and die.</hi> That is, That he ſhould ſuddenly fall down dead. <hi>Avicenna</hi> ſaith that the greateſt part of them who die by the biting of a Serpent, <hi>die the third day, and ſometimes continue until the ſeventh. Aetius</hi> ſaith that for the moſt part they die in ſeven Hours ſpace. In <hi>Pliny, l.</hi> 11. <hi>c.</hi> 53. <hi>The</hi> Scythians <hi>dip their Arrows in Vipers Poiſon and humane Blood;</hi> that irremediable wickedneſs bringeth inſtantly death at the lighteſt touch. <hi>And in the</hi> Baeoticks <hi>of</hi> Pauſanius <hi>it is declared by a certain</hi> Phoenician, <hi>that a Man to eſcape the aſſault of a Viper that was purſuing him, quickly got up upon a certain Tree, whither when the Viper
<pb n="328" facs="tcp:192139:374"/>came a little after, that it diſcharged its Poiſon on the Tree, and that thereupon the Man died.</hi> So there is a ſort of Serpents among the <hi>Arabians</hi> called <hi>Giaria,</hi> which immediately kills. Whence <hi>Muhamed Addamirius,</hi> who is commonly called <hi>Damir,</hi> in his Proverbs of the Viper ſaith, God hath given him over to the Serpent <hi>Giaria,</hi> is as much as to ſay, He hath expoſed him to an irremediable evil; becauſe whoſoever is bit by this Serpent dieth in the very Moment. Indeed the biting of a Viper is more pernicious, by reaſon of the Nature of the place or aliment, and if it bites faſting, or in the hotteſt Weather, and when it's provoked. For then its Bile being ſtirred up, the Poiſon is much ſtronger. Beſides, ſome Bodies, and in one and the ſame Body ſome Parts leſs reſiſt the Poiſon. Seeing therefore there are ſo many cauſes, why Vipers kill either quicker or ſlower by their biting, the time of their Death cannot certainly be determined. But that Serpent that aſſailed <hi>Paul</hi> might be ſuppoſed to have moſt ready Poiſon, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe it broke out of the midſt of the Fire more ſtirred up and provoked.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>After they had looked a great while.</hi> As if he had ſaid, But when theſe <hi>Barbarians</hi> had a conſiderable time ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pected, that <hi>Pauls</hi> Death would enſue upon the biting of the Viper.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſaw no harm come to him.</hi> That is, And ſaw that no hurt befel him, whence he could be accounted Guilty of any Crime, as they ſuſpected.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Changing their Minds.</hi> That is, paſſing from their former into a contrary Judgment; as,
<q>
                     <l>
                        <hi>The Clowniſh rabble cannot hold the mean,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>&amp;</l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Fools ſhunning one Vice run into a worſe.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They ſaid he was a God.</hi> Whom before they con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cluded to be a Murderer. But as <hi>Paul</hi> was not a Mur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derer,
<pb n="329" facs="tcp:192139:374"/>ſo neither was he a God, but a faithful ſervant of God, whom when they judged a Murderer, they were Guilty of a breach of Charity, when a God they ſinned grievouſly againſt Faith. For, as <hi>Oecumenius</hi> obſerveth, the Gentiles uſed thus <hi>to account any a God, when they did any thing above the reach of ordinary Men.</hi> So above <hi>c.</hi> 14. <hi>v.</hi> 10 <hi>&amp;</hi> 19. thoſe of <hi>Lyſtra</hi> appointed Divine Worſhip to be performed to this ſame <hi>Paul,</hi> becauſe he had healed a lame Perſon: but afterwards the very ſame Perſons ſtoned him.</p>
               <p n="7">7. <hi>In the ſame quarters.</hi> Gr. <hi>In thoſe that were about that place.</hi> That is, <hi>In that place,</hi> as the <hi>Syriack</hi> rightly renders it, or, of the Country near that Coaſt. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is put for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as by an elegant Phraſe of the <hi>Greeks</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is ſaid for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, above, <hi>c.</hi> 13. <hi>v.</hi> 13. ſaith <hi>Lewis de Dieu.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Were poſſeſſions of the Chief Man of the Iſland,</hi> &amp;c. That is, A certain Man had Lands, whoſe name was <hi>Publius,</hi> or, as others read it, <hi>Poplius,</hi> whom the <hi>Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mans</hi> had ſet over the Iſland <hi>Malta.</hi> See what we have ſaid on <hi>v.</hi> 1. out of <hi>Bochartus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who received us and lodged us three days courteouſly.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Who being very Rich and civil, lodged us all, for as great a number as we were, three days, and very lovingly beſtowed upon all, thoſe things that were neceſſary for our ſuſtenance.</p>
               <p n="8">8. <hi>He prayed.</hi> On his knees, as above, <hi>c.</hi> 20. <hi>v.</hi> 36. <hi>&amp;</hi> 21.5. See our Annotations on the ſame places. <hi>Euſeb.</hi> 5. <hi>Hiſt. Eccl.</hi> 5. ſaith that the Chriſtian Soldiers, who under the Emperor <hi>Marcus Aurelius</hi> obtained rain by their Prayers, <hi>prayed with their knees bended even to the Earth, according to that geſture of Prayer peculiar to Chriſtians.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Saved him.</hi> That is, healed him, according as Chriſt when he was riſen again from the Dead had promiſed to his Diſciples that believed in him, <hi>Mar.</hi> 16.18.
<pb n="330" facs="tcp:192139:375"/>
                  <hi>They ſhall lay their hands upon the Sick, and they ſhall recover.</hi> Now impoſition of hands is a viſible ſign of Prayer, which <hi>James</hi> maketh mention of, <hi>c.</hi> 5.14. <hi>Paul</hi> therefore con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>joyned the ſign with the thing ſignified, that is, Impo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſition of hands with Prayer, when he reſtored to health <hi>Poplius</hi> or <hi>Publius</hi>'s Father, who was Sick of a Fever and bloody Flux. Moreover every promiſe that belongs to the Body is conditional, and has the exception includ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed in it, except God ſhall ſee it fitting otherwiſe for juſt cauſes, although unknown to us. For not the Apoſtles themſelves indeed, although preſent, could reſtore to health all that were Sick in the Church after the manner preſcribed <hi>Jam.</hi> 5.14. as you may ſee <hi>Phil.</hi> 2.26, 27. 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4.20. For health of Body ſome<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times prejudices that of the Mind, and Sickneſs of Body ſometimes is the means to attain ſoundneſs of Mind, and, as <hi>Seneca</hi> of Providence ſaith, <hi>c.</hi> 4. <hi>Calamity is the occaſion of Virtue,</hi> or as <hi>Minucius Felix</hi> expreſſeth it, <hi>Calamity is frequently the Diſcipliue of Vertue.</hi> Hence <hi>Salvianus</hi> Presbyter of <hi>Maſſilia,</hi> of Gods Governmet <hi>l.</hi> 1. <hi>We muſt not be grieved at the Affliction of Infirmities, which we underſtand to be the Mother of Vertues.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="9">9. <hi>When this was done.</hi> That is, When <hi>Poplius</hi> or <hi>Publius</hi>'s Father was reſtored to health by <hi>Paul</hi>'s Prayers, when he laid on his Hands on him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Others alſo which had diſeaſes in the Iſland.</hi> That is, All the reſt alſo which were afflicted with Sickneſs in this Iſland of <hi>Malta.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Came.</hi> To <hi>Paul,</hi> That he might lay his hands upon them, and implore the help of God for healing them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they were healed.</hi> At the Prayers of <hi>Paul</hi> who laid his hands upon them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who.</hi> Thoſe that were recovered from their Sick<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs.</p>
               <p n="10">10. <hi>Honoured us with many Honours.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Having a grateful remembrance of their Miracu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lous
<pb n="331" facs="tcp:192139:375"/>Recovery, not only did they highly honour <hi>Paul,</hi> at whoſe Prayers they were freed from their Diſeaſes, but alſo me <hi>Luke</hi> the Writer of this Hiſtory, and the reſt of <hi>Pauls</hi> Attendants.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And when we Sailed.</hi> As if he had, And when we looſed from the Iſland <hi>Malta,</hi> to Sail further.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They put.</hi> Into the Ship.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Such things as were neceſſary.</hi> That is, Large and Li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>beral Proviſion.</p>
               <p n="11">11. <hi>And after three Moneths.</hi> Of the Winter, el<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>apſed from the time of our Arrival at the Iſland <hi>Malta.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We ſet Sail.</hi> That is, We were carried forth.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In a Ship of</hi> Alexandria. As alſo before we were carried from <hi>Lycia</hi> in a Ship of <hi>Alexandria</hi> bound for <hi>Rome,</hi> above <hi>c.</hi> 27.6.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Whoſe ſign was</hi> Caſtor. That is, <hi>Castor</hi> and <hi>Pollux,</hi> who are called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that is, <hi>Jupiter</hi>'s Sons by <hi>Leda</hi> Daughter of <hi>Theſtius,</hi> Wife to <hi>Tyndarus</hi> King of <hi>Laco<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nia;</hi> both have the name of <hi>Castor</hi>'s from one of them. Whence <hi>Pliny, l.</hi> 10. <hi>c.</hi> 43. <hi>Above the Temple of the</hi> Caſtors. <hi>Arnob. l.</hi> 5. againſt the Gentiles, <hi>The</hi> Caſtors, <hi>Sons of</hi> Tyndarus, <hi>one uſed to tame Horſes, the other was a good Champion,</hi> &amp;c. Minutius Felix, Caſtor <hi>and</hi> Pollux <hi>die by courſes, that they may live.</hi> They, when firſt they grew to Mens years, ſcoured the Seas of Pirates, and for that reaſon were accounted Gods of the Sea, whom Mariners uſe to invocate in ſtorms. Afterward they went into <hi>Colchos</hi> with the <hi>Argonautae:</hi> in which expedition <hi>Pollux</hi> killed <hi>Amyrcus</hi> King of the <hi>Bebrycians</hi> who laid an Ambuſh againſt him. Then re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turning home they took back their Siſter <hi>Helena,</hi> who was raviſhed by <hi>Theſeus,</hi> when they had ſtormed the City of <hi>Aphydna</hi> in the abſence of <hi>Theſeus.</hi> At length when <hi>Castor</hi> died, they ſay that <hi>Pollux,</hi> who having been born of the ſame Egg with <hi>Helena,</hi> was immortal, out of Love to his Brother, begged of <hi>Jupiter,</hi> that he
<pb n="332" facs="tcp:192139:376"/>might ſhare his Immortality with his Brother, which having obtained, they are ſaid to die alternatively and live again. Which Fiction ariſes from hence, becauſe as <hi>Servius</hi> ſaith on <hi>Aen.</hi> 6. the Conſtellation <hi>Gemini,</hi> that is aſſigned to them, is ſo, that when one Star of it ſetteth, the other riſeth. Yet <hi>Macrobius, Saturnal. l.</hi> 1. <hi>c.</hi> 21. as he referreth all the other Gods, ſo them alſo to the Sun, when he ſaith, <hi>But the</hi> Gemini, <hi>who are ſuppoſed to die and live by courſes, what elſe do they ſignifie but one and the ſame Sun, now deſcending into the lower Hemiſphere, anon mounting to the higheſt altitude of this?</hi> Moreover the <hi>Caſtors,</hi> or <hi>Caſtor</hi> and <hi>Pollux</hi> were uſually painted, <hi>like handſome young Men, moſt decently apparelled, and ſitting on Horſeback,</hi> ſaith the Famous <hi>Lightfoot. And they appeared thus Equipped if you'll believe the Relator, in the Engagement at the Lake</hi> Regillus, <hi>leading on the</hi> Roman <hi>Cavalry, and defeating the Enemy, ſo that the Victory was obtained by their Conduct,</hi> Dionyſ. <hi>l.</hi> 6. Roman Antiq. <hi>Yet ſometimes they are drawn on foot.</hi> But that the Ships of <hi>Alexandria</hi> uſed to have the Effigies of <hi>Caſtor</hi> and <hi>Pollux</hi> on their Snout, that notable place of <hi>Cyril</hi> indicates, which the moſt renowned <hi>Heinſius</hi> citeth out of <hi>Catena patrum</hi> upon <hi>Iſaiah</hi> not yet publiſhed. <hi>But alſo,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>the Author of the Acts of the Apoſtles, ſaith, that they who were with him went aboard of a Ship of</hi> Alexandria, <hi>whoſe ſign was</hi> Caſtor <hi>and</hi> Pollux. <hi>For it is uſual for</hi> Alexan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>drian <hi>Ships to have ſuch Enſigns painted on the right and left ſide of their Forecaſtle.</hi> Moreover we may obſerve that <hi>Paul</hi> did not refuſe in caſe of neceſſity to make uſe of that Ship, which has the Image of an Idol upon it. For ſeeing an Idol hath no Vertue to pollute things con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſecrated to it, a Chriſtian making uſe of theſe things in caſe of neceſſity, where there is no juſt cauſe of offence, is not defiled, if they be referred to Civil uſes. See 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 8.4, 7, 8, 9, 10.</p>
               <p n="12">12. <hi>And landing at</hi> Syracuſe. <hi>Syracuſe,</hi> or, as it is commonly uſed in the plural Number, <hi>Syracuſae,</hi> the
<pb n="333" facs="tcp:192139:376"/>moſt Famous City of the Iſland of <hi>Sicily,</hi> a Colony of the <hi>Corinthians,</hi> was built by them together with the <hi>Dorick Grecians,</hi> under the Command of <hi>Archias</hi> the <hi>Corinthian,</hi> above 700 years before the Birth of our Lord, about the ſame time that <hi>Naxus</hi> and <hi>Megara,</hi> Cities of <hi>Sicilia</hi> were built, as <hi>Thucydides, l.</hi> 6. <hi>Strabo, l.</hi> 6. and others have left on Record. It had its name from a Marſh that lies near it, called <hi>Syraco,</hi> of which <hi>Stephen</hi> ſpeaketh when he treateth of <hi>Syracuſe. Marcianus Heracleota</hi> in his <hi>Periegeſis,</hi>
                  <q>
                     <l>
                        <hi>The</hi> Dorians <hi>inhabited the Weſt ſide</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Of</hi> Italy, <hi>whom</hi> Archias <hi>of</hi> Corinth <hi>bid</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>To come to him, who did their labour uſe,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Building the Famous City</hi> Syracuſe,</l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Its name from the adjacent Marſh they chuſe.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <q>It was, ſaith <hi>Thomas de Pinedo,</hi> of old divided into four parts, according to <hi>Cic. in Verrem, l.</hi> 4. One, which <hi>Strabo</hi> calls <hi>Ortygia, l.</hi> 6. was by them called <hi>Naſos</hi> (that name in the <hi>Dorick</hi> Dialect, which the <hi>Syracuſians</hi> uſed, ſignifies an Iſland) Famous for two Harbours, and the Royal Palace of <hi>Hieron,</hi> where the Praetors had their reſidence. In this part of the City there were many conſecrated Temples, two whereof ſurpaſſed the reſt, to wit, <hi>Diana</hi>'s Temple, and <hi>Mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nerva</hi>'s. There was alſo a Fountain of Sweet Water, whoſe name was <hi>Arethuſa,</hi> of incredible largeneſs, celebrated not only by Poets, but alſo by Proſe-Wri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ters, very full of Fiſh, which would have been wholly covered with the Waves, had it not been parted from the Sea by a fortified Wall, and certain heaps of Stones. The ſecond part was called <hi>Acradina,</hi> where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in were a very large Market place, ſtately Galleries, a publick Hall extraordinary well adorned, a very ſpa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cious Court, and a moſt excellent Temple of <hi>Jupiter Olympius.</hi> The third part of the City was named
<pb n="334" facs="tcp:192139:377"/>
                     <hi>Tyche</hi> becauſe in it was an ancient Temple of <hi>Fortune</hi> (ſo the <hi>Greeks</hi> call <hi>Fortune</hi>) in which there was a ſpacious Colledge, and very many conſecrated Houſes. But the fourth part, becauſe it was built laſt, was called <hi>Neapolis,</hi> in which there was a large Theatre, and two ſtately Temples, the one <hi>Ceres</hi>'s, the other <hi>Proſerpina</hi>'s, and that ſurpaſſingly beautiful and big Image of <hi>Apollo,</hi> which they called <hi>Temenites.</hi> Theſe four parts of <hi>Syracuſe</hi> were of that extent, that <hi>Ci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cero,</hi> in the above cited place, calls every one of them a City, and therefore <hi>Auſonius</hi> in his Poems, which he made of the moſt conſiderable Cities of the <hi>Roman</hi> Empire, calls <hi>Syracuſe Quadruple. Epipolae</hi> alſo, where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in were <hi>Eurylcus, Labdalum</hi> and <hi>Temenus,</hi> of which we have ſpoke in their proper places, is by others men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioned among the Parts of <hi>Syracuſe,</hi> but we have followed the moſt Learned of <hi>Romulus</hi>'s Offspring, from whoſe Fountain we have watered theſe Gardens. In <hi>Epipolis</hi> was that Famous Priſon called <hi>Latomia,</hi> a large, and ſtately work of Kings and Tyrants; it was all of a Rock digged to a marvellous depth, ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording to <hi>Cicero</hi>'s Oration againſt <hi>Verres, l.</hi> 5. who in the ſame Oration avers, that it was made by <hi>Dionyſius</hi> the cruel Tyrant. The pleaſanteſt of theſe Caverns had its name of <hi>Philoxenus</hi> the Poet, wherein he is ſaid to have compoſed <hi>Cyclops,</hi> the choiceſt of all his Poems, as <hi>Aelian</hi> reporteth, <hi>Hiſt. var. l.</hi> 12. <hi>c.</hi> 44. <hi>Sueton</hi> ſaith in <hi>Tib. c.</hi> 74. that that Image of <hi>Apollo,</hi> called <hi>Temenites,</hi> ſo much commended by <hi>Cicero,</hi> was tranſported from <hi>Syracuſe</hi> to <hi>Rome.</hi> The <hi>Romans</hi> made themſelves Maſters of this moſt Opulent and Famous City when <hi>Marcellus</hi> was their General, after that they had ſacked it, as <hi>Livy</hi> in his 25 Book, and <hi>Florus, l.</hi> 2. <hi>c.</hi> 6. ſufficiently teſtifies; the Words of the latter I thought fit to inſert here. <hi>Sicily</hi> that was commited to <hi>Marcellus</hi> did not long hold out, for all the Iſland was overcome in one City. That great, and before that
<pb n="335" facs="tcp:192139:377"/>time invincible Metropolis <hi>Syracuſe,</hi> tho it was defend<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed by <hi>Archimedes</hi>'s wit, at laſt ſubmitted. Its tripple Wall, the ſame number of Caſtles, that Marble Haven, and celebrated Fountain availed it nothing, ſave only to procure compaſſion, that being overcome it might be ſpared for its beauty.</q>
                  <q>
                     <hi>Strabo, l.</hi> 6. ſaith, that <hi>Auguſtus Caeſar</hi> repaired it. It was anciently the Metropolis of all <hi>Sicily,</hi> as alſo the greateſt and moſt powerful ſeat of Tyrants, now a Biſhops Seat, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween <hi>Catina,</hi> and the Promontory <hi>Pachynus;</hi> it retains the ſame ſituation at this day, and its name is a little altered, for it's commonly called <hi>Saragoſſa.</hi> Its Citi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zens by the <hi>Latins</hi> were called <hi>Syracuſans.</hi> It hath pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>duced ſeveral Men Famous for Learning, amongſt the reſt <hi>Flavius Vopiſcus,</hi> the Famous Hiſtorian, <hi>Philemon</hi> the <hi>Comick</hi> Poet, but <hi>Archimedes</hi> the Geometrician and excellent Mathematician hath ſurpaſſed them all in Fame, whoſe Sepulchre <hi>Cicero, Tuſc. Quaeſt. l.</hi> 5. makes his boaſt that he found out among Briers and Brambles, when it was unknown to the <hi>Syracuſans.</hi> But I know not on what account he calls ſo admi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rable a Man contemptuouſly, <hi>vile little Man.</hi> If ye deſire to know more of this City, conſult <hi>Cluverius l.</hi> 1. <hi>Sicil.</hi>
                  </q> 
                  <hi>Ant. c.</hi> 12. and <hi>Goltzius</hi> on <hi>Syracuſe.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We tarried there.</hi> To wit, at <hi>Syracuſe.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="13">13. <hi>Thence.</hi> That is, When we had tarried three days at <hi>Syracuſe,</hi> we parted thence.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We fetcht a compaſs and came to</hi> Rhegium. A City of <hi>Greeks,</hi> built by the Inhabitants of <hi>Chalcidia,</hi> as <hi>Strabo</hi> teſtifies <hi>l.</hi> 6. Hence <hi>Solinus c.</hi> 8. <hi>It is well known that</hi> Rhegium <hi>was built by the</hi> Chalcidians. It retains the name at this day, for it is called <hi>Reggio</hi> by the <hi>Italians;</hi> it was of old the Chief City of the <hi>Brutii,</hi> now of <hi>Cala<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bria</hi> the farther in the Kingdom of <hi>Naples.</hi> It is ſituate on the border of the <hi>Sicilian</hi> ſtreights over againſt <hi>Sicily;</hi> it is dignified with a Biſhops Seat according to the
<pb n="336" facs="tcp:192139:378"/>teſtimony of <hi>Alexandrinus</hi> and <hi>Michael, Antonius Ban<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>drand</hi> of <hi>Paris,</hi> on his Geographical Lexicon. Authors are not agreed as to the Etymology of its name, ſome ſay that it was ſo called becauſe it was a large City, and as it were Royal, but others <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> that is, <hi>to be broken,</hi> becauſe that before, that I may uſe <hi>Virgils</hi> Words, <hi>Aen.</hi> 3. that Land and <hi>Sicily</hi>
                  <q>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Divided were, land that conjoyned was,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>A huge Flood did with violence divide</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Parting</hi> Sicilia <hi>from</hi> Heſperia<hi>'s ſide;</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>Cities and Fields retired with ſwelling Waves,</hi>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <hi>A narrow Sea their Margine interlaves.</hi>
                     </l>
                  </q> 
                  <hi>Strabo</hi> in the forecited ſixth Book, and <hi>Euſtathius</hi> on <hi>Dionyſius</hi>'s <hi>Perieget. v.</hi> 345. are my Authors for both the Originations. <hi>Strabo</hi> in the ſame Book reporteth that it was deſtroyed by <hi>Dionyſius</hi> the firſt of that name King of <hi>Sicily,</hi> and repaired by his Son, and called <hi>Phoebia,</hi> and that it was augmented by <hi>Auguſtus Caeſar</hi> out of his own <hi>Navy,</hi> when it was but thinly Peopled. It is called <hi>Rhegium Julium</hi> by <hi>Ptolemy, l.</hi> 3.1. either for that <hi>Julius Caeſar</hi> ſent a Colony thither, or becauſe <hi>Julia</hi> the Daughter of <hi>Auguſtus</hi> by <hi>Scribonia</hi> being baniſh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed into <hi>Rhegium</hi> for her lewdneſs died there, as <hi>Tacitus</hi> teſtifies, Book 1. of his Annals. If any deſire to know further of this City, let him conſult <hi>Leander Albertus</hi> his Deſcription of <hi>Italy</hi> dedicated to <hi>Henry</hi> 2. King of <hi>France, Cluverius</hi> and others.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And after one day.</hi> To wit, paſt at <hi>Rhegium.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The South Wind blowing the next day.</hi> After our de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parture from <hi>Rhegium.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We came to</hi> Puteoli. In the <hi>Gr.</hi> the <hi>Latin</hi> name being a little corrupted 'tis <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>Varro</hi> Book 4. of the <hi>Latin</hi> Tongue, <q>From the Word <hi>Putei,</hi> Wells, the City <hi>Puteoli</hi> has its name, becauſe about that place are many cold and hot Waters, except it be rather
<pb n="337" facs="tcp:192139:378"/>called ſo from <hi>Putor,</hi> ſtench, becauſe it has often a noiſome ſmell of Brimſtone or Allum.</q> This City of <hi>Tuſcany,</hi> that is, <hi>Hetruria,</hi> is called by three names, by <hi>Stephen Byzantius</hi> in their proper places. For by him it is called <hi>Dicaea, Dicaearchia,</hi> and <hi>Potioli.</hi> In <hi>Potioli</hi> he ſaith that it was built by the <hi>Samians,</hi> and in <hi>Dicaea</hi> that it was a Colony of the <hi>Ionians. S.</hi> Jerome <hi>in</hi> Euſeb. Chron. Lib. 2. Olymp. 64. A. 4. <hi>The</hi> Samians <hi>built</hi> Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>caearchia, <hi>which is now called</hi> Puteoli. <hi>Strabo</hi> ſaith of this City after his Deſcription of the Lakes <hi>Lucrinus</hi> and <hi>Avernus,</hi> 
                  <q>Next are the Shoars, or the Coaſts about <hi>Dicaearchia,</hi> and the City itſelf. It was once a Dock of the <hi>Cumans,</hi> built on the Brink of the Shore. But about the time of the War with <hi>Annibal,</hi> the <hi>Romans</hi> ſent a Colony thither, and changing its former name <hi>Dicaearchia,</hi> they called it <hi>Potioli,</hi> from <hi>Putei,</hi> Wells. Others from <hi>Putor,</hi> ſtench, becauſe of the ſtench of its Waters.</q> The ſame <hi>Strabo</hi> a little after. <q>But the City was made a great Mart Town, having Artificial Harbors for Ships, by reaſon of the natural conve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nience of the Sand.</q> 
                  <hi>Dicaearchia,</hi> as for moſt part it is called by the <hi>Greeks,</hi> is by <hi>Pliny, l.</hi> 3. <hi>c.</hi> 5. called the Colony <hi>Dicaearchia.</hi> It appears from the thirty fourth Book of <hi>Livy,</hi> that <hi>Puteoli, Vulturnus</hi> and <hi>Liternus,</hi> were made Colonies of <hi>Roman</hi> Citizens, when <hi>Publius Cornelio Scipio Africanus</hi> was Conſul for the ſecond time in the Conſulſhip of <hi>Titus Sempronius Longus,</hi> and that 300 Men were ſent into each of them. If <hi>Puteoli</hi> did not afterwards loſe its right of Colony, <hi>Cornelius Tacitus</hi> was miſtaken, when he ſaid, Book 14 of his Annals; <hi>Puteoli an ancient City in</hi> Italy <hi>obtained the right of a Colony and Surname from</hi> Nero. <hi>Benjamin Tudelenſis</hi> ſaith in his Itinerary, but without any Author for it, that this City was anciently called <hi>Surento,</hi> and that it was built by <hi>Hadarezer,</hi> who is made mention of 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 8.3. <hi>when he fled from before the face of</hi> David, as the <hi>Hebrews</hi> expreſs it, which fable the counterfeit <hi>Joſeph Ben. Gorion</hi>
                  <pb n="338" facs="tcp:192139:379"/>alſo relateth <hi>l.</hi> 1. <hi>c.</hi> 3. but the contrary appears from <hi>Ptolomy,</hi> with whom Chap. 1. of his third Book of Geo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>graphy <hi>Puteoli</hi> and <hi>Surentum</hi> are diſtinct Cities. <hi>Puteoli</hi> is now by the <hi>Italians</hi> called <hi>Pozzuolo,</hi> which is the ſame name a little corrupted; <hi>C. Caeſar Caligula</hi> joyned <hi>Baiae</hi> to its Bul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wark by a Bridge, which were moſt four Miles diſtant, ei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther in aemulation of <hi>Xerxes,</hi> who bridged over the Helleſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pont, or that he had a mind to terrifie <hi>Germany</hi> and <hi>Brit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tany,</hi> whom he was invading by War, with the report of this huge Work; or rather, becauſe <hi>Thraſyllus</hi> the Mathematician had foretold, that <hi>Caius</hi> the Emperor ſhould not more be Emperor, than he could ride upon Horſes over the Bay of <hi>Baia,</hi> as <hi>Suetonius</hi> relateth in his <hi>Caeligula.</hi> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>Marcus Tullius Cicero,</hi> ſaith <hi>Thomas de Pinedo</hi> called his Village <hi>Puteolanum,</hi> becauſe it was near <hi>Puteoli</hi> where <hi>Aelius Spartianus</hi> in the Life of <hi>Adrian</hi> the Emperor ſaith that this Emperor was interred; in which <hi>Antoninus Pius</hi> his Succeſſor made him a Temple in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ead of his Sepulchre, and a Game every five years like to the <hi>Olympian,</hi> and Prieſts, and Colledges, and many other things which belonged to the Honour as it were of a God, as the ſame <hi>Spartianus</hi> declareth. In the middle of the City there is a moſt ancient Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple to be ſeen, ſomewhat defaced by the violence of Earthquakes, of old conſecrated to <hi>Auguſtus,</hi> but now to Saint <hi>Proculus,</hi> where Mens bones are to be ſeen of a vaſt bigneſs, as <hi>Leander Albertus</hi> an Eye<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>witneſs teſtifieth in his <hi>Campania.</hi> For he placeth this City in that part of <hi>Italy.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p n="14">14. <hi>Where we found the Brethren.</hi> That is, The Chriſtians, who poſſibly were converted from Judaiſm to Chriſtianity. <hi>Joſephus</hi> makes mention of the <hi>Jews</hi> that dwelt at <hi>Dicaearchiu,</hi> that is, <hi>Puteoli, Ant. l.</hi> 17. <hi>c.</hi> 4.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And were deſired.</hi> By the ſame Brethren.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To tarry with them. Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſaith <hi>Lewis de Dieu,</hi> is ſeldom, put for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, at; yet it is not altogether out of uſe, as, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, at the
<pb n="339" facs="tcp:192139:379"/>doors, at the Gate, <hi>is in uſe almoſt with all Wriers, and in</hi> Thucidydes, <hi>l.</hi> 3. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, it was ſituate by the River.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Seven days.</hi> To wit, as many as <hi>Julius</hi> the Centurion had appointed to ſtay at <hi>Puteoli,</hi> who had ſhewn him ſelf extraordinary civil to <hi>Paul:</hi> as ye may ſee above <hi>c.</hi> 27. <hi>v.</hi> 3 <hi>&amp;</hi> 43.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſo.</hi> After thoſe fourteen days ſpent at <hi>Puteoli.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We came to</hi> Rome. That is, as it is in the <hi>Engliſh,</hi> we went toward <hi>Rome,</hi> for then they were not yet come to <hi>Rome,</hi> as is underſtood by the verſe immediately following. To come in this place ſignifies nothing elſe than to go, as <hi>Luke</hi> 15.20. <hi>Joh.</hi> 6.17.</p>
               <p n="15">15. <hi>And from thence.</hi> That is, From the City of <hi>Rome.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>When the Brethren.</hi> That is, The Chriſtians who then dwelt at <hi>Rome,</hi> to whom <hi>Paul</hi> had written an Epiſtle before, which is ſuperſcribed <hi>To the Romans.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Had heard.</hi> That <hi>Paul</hi> was going a Priſoner from <hi>Puteoli</hi> to <hi>Rome,</hi> accompanied by <hi>Luke</hi> and <hi>Ariſtarchus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They met.</hi> That is, Many went out to meet.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>s.</hi> To wit, Who were on our Journey for <hi>Rome.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As far as</hi> Appii-forum <hi>and the three Taverns.</hi> As if he had ſaid, ſome indeed met us at <hi>Apii-forum,</hi> but others who ſet later out met us at <hi>the three Taverns,</hi> which were nearer to <hi>Rome</hi> than <hi>Appii-forum. Zozimus l.</hi> 2. maketh mention of <hi>the three Taverns,</hi> and that <hi>Severus Caeſar</hi> when he was going to <hi>Rome,</hi> when he came to that place, which was called <hi>the Three Taverns,</hi> he was ſeized by the Ambuſh, which <hi>Maxentius</hi> had ſet againſt him in that place, and put to a cruel Death, having had his neck broke with a Halter. <hi>Jerome</hi> thinks that <hi>Appii-forum</hi> was ſo called from <hi>Appius</hi> a certain Conſul; from whom alſo the way called <hi>Appian</hi> had its name. It was a Town further diſtant from <hi>Rome</hi> than <hi>the three Taverns,</hi> as <hi>Cicero</hi> ſheweth <hi>Ad Attic. l.</hi> 2. <hi>Epiſt.</hi> 10. <hi>From</hi> Appii-forum <hi>at four a Clook; I had given another a little before at the</hi> three Taverns. Behind the Mountain <hi>Albaenus</hi>
                  <pb n="340" facs="tcp:192139:380"/>in the <hi>Appian way,</hi> there is a City called <hi>Aricia,</hi> which <hi>Strabo l.</hi> 5. ſaith is diſtant from <hi>Rome</hi> 160 Furlongs, but <hi>Dionyſius l.</hi> 6. and <hi>Philoſtratus l.</hi> 3. of the Life of <hi>Apollo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nius,</hi> ſay it is only 120 furlongs diſtance from it. But theſe Verſes of <hi>Horace</hi> plainly prove that <hi>Aricia</hi> was nearer <hi>Rome</hi> then <hi>Appii-forum, Serm.</hi> 1. <hi>Sat.</hi> 5.</p>
               <q>
                  <l>
                     <hi>From ſtately</hi> Rome <hi>I walkt a little way,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>And reach't</hi> Aricia <hi>first, and there I lay;</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>My Company as good as Man could ſeek</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>The Lawyer</hi> Heliodore <hi>a Learned</hi> Greek:</l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>Then</hi> Forum Appii, <hi>that's a Paltry Town,</hi>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <hi>With Mariners and Pedlers throng'd, and thoſe alone.</hi>
                  </l>
               </q>
               <p>
                  <hi>Which when</hi> Paul <hi>ſaw.</hi> Coming out to meet him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He thanked God.</hi> Whoſe bountiful Providence had at laſt granted him the happineſs of ſpeaking with the Chriſtians that dwelt at <hi>Rome,</hi> which he had always ſo begged of God in his Prayers, that he could not have asked it more earneſtly, <hi>Rom.</hi> 1.10.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He took Courage.</hi> That is, He began to hope that his confeſſion of the Faith, would not be deſtitute of its fruit among the <hi>Romans,</hi> and ſo he haſtned to <hi>Rome</hi> more cheerfully, becauſe of the defence of the Goſpel he was to make there.</p>
               <p n="16">16. <hi>And when we came to</hi> Rome. In the <hi>Gr.</hi> is added, <hi>The Centurion delivered the Priſoners to the Governour of the Army.</hi> Who, to wit, was otherwiſe called the prefect of the <hi>Praetorium,</hi> and was over the <hi>Praetorian</hi> Soldiers, who were always preſent at <hi>Rome</hi> for the Emperors uſe. <hi>It is evinced by many places of</hi> Tacitus, ſaith <hi>Grotius, that the keeping of the Priſoners was committed to this Prefects charge. Burrhus Afranius</hi> is thought at that time to have been <hi>Nero</hi>'s Praefect; <hi>this excellent Soldier, Tacit. l.</hi> 12. his Jaws ſwelling by degrees, and the paſſage of his breath being ſtopt, died, in the Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſulſhip of <hi>P. Marius</hi> and <hi>L. Aſinius, Tacit. l.</hi> 14.</p>
               <pb n="341" facs="tcp:192139:380"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>But</hi> Paul <hi>was ſuffered.</hi> Whom poſſibly <hi>Festus</hi> Procu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rator of <hi>Judaea,</hi> had teſtified by his Letters, ſince the time that he was ſent to <hi>Rome,</hi> that he was guilty of no Crime.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To dwell by himſelf.</hi> That is, Apart from other Pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſoners, where he would.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With a Soldier that kept him.</hi> To wit, To whoſe left Hand <hi>Pauls</hi> right Hand was faſtened after the manner of the <hi>Romans</hi> with a long Chain, which <hi>Paul</hi> holding, below <hi>v.</hi> 20. maketh mention of, alſo <hi>Eph.</hi> 6.20. The Scholiaſt upon <hi>Juvenal</hi> ſaith, That it is called a <hi>Camp Priſon,</hi> when the Captives are delivered Chained, ſo that the ſame Chain faſtens both the Priſoner and Sol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dier. See what we have ſaid above <hi>c.</hi> 12.6.</p>
               <p n="17">17. <hi>After three Days.</hi> From <hi>Pauls</hi> arrival at <hi>Rome.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>He called the chief of the Jews together.</hi> That is, <hi>Paul</hi> not only entreated, but alſo perſwaded, thoſe of the <hi>Jews</hi> at <hi>Rome,</hi> that were eminent for Dignity and Learn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing, that they would come and viſit him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I have done nothing against the People.</hi> That is, I have done no wrong to the Nation of <hi>Iſrael.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Or Cuſtoms of our Fathers.</hi> That is, Neither have I in any thing tranſgreſt the Laws that were delivered by <hi>Moſes</hi> to our Anceſtors. For <hi>Paul</hi> did not hinder thoſe that were born in Judaiſm from obſerving the Legal Ceremonies, but only taught, That the Gentiles who were converted to God and his Chriſt were not obliged to the obſervation of them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Priſoner from</hi> Jeruſalem. That is, Since the time that the <hi>Jews</hi> would have killed me at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> as a Wicked Man, and one unworthy to live. See above <hi>c.</hi> 21. <hi>v.</hi> 31 <hi>&amp;</hi> 33.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I was delivered into the Hands of the</hi> Romans. Who governed <hi>Judaea.</hi> See above <hi>c.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 24.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Who.</hi> To wit, the <hi>Roman</hi> Procurators of <hi>Judaea, viz. Felix, c.</hi> 24. and <hi>Festus c.</hi> 25.</p>
               <pb n="342" facs="tcp:192139:381"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>When they had examined me.</hi> That is, When they had made Inquiſition into, and taken Cogniſance of my Cauſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Would have let me go. Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>would have abſolved,</hi> or, <hi>ſet me at liberty.</hi> That is, they were ſtrongly bent to ſet me free, as before <hi>Pilate</hi> was to ſet Chriſt at liberty, when he was delivered to him. See above <hi>c.</hi> 24.28.25.18 <hi>&amp;</hi> 25.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Becauſe there was no cauſe of Death in me.</hi> That is, Becauſe they acknowledged that I had done nothing worthy of Death. <hi>Claudius Lyſias</hi> the Chief Captain acknowledged above, <hi>c.</hi> 23. <hi>v.</hi> 29. that <hi>Paul</hi> had done nothing that deſerved to be puniſh'd by Death. As alſo <hi>Felix</hi> Governour of <hi>Judaea,</hi> when he treated him kindly, above, <hi>c.</hi> 24. <hi>v.</hi> 24. <hi>Feſtus</hi> the Governour, who ſuc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceeded <hi>Felix, c.</hi> 25. <hi>v.</hi> 18 <hi>&amp;</hi> 25. King <hi>Agrippa</hi> the younger, <hi>c.</hi> 26. <hi>v.</hi> 32. So the Servant, no leſs than the Lord, had a Teſtimony of his Innocency from theſe Unbelievers.</p>
               <p n="19">19. <hi>But when the Jews ſpake againſt it.</hi> Who dealt with <hi>Feſtus</hi> to ſend me from <hi>Caeſarea</hi> to <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> to be there judged by the Sanhedrin, that they might have a fit opportunity to kill me by the Way. See above <hi>c.</hi> 25. <hi>v.</hi> 3.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I was conſtrained.</hi> Leſt I ſhould have been ſent from <hi>Caeſarca</hi> to <hi>Jeruſalem</hi> by <hi>Feſtus</hi> who was willing to grati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fie the <hi>Jews.</hi> See above <hi>c.</hi> 25.19.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To appeal to</hi> Caeſar. See above <hi>c.</hi> 25. <hi>v.</hi> 11.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Not that,</hi> &amp;c. As if he had ſaid, Yet not upon this account, that I might accuſe the <hi>Jews,</hi> that without cauſe troubled me, of any Crime, before the <hi>Roman</hi> Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peror, but only that I might vindicate my own Innocen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cy. <hi>Beza</hi> has here ſupplyed the <hi>Ellipſis</hi> of the Particle, <hi>Yet,</hi> rendring, <hi>yet not that,</hi> and he hath taken notice of the like <hi>Ellipſis</hi> of the ſame Particle, <hi>Mat.</hi> 2.6.</p>
               <p n="20">20. <hi>For this cauſe therefore.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Leſt ye ſhould think I am diſaffected towards my own Nation.</p>
               <pb n="343" facs="tcp:192139:381"/>
               <p>
                  <hi>Have I entreated to ſee you, and ſpeak with you.</hi> That is, I have humbly prayed that ye would viſit me, that I might have occaſion to diſcourſe with you.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For the hope of</hi> Iſrael. That is, For the Meſſiah, who is hoped for and deſired by the <hi>Iſraelites.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Becauſe I teach and bear Witneſs, that he who is hoped for by the People of <hi>Iſrael,</hi> hath been already ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hibited, when <hi>Jeſus</hi> of <hi>Nazareth</hi> was exhibited, whom with all aſſeveration I affirm to be that Meſſiah who is promiſed in the Law and the Prophets, and who is de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſirouſly looked for by the <hi>Iſraelites,</hi> I am bound and faſtened with this Chain which ye ſee, as if I had been a Wicked and flagitious Fellow. Chriſt Jeſus, 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 1.1. is called <hi>our Hope,</hi> becauſe we hope through his Merits to obtain the free gift of Eternal Life. See alſo <hi>Col.</hi> 1.27. See above <hi>c.</hi> 26. <hi>v.</hi> 6, 7.
<q>
                     <hi>Paul,</hi> ſaith <hi>Wolzogenius,</hi> taught and confirmed, that this Hope or thing hoped for, is now compleated after ſo many Ages, while the Meſſiah is really exhibited who is that <hi>Jeſus</hi> of <hi>Nazareth.</hi> By this hope may alſo be under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood the Reſurrection of the Dead, which <hi>Paul</hi> con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feſſed above with the Phariſees againſt the Sadduces. See above <hi>c.</hi> 23. <hi>v</hi> 6. <hi>c.</hi> 24. <hi>v.</hi> 15 <hi>&amp;</hi> 21. But this was alſo to be accompliſhed by the Meſſiah. That the former of them is chiefly here hinted at, ſeems to appear, both from that place, <hi>c.</hi> 26. now cited, and by the Words of the <hi>Jews</hi> below, <hi>v.</hi> 22.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With this Chain.</hi> Wherewith I am tyed to this Sol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dier. See above, <hi>v.</hi> 16.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>I am bound.</hi> As if I were guilty of ſome notorious Crime.</p>
               <p n="21">21. <hi>But they.</hi> To wit, The <hi>Jews</hi> at <hi>Rome.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Said to him.</hi> To wit, to <hi>Paul</hi> the Priſoner.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We,</hi> &amp;c. As if they had ſaid, There is nothing written againſt thee to us by thoſe <hi>Jews</hi> who dwell at <hi>Jeruſalem,</hi> nor hath any of them who are come hither to <hi>Rome</hi> accuſed thee to us.</p>
               <pb n="344" facs="tcp:192139:382"/>
               <p n="22">22. <hi>But we deſire. Gr.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>we vouchſafe.</hi> That is, We do not refuſe when we ſhall have leaſure.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To hear of thee what thou thinkeſt.</hi> That is, What thou canſt bring in defence of thy Opinion about <hi>Jeſus</hi> of <hi>Nazareth.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For as concerning this Sect.</hi> To wit, That profeſſeth that <hi>Jeſus</hi> of <hi>Nazareth</hi> is the Meſſiah promiſed in the Law, and the Prophets.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>We know that every where it is ſpoken againſt.</hi> To wit, Becauſe of the Crimes that are laid to the charge of the ſame <hi>Hereſie</hi> or <hi>Sect</hi> of the <hi>Nazarens,</hi> as they call it, by Letters ſent from the Sanhedrin to the Synagogues of the <hi>Jews</hi> that are diſperſed through the ſeveral Coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tries of the World, a little after Chriſts departure from Earth. <hi>The Jews ſay,</hi> ſaith <hi>Grotius, that a Copy of thoſe Letters is kept in an ancient Synagogue at</hi> Barbetoma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gum <hi>of the</hi> Vangiones, or as it is called at this day, <hi>Wormes. Juſtin</hi> againſt <hi>Trypho</hi> reporteth, that there were Meſſen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gers ſent from the <hi>Jews</hi> of <hi>Paleſtine</hi> to the Synagogues after the Death of <hi>Chriſt, publiſhing that a certain Wicked Sect, and contradicting the Law, was raiſed up by a certain Impoſtor</hi> Jeſus <hi>of</hi> Galilee. Thus the event has fully proved the veracity of <hi>Simeon</hi>'s Propheſy of Jeſus Chriſt, That he ſhould be for a ſign that ſhould be ſpoken againſt, <hi>Luke</hi> 2.34.</p>
               <p n="23">23. <hi>And when they had appointed him a day.</hi> Whereon they ſhould come to him, and hear his diſcourſe.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>There came to him.</hi> On the day appointed.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Into his lodging.</hi> That is, The Houſe where he tarried.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Very many.</hi> Beſides thoſe who had ſeen him be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To whom he expounded and testified.</hi> That is, He declared with great Aſſeveration, as a certain Evidence. See above <hi>c.</hi> 18. <hi>v.</hi> 5. and <hi>Luke</hi> 16.28.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Kingdom of God.</hi> That is, That the Kingdom that was to be erected to God by the Meſſiah, did not
<pb n="345" facs="tcp:192139:382"/>conſiſt in eaſe, delight, or abundance of other tranſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tory goods, as moſt of the <hi>Jews</hi> dreamed, but in the chief Beatitude, whoſe beginning is holineſs or newneſs of Life upon Earth, and its conſummation bleſſed Im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mortality in Heaven. See <hi>Luke</hi> 17.20.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Perſwading them.</hi> That is, And proved it to them by perſwaſive Arguments.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Concerning <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>eſus both out of the Law and Prophets.</hi> That is, All things that were foretold or praefigured in the Law or the Prophets, of the Meſſiah the Saviour and Deliverer of the World, are fulfilled and accom<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pliſhed in <hi>Jeſus.</hi> See above <hi>c.</hi> 3. <hi>v.</hi> 18 <hi>&amp;</hi> 24. <hi>c.</hi> 13. <hi>v.</hi> 27. <hi>c.</hi> 15. <hi>v.</hi> 15. <hi>c.</hi> 16.22. and <hi>Luke</hi> 24.27.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>From Morning till Evening.</hi> That is, For a whole day without intermiſſion.</p>
               <p n="24">24. <hi>And ſome.</hi> As if he had ſaid, But as it uſually falls out, ſome of thoſe <hi>Jews</hi> who then heard <hi>Paul</hi> Preaching Chriſt, were perſwaded with <hi>Paul</hi>'s invinci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble Arguments that <hi>Jeſus</hi> of <hi>Nazareth</hi> was the ſame Meſſiah that was foretold and prefigured in the Law and the Prophets, but others rejected theſe Arguments of <hi>Paul</hi>'s with an obſtinate and bitter Spirit. In like manner the different effects of the Preaching of the ſame <hi>Paul,</hi> are mentioned above, <hi>c.</hi> 14. <hi>v.</hi> 4. <hi>c.</hi> 17. <hi>v.</hi> 4 <hi>&amp;</hi> 5, <hi>&amp; v.</hi> 32, 34. of the ſame <hi>Chap. c.</hi> 19. <hi>v</hi> 9. So the ſame ſeed of the Word of God, when it is ſown in different Minds, or falls on different parts of the Earth, <hi>to ſome it is the favour of Death unto Death, to others the ſavour of Life unto Life,</hi> as the ſame Apoſtle ſpeaketh, 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 2.16. See alſo <hi>Luke</hi> 7.11, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="25">25. <hi>And when they agreed not among themſelves.</hi> That is, The Believing and Unbelieving <hi>Jews</hi> diſagreed and diſcorded among themſelves. Excellently ſaith <hi>Calvin,</hi> 
                  <q>The Malice and Wickedneſs of Unbelievers is the cauſe, that Chriſt, who is our Peace and the only Bond of Holy Unity, becomes the occaſion of diſſen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſion, and ſetteth them by the ears, who before kept
<pb n="346" facs="tcp:192139:383"/>up a mutual Friendſhip. For loe when the <hi>Jews</hi> came together to hear <hi>Paul,</hi> they were all of one mind and one Mouth, they all profeſt that they embrace the Law of <hi>Moſes.</hi> But when they had heard the Doctrine of Reconciliation, a diſſenſion ariſes among them, ſo that they are divided into ſeveral parties. Yet we muſt not think that that Diſſenſion ariſes from the Preaching of the Goſpel; but that private Enmity which before lay hid in wicked hearts, then began to diſcover it ſelf; as the brightneſs of the Son does not create new Colours, but ſhew the difference, which in the darkneſs was none at all.</q> Therefore, the Goſpel, which enjoyns the moſt perfect Love a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mongſt all Men, does turn the hearts of Believers to Peace and Concord, but the Incredulity of them who follow the dictates of the Fleſh, and have no reliſh of true Godlineſs, and of the Vertues which the Goſpel requireth, rebelleth againſt God, and is the Mother of Diſſenſion. See our Literal Explanation on <hi>Mat.</hi> 10.35.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>They departed. G.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>They were diſſolved.</hi> That is, they went from <hi>Paul</hi> to their own Houſes, or they began to break up the Aſſembly.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>After that</hi> Paul <hi>had ſpoken one Word.</hi> That is, After that <hi>Paul</hi> had added, for an Epilogue or Concluſion to his preceding Sermon of Chriſt and his Kingdom, this notable ſaying, to denote the ſtubborn contumacy of the unbelieving <hi>Jews.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Well ſpake.</hi> As if he had ſaid, Not hyberbolically, but moſt truly.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Holy Ghoſt.</hi> To wit, when he foretold this contempt of the Goſpel, which I now behold, <hi>Iſa.</hi> 6.9, 10.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By</hi> Eſaias <hi>the Prophet.</hi> Who was purged with the Fire of the Spirit, and obtained the Gift of Propheſy. <hi>Iſa.</hi> 6, 7.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To our Fathers.</hi> Contemporary with <hi>Iſaiah,</hi> who
<pb n="347" facs="tcp:192139:383"/>thus ſet a brand on their Malicious hearts, yet ſo, as that in a Myſtical ſenſe he rather denoted thoſe of their poſterity, who with a greater degree of Malice would reject the light of the Goſpel when offered unto them. See <hi>Joh.</hi> 12.40.</p>
               <p n="26">26. <hi>Go unto that People.</hi> As the Meſſenger of the Lord, who appeared to thee in an Auguſt Appearance and full of Majeſty, as a Judge ſitting in an exalted Throne, <hi>Iſa.</hi> 6.1. But theſe are the <hi>Words,</hi> ſaith <hi>Piſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>tor,</hi> of one highly provoked, <hi>He does not ſay,</hi> to my People. But he accounteth them ſtrangers, becauſe they had eſtranged themſelves.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And ſay.</hi> Not ſolicitous how the Hearers will en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tertain thy diſcourſe, only do thou diſcharge thy Meſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſage faithfully, committing the reſt to me. <q>As if he had ſaid, ſaith <hi>Curcellaeus</hi> our Country Man, I know the perverſe Diſpoſition of this People, and that they will not be moved to Repentance by thy Exhortation, but will rather thence take occaſion to confirm and harden themſelves in their Malice. But altho it fall out ſo, and that they become more Blind, Deaf, and hard-hearted by my Word which thou ſhalt ſpeak unto them, do not thou therefore ceaſe from diſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>charging the duty entruſted to thee, and admoniſhing them of their duty, if ye can gain nothing upon them by reaſon of their obſtinate Malice, yet it may at leſt ſerve for their Conviction.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Hearing ye ſhall Hear and ſhall not <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nderſtand.</hi> That is, Ye ſhall clearly, perſpicuouſly and often hear the Miniſters of God exhorting you to repent in his Name, but ye ſhall not underſtand them.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And Seeing ye ſhall See, and not perceive.</hi> That is, and conſtantly ye ſhall ſee benefits and Miracles performed by God, and that by reaſon of the horrible blindneſs of your Minds ye ſhall not ſee your ſelves led to Repen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tance by the Goodneſs of God, being by the alone good<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs and long ſuffering of God, and not by ſome opera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
<pb n="348" facs="tcp:192139:384"/>of his hardned. Theſe words which are here ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſſed by Futures of the Indicative, are in the <hi>Hebrew</hi> Text of <hi>Iſaiah</hi> expreſſed by Imperatives, <hi>In hearing hear ye, and underſtand not, and in ſeeing ſee ye, and perceive not.</hi> On which place of <hi>Iſaiah</hi> excellent is that of <hi>Hen. Moller. Pat. Hamburg.</hi> 
                  <q>It is not commanded that they ſhould ſtop their Ears in the Aſſembly, or that all their ſenſes ſhould of their own accord be ſtupi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fied, but it is a moſt ſad complaint, which is expreſſed after the manner of Men with a kind of Indignation and Imprecation. As if he had ſaid, Continue, ye Hearers, to Hear, and yet not underſtand, and de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſpiſe my Teachers and their Threatnings, as hitherto ye have done, and ſee what will be the reſult of theſe things. For ye ſhall do nothing elſe by your ſtub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bornneſs, but bring upon your ſelves lamentable Over<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>throw and Deſtruction. This is the meaning of this Verſe, ſo that it is a complaint and ſad expoſtulation, becauſe they knowingly and willingly oppoſed the Word of God. For the Imperatives do not ſo much command them to do thoſe things, as they upbraid them, as done already, or to be done at all times, and they have the force of a threatning Propheſy. Therefore the Seventy Interpreters, as alſo Chriſt in his diſcourſe to his Apoſtles <hi>Mat.</hi> 13. reſolve them into Verbs of the Future Tenſe. <hi>In Hearing ye ſhall Hear, and not <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>nderſtand.</hi> Alſo, <hi>The Heart of this People is made fat.</hi> And <hi>Paul, Acts</hi> 20 referreth what is attributed to the Doctrine here, to the corrupt affections of the Nation, while he ſaith that the <hi>Jews</hi> petulantly rejected grace when offered. Therefore <hi>Clemens</hi> 1 <hi>Strom.</hi> ſaith rightly, where he explains the ſaying of Chriſt, That ſeeing they ſhould not ſee, and Hearing they ſhould not hear, <hi>Mat.</hi> 13. <hi>They are igno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant, not that ignorance is wrought in them by the Lord, (for it is not lawful to think ſo) but a Prophetical diſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>courſe of that which was to be, and ſignified that they would
<pb n="349" facs="tcp:192139:384"/>be inadvertant, not heeding thoſe things that were ſpoken.</hi> For neither does the Prophet Blind any People, nor does God, when he cauſeth Blindneſs in them do this efficaciouſly. But ſeeing he daily ſhewed them his Will, and moreover did many and that ſtupendious Miracles, yet they deſpiſed and made a mock of them all, God provoked with their ſtubbornneſs, withdrew himſelf from them, and ſo ſuffered them to wander and periſh blindfolded in their Darkneſs, and that by his juſt Judgment. He therefore upbraids them with this, that the Juſtice of God may be conſpicuous in puniſhing and caſting off the People. But what befel <hi>Iſaiah,</hi> to wit, that the <hi>Jews</hi> ſtopped their ears to his Propheſying, the ſame Chriſt foretold would be his own lot, when he came in the Fleſh. For <hi>Iſaiah</hi> and the reſt of the Prophets are a Type of Chriſt, as to the Office of Teaching. See our Literal Explanation <hi>Mat.</hi> 13.13, 14.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="27">27. <hi>Waxed groſs,</hi> &amp;c. See our Literal Explanation, <hi>Mat.</hi> 13.15.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Leſt.</hi> That by the <hi>Hebrew</hi> Particle <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>that, leſt perhaps, or leſt at any time,</hi> as the ſacred Writers render it in the the New Teſtament, does not alway ſignifie the intent or purpoſe of the thing done, but ſometimes the Event, appears from <hi>Rom.</hi> 11.11. 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 2.25, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="28">28. <hi>Be it known therefore unto you.</hi> That reject the Doctrine of Salvation, leſt hereafter you ſhould com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plain that you were not forewarned of it.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That the Salvation of God is ſent to the Gentiles.</hi> That is, That Goſpel of Everlaſting Salvation that is to be attained by the Grace of God through Faith in Chriſt, and Obedience performed to him; I ſay, that Goſpel that was firſt ſent to the <hi>Jews</hi> deſcended of the Holy Race of <hi>Abraham,</hi> is now for their Incredulity ſent to the Profane Gentiles.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And they will hear it.</hi> That is, they will be attentive
<pb n="350" facs="tcp:192139:385"/>and obedient to the Goſpel. Here reſpect is not had to the Agreement of Words, but of Things, and the mean<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing, when a Pronoun of the Maſculine Gender is added to a Nown that is of the Neuter Gender in the <hi>Gr.</hi> and of the Feminine in the <hi>Latin,</hi> as frequently elſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>where. See above <hi>c.</hi> 26. <hi>v.</hi> 17. <hi>Mat.</hi> 28.19, 20. <hi>Rom.</hi> 2.14. <q>Yet the Apoſtle does not, ſays <hi>Calvin,</hi> when he ſaith that the Gentiles will hear, make Faith common to every one of them without exception. For he had ſufficiently Experience, how many even of the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles wickedly rejected God, but he oppoſes to the incredulous <hi>Jews</hi> as many of the Gentiles as believed, to move them to Jealouſie, as it is expreſſed in the Song of <hi>Moſes, Deut.</hi> 32.21. In the mean while, it ſignifies that that Doctrine that was rejected by the <hi>Jews,</hi> ſhould not be without Succeſs.</q>
               </p>
               <p n="29">29. <hi>The Jews departed.</hi> That is, They went out of <hi>Paul</hi>'s lodging to their own Houſes.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And had great reaſoning among themſelves.</hi> That is, Controverſy about thoſe things that were ſpoken by <hi>Paul,</hi> ſome defending and ſtoutly maintaining them, o<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers on the contrary rejecting and deſpiſing them. It is not the Goſpel, but the contempt of the Goſpel that is the cauſe of Diſſention.</p>
               <p n="30">30. <hi>Two whole Years.</hi> Which being fulfilled, if we may give credit to Eccleſiaſtick Writers, <hi>Paul</hi> was ſet at liberty by <hi>Nero;</hi> when he was now ſet free, they ſay that he Preached the Goſpel throughout <hi>Italy, France,</hi> and <hi>Spain,</hi> for the ſpace of almoſt ten years; that he was afterwards called back by <hi>Nero,</hi> and beheaded at his Command. See <hi>Euſch.</hi> 2 <hi>Hiſt. Eccl.</hi> 24. <hi>Jerome</hi> in his Catalogue of Eccleſiaſtical Writers.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In his own hired.</hi> That is, In a Lodging, that <hi>Paul</hi> himſelf had hired with his own Money, to dwell in.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And received all that came in unto him.</hi> To wit, Being mindful that he was no leſs an Apoſtle of Chriſt and Preacher of the Goſpel in Priſon, than if he were free
<pb n="351" facs="tcp:192139:385"/>and at liberty, he thought it was not Lawful for him to withold himſelf from any that was ready to learn, leſt he ſhould neglect an occaſion that God had put in his hands.</p>
               <p n="31">31. <hi>Preaching the Kingdom of God.</hi> That is, The Goſpel of the Kingdom of God, that was reſtored a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mong Men by the Meſſiah who was promiſed in the Law and Prophets, and was to be further enlarged. See a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove, <hi>v.</hi> 23. and <hi>Mar.</hi> 15.43.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And teaching thoſe things which concern the Lord Jeſus Chriſt.</hi> Excellently ſaith <hi>Calvin</hi> according to his cuſtom, <q>He does not ſeparate <hi>the Kingdom of God and thoſe things which concern Chriſt,</hi> as if they were different things, but rather adds this ſecond as an Explanation of the former, to the end we may know that the Kingdom of God is founded and comprehended in the knowledge of our Redemption purchaſed by Chriſt. <hi>Paul</hi> therefore taught, that Men are Strangers and Exiles from the Kingdom of God, till being purged from their Sins, they are reconciled to God, and renewed by the Spirit unto Holineſs of Life; and that then only the Kingdom of God is ſet up and proſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pers among Men, when Chriſt our Mediator unites to the Father thoſe, who have received a free Remiſſion of their Sins, and are begotten again unto Righteouſneſs, that beginning a Heavenly Life upon Earth, they may have their Eyes fixt on Heaven, where they ſhall have a full and ſolid enjoyment of Glory.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>With all confidence.</hi> That is, No difficulties could deter him from continuing to uſe his endeavour to teach all that he met with.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Without Prohibition.</hi> That is, No Man forbidding him. <q>
                     <hi>Luke</hi> ſheweth, ſaith <hi>Calvin,</hi> that it was the ſingular Mercy of God that <hi>Paul</hi> had ſo great liberty granted him. For it was neither through the connivance or diſſimulation of them that could hinder it, ſeeing they abhorred Religion; but becauſe the Lord ſhut their Eyes. Wherefore <hi>Paul</hi> does not Glory without
<pb n="352" facs="tcp:192139:386"/>reaſon, 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 2.9. that the Word of God was not bound by his Bonds.</q> 
                  <hi>Paul</hi> alſo writ many Epiſtles when in Bonds, to the <hi>Galatians, Epheſians,</hi> the ſecond to <hi>Timothy,</hi> to the <hi>Philippians, Coloſſians</hi> and <hi>Philemon.</hi> Thus far <hi>Luke</hi> has deduced his account of the things done by <hi>Paul</hi> in this his noble Book, which by <hi>Gregory Nyſſen</hi> againſt <hi>Eunomius,</hi> and on the Pſalms, and by <hi>Theodoret. Heret. Fab. l.</hi> 1. <hi>c.</hi> 21. is called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the Hiſtory of the Acts,</hi> to wit, of the Apoſtles. But by the Writer of S. <hi>Thecla</hi>'s Life, it is called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>A memorial concerning the Apoſtles.</hi> Now Memorials are uninterrupted, and exact Relations of things, but naked, and without any Ornament of Figures. Whence <hi>Cicero</hi> in Book 5. of his Familiar Epiſtles, in a very elegant Epiſtle to the famous Hiſtorian <hi>L. Lucceius Quintus</hi>'s Son, ſaith that he will make a Memorial of the Tranſactions in his Conſulſhip, to the end that <hi>Lucceius</hi> might compoſe a Hiſtory of them.</p>
               <q>
                  <hi>To the All-merciful God be praiſe for ever and ever Amen.</hi>
               </q>
            </div>
            <trailer>FINIS.</trailer>
         </div>
         <div type="dissertation">
            <pb n="1" facs="tcp:192139:386"/>
            <head>Fridericus Spanhemius Filius HIS Diſputation on Baptiſm For the DEAD, Mentioned 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 15.29.</head>
            <p>IF there be any place in St. <hi>Pauls</hi> Writings much controverted, if any that has much puzled the Wits of the Learned, if any that is hard to be underſtood, this undoubtedly is one, wherein the Apoſtle of the Gentiles, when he is about to prove the Reſurrection, argues thus:
<note place="margin">1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 15.29.</note> 
               <hi>Otherwiſe what ſhall they do (if the dead are not at all raiſed) who are Baptized</hi> 
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, <hi>for the dead,</hi> or <hi>becauſe of the dead,</hi> or <hi>on the dead,</hi> or <hi>inſtead of the dead?</hi> And again repeating his Argu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment, <hi>why are they yet baptized,</hi> 
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, <hi>for the dead?</hi> Whence a twofold difficulty ariſes; 1. What is that Baptiſm <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>. <hi>for the Dead:</hi> 2. How the Reſurrection is demonſtrated thence.</p>
            <p>In handling this difficult point, we ſhall uſe this method; to wit, firſt ſet down the different Opinions. 2. We ſhall ſubjoin our own Opinion, what we think the true meaning of the words, and the force of <hi>Pauls</hi> Reaſoning. As to the former we ſhall reduce
<pb n="2" facs="tcp:192139:387"/>the Interpretations, both of the Ancient and Modern, into three Claſſes.</p>
            <div n="1" type="class">
               <head>CLASS 1. <hi>Of thoſe who underſtand the word</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>of Baptiſmſtrictly ſo called, or the Sacrament of Baptiſm, variouſly divided among themſelves.</hi>
               </head>
               <p n="1">I. NOr are Interpreters of the firſt Claſs agreed among themſelves; for ſome Neotericks, among whom <hi>Luther,
<note place="margin">The Opini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on of <hi>Luther, Hunnius Piſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cator,</hi> &amp;c.</note> Hunnius, Gerhardus,</hi> the Lutherans, <hi>Piſcator, Amyraldus,</hi> &amp;c. were of opinion that the Apoſtle in this place, had reſpect to the place where Baptiſm was adminiſtred to many, to wit, upon the dead, that is, upon the Sepulchres of the dead, the Tombs of the Martyrs, or Burying Places; and that for a pub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lick Teſtimony that they were not afraid of Death, having a certain hope of the Reſurrection.</p>
               <p n="2">II. There is no doubt, but that if there were any certainty of ſuch a practice either among the <hi>Corin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thians,</hi> or elſewhere, in the firſt age of the Church, <hi>Pauls</hi> reaſoning would have been moſt plain. But there is nothing to evidence the uſe of this Rite in the Apoſtolick Age,
<note place="margin">Paraph. in loc.</note> as <hi>Amyraldus</hi> himſelf grants. <hi>There is no appearance of this practice in the Hiſtory of firſt Antiquity.</hi> And he himſelf ſaith, that ſome ſuch practice ſhould be ſuppoſed. But that is not enough, while there is no ſufficient proof for it. It is certain that they then uſed to Baptize, where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever there was plenty of Water; hence ſometimes they Baptized in Rivers, ſometimes in the High way, in Houſes, in Priſon, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> without any difference of places. So the Ancient Church uſed to Baptize firſt
<pb n="3" facs="tcp:192139:387"/>in Rivers, Lakes, Fountains, but afterwards in Fonts, Temples, Oratories, ſometimes in the Beds of the ſick. Indeed in the ſucceeding Age, as appears by <hi>Tertul.</hi> and <hi>Euſeb. &amp;c.</hi> the Chriſtians took the Reliques of the Martyrs from their Murderers, carefully interred them, and met at their Tombs, and prayed, and celebrated their Memo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ries; but no Writer, ſays a word of Baptizing there, even of that Age, much leſs of the Apoſtolick. 2. But further, Neither was there Water enough for Dipping their Bodies at the Tombs, nor could they build Fonts there more than Oratories. Beſides, the Martyrs in thoſe days, when the Apoſtle wrote to the <hi>Corinthians,</hi> were fewer than that in every place they could meet at their Tombs; nor were Publick Meetings allowed in thoſe days. It may be objected, That the Burying-Places of Chriſtians were places <hi>under-ground,</hi> where they might ſecretly perform theſe Rites. But neither is there any evidence of ſuch ſpacious Burying-places among the <hi>Corinthians,</hi> nor were theſe places made uſe of for meeting in, or that the Chriſtians went in unto the Burying-places till long after, when the Perſecution raged, whence they were called <hi>Twilight Meetings.</hi> 3. If this had been a Practice among ſome Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtians, it would have been altogether ſingular, not to ſay ſuperſtitious, to reſtrict the Sacrament of Baptiſm to the Sepulchres, without either Precept or Preſident of the Apoſtles for it. Neither would the Apoſtle from ſuch a practice have drawn a gene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral Argument for the Reſurrection of the Dead. Laſtly, Neither would the Apoſtles words have been pertinent in this ſenſe, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>for the dead;</hi> he would have ſaid more properly, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>by the dead,</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>at,</hi> or <hi>in the Bury<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing-places,</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>over the dead, over the Tombs.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="4" facs="tcp:192139:388"/>
               <p n="3">III.
<note place="margin">The Opinion of ſome of the Ancients, and of <hi>Scali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ger, Caſaub. Gretius,</hi> &amp;c.</note> The next is the Opinion of thoſe who thought that reſpect is had in theſe words to thoſe who were baptized, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that is, <hi>in ſtead, and place of the dead,</hi> as the Syriack has it, <hi>for them,</hi> or <hi>in their name,</hi> as <hi>Epiphanius.</hi> And that becauſe they thought that ſuch as died before they were baptized either did not riſe at all, or had not a happy Reſurrection. Hence they aſcribe that pra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctice to ſome <hi>Corinthians,</hi> who were of ſome Note and Authority, and who performed this Vicarious Baptiſm for their Friends and Kinſmen that died without Baptiſm, either under the deceaſeds Bed, or within his Sepulchre; and they thought that the de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceaſed enjoyed thereby ſome comfort till the day of the Reſurrection; and hence <hi>Grotius</hi> ſays, that Cu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtom of the Ancient Church, <hi>of praying for the dead,</hi> had its Original. Now the force of the Argument is this, that ſuch had undertaken this pains in vain, yea fooliſhly, if the dead had been to continue ſo. Whence <hi>Jonas Schlightingius</hi> uſes this ſimile
<note n="*" place="margin">v. Com. ad loc.</note>: <hi>Who would dig up the Bowels of the Earth if there were no Gold to be had,</hi> &amp;c? Now that this was the practice of ſome, from whom the Apoſtle diſtinguiſhes himſelf and his Followers, they ſay is plain by the Teſtimony of <hi>Irenaeus,</hi> eſpecially of <hi>Epiphanius</hi>
                  <note n="†" place="margin">
                     <hi>Haer.</hi> 28.</note>, who attributes it to the <hi>Corinthians,</hi> and <hi>Tertullian,</hi> who charges the <hi>Marcionites</hi> with it. Yea <hi>Joſ. Scalig.</hi> ſays, that even the Faithful, who were more ſimple, <hi>who had not the knowledge of God,</hi> as <hi>v.</hi> 34. practiſed it.</p>
               <p n="4">IV. But notwithſtanding that this Opinion is patro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nized by ſo many Learned Men, yet there are not a few, and that very weighty Reaſons, why we ſhould not believe that St. <hi>Paul</hi> had reſpect thereto. And firſt, That Vicarious Baptiſm is of very uncertain Tra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dition. For <hi>Epiphanius</hi> relateth it as from the Report of others, being often too credulous. But <hi>Irenaeus</hi> ſpeak<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth
<pb n="5" facs="tcp:192139:388"/>of no ſuch thing, whatever they unwarily alledge of him, nor thoſe who were before him, <hi>Clemens Rom. Hermas, Juſtin, Clemens Alex.</hi> Nor is <hi>Tertullian</hi> ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſs of the like practice of the <hi>Marcionites.</hi> But Learned Interpreters, and among them <hi>Ph. Priorius</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Ad Tertul. de Reſ. c.</hi> 48.</note>, think that <hi>Tertullians</hi> words may be interpreted of the <hi>waſhing</hi> of the Body, or ſome other Rite, <hi>for the dead,</hi> uſed by ſome after the manner of the Heathens, which Cuſtom he compares to that of the Heathens, where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by they prayed for the dead
<note n="*" place="margin">in <hi>Marc. l.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 10.</note>, and cele<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brated the Feaſt of <hi>All Souls;</hi> which words <hi>Scaliger</hi> hath rendred of the Bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiſm adminiſtred on the firſt of <hi>February,</hi> on which day they thought Chriſt was baptized. <hi>Chryſoſtom</hi> is the firſt that maketh expreſs mention of that Marcioni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tick Baptiſm: <hi>Having hid a living man under the de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceaſeds Bed, they came to the deceaſed, and asked him whether he would be baptized? Then he that was hid under the Bed anſwering for him,</hi> &amp;c. For poſſibly in <hi>Chry<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſoſtoms</hi> Age ſome had arrived to that height of mad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſs. 2. Whereas <hi>Scaliger</hi> hath aſcribed that Vica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rious Baptiſm to ſome of the Faithful, he did it with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out any Authority, for neither was that conjecture of Souls detained in Priſon till the day of Judgment, which he ſays it was founded upon, at the time when <hi>Paul</hi> wrote theſe things, but that it was in the ſuc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceeding Age, <hi>Guil. Rivet. Blondel</hi> and others have de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monſtrated at large from the Sybillin Writings, and <hi>Irenaeus, Justin,</hi> &amp;c. But <hi>Paul</hi> would not have ſuf<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fered either that Hypotheſis, or this Vicarious Bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiſm, both grievous Errors, to have thus grown up among the <hi>Corinthians,</hi> without rebuke. For can it be ſuppoſed that he that was ſo careful to prevent Er<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rours, that he would not ſuffer the leaſt to go without a ſharp Reproof, even thoſe that only infringed de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cency and order, would have ſilently paſſed by ſuch
<pb n="6" facs="tcp:192139:389"/>Errors as theſe, which ſhake the very Foundation? For thoſe whom he ſays <hi>had not the Knowledge of God,</hi> are the ſame whom he deſcribes, <hi>v.</hi> 12. who oppoſed the Reſurrection, to wit, the Sadduces and Philoſo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phers, not thoſe weak Chriſtians. 3. Whatſo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever we think that this Error crept in in <hi>Tertulli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans</hi> days, or rather <hi>Marcions,</hi> or <hi>Cerinths,</hi> yet there is no certainty that that Practice was in <hi>Pauls</hi> days, much leſs in the Church of the <hi>Corinthians.</hi> Now this to the <hi>Corinthians</hi> is one of the firſt of <hi>Pauls</hi> Epiſtles, dated at <hi>Epheſus,</hi> as appeareth thereby
<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>c.</hi> 16.5, 18. Acts 19.10, 22.</note>, not at <hi>Philippi,</hi> as the ſubſcrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion bears. Now at that time, that is, in the year 53. or 54. or as <hi>Blondel,</hi> 52. in the Reign of <hi>Claudius,</hi> that the <hi>Cerinthians</hi> were known to them, or this practice of theirs publiſht, is altogether contrary to Hiſtory to affirm. <hi>Marcion,</hi> ſaith <hi>Crellius</hi> on the place, <hi>aroſe in the days of</hi> John, that is, in the cloſe of the Firſt Century: Now how could <hi>Marcions</hi> Phrenſies be known by the <hi>Corinthi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ians,</hi> whom the Apoſtle wrote to half an Age be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore. For <hi>Marcion</hi> is ſaid to have been Contempo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rary with <hi>Polycarp</hi> and <hi>Anicetus,</hi> by <hi>Irenaeus</hi> and <hi>Euſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bius,</hi> or with <hi>Hyginus,</hi> according to <hi>Epiphanius,</hi> a Hae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reſiarch in the middle of the ſecond Age. But we learn from <hi>Tertullian</hi> and <hi>Chryſostom,</hi> that the Marcio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nitick Baptiſm ſprung from a wreſted Interpretation of theſe words of the Apoſtle. Why might not, ſaith <hi>Dallaeus</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>l. de Poen &amp; ſatisfact. c.</hi> 17.</note>, this practice ſpring up in <hi>Pauls</hi> days, ſeeing <hi>Cerinthus, according to</hi> Epi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phanius, <hi>lived in the Apostles days and op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſed</hi> Peter <hi>at</hi> Jeruſalem; which fault of <hi>Epiphanius</hi>'s Chronology, I wonder it ſhould have eſcaped the Pen of ſo accurate a Writer: For <hi>Cerinthus</hi> is related to have vented his Hereſies towards the cloſe of <hi>Johns</hi> days, according to <hi>Irenaeus, Dioniſius Alex.</hi> Fourthly, It might have been an eaſie thing for thoſe
<pb n="7" facs="tcp:192139:389"/>who had not the knowledge of God, profane Tra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ducers of <hi>Pauls</hi> Doctrine, to have replyed to this Ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gument, that it was of little ſignificancy what Fran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tick men either intended or did; and ſo to <hi>Pauls</hi> Queſtion, <hi>What ſhall they do?</hi> The Anſwer would have been very eaſie, that they were beſide them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelves, and fed themſelves with fancies; after the ſame manner as if one that were going about to prove that Gold is made by Chymical operations, ſhould prove it thus. If it is not ſo, in vain do Chymiſts ſpend their ſubſtance and life about Furnaces; to which undoubtedly the denyer would anſwer, that ſuch men are not in their right wits. 5. Thoſe Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>milies of <hi>Schlightingius</hi> are very far from the purpoſe; That <hi>Paul</hi> argued the ſame way, as if one ſhould ſay, What ſhould they do who ſearch into the bowels of the Earth, build Ships, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> if there be no Gold to be had in it, if we could not ſail over the Seas, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> For the Argument is drawn from a neceſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſary, only, and lawful Medium, to an end plainly following, obvious to the ſenſes, and of means very coſtly and laborious, which to undertake without certainty of attaining the end, were extream madneſs. But can it be ſuppoſed that that Vicarious Baptiſm is ſuch a means for procuring a happy Reſurrection for the dead? 6. Nor is <hi>Grotius's</hi> conjecture more true, who alledgeth that the cuſtom of the <hi>Church of pray<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing for the dead,</hi> ſprang from hence. <hi>Tertullian</hi> in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deed is the firſt that makes mention of theſe Prayers about the Year 200. If there be any appearance of them among the Chriſtians before, you will find them firſt in the Pſeud-Sybillin Writings, when the ſecond Century was far ſpent; but the foundation of theſe Prayers, was an Opinion, that all Souls <hi>went down into Hell;</hi> hence ſprung Prayers for the deceaſed, not for the <hi>Reſurrection</hi> of the Body, but for the reſt of the Soul, <hi>that at their departure out of this life they
<pb n="8" facs="tcp:192139:390"/>might not fall into the hands of evil Angels.</hi> But what dependance had theſe Prayers of the ſucceeding Age on that Baptiſm which they aſcribe to the <hi>Corinthians</hi> about the year 50. Suppoſe the Church prayed for the Dead in <hi>Tertullians</hi> days; were there therefore in <hi>Pauls</hi> days, ſome that Baptized themſelves for the Dead? Theſe and other things the Learned <hi>Grotius</hi> was pleaſed to ſuppoſe which much tend to the ſup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>port of Popery.</p>
               <p n="5">V.
<note place="margin">The Opinion of <hi>Epiphan. Cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vin, Martyr,</hi> G. J. <hi>Voſ. Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pel,</hi> &amp;c.</note> The third Opinion ſaith, that the Apoſtle had reſpect to thoſe that were bed-ridden and on ſick beds, who were baptized <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>for dead,</hi> that is, as if dead, about to die, at the inſtant of Death, and that in hopes of the Reſurrection: Or, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>for the ſtate of the dead,</hi> that it might go well with them, that they might have a happy entrance thereupon. Which Interpretation is firſt to be read in <hi>Epiphanius,</hi> 
                  <q>But others rightly interpret this ſaying of thoſe who at the Inſtant of Death, if they were yet Catechumens, were before their Death waſhed with the Holy Laver, in this hope of the Reſurrection.</q> Several other learned men, both Ancient and Modern have patronized this Opi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nion, whom for <hi>Brevities</hi> ſake I omit. Now that they were not of one ſort who were thus baptized, may be gathered from the ſame perſons; for ſome were thus baptized <hi>out of neceſſity,</hi> Death preventing a Fur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther proof in ſuch Catechumens, or thoſe lately con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verted, or diſeaſes alſo hindring their dipping, and performing the wonted Rites of Baptiſm; others <hi>of purpoſe</hi> differred it, imagining that by Baptiſm only the ſins committed before it was adminiſtred were waſhed away; which the Ancients have alſo reported of the Emperors <hi>Conſtantine</hi> the Great, <hi>Conſtantius,</hi> and <hi>Theo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>doſius</hi> the Great.</p>
               <p n="6">VI. But we conceive that the Apoſtle intended
<pb n="9" facs="tcp:192139:390"/>no ſuch thing. For 1. It is a mere conjecture, that that ſprinkling of Bed-ridden Perſons, or thoſe depart<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing, had obtained at that time when <hi>Paul</hi> thus reaſon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed, and that among the <hi>Corinthians.</hi> 2. So <hi>Paul</hi> had tacitly approved that cuſtom, that in this reſpect was very vitious, in that it ſprung from a falſe principle, as if either there were abſolute <hi>neceſſity</hi> of Baptiſm, or its effects were reſtricted to ſins committed before its adminiſtration. Hence the Ancients ſcarce ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>counted it Baptiſm. 3. It would have been a very dark expreſſion of <hi>Pauls,</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Cornel. Rom. Epiſt. ad Fab.</note> had he under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood it thus. For ſuch were never ſaid to be Baptized <hi>for the Dead;</hi> they might well have been ſaid to be ſprinkled, <hi>becauſe of their diſeaſe,</hi> or in their ſickneſs, or <hi>thoſe that were ſick,</hi> as the Canons always expreſs it. The Apoſtle might have as eaſily ſaid, <hi>They who are Baptized in their Beds, in the inſtant of Death, ſick and ready to die,</hi> or <hi>before they depart or remove out of this Life.</hi> 4. <hi>Voſſius</hi>'s. In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terpretation, that the Phraſe may be rendred <hi>for the Dead,</hi> that is, <hi>for the ſtate of the Dead,</hi> to wit, that then it may go well with them, does not much ſtrengthen this Opinion; for who can believe that <hi>Paul</hi> would have ſpoken ſo obſcurely? Would not he rather inſtead of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> uſed the final Prepoſition <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and ſo it would have run thus, <hi>in hope of the Reſurrection to Life Eternal.</hi> Beſides, that the Arti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cle would have been very harſh in this ſenſe. But theſe words would alſo have been ſuperfluous, and the Argument would have concluded as much from Baptiſm in general, why are we <hi>Baptized?</hi> What better are we <hi>by being Baptized?</hi> The Apoſtle might alſo have raiſed a ſtronger Argument from the Sacra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment of the Euchariſt, whoſe deſign is to beget Communion with Chriſt, and hence of his Life and Reſurrection: Hence it was called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, or Via<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tick, &amp;c.</p>
               <pb n="10" facs="tcp:192139:391"/>
               <p n="7">VII.
<note place="margin">The Opinion of <hi>Theodoret</hi> and other of the Ancients, and <hi>Lyranus, Rigaltius, E piſcopius,</hi> &amp;c.</note> The fourth Interpretation is theirs, who rendred <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, of the Rite of <hi>Baptiſmal Immerſion,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, underſtand, <hi>for Dead,</hi> to wit, ſins or works, to be waſhed away by this means, in hope of Eternal Life: or alſo <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>for their dead</hi> Adam, while they profeſſed themſelves to die to ſin, and to the World: Or finally, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſo that it imports <hi>as dead,</hi> or <hi>dead together with Chriſt,</hi> by that dipping, they are immediately brought out of the Water, by the ſame Baptiſmal Rite, for a Symbol of their Reſurrection with Chriſt, both Spiritual and Bodily. So among the Greeks <hi>Theodoret,</hi> in his Commentary on the place, and elſewhere, ſaith that Baptiſm is a <hi>Type of our future Reſurrection.</hi> Among the Latines ſeveral have preferred this Interpretation to others;
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Aquinas, Pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maſius, Sedu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>,</hi> &amp;c.</note> ſave that ſome of them inclined a little to the foremen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioned of Vicarious Baptiſm. Of the Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dern the moſt Learned <hi>Rigaltius</hi> doth thus paraphraſe in his Notes on <hi>Tertullian;</hi> 
                  <q>As if he had ſaid, With what Countenance,
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Ad. c.</hi> 14. <hi>de Reſ. c. p.</hi> 335. <hi>Par.</hi> 1664.</note> with what re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>proaches will they upbraid us, who are Baptized on their dead <hi>Adam?</hi> We im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſe upon them when we ſay that they are dead in <hi>Adam,</hi> and muſt of neceſſity be Baptized, if they do not, being buried together with Chriſt, likewiſe riſe again with him? If the dead riſe not again, why are they Baptized that the dead may riſe again, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                  </q> 
                  <hi>Simon Epiſcopius</hi> ſaith that this ſenſe <hi>is plain and obvious;</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>R<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ſp. ad Q.</hi> 35.</note> he renders it thus: <q>In vain will they do all that they pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miſed, to wit, to die to the World, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> If there be no Reſurrection.</q> He addeth <q>That there are great difficulties that urge it, but grammatical, but that the ſenſe is very ſatisfying,</q> ſo that he thinks they are not of ſuch Moment, but the ſenſe may be imbraced.</p>
               <pb n="11" facs="tcp:192139:391"/>
               <p n="8">VIII. But this ſenſe ſeems altogether wreſted. For 1. It is too harſh an Interpretation of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, to render it <hi>for dead,</hi> to wit, <hi>ſins.</hi> Sins are never ſo termed by St. <hi>Paul,</hi> without ſome Epitheton. But he would alſo have uſed the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> very aequivocal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly in the ſame verſe, both for dead men and dead works. Nor is there any elegant Antitheſis here, but an expreſſion very elliptick, unuſual, and moſt ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcure. So, who can think that that of <hi>Kigaltius,</hi> who are Baptized <hi>on their dead Adam,</hi> in its ſimple ſignificati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on, as he will have it, does correſpond to that Phraſe <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>? Nor is <hi>Epiſcopius</hi>'s notion better, <hi>that they may die,</hi> to wit, to the World, which ſhould be <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. He deſtroys his own conjecture, grant<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing firſt, that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in this place, has an acception diffe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rent from its uſual, and after the manner <hi>of the Latins,</hi> with whom <hi>pro mortuis,</hi> for the dead, might be uſed for, <hi>quaſi mortui,</hi> as Dead. He grants. 2. That the Supe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rior difficulties are <hi>great,</hi> but <hi>Grammatical,</hi> that is, that that meaning indeed is not conſonant to the Words, or Letter of the Text, but aptly deviſed. Which to admit would be a very bad preſident. 2. Nor does <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> ſignifie the ſame with the Greeks, as <hi>quaſi mortui,</hi> as dead, or <hi>in ſignum mortis,</hi> for a ſign of Death, as is obſerved above. Beſides, there is an Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phaſis in the Article <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which cannot be referred to the <hi>Perſons Baptized,</hi> but to another Subject, diſtinct from thoſe who undertook Baptiſm. <hi>Epiſcopius</hi> ſays that the Article is oft redundant; but I muſt needs ſay, that it is a begging of the Queſtion, unleſs <hi>Paul</hi> trifled in this place, with an obſcure way of writing and rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſoning. He adds that another Subject may be admit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted without detriment to this Interpretation; ſeeing, ſaith he, <hi>the Baptized ſupply the place of all thoſe who are already dead and buried.</hi> And this is his plain and eaſy ſenſe; which who does not ſee to be moſt ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcure?
<pb n="12" facs="tcp:192139:392"/>3. But the Type of our Reſurrection, which appears in the Ceremony of Baptiſm, did not conſiſt in the <hi>Immerſion,</hi> but in the <hi>Emerſion,</hi> or being brought up out of the Water again; therefore <hi>Paul</hi> would not have ſaid, <hi>why are we dipped</hi> as <hi>Dead?</hi> But <hi>why when we are Baptized are we brought up out of the Water as alive from the Dead?</hi> Or, <hi>why being Baptized do we ariſe again with Chriſt?</hi> For ſo <hi>Paul,</hi> and ſo the Ancients uſed to expreſs themſelves.</p>
               <p n="9">IX.
<note place="margin">The Opinion of <hi>Chryſoſtom, Peluſiot, Theophyl.</hi> &amp;c. alſo of <hi>Pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter Martyr,</hi> J. <hi>Forbes Dr. Ham<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mond,</hi> &amp;c.</note> The 5th Interpretation is of thoſe who ſay the words have alluſion both to the Rite of Confeſſion that was previous to Baptiſm, and to a Type of the Reſurrection repreſented in Baptiſm; in which Expoſition <hi>Chryſtom</hi> is at a great deal of pains: A Breviate of which take briefly. Firſt he thinks that <hi>Paul</hi> had re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſpect to the Confeſſion that was previous to Baptiſm, which the Teachers required <hi>of thoſe that were to be Bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tized.</hi> In which Confeſſion thoſe that were to be initiat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed in theſe Holy Rites, having firſt ſaid over the Articles of the Creed, in Concluſion did alſo profeſs their belief of <hi>Remiſſion of ſins,</hi> and <hi>the Reſurrection of the Dead.</hi> Which Confeſſion when they had made they were Baptized into the ſame Faith. The other thing which he thinks the Apoſtle had reſpect to, was a moſt plain repreſentation of the Reſurrection of the Dead, in the very act of Baptizing; he calls it an Image, Sign, Symbol: That after the ſame manner as thoſe that were to be initiated profeſſed <hi>by their words</hi> their belief of the Reſurrection, ſo they might under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtand the very ſame thing by the very Rite of Baptiz<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing, or by the act of Immerſion firſt, and then Emer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſion out of the Baptiſmal Water; which were a plain Type of the Reſurrection of the Dead. Whence he thus illuſtrates both St. <hi>Pauls</hi> meaning, and the words themſelves. 1. It's certain that <hi>ſin brought in Death,</hi>
                  <pb n="13" facs="tcp:192139:392"/>whence ſin being done away by Remiſſion, Death is ſo alſo, for in as much as he that is to be Baptized profeſſeth his belief of the <hi>Remiſſion of ſins,</hi> he muſt of neceſſity acknowledge the <hi>Reſurrection.</hi> 2. Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſides, there is another Confeſſion, to wit, <hi>I believe that there ſhall be a Reſurrection of the Dead,</hi> which if it were not, what we are asked and anſwer there would be a mere deluſion. 3. Hence it is added in the ſame Confeſſion, <hi>and into Life Everlaſting,</hi> leſt it ſhould be thought that it ſhould tend to Death, again, as <hi>Lazarus</hi>'s did. 4. But that Rite of <hi>Immerſion,</hi> &amp; <hi>Emerſion</hi> or <hi>coming out</hi> of the ſacred Font again, was for no other end but to be a Symbol <hi>of their going down into the Grave,</hi> and <hi>returning out of the ſame.</hi> Hence the ſaid <hi>Chryſoſtom</hi> thus Paraphraſes the words of the Apoſtle. 1. If there be no reſurrection, <hi>what ſhall they do that are Baptized,</hi> that is, to what purpoſe are they Baptized? <hi>What need was there at all of that Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feſſion,</hi> when the deed did not follow? All, ſaith he, were a meer ſcene, illuſion, deception. Alſo, if there ſhall be no Reſurrection, <hi>how can we Command them to believe thoſe things which we do not grant?</hi> Again, if there were no ſuch Reſurrection, to what purpoſe is that Type, that Baptiſmal Symbol, whereby they are dipped into the Water, to be preſently brought up again? 2. That that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is put for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>for dead Bodies,</hi> viz. that are to be raiſed again, and repreſented by that Rite of Baptiſm: Or alſo, that it imports the ſame as to be Baptized <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>in the Faith,
<note place="margin">the Refutation of the firſt Member of this Opinion</note> or to the Confeſſion of the Reſurrecti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on of the Dead;</hi> for this, for this very thing.</p>
               <p n="10">X. But by the leave of ſo many Learned men, we think that the Apoſtle had reſpect to no ſuch thing; neither to the praevious Confeſſion, nor to the Rite of Baptiſm it ſelf. And that the Apoſtle had no reſpect to the former, to wit previous Confeſſion, appears by
<pb n="14" facs="tcp:192139:393"/>the following Reaſons. 1. <hi>Chryſoſtom</hi> ſuppoſes the ſame uſe of the Apoſtles Age, and that of his own. In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deed in <hi>Chryſoſtoms</hi> days there was a Symbol in that form; there was then praerequired to Baptiſm ſuch a ſolemn Recitation; therein alſo there was expreſs mention of the <hi>Reſurrection of the Dead.</hi> To which were added by a praevious Rite, a Renunciation of the Devil, and of Pomp, Exorciſm, Inſufflation, In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>unction, Praeguſtation of Milk and Honey; add the time when Baptiſm was adminiſtred, which <hi>Chryſo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtom</hi> ſaith was on the Eve of <hi>Eaſter</hi> or <hi>Whitſuntide.</hi> And theſe he calls in the ſame place things <hi>not to be ſpoken,</hi> and <hi>tremendous,</hi> and hence that he durſt not expreſs the Apoſtles mind, <hi>becauſe of thoſe that were not initiated.</hi> But there is no certainty of the uſe of any ſuch Rites in the Apoſtles days. Many Articles were ſuc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceſſively inſerted in the Creed, by reaſon of Hereticks. In their days there was only a Confeſſion of ſins, then a Confeſſion of Jeſus, and of God the Father, Son and Holy-Ghoſt, as appears by the Writings of the Apoſtles, and <hi>Juſtin</hi> Martyr. 2. But neither from a belief of Remiſſion of ſins, was the Reſurrection of the Dead neceſſarily inferred: And the Pſeud-Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtles might eaſily have replied, that hence indeed fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowed Aboliſhing of ſin and Everlaſting Death, Peace of Conſcience, Felicity of the Soul, and conſequent<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly the <hi>firſt Reſurrection,</hi> but by no means that of the Body. 3. <hi>Paul</hi> alſo ſeems not to ſpeak of a Rite of Baptiſm Common to all, but of a Baptiſm that was ſingular and peculiar to ſome. Hence he does not ſay in the firſt Perſon, <hi>What ſhall we do?</hi> Why are we Baptized for the Dead? As he uſes at other times, when the Predicate is ſuch as concerns all, as even in this very Chapter, <hi>Our Preaching is vain; your Faith is vain; We are of all Men moſt miſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rable,</hi> &amp;c. But here he ſpeaks in the third Perſon, <hi>What ſhall they do who are Baptized,</hi> &amp;c. 4. Neither
<pb n="15" facs="tcp:192139:393"/>will any ſay that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> are equivalent, How could <hi>Paul</hi> have made uſe of ſo obſcure and forced an expreſſion? might he not have expreſſed it more plainly the latter way? For this is <hi>Pauls</hi> ſtile in that very Argument,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Acts</hi> 23.3.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp;c. Could he have ſignificantly ſaid there, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, I am Judged for the Dead?</p>
               <p n="11">XI. But the Learned <hi>Hammond</hi> replieth,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Hammond</hi> re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plies.</note> 1. That the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>dead,</hi> is in this place as it were a Title or Sum of that Article of the Creed <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>touching the Reſurrection of the Dead,</hi> and ſo the Propoſition <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> anſwers to the Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. 2. That hence <hi>Paul</hi> ſpoke compendiouſly after the manner of the Hebrews, <hi>For the Dead,</hi> that is, <hi>for the Reſurrection of the Dead,</hi> for that Article, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> That we muſt look back to verſe 12. <hi>Some of you,</hi> viz. Who are Baptized into that Faith: For ſeeing ſome of the <hi>Corinthians</hi> doubted of this Article, it was neceſſary it ſhould be expreſly profeſſed in Baptiſm, and was the laſt thing to which they ſhould aſſent.</p>
               <p n="12">XII. But theſe Notions ſeem more learned than ſolid: Yet we grant, 1. That the Praepoſition <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> anſwers to the Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. 2. We grant that Ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>breviate, Elliptick ſpeeches are not only uſual with the Hebrews, but with the Arabians, Greeks and La<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tines. But that St. <hi>Paul</hi> here uſed this Elliptick kind of ſpeaking, may be alledged, but cannot be proved. The Examples he produces from the Hebrews are wide of the purpoſe; for they often in one word comprehend a whole Book, Section, Chapter and Precept. But the ſum of the whole Article of the Reſurrection, ſhould not have been expreſſed by the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, but by the foregoing word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which only expreſſeth the import of the Article. 3. We grant likewiſe that the 12th verſe borrows
<pb n="16" facs="tcp:192139:394"/>light both from theſe words, and <hi>Pauls</hi> whole Diſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pute againſt ſome of the <hi>Corinthians.</hi> But to ſay that thoſe are the ſame, whom <hi>v.</hi> 29. he ſays <hi>were baptized for the dead,</hi> is not only a begging of the Queſtion, but evidently falſe. For he now draws an Argument againſt thoſe profane perſons from their practice, who were baptized in hope of the Reſurrection. Thoſe denied the Reſurrection; theſe, becauſe they be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieved the Reſurrection, were initiated by this Baptiſm.</p>
               <p n="13">XIII.
<note place="margin">The ſecond member re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>futed.</note> Nor is <hi>Chryſostoms</hi> other Inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pretation (which <hi>Theodoret, Balſamo, &amp;c.</hi> maintain) much better, which has re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſpect to the Rite of bringing up again out of the Baptiſmal Water, for a ſign or repreſenta-of the raiſing up of bodies from death. For 1. This Rite of Immerſion and Education was common and pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miſcuous in the Apoſtolick Age. Whence the A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſtle elſewhere
<note n="*" place="margin">Rom. 6.11. Col. 4.11.</note> alludes to it as a Rite common to all Chriſtians. But <hi>Paul</hi> (as is demonſtrated) had reſpect to a Baptiſm peculiar to ſome perſons, 2. So the Apoſtles phraſe would have been moſt obſcure, and altogether new. To be baptized <hi>for the dead,</hi> would have been to him to be in the baptiſmal Rite of <hi>Eduction</hi> or <hi>Emerſion,</hi> for a <hi>Repreſentation of the Reſurrection of dead Bodies.</hi> Who of the <hi>Corinthians</hi> could eaſily reach this meaning? We do not deny but <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, may be rendred <hi>Dead Bodies;</hi> the word is often ſo in the New Teſtament, and that from the uſe of the Greeks; but it is harſh, yea unuſual, that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>for dead Bodies,</hi> ſhould ſignifie, <hi>for a Repreſentation of dead Bodies;</hi> neither the Greek nor Latine phraſe will ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mit of this ſenſe. Add, That ſeeing Baptiſm is a Figure of the Reſurrection, that the Body is not then repreſented as <hi>dead,</hi> but as riſing again from death. 3. Why might not the Apoſtle ſpeak plainly as he uſes; <hi>Why then are we in Baptiſm brought up out of the
<pb n="17" facs="tcp:192139:394"/>Water, as if riſing from the Dead?</hi> Or, <hi>Why are we bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tized in reſemblance of the Reſurrection of the Dead?</hi> Or, <hi>Why are we raiſed from the Dead in Baptiſm?</hi> Or <hi>Why are we raiſed together with Chriſt, as alive from the Dead?</hi> &amp;c. For the Apoſtle plainly uſes theſe forms of ſpeaking when he elſewhere ſpeaks of Baptiſm, its Repreſentation and Efficacy, <hi>Rom.</hi> 6.4, 5, 13. <hi>Col.</hi> 2.14.</p>
               <p n="14">XIV.
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Heinſius</hi>'s O<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pinion.</note> The 6th Interpretation is that of the Learned <hi>Heinſius,</hi> in his Sacred Exercitations, to wit, that <hi>Paul</hi> here had reſpect to a Chriſtian cuſtom, whereby Names were given to their Children Infants in Bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiſm, and that for the moſt part the names of decea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſed perſons, as of Apoſtles, Martyrs, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> by a cuſtom derived from Circum<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>ſion; and that ſuch were ſaid to be baptized <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>for the Dead,</hi> that is, <hi>in honour and memory of the Dead;</hi> that thus <hi>the name of the deceaſed</hi> was in ſome manner <hi>raiſed up,</hi> as was uſual with the Jews in another caſe. And that they did this, becauſe they lookt upon thoſe dead perſons as <hi>alive,</hi> and hence alſo that they would riſe again; and hence whoſoever ſo baptized their Children, did thereby teſtifie <hi>that they believed the Reſurrection.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="15">XV. But theſe things do neither agree to the cu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtom of that Age, nor the Argument of this place, nor the Apoſtles words. 1. This Learned man has reſpect either to the <hi>deed</hi> of them that were baptized, who took upon them the name of ſome deceaſed perſon in Baptiſm; or to the deed of Parents, when they brought Infants to the Sacred Font. If the former, there is no proof, that ſuch changed their former name, and took another, to wit, that of a deceaſed Apoſtle or Martyr. But if this Learned perſon ſay that the Parents uſed to name their Children that were baptized, after the deceaſed Martyrs, there is no more certainty of that practice in <hi>Pauls</hi> days; the
<pb n="18" facs="tcp:192139:395"/>greateſt part of them that were then baptized, were adult perſons; and if there had been any Infants bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tized, when whole Families were, had they no name before? Yea, the Jewiſh Infants had their names im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mediately after Circumciſion, and thoſe of the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles the firſt, ſecond, third, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> days from their Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tivity. Indeed <hi>Dionyſ. Alex.</hi> reporteth, that in his days ſome named their Children after <hi>Peter</hi> and <hi>Paul</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>E<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ſeb.</hi> Hiſt. <hi>l.</hi> 7. <hi>c.</hi> 25.</note>, but he does not preciſely ſay that that was done in Baptiſm. 2. The ſame <hi>Heinſius</hi> precariouſly aſſerts, that they did that to profeſs their Faith of the Reſurrection; for they might have profeſſed that Faith by more plain proofs than that. There were alſo other cauſes why they named their Children after Saints, as appears by <hi>Euſebius</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Ibidem.</note> and <hi>Chryſoſtom</hi>
                  <note n="†" place="margin">
                     <hi>Hom.</hi> 21. <hi>in Gen. T.</hi> 1.6.</note>, to wit, that their memory <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> be preſerved, and that they might take Example by their Vertues. Which thing was alſo practiſed among the Heathens, who did not ſo much as dream of the Reſurrection. 3. But how ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcure would this Expreſſion have been, that, to be baptized, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>for the Dead,</hi> ſhould be uſed for <hi>to receive the name of the Dead</hi> in Baptiſm? And what means this, to be baptized <hi>on the account of the Dead?</hi> and that while they were called after their name. If he means of the Parents who gave the names of the deceaſed to their Children, ſhould not he rather have ſaid, <hi>What ſhall they do, not who <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>e baptized, but thoſe that name the baptized?</hi> 4. What he adds of the Jewiſh practice is very far from the purpoſe; for though Baptiſm ſucceeded Circumci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſion, yet that Rite of giving a name to the baptized did not ſucceed as in Circumciſion. For thoſe that came to be baptized had their names before, which were afterwards to be ſet down in the Baptiſmal Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giſter. That which he ſays of raiſing up Seed to the
<pb n="19" facs="tcp:192139:395"/>Brother, is alſo very far from the purpoſe; which certainly had reſpect to ſomewhat elſe than the Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſurrection.</p>
               <p n="16">XVI.
<note place="margin">The Opinion of <hi>Lewis de Dieu.</hi>
                  </note> The 7th Opinion is that of <hi>Lewis de Dieu.</hi> He ſuppoſes, 1. That <hi>the Dead</hi> are not here indifferently deſigned, but ſuch as died in the Lord. And 2. That Baptiſm is a Seal of the <hi>Reſurrection,</hi> as alſo of the Covenant that is made with the Living, according to that of our Saviour, <hi>Mat.</hi> 22.32. <hi>Luke</hi> 20. And final<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly, that it was ſuch a Seal, even to the <hi>Dead,</hi> the Church triumphant, in ſo far as it ſtill expects a full accompliſhment of the Promiſes in the bleſſed Reſur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rection. Whence he ſays the Apoſtles meaning was this: As many as are baptized in the Church, are not only baptized for themſelves, but alſo <hi>for the Dead,</hi> not indeed to procure them any advantage by their Baptiſm, but yet <hi>to eſtabliſh continually the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miſes of the Covenant,</hi> and to renew that Promiſe made to the Dead, <hi>That God is their God,</hi> and hence, <hi>That they live by the Promiſe, and that they ſhall ſometimes actually live by the Reſurrection. If therefore,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>the Dead were not to riſe again, in vain would the Li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving be baptized for them.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="17">XVII. But theſe ſuppoſitions are more ingenious than ſatisfactory, &amp; neither agree with ſimplicity of ſpeech, nor the force of <hi>Pauls</hi> Argument. We grant indeed, that the Dead ſpoken of there, are thoſe who died in the Faith of Chriſt, and conſequently of the Reſur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rection. Nor do we deny but Baptiſm in ſome man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner is <hi>a Seal of the Reſurrection,</hi> or that thereby the Promiſe is eſtabliſhed, <hi>that God will be their God.</hi> But 1. The Pſeud-Apoſtles might have rejoyned, that Baptiſm is indeed the Seal of the Remiſſion of ſins, and conſequently of the firſt Reſurrection, but by no means of that of Bodies. 2. <hi>Paul</hi> would then have ſpoken of a Baptiſm common to the whole Church,
<pb n="20" facs="tcp:192139:396"/>which we have already proved to be falſe. 3. <hi>The Church Triumphant</hi> had no need of that daily Seal applied on Earth: She now in a great meaſure enjoys the Promiſes, living actually, not only by Promiſe, and ſufficiently aſſured of the accompliſhment of its glory by Unition with the Body, by its fruition of Inchoate Glory, its continual beholding God, the Angels, and Chriſt its Redeemer, &amp; who at laſt will be its Judge. 4. Had the Apoſtle intended any ſuch thing, he might have expreſt it much more plainly thus: <hi>What do we, who are baptized for this end, that we may ſeal the Promiſe of the Covenant, that God is the God of the Living?</hi> Or, <hi>Why are we baptized for a confirmation or ſeal of the Reſurrection of the Dead, of thoſe who are aſleep in Chriſt?</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="18">XVIII.
<note place="margin">The Opinion of <hi>Arias Mon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tanus.</hi>
                  </note> The Eighth Opinion is that of <hi>Arias Montanus,</hi> in his Annotations on this place. He ſuppoſes that the Apoſtle ſpeaks of thoſe, who before they were baptized with Water, had received that of the Holy Ghoſt, or were already regenerate, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> ſuch as <hi>Cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nelius, Saul, &amp;c. Viz.</hi> That thoſe had no need of the <hi>Baptiſm of Water,</hi> in order to the firſt Reſurrection; but yet that they came alſo to this Baptiſm, in view of the Reſurrection of Bodies; that by that very Bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiſm, which is performed by <hi>Immerſion</hi> and <hi>Emerſion,</hi> they might profeſs their hope and belief of the future Reſurrection. Hence, <hi>Why are ſuch yet baptized with Water, for the Dead,</hi> whoſe Reſurrection they believe, if there be no ſuch Reſurrection?</p>
               <p n="19">XIX.
<note place="margin">It's Refuted.</note> But 1. That expreſſion, <hi>What will they do who are baptized? And why are they baptized?</hi> does denote a vain and fruitleſs Action, provided there were no Reſurrection; but the Apoſtle would not have pronounced that Baptiſm of Water vain, which <hi>Cornelius, Saul, &amp;c.</hi> underwent, without any reſpect to the Reſurrection. For there was neceſſity of <hi>Praecept</hi> for it, as commanded by Chriſt;
<pb n="21" facs="tcp:192139:396"/>there is alſo, as the Papiſts ſpeak, that of <hi>means.</hi> 2 Neither can that phraſe, <hi>for the Dead,</hi> without great wreſting ſig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nifie <hi>in hope of the Reſurrection.</hi> 3. It is falſe alſo that the principal or only uſe of Baptiſm, is a Repreſenta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of the Reſurrection. For it was a Symbol of Regeneration, and waſhing away of ſins. 4. If the Apoſtle had reſpect to them in ſpecial, who before their Baptiſm with Water were dead to ſin, and re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtored to the life of Righteouſneſs, why did he ſo ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nerally deſign them, who are baptized? Why might not he rather have ſaid, <hi>What ſhall they do, who having before been reſtored to a life of Righteouſneſs, were yet af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terwards baptized, by reaſon of their hope of the Reſur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rection of Bodies,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
               <p n="20">XX. Finally,
<note place="margin">The Opinion of <hi>John Clop<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>penburgius.</hi>
                  </note> the Ninth Opinion is that of <hi>Cloppenburgius</hi> in his Syntagm of Select Exercitations, Diſput. 6. <hi>Jan.</hi> 1642. who ſays, that <hi>Pauls</hi> diſcourſe was only of the Sacrament of Baptiſm, which many earneſtly deſired, for the Dead, that is, to the memory of the Dead, for their Honour, as a Duty of reſpect due to the Dead, from whom they gloried that they learned Chriſt. That this duty was as it were that Comme<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moration more than once mentioned in the Goſpel.
<note place="margin">Matth. 25.13. Luke 1.48.</note> That they preſented them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelves to be thus baptized, as Maintainers and Defen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ders of the Cauſe of the Dead. And that hence ſprung the Superſtition of celebrating the Memories of the Martyrs in their Burying-places.</p>
               <p n="21">XXI. Which truly agree ſufficiently with the words of St. <hi>Paul,</hi> without any wreſting, as it ſeems. It is alſo certain, that many of them who preſented themſelves to be baptized, were ſtirred up to it by the Inſtitution, Example and Conſtancy of the Mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tyrs. But 1. It is not true of ſome only, but of all that were baptized, that they confirmed the Faith and Cauſe of the Dead by their Baptiſm. But <hi>Pa l</hi>
                  <pb n="22" facs="tcp:192139:397"/>ſeems to have had reſpect to ſome in ſpecial. 2. Nor could the Baptiſm that was received by Believers, have been called an <hi>Office due to the Martyrs,</hi> or under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>taken <hi>for the Dead,</hi> that is, to their Honour, Venera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion and Memory; which is altogether ſuperſtitious. Yea, it was rather after their Example, in comme<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moration of the Blood of Chriſt, for a Seal of the waſhing away of their ſins. 3. But neither could this Baptiſm be accounted the Original of that <hi>Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>memoration of Martyrs,</hi> which afterwards obtained in the Ancient Church. This had its Original in the heat of the Perſecutions, by reaſon of the Multitude, Courage and Conſtancy of the Martyrs, out of their ſingular affection to them, and that they might pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>voke them to Emulation, by Baptized Believers, that met at their Burying-places to pray, and not to be baptized. Of the Original of which Superſtition, ſome have ſpoken at large; as we ſhall alſo elſewhere. And ſo much of the difficulties of their Interpretations, who have taken the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in a ſtrict and proper ſenſe.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="2" type="class">
               <head>CLASS 2. <hi>Of thoſe who have taken Baptiſm in a proper, but more lax ſenſe, to wit, for Ablution, Purging,</hi> &amp;c.</head>
               <p n="1">I. THoſe of this Claſs have not explained the A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſtles meaning the ſame way. For ſome were of Opinion,
<note place="margin">The Opinion of <hi>Beza, Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>raeus, Chamie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rus,</hi> &amp;c.</note> that he had reſpect to the Rite of <hi>waſhing the Dead Bodies</hi> with Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly Water; <hi>Apuleius</hi> called it the <hi>laſt Bath, Plautus</hi> the Funeral Ablution. The Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles indeed performed this out of ancient Superſtition, but the Jews in hope, and as a Symbol
<pb n="23" facs="tcp:192139:397"/>of the Reſurrection, which they obſerve till this day. Yea, the Chriſtians retained it from the Jewiſh Diſci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pline, or after the Example of the Apoſtles, who waſhed the dead Body of <hi>Tabitha.</hi> By which Cere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mony they ſignified, that the Body, though vile and baſe, will be transformed by a glorious Reſurrection. This Interpretation is the Reverend <hi>Beza</hi>'s, as alſo <hi>Bullinger</hi>'s, and <hi>Paraeus</hi>'s, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="2">II. Yet they do not all in the ſame manner con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtrue the Apoſtles words. <hi>Beza</hi> indeed taketh <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, for thoſe that uſe Baptiſm, <hi>What ſhall they do.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, who perform Ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lution, <hi>on the Dead,</hi> to wit, Bodies? Or if <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> be taken in a Paſſive ſenſe; <hi>What ſhall they do,</hi> or, what will become of them, <hi>who are waſhed</hi> with the Ablu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion that was uſed to <hi>the Dead?</hi> But <hi>Paraeus</hi> thus; <hi>What ſhall they do who are purged,</hi> or waſhed, <hi>for the Dead,</hi> that is, already dead, or after Death? Others under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood it of the waſhing <hi>for the Dead,</hi> on the Sepulchres or Burying-places. <hi>Bullinger</hi> rendred the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> actively, by <hi>Enallage</hi> of the Paſſive, <hi>who baptize,</hi> purge, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that is. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>on the Dead,</hi> with reſpect to the Cuſtom of the Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>then.</p>
               <p n="3">III. To recount which is enough to refute them. 1. We grant that that Rite of waſhing the Dead was ſometimes in uſe. It was formerly uſual among the <hi>Egyptians, Greeks, Romans,</hi> as appears by <hi>Homer, Pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to; &amp;c. Anna</hi> in <hi>Virgil</hi> ſpeaking of <hi>Dido</hi>'s dead Body, ſaith, <hi>Water to bath the wounds.</hi> It is certain that the <hi>Jews</hi> and <hi>Mahumedans</hi> at this day are very ſtiff hol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ders of this Cuſtom, whether they waſh at home, or in the Burying-places. The <hi>Benjanenſes</hi> carefully waſh the dead Bodies with Water, as in <hi>H. Lord,</hi> and <hi>T. Herbert.</hi> Thoſe of <hi>Pegu,</hi> as <hi>Balbius</hi> ſays, Thoſe of <hi>Siam,</hi> as <hi>J. Schouten,</hi> the <hi>Chinenſes,</hi> as <hi>Mendoza,</hi> the <hi>Formoſans,</hi> according to late Relations; Thoſe in
<pb n="24" facs="tcp:192139:398"/>Southern <hi>Africk,</hi> in <hi>Congo, Angola, &amp;c.</hi> as <hi>T. Herbert;</hi> beſides Lotion they uſed alſo Unction, even in bar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>barous Nations, whence Perfuming and Embalming, as the <hi>Chinneſes</hi> ſometimes preſerve Bodies that are not buried till three years after. They added alſo <hi>Abra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſion,</hi> which is even at this day in uſe in <hi>Siam,</hi> and other Idolatrous Places. Now we cannot underſtand by any proof, that theſe had reſpect to the Reſurrection, eſpecially being uſed by thoſe who knew nothing of it. Why therefore might not that waſhing be uſed as the laſt Teſtimony of Honour to the deceaſed, for the Ornament of their Bodies, and ſeemly ſight, &amp; longer Preſervation of them, eſpecially as a Symbol of the Purity of their Minds? So alſo many believed that they were purged from the remaining Uncleanneſs contracted from the Living, that ſo they might be preſented pure to the Gods. Moreover, that of the Diſciples to <hi>Tabitha</hi> was rather out of Jewiſh Cu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtom, than out of any Chriſtan view of the Reſur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rection. Whence the Apoſtles Argument would have been leſs ſtringent, eſpecially among the Greeks and Philoſophers. For to the Queſtion, <hi>What ſhall they do</hi> who ſo purge dead Bodies? the Anſwer might have been obvious, that there were ſeveral Reaſons, without reſpect to the Reſurrection, and they might have produced the forenamed. 3. If <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> be ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken paſſively for Bodies that are waſhed, it were ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſurd to ſay of them, <hi>What ſhall they do?</hi> For an Action of the Living left behind, and that on the account of the Dead is pointed at. Nor is this Queſtion of the Apoſtle to be confounded with the other, <hi>What ſhall become of them?</hi> He might have ſaid ſignificantly, <hi>O<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>therwiſe to what purpoſe are the Dead waſhed, baptized?</hi> 4. Nor is that leſs wreſted to render, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>as Dead,</hi> or, <hi>after Death.</hi> Why might not the Apoſtle have expreſſed the latter by an uſual ſpeech? But none of the Greeks ever expreſſed it ſo. By the
<pb n="25" facs="tcp:192139:398"/>like wreſting <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is the ſame with <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, confounding <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> as it governs the Genitive, and as the Accuſative; in which latter caſe it only denotes a paſſive Subject. 5. Where did ever <hi>Bullinger</hi> and <hi>Beza</hi> read <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in the ſignification of the Verb <hi>Medium,</hi> or <hi>Active?</hi> I grant by an Atticiſm, the <hi>Paſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſive</hi> is frequently put for the <hi>Active,</hi> and contrarily. In <hi>Homer</hi> alſo the Paſſive is frequently put for the Active. But beſides that, there is a different manner of Poetical Phraſe and Licenſe, that Anallage is ſel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom uſed in Proſe by the Atticks, except in the Fu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture. But here <hi>Paul</hi> ſpeaks in the Preſent. But why ſhould he affect ſuch an Atticiſm in this one place in that word which he never uſed in that Form, but in a Paſſive ſignification? where he, or any of the Wri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ters of the New Teſtament intend an Active ſenſe, they always uſe <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; hence <hi>Paraeus</hi> has rightly ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſerved that it does not admit the former ſenſe of the words, otherwiſe agreeing with <hi>Beza</hi> as to the mean<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing of the place. There is a place produced, <hi>Mark</hi> 7.4. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>unleſs they waſh,</hi> but it's plain that that is ſpoken paſſively, <hi>unleſs they are waſhed,</hi> or in a Reciprocal ſignification, as in the Hebrew <hi>Hith<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pael, except they waſh themſelves.</hi> 6. But grant that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> ſignified <hi>to waſh,</hi> why might not <hi>Paul</hi> have ſpoken ſimply, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tizing the dead?</hi> Why would he ſay ambiguouſly and barbarouſly, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>for the Dead,</hi> if he under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood the waſhing of the dead Bodies?</p>
               <p n="4">IV.
<note place="margin">The Opinion of <hi>Eſtius</hi> and others of a Vicarious Ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lution.</note> But admitting that the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> ſignified <hi>to be waſhed, purified,</hi> another Interpretation will take place much more probable than that former. I omit, for brevities ſake, that which <hi>Eſtius</hi> approved of before others, and which others have mentioned on this place: To wit, that <hi>Paul</hi> argues from a Practice of the Jews, to wit, ſome Lotion of
<pb n="26" facs="tcp:192139:399"/>the Phariſees. For they ſay that it was a Cuſtom amongſt them, if any were <hi>dead</hi> in Legal uncleanneſs, to wit, by <hi>touching the dead,</hi> that another perſon <hi>waſh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed for him,</hi> for purging it. By which Practice they teſtified the Belief of the Immortality of Souls,
<note place="margin">Refuted.</note> and Reſurrection of Bodies. But that is too abſurd: For neither is there any Evidence in the Writings of the Jews for ſuch Practice; nor could the ignorant <hi>Corinthians</hi> have knowledge of it, being for the greateſt part Greeks; nor could it have been of any force to prove the Reſurrection, it being a ſuperſtitious practice.</p>
               <p n="5">V.
<note place="margin">The Opinion of the Ablu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion uſed to thoſe that touched the dead.</note> The next Conjecture is of the Le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gal Rite of <hi>Ablution,</hi> or Levitical Luſtra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion, which the Apoſtle might have re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſpect to. It is deſcribed, <hi>Numb.</hi> 19.11, 12, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> and the ſum of it is this; They were declared unclean by the Law, who <hi>had touched the dead,</hi> either its Body, Bones, or Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pulchre, or entred into that Houſe or Tent where it was. Hence a Legal waſhing was appointed, which being performed, they might enter into the Taber<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nacle of God. Moreover, none will deny but this Rite was Myſtical, and why might it not repreſent the Reſurrection? And ſome of the Rabbies under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood this very Myſtery of the Jewiſh Rite, <hi>R. Bechai</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Cit. Lightf. ad h. l.</note> expreſſing on this mat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter, that the Legiſlator by this Inſtitution had reſpect <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to the Reſurrection of the Dead,</hi> as alſo others. Whence not a few Interpre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ters have confidently avouched, that <hi>Paul</hi> in this place had reſpect thereto, among whom are <hi>Bertram, Clop<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>penburgius
<note n="†" place="margin">
                        <hi>c.</hi> 8.</note>, Lightfoot
<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Hor. Hib. in</hi> 1 <hi>Cor.</hi>
                     </note>, Sebaſtianus, &amp;c.</hi> And to paſs by others, <hi>Joh. Cocceius,</hi> whoſe words in his ſum of Theology are theſe; <hi>That Baptiſm which is enjoyned,</hi> Numb. 11.19. <hi>by which they were admitted to Holy things and Places,
<pb n="27" facs="tcp:192139:399"/>could ſignifie nothing elſe but a Return from Death to Life, even as the Legal Pollution contracted by touching a dead Body, ſignified the common Law of Sin and Death, and excluſion out of Heaven by ſin, from whence death iſſues. That which the Son of</hi> Syrach, <hi>c.</hi> 31. <hi>v.</hi> 27. expreſſes <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, is here by the Apoſtle denoted by <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, both of them <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>or this</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>that is, for.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="6">VI. Nor do they all explain the A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſtles meaning the ſame way. <hi>Sebaſt. Schmidius</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Diſput. An.</hi> 1656. <hi>Theſ.</hi> 37.</note> is ſingular in this; he thinks that this Moſaick Rite was inſtituted, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe ſometimes <hi>the dead were undecently uſed by the Living,</hi> eſpecially by the Gentiles, who did not be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieve the Reſurrection. That God therefore would forbid his People from this diſhonouring of the dead, that <hi>the only Foundation was the Reſurrection of the Dead, by which there is a very great difference betwixt common Earth, and the Body of Man.</hi> Whence is ſhewn by the Law of Purification, how grievouſly they ſinned, <hi>who offered Indignity to the Bodies or Aſhes of the Dead:</hi> At leaſt that they teſtified, <hi>that they did not touch the Dead out of lightneſs,</hi> but by chance or neceſſity; and that hence they did pray to God, <hi>that as they waſhed his Body, ſo God for the Meſſia's ſake, the only Mediator, would purge his Body and Soul from all ſin.</hi> And hence the force of <hi>Paul</hi>'s Argument was this <hi>What ſhall they do,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, who waſh themſelves <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>for the Dead?</hi> To what end was that waſhing for them in the Old Teſtament, and their decent Sepulture? Theſe things are in vain, <hi>if the Dead riſe not.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="7">VII. We will not now examine <hi>Paul</hi>'s reſpect to this Legal Rite. But whether this was the reaſon of its Inſtitution, which this Learned man aſſerts, is more doubtful. He ſuppoſes it to be inſtituted on this ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>count, becauſe the Dead were irreverently treated by the Living; which was neither evident of thoſe Iſraelites, to whom <hi>Moſes</hi> gave out the Law, nor of
<pb n="28" facs="tcp:192139:400"/>the Egyptians, nor any Civiliz'd Nations; yea on the contrary, they ſhewed them all reverence, as witneſs their waſhing, anointing, embalming them, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> eſpecially the Egyptians, from whom the Iſraelites came forth. 2. Neither did this Reverence to them among the Gentiles, proceed from any knowledge of the Reſur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rection: For they did not believe it. 3. The trueſt cauſe of this Legal Expiation was a Ceremonial Un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cleanneſs contracted by any touching of a dead. Body as a thing unclean, to in<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>rint a horrour of Death, and hence of Sin the cauſe of it, and to ſhadow out the Neceſſity of Spiritual Cleanſing. What <hi>Schmidius</hi> aſſigns for the cauſe of it, it meerly precarious. But 4. They were alſo Unclean according to the Law, and were to be purified who touched the Carcaſſes of Beaſts. Was that becauſe they ſhould be alſo reve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rently uſed? Or were theſe alſo to riſe again? He will ſay that that was not done for Beaſts, but for Men. But this is ridiculous, for then the Legiſlator would have ſhewn in this how much the dead Body of a Man differs from that of a Beaſt, and ſuffered this to be ſo uſed without Expiation. 5. If this Baptiſm was inſtituted for this end, to expiate ſin, and to have pointed at the Expiation performed by Chriſt, it could not be ſaid to point out only the Reſurrection, and ſo would not have been in vain if there had been none: And ſo to <hi>Paul</hi>'s Queſtion, <hi>What ſhall they do who are baptized?</hi> To what purpoſe? it might be anſwered, they expiate ſin, or typifie the Expiation that. Chriſt ſhall make for it.</p>
               <p n="8">VIII. Some ſeem to have more ſimply ſtated this Alluſion of <hi>Paul</hi>'s: To wit, that <hi>thoſe who were defiled by the Dead,</hi> were legally accounted as dead themſelves, and that defilement was a kind of Civil Death, a Symbol of Spiritual Death, and pollution by ſin: That the Tabernacle of God, to which it was not lawful for the thus polluted to approach, was a Type of that
<pb n="29" facs="tcp:192139:400"/>
                  <hi>Tabernacle not made with Hands,</hi> the Houſe above, from whence we are excluded by ſin; that that waſh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing after which they might enter the Sanctuary, typi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fied the Reſurrection, or Glorification of Bodies, whereby the Bodies, being as it were purged, and ſin expiated, have entrance into that Heavenly Temple. Which Opinion, becauſe we do not altogether diſap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prove, we ſhall give you our Judgment of it afterwards, when we ſubjoyn our own Opinion.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="3" type="class">
               <head>CLASS 3. <hi>Of thoſe who have rendred Baptiſm in a Figurative ſenſe for the</hi> Baptiſm of Blood, <hi>Afflictions, the Croſs, Martyrdom.</hi>
               </head>
               <p n="1">I.
<note place="margin">The Opinion of Figurative Baptiſm.</note> THoſe of this Claſs differ among themſelves, as well as the former. Some of the moſt renowned of the Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>piſts, as <hi>Turrian, Stapleton, Bellarmine,</hi> and other Je<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſuits, render <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to baptize themſelves,</hi> or to af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>flict and macerate themſelves by Repentance, Tears, Prayers, Faſting, Alms, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>for the Dead,</hi> to wit, to help them, and terminate the Puniſhments of Purgatory. But that the Jews and Chriſtians would have done no ſuch thing, had they not believed the Reſurrection.</p>
               <p n="2">II. But the more conſidering among the Papiſts were aſhamed of ſo frantick an Interpretation; they knew well enough, that to ſay there was ſuch Bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiſm for the Dead, (to wit, for their Releaſement) in the Apoſtles days, was a meer ſuppoſition without any ground; alſo that the Apoſtle would then have ſaid in this ſenſe, <hi>What ſhall we do?</hi> as who gave him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelf more to Prayer than any: And finally, that this Rite, if any ſuch had been, had rather reſpect to the
<pb n="30" facs="tcp:192139:401"/>reſt of Souls, than to the Reſurrection of Bodies. But ſeeing the ground on which they build this Opi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nion, hath been ſo often overthrown by Prote<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtants, I think it not worth the while to ſay any more of it.</p>
               <p n="3">III. Their Interpretation is much ſounder, who have referred the words to the violent ſufferings of the Martyrs or Confeſſors <hi>for the Dead,</hi> or for the Faith of the Reſurrection of the Dead, or for the Hope of the Dead, and their Reſurrection publickly owned; <hi>or for the Dead, viz.</hi> Jeſus, by Enall<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>e of number. The moſt excellent Interpreters on both ſides have embraced this Opinion. Among the Romaniſts <hi>Clau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dius Guilaudus,</hi> a Pariſian Doctor, and <hi>Joh. Maldonate;</hi> of our ſide the Engliſh Annotators, <hi>Dan. Tilenus,</hi> and <hi>Rivetus, J. Lightfoot, Al. Morus,</hi> and <hi>Junius,</hi> who ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ders the words <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>beſides the Dead;</hi> as if the Apoſtle had ſaid, If the Dead who were baptized long ago in the name of Chriſt, are fruſtrate of their hope, why do the Living ſtill beſides thoſe Dead, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſides their vain hope, render alſo their own vain by that Baptiſm of Afflictions? Why do they ſuffer them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelves to be ſuperadded to the Dead? The moſt acute <hi>Petrus Launaeus</hi> renders it, <hi>be baptized,</hi> that is, af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>flicted, <hi>beyond the Dead,</hi> that is, beyond what the Dead of the Old Teſtament ſuffered? Finally, moſt ingenious is that of the moſt famous <hi>Dutch</hi> Lady <hi>Anna Maria Schurman</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Epiſt. Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſpon. ad Jac. Lyd.</note>, That the Apoſtle here ſpeaks of Baptiſm <hi>of Afflictions for the Dead,</hi> or, <hi>on the account of the Dead,</hi> to wit, the Faithful, Elect, though yet alive, but Iro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nically called dead by the ſuppoſition of thoſe who denied the Reſurrection, that the Apoſtles words import this: If there is no recompence for ſufferings at the coming of Chriſt, no hope of Glory, the Mini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſters of the Goſpel are fooliſh, who ſuffer ſo much daily <hi>for the Dead,</hi> that is, for the Church, the Elect,
<pb n="31" facs="tcp:192139:401"/>by the Adverſaries accounted <hi>for dead;</hi> for whoſe Edification, Confirmation in the Faith, or Salvation, they are every day <hi>baptized,</hi> or oppreſſed with moſt grievous Afflictions.</p>
               <p n="4">IV. All theſe agree that the Apoſtle argues from the abſurdity of thoſe, who with invincible courage received Martyrdom, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> for the Faith either of the Reſurrection, or the Goſpel. Which Gloſs the fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowing Arguments ſeem to confirm. 1. There is fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quent mention of that Figurative Baptiſm in the Goſpel
<note n="*" place="margin">Mat. 20.22, 23. Mark 10.38. Luke 12.50.</note>, by a Metaphor familiar with the Hebrews, who often compare Afflictions to Waters wherein we are plunged. 2. The uſe of the Prepoſition <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which ſometimes ſignifies <hi>for, becauſe of,</hi> as 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 1.6. and elſewhere, alſo <hi>above, beſides, moreover,</hi> ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording to <hi>Junius.</hi> Alſo <hi>beyond,</hi> as <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>beyond the iniquity of Sodom. Lightfoot</hi> adds, it anſwers to the phraſe of the Hebrews, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>in ones name,</hi> which in Greek will be <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. 3. The Ellipſis is not ſo unuſual, but the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, may be under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtood, or after <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, in as much as theſe dead are conceived to riſe 4. Its connection with the following verſes 30, <hi>&amp;c. Why are we in jeo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pardy every hour? I die daily,</hi> undergo the hazard of death. <hi>If alſo I fought with Beaſts at</hi> Epheſus, and there be not Reſurrection of the Dead, what does it profit me? Whence it is manifeſt, that this Argu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment is drawn from abſurdity, which the Apoſtle further expatiates. Several other Arguments might be ſet down, which for brevities ſake are omitted.</p>
               <p n="5">V. But notwithſtanding the Arguments for this Opinion, the following difficulties hinder me from aſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſenting thereto. 1. It ſeems a very great doubt, why the Apoſtle uſed <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in that Figurative ſenſe, for <hi>to be afflicted,</hi> which he is never found to have done elſewhere? Why might not he have uſed the
<pb n="32" facs="tcp:192139:402"/>uſual words, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> as he does in other places? eſpecially when his Speech was di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rected to the <hi>Corinthians,</hi> who were not accuſtomed to that kind of ſpeaking, in that Epiſtle, in which it frequently occurs in its proper ſignification, and on that Argument in which nothing ſhould have been ſpoken ambiguouſly, or which might be liable to the cavils or wreſtings of Seducers. 2. Beſides, the word is never uſed in this ſenſe without ſomething to ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plain it. So Chriſt addeth the Verbale, <hi>to be bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tized with his Baptiſm;</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. when it is uſed by the Hebrews for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to be dipped,</hi> in a Metaphorick ſenſe, has theſe words added to explain it, in <hi>Water, Mire, &amp;c.</hi> So alſo the Fathers call Baptiſm in that ſenſe, but add <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>laborious,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, of <hi>Tears, Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pentance, Fire, Blood,</hi> &amp;c. The Greeks alſo tranſlate <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to be overwhelmed,</hi> but they add exegetical<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>&amp;c.</hi> with <hi>Debt, Wine,</hi> or the like evil. And although it may be ſaid, that the Noun is virtually contained in the Verb, and ſometimes is omitted by the Hebrews, yet there is a different Rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſon of an Aequivocal Verb, which taken ſimply de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>notes any thing elſe, and cannot be drawn to this ſin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gular ſenſe, without ſome ſuch reſtrictive Noun added to it. 3. Add, that that is the very thing in Queſtion, whether the Apoſtle in the following ver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſes uſes the ſame Medium or Argument. There is no neceſſity of it either in the words or the connexion of them: And why might not the Apoſtle argue firſt from other mens deeds, which would have been vain if there had been no Reſurrection, and then from his own ſufferings, which without it were, 'twould have been meer madneſs to have undergone. And in this all the Ancients and Modern agree. And the Apoſtle who before had drawn his Argument from others, now draws it from himſelf, <hi>Why are we in jeopardy?</hi> Elſe he would have ſaid, <hi>Why are we alſo baptized</hi> with
<pb n="33" facs="tcp:192139:402"/>the ſame Baptiſm? 4. Alſo they are very much dif<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferent expreſſions, <hi>for the Dead,</hi> and <hi>for the Faith</hi> or <hi>Hope of the Reſurrection of the Dead.</hi> And why might not <hi>Paul</hi> have expreſſed it better without any am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>biguity? What <hi>Junius</hi> ſays, that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> with the Geni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tive ſignifies <hi>beſides, moreover,</hi> is altogether without Example. Alſo when it is <hi>beyond,</hi> it is always put with the Accuſative Caſe, even by the Helleniſts, and anſwers to the Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. 5. <hi>Lightfoot</hi> is alſo miſtaken, who will have <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in this place anſwer to the Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as when any is ſaid <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, to be baptized into the name of Proſelyte, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which he renders <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. For that <hi>to be baptized into the name of Proſelyte, Libertine,</hi> ſignifies to attain that ſtate. Thus <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, would be <hi>to be baptized into the ſtate of the dead,</hi> that they might be dead, for death. Why might it not have been ſaid more truly, <hi>for the Reſurrection?</hi> If al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſo <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> be with him to undergo death, what Tautology is this, to undergo death for death? <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> therefore more ſimply anſwers to the Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. And theſe Arguments ſhall ſuffice for refuting this Opinion. What our own is we ſhall now declare.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="authors_addendum">
               <head>The Judgment and Opinion of the Author.</head>
               <p n="1">I. OF all the foregoing Interpretations, two ſeem to me more probable than the reſt. One of which is that of <hi>Baptiſm of the Croſs,</hi> Afflictions, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> but ſo that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, be rendred <hi>on the account of the Dead,</hi> to wit, for their Cauſe, and the Doctrine of their Reſurrection. Nor would I have receded from this Opinion, ſave on the account of the difficulties I now ſhewed.</p>
               <p n="2">II. The other is that of the Legal Waſhing <hi>for the
<pb n="34" facs="tcp:192139:403"/>Dead,</hi> by touching whom they were defiled. Of which Interpretation we ſhall now give our Judgment briefly. Take it thus: If there is no Reſurrection, <hi>what ſhall they do who are baptized,</hi> or waſhed, <hi>&amp;c. for the Dead,</hi> by touching whom they were defiled, and accounted as dead? What means that Rite of Purify<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing them ſeven days before they could enter the San<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctuary, or Temple? If the Dead are not raiſed, if that Rite was not a Type of the laſt Reſurrection, or the Glorification of Bodies by which they are ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mitted into the Heavenly Temple?</p>
               <p n="3">III. And ſo there ſeems nothing in the Apoſtles ſpeech either forced or wreſted. For, 1. The word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, are frequently uſed by the Helleniſts for to waſh, as alſo in the New Teſtament: Hence <hi>Mark</hi> ſays of the Phariſees, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>unleſs they be waſht,</hi> they eat not; ſo the Legal waſhings are frequently called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 2. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> with the Ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nitive frequently denoteth the Cauſe or Occaſion of a thing. So the Heb <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, is often the ſame with <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in a <hi>Cauſal</hi> ſignification. And ſo <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is, for, or by reaſon of the Dead. 3. Nor is that unuſual, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>What ſhall they do?</hi> when the Argument is drawn from abſurdity; nor is the uſe and end of a thing otherwiſe underſtood. So <hi>Paul</hi> in another place, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>: <hi>to what end do ye weep? Ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tullian</hi> towards the end of his Book of the Reſurrection
<note n="*" place="margin">c. 48.</note>, ſaith, <hi>What ſhall they do who riſe firſt?</hi> Shall they not have wherewith to be transformed? And the Apoſtle in this ſame way of arguing ſaith, <hi>What advantageth it me?</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="4">IV. Add, that if <hi>Paul</hi> had reſpect to any Rite, there is nothing more fitting than to ſay, he had reſpect to one of Divine Inſtitution. And ſo much the more, becauſe then there is ſome manifeſt Analogy with the Reſurrection. And why ſhould he have alluded to a Rite meerly Humane, or ſuperſtitious, or uncer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain,
<pb n="35" facs="tcp:192139:403"/>or in which there is no ſuch Analogy to be ſeen? Yea <hi>Paul</hi> himſelf ſaith, that theſe different Waſhings under the Law were nothing elſe but a ſhadow <hi>of the good things to come,</hi> and Types of Heavenly things.</p>
               <p n="5">V. Yet there are not a few things that may be objected to the contrary. For, 1. When the Apoſtle ſpeaketh of ſuch Ablution, he expreſſes it by the words <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> never <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Hence a doubt ariſes why the Apoſtle uſed the am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>biguous word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> that he never made uſe of in this ſenſe. But eſpe <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>y that when he has reſpect to this Rite elſewhere<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="3 letters">
                     <desc>•••</desc>
                  </gap> uſes the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to ſprinkle,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to ſanct<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="4 letters">
                        <desc>••••</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to purifie.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="6">VI. The ſame <hi>Paul</hi> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> theſe words to the <hi>Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rinthians,</hi> who were for the greateſt part converted from Greeks and Gentiles who were very prone to things offered to Idol<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> wavered in the belief of the Reſurrection. They ſeem not to have been ſo well verſed in the Law, that by that obſcure and ambiguous phraſe of the Apoſtle, they could readily diſcern the force of his Argument. Certainly <hi>Paul</hi> would have inſiſted more particularly on its deſign. And if he had a mind, he might have had more plain Symbols, or Teſtimonies, or Examples out of the Old Teſtament than that to prove the Reſurrection.</p>
               <p n="7">VII. There is no ſufficient certainty that that Rite <hi>of Sprinkling</hi> was inſtituted to point out the Reſurre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ction. And conſidering all its circumſtances, which are deſcribed <hi>Num.</hi> 19. it appears, that it typified both the <hi>Sprinkling</hi> of the Blood of Chriſt, and the <hi>Purging of the Conſcience</hi> from dead works, or from the Pollution contracted by ſin. And the Apoſtle himſelf declares this
<note n="*" place="margin">Heb. 19.13, 14.</note>. Whence alſo there are ſo many alluſions of the Prophets, <hi>David, Paul</hi> and <hi>John,</hi> to thoſe kinds of Sprink<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lings, all referred to the purging of Souls by the Blood of Chriſt. And although from ſuch purifying
<pb n="36" facs="tcp:192139:404"/>of Souls, the glorification of Bodies may be <hi>mediately</hi> inferred, yet <hi>Paul</hi> would ſcarce have immediately deduced it from that Rite, as if it had reference to nothing elſe, and that by this form of ſpeech <hi>What ſhall they do?</hi> For what other uſe, <hi>&amp;c?</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="8">VIII. 4. It is certain that the Gentiles alſo every where accounted that touching of the Dead as a thing unclean, which was to be expiated by Ablution. And to ſay nothing of others, the Ancient <hi>Perſians</hi> eſpecially, whom it is certain that they held nothing more Sacred than to ſhun all pollution from contact of the Dead, and to ſeparate the pol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>luted nine days, and purge them by Ablution of their Body, as <hi>H. Lord</hi> has ſet down at large out of their <hi>Perſian</hi> Ritual (which they call <hi>Zun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>davaſtaw</hi>) in his Hiſtory of the Religion of the Ancient <hi>Perſians;</hi> the ſame alſo was generally obſerved by all the Gentiles; yet it is certain that in that Rite they had no reſpect to the future Glorification of Bo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dies, but intended only the Purification of their Souls.</p>
               <p n="9">IX. 5. That Queſtion of the Apoſtle, <hi>What ſhall they do?</hi> ſeems al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſo to anſwer to the foregoing verſes, <hi>Then they are periſh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
<note n="*" place="margin">v. 18, 19.</note>; we are of all men moſt miſerable:</hi> So that 'tis an Argu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment not only from the abſurdity, but alſo from the hurt and miſery that abideth ſuch. But that Legal <hi>Ablution</hi> inferred no mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſery or hurt, though the Dead did not riſe. For it had both its exter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nal and politick uſe, both ſpiritual and myſtical. Beſides, if the Apoſtle had deſigned that Ablution, he would have ſpoke more plainly, after the manner of the Helleniſt Interpreters, What ſhall they do who are waſhed, purified, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="10">X. Theſe are the difficulties which overturn an Opinion otherwiſe ſound enough, without which we would have approved of it, as the ſoundeſt and trueſt of all the reſt. But a more ſimple hath lately offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed it ſelf to me, and that obvious enough, tho it is either mentioned obſcurely, or not at all, in the Commentations of ſo many Learned men.</p>
               <p n="11">XI. We ſuppoſe, which none can eaſily deny, that it is moſt likely that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> that is twice repeated in this ſentence, ſhould rather be rendred in its uſual, ordinary, and proper ſignification, than in any other leſs uſual, in regard the former is more conſtant with <hi>Paul;</hi> nor does he uſe that word in another ſenſe, both in all this Epiſtle (which it may not be amiſs to have obſerved) and alſo in his other Epiſtles, un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>leſs ye except that its derivative Noun <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is once uſed to ſigni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fie the Levitical Ablutions, in his Epiſtle to the <hi>Hebrews.</hi> Wherefore this one thing remains, whether the words can be rightly explained re<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>aining that ſignification? whether it be true of ſome that were then <hi>baptized</hi> in the Church, that they took upon them that Baptiſm, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>for the Dead,</hi> and that on the account of the Proſpect they had of the Reſurrection?</p>
               <pb n="37" facs="tcp:192139:404"/>
               <p n="12">XII. And firſt it needs not ſeem ſo ſtrange or unuſual an <hi>Enallage</hi> of number if <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> be put for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>that dead,</hi> Chriſt Jeſus, he who was put to death, crucified, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> as frequently in the N. Teſtament, And hence that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> may be the ſame with <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>for him who was dead;</hi> ſo it is ſaid of him elſewhere, I <hi>was dead.</hi> Hence he is called <hi>the firſt begotten of the dead.</hi> And in this ſenſe ſuch as were baptized may be ſaid to have come to the Holy Font, becauſe of him who was dead, or as beholding him who was dead, in as much as death could not hold him, nor did he continue under it, being raiſed the third day, as is apparent by ſo many undeniable Teſtimonies. And this begot an aſſured confidence in thoſe who were ingrafted in Chriſt by Baptiſm; that as he had conquered Death by his Reſurrection, ſo they alſo by vertue thereof ſhould obtain victory over Death by theirs
<note n="*" place="margin">1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 15.20, 57.</note>. I grant that the Apoſtle might have ſaid more expreſly, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in the ſingular, or alſo <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>for that living one,</hi> into the communion of whoſe Life and Reſurrection they were bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tized. But it may be replied, that this firſt did not pleaſe him, becauſe in Chriſt he principally had reſpect to his Death, as gloriouſly trium<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phed over, whence a certain confidence was wrought in the baptized of <hi>the likeneſs of his death, as being one with him.</hi> Nor would he uſe that other <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Rom.</hi> 6.5.</note> becauſe of the excellency of <hi>that dead one,</hi> and the Enallage familiar in that caſe, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe all the baptized are accounted as <hi>dead</hi> in him who was <hi>dead.</hi> Nor was it neceſſary to ſay the third, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ſeeing it was uſual with the Apoſtle to rouſe up the faithful with the hope of the Reſurrection, from thence, that they were baptized <hi>into the death of Chriſt,</hi> or into the faith, participation,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Rom.</hi> 6.3, 4.</note> or likeneſs of his death. Yea by this word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> throughout this chapter, <hi>the dead</hi> are deſign'd with reſpect to Life, and the Reſurrection. And who can deny that the Belief of the Reſurrection or future Im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mortality was implied in the Faith of him who was crucified and dead?</p>
               <p n="13">XIII. But to return to the Enallage <hi>of the plural for the ſingular, Al. Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rus</hi> our Country-man had a little before ſmelt it out, but he rather we<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kened it by inappoſite Examples, in which the Enallage ſeem'd to be meerly ſuppoſed, as <hi>Exod.</hi> 4.19. 2 <hi>Chron.</hi> 24.25. <hi>Mat.</hi> 9.8. Beſides that, he wreſted the word <hi>Baptize,</hi> and the Apoſtles whole ſentence, to a figurative ſenſe, to thoſe <hi>who are baptized with the Baptiſm of Chriſt.</hi> So that it is no wonder that <hi>Amyraldus</hi> diſſents from him in his French Expoſition of this Chapter. But this Opinion of ours is much better, and more eaſily underſtood, wherein alſo <hi>Amyraldus</hi> Objections are fully anſwered. It remains therefore that we ſpeak further of this <hi>Enallage</hi> of Number, whether the like Example is exſtant, eſpecially in <hi>Paul's</hi> Writings? and this indeed is obvious, that it has place when one is diſcourſing of any eminent Subject, as here an eminent <hi>dead perſon,</hi> as it was ſaid of <hi>Herod</hi> the Great, <hi>they are dead.</hi> Nor do we need Examples of Greeks, Latins or Hebrews, when ſpeaking of any
<pb n="38" facs="tcp:192139:405"/>notable Subject, in the third perſon; for Grammarians are full of ſuch Examples. But to return to <hi>Paul,</hi> he uſeth the ſame word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Heb.</hi> 9.17. for the ſingular, of the dead Teſtator. For in the ſame Verſe he oppoſes <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, to <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and he ſpeaks in the ſingular, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>of the Teſtator.</hi> V. 23. he expreſſes the Sacrifice of Chriſt plurally <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; ſo the promiſe of the New Teſta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment plurally, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; the Holy of Holies, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the Angel that gave out the Law, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. In the New Teſtament frequently a Plural Form is uſed when the ſenſe is ſingular, as, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the Sabbath, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the Holy Spirit, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, of one Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phet, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, of one Diſciple, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, of one of the Thieves, and a great many ſuch. In the Old Teſtament it is alſo very obvious; ſo <hi>Lot</hi> is ſaid an Inhabitant of <hi>Cities, Jeptha</hi> to be buried in the <hi>Cities Gilead.</hi> Alſo in Greek Writers ye will read very frequently <hi>the Plural put for the Singular,</hi> as the Scholiaſts have frequently obſerved; ſo that that manner of ſpeaking could not be ſtrange to the <hi>Corinthians.</hi>
               </p>
               <p n="14">XIV. Yet one thing may be more objected, That this Baptiſm was common to all Believers, whereas the Apoſtle here ſpeaks of one pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>culiar to certain perſons, who were ſo baptized, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Yet I need not ſay any thing to it, ſave that poſſibly there were ſome among that multitude of baptized perſons, who more openly and plainly profeſſed that <hi>Dead,</hi> that <hi>Crucified Perſon</hi> in Baptiſm, as the Sanctifier of their own Death, and the moſt certain Pledge of their Reſurrection: Although ſome are not pleaſed to reſtrict that general Phraſe of the Apoſtle's (<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) to ſome few baptized per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſons. But we do not hinder, if any think this a weighty difficulty, or the foregoing Enallage harſh. And therefore the following Interpretation may be judged plainer, it being alſo ours, which we prefer as the moſt ſimple, and not labouring under any of the former difficulties.</p>
               <p>Take it therefore briefly thus: Thoſe <hi>dead</hi> perſons on <hi>whoſe account</hi> ſome may be ſaid to have been baptized, to wit, many Martyrs, and other Saints deceaſed, who received with a couragious, conſtant and chearful mind, all kind of puniſhments, yea death it ſelf, whether vio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lent by perſecution, or natural by ſickneſs, in hope of a bleſſed Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſurrection. Which fortitude and conſtancy of mind in theſe <hi>dead</hi> who ſo died in the Lord, while many beheld with their Eyes, and <gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>evolved in their Minds, obſerving no ſuch thing in their Gentiles, they were thereby induced to embrace the Faith of Chriſt, and deſired to be baptized. Hence <hi>Paul, What ſhall they do who are baptized for the dead?</hi> whoſe Triumph over Death they obſerved?</p>
               <p>In which Interpretation there is 1. Nothing remote from the Words and Phraſe of the Apoſtle. For ſo <hi>Pauls</hi> ſpeech is moſt plain and ſimple; <hi>Thoſe who are baptized</hi> initiated by Baptiſm, <hi>for the dead,</hi> on their account, by their Impulſe, or for thoſe Examples of Hope and Conſtancy which they admired in the departed Saints. For <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> frequently ſignifies, <hi>on the account of;</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> in <hi>Pauls</hi> Writings. Likewiſe in <hi>Juſtin Martyrs</hi> Anſwers, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<pb n="39" facs="tcp:192139:405"/>
                  <hi>for the Doctrine of the Reſurrection.</hi> In like manner as the Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, to which <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> anſwers, is moſt uſually <hi>for.</hi> Add, that the Adjection of the Article <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, is Emphatical and Reſtrictive; ſo that all the dead are not here deſigned, but thoſe who were Illuſtri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous. 2. Nor is there any thing alien from <hi>Pauls</hi> Scope and Argu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment: For neither was there any greater comfort to thoſe who were a dying, either to Chriſt, or for Chriſt, amidſt their moſt grievous bo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dily Torments, than what proceeded from the hope of the Reſurrection. <hi>Juſtin Martyr, Tertullian, Cyprian,</hi> &amp;c. teach us this. With this hope, they were cheered up, as <hi>Job</hi> was of old, and <hi>Paul</hi> in that place fil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>leth the hearts of the <hi>Corinthians</hi> with comfort, as alſo the <hi>Romans, Theſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſalonians, &amp;c.</hi> Whence both their Hope would have been in vain, and their Imitation of others that were baptized, if there had been no Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſurrection. Hence he ſays, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>What ſhall they do?</hi> or wh<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap> advantage ſhall they reap by their Baptiſm, which they took upon them on this account? Inſinuating that ſuch were not only <hi>fooliſh,</hi> but alſo <hi>miſerable, if thoſe dead who ſlept in Chriſt,</hi> by beholding whom they were brought over to the Diſcipline of Chriſt, <hi>periſhed.</hi> Their miſery pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceeded hence, becauſe out of a vain Opinion, and vain Hope of the Reſurrection, they muſt undergo all kind of Afflictions in this life, when once they are bound with the Sacrament of Baptiſm. The fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowing words alſo agree ſingularly well; for continuing his Argument, he immediately ſaith, <hi>Why are we in Jeopardy?</hi> Why do we expoſe our ſelves to the ſame dangers with thoſe dead, and which are the common Lot of all that are baptized. <hi>Juſtin Martyr,</hi> (as is believed) ſaith in his Anſwer to the Queſtions about the Reſurrection, <hi>If, according to your Opinion, the Doctrine of the Reſurrection is not true. how comes it to paſs that becauſe of it the Martyrs poſtpone their Life to death?</hi> 3. There is no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing in it contrary to the Truth of Hiſtory. For we do not preca<gap reason="illegible" resp="#KEYERS" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>i<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ouſly ſuppoſe any practice. Some indeed may doubt whether at that time when the Apoſtle wrote theſe things, Martyrdom was ſo frequent and ſolemn, that many were thereby induced to embrace the Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtian Faith? But who can deny the famous Examples of <hi>Stephen</hi> and <hi>James</hi> the Elder? Who can doubt but that amidſt ſo many Perſecu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions, ſo many Uproars ſtirred up by the Jews and Gentiles, in all places where there were Chriſtians, many died for the Faith of the Goſpel. For when <hi>Paul</hi> wrote this Epiſtle to the <hi>Corinthians,</hi> about the Year of our Lord 56. 'twas above twenty years after the Proto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>martyrs Death. Hence many of the Diſciples and Apoſtles are ſaid to have then received their Crown of Martyrdom. Nor are <hi>Paul:</hi> Exhortations to ſuffer Perſecutions, and to endure the utmoſt Extre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mities, with an undaunted Mind, from any other reaſon, but becauſe Martyrdom was then frequent. Yea in this very Chapter he calls them Falſe Witneſſes, if there were no Reſurrection, not without al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>luſion, even to that laſt <hi>Teſtimony</hi> already ſealed, or to be ſealed by death, from whence they were called <hi>Martyrs.</hi> Again, that by thoſe Examples of Conſtancy and Confidence of the Reſurrection; the like
<pb n="40" facs="tcp:192139:406"/>hope was kindled in many of the Jews, eſpecially of the Gentiles, and that this occaſioned their deſire of being baptized, ſeveral Fathers te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtifie; <hi>Clemens</hi> and
<note n="*" place="margin">Hiſt. l. 11. c. 9.</note> 
                  <hi>Euſebius</hi> ſay, that the Accuſer of <hi>James</hi> the Elder, was ſo amazed at his Conſtancy, that he immediately turned Chriſtian, and became a Martyr; <hi>both therefore were led out together to their Execution.</hi> And <hi>Tertullian</hi> in his Apologetick ſaith, <hi>We are increaſt in number as often as we are led out by you. Words find not ſo many Diſciples, as Chriſtians do when they teach them by their deeds. That very Obſtinacy which you upbraid is a School-Miſtreſs. For who is not, by the Contemplation thereof, ſtirred up to ſearch what there is within? Who when he has enquired does not come over to us? Who when come over, does not deſire to ſuffer?</hi> But neither is it need<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful to underſtand only the Martyrs by the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; but thoſe alſo who died (whatſoever way it were) in the thorough Faith of the Reſurrection. Under this Notion therefore are comprehended there all thoſe who (abſtracting from the caſe of Martyrdom) received death with a cheerful Mind, conſtant Faith, and certain hope of the Reſur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rection, to wit, that that which died would live again, and that which fell ſhould riſe again. Nor is there any doubt but many of the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles who beheld this in them, would thereby be induced to embrace the Chriſtian Faith, and conſequently Baptiſm.</p>
               <p n="16">XVI. And this is our Opinion, if the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> be taken in its ſimple and ordinary ſignification. Nor is there any thing in it forced or violent, or unuſitate. Whence I do not a little admire that in ſo great a Cloud of Interpreters, they turned aſide ſo much to For<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reign and far-ſought things, not taking notice of the moſt obvious.</p>
            </div>
            <trailer>FINIS.</trailer>
            <pb facs="tcp:192139:406"/>
         </div>
      </body>
   </text>
</TEI>
